— ——

OTIHL SANOYd

—— 1884-86

ILLUSTRATED

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

A PRACTICAL AND SCIENTIFIC

Encyclopædia « of» Horticuiture

FOR .

: GARDENERS AND BOTANISTS.
a oo | -i o o MISSOURI
i TE ; BOTANICAL
_ GARDEN.

— $ E £
— — a a E *
— — —

EDITED BY

a GEORGE NICHOLSON, ‘ALS.

Curator, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

j: * i
y 3
. T

ASSISTED BY PROFESSOR J. W. H. TRAIL, AM., io. hs. IN THE PARTS RELATING TO INSECTS, Fuser, —
PLANT STRUCTURE, HORTICULTURAL CHEMISTRY, &C.; AND J. GARRETT in THE FRUIT,
VEGETABLE, AND GENERAL GARDEN WORK PORTIONS.
*

”

Division VI.—PIn To Sci

—

figured in this Work.

H. C.). ie gee s Repository. London,
11. 10 vols.

; k. ` ; Loudon (J. C.). Arboretum et Fruticetum britan-

Allioni (C.) Flora pedemontana. Aug. Taur., 1785.
: 3 vols. Fol.
Aublet J. B. C. F.).

A. G. Histoire des Plantes de la
Guiane française. Londres, 1775. 4vols. 4to.
mee Andrews (H. Pale The Heathery. London, 1804-12.
R vo. 4to.
#5... KF. Maund (B) ` The Botanist. London, 183.
ke) —— VOIS.
+ .. Brandis (D.). Forest Flora of . . . India. London,
1876, 8vo. Atlas 4to
B. S. Beddome (BR. B) Flora sylvatica. Madras
[1869-73]. 2 vols. 4to.
B. H. La Belgique Horticole. Ghent, 1850, &c. 8vo.*
B.M. Botanical Magazine. London, 1787, &c. 8vo.*
B. M. Pl. Bentley (R.) and Trimen (H.). Medicinal Plants,
i London, 1875-80. 8vo.
B. O. - Bateman (James). A Monograph of Odontoglossum.
j London, 1874. Fol.
B. R. Botanical Register. London, 1815-47. 33 vols. 8vo.
B. Z. ‘Botanische Zeitung. Berlin, vols. i.—xiii. (1843-55).
g 8vo. Leipzig, vol. xiv, (1856).*
0 H E Cathcart’s Illustrations of Himalayan Plants. Lon-
don, 1855. Fol.
Enc. T. & S. Loudon (J. C.). Encyclopedia of Troes and Shrubs,
Lond — 8vo.
E.T.S.M 2, TSM
aor. AO o .. Fit erald (R. D.). ‘Australian Orchids. Sydney,
FD. Flora Danica—usually quoted as the title of the
work, Icones plantarum . Daniæ et Nor-
vegiæ. Havniæ, 1761 to 1883. Fol.
Pe Oo. La Flore des Serres et des Jardins de l’Europe.
1845-82. 23 vols. 8vo.*
. Moggridge (J. T.). Contributions to the Flora of

Fl. Ment.
— London, 1864-8.
igemeine botanische — 1818-42.
8vo. [New Series] 1843,
London, TSU Be, — * “i872, 4to.
London, 1868-84.

.

Mentone..

The ‘Gardeners Magazine. Conducted b Shirle
berd. London.* — —

G. M. B. The — — i of Botany. London, —
ae 1850-1. 3vols. 8vo. ;
Gn...‘ .. The Garden. London, 1871, &c. 4to.* i
G. W." es — — wig Flowers of America. Boston,
H. B. F. ——— (W. J.). The British Ferns. London, 1861.

a fgg ri .). Exotic Flora, Edinburgh, 1823-7.
vols. 8vo.
.. Hooker(W. J.) Flora boreali-americana. London,
1833-40. 2 vols. 4to. ;
Hooker (J. D.). Flora Tasmaniæ. London, 1860.
. 2vols. 4to. Thisis Part 3 of “The Botany of
the Antarctic Vo of H.M. Discovery Ships
OT hated and Terron, tthe years 1839-43,”
Hooker (W. J.). Garden Ferns. London, 1862. 8vo.
oe ea J.). Species Filicum. London, 1846-64,

8
— ae Horticole. Gand, 1850, &c. 8vo.
— pe Horticole. New Series. 8y0.*

8vo.*

Icones.

suggested, by an eminent Authority, that many readers would be glad
med where reliable Illustrations could be found of those Plants which
To meet this want, references to the figures
rd Authorities have been given, the titles ‘of the Works referred to
economy of space, abbreviated as follows:

J. H. Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener.
—— by Dr. Robert Hogg. ndon, 1849,
J.H.S Ton z the Horticultural Society. London, 1846,
c. 8vo.
K. E. E Kotschy (Theodor). Die Eiche gurap und des
Orient’s. Wien, Olmüz, 1858-62. Fol.
L. B. C. —— (C.). Botanical Cabinet. London, 1812-35.
LOUR o Lindley” (J.). Galdiano botanica. London, 1821.
L. E.M La Marck (J. B. 4 A. de M. de). Encyclopédie
methodique . . . Botanique. Paris, 1783-1817.
13 vols. 4to.
L. J. F t 4 Le Jardin fleuriste. Gand, 1851-4.
L. R. Lindley KAN Rosarum Monographia. London,
LSO * (J. p3 Sertum Orchidaceum. London,
L. & P. F.G. Lindley (J.) and Paxton E) Flower Garden.
London. 1851-3. 3 vo) 4to. :
M, A.S Salm-Dyck. Monogra hia G Generum Aloes et Me-
sembryanthemi. nnæ, 1 4to. :
Moa ce nig eee The Narcissus: Its Hi and 7
ure. With a Scientific Review the
: _ Genus by J. G. Baker, F.L.S. London, 1875. 8vo.
N.S. .. .. Nuttall (T.). North American Sylva. Philadel- —
; 1865. 3 vols. 8vo. ;
PEG —
. M. ve ‘
0.
Ref. B. .. .. Saunders (W. W.). Refugium botanicum. Lon- :
Hegel (h.) arenda. Eri 1852, do 8vo.*
Se Os ke ee artenflora. Erlangen. vo.*
R.H. .. .. Revue Horticole. Paris, 1852n ‘
R 8. H .. Hooker (J. D.). The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-
Himalaya. — 1849-51. Fol.
BR. xX. 0.
zig, 1 =
S. B. F. G. .. Sweet E Bejtish Hower. Garden. London,

W. & F.

* Is still in course of publication.

Maye 8vo.
.. Sweet oot) ogy ndon, 1825-30.
oe Sinh —— Exotic — Lo:
: Sweet Ce. Flora australasica. — 1827-8.

: siebold Si F, de) and Vriese H. de). Flore des
— — a AS are oa Leide,
5 vols. 8vo.
i sibihorp (I3) Gà Flora græca. London, 1806-40. 10
vo
_.. Hibbon (Shad p The Ivy: a Monograph. Lon-

- oe — Geraniaceæ, — Natural Order ot

Seo.

G. ;
— and Williams (B. S.) The Orchid

Album. — 1882. E. 4
-. Warner(R.). —— Plants. London.

Series
Series ii, 1866-75. Fol.

-s Woods and 1883-4. Irol 4to.

and colour” (Veitch). See Fig. 184.

AN ENCYCLOP4DIA OF HORTICULTURE.

145

Pinus— continued.

y
Aa! K
* ) ny 9 oe
—9 —

Fic. 183. BRANCH OF PINUS PYRENAICA BRUTIA.

P. rigida (stiff). Z. light green, rigid, triquetrous, with roundish

= rp: E Ta aad Sin. Rg: token, cones ovoid, about

m i ; scales termin: in sharp, hooked prickles. h. 70ft.,

but — 30ft. to 45ft. in England. Eastern United States,

1759. is species is much branched at the top, and forms
a dense head. *

we e erg

Fig. 184. CONE OF PINUS SABINIANA (much reduced).

4
P. Sabiniana (Sabine’s) Z. glaucous-bluish-green, rather
flaccid, pendulous, slightly twisted, rounded on
_ the outer, and with a prominent rib on the
a > Side. cones from 7in. to Yin. long, bin.
‘to Tin. in diameter, very resinous ; scales hard,
terminating in a sharp, hard,
ranches horizontal, usually having
a bare — h. 40ft. to 60ft. California,
1852. *“ igland, it is tolerably hardy, but
somewhat fastidious as to soil and situation. In
favourable spots, where it has attained a con-
siderable size, it proves to be a very distinct, and
by no means ine egant, tree, its long, pendulous
leaves and slender but branc being
notable characteristics; but all defects are am-
ply atoned for by its fine cones, which almost
rival those of P. macrocarpa [P. Coulteri) in size

P.. Sinclairiana Sinclair's). A nym of

Pinus—continued.

| P. Strobus (Strobus).* Weymouth Pine. l. light green, marked
with silvery lines, slender, soft, din. to Sin. long. cones
cylindrical, tapering, slightly curved, 6in. to 8in. long; scales
smooth, thickened at the apex. Branches often short. A. 120ft
to 160ft. North America, 1705. A handsome tree, but inferior

|

Fic. 185. PORTION OF BRANCHLET, WITH TWO CLUSTERS OF
LEAVES, OF PINUS STROBUS.

to P. excelsa, to which it is very closely allied. See Fig. 185.
The variety nana is a small, compact, bushy shrub, with short,
slender branches and numerous branchlets. The leaves are
shorter than those of the species, and densely clustered at the
extremities of the branchlets. There are several other but in-
ferior varieties.

towards the apex ; tops of the scales elevated and ridged, wi
a square or triquetrous outline, and a small

1
f a

Fic. 187, BRANCHLET AND CONES OF PINUS

Í

—

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

— Branches spreading, short, the
a young state. h. 50. to 100ft.

is better
different nality of the tree often degenerates, and the
cn Hi * softer than

an
See Figs. 186 and 187. (Sy. En. B. 1380.)

. 8. altaioa (Altaian). A com midal tree, with much
"aS and ed hi Es al NAN Mountains.

a boa argontea (silvery). Cones and leaves of a beautiful silvery

— Fie. 188. Pinus SYLVESTRIS Pastiotans.
P, s fastigiata (pyramidal). Af PEIE EK

a a ee Seo Fig. 188 — *

. & horizontalis (horizontal). Z broader and more glaucous

than in the ty ker, less pointed. Branches quite

P.s. latifolia (broad-leaved). A robust and rapid-growing form, _
—— —— —— and longer leaves than any
â— A singular variety. The lewes
Appearance of “o rr ‘iving them a twist.
arets me y Scotch Fe” (Gordon;

Pinus—continued.
P. s. variegata (variegated). l variegated with pale straw-
colour.

. tuberculata (tubercled). Z. deep green, triquetrous, with an
ee rib —— along the middle on the under side, twisted,
e edges scabrous. cones varying in size, from fin, to 8in.
long; scales very prominent, deeply divided from each other.
h. Bit. to 40ft. California, 1847. A handsome species when in
a young
Several species, not mentioned in the foregoing list, are occa-
sionally seen in cultivation, but they are, as a rule, too tender for
our climate ; and several others are of no horticultural value.
PIONANDRA. A synonym of Cyphomandra

(which see).

PIONEA FORFICALIS (Garden Pebble Moth). An
insect living, in the larval state, on the leaves of Cabbages
and Horse-radish, as well as on Hedge Mustard and
other uncultivated Crucifere. The moth is common
throughout the country. It is a little over lin. in spread
of wings. The front wings are rather pointed at the tip,
and in colour are dull straw-yellow, shaded with pale
brown; a brown line runs from the tip to the middle of
the inner margin, and another nearly parallel to it, but
paler brown, crosses the middle of the wing, widening
towards the front margin into a dark, ill-defined spot.
There are also one or two other less distinct lines, run-
ning in the same general directions with these. The
body is pale, shining straw-yellow in colonr, as are also
the hind wings, which have a brown marginal line, and
a brown line running parallel with it. The larva has six
true legs and ten prolegs; it is yellowish-green, with a
darker green line down the middle of the back, and one
along each side, bordered above with a white line. The
head is brown. There are usually two broods in the year.
Some moths emerge in May. ‘They lay eggs, and from
these emerge larvw, which feed on the plants named
above, usually between the leaves, under protection of a
thin web of threads. They turn, in the soil, into pup»,
from which moths emerge about August. These produce
a new brood of larvæ, which feed up in autumn, to become
moths in the following May. The damage done by the
moths is seldom serious, though the larve are tronble-
some in often being boiled between the leaves of Cabbages
and served at table. The only practicable remedies are
picking off the larvæ and catching and killing the moths.

PIONY. See Peonia.

PIOPHILA APII (Celery-stem Fly). A fly which
has been described by Professor Westwood, in the
“ Gardeners’ Chronicle,” as injurious to Celery. The
yellowish - white maggots burrow, during winter and
spring, in the stems, eating their way upwards, and
leaving burrows of a rusty-red colour in the tissues.
They are blunt behind, but taper in front, and have tw»
black hooks in the front end. The maggots change into

the two wings are clear, with yellow veins; and the legs
feet. The spread of

| wings is a little over }in., the length of head and body

hardly tin, k
” . The only useful remedy seems to. be the
bumning of all plants showing signs of disease, to prevent

—— Flowers
eylindrical-spicate or rarely sub-racemose

regions of the globe. and are very numerous in i

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.

147

Piper—continued.
stamens two to four, rarely five or many; spikes peduncu-
late or rarely sub-sessile. Leaves alternate, entire or
(in one species) trifid, stalked; stipules adherent to the
leaf-stalk, or opposite, and deciduous. Few of the
species have any horticultural importance, but some of
them are of great economic value. The Pepper of com-

_Piper—continued.

P. Betle. Betel Pepper. fl., catkins opposite the leaves,
peduncled, greatly enlarged in fruit, pendent. J. alternate,
distichous, cordate-ovate, 4in. to Tin. long, acuminated at apex,
oblique at base ; petioles rounded, stipuled when erg Stems
trailing or climbing to a great height. East Indies, 1804. Stove.
This species yields the Betel Leaf of the South Asiatics—
almost as extensive an article of commerce as Tobacco is in
the West. (B. M. 3132.)

Fie. 189. BRANCH OF PIPER PORPHYROPHYLLUM.

merce (P. nigrum) is imported in enormous quantities.
It is also employed as an acrid stimulant in cases of im-
paired digestion, and it hës been recommended, in cases
of àgue, to prevent the paroxysm. P. nigrum and the
rest of the stove speciés grow freely in a well-drained,
rich, loamy soil. The others thrive in almost any soil,
in a cooler temperature. All are propagated by cuttings
of the half-ripened shoots, inserted in sandy soil, under
a bell glass.

P. borneense (Bornean). l. large, of a rich dark green, with
broad — — eee — between the eleven nerves,
rugose and glabrous above, hairy-pubescent beneath. Stem thick,
hairy. Borneo, 1882. A dwarf, eat herb peci

P. decurrens (decurrent).* 7. green, shaded with metallic
iridescence, large. Stem stout, pale m, mottled with white
spots and black lines. Columbia, 1876. A distinct and splendid _
stove plant. (I. H. 239.) SYNS. Artanthe decurrens and
— ———

P, excelsum aureum-pictum (tall, golden-painted).’ aae

large, creamy blotch, broadly ovate-cordate,

ee

148

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Piper— continued.

Bin. long; petioles lin. to 2in. long, winged by the adnate stipules

at t bases. New Zealand. A very aromatic, greenhouse

bush or small tree.

P. Futokadsura (Futokadsura).* jl. greenish, succeeded by
bright red fruit. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, about
3in. broad, glabrous. Branches slender. Japan, 1869. A

remarkable, nearly hardy, deciduous shrub, very like P. nigrum.

green ft bind ain, * ein
long. fr. first then red, afterwa: ack. -Z 4in, in.
* —— distichous, broadly ovate, acuminate; petioles
rounded, }in. to nearly lin, long

P., nigrum. Black, or Common Pepper.

. Stem trailing or climbing,
flexuous. East Indies, 1790. The fruit of this species forms the

White Pepper is the same fruit, but de-
(B. M. 3139; B. M. Pl, 245,

well-known condiment.
prived of its external coat,

P. porphyrophyitum @
shortly cuspidate, 4in. to 6i
F bea

urple. Malay Peninsula m, Stove climber. See Fig. 189,
? G d. 8. 1491; R. H. 1i 560.) SYN. Cissus porphyrophyllus,
of gardens. f

P, rubronodosum (red-noded). Ld sap-green, when young
frosted over with mt adon mags petioles pubescent. "Stems Bosh,
red at the nodes. Columbia, 1877. A distinct, stove

PIPERACEÆ. A natural order of herbs, shrubs,
or very rarely trees, often aromatic or stimulant, broadly
dispersed over the globe. Flowers hermaphrodite or
unisexual, small, often minute, variously disposed, scat-
tered or dense, in spikes or rarely racemes, and fur-
nished with a frequently peltate bract; perianth (except
in one genus) absent; stamens two to six, or very rarely
seven or eight (or one?), hypogynous; filaments free, or
rarely adnate to the base of the ovary. Fruit small,
capsular. or baccate. Leaves alternate, or rarely oppo-
site or three or four in a whorl, entire or very rarely
trifid, three or many-nerved, or penniveined, sometimes
pellucid-dotted or succulent; stipules, when present,
adnate to the petioles, or dilated at base and reduced
to an amplexicaul petiole, or connate and opposite the
leaves. Among the most important economical products
of Piperacew are Pepper and Betel. An acrid resin and
a volatile, aromatic oil are possessed by the plants. The
order comprises about eight genera and nearly 1000
species. Illustrative genera are: Houttwynia, Peperomia,
and Piper. —
‘PIPERELLA. A synonym of Micromeria (which
see).
PIPE-TREE. See Syringa vulgaris.
PIPEWORT. See Eriocaulon.

PIPPERIDGE, or PIPRAGE. A common name
for Berberis vulgaris.
PIPTADENIA (from pipto, to fall, and aden, a
gland; referring to the falling gland of the anthers).
JRD. Leguminose. A genus comprising about thirty
species of unarmed or prickly, stove shrubs or trees,
two of which are natives of tropical Africa, and the
rest inhabit the warmer regions of America. Flowers
white or greenish, small, uniform, hermaphrodite or sub-
polygamous, sessile or pedicellate, disposed in cylin-
drical spikes or globose heads; peduncles axillary, soli-
tary or fasciculate, the uppermost ones at the tips of
the branches, often paniculate. Pods stipitate or rarely
sessile, broadly linear, flat, membranous or coriaceous.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets small and many-jugate, or
_ rarely large and few-jugate. For culture of the species
E ines oe aie?
3 atifolia (broad-leave spicate ; spi

eaves, axillary or ae care hg ———
Jome, — often slightly glaucescent beneath :
he ate. Brazil,

fer jugate, obovate-elliptic, slightly

_ PIPTANTHUS (from pipto, to fall, and anthos, a
flower; the teeth of the calyx, as well as the petals
and stamens, very soon fall off). ORD. Leguminose. A

ie genus, the species being a very handsome,
early hardy, evergreen shrub. It thrives best

Piptanthus —continued.

in a rich sandy loam, and in exposed parts should have

the protection of a wall. Propagated by seeds; by

cuttings of the ripened shoots, inserted under a hand
light; and by layers.

P, nepalensis (Nepaulese).* Evergreen Laburnum. fl. yellow,
large, in terminal, bracteate racemes; standard orbicular,
slightly exceeding the wings, the sides reflexed ; wings oblong- 3
obovate; keel as long as, or longer than, the wings, scarcely i.
incurved; petals connate at the base. Spring. l. alternate, i
petiolate, digitately trifoliolate ; leaflets lanceolate, acute,
eee hairy ; stipules united in one, opposite the leaves.
h. 10ft. Temperate Himalaya, 1821, (S. B. F. G. 264; H. E. F
131, under name of Baptisia nepalensis.)

PIPTOCLAINA. Included under Heliotropium.

PIPTOSPATHA (from pipto, to fall, and spathe, a
spathe; after fertilisation, the top of the spathe falls off like
an extinguisher). ORD. Aroidew (Aracew). A monotypic
genus. The species is a stove, herbaceous, tufted, stem-
less perennial, of little other than botanical interest. It :
thrives best in a well-drained compost of rich, sandy a
loam, fibry peat, and leaf mould. A very moist atmo-
sphere is essential. Propagated by divisions, or by seeds.

remarkable’ white, tinted with pink, 14in. long,
: k —— as n a aa

ioles, slender, decurved at
l. numerous, nearly 6in. lo

ceous, cartilaginously margined, slightly dotted beneath ; petioles
much shorter than t ves, sh i 3 .
(B. M. 6598 ; G. C. n. — eye aoe — =
PIQUERIA (named after A. Piqueria, a Spanish
botanist, who published a translation of Hippocrates in
1757). Including Phalacrea. Orv. Composite. A genus
comprising about half-a-score species of e or
hardy shrubs, or rarely erect annual or perennial
natives of mostly Western South America, from Bolivia
to Mexico. Flower-heads white or bluish, small, homo-
gamous, often densely cymose, the cymes corymbose or
loosely paniculate; involucre campanulate; receptacle
flat or convex, naked. Leaves opposite, toothed or entire.
The only species known to cultivation are the two de-
scribed below. Both are hardy, and of easy culture in
ordinary garden soil. P. latifolia may be increased by

` seeds, and P. trinervia by division.

P. latifolia (broad-leaved). /l.-heads purplish, pedicellate ;
— almost naked, aiH at apex. July. 1. petiolate
roadly ovate, truncate at base. h. lift. Peru, 1800, Annual.
(R. G. 107.) Syns. Ageratum latifolium, Phalacræa cælestina.
P. trinervia (three-nerved). /l.-heads white, disposed in loose,
corymbose, many-headed panicles. July. ł ovate or oblong-
lanceolate, sub-serrate, trinerved. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1!
Glabrous perennial herb. (B. M. 2650.)

PIRIGARA. A synonym of Gustavia (which see)-
PIRIQUETA. Included under Turnera (which see).
PIRONNEAUVA. Included under Æchmea.
PISAURA. A synonym of Lopezia (which see).
PISCIDIA (from piscis, a fish, and cedo, to kill or
destroy; the leaves, bark, and twigs, are i a
thrown into ponds or rivulets, for. the purpose of ir
toxicating fish, by which means they are easily taken
Fish Poison-tree ; Jamaica Dogwood. ORD. Leguminosae.
A monotypic genus, the species being a stove, evergreen
tree, having the flowers, foliage, and habit, of Loncho-
carpus, but the pod bears four projecting, longitudinal
wings. The species requires a compost of sandy, fibry
loam. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots will root in sand,
under a glass, in heat.
P. erythrina (red). fi. white and mixed with blood-colour,
above żin. long, appearing before the leaves ; calyx teeth broad] ;
triangular; standard silky-hoary outside, the claw almost equal- _
ling the calyx; panicles lateral, sometimes ovate and dense-
flowered, scarcely Jin. long, sometimes elongate-thyrsc 6in. to
l2in. long. May. J. alternate, pinnate, exsti
seven to eleven, oval, obovate, or broad:
shortly acuminate, at length coriaceous,
stalks jin. long. A. 30ft. est Indies, 1690.
PISIFORM. Resembling a Pea in shape.

the large group of Weevils (Curculionidae). —

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 149

PISONIA (named in honour of Willem Piso, of Amster-
dam, an eminent physician and writer on natural history,
who died in 1648). Syns. Calpidia, Ceodes, Columella,
Pallavia, and Torrubia. ORD. Nyctaginee. A genus con-
sisting of about sixty species of unarmed or rarely spiny,
glabrous or pubescent, erect or rarely sub-scandent, stove
or greenhouse trees and shrubs, mostly natives of tro-
pical America; a few are found in Asia and the Pacific
Islands, and six in the Mascarene Islands. Flowers
pink, greenish, or yellow, small, disposed in paniculate,
sub-sessile, or pedunculate cymes, two or three-bracteo-
late; male perianth tubular- or infundibular-campanu-
late, female large and oblong; limb of five short teeth
or lobes. Fruit a small or rather large, elongated
utricle. Leaves opposite or scattered, sessile or petio-
late, oblong, ovate, or lanceolate, entire. A few of the
species are known to cultivation, but they have very
little to recommend them to gardeners. Those described
below thrive in well-drained loam. Propagation may
be easily effected by cuttings, inserted in similar soil.
P. aculeata (prickly). West Indian Cockspur. jl. greenish,

in small, dense cymes or globular — March. fr. in loose

cymes, often forming large panicles, opposite or here and
there alternate, petiolate, ovate, often Seon or rarely oblong
or lanceolate, obtuse, entire, rarely exceeding 3in., and often
less than 2in. long. h. 10ft. Tropics, 1806. A tall, woody, green-

house climbing shrub, often armed with stout, recurved,
axillary prickles.

P. grandis (grand). A synonym of P. inermis.

P. inermis (unarmed). fl. greenish, collected in small cymes,
forming a terminal, rather corymbose panicle, usually shortly
pedunculate. March. l
or almost obtuse, rounded or narrowed at base, often 6in. to 8in.
— 10ft. Australia, 1806. A small, greenhouse tree. SYN.

grandis.

— obtusata (obtuse eenish, shortly pedicellate ; cymes

1 terminal. dint Probe borate or obo bovate-oblong, rounded
2 j small | genus of beetles, included under
The species
are few, and are much alike in size and appearance. All
feed, both as larve and as perfect insects, on coniferous
trees. An account of their ravages is given under the
heading of Pine Weevils.

PISTACHIO OR PISTACIA NUT-TREE. See
Pistacia vera.

PISTACIA (from Pistake, the old Greek name, used
by Theophrastus, and that from the Persian Pista).
Syn. Terebinthus. ORD. Anacardiacee. A com-
prising half-a-dozen species of hardy, small- -growing
trees, five of which are natives of the Mediterranean

D ie

region, from Western Asia to the Canary Islands, and

the sixth Mexican. Flowers small, apetalous, dicecious,
disposed in axillary panicles or racemes; pedicels
bracteate at base. Fruit a one-seeded, dry drupe.
Leawes alternate, perennial or deciduous, trifoliolate or
pari- or impari-pinnate. P. Lentiscus, P. Terebinthus,
and P. vera, are trees of great economic value. The
species in cultivation thrive best in a rich, deep, sandy

loam, and against a wall. Propagated by layers, or by
_ cuttings.
P. atlantica —— fi. in loose, panicled racemes ; anthers

ithe ba 1, te i-pinnate; leaflets usually nine, tapering
base. k Canaries, 1790. Evergreen.
i 1 —— Mastich-tree. reen,

sh issue from the sides of re branches.“ ‘Spring. ——
}; leaflets eight, a agg

South Europe, 1663. Eve This —— Fielda i the
drug known as “mastich.” M. PL 63 L 63.) The AY a angusti-
Jolia has almost linear aaien in tas wen known

as Chia they are ovate,

P. Terebinthus —
disposed in — com
stigmas crimson.

mtine-tree. A. greenish,
; anthers dull —

June. l ——
lanceolate, rounded at the — and mucronate at the

h. 30ft. South Europe,

petiolate, ovate or oblong, acuminate —

rowed into a channelled petiole. All the species descri b

Pistacia—continued.

P. vera (true). Pistachio Nut-tree. fl. brownish-green. April.
fr. panicled, about lin. long, o ovate, with an oblique point, reddish.
l. pinnate ; "leaflets ovate, aprig a little to the base, rather
mucronate ‘at the apex. h.20ft. Syria, 1770. Deciduous,

PISTIA (probably from. pistos, watery ; in reference
to the habitat). Syns. Apiospermum, Limnonesis, Zara.
ORD. Aroidee (Aracee). . A monotypic genus. The
species is an ornamental, stove aquatic, requiring plenty
of heat. It increases rapidly, and often completely coats
tropical ponds and water-tanks with verdure, keeping
the water beneath fresh and cool. The plant floats on
the water, and sends down many long, feathery roots,
Each plant sends out several runners, and upon the ends
of these other similar plants are formed, which again
send out runners.

P. Stratiotes (Stratiotes).* Tropical Dockweed ; Water Lettuce.
fl. greenish, very small, borne in little spathes at the end of the
leaves, each spathe containing one male and one female flower
attached to an adnate spadix. 1, Mig di , slightly concave,
notched or round — 2in. to bin. long, o; — — —
green, covered with fine hairs. Tropics, 1843. (B. M. $
F. d. 8. ag! Pree oa Fulig
PISTIL. The female organ in flowers; it consists of

ovary, style, stigma, and ovules, or at least of ovary

and stigma.

PISTORINIA. [Included under Cotyledon (which

see).

PISUM (the old Latin name, — by Virgil, akin to
the Greek Pison). Pea. ORD. Leguminose. A genus
comprising only a couple of species of diffuse or climb-
ing, hardy, annual herbs, one of which is much cultivated,
and is here and there naturalised, in the Mediterranean
region and in Western Asia, and the other is a native
of the Taurian Mountains. Flowers purple, rose, or white,
showy; peduncles axillary, elongated, solitary or a few
racemose; calyx lobes sub-equal, or the two upper ones

- broader; standard broadly obovate or sub-orbicular ; wings

falcate-oblong, longer than the keel. Pods compressed,
obliquely acute, bivalved. Leaves pinnate; common petiole
terminating in a bristle or tendril ; leaflets one to three-
jugate. P. elatius requires similar treatment to Lathy-
rus (which see). For culture, &c., of P. sativum, see Pea.

P. elatius (tall). fl. pale red, with the lamina of the wings dark

purple ; peduncles ae flowered, erect, longer than the leaves.
June to September. , petioles terete, bearing six lanceolate-
oblong leaflets ; ——— rounded and crena below. Stems
erect. Iberia, 1620. Climber. —

tioles terete, bearing three
pairs of ovate, entire, — — with undulated margins,

A j
ma Sea A —
which there are several varieties, including arvense, h =
(Dwarf Pea), macrocarpum, quadratum, saccharatum (Sugar Pea),
and wmbellatum (Crown Pea). ;
PITCAIRNIA (named after W. Pitcairn, a physician,
of London). Syn. Hepetis. Including Neumannia and
Pepinia. ORD. Bromeliacee. A genus com about
seventy species of stove perennial herbs, rarely shrubs,
generally stemless, with the leaves in a dense rosette;
they are all natives of tropical America. Flowers red,
yellow, or whitish; calyx with a short, obconical tube,
adnate to the base of the ovary, and three large, lan-
ceolate segments; corolla of three lingulate, unguiculate
petals, one and a-half to three times the length of the
sepals, usually with two minute scales at the base;
stamens six; peduncle leafy, the proper leaves passing _
gradually into bracts; inflorescence generally a simple

or panicled raceme, rarely a head or sub-spicate raceme. — —
Leaves linear or ensiform, rarely oblong, lepidote on the

back, or green and naked on both surfaces, often prickle-
margined, especially towards the base, sessile or na

below are herbaceous perennials, except where |
stated. For culture, see Æchmea and Bi
The following enumeration of species is based

——
—

Pitcairnia—continued.
Bakers synopsis of the genus, which appeared in
_ Primen’s Journal of Botany,’ 1881.
í , albifios (white-flowered). in a simple, loose raceme, bin. to
: — lo { petals white, Plaks times as long as the sepals;
to 2ft. long. September, ł. many to a tuft, linear,
to 2ft. long, 4in. to łin. broad at the middle, obscurely
without prickles. Rio Janeiro, 1826. (B. M. 2642.)
P. odorata (R. G. 1855, 114). E 5
P tall). and petals bright red, the latter 2in.
— oad £ — Gries arranged in a deltoid panicle,
2ft. long and broad; peduncle 2ft. to 3ft. long, floccose. August.
l. twelve to twenty to a stem, linear, 2ft. to dft. long, jin. to lin.
broad above the middle, — towards: the . Domi-
before 1877. (B. M. 6606.)
ns by the following names : P. br
Skinneri,

, P, intermedia,
and P.

P. Altensteinii (Altenstein’s). fl. in a simple, sub-spicate raceme,

4in. to 6in. long; se lin. to 1iin. long ; petals whitish, twice
as long as the ; bracts bright red, lin. to 2in. long; pe-
duncle 1ft. to 14ft. long. May. l., produced ones about ten to
a stem, 2ft. to 3ft. long, l4ìn. to 2in. broad, with an unarmed or
minutely prick]. tiole. “Western Venezuela, 1840. (F. d. S, 162.)
SYNS. P. enaulaiciotia (B. M. 4241), Puya Altensteinii.

P. A. (gi
— Uep
4309; F. d. S. 253, 254

N

ntic). A very large form, with an in-
eh including the peduncle.

(B. M.

Fig. 190. PITCAIRNIA ANDREANA, showing Habit, detached
Flower, and Portion of Leaf to show the Scales.

P. Andreana (André’s).* fl. ina simple raceme, 4in. to 6in. Jong ;
~ petals yellow at the tip, red lower down, four times as long as the
sepals; peduncle 4in; to bin. long, densely leafy. July. L, pro-
duced ones four or five to a stem, lanceolate, not distinctly
l6in. to 20in. Jong, lin. to l}in. broad, white beneath,
oted above. New Grenada and Venezuela, 1872. See

. 190. (B. M. 6480; L H. n. s. 139.) Syn, P. lepidota.
. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). fl. in one to three racemes, the
end one 6in. to 9in. long; petals 14in. to 1łin. long, bright red,
at base; peduncle, including inflorescence, 2ft. to 3ft.
long. September. J. linear, about 2ft. long, jin. to 4in. broad,
—— not — tae Saat casi — — down
ns Wi rown, horny spines. ruz, 1777.

(@. M. 141) 2 =

. aphelandrefiora (Aphelandra-fiowered).* f. in a dense,
oblong, sub-spicate raceme, 4in. to 6in. long; sepals coral-red,
— ; petals ba ne red, 24in. long; lower bracts 2in. to 3in.
. Summer. J. thirty to sixty, extending over Zin. to 6in. of

he stem, linear, sessile, about 6in. long, less than 4in. broad,
—— serrulate. Stems slender, lft. long below the leaves.
Para, Shrub. Syn. Pepinia aphelandrefora (I. H. n. 8.,
P. atrorubens (dark reddish), f. in a simple, sub-spicate
le yellow, lingulate, 24in, to
much imbricated ; peduncle leafy,
. L, produced ones with a
long, and a lanceolate blade, 2ft.
Central America. Syn. Puya

Song ee ie ——

> pe red,

the sepals; bracts lin. to lain. long ;
leaves. April.
Lift. to 2ft. long, lin. broad, acuminate,
towards the — er ee
J rea

Mr. Baker, as a yellow-flowered

This _ Species is known in

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pitcairnia—continued.

P. bromeliæfolia (Bromelia-leaved). A. in simple or slightly
compound —— long; se and petals bright red, the
latter 2in. long ; peduncle about 1ft. long below the inflorescence,
with several long leaves. June. J. ina dense tuft, linear, 2ft. to
3ft. long, sin. to Zin. broad at the middle, acuminate, spine-ed ed
towards the base, white-furfuraceous beneath. Jamaica, 1781.
(B. M. 824; B. R.1011.) P. platyphylla is regarded, by Mr. Baker,
as a robust, broad-leaved variety of this species.

P. bromelizfolia (Bromelia-leaved), of L’Héritier. A synonym

f P. alta.

P. cinnabarina (cinnabar-red). f. in dense, simple racemes,
about 6in. long; sepals fin. long; petals bright red, Zin. long;
peduncle 1ft. long, with several reduced leaves, June. tł., pro-
duced ones linear, sessile, 14ft. long, scarcely jin. broad, quite
without spines near the base. Brazil, 1851.

P. commutata (changeable), A synonym of P., bracteata.

P. corallina (coral-red).* jl. in dense, deflected racemes, above

ft. long; sepals bright red, lin. long; petals bright red, edged
with white, 3in. long; peduncle also bright red, lft. long.
Spring. l., produced ones lanceolate, distinctly petioled, 4ft. to
5ft. long, about 4in. broad, spine-edged low down, plicate,
white-furfuraceous at back. Choco, New Grenada, about 1874.
(B. M. 6600; R. H. 1875, p. 251.)

P, corcovadensis (Corcovado). red, disposed in a single,
loose, terminal raceme, on a —— about lit. high. l erect,
glabrous, broadly linear, acuminate, Sit. to 4ft. long, passing
into linear bracts on the flower-stem. h. lit. Brazil, 1884
A slender species. i

P. Decaisnei (Decaisne’s). A synonym of P. fulgens.

a

P. densiflora (dense-flowered). jl. in a very dense, sub-spicate,
oblong raceme, 3in. to 4in. long; petals bright yellowish-red,

twice as long as the pale green sepals. Summer. l., produced
ones with an unarmed, channelled petiole, 6in. long, and an
ensiform, entire blade, 2ft. to 3ft. long, and about län. broad.
Native place unknown. :

P. echinata (prickly). f. in several loose racemes, arranged in a
deltoid panicle ; petals whitish, nearly twice as long as the sepals ;

peduncle 2ft. to 4ft. long below the inflorescence, with to
ten leaves, the lower lft. long. June. l, produced ones twelve

to twenty to a stem, lanceolate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, lin. to 2in. © ;

broad, obscurely petioled, white-furfuraceous at back, prickle-
margined. k. 5ft. to 6ft. New Grenada, 1852. (B. M. 4709;
F. d. S. 844; L. J. F. 407.)

P. exscapa (stemless). A synonym of P, heterophylla.

December. l. — 100, in a very dense rosette,

h. 10ft. to 12ft. Andes of Peru, 1860. The
Doe species of the genus. SYN. Puya grandiflora (B. M.
4

- flammea (flame-coloured). A. in a rather dense raceme, bin. to
12in. long; sepals red, gin. long; petals bright red, more than
twice as long as the sepals; peduncle also bright red, lit. to 1}ft.
long, copiously leafy. November, l., produced ones ensiform,
2ft, to 2ift. long, lin. to ljin. broad, not distinctly petioled,
acuminate, persistently white-furfuraceous at back, not at all
spiny. Organ Mountains, 1825. (B. R. 1092.) —

P. flavescens (yellowish), A synonym of P. zanthocalyz.

P. fulgens ideo fl. in several very loose racemes, 3in. to
6in. long, forming a deltoid panicle; sepals and petals bright red,

_ the latter 2in. to 2}in. long, with a large, truncate scale at, the
base ; peduncle ft. long below the inflorescence, copiously léafy.
Mey. E — — — toa —— 2ft. to =
ong, lin. in. broad, white at prickle-margined.
Brazil, 1850. A fine plant, well known in cultivation. SYN.
P. Decaisnei. i

P. fulgens (brilliant). A garden synonym of P. Karwinskiana,

P. Funkiana (Funk’s). jl. in a sub-spicate raceme, 6in. to 12in.
long; — lin. long ; petals nearly white, over Zin. long ; bracts
yellowish-green, lin. to ljin. long ; = aft. long, slightly

bescent, its lower leaves large. ay. l. lanceolate, entire,

ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 24in. broad, glabrous ; petiole unarmed,

éin. to 12in. — Venezuela, 1850. (R. G. 113.) Syn. P. macro-
calyx (B. M. 4705).

P. furfuracea (scurfy). M. in three to five rather dense racemes,
the end one about 1ft. long; petals bright red, 2in to 2sin. long,
scaled at base ; peduncle, including the inflorescence, 2ft. to bft.
long. July. /. linear, about 2ft. long and lin. broad, acuminate,
not distinctly petioled, white-furfuraceous at back, spiny towards
the base. Native country unknown. Mr, Baker r this as
oer ay distinct, specifically, from P. latifolia.” (B. M.

P. heterophylla (variable-leaved). fl. six to twelve in a capitate,
sessile or nearly sessile spike ; sepals reddish, lin. to lin. long ;
petals bright red, rarely white, about ljin. long; pedicels very
short or wanting. May. 1, outer rudimentary ones of the

1

AN

ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 151

- Pitcairnia—continued.

rosette deltoid ; produced ones about six, linear, 1ft. to 2ft. long,
din. to żin. broad, not petioled, nor at all toothed. Mexico, &c.,
1848. Syns. P. exscapa (B. M. 4591), P. Morrenii (L. J. F. ay
— heterophylla (B. R. xxvi. 71), Puya longifolia (L. & P. F. G

)

P. imbricata (imbricated). fl. in a sub-spicate raceme, 1ft. long ;
sepals whitish, tipped with green, lin. long; petals creamy- white,
lingulate, more t 2in, long ; peduncle Ttt. long, closely leafy.
October. l twelve to twenty to a stem, ensiform, l4ft. to 2ft.
long, with a petiole bin. to 12in. long, armed with small, deflexed,
horny, brown prickles. Mexico and Cordova, 1868. Plant
caulescent,
. integrifolia (entire-leaved). M. in one to five very loose
racemes, the end one 1ft. long ; petals bright red, lin. longer than
the sepals, scaled at base; peduncle more than lft. long,
— produced ones linear, 2ft. to 3ft. long, about Zin.
broad, tapering to a long point, not distinctly petioled, closely
white-furfuraceous at ak, destitute of teeth. West Indies,
about 1810. (B. M. 1462.)
P. intermedia (intermediate). A garden synonym of P. alta.
P, iridiflora (Tris-flowered). É in a raceme lft. long; petals
bright red, 2in. long, not scaled at base ; peduncle about lft.
long. July. č. linear, 2ft. to 3ft. long, jin. broad, much
overtopping the raceme, spine-toothed. Native country un-
own.

H

Jacksoni (Jackson’s). fl. in a loose raceme, 8in. to 9in. long;
— bright red, three times as long as the s — scaled at
ase; peduncle over 3ft. long, with many reduced leaves. May.
l linear, entire, 2ft. to 3ft. long, tin. broad, white-furfuraceous
at back; petioles channelled, lft. jong, pines ed at the-
dilated base. Guatemala, about 3850, 4540.) S Syn.

Lamprococcus Jacksoni (L. TRI 27).

P. Karwinskiana — s).* fl. in a dense raceme, about
6in. long; sepals reddish, Zin. long; petals bright red, secund,
2sin. i not scaled; peduncle Tit. to 2ft. long, with many
reduced leaves. June. J., produced ones linear, 1}ft. to 2ft.
long, šin. to Zin. broad, ‘distinctly petioled, usually without
pric kles. Mexico. A well-known species. Syn. P. ringens
(R. G. 53). This species is also known in gardens as P. fulgens,
P. montalbensis, and P. Warcewieziana. ;

Pe bie imet- tee vay fl. ina —

oe oies, a —

—— — n TT ie — yor l. linear, 2ft. to
3ft. Tong, nearly lin. broad, acuminate, not distinctly petioled,
white-furfuraceous at back, with only a few prickles. St. Eustace
Island, 1785. (A. B. R. 322; B. M. 856.) :

. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). A. in dense, panicled racemes; petals
bright red, lyin. to 1jin. long. l, produced ones ensiform, 2ft. to
3ft. long, above lin. broad, copiously spiny towards the base.
Southern New Grenada.

P. lepidota (scaly). A synonym of P. Andreana.
P. longifolia (long-leaved). A synonym of P. pulverulenta.

P. macrocalyx (large-calyxed). A synonym of P. Funkiana.
P. ens a eae Corn-leaved). Ain ina —— —
se lft. 1 —— y Pots. ; petals ee , asin,
— ‘leafy, 14 > att, long: May. l lanceolate,
, 2ft. to 3ft. lon, long, — to 2in. broad, without prickles.
eur 1848. (F.d. S. 915.) Syn. Puya maidifolia.

— montalbensis (Monte Alban). A garden synonym of P. Kar-

P. Moritziana —— — in a loose raceme, 6in. to 12in, —
sepals jin. long ; petals bright red or reddish-yellow, 2in. to 24in.
— not scaled ; uncles 6in. to 15in. long, with many erect,

reduced leaves. Summer. l., produced ones many to a rosette,
linear, lft. to 14ft. long, lin. broad, not distinctly stalked, mostly
without out prickles. Guatemala, about 1860.

P. Morrenii (Morren’s). A synonym of P. heterophylla.
P. muscosa (mossy).* fl.
; Bin bright red, oe , not scaled at base ; peduncle 6in. to

» densely floccose. Dec

at bac
frie "Central Brazil, (B. M. —

P. n — if, in _ somewhat dense raceme, 6in.
to — cade tice asione — pomu —

P, odorata — A synonym HP. —

P. platyphylla (broad-leaved). A variety of P. bromelicfolia.

_ PB. pulverulenta (powdery), fl. in mam es, arranged ina
deltoid panicle ; petals bright — Shout fine ton, lo > pelea at Vat base;
peduncle elongated de, several lea — ——— produced i
ones ane orm Zin. broad, —
—— — Fak th —
— beneath bi. to 12ft. Andes of — — P. longifolia

Pitcairnia—continued.

P. pungens (stinging).* — a dense raceme, ĝin. to din. long;
sepals rather cottony ; petals bright red, scarlet at base, 2in, long ;
peduncle 6in. to 12in. long, cottony, its many leaves bract-like,
the lower sometimes inate. May. l., produced ones six to
eight, linear, 1ft. to 1}ft. long, scarcely din. broad, loosely fur-
furaceous on the back, destitute of prickles; outer "yudimen —
oo ng with a long, rigid, pectinate tip. Andes, 1

P. punicea (reddish). f in a loose raceme, 4in. to 6in. long;
sepals about żin. long; petals bright red, ljin. to ljin. long;
peduncle very short. ummer. l. , proper ones twenty to thirty,
spread over din. to 4in. of the stem, linear, not distinctly petiol

about 1ft. long, less than żin. broad, white-furfuraceous at back.
x about 1ft. Mexico. Plant caulescent.

P. recurvata (recurved). jl. ina dense, sub-spicate raceme, 4in.
to 6in. long; sepals — lin. long; petals milk-white, 3in. to
3żin. long. much decurv minutely scaled at base; peduncle
lift. to 2ft. long, furfuraceous, with bract-like leaves, April.
l, produced ones ten to twelve to a stem, lanceolate, 2ft, long,
lin. to lłin. broad, minutely serrulated towards the tip, white-
furfuraceous beneath. Native place unknown, 1843.

P. ringens (gaping). A synonym_of P, Karwinskiana,
P. Skinneri (Skinner’s). A garden synonym of P. alta.

* eo epee ere: (very showy). A garden synonym of P, un-
ata.

P. staminea (long-stamened). fi. in a long, loose raceme, lft.
to 1}ft. long; petals bright red, 2in. long, very narrow, revolute
at the apex, sealed at base ; peduncle lft. — A a „its lower
leaves long, its upper rudimentary. Janua uced ones
ten to twenty to a tuft, linear, lft. to 2ft. loan: fa a żin. broad,
very acuminate, thinly white- ‘furfuraceous on the back, with a
channelled petiole, bin. or more long, entirely without teeth.
Rio Janeiro, about 1820. A well-known species. (B. M. 2411;
LHE n. s. 205; L. B.C. 722.)

P. suaveolens $ sepals about i fina , moderately dense raceme,

%

broad at the a ot petiole

prickles, glabrous. Organ Mountains, 1826.
P, sulphurea (sulphur-coloured). GS aah
P. tabuleformis t to forty, in a dense

— sessile in — of hiss ero leaves ; sepals br bright
han — long ; petals the same colour, but in.
ata at base. produced ones twenty to thirty, —
rosette, oblong, spatinate, 5in. to 6in. long, 2in. broad,
narrowed to ends, free from spines. Mexico, 1
leaves lie fiat on the soil, a the specific name.
p. 257; F. M. 297; L. H. 344

P. undulata (wavy). #. ina sim le raceme, lft. long, lax in the
lower half, the rachis bright red; petals also bright , more
than twice as long as the sepals ; peduncle lft. long, with five or
six small, adpressed leaves. July. roduced ones —
oblong, lft. or more long, 4in. to Sin. we cuneate at base.

to din, long. Brazil (38% with a distinct unarmed ern ta

to 8in. lo: 843. ta fine, well-known
eas in gardens as P. speciosissima. Πcs, Some 162;

P. undulatifolia (wavy-leaved). A synonym of P. Altensteinii.

P, virescens (greenish ). Jl. in a sub-spicate raceme, 6in. to 8in.
— Pals E ar Ti long; petalis pale yellowish- twice
ong as the hooia < 2ft. Jong, the leaves uating

e sepals;
into bracts. March. Z lanceolate, oled, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
— to 2in. pra a free from — e h aga i i 1857. SYN.
a virescens (B. M. 4991).

P. Warcewicziana (Warcewicz’s) A garden synonym of P.
Karwinskiana.
P. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). ji. ina sub-spicate raceme, 6in. to
12in. long; pats lin. long; petals sulphur-yellow, . sealed
— more than twice as long as the sepals ; bracts
h towards the tip ; peduncle gored te leafy, 2ft. or more
—— stiffly erect. mber. nsifi

2ft. to 3ft. l Zin. to 3in. broad, with
petiole. Native country unknown. ‘About 1853, Syn. Puya sul-
phurea (B. ).

P. xanthooalya (yelow <a
in the lower lft.
Rin. 1

synonymous wi
P. : Sane in a sub-spicate raceme, lft. tol
long; se nearly lin. fiat petals nearly white, more —
—— as ng et the sepals ; bracts —
to

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

PITCHER. A name commonly applied to the tubular
petioles of the Sarracenias, and also to the urn-like ex-
pansion in Nepenthes. Sir Joseph Hooker has shown
that, in the latter genus, the Pitcher is not the dilated
petiole, but a special organ, represented by a gland at
the top of the costa of the young leaf.

PITCHER-PLANT. See Nepenthes and Sarra-

PITCH-TREE, BURGUNDY. See Picea ex-
celsa, :

PITH. The central cellular part of a stem; the same
as Medulla.

(from pithex, pithecos, a
monkey, and kteis, ktenos, a comb; in allusion to the
common name). Monkey's Comb. Orp. Bignoniacee. A
genus comprising about a score species of stove, often
tomentose-pubescent or lepidoted, sometimes glabrous,
climbing shrubs, natives of tropical America, extending
from Brazil to Mexico, Flowers white or violet, rather
large, disposed in simple, or rarely sub-thyrsoid, branched

racemes; calyx broadly tubular-campanulate, truncate or .

minutely five-toothed ; corolla tube cylindrical and enlarged
above the base, often incurved ; limb sub-bilabiate; lobes
five, round, spreading. Leaves opposite, trifoliolate, or
with the terminal leaflet changing to a tendril, or defi-
ciently bifoliolate; leaflets entire, petiolulate. Very few
species are now grown. For culture, see Bignonia.

P. Carolinz (Lady Caroline’s). A. snow-white, with the tube
—J with sar, sweet penal tg corolla arcuate, ———
with curled segments; panicle terminal, few-flowered. May.
l, conjugate ; leaflets cordate, acuminate, slightly pubescent,
h. 10ft. Plant slender, glabrous, (B, R. 1844, 54, under name of
Bignonia Caroline.)

PITHECOLOBIUM (from pithecos, an ape, and

Tobos, the lobe of the ear; in allusion to the native name,

shaped; peduncles solitary or sub-fasciculate, _
axillary or racemose, or fasciculate at the tips —
of the branches; heads globose, or rarely in
oblong or almost cylindrical spikes. Pods com-
pressed or flat, either spirally twisted or much
mrved, bivalved or rarely indehiscent. Leaves
bipinnate ; leaflets sometimes small and many-
jugate, sometimes large and few-jugate, occa-
sionally tergeminate, bigeminate, or geminate
(pinne one-jugate, three, two, or one-foliolate) ;
_stipules sometimes small or inconspicuous,
sometimes persistent, hard or spinescent. Few
of the species have been introduced. For cul-
, see

y

b

n. 3
SE

— ——— tot pales —*
or four on the
: in number, size, and
1869. A

These are valuable and well-known

Pits—continued. : Pe "A :
movable; generally, all the sashes are movable in both oo
cases. Pits do not afford similar facilities for attend- %
ing to the occupants as do houses, which the cultivator a

can enter in all weathers; yet they are indispensable
where large, or even small, quantities of young plants

g ag
: X *
A ——
ar ‘ $
——
— *
oS 1E
= +
an
Ep r
LLY
LLY +

Fia. 191. SECTION OF LEAN-TO PIT.

a, Ordinary Soil; b, Passage; c, Heated Chamber below Stage; :
d, Bed; e, e, Hot-water Pipes. , 3

have to be raised and grown on. For bedding plants, a
single hot-water pipe is usually sufficient, in a low,
narrow Pit, for expelling damp and keeping out frost,
except in very severe or unfavourable weather, when cover-

, utilised in their simplest form for pro-
the injurions effects of rain and severe

—

—

2

Feed

A

Fie. 192. SECTION OF SPAN-ROOFED

a, a, Ordinary Soil; b, Passage ; c, c, Heated Chambers; d, d, Plunging Beds;

; 6, 6, 85 6; Hot-water Pipes. i ;
ings would be necessary. For Cucumber, Melon, or Pine

Pits, a more substantial and much higher structure,
and also a greater heating power, are necessary. — re =

| 191 represents a useful little Pit for early forcing
ir

| from one end, affords sufficient space for attending to the
| Plants; and if a shelter were fixed to the back wall for

Melons or Cucumbers. A narrow, sunken re, entered

—

P

*

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

153

. Pits—continued.

early forced Strawberries, these might possibly be watered
from the outside, by opening the sashes a little. Special
propagating Pits are best built rather low, in order
that they may not be too much exposed to cold winds,
and that cuttings, when inserted, may be near the
light. To this end, the floor for these is also often sunk
into the ground; a path passes through the centre,
with a door at the end, and a heated plunging-bed is
provided on one or both of the sides (see Fig. 192). If
the top sashes are fixed, instead of being movable, then
a strieture of this sort is more correctly termed a house,
Although wood is sometimes used, nothing surpasses

. ordinary bricks for constructing a framework on which
* to rest the rafters and sashes.

Bricks keep out frost
better than wood, and are also much more substantial.
Pits are sometimes built with hollowed walls—that is,
a double set of bricks is arranged so as to leave a
hollow space between; the idea being that of retaining

a heat, which passes more readily through a solid wall

2

PP acheac er

——

+

“te

than where there is a chamber midway containing air.

PITTED. Having numerous small, shallow
sions or excavations.

PITTOSPORES. A small order of glabrous, or
rarely tomentose or pilose, arborescent or erect shrubs,
or twining or flexuous-procumbent under-shrubs, dis-
persed over the warmer regions of the globe, but mostly
found in Australia. Flowers white, blue, yellow, or
rarely reddish, hermaphrodite, regular or slightly oblique,
sometimes borne on terminal, solitary and nodding, or
corymbose or paniculate peduncles, occasionally axillary
and solitary or fasciculate; sepals five, distinct, imbri-
cated, or rarely connate at base; petals five, hypo-
gynous, imbricated, longer than the sepals; claw con-
nivent or sometimes coherent; stamens five, hypogynous,
free, alternating with the petals, the filaments filiform,
or dilated in the middle or at the base. Fruit a capsule
or berry. Leaves alternate, entire, toothed, or very
rarely slightly cut; stipules none. ‘The species contain
resinous, aromatic, and bitter principles, which impart a
disagreeable flavour to the fruit. Nine genera and about
ninety species are included in the order. Examples are :
Billardiera, Marianthus, Pittosporum, and Sollya.

PITTOSPORUM (from pitta, pitch, tar, and sporos,
seed; in allusion to the resinous coating of the seeds).
ORD. Pittosporew. A rather large genus (fifty species
have been described) of greenhouse or half-hardy, gla-
brous or tomentose, erect shrubs or small trees, occurring
in Africa, the warmer parts of Asia, the Pacific Islands,
Australia, or New Zealand. Flowers sometimes in ter-
„minal clusters, corymbose, sub-umbellate or paniculate,
sometimes solitary or few, terminal, axillary, or
lateral; sepals distinct or connate at base; petals
-eonnivent or cohering at base, or rarely spreading.
Leaves entire, sinuate-dentate, in some species
‘often sub-verticillate at the apices of the branches.
All the species form very handsome subjects, and
. are well adapted for growing in conservatories.
The half-hardy ones thrive in any common garden
soil, but, except in the south-western counties, &c.,
require the shelter of a wall. The greenhouse ones
succeed in a well-drained, fibry loam. P. Tobira is a
favourite plant in the Paris flower-markets, and is
largely grown for its very fragrant blossoms. All are
readily propagated by means of cuttings of the half-
ripened wood, inserted in sandy soil, under a bell
glass, in a greenhouse, and kept shaded until roots
are formed. es ee ;
. coriaceum (leathery-leaved). fl. bluish-white ;

P.
rey bellately branched,
duncles um y c ora meny ; flowered,

depres-

Vol. IIL

Pittosporum—continued.

P. cornifolium (Cornus-leaved), f. dingy-red, polygamous, on
very slender, terminal, one or two-flowered uncles ; sepals
very narrow, subulate ; petals as narrow, with slender tips. rena
l. whorled, obovate or elliptic-lanceolate, shortly petioled, quite
entire and glabrous, coriaceous. Branches forked or whorled, .
h. 2ft. to 4ft, New Zealand, before 1832, A small, slender,
half-hardy shrub. (B. M. 3161.)

P. crassifolium (thick-leaved),* Parchment-bark. i: dark

chocolate-purple, freely produced in nodding, pedunculate um-

bels, apii l. alternate, narrow-obovate, linear-obovate, or
oblong, obtuse, quite entire, light green, tomentose on the under
surface. h. 4ft. to 10ft. New Zealand, 1872. A bushy-growing,
half-hardy shrub, of erect branching habit. (B. M. )

P. elegans (elegant). A synonym of P. eugenioides.

P. eugenioides (Eugenia-like). M. greenish-white, more or less
dicecious, fragrant; sepals very variable, ovate, acuminate,
glabrous; petals narrow and spreading, recurved. J. usuall
elliptical, acute, narrowed into long petioles, rarely broader an
obovate, quite entire, undulated or crisped, rather coriaceous,
with numerous fine veins. A. 20ft. to 3ft. New Zealand.
Greenhouse tree. Syns. P. elegans, P. microcarpum.

Fic. 193. PITTOSPORUM TOBIRA, showing Habit and detached
Flowering Twig and Flower. ;

P. ferrugineum (rusty). fl. yellow, small; uncles terminal, -
usually clustered several together above the eet leaves. April to
July. l. from obovate or ovate, and obtuse or scarcely acuminate,
to oblong or almost lanceolate, acuminate, and Zin. to 4in. long,
quite entire, narrowed into a petiole, rusty-tomentose on bo
sides when very young. h. 6ft., sometimes attaining 50ft, to 60ft.
Australia, 1787. Greenhouse tree. (B. M. 2075.)

P. microcarpum (small-fruited). A synonym of P, eugenioides.

P. revolutum (revolute). jl. yellow; , few or
solitary, decurved, bearing sometimes a single, rather
large flower, more — a ovoid or corymbose
raceme. Feb to April. or —

ulate,

134

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pittosporum—continued.

P. Tobira (its native name).* fl. white, fragrant; peduncles one-
lowered, pubescent, disposed in aggregate umbels. March to

' August. Lebeau btuse, cori j th. h. 12ft. Japan,

1804. Half-hardy shrub. See Fig. 193. (B. M. 1396.)

P. undulatum (wavy-leaved).* f. white; peduncles terminal,
aggregate, pubescent, branched, many-flowered. February to
June. Jl. oval-lanceolate, undulated, — at both ends,
a, m kee Australia, 1789. Half-hardy shrub. (A. B. R.

. viridiflorum (green-flowered).* fl. greenish-yellow, Jasmine-
scented; panicle somewhat globose, terminal, glabrous. May.
l. obovate, retuse, cuneate at the base, shining, under surface
reticulated. h. 6ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1806.
shrub. See Fig. 194. (B. M. 1684.) SYN. P. sinense.
PLACEA (said to be derived from the native name
in Chili). Orp. Amaryllidee. A genus comprising
(according to Mr. Baker) about five species of greenhouse,
bulbous plants, natives of Chili, and closely related’ to
Hippeastrum, from which they differ in having a perfect
evolute corona. Flowers many in an umbel, pedicellate;
perianth somewhat funnel-shaped, slightly declinate, with
an exceedingly short tube. Leaves linear, carinate. Herr
Max Leichtlin, a wonderfully successful cultivator of
choice bulbous and other plants, says: “Placea is one
of those bulbs which will not be pot-bound. I either
plant them in a walled frame, which is kept free of
frost, or in a low house which has a border on the
south side, and is kept between 37deg. and 40deg.
Fahr. at night, and leave them well alone. They go to
rest about August, and push about December, flowering
in May. In a pot, they ought to have their exact time
of rest, and must be buried in the soil, which ought to
be very rich; but in pots they are not certain to flower.
They must be planted with at least an inch of soil
over their necks, and they prefer a loose soil. I use
thoroughly-decomposed cow-manure (three and four years
old), mixed, during decomposition, with one-third silver
sand.” The three best-known species are here described.

—

Fig. 195. FLOWERS OF PLACEA ARZE.

P. Arzæ (Arza’s). jl. pale yellow, lined with purple: corona
_monop! — one snes Purple: —— — to five-
z igh. l two, ucous, 9i , sin.

broad. Bulb 2sin. in diameter. See Wig. 196, —
i rge-flowered). A. white, freely striped with
; scape erect, terminating in an umbel of

l. few, linear, long, rounded and

fistulose at the margin. 1869. This, the finest ies of the
genus, resembles P. ornata, but is much larger. H. 574.)
P. e ioe — Jl. snow-white, lined with brilliant ver-

; Segments spathulate - oblong; corona whi
; scape ĝin. to 9in. high, four to ——
» Shin , obtusely keeled below. 1840. (B. R.

&

Greenhouse `

PLACENTA.

originate. à

PLACENTIFORM. Quoit-shaped, or like a flat

cake in form.

The part on which the ovules

PLACODIUM. A synonym of Plocama (which see). —

PLACOMA. A synonym of Plocama (which see).
PLADERA. A synonym of Canscora (which see).

PLAGIANTHUS (from plagios, oblique, and anthos,
a flower; referring to the usually unequal-sided petals).
Cotton-tree; Ribbon-tree. ORD. Malvacee.
comprising about eleven species of greenhouse or half-
hardy shrubs, or rarely herbs, natives of Australia and
New Zealand. Flowers white, often small, in the axils
or in terminal crowded spikes, rarely solitary or dis-
posed in short axillary panicles; calyx five-toothed or
five-fid. Leaves entire, sinuate, angled, or rarely lobed.
The species described below are half-hardy shrubs, ex-
cept where otherwise stated. For culture, see Malva-

P. betulinus (Birch-like). fl. small, on slender, ebracteolate
pedicels; panicles terminal, much-branched, very many-flowered,
stellate-tomentose. Summer. J. of young plants jin. to jin.
long, rounded-ovate, variously crenate and lo! ; in full-grown
specimens, lin. to 2in. long, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
rounded or cuneate at , coarsely crenate-serrate or obtusely
— — h. (in its native place) 40ft. to 70ft. New Zea-

an i

P. divaricatus (straggling). fl. in axillary fascicles or on one-
łin. long, narrow-linear or sub-cuneate, obtuse, quite entire, one-
nerved. Branches slender, spreading, tough. 8ft. New Zea-
land, 1820. As this species is only found in salt marshes, where-
very few shrubby plants thrive, its cultivation in such places
might prove beneficial. (B. M. 3271.) :

P. Lampenii (Rev. R. Lampen’s).* fl. very pale yellow, almost
white ; petals five, roundish-oblong, much longer than the calyx;
panicles short, leafy, axillary. November to February. l. shortly
petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acute, 4in. to 5in. long, sharply and

—— — deep green above, hoary beneath.

xxii.
P. L (Lyall’s).* fl. Zin. broad, drooping, axillary ;
uncles one-flowered, solitary or fascicled’ ebracteo-
ite, about as long as the petioles. July. l. 2in. to
4in. long, ovate-cordate, acuminate, deeply and doubly
crenated ; petioles sin. to ldin. long. h.
. A handsome, greenhouse, sub-deciduous

x

Van Diemen’s Land, 1833. (G. C. n. s.,
Å‘

; Zealand, i 1
b.. (B. M. 5935.)

rachis of axillary racemes; males edicellate, females
sessile. Summer. l on rather ong petioles, from
deeply cordate-ovate to lanceolate, often acuminate,
2in. to Jin. (or rarely more) long, coarsely crenate.
Australia. greenhouse shrub or small tree.
(B. M. 2753,"under name of Sida pulchella.)
P. sidoides (Sida-like).. 7. small, in short, axillary
racemes, the males with a campanulate, the females
with a tubular, calyx. Summer. J. from ovate-lanceo-
late to lanceolate, obtusely serrate, :
rarely 4in., long, rounded at base, on petioles lin. to
żin. long, pisbrome on the upper side when full
grown, with numerous impressed veins. hk. 4ft.

Australia. Greenhouse. (B. M. 3396.) 5

PLAGIOLIRION (from plagios,
and leirion, a lily;
the perianth). ORD. Amaryllidee. A monotypic
genus, requiring treatment similar to Eucharis
(which. see).

P. Horsmanni (Horsmann’s).* fl. white, not small,
posed in a scapose, ten to eivetontete eee od
gular, one segment being di
elliptic Ay w ent — bove, light beneath. Bulb
e > , Drg a , ight e
long-necked. Columbia, 1883. ve. È — 105, Fig. 16.)
PLAGIOLOBIUM. Included under
PLAGIOPHYLLUM.

(which see), `

mh
oblique,

a h irre-
downwards, and the-other five
l. two or three to a i Á

Hovea, — ete
A synonym of Centradenia
PLAITED. Folded lengthwise, like the plaits of a
closed fan. T yr
PLANE. Flat; level.

A genus-

). in
flowered peduncles, shorter than the leaves. June. 1. lin. to

. New

P, pulchellus (pretty). jl. small, clustered along the

2in. to 3in., or `

PLAGIOGYRIA. Included under Lomaria.

in allusion to the shape of -

*

Ai

a Sa AN

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

+ NMG ee

155

PLANERA (named in honour of I. J. Planer, a Ger-
man botanist, who published a Flora of Erfurt, in 1788).
ORD. Urticacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a

hardy, deciduous, unarmed tree, probably not now in.

cultivation in Britain.
Ulmus (which see).

P. aquatica (aquatic). Planer-tree. /. brown, clustered; perianth
four or five-fid. March and April. fr. nut-like, oblique, ovate,
compressed, wingless. J. lin, to l}in. long, alternate, distichous,
ahon, stalked, serrated, ovate, acute, roughish, ab sell

ipules free, caducous. h. 20ft. to 30ft. Southern United States
1 6. SYN. P. Gmelini.

P. Gmelini(Gmelin’s). A synonym of P. aquatica.
PLANER-TREE. See Planera aquatica.
PLANE-TREE. See Platanus.

PLANE-TREE, SCOTCH. A general name in
Scotland for Acer Pseudo-platanus.

+: PLANTAGINEZ. A natural order of herbs, some-
times annual or perennial, almost stemless or stolon-
bearing, sometimes shortly caulescent, branched or suf-
+ fruticose, glabrous, simply pilose, or woolly in the axils;
they are natives of the temperate regions of both hemi-
spheres, especially in Europe and North America, and
are but rarely met with in the tropics. Flowers regular,
hermaphrodite or monecious, small, in elongated or
shortened spikes, or rarely solitary and sessile in the
axils of the often scarious bracts; calyx four-parted,
with closely-imbricated segments, persistent in the fruit;
corolla hypogynous, gamopetalous, scarious, marcescent,
with an ovoid or cylindrical tube, and four speading, im-
bricated lobes, sometimes wanting in the female flowers ;
stamens four, or fewer. Fruit a one or more celled, one or
more seeded, membranous capsule, stipitate or included.
Leaves radical, or in the caulescent species alternate,
rarely opposite, one to many-nerved, entire, toothed, or
pinnatifid, sometimes sheathed; petioles usually dilated
at the base, and accompanied by a woolly membrane.
Several species of Plantago are employed in medicine.
‘The order comprises only three genera—Bougueria, Litto-
rella, and Plantago—and perhaps about 200 species.
PLANTAGO (the old Latin name of the genus, used
by Pliny). Plantain. Orp. Plantaginee. This genus com-
prises all the species of the order (which see for characters)
save two. ‘They are of very little importance from a
garden standpoint. P. Coronopus, P. lanceolata, P. major,
P: maritima, and P. media, are British plants. P. brasil-
iensis is sometimes seen in botanic gardens. All thrive
in ordinary soil, and may be readily raised from seed;
the perennial species may also be propagated by division.
P. brasiliensis
cylindrical aat AS R Sn, long: seape axillary, solitary, ——
twice as long as the leaves, clothed with white, ressed hairs.
Summer. 1, linear-lanceolate, smooth, eaters, entire, with
the margins somewhat thickened, much narrowed towards the
—— se A Bele) the stem, which they embrace. h. lft.
PLANTAIN. See Plantago. The name is also
applied to other plants. _
PLANTAIN LILY. A common name for Funkia.
. PLANTAIN-TREE. See Musa.
PLANTAIN-TREE, MAURITIUS. See Musa
rosacea. ; $

Plant - boxes
e trees or shrubs that cannot be pro-
vided with pots of sufficient size to contain the roots.
They are usually made of wood, but sometimes of slate,
and the sides may be constructed so as to be movable,
for allowing the roots and drainage to be examined,

It requires culture similar to

should it become necessary. Boxes made of slate have

the advantage of great durability, and they are readily
kept clean. Special provision should be made to in-
sure drainage, and Boxes containing trees of large dimen-
sions should, for this reason, be stood on something to
keep them a little above the ground level. Plant or
Catting-boxes, about ——— fr raising matings a

` not be included, unless the Cases are utilised for special

Cause of the disease Lith as “Clubroot,” sometimes —

| spores, each inclosed in a cell-wall.

| same development as before. Almost all the Myxomycetes

| find their food in the rotting mass. Towarilà tho ond

Plant-boxes and Cases—continued.

growing-on tender bedding plants, are extremely useful;
they answer well if the wood is merely planed over
before being made up.

Boxes for window plants should be about 6in. deep: a
less depth does not afford room for sufficient soil to
sustain the plants for a season.

Plant-cases used outside windows, and also in rooms,
require their occupants renewed occasionally, but not
very frequently, if flowering plants are excluded. Many
of the hardier species of Palms, greenhouse Ferns,
Selaginellas, &c., are admirably adapted for the decora-
tion of Plant-cases; tender or delicate subjects should

purposes inside a glass structure.

An inclosed portion of a propagating-house, wherein
cuttings of larger than ordinary size are inserted, is
also termed a Plant or Propagating-case.

PLANTIA. Included under Hewaglottis.

PLANTING. See Transplanting.

PLANT LICE. See Aphides.~

PLANT MITES. See Mites.

PLANT-PROTECTORS. These are very nume-
rous, as the term is applicable to anything which acts,
if only temporarily, to preserve plants from injury.
Bell glasses, handlights, small movable frames, and
even panes of glass, amongst many other things, may be
termed appliances for plant-protection, when they are
used as such to ward off heavy rains or severe frost.
Full information will be found under Bass or Bast

(This is the

called also “ Finger-and-Toe,” in Turnips, Cabbages,
Charlock, and other species of the genus Brussica, and
also in Raphanus Raphanistrum, or Wild Mustard. It
is a Fungus of very simple structure, and belongs to the
carious group called Myzomycetes, the species in which,
while vegetating, consist of minute, naked masses of
protoplasm, endowed with a power of movement, by
changing their forms, like the low microscopic animals
called Amebe. These small, naked masses tend to unite
when they meet, and thus they increase in size, and `
form what are called plasmodia. In some of the species,
the plasmodia may reach a size of 2in. or more in

and resemble a mass of clear or muddy-looking jelly.
After a time, the plasmodia become covered with a firm
coat, and break up into myriads of small, round cells, or
These spores may
remain for a time unchanged; but, under favourable
circumstances, they burst, throw off the cell-wall, and
appear as very minute plasmodia, which go through the

live on decaying organic matter, but P. Brassice does
not. Its plasmodia are always minute, and they pene-
trate into the tissues of its hosts. The roots of a plant
attacked by “ Finger-and-Toe” vary considerably in ap-
pearance, according to the stage of the attack. The
branch-roots very often bear swellings much exceeding
the proper thickness of these roots. The swellings
are usually spindle-shaped or roundish; at first, they are
nearly smooth, but after some time they become rough,
The main root is also often injured, as shown by its
enlarged size, and, frequently, by its roughly-fingered

appearance. In the autumn, and as winter — =
the diseased portion becomes more and more pulpy and
decayed, and is also overgrown with other Fungi, —

156

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Plasmodiophora Brassice—continued.

Microscopic inspection of a thin slice from a diseased
portion of a root, shows numerous cells of the tissue of
the host-plant hardly altered in any way; but, inter-
mixed with these, there are many others, from four to six
times their diameter, which are occupied by the parasite ;
and it is these enlarged cells that alter the colour of the
root, and make its surface in a transverse section, when
a little magnified, look mottled. In the newly-diseased
roots, these enlarged cells inclose a slimy, yellowish,
granular plasm, in which are usually numerous cavities,
filled with cell sap or with air. If examined at a later
period, these enlarged cells are found filled with myriads
of the minute, globular, thin-walled, transparent spores
of P. Brassice. ‘These remain uninjured during the
keenest frosts of winter, and form a large part of the
powdery material that fills up the decayed root between
the woody bundles, and they become widely scattered
through the soil by the action of wind and rain. When
the weather becomes warmer, in the following spring, they
begin to germinate, the cell-wall splits, and the proto-
plasmic contents pass out, and creep about through the
damp soil like Amebe, and also by the help of a slender
hair or cilium at one part. When they come into contact
with others like themselves, they unite completely, and
form larger plasmodia. If they meet with young roots of
Cabbages, Turnips, Charlock, or Wild Mustard, they make
their way into them, and produce the disease in them also.

This disease has, of late years, been spreading far and
wide, and has proved very destructive in Turnip fields;
so much so, that, in some districts, Turnips are no longer
a profitable crop. It also attacks Turnips and Cabbages in
vegetable gardens, though the less extended diffusion of
the host-plants renders the attacks less fatal, and remedies
more readily applicable. Frequent experiments have shown
that, in soil in which diseased roots have been allowed to
= rot, a new crop of Cabbages, or other host-plants,- will

certainly suffer from disease if sown in that soil in the
ensuing year. Even after a year has elapsed, the crop

_ is liable to suffer from this cause, though to a less extent.
_ Yet farmers almost always, and gardeners frequently,
leave the diseased roots in the soil, as not repaying the
labour of pulling them up. Experiments have been con-
ducted by Mr. T. Jamieson, to ascertain the result of
different manures on this disease, and have led him to
the conclusion that the use of superphosphates, or soluble
p. , is followed by a great increase of disease ;
and that ground coprolites, and ground or steamed
bone-flour, are the manures that best enable the
plants to resist it; but these conclusions are opposed by
other experimenters. If the effects on Charlock, Wild
Mustard, and Cabbages, are compared with those on
cultivated Turnips, it is at once seen that the last plant

~ suffers far more severely. The cause seems to be that

the Fungus attacks the cellular tissue only, and this in
Turnips is very largely developed, as it is this that
renders the roots for food, and, accordingly, it
has been promoted by the selection of those varieties
for propagation that produce the largest roots with least
woody fibre in them. The former plants are crippled,
bat are generally able to produce some seeds; but the

_ Turnips are, in general, destroyed before they reach the

stage to form seeds.
Remedies. All diseased roots ought to be collected at

S early a stage as possible, and destroyed by burning,
a if this is practicable. Ground where Turnips have become

3 diseased should not have Turnips or Cabbages grown in
it for at least two years, to permit any spores in the
soil to germinate, and thus to starve and kill the plas-

upon the effect of different manures are desirable, but, in
the meantime, they point to ground coprolites, and to

| in a well-drained, sandy soil,

Plasmodiophora Brassice—continued.
ground or steamed bone-flour, as the best artificial
manure for Turnips. Unfortunately, no means are
known for the cure of plants already attacked, pre-
vention alone being practicable in any way.
PLATANACEA:. A very small natural order of
usually tall trees, with flaking bark; they inhabit „the
temperate or sub-tropical regions of the Northern hêmi-
sphere, two are natives of East Europe or Asia, and the
rest are American. Flowers moncecious, in unisexual,
globose, densely-crowded heads; “the stamens in the
males, and the ovaries in the females, are mixed, with-
out definite order, with scales, which may be bracts,
perianth segments, or staminodes, or arrested ovaries”
(J. D. Hooker). Fruit a nut. Leaves alternate, petio-
late, broad, palmately nerved and lobed; petioles dilated
at base; stipules membranous, caducous. The only genus
of the order—Platanus—comprises only five or six species,
which are mainly valuable for their timber and orna-
mental appearance. `
PLATANTHERA.
(which see).
PLATANUS (Platanos, the old Greek name, from
platys, broad; referring to the foliage). Plane-tree. The
only genus of ORD. Platanacew (which see for characters,
&c.). The two species described below are magnificent
trees for parks and similar situations. Both require a
deep, rich, soft soil, and generally attain the greatest
size where their roots have access to water. They
require shelter, but must not be confined. Propagated
by seeds, or by layers. The former are contained in
round balls, which require to be broken, and should be
sown in March; merely pressing them into the surface of
the soil is sufficient, but they must be kept moist and
shaded. The quickest way to propagate is from layers.
P. occidentalis (Western).* Button-wood; Western Plane,
jl. greenish. May. fr. brownish ; ripe in October and November.
l. five-angled, obsoletely lobed, dentate, wedge-shaped at the
t. to 80ft. Atlan

beneath. tic and Western
from P. orientalis in its

being solitary on the long peduncles. It is rare in

Included under Habenaria

fertile cai
. British gardens, and tly not so hardy as the common
species. (E. T. S. M. 2, 261.) i

v

orientalis (Eastern).* Oriental or Common Plane. fl. greenish-
yellow. pean Jr. brown; ripe in October, and persistent for
the greater part of the winter. J. five-lobed, palmate, wedge-
shaped at the base, the divisions lanceolate, sinuated ; stipules
nearly entire. h. t. to 80ft. Levant, previous to 1648. —
W. D. B. 101.) A beautiful tree, ae es variety of
dsome forms, which differ chiefly in the shape and lobing of
the leaves. The variety acerifolia (Maple-leaved) is the com-
monest in cultivation, frequently ing the name of P. occi-
dentalis, from which it may be readily distinguished when in
fruit by the peduncles bearing more than one ball, and
frequently many. It is the form known as the London Plane,
on account of its being generally planted in the parks ; and is
an erect-growing tree, with usually three-lobed leaves, or, if five-
lobed, less deeply so than in the typical form. (W. D. B. `
under name of P, occidentalis.) The typical orientalis is a more
spreading tree, with very large, deeply — leaves, cordate
or truncate at the base. The variety cuneata has the leaves dis- >
tinctly wedge-shaped at the base ; laciniata, very deeply, much-
divided leaves ; and variegata, variegated foliage.
A plant in gardens, with fine bold foliage, called P. californica
has not yet fruited in this country ; it is doubtful whites: really
is the Californian P. racemosa (with which the true P. cali-

| fornica is synonymous). F

Spa al a Included under Fumaria (which
see).
PLATYCARPHA (from platys, broad, and carphe,
; in allusion to the broad, chaffy scales of the in-
volucre). ORD. Composite. A genus consisting of a
couple of species of stemless perennials from South
Africa. Flower-heads purple, densely crowded, many-
flowered, homogamous, sessile. Leaves numerous, stalked,
spreading like a star upon the ground, pinnately divided,
with coarsely-toothed lobes and pungent teeth, P.
glomerata is a pretty and interesting plant; it thrives —

= eG, E = < ke S

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA. OF HORTICULTURE: 157

PLATYCARPUM (from platys, broad, and karpos, Platycerium—continued.
a fruit; alluding to the shape of the capsule). ORD. extraordinary, of the whole order. They are distinct,
Rubiacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a tall, epiphytal ferns, and thrive well in baskets or shallow

stove tree, with robust, opposite, terete branches. <A pans. They also succeed when fastened to a large
compost of loam and leaf mould will suit it. Propaga- block of wood, with a little peat and sphagnum round
tion may be effected by half-ripened cuttings, inserted in their roots, and suspended in the stove. Rough peat
sand, under a glass. Keeping the plants
rather dry during the winter, has a tendency
to bring them into flower.

P. orenocense (Orinoco). fl. pale rose-colour,
mediocre, disposed in terminal, trichotomously-
branched panicles, pedicellate, ebracteate, and
ebracteolate; calyx five-lobed, rather large,
deciduous; corolla hypocraterimorphous, silky,
with a short tube, and a limb o five’ equal,
broadly — imbricated lobes. Capsule some-
what woody, lin. in diameter. l. oblong, Sin. to
6in. long, 2in. to 24in. broad, opposite, petiolate,
Pg eae tomentose ; petioles about jin, long.

h. 20ft. Orinoco, 1813.”

. PLATYCARYA (from platys, broad,
and karyon, a nut; alluding to the shape
of the fruit). Syn. Fortunea. ORD. Ju-
glandew. A monotypic genus. The species
is an elegant, branching shrub or small
tree, hardy only in favoured situations in
è the South of England. It thrives, however,
in a cool conservatory, and, when planted
out, will do well in almost any soil, requir-
ing culture similar to Juglans (which see).
P. strobilacea (cone-fruited). A. yellow; spikes
all cylindrical, many-flowered, erect, many-
bracted. August. l. five to eight- -jugate, aro-
matic; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, ses-
sile, opposite, with serrulated margins. Ja apon
and North China, 1844. (S. Z. F. J. 149.) SY
Fortunæa chinensis.
PLATYCERIUM (from platys, broad,
and keras, a horn; the fronds are divided
into broad segments like stags’ horns).
Elk’s-horn or Stag’s-horn Fern. ORD.
Filices. A small genus (about half-a-dozen
species) of mostly stove ferns, widely dif-
fused; they are readily distinguishable by
their dichotomously-forked fertile fronds,
with stag’s -horn - like divisions. Sori férming large and sphagnum form a suitable compost in which to pot
patches on the upper part of the lower surface of the them. The species described below require stove treat-
fertile fronds. The Platyceriums may be considered at ment, except where otherwise stated. See also Ferns.
once amongst the grandest, most beautiful, and most P, zxthiopicum (African). barren fronds rounded, convex, downy
: when young, the odgo, 3 more or less lobed, the
spreadi Jertile fronds 2ft. to 3ft. —
pie i oo peng ent, twie — trichotomous, the dis
* ‘alcicorne,

vision broader than in

Fig. 197. PLATYCERIUM ALCICORNE,

pa prer eadeni teire E
etter

cottony down. Guinea Coast and Ango
—— 196. (H. G. F. 9.) Syn. P. Stemmaria,

P. æ. angolense (Angolan). A form having a
broad-cuneate fertile frond, 9in. broad at the top,
without either forks or horns, and with a patch
of fruit nearly as broad as the lamina.

P. alcicorne (elk’s-horn).* barren fronds rounded,
convex, downy when y the sinuated, the
lobes Spreading. Sertile Fronds 2. t. to 3ft. Tong,
clustered, erect, two or three times dichotomous ;

— —— aes — thie cottony
wn. Temperate Australia, &c. reen
house. Fig. 197. The large form, majus,
comes from Polynesia.
P. biforme o-formed). fronds
A — to the base, imb
the — fertile poe 6ft. to —

ones — Sewn fin the
outer edge rounded, entire, — = see

P. — —— barren fronds very — =

convex, or the ones-
l laciniated wii

Fic, 196. UPPER PORTION OF FERTILE FROND OF PLATYCERIUM ÆTHIOPICUM. |

158 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Platycerium—continued. |

Fig. 198. PLATYCERIUM GRANDE.

disk only, with an elongated, dichotomously-forked division
beyond it at each corner. North Australia, 1828. See Fig. 198.

P. Hillii (Hill’s).* fronds about 15ft. long, flabellately branched
in the r third, the part just below the branching about
8in. b ually tapering downwards into short stipes;

mature fronds very thinly covered with white stellate hairs. sori
forming small, roundish or oblong spots at the base of the ultimate

lobes, or about-an equal distance from the apex if there is no side
* — Allied to P. alcicorne. (G. C. n. S.,
w .

P. Stemmaria (Stemmaria). A synonym of P. ethiopicum.

P. Wallichii (Wallich’s).* barren fronds deeply lobed. with
inflexed, forked divisions. fertile fronds in pairs, — each
in two divisions, in each of which the cuneate disk has a rounded

upper e, occupied by a sorus ; from either side of the sorus a
one-for! division is produced; under surface matted with

yellowish woolly pubescence. Malay Peninsula, 1860.

P. Willinckii (Willinck’s).* barren fronds erect, sub-orbicular,
lobed. fertile fronds in threes, elongated, drooping, narrowly
cuneate, dichotomously cut up into narrow-ensiform lobes. sori
occupying the terminal lobes. Java, 1875. (G. C. n. s., iii. 56.)

PLATYCHILUM. Included under Hovea.

PLATYCLINIS (from platys, broad, and clinis, a
couch; alluding to the broad, membranous clinandrium).
Syn. Dendrochilum (in part). ORD. Orchideæ. <A
genus comprising about eight species (formerly referred
to Dendrochilum) of stove, epiphytal orchids, with stems
tufted at base, or sub-ramose and simple and one-leaved
towards the base, and scarcely thickened or narrowly
pseudo-bulbous; they are natives of the East Indies
and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers small, in
numerous, terminal racemes, shortly pedicellate; sepals
narrow, spreading; petals similar or smaller; lip sessile
or shortly unguiculate at the base of the column, ovate,
concave, almost equalling the sepals; column erect,
semi-terete ; anthers two-valved; pollen masses four,
ovoid. Leaves narrow, contracted into petioles. The
species described below, which are those best known to
gardeners, thrive well in pots, in a mixture like that
recommended for Liparis.

P. Cobbiana (Cobb's sepals r: ;
lip aaa OET ra inforcaconce zigzag oÈ. and
R like those of Dendrochilum latifolium. ippines,

. Syn. Dendrochilum Cobbianum.

P. filiformis (thread-like) A. pale yellow, small, in long, thread-

Platyclinis—continued.
like racemes. 1. linear-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulbs
small, conical. Manilla, 1836. (I. H. 1878, 323,
under name of Dendrochilum glumaceum.) SYN.
Dendrochilum filiforme.
P. glumacea (glumaceous). /l. white, very fra-
grant, sessile, in a linear-oblong, pendulous,
elongated spike, borne on the curved peduncle.
i. solitary, broad - lanceolate, rather obtuse,
striated, tapering into a long footstalk, which is
inclosed by the sheathing scale. Pseudo-bulbs
crowded, the younger ones clothed with two or
more large, generally reddish scales, within which
is a much larger, — scale, šin. to 4in.
long, tinged with red. Philippines. G. M.
4853 under name of Dendrochilum glumaceum.,)

PLATYCODON (from platys, broad,
and kodon, a bell; referring to the form
of the flower). ORD. Campanulacee. A
monotypic genus, the species being a very
ornamental, hardy, erect, glabrous, glau-
cescent, herbaceous perennial. For culture,

see Campanula.

P. autumnalis (autumnal). A synonym of P.
grandiflorum.

P. chinensis (Chinese). A synonym of P. grandi-
forum.
. grandifiorum (large-flowered).* Chinese Bell-
flower. fi. blue, hom solitary pag at the tips
of the branches ; calyx tube adnate, turbinate,

limb five-parted ; corolla campanulate, five-lobed ;
inflorescence centrifugal. July. J. scattered, often
opposite or whorled, sub-sessile, ovate, lanceolate,
toothed. h. 6in. to 12in. i Mandschuria,
and Japan, 1782. See Fig. 199, (S. B. F. G. ser. ii.
208.) Syns. P. autumnalis (L. J. F. 250), P. chi-

nensis (L. & P. F. G. ii. 61), Campanula grandi-
flora (B. M. 252).

P, g. Mariesii (Maries’). This is a recently-introduced form, with
8 flowers, and of dwarfer habit, than the type. (Gn., March,

*

Fig. 199. UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF PLATYCODON
GRANDIFLORUM.

PLATYCRATER (from platys, broad, and krater,
a bowl; alluding to the expanded calyx of the barren
flowers). ORD. Sawifragee. A monotypic genus, the
species being a hardy, prostrate or creeping shrub, with

-+

i AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 159

Platycrater—continued.

terete branches. It requires culture similar to Phila-

delphus (which see).

P. arguta (sharp). ji. greenish-white, scattered, much larger than
those of Hydrangea, disposed on long pedicels, in terminal, few-
flowered corymbs ; calyx limb dilated, petaloid, three or four-
lobed; petals four, valvate. Z. opposite, shortly petiolate, de-
ciduous, lanceolate, long-attenuated, acuminate, deeply toothed,
veined. Japan, 1866. (R. G. 516; S. Z. F. J. 27.)
PLATYLEPIS (from platys, broad, and lepis, a

scale; alluding to the shape of the sepals). Syns. Di-
plogastra, Notiophrys. ORD. Orchidee. A genus com-
prising three (or five?) species of stove, terrestrial
orchids, natives of tropical and Southern sub-tropical
Africa and the Mascarene Islands.
dense, sessile, glandular-pubescent spikes; sepals sub-
equal, narrow; petals narrow, sub-coherent with the dorsal
sepal; lip sessile at the base of the column, erect, con-
cave-channelled, Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, mem-
branous, contracted into the petioles. Stems ascending,
leafy. Rhizome creeping. The species are not known in
cultivation.

PLATYLOBIUM (from platys, broad, and lobos, a
pod; in reference to the broad legumes). Flat Pea.
ORD. Leguminose. A small genus (three species) of
Australian, greenhouse shrubs, with slender branches.
Flowers yellow, solitary, in opposite axils; two upper
calyx lobes very large, free or shortly united; lower
ones small and narrow; petals clawed; standard orbicular
or reniform; wings oblong-obovate, much shorter; bracts
brown and scarious. Pods sessile or stipitate, very flat.
Leaves opposite, simple, entire, or with pungent angles.
For culture, see Hovea.
P. Pare nay 99 we gegin, fi audado —— long as

prow beig e as thelr. cA mg I from "broadly

t.
P. f. parviflorum (small-flowered) A form with smaller
flowers, shorter pedicels, and narrower leaves, than the inp
h. 4ft. 1792. SYNS. P. ovatum, P. parviflorum (B. M. 1520;
L. B. C. 1241; P. M. B. xi: 219).
P. Murrayanum (Murray’s). A synonym of P. triangulare.
P, obt um (obtuse-angled). A. standard shortly exceed-
ing the very hairy calyx, which is about din. long ; pedicels short,
and completely concealed by the imbricate bracts at their base.
May. J. from broadly triangular to ovate-cordate, hastate, or
cordate-lanceolate, mostly Zin. to lin. long, with a cloner spe
the lateral es either acute and pungent or rounded and
. h. 1ft. 1832, (B. M. 3258.) SYN. P. triangulare (B. M.

P. ovatum (ovate). A synonym of P. formosum parviflorum.
(small-flowered), A synonym of P. formosum

A handsome shrub. (B. M, 469; P.

parviflorum.
P. triangulare (triangular).* fi., standard reniform, deeply emar-
inate, about twice as long fa the calyx, which is jaer an derr
kay and nearly din. long. May. 1. broadly — or
cordate- te, the es terminating in short, ent points,
or the lower leaves rarely broadly cordate, with — angles
rounded, mainly ĝin. to lin. long. h. lft. 1832. A i
or procumbent shrub. Syn. P. Murrayanum (B. M.
P. triangulare (triangular), of Sims. ° A synonym of P. obtus-
angulum.
PLATYLOMA. Included under Pellæa (which see).

PLATYLOPHUS (from platys, broad, and lophos,
a crest; the capsule is so much compressed at the apex
as to appear winged). Syn. Trimerisma. ORD. Sazi-
frageæ. A monotypic genus. The species is an elegant,
greenhouse, glabrous, evergreen tree, thriving best in
a compost of loam and peat. Propagated, during April
or May, by cuttings of ripe shoots, inserted in sand,
under a glass. oe
P. trifoliata (three-leay i T. ite, di

in axillary, hansen pers se de rama a — —

late, ternate: leaflets sessile, lanceolate, i
i ticulated with many veins. h. 40ft: to

serrated, coriaceous, re J 4
50ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1820. Syn, Weinmannia trifoliata.
PLATYMETRA. A synonym of Tupistra (which

see).

Flowers narrow, in |

PLATYPETALUM (from platys, broad, and
petalum, a petal). ORD. Crucifere. A small genus of
hardy, herbaceous perennials, with purplish flowers, now
included, by Bentham and Hooker, under Braya. The
species have no horticultural value.

PLATYPTERIS. Included under

(which see).

PLATYS. A term which, used in Greek compounds,
signifies broad; e.g., Platyphyllus, broad-leaved.

PLATYSTEMON (from platys, broad, and stemon,
a stamen; alluding to the expanded filaments). ORD.
Papaveracee. A monotypic genus. The species is a
pretty, hardy annual, requiring culture similar to that
recommended for Papaver.

P. californicus (Californian). Californian * A. yellow ;
sepals three ; petals six ; peduncles elongated. July and August.
l. narrow, entire ; lower ones alternate ; floral ones often nearly
opposite or ternately whorled. h.1ft. California, 1853. (B. ii. 65:
B. M. 3579; B. R. 1679; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 394.) The variety

(B.. M. 3750, under name of

Verbesina

leiocarpus has smooth carpels.

P. leiocarpum.) ;

PLATYSTIGMA (from platys, broad, and stigma ;
alluding to the broad stigmas). ORD. Papaveracee.
A genus comprising three species of slender, half-hardy,
annual herbs, natives of North-west America. Flowers
yellow, often small, on elongated peduncles; sepals three;
petals six; stamens many; filaments slightly dilated at
apex. Leaves narrow, entire, approximate and alternate
at the base of the stem, or almost opposite the flowers.
For culture of the only species calling for description,
see Papaver. i

* ce :

eres oein pests Ball ala tthe siden as the Oana

inner ones narrower, white, w at the claw; scapes several

from the same root, Yin, = May.. l. radical, linear, acute,

glaucous, 2in. to 3in. long. 1833. (B. M. 3575; B. R. 1954.)

PLATYSTYLIS (of Sweet). Now included under
Lathyrus (which see).

PLATYSTYLIS (of Blume).
Liparis (which see).

PLATYTHECA (from platys, broad, and theke, a
cell; alluding to the broad anther lobes). ORD. Tre-
mandree. A monotypic genus, the species being an
erect, Heath-like, greenhouse shrub or under- shrub.
For culture, see Tetratheca,

ium-like). fl. borne on slender pedicels ;

„eenean eT Te
base. June. J. usually t eight in a whorl, narrow-linear,
acute and pungent, or obtuse with recurved about :

Now included under

points, šin.
long, with the margins often revolute. h. lft. South-west
Ausi , 1845. (P. M. B. xiii. 171, under name of Tetratheca
verticillata.)

PLATYZAMIA. A synonym of Diosin (which see).
PLATYZOMA (from platys, broad, and zoma, &
band; in allusion to the broad ring of the sporangia).
Orp. Filices. A monotypic genus. The species—
P. microphyllum—is an Australian stove fern, closely
allied to Gleichenia. It has not yet been introduced.
PLEASURE GROUNDS. See Garden. _
PLECOSORUS. Included under Cheilanthes.

PLECTOCEPHALUS. Included under Centaurea.

PLECTOCOMIA (from plektos, plaited, and kome,
leaves; probably from the leaves being used in plaiting).
ORD. Palme. A genus comprising about half-a-dozen
species of stove, climbing palms, allied to Calamus,
armed with recurved prickles; they are natives of the
mountains of India and the Malayan Archipelago.
Fiower-spikes axillary, divided into numerous, very long,
tail-like branches, clothed with two opposite rows of

| overlapping spathes, each of which incloses a short $
spike of flowers. Fruit covered with overlapping scales,

which are rough and fringed at the edges, giving the

fruit a prickly appearance, one-seeded. Leaves large, _

pinnate, furnished with long, whip-like tails, beset on —

160

.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Plectocomia—continued.

the under side with excessively strong, compound spines,
shaped something like a mole’s foot, with the claws
directed downwards. The species, the best-known of
which are described below, are very handsome plants,
and are of easy culture. A compost of rich loam and
peat, in about equal parts, is suitable. Propagated freely
by suckers,

P. assamica (Assamese). ji., spathes 2jin. to 3in. long; spadix
large, the branches 24ft. Jong. l gracefully arched, broa and
deeply bifid when young, ultimately pinnate ; upper surface deep

n, the under side a beautifu — h. 80ft.
m, 1841. An elegant plant. (B. M. 5105.)

P. elongata (elongated). Jl., spadix axillary; uncle covered
with imbricate, s onthing spathes l. with the i about
20ft. long ; pinnules dis , arched downwards, linear-lanceolate,
tapering to both ends, very acuminate, the longest 3ft. in length,
2in. to broad, co! us, Stem, in the — almost as
thick as the leg. India, 1869. A gigantic, climbing species.

P. himalayana (Himalayan). fl., spathes almost stem-claspi
conduplicate ; n Of hes antix about 2ft, long, ——
with rusty tomentum. J. ample; pinnules alternate, linear-
lanceolate, very acuminate, 1}ft. long, Uin. broad, the —

hortly toothed ; nifi th les
stout, hooked A eg imalans, 1878. . ppe a and grace-
PLECTOGYNE. Included under Aspidistra.
A synonym of Luxem-
burgia (which see).
(from plectron, a spur, and

PLECTRANTHUS
anthos, a flower; in allusion to the corolla-tube being gib-
bous at base). Cockspur-flower. Syn. Germanea. ORD.
Labiate, This genus comprises nearly seventy species
of stove or greenhouse, perennial herbs, sub-shrubs, or
rarely tall shrubs, natives of tropical and South Africa,
tropical and sub-tropical Asia as far as Japan, the
Malayan Archipelago, Australia, and the Pacific Islands.
Flowers small or mediocre, often pedicellate; calyx of
five equal or bilabiate teeth; corolla tube exserted,
gibbous or oblique; limb bilabiate, the upper lobe three
or four-fid, the lower one entire; whorls six to many-
flowered, or cymes opposite and more or less evolute,
racemose, thyrsoid, or loosely paniculate, rarely densely
spicate. Nutlets ovoid or oblong, smooth or minutely
dotted. Leaves variable, the floral ones reduced to
small, deciduous bracts. The s

pecies best known to
cultivation are described below. They do well in any

light, rich soil. Propagation may be effected by cut-
tings. which root readily.

Fig. 200. PLECTRANTHUS FRUTICOSUS, showi

im m sho ng Habit sad Soe

P. australis (Southern). f. pale purple, hort, uneq
E aeomp agori thrice as — — ieee

apart ;

ones round-ovate, deciduous, erect, pubescen!
h. 2ft. to sft. Australia, Greenhouse. (B. R. 1098). =

| PLECTRITIS
the calearate corolla).

Plectranthus—continued.

P. barbatus (bearded). A synonym of Coleus barbatus.

P. coleoides (Coleus-like). fl. lilac; corolla four times as long as
the calyx; panicle thyrsoid, 6in, long. l, petiolate,
ovate, crenate, sub-cordate at base, rather thick, puberulous ;
floral ones deciduous. A, lft, to 2ft. Neilgherries, 1865. Stove
herbaceous perennial. (B. M. 5841.) SYN. Coleus Colvillet.

P. comosus (tufted), A synonym of Coleus barbatus.

P, foetidus (stinking). fÉ purple (7); calyx softly villous; corolla
thrice as long as the calyx ; whorls many-flowered, approximate ;
racemes dense, slightly branched. Summer. l. shortly petiolate,
broadly ovate, crenate, truncate or cordate at base, thick, much
wrinkled, very villous on both sides; floral ones broadly ovate-
cordate, acuminate, deciduous. Stem obtusely tetragonal. h. dft.
* omy Eastern Australia, 1877. Greenhouse sub-shrub. (B. M.

P. Forskolei (Forskil’s. A synonym of Coleus barbatus.

. fruticosus (shrubby). blue, elegant, disposet in a slightly-
branched panicle; pedicels in. long ; corolla tube twice as long
as the calyx. Summer. J. petiolate, broadly ovate, sub-cordate,
doubly toothed, slightly glabrous ; floral ones bract-like. A. 3ft.
to 4ft.. Cape Colony. Greenhouse shrub. See Fig. 200. (R. G
1864, 431.)

P. ternatus (ternate). Onime-root. fl. ponh, on short pedicels ;
corolla dark-dotted, thrice as long as the calyx; whorls ternate,

rather loose, many-flow ; racemes simple. l. long-

stalked, ovate-rotundate, acute, deeply crenate, narrowed at base, |
t beneath,

—

cano-tomen' or pu

1821, Stove herbaceous perennial (B. M. 2460.) f

(from plektron, a spur; in allusion to

Including Betckea. ORD. Vale-

rianeæ. A genus comprising only three species of erect,

hardy, annual herbs, of which two are Californian, and
the third Chilian. Flowers pink, in dense, capituliform
cymes, axillary or terminal; corolla five-fid, spreading.

Leaves entire or sinuate-toothed. Seeds of P. congesta

only require to-be sown in the open ground in May, in

a sheltered situation. It is doubtful, however, whether

the genus is still represented in our gardens.

P. congesta (crowded). fl. pink, in oval or oblong heads, often
arranged in verticillate, approximate or distant glomerules ;
corolia manifestly bilabiate, with a small spur much shorter
than the tube. June. Z. very glabrous; radical ones obovate or
spathulate, entire; cauline ones broadly ovate, sessile, slightly
toothed; floral ones linear-oblong. A. 9in. to 18in. California,
1826, (B. R. 1094, under name of Valerianella congesta.) :

PLECTRONIA (from plektron, a cock’s spur; in
allusion to the large spines which are to be found on
some of the species). Syns. Canthium, Dondisia, Mitra-
stigma, Phallaria, Psilostoma, Psydraz. ORD. Rubiacee.
A large genus (about seventy species) of stove or green-
house, unarmed or spiny, shrubs, sometimes climbing,
with terete branchlets; they are natives of tropical Asia,
Africa, and Australia, South Africa, and the Pacific
Islands. _ Flowers white or greenish, small, fascicled or
disposed in corymbose, pedunculate cymes; calyx with a
short tube, and a very short, truncate or four or five-
toothed limb; corolla tube short or slightly elongated,
with four or five ovate-triangular lobes: Fruit small or
mediocre. Leaves opposite, membranous or coriaceous,
shortly petiolate, oblong, ovate, or lanceolate; stipules
intrapetiolar. Few of the species have been introduced,
and none are important horticulturally.

PLECTRURUS. A synonym of Tipularia,

PLEEA (named after Aug. Plée, 1787-1825, author
of a work on the Flora of the Environs of Paris). ORD.
Liliacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy,
perennial herb, with nodose, erect, Rush-like stems or
rhizomes. It thrives in peat soil, and requires a moist
situation; or it may be grown in pots, placed in pans of
bape Propagation may be effected by seeds. = —

. tenuifolia (slender-lea >

—— s "Pet —— — it

l, radical ones few, rather long, li ——

.

6in. to 9in. long ; cauline ones one or two, long. thin, mad
radical States, —

ones. Stem i
1824. (B. M. 1956.) AIE pe Pont oe

PLEIONE. Incinded under Celogyne ————

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

PLEIOS. A term which, used in Greek compounds,
signifies more than one; e.g., Pleiophylins, several-
leaved. *

PLENUS. Full; double. Applied to flowers in
which the number of petals, &c., is abnormally multi-
plied.

PLEOCNEMIA.
(which see).

PLEOMELE. A synonym of Dracæna (which see).
PLEOMORPHISM. See Pleomorphy.

PLEOMORPHY, or PLEOMORPHISM (from
pleion, several, and morphe, form; in allusion to the
variability in the spores). A term used to express
the condition observed in several groups of Fungi (see
Oidium, Peronospora, Pleospora, Puccinia, and
Pyrenomycetes), in which bodies of two or more forms
are produced to effect reproduction of these plants under
‘varying conditions; one form is, in some groups, known
to be the result of sexual reproduction, e.g., zygospores
of Peronospora, ascospores of Peziza and Pyrenomycetes,
&c., and to such the term “spore” is, by some botanists,
restricted in theory, thongh this is scarcely adhered to
in practice. All the other forms of bodies specialised
for reproduction fall under the two types of conidia
and sclerotia. In many plants, conidia of two or more
kinds occur, either simultaneously or in succession, and
in many Fungi (e.g., Hymenomycetes, Pucciniei, &¢.) no
_ sexual form has yet been detected. à

Polypodium

PLEOPELTIS. Included under
(which see). j

PLEOSPORA. A genus of parasitic Fungi, belong-
ing to the group of Pyrenomycetes, and to the sub-group
Spheriacee, in which the perithecia are globular or
- flask-shaped, and open by a circular pore or mouth to
permit the escape of the spores. The perithecia are

Included under Nephrodium

ibe

borne upon a mycelium, which penetrates the tissues of -

the host-plant; but they are quite separable from this
mycelium. The genus is one of a section in which the
perithecia are at first covered by the epidermis of the
host-plant, through which, usually, they ultimately burst,
The mycelium does not form an evident layer or mass
(stroma). The perithecia are not very thick-walled, are
dark brown; and generally smooth; the opening, or neck,
usually projects from the stratum in which the bodies
are sunk, Another form of spore (conidia) is usually
produced on the surface on the same host. The spores
produced in the asci, inside the perithecia, are divided
- by numerous cell-walls, crosswise and lengthwise, so as
to resemble the arrangement of bricks in a wall, and
they ure usually some shade of brown, seldom colour-
less. A number- of species of Pleospora exist, some
parasitic on one plant, some on another; but most of
them seem to be found in the perfect condition only on
dead or dying stems and leaves, and are thus, in this
stage, not hurtful to garden or field produce. A large
proportion of the species have been found only on wild
plants or on grasses; and there is considerable doubt
as to the number of really distinct species, since many
of the named forms are only varieties of the extremely
common P. herbarum. It will be well to give here a
brief description of the conclusions of mycologists with
regard to the life-history of this species, as it is believed
to be injurious to various garden plants in its earlier
conditions; and several of these stages differ sq much
from one another, and from the mature condition, that
they have been described as distinct species under widely-
separated groups. This Fungus is supposed to be the
cause of a disease of Potato-plants, characterised by
retardation of growth and curling of the leaves, which
become yellowish-green. On the le
there
eS

share f-stalks and stems —
appear brown spots, at first round, but widening

Pleospora—continued.

out, and, after a time, the whole stalk, with its leaves,
withers and dies. The formation of tubers is but small.
Various other garden and field plants, and many wild
plants, present diseased conditions that are generally
referred to the action of P. herbarum. Some botanists
are of opinion that experimental researches, by means of
cultivation of the Fungus, show that two distinct species
have been confounded under the name P. herbarum, and
that these two can be distinguished in the earlier, though
not easily, if at all, in the mature, state; and they have
been named, by Gibelli, P. Sarcinule and P. Alternarie.
Practically, to gardeners, it matters little whether there
are two species or only one, as both forms are common,
and they agree in the mode of life.

The Fungus can seldom, if ever, be observed in plants of
quite a healthy appearance; but it undoubtedly exerts its
action some time before it is externally visible, and, in this
period, the food-plant becomes penetrated by its colourless,
branched mycelium. On this mycelium, near and on the
surface of the plant, are formed the reproductive organs,

- in the form of conidia of two or three kinds, succeeded by
the pycnidia and the perithecia. Both the latter are
globular or flask-shaped bodies, with a narrowed neck, and
a membranous, leathery or brittle, cellular coat. They
are usually scattered plentifully on the surface of dead
stems and leaves. The pycnidia are full of minute,

é
9009
oy am

Fic. 201. PLEOSPORA HERBARUM, — hint nove es
- Phoma herbarum)—a, Pyenidia in transverse section, x 20, one
opened; b, Cli eit on the Stalks, x 400; c, Conidia free
aker falling off the Stalks, x 400. . é

elliptical, transparent, one-celled bodies (see Fig. 201),
borne on slender stalks from the inner surface of the
walls. The perithecia are larger and darker than the
pycnidia, and differ, from these in the spores contained
in them being inclosed in large, transparent, elongated,
cells (asci). In each of these are eight spores (see

a
a

—
—

a
8
—

j
bis

Ki
*

s

8

——
[È O
w

ey

3 ipe Ascus, x 200; d, Ripe Ascus, x 200, inclosing eight
ie ete: S — Spores, x 400, s Be h
form, and divisions, _

Fig. 202). The latter are some shade of brown, elliptical,

narrowed in the middle, and show numerous partitions,

_ of which seven are across the length, and others divide |
the spaces so formed into smaller spaces or cells. They _
are very much larger than the spores contained in the _
pycnidia. The conidia are formed, not in special recep- —

_ tacles, as in the former cases, but exposed on the surface —
of the plant. One of the earliest Fungi to appear on
sickly plants in general is a bluish or greenish-grey coat

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pleospora—continued.

of erect filaments, each bearing on, or near, the tip one
or two conidia of a cylindrical or elliptical form, an

entire or two-celled. This Fungus, known as Clado-
sporium herbarum has long been regarded as an ill-
developed condition of Pleospora herbarum ; but recently
it has been denied that C. herbarum is a stage in the
development of P. herbarum. Other forms of conidia
also occur, intermingled with the Cladosporium, which
are admitted to be conditions of P. herbarum. These

FIG. 203. PLEOSPORA HERBARUM, MACROSPORE STAGE (known as
Maerosporium sarcinula)—a, Conidium on Stalk (st); b, Coni-
dium after falling from "Stat oa Another Form of Conidium,
more typical of Sareinula Stage x 400,

latter forms (see Fig. 203) resemble, in their general ap-
pearance, the spores from the asci, e.g., in the forms
Macrosporium sarcinula, Sporidesmium, and Alternaria
Brassice. Of these forms of conidia, Macrosporium and
Sporidesmium are oblong, with blunt ends, and are
divided, as shown in Fig. 203, both lengthwise and
crosswise, by partition walls, and each conidium is pro-
duced on the end of a separate stalk. Alternaria has
conidia produced on stalks, which may be sparingly
branched; on the tip of each branch is a row of pear-
— many-celled conidia, attached by the broader end,
- and these separate very readily. The two forms Macro-
ancl and Alternaria are regarded by Gibelli as
se tic of the two species into which he divides
= P. herbarum, as mentioned above. All the forms of
conidia now described germinate readily, and, in suitable
conditions of moisture and nourishment, produce myce-
lium, which produces the Fungus anew. On the relation-
ship of Cladosporium herbarum to the other forms
greatly depends the view that must be taken of the
disease-producing power of P. herbarum, and further
investigations are required on this point.

Remedies. Unfortunately, these are hardly procurable,
because of the wide diffusion and abundance of the Fungi,
and the internal = of the mycelium; but all
- diseased parts should be burned. The best method to

. prevent damage is to promote, in every way, healthy
growth in the plants most liable to be attacked.

PLEROMA (from pleroma, fulness; referring to the
cells of the capsule). Syn. Lasiandra. Including Ohæ-
togastra, Melastoma, Micranthella, and Rhevia (in part).
Orp. Melastomacee. A genus containing about 124
species of stove or greenhouse shrubs and sub-shrubs,
~ rarely perennial herbs, sometimes climbing, often strigoso-
pilose or hispid, natives of tropical South America,

—* Brazilian. Flowers violet or purple, —
disposed in terminal, trichotomously-branched panicles,
large, sometimes with concave involucral bracts, very

rarely four - parted; calyx tube ovoid, campanulate,

ovate or- ‘oblong, | ae :
— thrive either in tarty loam or peat, ——
— shoots

eer and cuttings of

—

Pleroma—continued.

readily in a close frame at almost any time of year when
they can be obtained. P. elegans forms a fine exhibition
plant when well grown, and P. macranthum is one of the
most beautiful subjects for covering a pillar or rafter in
a greenhouse or cool stove. A season of rest should
be allowed Pleromas in winter; but plenty of water
may be applied through the summer. Except where
otherwise stated, the under-mentioned species are shrubs,
and require stove treatment.
P. Benthamianum (Bentham’s).* fl. of a ‘beautiful dark
purple, almost white in the centre, about Zin. across; panicles
terminal, glanduloso-pilose. Autumn. J. oblong-lanceolate,
rounded or somewhat cordate at the base, acute, nine-nerved,
entire, the upper surface rough with small setee, the lower

covered with —— silky hairs. h. 4ft. Organ Mountains,
1841. (B. re

P. elegans nt).* fl. rich blue, large, produced in abundance
—— otras. t l. opposite, ovate- acuminate, bright shining

green. Organ Mountains, 1844. (B. M. 4262.)
P. —— a te iN s). jl, rosy-purple, in ter-
minal 1. petiolate, ovate, acuminate, beset

Hee sgn bristles a
iandra petiolata (B. M. 3766), Pleionema Gaudichaudiana,
Rhexia —— and R. petiolaris.

P. um (Gay's veal A. white, in terminal panicles. Late
autumn. l. ovate-ob png, Sore yes serrate, hairy. h. lft. to 2ft.
Peru, 1874. Herb. (B.

P. granulosum nulose). A reddish-purple, very showy,
almost din, in — corolla concave, rotate ; petals obovate-
oblong, acuminate, shortly apiculate panicles | terminal, with
decussate branchlets. 1. coriaceous, decussately opposite, entire,
attenuated at both ends, five-nerved ; petioles much shorter than
the leaves. h. 10ft. Brazil. (B. R. 67 .) Syn, Lasiandra Fon-
tanesiana (R. G. 1865, 466).

P. heteromallum (one-woolly-sided). fl., petals purplish-violet
five or six, obcordate; calyx pubescent, ‘with deciduous teet: th ;
filaments short, conniving. July to Se tember, l oval- cordate,
stalked, beset with flocky wool beneath. 4ft. to 6ft. Brazil,
1819. SYN. Melastoma heteromalla (B. M. ; B. R. 664).

P. holosericeum (silky). fl. pees: thyrse panicled, ter-
minal, with the rachis very villous and compressed ; calyx
tubular, July. i. sessile, ovate, five to seven-nerved, entire,
densel with adpres on both surfaces. Branches te tetragonal,

ith ad bristles. h. 6ft.

cloth to 10ft. Brazil, 1816.
A De podien axe a Lasiandra

argentea,
P. —— atin A synonym of P. —
P. macranthum (large-flowered).* fl. rich d violet-p
about 5in. in diameter, solitary, freely produ
the branchlets. Winter. J. ovate or oblo:
rugose. Branchesslender, terete. Brazil, 1 A very beautiful
plant, fiowering the more profusely when in a large state, and
orming one of the most effective subjects for greenhouse or
conservatory decoration, It is best suited for trellises or walls,
and, for this purpose, should be planted out, or prea in large
tubs or boxes, after the first year’s growth. (B. M . 5721.) SYN.
Lasiandra macrantha.
P. m. floribundum (floriferous). fi. of a rich and brilliant
violet-blue, produced almost throughout the year, and os
nearly 14ft. in circumference. St. Catherine's, Brazil, 1870.
most beautiful variety, producing its gigantic flowers on —
plants when only about 3in. in height. It is better suited for
pot culture than the type.

P. sarmentosum a twiggy)” fl. dee violet or violet-purple,
upwards of 2in. and disp in trichotomous

panicles, 1, — or ovate-oblong, s short] stalked, Branches
sarmentose. h. lft. to 2ft ayn at Pore, vag A beau-
tiful, greenhouse, —— oige — B. M. 5629.

P.

semidecandrum —— * — v
obtuse ; calyx tube campanulate, ri A — hispid,
axillary, one- flowered, and termi aly. k —— —

-ovate, acuminate,

acute, five-nerved, ‘entire, setuloso- scabrous above, villous
beneath. Branches te! and, as well as the petioles,
villous, Brazil. Syn. P. Kunthianum (B. M. 4412).

P. Villosum (villous). | fl. rosy-pink, terminal, few, pedunculate ;

petals obovate, retuse, mucronate. May and June, l ovate,
pene, entire, villous, Bice Melast meal
: YN. Melasto 4
2630; L. B. C. 853). re
P. vimineum (t ). fl. purple; calyx covered with
hairs, the segments te and mucronate. Jul; —
- L ovate-lanceolate, acute, ond, 20 eee tang Son. we
scabrous, but canescent h, — 1821. —

Rhezia viminea (B. R.

PLEURANDRA (of —
Hibbertia (which m n

16 E
at the ante ol

Included à undor o

ey Ca a © aimee oe a in

AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 163
PLEUBRANTHE. A synonym of Protea (which see). Pleurothallis—continued.
; P. atropurpurea (dark le lark purple, solita; bud
( ‘sop etapa Included under Polypodium Zin. long: — oblique, — —— Bp ot — —
which see). crested in the middle. Z. oblong, — át base, almost
PLEUROGRAMME. Included ander Mono- — the stem; sheaths ventricose, h. 6in. Jamaica, 1838.

gramme (which see).

PLEUROGYNE (from pleuron, a side, and gyne,
the female organ; referring to the stigmas issuing from
the side of the seed-vessel). Syn. Lomatogonium. ORD.
Gentianee. A small genus (three species) of slender,
annual herbs, natives of the mountains of Eastern and
Arctic Europe, Asia, and North America. Corolla wheel-
shaped, fringed at the throat. Leaves opposite. The
species are probably lost to cultivation.

PLEUROPETALUM (from: pleuron, a side, and
petalon, a petal; in allusion to the shape of the corolla).
Syn. Allochlamys. ORD. Amarantacee. A genus com-
prising only a couple of species of slightly-branched,
stove, glabrous shrubs, natives of Mexico, Ecuador, and
the Galapagos Islands. Flowers greenish, at length red,
small, disposed in terminal, branched panicles, sessile or
pedicellate; perianth of equal, oblong, obtuse, concave
segments ; stamens five to eight, Leaves alternate, rather
large, membranous, elliptic-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
entire or with slightly undulated margins, narrowed into
a rather long petiole. Only one of the species has been
introduced to our gardens. It requires culture similar to
Codizum (which see).

P. costaricense (Costa Rica). (fl. green, at length scarlet, small,
very numerous, in terminal an axillary, ao corrio much-
branched panicles, shortly pedicellate ; — ents five.

Autumn. J, petioled, alternate, 4in. to ptic-lanceo-
late, acuminate, with the tip often drawn out ; —— even, or
obscurely undulate. Central America and Mexico, A
small shrub, with green branches. (B. M. _ SYN. Melano-
carpum Sprucei.

(from pleuron, a side, and

sperma, seed; in allusion to the size of the fruit
ridges). SYNS. Aulacospermum, Hymenolæna, Physo-
spermum. ORD. Umbelliferæ. A genus comprising about
fifteen species of hardy, tall or dwarf, glabrous, biennial
or perennial herbs; three are natives of mostly Eastern
Europe and Russian Asia, and the rest are all Hima-
layan. Flowers white or dark purple; petals obovate or
cuneate, rather large for ‘the order; bracts of the in-

volucres and involucels indefinite, sometimes coloured; '

umbels compound, many-rayed. Leaves pinnate or pin-

nately decompound; segments ovate, toothed, incised, or

cut into narrow lacinis. Only one species calls for
description here.. It thrives in any common soil, and
may be readily increased by seeds, or by divisions.

P, austriacum (Austrian). fl. white; involucre many-leaved.
Summer, J. bipinnatisect; the segments pinnatifidly cut into
acute lobes. Stem fistular. A. 2ft. to 3ft. South Europe, 1697.

Perennial. (A. F. P. 43; J. F. A. 151.)
PLEUROTHALLIS (from pleuron, a side, and
thallo, to blossom; in allusion to the inflorescence).

Syn. Huwmboldtia. Including Centranthera, Rhyncopera,

and Specklinia. ORD. Orchidee. A vast genus (nearly

350 species have been described) of stove orchids, of

variable habit, natives of the West Indies and tropical

America. Flowers small, sometimes very small, in a

few species mediocre or rather large, often secund, in

bundle- flowered racemes; sepals erect, connivent or
somewhat spreading ; petals shorter or narrower; pollinia
two; labellnm usually articulated at the base of the
column. Stems filiform, one-leaved, often sheathed. The
species have scarcely — ornamental value, but are
curious and interesting from a botanical point of view.
A selection from those best known to cultivation is given
below. They may be grown either in baskets or pans,
suspended from the roof of a cool house, most of them
thriving along with the Masdevallias. The small ones,
such as P. Grobyi, aro bask — to little tafts of
yist. or to Fern stems,

n ái

(B. M. 4164, under name of Masdevallia Jenestrata.)
P. —— (bird’s-head). fl. green, with yellow petals and lip,

resembling the beak of a bird. Z, numerous, oblong-lanceolate.
Brazil, 1871. A pretty little plant, of tufted habit.
—F (Barber's). fl. few, on a slender peduncle, four or

Barberiana

five times as long as the leaves; sepals light ochre, blotched with
dark purple, aristate, free, cilia ; petals whitish, smaller, ser-
rate ; lip cuneate, oblong-clavate. i. very small, e lliptical, acute,
` thick, keeled beneath. Tropical America, 1881. A small but
pretty orchid.

P. bicarinata (two-keeled). A. dull greenish-yellow, in a few"
flowered raceme ; sepals aristate, the upper one bitid and bicari”

nate; petals oblong, minutely serrulate; lip obovate, fleshy,
pone Oh ay i. ae sin. as aie a2) broad ; "sheath on stem 1jin-
long. A. 6in. Brazil

Py Dilametlata (two-itzed) og —— red, two or three at the
base of a leaf, minute. Rhizome creeping, bearing numerous
stems, each ort het E oe SS ligulate, very thick, fleshy
leaf. paei nt 1870

* ) fi. Feros cinnabar-red, one to three on
uncle Gin. Jon nog — washed with greenish purple; lip

of a paler cinnabar. spathulate-obovate, minutely tridentate
at the apex. Steins * short. Costa Rica, 1875, Species

is of — tufted habit.
P. Grobyi (Groby’s). jl. yellow, streaked with crimson, small,
about a dozen in a loose, zigzag raceme; sepals costate, acute,
the upper one bidentate ; — membranous, acute ; lip ——
oblong, obtuse. 1. obovate, e cece hy a ie forming
dark green tufts. h. 3in. Brazil, ¢ 3682.)
P, Lanceana (Lance's). ji. ae crimson at the base inside,
in a pendulous spike; sepals linear-lańc
bidentate ; petals te, fim
aaa broadly oblong. h. 6in. Srna, 831

P. (proliferous). ji. deep ; sepals sl —
petals pale, -lanceolate upwards ; lip oval, fimbriate
at base, A. 6in. Brazil, 1826. “The format : of leaves, in
place of flowers, which gave rise to the e, occurs

specific
occasionally in oa other es” (Lindle: TB Mt. 3261 ;
ER R 1208. B rad F speci ( y q
dii Re ymond’s). fl., se

Reymon: ¢ orange, brown, and
pubescent, oblong, "he dorsal ones larger; petals two- lhe. ons

rounded, the other elongated ; lip minute, l. coriaceous, linear-
lanceolate, obtuse, acuminated, shorter than the stem, h. 6in.
Venezuela, &c., 1863. (B. i}

P. saurocephala dizard- ‘hended fl. yellowish-green, chasing
to light brown, closely dotted wi le inside, disposed in
s "copa tice eis 6 broad as the u —

P.

- erect, imbricated apike. dorsal

ones. J, 4in. long, one
s a hang stem pe 1828 cee 1829, (B M. R.

P.: scapha (it b -white, ‘marked with pu
ex the lower — are —— dark —
racemes lax, many- ——— l. ovate, coriaceous vy
species. (G. on, n, S., XV.

* frel aka) fl. hyaline, disposed in sub-

; sepals with mauve- -purple, aristate ;

i dark chen teers: with basilar, —— horns, aoe an elli

—— (strap-leaved). fl. in —— 3in. to 4in. —

nee loose, funnel-sha; Boone aay petals,
on iva —— — with ple —— d

resem 0 mes
—— rant shorter. h. 14 Mexico, te Moser 3897, under

name of P, picta.) ;

PLICATE. The same as Plaited (which see). Se

PLOCAMA (from plokamos, bent hairs; alluding to ©
the pendulous branches). — Bartlingia, Placodium,
Placoma. ORD. Rubiacee. A monotypic genus. The
species is a greenhouse, erect shrub, with very slender,
pendulous branches. A compost of loam and peat is

most suitable for its culture. It may be increased readily

by cuttings, —— will root in sand, under a glass.

P. —— white, minute, axillar and
Tr cabs with a g eee jobose tube ant a five-
— -campani — Pac short — —

a limb of of five —— seven oblong lanceolate, al

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

PLOCOGLOTTIS (from plokos, a fold, and glotta, a
tongue ; referring to a fold in the lip). ORD. Orchideæ.
A genus comprising eight species of stove, terrestrial
orchids, with the habit of Eulophia, natives of the
Malayan Archipelago. Flowers mediocre, shortly pedi-
cellate, racemose; sepals connate beneath the lip, larger
than the petals, which are curved at the apex; lip con-
nate with the column on either side by inflexed, mem-
branous folds, its limb being convex, undivided, patent,
at first erect; column free above; anthers two-celled;
pollinia four, round, with two long, replicate candicles ;
peduncles or scapes leafless. Leaves ample, membranous,
plicate. Stem or rhizomes creeping, one or many-leaved,
not distinctly pseudo-bulbous at base. For culture of
P. Lowii, the only species introduced, see Cyrto-
podium. l
P. Lowii (Low’s). Jl ochre-coloured, spotted with brown, borne

in a spike on a long, hairy scape. l. cuneate-oblong. udo-
bulbs obpyriform. rneo, 1865. (R. X. O. 154.)

PLOCOSTEMMA. Included under Hoya.
PLÆSSLIA. A synonym of Boswellia.
PLOUGHMAN’S SPIKENARD. See Baccharis.

PLUCHEA (so called after N. A. Pluche, who pub-
lished the “Spectacle de la Nature,” at Paris, in 1732).
Marsh Fleabane. Syns. Conyza (in part), Gymnema (of
Rafinesque), Leptogyne, Stylimnus. Including Karelinia.
Orv. Composite. A genus comprising nearly thirty
species of greenhouse, tomentose, villous, or sometimes
glutinous shrubs or sub-shrubs, rarely hardy perennial
herbs, natives of the warmer regions of America, Africa,
Asia, and Australia. Flower-heads white, yellow, or lilac,
heterogamous, in the typical species small, disposed in
corymbose, leafless, terminal cymes; in a few species,
larger and solitary at the apices of the branches, or
rather large and crowded at the tips of leafless
branches; involucre ovoid, broadly campanulate or sub-
hemispherical, the bracts few or many-seriate; receptacle
flat, naked; achenes glabrous or pilose. Leaves alter-
nate, toothed, or rarely entire or pinnatifid. Few of the
species are of any horticultural value. P. caspica is of
very easy culture in the open border, and may be pro-
pagated by seeds, or by divisions.
inn oon eg prerane —— — — —— * ne a
= Borders of Caspian Sea and Siberia. Hardy, herbaceous
perennial. Syn. Karelinia caspia.

PLUM. The origin of many of our cultivated Plums
is quite unknown; several of them, no doubt, have sprung
from Prunus domestica, but, in all probability, other wild
- types have contributed. According to some authorities,
the Sloe, or Blackthorn (P. spinosa), the Bullace (P.
insititia), and the Wild Plum (P. domestica) are merely
sub-species, and are united into one species under the
name of P. communis, which is found in a wild state
throughout Europe and West Africa. “'The Sloe is con-
fined to Europe, the Bullace extends to North Africa and
- the Himalaya” (Hooker). The Plum is a deciduous tree,
attaining a height of from 15ft. to 20ft., and forming
a moderately spreading head. From the amount of in-
formation which is at command regarding Plums, it would
seem that various sorts were introduced into this country
from France and Italy during the fifteenth century. The
fruit has, therefore, been grown from a remote period, and
the date when its cultivation first began is very uncertain.
Plums are the hardiest of stone-fruits, and the crop is
one of the most remunerative, in all favourable seasons,
from market gardens and cultivated orchards. In private
establishments, the fruits of all the best varieties are
much valued for dessert, and those of the coarser and
less highly-flavoured ones prove invaluable for cooking

and preserving. For the latter purpose, hundreds of tons
of the fruit are, in a fayourable season, sent from the |
surrounding market gardens to London alone. The crop |

Plum—continued.

is therefore one of the most important, both for market
and for private consumption. A fruiting branch is re-
presented at Fig. 204.

Propagation. Budding and grafting are the chief
methods by which varieties of Plums are propagated.
Young trees may also be readily raised from seeds, and
from suckers. Suckers are only occasionally used, and
should never be employed as stocks. The Plum is
naturally inclined to spread its roots, and throw up
numerous suckers; and, if these are replanted, or used
as stocks, the tendency to be constantly throwing up
other shoots from the base is afterwards apparent. Some
sorts reproduce themselves nearly true from seeds, as,
for instance, the Green Gage; but seedlings generally
vary more or less from the original, and it is, therefore,
best not to depend on this mode of propagation beyond
the raising of seedlings as stocks, except, perhaps, with
Damsons, which may be raised from the stones. Plum
stocks are required in large numbers for Peaches, Nec-
tarines, and Apricots, as well as for Plums. The seeds

Fic. 204. FRUITING BRANCH OF PLUM,

may be sown when taken from the fruit; or they may
be stratified, and sown in autumn or early spring. In
the autumn following, the stocks will be ready for trans-
planting into nursery lines, preparatory to budding or
grafting when large enough. For Plum stocks, the
varieties best snited are the Damson, Mussel, St.
Julien, and White Pear. The Mussel answers well as
a stock for standard trees. Shield-budding in July
and August, and ordinary cleft-grafting in March,
or just before the sap ceases to flow in September, are the
most successful methods to adopt. In budding, it is most
important that wood, and not blossom, buds be inserted;
and, in grafting, wood-buds, which are sometimes very
scarce on scions, must be carefully preserved. Stocks for
grafting must be prepared by being headed-down early
in the year, before growth begins; and the scions should
be cut at the same time, or even earlier, and laid with
their ends in the ground. Attention must specially be
given to this particular, or a successful union of the parts
at grafting-time will be out of the question. Standard >
Plums may be worked near the ground, and the sci
allowed to make its own stem, or at the proper hei

AN ENCYCLOPDIA

165

OF HORTICULTURE.

Plum—continued.
according as the variety may be a vigorous or a weak-
growing one. New varieties are raised from seeds,

Soil and Situation. Plum-trees succeed in any fairly
good loamy soil, provided the subsoil is open and properly
drained, The ground should be well trenched previous to
planting, although the roots of Plums are naturally dis-
posed nearer -to the surface than those of Apples and
Pears. In a very rich soil, the growths usually made are
too vigorous to become well ripened; in that which is
moderately light, yet sufficiently moist, the trees succeed
and produce the best-flavoured fruits. Respecting flavour,
however, much depends on the amount of sunshine and
light available. In market gardens, where the trees under
notice are very extensively grown, they are planted in lines
ranging from 15ft. to 20ft. apart, and the intervening
spaces are occupied with Gooseberries and Currants.
Standards and half-standards are generally favoured; but
dwarf and bush-trees are also extensively planted in market
as well as in private gardens. All the finer dessert sorts
should, if possible, be favoured with wall space in private
establishments, as their fruits are invariably of so much
‘importance, and the crop is more certain with the pro-
tection of a wall than when the trees are fully exposed.
A temporary covering, while the blossoms are open, may
also be readily applied, should frost or unfavourable
weather prevail. In a southern aspect, the fruits attain
their highest flavour; but this position is usually required
for Peaches and other trees that are less hardy than
Plums, and the latter are relegated to the walls with
an eastern or western exposure—positions in which they
succeed admirably. As already noted, the roots of Plum-
trees run near the surface, and especially is this the
case when the soil is left undug, All the available
border space is invariably required for numerous crops;
and if a width of about 2ft. or 3ft. is left untouched next
the wall, the other portion may be dug and cropped
annually. The digging-over of this portion should not,
however, be left longer than one season without being
attended to, or the young roots will ascend, and the
work cannot be performed without cutting them off.

Pruning, Training, §c. For Plum-trees against walls,
the fan method of training is the best, as one or other
of the branches is liable to die off occasionally, and its
place can be more readily occupied by those next
situated than would be possible with another method,
as, for instance, horizontal training. For the open ground,
standards, half-standards, pyramids, and bush trees, are
available, as already stated. Mr. Rivers states that
“Plums form most fertile oblique cordons ; no matter how
the shoots are pinched, they will produce large crops of
remarkably fine fruit, and continue to bear in spite of
excessive pinching, forming cylinders of fruit; their
worst tendency is to excessive growth, which must be
checked by root-pruning.” Plums are admirably adapted
for culture in pots: late sorts, which can only be ripened
with difficulty outside, arrive at great perfection under
glass. See Orchard House. The fruit of the Plum is
produced on small spurs, which form in great quantities
on the ends and along the sides of bearing shoots of from
one to three years’ growth—that is, supposing they are
well ripened. In pruning, therefore, these spurs should be
carefully preserved, and also a sufficient quantity of young
wood kept annually to replace any which becomes old
and unfruitful. The main branches on a fan-trained tree
should be allowed plenty of space, and any irregular or
misplaced ones removed, after — can be made for
filling their places with others of a better description.
Summer pruning consists in shortening back the young
shoots, treating the upper part of the tree first, to

encourage the production of blossom-buds on the short
spurs left. At the winter pruning, weak and un-
ripened wood form the chief parts to be cut away. If
Fium- trees become unfruitful, because of — wood-

|

Plum—continued.
growth, they should be lifted early in autumn, and root-
pruned. It has been recommended that pyramid trees
should be lifted and replanted, if necessary, every two
years; this operation gives them a proper check, and
greatly increases their fertility. Standard Plum-trees
in the open ground, when once they are properly started,
require but little pruning or training, unless the heads
become too much crowded, when the weak wood should
be cut out. If vigorous shoots appear, as they often
will, in the centre of a young tree, they should be
pinched at an early stage, in order to check the sap.
Such shoots seldom ripen properly on any fruit-tree, and
their production should not be encouraged. Sometimes
excessive vigour may be materially checked by simply
clipping off a quantity of the leaves, on shoots so dis-
posed, across the centre, with a view to arresting the
flow of sap to the leaves, and thus indirectly affecting
its progress to unduly enlarge the shoot.

Plums intended for dessert should be allowed to hang
until they are nearly ready to drop from the tree; when
only required for cooking, it is not of so much import-
ance. The bloom on choice fruits should be carefully
preserved, by handling only the stem when gathering
them, and placing single layers in a shallow basket or
box for transmitting to a cool fruit-room. Fruits with
their bloom uninjured by rubbing are better able to
withstand atmospheric changes than are those roughly
handled, the bloom being their natural protection. Some
few sorts, amongst which Coe’s Golden Drop is a well-
known example, will keep good for dessert a long time
after being gathered, if wrapped in paper, and stood in a
dry, airy place: these fruits attain their highest flavour
when they become partially shrivelled. Plums and
Damsons for cooking may be sent, before they get too
ripe, very long distances, by being packed closely in a
box, with a little soft chaff shaken in to fill up inter-
stices between them. That cut from Oat straw is the
best.

Sorts. The following list includes most of the best
varieties of Plums, both for dessert and kitchen use,
which ripen from the early until the latter part of the
season. There are many others in cultivation which it is
thought unnecessary to refer to here, but it is not unlikely
that some are omitted which should have had their merits
recognised. Plenty are, however, enumerated for all pur-

poses.

Angelina Burdett. Fruit round, of medium size; skin dark
purple, — — with brown rown spots and a blue ‘bloom ; flesh
very rich and juicy. > tet antl i um, which ripens early in
September, and may be t until it —— when the flavour

is very rich.
Autumn (Rivers’). Fruit oval, very larg

and —— of first-rate quality for ee PE e, bright red, Sep-
variety.

tember. A valuable, late

Belgian Purple, Fruit medium or roundish, deep purple
flesh juicy and richly flavoured, Middle of PTPRE ET ae

Belle de bre. Fruit and handsom
pe he ir ——
Early in October. An —— tenets arg
enormous bearer,

perenne bloom.
The tree is an

Blue Impératrice. Fruit medium, roundish-ovate, deep
with thick, blue bloom ; flesh rich, — not very —
An excellent variety for } preserving "and for dessert; when allowed
to hang, become ey richly stoma The tree is an
excellent enc ae it should be grown against a wall.

Fruit * round, — blotched with

uicy —— rich. ber. A large and excellent

ae — REEN iggy Ae w. ripens about a fortnight later
— the last-named.

Fruit v — oy: e w, with
s Goldgn Drop, Enis ny t very Y, richo and most € delicious
t September One of the finest late

Cooper’s Large. — ——— oval, —
the sun, with numerous brown dots; flesh ane and of vi
flavour, End of Beppember aud Sep = of October. Dessert

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Plum—continued.

Montfort. Fruit medium sized, roundish, dark purple, with
thin, blue bloom; flesh juicy, rich, and excellent, particularly
when the fruit shrivels. Middle of August. A first-rate dessert
Plum which resembles ROYAL HÂTIVE, but the fruits are larger.

’s Su Fruit rather large, nearly round, green-
ish-yellow, marked with a few blotches, and covered with bloom ;
flesh juicy, rich, and deliciously flavoured. Middle of August.
Desse e tree is very hardy, and a great bearer.

Diamond, Fruit very large, oval, deep purple ; flesh juicy, and
briskly flavoured, Middle of September. One of the ‘finest
culinary Plums known. ‘Tree vigorous, and an excellent bearer.

Early Fa’ ivers’). Fruit medium, roundish-oval, dark
urple, covered with a thin bloom; flesh juicy, and of excellent
vour, Middle of July. Mr. Rivers states, in his catalogue,
that it “requires a wall with south or south-west aspect, and is
then the earliest of all early Plums.”
mary Rivers (Rivers’). Fruit oval, medium sized, deep purple;
flesh juicy, sweet, and brisk. End of July. A good, early Plum,
and a great bearer; valuable for preserving, because the fruits,
though not e are unusually heavy. This variety is also
sometimes called EARLY PROLIFIC,

Goliath, Fruit very e, oblong, reddish-purple. End of
Au A large, showy Plum, best suited for culinary purposes
and preserving.

Grand Duke (Rivers’). Fruit very large, purple, with blue bloom.
Middl of October.” Kitchen "A arsine Paoa tye bioom,

from AUTUMN COMPÔTE; a valuable addition to late varieties,
for market or private gard

ens.

Fruit round, medium sized, owish-green,
—— with a
Phuc ich
one of the richest-
flavoured of all Plums, invaluable for dessert, and amongst the
very best — The tree is hardy, and an excellent
bearer; it produces the largest fruits on a wall, but the most
richly-flavoured ones are generally those from standards grown
in the open ground. See Fig. 205,
Late Green, Fruit large, roun ellowish-green,
—— peg pry bioom > ee yellow, —— d very rich’
e and end of September. valuable late dessert Plum.
The tree is hardy, and very productive,
Hulings’ Superb. Fruit very large, roundish-oval, yellow ; flesh
rich, sugary, and highly flavoured. End of August. A fine large
desse: um,

Ickworth Impératrice, Fruit medium or lar:
tender, juicy, and of rich flavour, October. D dee
dessert variety ; the fruits, if allowed to hang until they shrivel,
attain a high flavour ; after being gathered, they may be kept
for a long in a dry place, if wrapped in soft paper.

Impériale de Milan. Fruit large, oval, dark purple, dotted
th yellow; flesh 1, juice: ii
3 an Uaa for owish, — and — Beginning of
Jefferson, —— oval, yellow, mottled with red ; flesh firm,
, and ——— Beginning of September. One
finest dessert - The tree is an abundant bearer.
GAGE ; it is also of equally good * Dar De Oaa

a very early variety. End of July.

e; flesh
mt late

yellow, marbled ‘with red; deck ‘transparent, —

Plum—continued.

Kirke’s, Fruit medium, round, dark — covered with a dense,
blue bloom; flesh firm, juicy, very richly flavoured. Middle of
September. A delicious dessert Plum, one of the best. The tree
is very hardy and productive.

Late Green Gage. Fruit smaller than the GREEN GAGE, round,
greenish-yellow; flavour rich and good, A good late dessert
Plum, which ripens at the beginning of October.

Late Rivers. Fruit medium or small, round, dark pomis almost
black; flesh yellow, of very fine flavour. End of October and
beginning of November. A valuable, extremely late variety,
raised by Mr. Rivers. 7

Lawrence’s Favourite., Fruit large, round, dull yellowish-
green, covered with grey bloom; flesh tender, juicy, and rich.
Beginning of September. Dessert. The tree is a free grower and
bearer ; it forms a beautiful pyramid.

McLaughlin’s. Fruit large, yellow, mottled with red, and covered
with a thin bloom ; flesh firm, sweet, very juicy and rich. Middle
and end of August. A large and delicious dessert Plum of the
GREEN GAGE race. ;

Mirabelle. Fruit very small, oval poer, covered with a
light bloom, and marked with reddish spots next the sun;
flesh deep yellow, firm, briskly flavoured. Middle of August.
Valuable for preserving and culinary purposes. The tree often
bears its fruit in clusters; it forms a beautiful pyramid, and is
well adapted for pot culture. ;

Mitchelson’s. Fruit medium-sized, oval dnp porpie almost
black, covered with a thin blue bloom. End of ugust and
beginning of September, A fine Plum for cooking and pre-

serving. The tree is a prodigious bearer, ‘ T

Orleans, Fruit medium, round, dark red or
ripe; flesh tender, and flavoured. >

August, An old, well-known, and highly- d

but second k

excellent for k
, and does best

an abundant
also varieties known as the Ea
reference to their season of ripening. a
Oullins Golden. Fruit very e, greenish-yellow, dotted with
crimson where exposed, and Bei n with a delicate bloom; flesh
very tender, juicy, and delicious. Beginning and middle of
August. An excellent and very handsome early dessert Plum.
Tree unusually fertile.

Perdrigon Violet Hâtif. Fruit medium, purple, juicy, rich
and excellent. Middle of August. Dessert. Tree :
and bears abundantly. very hardy,

Pond’s Seedling, Fruit oval, bright dark red, with

very
some grey spots, and covered with bluish bloom : flesh juicy and
briskly flavoured. and midd] e ar K
bearer, very AA Ea imen Aao ———— — A —

rather large,

—— with — Pte — a thick bloom; fiesh
o mber. A culinary

is an abundant bearer. — = *

bloom ; fles
of
van and shrivel, the fruit.

t. Tree hardy and productive; succeeds as
and also against a wall gre ye Slap S

Red Bonum, Frui
firm, briskly-flavoured.
culinary variety ; it succeeds

tender, rich, and
October. Dessert. A large, val
GAGE race.

of:
variety of the GREEN

Royale de Tours, Fruit large, light pr with small —
dots and blue bloom ; fens —— ry of rich —
Middle of August, Excellent either for dessert or preserving.
Royale Hative. Fruit medium-sized, round, light purple, with

blue bloom; flesh yellow, melting, ly rich. End of
July. A good early dessert Plum, : an
Sultan (Rivers’), Fruit medium large, roun *
thick — favour brisk and — Midde
very productive and exce! — Wafer i
from BELLE DE SEPTEMBRE. *

The Czar (Rivers’). Fruit ver o
ipe > fesh tendes, jules

AN ENCYCLOPZAZDIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

Plum—continued.

of high excellence. Beginning and middle of September. One
of the most delicious Plums for dessert, and considered the finest
of the Gage tribe. Two seedlings have been raised by Mr. Rivers
from this variety, and named EARLY TRANSPARENT and LATE
TRANSPARENT GAGE. The first-named is said to ripen ten days
before, and the other ten days after, the typical sort. ‘‘The two
seedlings and the parent differ entirely in their growth, but are
almost identical in the quality and size of the fruit. The EARLY

TRANSPARENT is upright and compact, but vigorous; the LATE -

TRANSPARENT is dwarf and compressed” (Rivers).

Victoria, Fruit large, roundish-oval, bright red, covered with a
thin bloonr; flesh very juicy and sweet. September. A well-
known and first-rate culinary Plum, very extensively cultivated
in market gardens, and worthy of a place in every collection.
The tree is a most abundant bearer, both as a standard and
against a wall.

Washington, Fruit large and handsome, deep yellow when
ripe, marked with crimson, and covered with pale bluish bloom ;
flesh firm, rich, and sugary. Middle of September. One of the
best culinary Plums, also sometimes used for dessert.

te Magnum Bonum. Fruit very large, oval, deep yellow,
with thin, white bloom; flesh firm, rather coarse, sub-acid.
September. _A very large and valuable variety for cooking and
preserving ; it is usually known as the EGG PLUM. The tree is
vigorous, ‘and generally bears well.

Winesour. Fruit rather small, oval, dark purple; flesh juicy,
sub-acid. Middle of September. A very valuable variety for
preserving and for culinary purposes; much esteemed in some
districts, but not so good in others.

Woolston Black. Fruit medium, round, deep purple, with blue
bloom; flesh melting and richly flavoured, particularly after
becoming shrivelled. Beginning of September. Dessert.

Of the Bullace (Prunus insititia) there are several
varieties. The species grows wild in many parts of
Britain, and the fruits are much like Damsons, except that
they are round, instead of being oval. They are used for
cooking and preserving. The sorts best known are named
respectively BLACK, Essex, Roratn, and Warre. The
trees are usually enormous bearers. Amongst Damsons
the following are recommended :

on _ Fruit small, roundish

— — oundish-oval, dark

le or nearly

black. Mid of September. A well-known variety,
much esteemed for preserving. ;
Crittenden’s, or Fruit larger than other varieties of

Cluster.
Damson, roundish-oval, black, with a thin bloom. Middle of
September. This is considered the best sort of Damson ; it was
raised in Kent, and has recently been brought into prominent
notice because of its extraordinary fertility. The tree forms a
handsome pyramid.

Prune. Fruit oval, larger than the COMMON Damson, and con-
sidered better for preserving, but the tree is not generally so
productive. September. Much esteemed in the North.

Rivers’ Early. A seedling raised by Mr. Rivers from Sr.
ETIENNE PLUM. Early in August. It is very early, and a valu-
able addition.

White. Fruit oval, pale yellow, witha thin bloom; flesh yellow,
agreeably acid. End of September.

Funai. The Fungi parasitic on Plums need not be
greatly dilated upon, since few of them do much injury
to any part of the tree. A considerable number of
Pyrenomycetes have been found growing upon the dead
branches; but they are not known to be injurious to the
living plants, with a few exceptions mentioned below,
and even these are scarcely dangerous, except under
conditions that specially favour their growth. The leaves
are sometimes thinly covered with a white coating, com-
posed of filaments of the nature of those described under
Oidium. After a time, there become visible, scat-
tered over this coating, small, round, black particles,
like grains of gunpowder. These, by the help of the
microscope, are seen to be perithecia, in each of which
is inclosed a single ascus, and in this lie eight colourless,
oblong, very minute spores, which escape by the walls
of the perithecium bursting when ripe. The latter body
is provided on the top with from three to seven upright,
stiff, slender outgrowths, each of which bifurcates four
or five times near the tip. This Fungus has received
the names Podosphera Kunzei, and P. tridactyla. The
latter name is now generally adopted. Reproduction is
effected both by the spores described above, and by
_ means of conidia, developed as described under Oidium.

Fy

Plum—continued.
Though not uncommon, the Fungus is seldom very hurt-
ful to Plum-trees; but, where desirable to check its growth,
this may be effected by dusting the leaves with flowers
of sulphur, or by syringing them with a mixture pre-
pared from sulphur and quicklime, as recommended
under Mildew, or with potassium sulphide solution (see
Oidium). i

Another Fungus parasitic on Plums, and named Eroascus
Pruni, gives rise to a peculiar condition of the fruit,
known as “ Bladder Plums.” The presence of this Fungus
is easily recognised by the great increase in the size of the
young fruits, as compared with healthy fruits of the same
age, by their elongated, pointed form, by the greyish-green
bloom on their surface, and by the diseased fruits being
hollow, like bladders, with frequently barely a vestige of
the seed. After a short time, these enlarged fruits turn
to a dirty -yellow colour, fade, and shrivel up. The
mycelium of this Fungus lives all the year round in the
soft bast of the twigs, which often show distinct traces
of its presence. From these it extends into the ovaries
of the flowers, along the woody bundles, and thence
spreads throughout the tissues, and comes to lie close
below the skin of the ovary. Branches grow out from
the mycelium, burst through the skin, and stand erect,
side by side, over the surface. Each reaches a length of
rather over sbin, with a breadth of about a quarter
as much, and is supported on an oblong stalk-cell, about
one-fourth of its length, which rests on the surface of
the epidermis, not pressing between its cells. Each of
the longer cells is an ascus, and has inclosed in it eight
round spores, which are set free by the bursting of the
ascus, about the time the fruit withers. The spores are
scattered far and wide by the wind, and such as fall into
favourable situations propagate the disease anew. The
only remedy likely to prove useful is to cut off, and burn
without delay, the fruits and branches that show traces

of the Fungus.

The leaves of Plum-trees frequently show thickened.
fleshy, orange-red spots, of irregularly-rounded outline,
These are the work of a Fungus known as Polystigma
rubrum. <A section through one of these spots will
probably pass through one or more flask-shaped spaces,
some of which are perithecia, inclosing numerous asci,
in each of which are eight minute, oval, colourless spores.
Other of the flask-shaped bodies are pycnidia of the same ©
Fungus; and in them lie numerous slender, curved, rod-

like, colourless sporidia, each formed on the tip of a

small stalk. Both kinds of flasks have the walls in-

separable from the surrounding tissues, and both openby =

narrow mouths on the lower surface of the spots. On
examination, with the microscope, of a thin slice from
the leaf, the tissues are found crammed with the fila-
ments of the Fungus, and much altered. However, the
spots are rarely so numerous as to do much harm to
the leaves, though they take nourishment from them,
and prevent the proper fulfilment of their functions. —
This Fungus is widely spread, in Europe, Asia, and North —
America. Where the Fungus is doing harm to Plum-
trees, it will be well to collect and burn the diseased
leaves, and also those which have fallen. Sorauer recom-
mends digging the latter into the ground in early spring,
before the young leaves burst from the buds, to prevent
risk of their being infected. As regards the prevention
of diseases of Plum- , it is very desirable to remove
from their neighbourhood Sloe-bushes and Bird Cherries,
since the disease-producing insects and Fungi live on these
species as well as on the Plum.
Plums frequently suffer badly from the action of Oidium
fructigenum, for a full account of which, including
remedies, see Pear (Funea1). The Fungus sometimes

covers the entire surface of the fruits, rendering them
quite white, and causing them to dry up. me

Inszcr Pusrs. These are not very hurtful in the

_ THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

British Islands except, it may be, in a few cases, under
peculiar conditions. The roots are liable to be cut and
eaten by Cockchafers, &c. Certain Bark Beetles injure
the stems, especially of trees that are not otherwise quite
healthy. Some Weevils also feed, as larve, in winding
galleries below the bark of diseased or weakly trees;
among these, one of the more prominent is Magdalinus
Pruni, a beetle about vsin. to tin. long, with black body
and dull red antenne.

The branches are attacked at times by Weevils of the
genus Rhynchites. R. Alliariw, which is perhaps the
most injurious species, is from }in. to }in. long, and is
blue, with coarsely-striated wing-cases, dusky antenne,
and a moderately long beak. The female lays her
eggs on the buds near the end of the young shoots, in
spring, and then gnaws the branch a little below the
tip. The part beyond the notch hangs down and withers,
and is thereby rendered suitable for nourishing the larvæ,
which usually feed in the pith. This Weevil is at times
very hurtful among young trees on the Continent. The
~ perfect insects of this, and of certain allied species, do

_ considerable harm by gnawing the young buds and leaves.

A considerable number of Moths, and one Butterfly,

Aporia Crategi, or the Black-veined White (see Haw-

thorn ), feed, as larvæ, upon Plum leaves;
_ but most of those that call for notice are more hurtful

to other trees, and will be found treated of under the

following headings : Lackey Moth, Leaf-rollers, Li-

Moths, Tortricina, and Winter Moths. The
larve of certain species of Sawflies also prove destruc-
tive by devouring the leaves. The worst of these is

; Eriocampa limacina, the larve of which feed on a great
variety of cultivated trees and shrubs, and go by the
name of Slugworms, because of their form, of their

The young branches and leaves are invaded, at times,
by colonies of- Aphides or Green Flies,
Humuli, var. Mahaleb, causes the young leaves at the
tips of the twigs to become rather fleshy and wrinkled

tong, ir with a thin coating
Scattered grey hairs, and a black beak and limbs. The

_ fruits fall, the larve o:awl out, burrow into the ground,
— to emerge as perfect insects

Plum—continued.

_ some cases, hand-picking is the most satisfactory method

The Slugworms or Sawfly larve cannot be got rid of by
this method, but require special treatment, for which
see Slugworms. Aphides are best combated by the
removal of all surplus young twigs, especially if attacked
by the Aphides, and by applications syringed upwards
below the leaves. See Aphides. The species that feed
in the fruits are best kept under by collecting the pre-
maturely fallen fruits, without delay, and burning them,
or giving them to pigs. $

Following up the above account of the insect pests
on the Plum, it may be mentioned that Mite Galls, of
the. genus Phytoptus (see Mites), produce galls of two
or three kinds on the leaves of the Plum, as well as on
the Sloe and the Bird Cherry. Of these, the more con-
spicuous © Erineum Padi, in the form of irregular
patches of velvety, close-set hairs, at first pale, but be-
coming rusty-brown, on the lower surface of the leaf;
also outgrowths of a rounded or bullet-like form, and
half a line to two lines long, and green or red, scattered
over the surface of the leaf (Cephaloneon molle), or
near the margins (C. hypocrateriforme and C. confluens).
They also, at times, produce small galls in the bark of
young branches (Cecidoptes Pruni). However, none of
these mite-galls seriously affect the welfare of the tree,
though rendering it unsightly. If from any cause it
seems desirable to check the increase of the galls, hand-
picking is the only remedy likely to be of use..

The fruits of the Plum-tree are very much injured, in
the United States of America and in Canada, by the larvæ
of two kinds of Weevils, both living in the fruit. Though
neither has proved hurtful to Plums in England, the habits
of the larve, and their abode in the fruits, render their
introduction not unlikely; hence, the insects and the
kind of injury done by them, are here shortly described.
The Plum Curculio (Conotrachelus nenuphar) is about
šin. long, small, rough, and blackish, and has on each wing-
case, in the middle, a black, shining hump, and behind
this a clay-yellow band, variegated with white spots in the
middle. The female settles on the young fruit, bores a
hole in the skin to receive an egg, drops it in, and then
makes a crescent-shaped cut about half round it. She
repeats this process on one fruit after another. The larva
hatches in a few days, and at once eats into the fruit, till
it arrives at the stone, near which it feeds. It reaches its
full size in from three to five weeks. The fruit becomes
gummy, and falls prematurely and the larva remains, till it
is full grown, in the fallen fruit; it then eats its way out,
bores into the ground, changes into a pupa, and the perfect

insect emerges in from three to six weeks. The beetles `

hybernate under bark and in other retreats. This insect
often destroys alarge part of the Plum and Cherry harvest,
and it also feeds in other stone fruits, The best remedy

‘is to jar the beetles into an inverted umbrella, or on to

sheets spread below the tree, and to collect and destroy
the fallen fruits without delay, or to turn pigs into the
orchards to feed on them. Rubbish should not be left for
shelter to beetles. The second pecies (Coccotorus scutel-
laris) is popularly called the Plum Gouger. It is very

common in the valley of the Mississippi, but has not yet —

been found in the Eastern States. It is said to be less
hurtful than the former species, which is fortunate, as its
habits render it the more likely to be brought to i
In general appearance, it is somewhat like the Plum Cur-

culio, but differs as follows: It is nearly jin. long; the
head and wing-cases are brown, with a leaden-grey tint;

and the wing-cases are variegated irregularly with black —

and pale spots, and bear no humps; the thorax and legs _

| are ochre-yellow; and the snout cannot be folded below _
the breast. The beetles appear in spring. The female _

_ bores holes in the young Plums, and pushes an egg into
each, but she makes no cuts around them. The larva

hatches in a few days, and bores at once to the stone,

a a a

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

~

OF HORTICULTURE. 169

Plum—continued.

which it pierces while still soft. The larva feeds, till full
grown, on the seed, and then bores a hole for its escape as
a beetle; but it remains inside the stone, and there be-
comes a pupa. The beetle emerges usually in August or
September, and hybernates in the perfect state. It feeds,
in spring, on young Plums, into which it bores its beak.
The Plums exude gum, and become knotty and useless.
This beetle is also known as Anthonomus prunicida. The
remedies recommended are jarring the trees, to shake
down the beetles, as with the Plum Curculio, and collect-
ing and destroying fallen fruits. The beetles are active,
and take flight readily ; hence, jarring is less successful
than with the former species. —

PLUMBAGELLA. Included under —

(which see). **

PLUMBAGINEÆ. A natural order of ,
or woody, generally perennial plants, broadly distri-
buted, but, for the most part, abounding in maritime
districts and salt lands. Flowers pink, violet, blue, or
yellow, rarely white, hermaphrodite, regular, sessile or
shortly pedicellate; calyx gamosepalous, tubular or
funnel-shaped, sometimes coloured, five, ten, or fifteen-
ribbed, the primary ribs produced into teeth or lobes;
corolla monopetalous, or of - five petals, hypogynous,
sometimes shortly connate or coherent, rarely all free at
base; stamens five, opposite the petals or corolla lobes.
Fruit a capsule or utricle, included in the calyx, or
rarely elongated and exserted. Leaves sometimes fas-
cicled at the top of a rhizome, simple, entire, semi-
amplexicaul; sometimes shortened into a petiole, dilated
at its base, and amplexicaul; sometimes alternate, on a
branching stem, with swollen nodes; exstipulate. Cer-
tain of the species possess tonic and. astringent pro-
perties.. The Plumbagos contain a caustic colouring
matter. Hight genera and scarcely 200 (according to

Bentham and Hooker) species are included in this

order. Examples are: Armeria, Plumbago, and Statice.

PLUMBAGO (the old Latin name, used by Pliny,
from plumbum, lead; the plant is said by him
to be efficacious in curing the lead disease). Leadwort.
Syn. Thela. Including Plumbagella. Orv. Plumba-
ginee. A genus comprising about half-a-score species of
stove, greenhouse, or hardy perennial herbs, sometimes
shrubby, rarely annuals (one species leafless), inhabiting
the warmer regions of the globe. Flowers blue, rose-
colour, violet, or white, spicate at the apices of the
branches; calyx tubular, five-fid; corolla salver-shaped,
the limb spreading, five-lobed. Leaves usually alternate,
auriculate-amplexicaul, or dilated at base into an
amplexicaul petiole, or naked and toothed. The tender
sorts flower best in a moderately warm house, and are
well adapted for growing against a wall. The most
suitable compost is one of good fibrous loam and sand,
and a little peat. They do very well when planted out
in the borders of a warm conservatory, or in a warm
greenhouse. Propagated by the rooted shoots from
the base of the plants; or by nearly ripe cuttings, which
root freely in a gentle bottom heat. The annual species
are easily raised from seeds, sown in the open border,
in spring. The majority of the species are, Or have
been, cultivated in our gardens. P. capensis is ad-
mirably adapted for training up a mhouse rafter or
pillar. It should be cut back hard after flowering, and
allowed to rest through the winter by being kept
rather dry. The beautiful pale blue flowers are pro-
duced in the greatest profusion on the shoots of the
current year. This plant also succeeds in a warmer

temperature, and, if grown in two or three positions —

differently affected in this t, the flowering season
collectively may be prolonged by the plants in one house
succeeding those in the other. P. rosea is a fine winter-
flowering plant, requiring more: heat than See

—

Plumbago—continued.

except in the summer. It is adapted for pot cutters: or
for planting in a stove. The hardy perennial species thrive
in ordinary soil, and may be increased by divisions.

P. ca (Cape of Good Hope).* fl. pale blue, disposed in
terminal, sub-secund, short, approximating spikes ; corolla tube
thrice as long as the calyx. Summer and autumn. l. oblong or
Se ens obtuse, cig rhen entire. Stem angularly
striate. 2ft. Cape of G Hope, 1818. A stove or green-
house, climbing or —— shrub, sometimes employed in
bedding. (B. M. 2110; B. R. 417.)
P. coerulea (blue). f. blue, about żin. long,
terminal spikes ; corolla half as long again as t
dilated above. Summer.

in loose,
calyx tube,
i. a sub-rhomboid, attenu-
ated and slightly acute at both ends. erect, nous,
branched. h. 1{t. South America, 1826. Greenhouse annual.
(B. M. 2917, under name of P. rhomboidea.)

Fic. 206. INFLORESCENCE OF PLUMBAGO EUROPA.

Hard:
——— See Fig. 206. (B. M. 2139; S. F. G. 191).
P. Larpentæ Gan ua eges f violet, in, in — terminal

obovate, —— — —— scaly,
h. lft. — — (Gs C- Tet Tie. $.) The
correct name of this plant is perennial. ——

*
tten into ver AE
oblong, pg Brine a —— le
riculate at the base.
aieh branched. A. 2ft. Siberia, — Hardy annual
P. occidentalis (Western). ——— ae
bluish-violet, scarcely šin. —

P. see ee. ‘ parts

—— long again as Summer. "Love —

as calyx.
attenuated at base into —— exicaul
slender, branched, striated. to 3ft.
: B. ©._1636, under name of P. r

170

*

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, =

Plumbago—continued.

P. rosea (rose).* jl. rosy-scarlet, 1żin. to 2in. long, axillary or
in long, terminal spikes; calyx slig tly-reddish ;
corolla tube slender, four times as long as the calyx. July.
l. large, oblong, attenuated and slightly obtuse above, short: M
cuneate at base, and attenuated into very short, amplexicaul,
exauriculate petioles. Stem erect, terete, slender, striated, simple
beneath, branched above. h. 2ft. East Indies, 1777. Stove
rennial, (B. M. an coccinea is a splendid variety, with

tae more brightly-coloured flowers. (B. M. .)

P. scandens (climbing). Devil’s Herb; Toothwort. fl. white,

disposed in loose, terminal, elongated spikes ; corolla tube twice
as long as the calyx. July. l. oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, on short petioles, amplexicaul at base, Stem some-
what climbing, slender, striated, much branched. A, 3ft. West
Indies, 1699, Stove shrub. Syn. P. occidentalis,
. zeylanica (Cingalese). /l. white, disposed in elongated, rather
dense spikes ; corolla tube twice as long as the calyx. June.
l ovate or oblong, slightly acute, very shortly and abruptly
attenuated into an amplexicaul, short petiole. Stem somewhat
climbing, angular-striate, much branched. h. 14ft. East Indies,
1731. Stove shrub. (B. R. 1846, 23.)

PLUM, CHERRY. ‘See Prunus cerasifera.
PLUM, COCOA. See Chrysobalanus Icaco.

PLUM CURCULIO. See remarks on Insects
under Plum,

PLUM, DATE. Sce Diospyros.

PLUMERIA (named in honour of Charles Plumier,
1646-1706, a French traveller and writer on botany).
Syn. Himatanthus. ORD. Apocynacee. A rather large
genus (about forty species have been described) of
glabrous or pubescent stove trees, with thickish branches,
natives of tropical America. Flowers white, yellowish,
or rose-purple, large, in terminal cymes. Leaves alter-
nate, often on long petioles, penniveined. ‘The species
thrive best in a compost of sandy loam and fibry peat.
Propagated, in spring, by cuttings of ripe shoots, inserted
in sand, under a handlight. Very few species are now

in cultivation,

FIG. 207. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF PLUMERIA TRICOLOR.

P. acuminata (acuminate). A synonym of P. acutifolia.

P. acutifolia (pointed-leaved).* f. pink rhite withi
— pink outside and white within
very f nd, spread € :
y fragrant, cymes. June to —

lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous, flat. A. 20ft
-Naturalised ‘ Soro. , pe rete
P, parme ag India, &c., 1790. (B. M. ; B. R. 114.) SYN.
P, bicolor (two-colòured). A, white, with a yellow throat, a ve
Tong, thick, incurred tube, ni obovate-ablong, oblique re arth
2 Golan, willy revolute oder Tani daear ——
Indies, 1733, ‘ERs * minated, lft, long. A. 15ft. West

P. Jal son's) fM, corolla Ja hypocrateri ;
—— low , deeply tinged with sl gg sen 4 of ——
— —— — terminal, 9in. to 12in, long; pedicels

— mostly confined to the tips of the branches, large.
tremity. Adit Guayaquil, (B M. MBL) es the ox-

shaped patch on the inner margin; in this patch lies

Plumeria—continued.
P. Kerii (Ker’s). A synonym of P. tricolor.
(Lambert’s). fl. white, with a yellow throat,

. Lam

and broad-rhomboid, obtuse segments. May to August. l. ob-
long, acuminated, flat. h. 10ft. Mexico, 1824, This differs from
P. tricolor in having larger, inodorous flowers, and in the seg-
ments being broader and rounder. (B.R. 1378.)

P. lutea (yellow-flowered).* jl. very sweet-scented ; corolla 4in. in
diameter; lobes very pale pink, with a broad, pale golden-
yellow base; tube hairy within ; cymes terminal, sub-umbellate,
about as long as the leaves. June. l crowded at the ends of
the branches, spreading, 8in. to 18in. long, narrowly oblong-
obovate, tapering into the stout petiole, sub-acute. Branches
‘and branchlets stout, scarred. A. 10ft. to 20ft. Peru, 1869.
(B. M. 5779.)

P. rubra (red).* Frangipani-plant. fl. red, crowded in fascicles,
with a pilose throat, and obliquely obovate-oblong segments,
which are rounded at the apex; peduncles elongated. July. `
t ATE Y acute, with flat edges. A. 12ft. to 20ft. Jamaica,
1690. (B. M. 279; B. R. 780.) .

P. tricolor (three-coloured). fl., corolla with a yellow throat,
white above the yellow part, and red round the margins of the
segments; peduncles terminal, cymose. July to October. l. ob-

—— tapering at both ends, entire. A. 15ft. 1816.
See Fig. <. (B. R. 510.) Syn. P. Kerii.
P. tuberculata (warty - stemmed). A. white, scentless ;

peduncles axillary, much shorter than the leaves, many-
flowered. August. l coriaceous, narrow-oblong, obtuse, taper-
ron Pay little way into the petioles, downy beneath. Branches
tuberculate. h. 6ft. St. Domingo, 1812. (L. B. C. 681.)

PLUM, GINGERBREAD. See
macrophyllum,

PLUM, MAIDEN. See Comocladia.

PLUMOSE. Feathery, as the pappus of Thistles.

PLUM SLUG. See Slugworms.

PLUM TORTRIX. See Plum (Insecrs).

PLUM WEEVILS. See Plum (Insects).

PLURI. Used in composition, this term signifies
many or several, e.g., Plurilocular, many-celled.

PLURIDENS. A synonym of Bidens.

PLUSIA. A genus of Noctwide, the larve of some
of which do considerable injury to cultivated plants. The
British species vary between ljin. and 14in. in spread of
wings, and they almost all possess shining metallic,
silvery, or golden spots and markings on the rather
crests of hair-like scales. The moths generally fly dúring
the day; when at rest, the wings are held like a roof
over the hinder part of the body. The larvæ are rather

Parinarium

slender, tapering markedly towards the whi
siendo, tapering mar ls the head, which

larvæ. When full-fed, they spin loose cocoons at
dead leaves, or on the food-plants, and in these become
black pupæ. Two, or even more, broods may be hatched
in a year. :

The larve of several species feed on Groundsel, Nettles
and other low weeds, and may at times devour cultivated
plants along with these; but the only species that is really.
dangerous to garden and field produce is P. Gamma, the
too well-known Silver Y, or Gamma Moth. The larva
of the moth is, indeed, one of the worst pests at times,
alike in the garden and in the field. The moths may
be seen, from June to the end of October in some years
flying in the bright ganshine, and not less in the twilight.
nor do they cease to fly even at night. Frequently, they
swarm in myriads in hay-fields, among Turnips, in gardens,
and, in fact, everywhere, Some idea of the form, size,
and markings, may be obtained from Fig. 208, in which,
however, the characteristic silvery mark. the front
wings, like the Greek letter gamma (y), or the letter Y.
is not well shown. It is plainest in the left wing near
the middle. The front wings are grey or violet-grey,

>

marbled with warm brown, which is darkest in a lozenge-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 171

Plusia—continued.
the silvery y. The hind wings have a broad, dark band
along the margin, and the basal space is pale grey.
The eggs are laid on the lower surface of the leaves.
The larve are thickest at the twelfth segment, tapering
forwards. They are bright green, with bluish-green
dorsal liné, bordered along each side with a white line;
and there are four more narrow white lines and a yellow
line on each side, near the spiracles or breathing pores.
There are a good many scattered, fine bristles on the
body. The larvz rest with the-back arched, and move
by looping. They feed upon all kinds of herbs, including

Fig. 208. PLUSIA GAMMA,

Nettles and other weeds, as well as upon many low culti-
vated plants, such as Cabbages, Beets, Peas, Beans, &c.
The best methods of effectively lessening their numbers are
to destroy the larvæ, either by hand-picking, or by sweep-
ing them, or beating them, off their food, and destroying
them at once; or ducks and hens may be turned in to
feed on them. Dusting the plants with soot or caustic
lime is also recommended, though not very safe for
delicate plants. Among the points to be specially attended
to is the removal of weeds from gardens and field crops
alike, as they afford shelter for the insects.

PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM. A small moth,
known also as the Diamond-back or Turnip-moth, belong-
ing to the group of Tineina. It is excessively common
throughout Great Britain; and, despite its small size,
the ravages committed by the larve in some years are
sufficient to force it on the notice of every observant
farmer and gardener: The wings are about in. across.
They are narrow, with long fringes, and are of a greyish-
brown colour, with darker spots, the inner margin
bearing a long, pale ochreous streak, with three prolonga-
tions into the dark part. While at rest, the moths sit
in a very characteristic attitude, with the antennx held
straight forward, and nearly touching their support, and
the wings folded over the body, like the sloping sides
of a roof. The pale edges are thus in contact, and re-
semble a row of three diamond-shaped spots. The legs
are nearly hidden by the wings in the sitting insect.
The larvæ are pale green in colour, with a darker head,
several black dots on the next segment, and two yellowish
spots on each of the next two segments. They have a
few bristly hairs on the body, which tapers a little
towards each end. They feed on the lower surface of
the leaves of Turnip, Cabbage, and other Crucifere,
eating away the substance of the leaf between the veins.
Frequently, a dozen or more may be found on a leaf,

and, w very numerous, or while the plants are small,
the crop is apt to suffer severelyn.. When full-fed, the

larve spin slight cocoons in the hollows between the
leaf-veins on the lower surface, or on the soil, among
rubbish, and change into pale brown pupæ, marked with
black lines on the back and wing-cases. The moths
emerge in from two to three weeks. There are two chief
broods in the year, the moths appearing in May and
August, and - larve about a month or six weeks later.

Remedies. These are very difficult of application, since
the larve live protected by the leaves from the direct
application of insecticides, while their numbers and small

Plutella Cruciferarum—continued.

size render hand-picking slow, and unlikely to be suc-
cessful, except on a small scale. The removal and de-
struction of leaves, with numerous larva and pupe on
them, and also of surface rubbish in autumn, lessens the
risk to future crops. Brushing below the plants with
branches of Firs, or of other twiggy shrubs or trees, has
been recommended as likely to remove a number of the
larve. Whatever favours rapid growth in the plants,
e.g., manures and watering the plants in dry weather,
will be of service; and gas lime and soot, thrown below
the plants, might assist in keeping away the moths during
the time of egg-laying, and in reducing the injury to
the leaves.

PNEUMONANTHE. Included under Gentiana.

POA (from poa, an ancient Greek name for grass or
fodder). Meadow Grass. ORD. Gramineew. A large genus
(about eighty species) of hardy, sometimes dwarf annual,
sometimes taller and perennial, grasses, broadly dispersed,
but mostly found in North temperate regions. Inflorescence
either in spreading or close panicles, the spikelets, for
the most part, several-flowered and awnless; outer glumes
unequal, and generally keeled; upper pales shorter and
narrower, with inflexed, membranous margins. Few of the
species: are grown in gardens, being mostly of agricul-
tural value. Hight are British plants. The following are
probably as much worth growing as any. They are of
very easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Propagated
by seeds, or by divisions. t
P. fertilis (fertile). A synonym of P. palustris.

P, — loving). fl., —— in :

P. trivialis albo-vittata (common white-striped).* A very ele-
gant, dwarf, perennial grass, forming dense t of erect leaves,
which are flat, and broadly margined with pure white. Th
a variety ofa hardy species, it is most effective, and proves, in

t to its f to be a very useful decorative Plast, when

grown in pots, under glass. A. 6in. 1868. (F. d. 5. 1

POARCHON. A synonym of Trimezia (which
see).

POCOCKIA.

see).

Included under Trigonella (which

POCULIFORM. Resembling a drinking-cup or
goblet in shape.

POD. A several-seeded, dehiscent, dry fruit. The

Fig. 209. THREE-VALVED Pop OF Yucca.

term is more — gle’ 1o = ee o Aa
ee Tue Jeen ae: ae

172

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PODALYRIA (Podalyrius, in heathen mythology,
was the son of Æsculapius). ORD. Leguminose, A genus
comprising seventeen species of greenhouse, evergreen
shrubs, more or less silky or silvery-pubescent, natives
of South Africa. Flowers one or two, rarely three or four,
on axillary’peduncles ; calyx widely campanulate, remark-
ably indented at its insertion on the stalk; vexillum sub-
orbiculate, emarginate. Pods ovoid or oblong, turgid.
Leaves simple, alternate, continuous with the petioles ;
stipules subulate, often deciduous. The species, which
are rarely seen in cultivation, require a well-drained com-
post of sandy loam and fibry peat. Propagated, in spring,
by cuttings of stubby side-shoots, inserted in sand, under
a bell glass.

P. ——8 v . white; calyx three-toothed, sub-

bilabiate, ead a Hat LN ; standard large, obcordate, longer
than the slaved; axe-shaped wings ; keel shorter than the wings.
June. l. oval, sharp at both ends, with rust-coloured margins.
h. 6ft. 1789. SYN. P. biflora (B. M. 753),

P. biflora (two-flowered). A synonym of P, argentea.

P. buxifolia (Box-leaved). A. purple, with paler win
—
l. oval or a bluntish, glabrous above, silky beneath. A. 2ft.
to 4ft. 1790. (B. R. 869.)

a (covered).* jl. pale purple; pedicels one-flowe

about equal in length to the —— ay to July. 1. ov

or obovate, mucronate, pubescent, reticulated beneath. h. 6ft.
1792. (B. M. 1580.) SYN. P. styracifolia,

P. sericea (silky). African Satin-bush. /l. pale purple; pedicels
one-flowered, much shorter than the leaves, , as well as the
ealyces, clothed with appressed, silky pubescence. January to
October. oblong-ovate, mucronate, silky on both surfaces,
A. 4ft. to 6ft. 17 (B. M. 1923.)

P. styracifolia (Styrax-leaved). A synonym of P. calyptrata.

PODANTHES (from pous, podos, a foot, and anthos,
a flower; alluding to the flowers being borne on long
pedicels). Syn. Obesia. Orv. Asclepiadew. A genus
_ comprising about eight species of stove shrubs, allied to
_ Stapelia, confined to South Africa. Flowers rather large,
solitary, twin or rarely sub-fasciculate; calyx with five
acute segments; corolla pale or spotted above, broadly

- gampanulate or at length rotate, the lobes valvate.
Stems low, leafless, thick-fleshy, deeply sub-quadrangular ;
angles decussate and deeply few-toothed. The best-
known species are those deseribed below. For culture,
see Stapelia.

—— twin).* usually twin; co
ted with Ae e — — meiee
inside, the margins revolute; outer corona five-lobed. May to

November. Joints of branches proliferous, creeping, sub-oval,

; pedicels

obscurel nal, floriferous at the tops. 1796. Plant creep-
ing. E M. and L. B. C. 300, under name of Stapelin
geminata.) The correct name of this plant is Piaranthus

P. irrorata (bedewed). jl, corolla sulphur-coloured and spotted
with pee more semi-quinguefid than in P. pulchra, the

to July. Gee,
atl | specific rank. They are stove, greenhouse, or half-hardy,

Podanthus—continued.
narrow bracts; receptacle convex. Leaves opposite,
entire or toothed. The species thrive in a compost of
peat and loam. Propagation may be effected by
cuttings, inserted in sand, under a glass.
P. Mitiqui (Mitiqui). J. oval-lanceolate, long-cuneate at base,

acuminate at apex, deeply serrate. h. 3ft. 1824. Greenhouse.

P. ovatifolius (ovate-leaved). l. broadly ovate, not decurrent
into the petiole, A. 2ft. 1825. Greenhouse. SYN. Huxenta
grata.
PODIUM, PODUS. Used in Greek compounds,

these signify a stalk, stipe, &c. ; e.g., Podocephalus, stalked-

headed ; Leptopodus, slender-stalked,

PODOCALLIS. A synonym of Massonia (which

see).

PODOCARPUS (from pous, podos, a foot, and karpos,
a fruit; the fruits are footstalked). Including Nageia.
Orp. Conifere. Of this genus, upwards of sixty species
have been enumerated; but, according to the authors of
the “Genera Plantarum,” less than forty are entitled to

evergreen trees, rarely shrubs, frequently found in Southern
extra-tropical regions, and in tropical mountainous and
Eastern Asia; a few inhabiting the mountainous parts of
tropical America. The species are absent in Europe,
Western Asia, North Africa, and North America. Flowers
moncecious or dicecious, axillary or sub-terminal; males
solitary, or two to five in a whorl, or many at the sides
of a loose, elongated, spicate rachis; females solitary or
rarely twin. Fruit drupaceous or nut-like, rarely exceed-
ing $in. in diameter, often shortly stipitate above the
receptacle. Leaves variable. The species thrive in any
well-drained, friable loam, and are readily propagated by
means of cuttings of the nearly ripened young shoots,
inserted in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in a close house
or frame, and shaded, during bright sunshine, until rooted.
The under-mentioned are the species best known to cul- -
tivation. Except where otherwise stated, they are trees, _
and require greenhouse treatment.
P. andina (Andes).* Plum Fir. fr.
the berry of an ordinary White

P. chinensis (Chinese). Chinese Yew-tree. fl., males —
axillary ; females oe Hy toe lindrical-ot
itera the

; segments tipped with purple, 1
mapke i 4 4i

P. s rgia van ia A. on long, — — twin, semi-quin-

corol n — and

akoya,

A (leathery). fr. globose, solitary, axillary, v ;

l. elliptic-lanceolate, rather thick, leathery, shining, — —

tapering at the base into a "H long footstalk, almost obtusely
o

que: ugated ; o

ae inside, deltoid, acumi » wit us
_ dark brown warts; bottom of corolla dark brown, girded by a
few glandular hairs. 1800. Plant weak and much branched,

a P. verrucosa (warted). f., corolla pale yellow, with dark
Ee at cla pellow apa ence eee ihe
bo of oy: yellow corpuscles. ranc lon; and
: - thicker a in the type. (B. M. 786, under name of Stapelia

PODANTHUS (from pous, podos, a foot, and anthos,
A. flower; in allusion to the stalked flowers). Syn.
Burenia. ORD. Composite. A genus consisting of only

closely related) of greenhouse or hardy,

_ much-branched, seabrons-puberulous, resinous shrubs,
natives of Chili. Flower-heads yellow, small, diæcions,

at length globose, at the tips of the branches or in the
upper axils, shortly pedunculate; achenes slightly
scabrous-pilose or papillose; involucre small, with few,

pointed at apex, 2in. to 3in. long, nearly jin. broad, with

elevated midrib. Branches spreading, —— —— *

0| ite, naked on the greater part of the larger ones. h. 40ft. to
t. Jamaica, &c.

P. coriacea (leathery), of gardens. A synonym of Cephalotazus
drupacea. :

P, oides (Dacrydium-like). l. of two forms—of you
trees, and on twigs of old, distichous, Lin. long ; — Biga
—— imbricated. Diameter of trunk 4ft. h» 150ft. New

i a (elongated). South African Yellow-wood. fr., seeds
about the size of a gooseberry, marbled on the outside. ig ers
or oblong-lanceolate, straight, rarely falcate, attenuated, stiff, —
rather thick, Uin. to 1jin. long, two lines broad, dark green or
glaucous-blue, sessile or regularly tapering to a short footstalk.
Branches opposite or in whorls; u ones -ggoending, lower
ones sometimes deflected. A. Wit. to 70ft. Cape of Good.

P. Endlicheriana (Endlicher’s). l. alternate, closely arranged
on the branches, somewhat two-rowed, straight or ——
falcate, undulated; those on the branchlets almost oval or

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 173

Podocarpus—continued.

elliptic, with several leaves in a whorl, 4in. to Tin. long, six to
eight lines broad. Branches mostly in whorls of three, rarely
scattered, ascending, and little divided. India (?). A tall tree.

P, ensifolia (sword-leaved). l. thinly scattered along the branch-
lets, spreading, leathery, straight or somewhat falcate, elongate-
lanceolate, blunt at the point, tapering and somewhat twisted at
* base, jin. to lin. long, żin. broad. Tasmania, &c. A small

ree.

P. ferruginea (rust-coloured). fr. red-purple, fin. long, glaucous.
l. distichous, linear-acute, faleate, one-nerved, jin. to jin. long,
red-brown when dry. Trunk 3ft. in diameter. A. 50ft. to 80ft.
New Zealand. The wood of this species is brittle and durable,
close-grained and reddish.

P. japonica (Japanese). l. alternate, fiat, linear-
lanceolate, elongated, obtuse-pointed, thick, leathery,
4in. to 8in. long, about żin. wide, with an elevated
rib, almost acute on the upper surface, tapering into
a long, slender point at the apex, and into a short,
— footstalk at the base. Japan. A small, hardy
ree.

P. koraiana (Corean). A synonym of Cephalotaxus
pedunculata fastigiata.

P. macrophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of P.
neriifolia.

P. Maki (Maki, native name). A synonym of P.
chinensis.

P. Nageia (Nageia). fr. blackish-purple, solitary,
rarely twin, orbicular, about the size of a cherry.
l. in opposite pairs, but frequently alternate, elliptic
or oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at base, and acu-
minated at the point, 3in. long, rather above lin.
broad. Branches spreading, alternate or —
slender, frequently pendent, with leaves in double
pairs or threes. A. 30ft. to 60ft. China and Japan.
A handsome, hardy species, of which there is a
variegated form in cultivation. (S. Z. F. J. 135.)
Syn. Nageia japonica, ;

te. Nepaul, &c. A large
tree. In Ne ul, the peduncles of the fruit (not
the — — (B. M. 4655; F. d. S. 768.)

P. nubigena (cloud-born). fr. oblong, axillary, short-
stalked, edible. Z. linear-lanceolate, straight or some-
what falcate, rigid, attenuated at base, with a short,
stout footstalk, Zin. to 1łin. long, in. broad. Chili,
&c. A large tree.

P. Purdieana (Purdie’s). Yacca-wood-tree. 1. elliptic
or oblong-lanceolate, thick, leathery, very smooth,
shining above, flat, straight, rarely falcate, slightly
recurved at the margins, din. to 5in. long, Zin. to lin.
broad, regularly tapering into a short, stout footstalk.
Branches spreading, horizontal, marked by the scars
of fallen leaves. A. 100ft. or more. Jamaica.

P. spinulosa (slightly spiny). Hlawarra Pine. l
alternate or opposite, or in whorls, linear-falcate,
spreading in directions, pungent, smooth, and
thick, lin. to 1łin. long, one line broad. Branches
slender, spreading. Australia. A much-branched,
erect shrub,

P. Totara (Totara). Mah y or Totara Pine. fr.
solitary or twin, on a — peduncle, as large as
a cherry. l. distichous or not so, very coriaceous,
erect, spreading or recurved, straight or falcate, sin.
to lin. long, linear, acuminate, pungent. h. 60ft.
A spreading tree; the wood is red, close-grained,
and very durable. Syn. P. Bidwilli.

P, vitiensis (Vitian).* fl., male catkins terminal,
cylindrical, lin. to Lin. long. jr. obovate, obtuse,
scarcely lin. long. Z. lin. long, lin. broad, ovate-
lanceolate, acute. h, 60ft. Viti Levu. A handsome tree, with
light, glossy green foliage, thickly set in a distichous manner

on the symmetrically-arranged branches. (G. C. n. s., xxv. 465.)

PODOLASIA (from pous, podos, a foot, and Lasia,
from which genus it differs in having a long stipe to
the spadix). OrRp, Aroidee (Aracew). A monotypic
genus. The species is a slender, stove perennial, of
striking habit, with a short, erect caudex. It requires
culture similar to Arum (which see).
P, stipitata (stipitate). jl., spathe brownish-red, 3}in. to 4in.

long, boat-shaped, open at the base; spadix cream-coloured,
changing to brownish, shorter than the spathes, rather long-
stipitate ; peduncle about lft. long, ineurved or having a few
prickles. l, sagittate or hastate, with elongated, narrow, acu-
minate lobes; petioles long and prickly, A. lft.

+

PODOLEPIS (from pous, podos, a foot, and lepis,
a scale; referring to the scaly flower-head stalks).
Syn. Scalia. Including Panetia and Stylolepis. ORD.
Composite. A genus comprising twelve species of
greenhouse or hardy, annual or perennial, Australian
herbs. Flower-heads yellow, pink, or purple, hetero-
gamous, terminal, pedunculate or rarely sessile; invo-
lucre hemispherical or rarely ovoid; receptacle flat,
without scales; ray florets few or numerous, in a single
row. Leaves alternate, lanceolate or linear, entire, often
stem-clasping. The under-mentioned species are those
best known to cultivation. They are generally treated

3 ;

Fig. 210. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF PODOLEPIS ARISTATA.

as annuals, anà are well adapted for beds in a posi-
tion fully exposed to the sun. A light and well-drained
soil is most suitable. Seeds should be sown in April,
in a gentle heat, and the seedlings transferred to the
open air in June, about lft. apart. A sowing can also
be made in the open during May or June, thinning out
to lft. apart. P. aristata makes a very pretty sub-
ject for pot culture.

P. acuminata (taper-pointed). #.-heads yellow, the florets ex- -
ceeding the involucre; involucral bracts scarious. Summer,
i. petiolate, oblong or lanceolate, smaller upwards and apine s
the stem. h. lift. Hardy annual, Syns. P. rugata (R. G. 520),
Scalia jaceoides (B. M. 956). A

P. aristata (awned).* /.-heads golden-yellow, with n, pi k Xe

174 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Podolepis—continued.

ray florets. Summer. J. linear or lanceolate, stem-clasping, and
often decurrent. h. lft. This hardy annual species closely
resembles P. acuminata, but has its involucral bracts usually
terminated by a fine bristle. See Fig. 210. Syn. P. chrysantha.

P. chrysantha (golden-flowered). A synonym of P. aristata.

z = i
Fig, 211. PODOLEPIS GRACILIS, showing Habit, detached Flower-
head, and Portion of Stem with shortly decurrent Leaf.
* (slender).* /l.-heads purple, lilac, or white; peduncles
usually rather long. August. J. linear or lanceolate, stem-clasp-
ing, and often decurrent. A. 3ft. 1826. This pretty perennial

species is a much more delicate plant than either of the pre-
ceding. See Fig. 211. (B. M. 2904; S. B. F. G. 285.)

P. rugata (wrinkled). A synonym of P. acuminata.
PODOLOBIUM. Included under Oxylobium

(which see).

— Included under Nephrodium.

PODOPHYLLUM (from pous, podos, a foot, and
phyllon, a leaf; alluding to a fancied resemblance, in the
five to seven-parted leaf, to the foot of some web-footed
animal). Duck’s-foot. ORD. Berberidee. A small genus
(three species) of hardy perennial herbs, with creeping
rootstocks and thick, fibrous roots; one is a native of
North America, the second of the Himalayas, and the
third (not yet introduced) of Formosa, &c. Flowers white,
solitary, terminal, shortly pedunculate, nodding ; sepals
six; petals six or nine. Berry indehiscent. Leaves
peltate, palmately nerved and lobed; cauline ones one
or two. The species thrive in moist, marshy, peat borders,
in a shady situation. Propagated by division, and by
seed.

P. Emodi (Emodi).* A. lin. to Hin. across ; sepals very deciduous ;

tals six, sometimes four, obovate-oblong ; peduncle terminal
in bud, then apparently supra-axillary. fr. red, lin. to 2in. long,
ellipsoid, edible. Z two, vernal, alternate, long-petiolate,
plaited and deflexed in venation, orbicular, 6in. to 10in. across,
three to five-lobed to the middle or base; lobes cuneate, acutely
serrated. Stem or scape, 6in. to 12in. high, erect, India

(G. C. n. s., xviii. 241.)

P. peltatum (peltate) American Mandrake; May Apple.
Jl. nearly 2in. broad ; bud with three green bractlets, which early
fall away ; stamens twelve to eighteen. fr. ovoid, lin. to 2in.
long, sweet, and — acid, edible, ripe in July. Z. five to
nine-parted ; lobes oblong, rather wedge-shaped, somewhat lobed -`
and toothed at the apex. Flowerless stems terminated by a
large, round, seven to nine-lobed leaf, peltate in the middle,
like an umbrella. Flowering stems bearing two one-sided leaves,
with the stalk fixed near the inner edge. h. 6in. to 12in. North
America, 1664. The leaves and roots of this plant are poisonous.
See Fig. 212.. (B. M. 1819; B. M. Pl. 17.)

PODOPTERUS (from pous, podos, a foot, and pteris,
a wing; in allusion to the outer perianth segments being
winged). ORD. Polygonee. A monotypic genus. The
species is a handsome, greenhouse shrub, with rigid,
flexuous branches and branchlets, usually spinescent at
the tips. It requires a compost of equal parts loam
and peat. Increased by young cuttings, which root
readily, if inserted in any light soil, under a glass.

P. mexicanus (Mexican). f. pink, small, twin or few in the

axils of the bracts ; perianth of six segments ; fascicles racemose ;

racemes wavy at the tips of the branches, loosely sub-panicu-
` late. July. ¢. obovate-oblong, membranous, slightly acute, at-
tenuated at base, sub-sessile, lin. long, in. or more broad,
oad puberulous, fasciculate in the nodes. k. 2ft. Mexico,

PODORIA. A synonym of Boscia (which see).
PODOSPERMA. A synonym of Podotheca (which

see).

Included under Scorzonera
(which see).

PODOSTEMACEZ. A small natural order of
aquatic, annual or perennial herbs, mostly very small,
natives of rocky river-beds in the tropics. Flowers
hermaphrodite, or, in one genus, dicecious, variously dis-
posed, but usually inclosed in a spathaceous, marcescent
involucre, which is at first closed, then bursts; perianth
membranous, trifid or five-parted, or wanting; stamens
definite or indefinite, free or monadelphous, erect. The
plants have a distinct or branched stem and leaves, or
these are confluent into broad or narrow Alga-like
fronds. The 120 species comprised in the order have
little or no economic or garden value; they are classi- —
fied in twenty-one genera. Examples are: Apinagea,
Hydrostachys, and Podostemon.

PODOSTIGMA (from pous, s, a foot, and
stigma; alluding to the stalked — Orv. Asele-
piadew. A monotypic genus, the species being a half-

glabrous or scarcely pubescent, erect herb. For
nig i

_ P. pubescens (pubescent). f. orange-coloured, in four to six-

flowered umbels, on lateral as long as the

pedicel, longer than the peduncle, the oblong lobes wavy on
high)” July. -Z erect, lin. to 2in. long. Stem 6in. to
1824.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 175

PODOTHECA (from pous, podos, a foot, and theke,
a cell or capsule; alluding to the stalk of the fruit).
Syns. Lophoclinium, Phenopoda, Podosperma. ORD. Com-
posite. A genus comprising five species of glabrous or
scabrous-pubescent, erect, hardy, Australian annuals, not
woolly, or rarely the involucre very slightly so. Flower-
heads yellow, homogamous, rather large, sometimes very
long, on terminal peduncles, usually dilated under the
involucre ; involucre cylindrical, conical, or campanulate,
with imbricated, herbaceous bracts; receptacle without
scales; florets tubular, five-toothed. P. gnaphalioides is
a plant of little beauty ; it thrives in any ordinary garden
soil, and may be readily increased by seeds.

P. gnaphalioides (Gnaphalium-like). /l.-heads on long peduncles ;
florets very slender, considerably longer than the involucre and
June. J. linear or lanceolate, the lower ones narrowed

appus.
he the middle, all stem-clasping, and sometimes shortly de-
current, k. lft. to lft. 1841. (B. M. 3920.)

PÆCILIPTERIS. Included under Acrostichum.
PŒPPIGIA. A synonym of Tecophilæa (which

see).
PŒSIA. Included under Pteris (which see).
POET’S CASSIA. See Osyris.
POET’S NARCISSUS. See Narcissus poeticus.
POGGENDORFFIA. Included under Tacsonia

(which see).

POGOGYNE (from pogon, a beard, and gyne, a
female; referring to the villous style). ORD. Labiatæ. A
small genus (six species) of dwarf or erect, hardy
annuals, natives of California. Flowers whorled, collected
into dense, leafy spikes; calyx campanulate, five-toothed ;
corolla with a straight, exserted tube, and a bilabiate limb.
Nutlets ovoid, smooth. Leaves linear, entire, or the
upper or floral ones slightly conformed, long-ciliated,
somewhat toothed. P. Douglasii is the only species in-
troduced. Seed should be sown in pots, and the seedlings
turned out into the open border.

P. Douglasii (Douglas’). fl., corolla purple or darkviolet ; lower
calyx teeth thrice as long as the tube ; bracts linear, acute, almost
leaf-like ; spikes oblong, 2in. to 3in. long. August. l. petiolate,
lin. to ljin. long, oblong, obtuse, entire, gradually narrowed to
— bape glabrous. Stem slightly branched, h. 1ft. 1871. (B. M.

P. D. multiflora (many-flowered). A smaller form, with lilac
corolla, and rather shorter bracts than the type.
POGON. A beard. The word is largely used in
Greek compounds, and denotes any collection of long
hairs.

POGONELLA. A synonym of Simethis (which
see).

POGONIA (from pogonias, bearded ; referring to the
fringed lip of some of the original species). Including
Cleistes and Triphora. ORD. Orchidew. A genus com-
prising upwards of thirty species of stove, terrestrial
orchids, with spherical tubers, broadly dispersed over the
globe. Flowers solitary or loosely racemose, having free,
conniving, or somewhat ringent sepals and petals, either
all equal or the petals smaller; a free, erect, undivided
or lobed lip, with its disk crested or papillose; a long,
semi-terete, clavate column, eared or winged at the top;
and a sessile or very shortly stalked two-celled anther,
containing two furrowed pollen masses. Plants either
having one or a few sessile leaves upon an erect stem
at the period of flowering, or leafless till after flower-
ing, and then producing a solitary, stalked leaf from an
underground stem. The under tioned species thrive

in well-drained pots or pans of open, loamy soil, amongst
which is intermixed living sphagnum. An abundance
of water is required during the season of growth, but
after the leaves die off none must be administered until

Pogonia—continued.
in a warm, shaded greenhouse, in an airy position near
the glass.

P. discolor (different-coloured). fl. in pairs, lżin. in diameter ;
sepals and petals dirty grey-green, jin. long, spreading ; lip white,
with a green disk, convolute; scape solitary, 2in. to 3in, long.
l. solitary, 3in. to in. in diameter, nearly horizontal, orbicular-
cordate ; — surface dark rufous-green, often with paler blue-
green blotches, bristly ; under surface dull purple, less bristly.
Java. (B. M. 6125.)

P, Gammieana (Gammie’s).* F six to eight in a raceme ; sepals

lip pal 1 bine rt a hae * —— ——
ip pale n, as long as, or rather longer than, the se A

ry Ass Bin, high. M

long and broad, with a very nop sinus;
between the nerves, with a row o
each fold; petiole streaked with
(B. M. 6671.)

P. ophioglossoides (Ophioglossum-like). Snake’s-mouth Orchis.
A. —— lin. long, sweet-scented ; ip spathulate below,
appressed to the column, beard-crested and fringed. June and
July. Stem 6in. to 9in. high, bearing a single oval or oblong-
lanceolate leaf near the middle, and a smaller one or bract near
the terminal fiower, rarely one or two others with a flower in
their axil. North America, 1816. (B. R. 148; H. E. F. 70.)

P. pendula (pendulous). Three Birds Orchis. fl. pink, di ing,
on slender pedicels; lip spathulate, somew P Pireo hban.
roughish or crisped above, crestless. August. Z. three to seven
to a stem, alternate, ovate-amplexicaul, Jin. to 6in. long, the
upper one to four bearing flowers in their axils. Stem Sin. to 8in.
nih: — —

, from oblong tubers. 1824, (B. R. 908.)
Syn. Triphora pendula. ; i a
P. pulchella (pretty). A synonym of P. Fordii.
P. rosea (rosy). Is greenish outsi ;
—————— — Mig with tore whiten
ovate — at the base; scape ind smooth. August

l. lanceola' * acute, lasping,
h. 3ft. to 5ft. Guayana, 1844. A beautiful plant.
POGONIA (of Andrews). A synonym of Myoporum

(which see).

POGONOPUS (from pogon, a beard, and pous, a foot ;
in allusion to the shape of the flower), Syns. Chrys-
orylon, Howardia. Orp. Rubiacee. A genus com-
prising about five species of stove trees and shrubs,
with terete branchlets, natives of tropical America.
Flowers pink, showy, pedicellate, disposed in terminal,
branched panicles; calyx five-toothed, deciduous ; corolla
with an elongated tube and a limb of five short, valvate
lobes. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ample, membranous;
stipules intrapetiolar, small, deciduous. P. caracasensis
(the only species in cultivation) requires culture similar
to Mussenda (which see).

. caracasensis (Caraccas . pink; i ,
g , the pg ——— — — —

Summer. l. ovate or obovate-elliptic, rather long-acu te e

int very acute, base cuneate, pubescent beneath.
ISE (B.M 5110.) SYN, Howardia caracasensis.

POGOSTEMON (from pogon, a beard, and stemon,
a stamen; alluding to the filaments being generally
bearded in the middle). Syn. Wensea. ORD. Labiate.
A genus comprising about thirty species of stove or
greenhouse herbs (or shrubs?), natives of the East
Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, and Japan. Flowers
disposed in many- or rarely few-flowered whorls; calyx
ovoid-tubular, equal, five-toothed, often elongated during
fructescence; corolla tube included or rarely shortly
exserted; limb spreading, cut into four sub-equal lobes ;
bracts usually small. Nutlets ovoid or oblong, smooth.
Leaves opposite. The only species now in cultivation _
are those described below. For culture, see Cole-

Š (spikes, Which "are both terminal and axillary

small, in dense spikes, w

176

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pogostemon—continued.

une. Z broadly ovate, stalked, 3in. to 4in. long. h. 3ft. East
i — 1848. —— soft-wooded shrub. This species
affords the celebrated Patchouli perfume, or Pucha-pat, of the
Hindoos ; the odour is very peculiar, and even disagreeable to
some people, but, in India, it is one of the commonest perfumes
found in the bazaars.

P. plectranthoides (Plectranthus-like). jl. white, sub-secund,
glomerately spicate; calyx and bracts coloured at top, villous ;
spikes ovate-cylindrical, pedunculate, panicled. July. J. ovate,
cuneated or rounded at base, doubly serrated; cauline ones 2in.
to 3in. long ; upper ones small ; uppermost bract-like. Stem 2ft.
to 3ft. high; branches obtusely tetragonal. East Indies. Stove
shrub. (B. M. 3238.)

POINCIANA (named after M. de Poinci, Governor
of the Antilles in the middle of the seventeenth
century, and a patron of botany). Flower Fence. ORD.
Leguminose. A genus consisting of only three species
of stove, evergreen, unarmed trees, natives of the warmer
parts of Eastern Africa, the Mascarene Islands, and
the Western Provinces of India. Flowers orange or
scarlet, showy, corymbosely racemose at, the apices of
the branches; calyx segments valvate; petals five, orbicu-
late, imbricated ; stamens ten, free. Pods elongated, flat,
compressed, hard, two-valved. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets
small, numerous; stipules inconspicuous; bracts small,
very caducous. For culture, see Cesalpinia.

P. pulcherrima (very pretty). fl. on very long pedicels ; petals
orange-yellow, —— in. long, exceeding the calyx, often
lacerated on the margins; racemes terminal, pyramidal, July.
Pods flat-compressed, 4in. to din. Jong. l., pinnz three- to nine-
jugal leaflets five- to ten-jugal, 4in. long, oblong or spathulate-
oblong, rounded or sub-truncate at the mucronulate tip. R. 10ft.
to 12ft. West Indies, &c., 1691. Prickly shrub. (B. M. 995.)
Cesalpinia pulcherrima is the correct name of this shrub.

P. regia (royal). Royal Peacock Flower. f. bright scarles, in
loose agi ag A ty and from the axils a “dt dee leaves ;
petals almost orbicular, spreading, reflexed, — into long
claws, veined on the upper side, and dashed with yellowish lines
above the base ; upper petal variegated and striated with red and

ellow ; stamens ten ; filaments red ; pedicels alternately patent.

— . Pods about 4in. iong. l. broadly ovate, 2ft. long, very
patent, a ly bipimnate, with from eleven to eighteen pairs
of horizon! patent pinne, which are 4in, long; pinnules
oblong, blunt, on very short petioles ; base of common petiole
fleshy. Trunk erect, sft. in eter. h. Bit. to 40ft. Mada-
gascar. A magnificent tree. (B. M. 2884.)
= BPOINSETTIA. Included under Euphorbia (which

see). ;

POIRETIA (named in honour of J. L. M. Poiret, a
French botanist and traveller in Barbary, about 1785).
Syn. Turpinia (of Persoon). ORD. Leguminose. A genus
of five species of twining or rarely sub-erect, gland-dotted,
stove, perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, natives of South
America, mostly Brazil, one extending to Central America
and the warmer parts of Mexico. Flowers yellow, in small,
axillary racemes, or paniculate at the tips of the branches;
standard broadly orbiculate, reflexed; wings falcate-ob-
long. Pods linear. Leaves pinnate; leaflets four or rarely
three, often minutely stipellate ; stipules sessile or shortly
decurrent at base. The species are little known in culti-
vation. For culture, see Pictetia.

P. scandens (climbing). fl., racemes few-flowered, shorter than
the petioles. J. with two pairs of obovate, retuse leaflets, full
of pellucid dots. Stems climbing, glabrous. Caraceas, 1823.
Herb. SYN. Turpinia punctata.
POIRETIA (of Cavanilles).

gelia (which see). :

{of Smith).

A synonym of Spren-
A synonym of Hovea
(which see).

BERRY.
species of Cestrum.

-POISON BULB, ASIATIC. Sec Crinum asiati-

A name applied to several

POITZA (named after M. Poiteau, a French botanist,

author of “ Flore Parisienne,” 1908-18). OxD. Leguminose,

Poitzea—continued.

This genus comprises only a couple of species of stove
shrubs, natives of St. Domingo and Cuba. Flowers rose or
purple, pendulous, in axillary racemes; pedicels solitary ;
standard obovate, erect; wings oblong, longer than the
standard. Pods linear, flat-compressed, two-valved. Leaves
impari-pinnate; leaflets many, membranous, entire, ex-
stipellate; stipules setaceous. P. galegoides requires
similar culture to Sabinia (which see).

P. galegoides (Galega-lixe). ji. rose-purple, and, as well as the
pom nodding. June. l., leaflets twelve to fifteen pairs, jin.
ong, oblong, mucronate, and, as well as the branches, clothed
with adpressed pubesccuce; petioles wingless. k. lft. St.
Domingo, 1826.

POIVREA (named after P. Poivre, a French traveller
and administrator, born at Lyons in 1719, died in 1786).
ORD. Combretaceæ. A small genus of tropical and sub-
tropical, stove, evergreen climbers, included, by Bentham

and Hooker, under Combretum (which see for characters

and culture).

P. coccinea (scarlet). ^. scarlet, loosely disposed, secund ;

ponce of many spikes. June to December. J. oblong-lanceo-

, acute, dark green, shining. Ma , 1818 STR.
Combretum purpureum (B. R. 429).

P. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of Combretum
grandiflorum.
POKE or POKE WEED. See Phytolacca.

POLANISIA (from poly, many, and anisos, unequal ;
in allusion to the numerous and unequal stamens). ORD.
Capparidee. A genus (now merged into Cleome) com-
prising abont fourteen species of pretty, hardy, annual
herbs, often glandular and strong-smelling, mostly tropical
and sub-tropical, one being an inhabitant of all the warmer
regions of the globe. Sepals lanceolate, free or connate at
base, deciduous ; petals sessile or unguiculate, entire, equal
or unequal, imbricated. Leaves simple or three to nine-
foliolate; upper ones bract-like. Seeds should be sown
in a hotbed frame, and turned out into a sheltered position
in the open border, about the middle of May.

P. Chelidonii (Chelidonium). fl. rose ; stamens twenty-four to

thirty-two. June. Z. seven to nine-foliolate ; leaflets obovate-
cuneate. A. lift. East Indies, 1792. Plant hispid-pilose.

Š (twelve-anthered). fi. white; stamens eight to
twelve. June, J. trifoliolate; leaflets glabrous, ʻelliptic-lanceo-
late, slightly serrulate. h. 1}ft. East Indies, 1795. Plant
scabrous-puberulous.

P. graveolens (strong-smelling), fl. small; calyx and filaments
purplish; petals yellowish-white; stamens eight to twelve.
June to August. l. with three oblong leaflets. h. 14ft. North
America. Plant glandular-pilose.

POLEMANNIA. A synonym of Dipcadi.

POLEMONIACEZ. A natural order of glabrous,
pubescent, or slightly viscid, erect or twining herbs,
rarely shrubs, the majority of which are found in
(mostly Western) North America and the Andes of South
America, a few being natives of Europe and temperate
Asia. Flowers variously coloured, hermaphrodite, usually —
showy, regular or scarcely oblique, at the tips of the
branches, or sometimes solitary or twin in the axils,
sessile or stalked, sometimes corymbose-cymose, capi-
tate, or loosely paniculate; calyx campanulate or tubular,
five-fid, with imbricated lobes, or rarely three to five-fid
or valvate; corolla gamopetalous, funnel-salver or bell-
shaped, or rotate, the limb of five twisted lobes; stamens
five, alternate with the corolla lobes. Fruit a capsule.
Leaves alternate or opposite, entire or variously dis-
sected. “In some countries, the leaves of Polemonium
ceruleum are applied to ulcers following contagious
diseases, and the Russians give a decoction of it in
cases of hydrophobia” (Decaisne and Le Maoiit). The
order comprises eight genera and not more than 150 species.
Well-known illustrative genera are: Collomia, Gilia,
Phlox, and Polemonium. i ; i

POLEMONIUM (an ancient Greek name, used by
Dioscorides, from polemos, war; of doubtful application).
ORD, Polemoniacez. A genus comprising eight or nine

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 177

Polemonium—continued.

species of ornamental, tall or dwarf, hardy, perennial or
rarely annual herbs, natives of Europe, temperate Asia,
North America, Mexico, and Chili. Flowers blue, violet,
or white, generally showy; calyx campanulate, five-fid ;
corolla shortly funnel-shaped, broadly campanulate, or
sub-rotate, with obovate lobes; cymes terminal, loosely
corymbose or sub-capitate. Leaves alternate, pinnatisect.
Rhizomes usually creeping, thick or slender. The best-
known species are described below. They are all
perennials, and are of easy cultivation in any good garden
soil, but flourish best in a deep, rich, and well-drained
loam. Propagated very readily by division.

Fig. 213. FLOWERING STEM OF POLEMONIUM CÆRULEUM.

P. cæruleum (blue).* Charity; Greek Valerian ; Jacob’s Ladder.

A. normally blue, erect, corymbose, with roundish-oval, obtuse

Early summer. Zł. pinnate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate,

nate, brous. Stem glabrous, angular and fistular,

i. 2ft. Northern hemisphere (Britain).- An elegant border

perennial, of which there are numerous varieties, varying chiefly

ae colour of the flowers. See Fig. 213. (Sy. En. B. 922)

A handsome form is that having Granted e and white
flowers.

P. c. dissectum (dissected). Z. bi — leaflets petiolate, pin-
natitid ; segments linear. (S. F. G. 182, under name of
P. sibiricum. )

P. confertum (clustered).* /l. rich blue, PERRE E aboni żin.
across, —— on the ends of ind — —— l. linear,
innate ; pinnæ very numerous and overlap; varying from
er SAY bee to linear-oblong. h. 6in. Rocky Mountains, &e.,
1885. See Fig. 214. (G. C.n. s., xxiv. 3.)

Pe — (dwarf).*
corymbose panicles ;

Vol. OL

P, mexicanum
sub-rotate-campanulate. April. innate,

fl. blue or pi ie eoin. sub- -
segments of — — pies 3

E AAO

l, leaflets ovate, obtuse, mostly radical, and with a faint smell
of musk. Stems many, leafy, downy. h. 6in. Rocky Mountains,

1827. SYNS. P. Richardsonii (B. M. — and P. villosum
— B. F. G. 266).
h. pulchellum (pretty). /l. smaller than in the type : corolla

— violet or lavender- ae in some forms nearly white, only
two-to three lines long. L, — often nearly glabrous and
naked Syn. P. pulcherrimum (B. M. 2979).

Fie. 214. Pourwoxtum convention, showing Habit and
tached Flower.

(Mexican). fi. —* few
ovate blong. Stem joosel: — h h. ;
a, 18 Plan : p brane r R. 460.)

P. pulcherrimum (very pretty) A synonym of P. humile
pulchellum.

Fig. 215. no REPTANS, — Habit and Portion of
detached Inflorescence.

P. (creeping). * f blue, ——— * drooping, dis-
in a loose, ; segments of corolla cuneate.
April. L pinnate ; Sa bona to eleven, ovate, acute,
glabrous. Stems leafy, glabrous. Root creeping. h. 6in. North :
‘America, 1758. See Fig. 215. (B. M. 1887.)
P. Richardsonii (Richardson's). A synonym of P. humile.

2 villosum (villous). A synonym of P. humile,
POLIA. A synonym of Cypella. 7
(name given by Linnæus, probably =

POLIANTHES :
from polios, white, and anthos, a flower; alluding to —
colour of the blossoms). lyanth

Pe ‘Pol

178 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Polianthes—continued.
Tnberose, Orp. Amaryllideæ. A monotypic genus.
The species is a splendid, half-hardy, bulbous plant.
Tuberoses may be had in flower throughout the greater
part of the year by potting successional batches of bulbs.
They are imported at the latter end of the year, but a
portion may be kept for successions. Loam, with a little
manure or leaf mould intermixed, is a suitable compost,
and 5in., or at the most 6in., pots are large enough. The
bulbs may be inserted singly or three in a pot, and plunged
at once in a bottom heat of from 60deg. to 70deg.; water
should be withheld until the leaves appear, unless the
soil becomes very dry; afterwards, it may be given freely.
The flowers are pure white, and very highly perfumed;
when detached singly, they are very useful for buttonhole
and other bouquets. As the plants naturally grow tall,
they should be kept in a light position, to induce them
to keep as dwarf as possible. They will succeed during
summer in any cool house, or may be planted in an
open border. ‘The bulbs are not usually kept after one

tuberosa (tuberous).* ite, delightfully fragrant, showy,

gfe in Ay ren : aly simple raceme 5 = Ay parts
shaped and incurved; stamens affixed at the t t. Autumn.
4. radical or on the grad pr aa * a — or —
‘short, tuberous, erec b, . . le e: cl iv
in American, Asiatic, me § p odiaba gardens), 1629.. (B. M.
1817; B. R. 63.) The double-flowered form is that principally
— There are several varieties, such as DOUBLE AFRICAN,

BLE AMERICAN, DOUBLE ITALIAN, and PEARL, and, of these,

the last-named is most preferable, it being not so tall in growth
as the others,

POLISH JUNIPER. See Juniperus communis
cracovia.

POLIUM. Included under Teucrium (which see).

POLLEN. The coloured dust found in all mature
flowers, except the few that are entirely female. It is
- found in the anthers, or thick heads of the stamens, and
is set free, in the form in which it is best known, by the
_ bursting of the walls that surround the spaces in which
it is formed, and in which it is retained till ripe. In
order to render this account of Pollen more clear, it is
necessary to give a short account of the development
and structure of anthers. The anther is the essential
part of each stamen. In most cases, it is supported on
a stalk or filament. It is at first made up of a mass of
small cells, almost alike in form and size; but changes
go on during its growth, and, when mature, one can re-
eognise in it the various structures described below.
The whole anther is covered with an outer layer of
cells known as the epidermis. In the centre lies a
column of thin-walled cellular tissue, called the con-
nective, with a fibro-vascular bundle in the middle of it.
At each side of this are two spaces or loculi, in which.
lie the Pollen grains till the spaces burst. Each is lined
by a thin, dark layer of disorganised cells, known as the
_ endothecium. Between these and the epidermis lies a

tissue, known as the mesothecium, generally composed of
several layers of cells. These cells, called “fibre cells,”
are usually peculiar in having the walls thickened with

_ deposits, variously arranged in spirals, rings, networks,

arches, and several other figures. The fibre cells are

little value as an indication ication of affiniti ies betwee: en. plants,

Pollen—continued.

considerable number is formed, and they are called the
“parent ceils of the Pollen.” In each parent cell, the
contents group themselves together, and form four cells,
the Pollen grains. ‘There are differences in detail in
different plants in the development of Pollen; but the
usual course is that the walls of the mother cell waste
away, and, it is believed, assist to nourish the grains,
and to form the spines on the exterior of many kinds of
Pollen. The Pollen grains at last lie in the loculi
like a powder. The endothecium is, at first, a layer of
thin-walled cells, with abundance of protoplasm; but the
Pollen is nourished, in part, at the expense of these
cells also; and there remains, to indicate its former
existence, only the thin layer already noticed.

Pollen grains are usually free, but, in many plants,
development seems arrested early; e.g., in Heaths, the
four cells developed from each “parent cell” remain
united together. In some Acacias, the Pollen grains
are made up of from eight to thirty-two united cells.
In Orchids, the grains in each loculus often stick
together in pyriform masses, called pollinia. These
peculiarities are the result of incomplete solution of the
walls of the parent cells, since these remain and bind
the Pollen grains together. The grains possess two coats

Fig. 216. POLLEN OF EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM.

A, Section of Pollen Grain—e, Extine ; 7, Intine ; ti, Thick Intine;
J, Fovilla. B, Growing Point of Pollen Grain—e, e, Extine ;
i, i, Intine ; f, Fovilla ; pt, Pollen Tube.

(extine and intine) (see Fig. 216, A). The inner consists of
cellulose, is, in general, thin, and can be stretched,
especially so in the form of a tube (see Fig. 216, B),
protruded from the grain, when it lies on the stigma
of the same species of plant, or is placed in a drop
of weak solution of sugar. There are no openings
in this coat. The outer coat differs from the inner,
inasmuch as it is not extensible, and consists of a sub-
stance like cuticle in its chemical composition. This
coat is entirely absent from the Pollen grains of Zostera,
and of a few other plants that flower under water. It
is occasionally uniformly spread all over the grain, and
must be burst off before the Pollen tube can be pro-
traded; but, in general, it is pierced by pores, or slits,
of definite form and number for each species of plant.
Through these openings one or more Pollen tubes are
pushed when conditions favour their growth. The sur-
face of the extine is smooth in many Pollen grains, but
in most it bears characteristic outgrowths in the form
of ridges, e.g., in many Composite, or of spines, e.g.,
in Mallow, Mistletoe, or of granules, as in many
Dicotyledons. The nature of the surface in different
Pollen grains is closely connected with the modes in
which the Pollen is conveyed from the anthers to the
stigma (see Pollination). In form, the Pollen grains
differ very greatly in different plants. The most com-
mon forms are spherical, and oval with rounded ends;
but many others exist, such as cubical, triangular, cylin-
drical, and polygonal. The form seems rather constant
within the limits of genera, but varies greatly within
certain families. Hence, the form of Pollen grains is of

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

Pollen—continued.

beyond genera; nor does similarity of form of grain
necessarily indicate affinity. Zostera possesses one of
the most curious forms, the grains in this plant being
long, and extremely slender and thread-like. The colour,
in most’ plants, is some shade of yellow, but in some it
is deep orange (Lilium tigrinum), or red (Verbascum),
or blue (Scilla), or deep purple, approaching black. 7

The contents of the grain are known as the fovilla.
They consist of viscid protoplasm, full of small starch
granules and oil-drops. Amidst this mass, in general,
lie two bodies, like nuclei, the nature of which has been
made clear, by the researches of Elfving and of Stras-
burger, within the past few years, and is most easily
understood if we look to the Pollen of Coniferæ. In the
„Scotch Fir, the very light Pollen has the outer coat
prolonged into two outgrowths containing air, which
render the grain light. ‘There is comparatively little
difficulty in making out that there are three cells con-
tained within the large cell seen in the middle, and the
multicellular nature of the grain remains evident through-
out its existence in the Fir. |

In other Coniferæ, e.g., the Yew, the Pollen is egg-
shaped, and there is a small part cut off by a partition
at the smaller end, rendering the grain two-celled; each
cell has a nucleus. In Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons,
the structure is less easily traced. In some (e.g., in
Pollen grains of Orchids), a small part at one angle of
the cell contents becomes separated from the rest, (though
a cell wall does not form between), and is called the
“vegetative cell.” It draws itself away from the side
wall, and becomes imbedded in the contents: of the large
cell. For a time, it remains different in form from the
nucleus of the large cell, but ultimately it becomes
quite like that nucleus, so that there seem to be two
nuclei. The vegetative cell, in many Pollen grains,
breaks up into two or more cells, and, in sdme (e.g.,
Scirpus palustris), the process becomes quite complex.
When the Pollen tube is formed, the nucleus and the
vegetative cell, or cells, pass into it, and have been
traced into the end of it that passes down the micro-
pyle and comes into contact with the helper cells (see
Ovule). It is supposed that they perform some very
important function in the formation of the embryo.
The formation of the vegetative cells in the interior of
the Pollen grains is generally regarded as representing

the formation of the male prothallium in such Crypto-

gams as Selaginella. See Prothallium.

POLLICARIS. The — of the terminal joint
of the thumb; lin.

POLLICHIA. A synonym * Trichodesma (which

see).

POLLINATION. The dusting of the stigma of a
flower with pollen grains, as distinguished from fertili-
sation, or the action of the pollen upon the ovule,
which. gives rise to the development of the seed con-
taining an embryo. Pollination must. precede fertilisa-

_tion. It is effected in very different ways in different
flowers, and the agents by which it is effected are
manifold. The more important of these are here indi-
cated; but the account must be brief, though volumes
have "been written upon the subject of Pollination.
Full information of the present state of our know-

ledge of the matter will be found in Dr. H. Miiller’s

| contain nectar, or afford other attractions for insect

Pollination— continued.
Prof. Thompson, is included in Miiller’s work referred
to above, and includes almost all published up to 1883,

The method of Pollination varies with the structure
of the flower. In those plants in which the pollen and
the ovules of the same flower ripen simultaneously,
the pollen may be transferred directly from the anthers
to the stigma either by the parts lying in contact, or
by their lying in such a position that the pollen falls
from the anthers upon the stigma. In cleistogamous
flowers, or those (e.g., in Sweet Violets, Wood Sorrel)
which, in certain plants, are formed in summer and
autumn, and never open, but yet are often more pro-
ductive of seeds than the conspicuous flowers, the pollen,
while in the anthers, pushes pollen tubes to the stigma,
which is thus Pollinated. In by far the greater number
of hermaphrodite flowers, even of those in which the
pollen and the stigma mature simultaneously, the
pollen is prevented from falling upon or reaching the
stigma by the arrangement of, the parts. Necessarily, in
those hermaphrodite flowers in which the pollen and
the stigma do not mature simultaneously, the pollen
cannot reach the stigma of the same flower (see Pro-

and Proterogynous). In all these

cases, the pollen must be transferred from the anthers
to the stigmas by some agency from outside the
flower; and this must be so yet more evidently in the
case of unisexual flowers, whether male and female
flowers be on the same plant or on different ones. The _
chief agents that effect Pollination in British plants
are wind and insects. A few plants are adapted for
conveyance of pollen by currents of water; and, in the
tropics, humming-birds, and certain other birds, probably
aid materially. ee ee ne
latter agencies, since they would probably not a
under notice in gardening operations nt all im the British
Islands. Plants suited for fertilisation by wind are
usually called “anemophilous,” or wind -lovers (from _
anemos, the wind, and phileo, I love). Those adapted —
to have the stigmas Pollinated by insects, are called
“entomophilous,” or insect-lovers (from entomon, an in-
sect, and phileo, I love). They differ from one another
so widely that a practised observer can conjecture almost
with certainty to which group any flower would belong,
though previously quite unacquainted with the flower.
The more distinctive characters of the two are as
follows : Anemophilous flowers are seldom large or
conspicuous individually; the sepals and petals are
small, usually regular, often absent, or reduced to one-
row of small, scaly bodies (e.g., Oak); they seldom

visitors; the stamens have long filaments, with versa-
tile anthers, that turn with the least breath of wind, __
and thus shed readily the loose, powdery, smooth pollen, __
which is often produced in very great amount. =
grains are very light, and are occasionally (e.g., in
Firs) rendered relatively lighter by means of dilatations _
of the outer coat filled with air. The stigma in such
plants is usually furnished at the end (Pellitory) or along —
the sides (Grasses, &c.) with a quantity of long, simple
or branched hairs, which frequently hang out beyond the
perianth, or other coverings, e.g., beyond the glumes in
pollen grains when these are
ie Anemophilous plants
a y trees under this group produce
their flowers in spring, before the leaves, thus prevent-
ing great loss of pollen among the leaves, and favouring
Pollination. Entomophilous flowers are the reverse of all
They are almost always more or less individually `
conspicuous, with well-developed, coloured petals, and —
often also coloured sepals, or are crowded in show
are sometimes —— but more

Fig. 217). They very often have special structures, e.g.,
spurs or other modifications of parts, to form or to store
up nectar. They also possess a pleasant scent, and
attract numerous insect visitors by the varied induce-
ments they offer. Some insects (e.g., Bees) also visit
flowers to eat or to collect pollen, or to carry it away as
food for their young progeny. Whatever the reason of

-~
Fig. 217. EXPANDED BLOSSOM OF PEa—v, Vexillum ; al, Ale, with
-Carina between, `

the visit, the insect generally becomes dusted with pollen,
which it transfers to the stigma of the next flower of
the same species that it enters. The pollen in entomo-
philous flowers is less abundant than in the anemophilous
ones; and the grains very frequently bear ridges or
- spines, so as to stick more readily to the insect, or they
are joined together in groups of four or more, as in

A, Pollen Masses, &c.—po, Pollinia ; e, Candicle ; vd, Viscid Disk :
: Rostellum ; ir, Lip of Rostellum. È
Granules (much magnified), held in packets by thin,

Heaths and Orchids (see Fig. 218). The masses are
furnished, in Orchids and a few other plants, with
Special contrivances to favour adhesion to the insect’s
— body, and afterwards to place them in the best posi-

tion to touch the stigra of the flower next visited
— in, p nob e tee’ —
are r the ianth

and the anthers burst in such a way as to let free the
pollen in the position most likely to insure its

. bei
dusted on to the insect. The stigma or stigmas d aA
often project beyond the perianth, and are ——

small and rounded, or linear, down one side

_ The surface is usually covered with a eu ——

_ cells, which secrete a viscid fluid, and in this the pollen
grains are caught when any part of an insect’s bod
dusted with them touches the stigmatic surface. The
pie pa — ge nourishment from this fuid, and

are lated to emit pollen tub i

Sao ar pol es between the cells of

: ; F: jili: ; or “all a.
_cleistogamous flowers, and a few others tga
— or “ autogamy.” —
and that the i
x e stigmas are arti-

180 THE DICTIONARY - OF GARDENING,
Pollination—continued. 7 Pollination—continued.

-various Orchids.

disadvantages of allogamy are that it entails on the plant
a greater production of pollen, as by far the greater part
neyer reaches a stigma; and, even with this, many
stigmas may remain unpollinated, and no seeds be pro-
duced in these flowers. Moreover, such flowers‘as have
been specially adapted for fertilisation by a certain kind,
or kinds, of insects, may, in absence of these agents,
remain unpollinated and barren. This occurs with certain
greenhouse plants, which are fertile if Pollinated arti-
ficially, but, without human aid, remain barren, e.g.,
Under Nectary and Orchid Ferti-
lisation several adaptations of flowers to benefit —
by visits of insects will be found discussed, and only

one or two examples need here be added to those

referred to under the above headings. By far the,
most interesting examples of adaptations for Pollination

of the stigmas with pollen from another flower, are met

with among entomophilous flowers. Many of these are —
suited to benefit by the visits of Beetles, Sawflies, and
other insects, which do not possess a long proboscis;
hence, the nectar or p that attracts them is situated
almost on the surface, or, ‘at least, is easily accessible,

Fie. 219. ‘STRAWBERRY PLANT IN FLOWER, showing the numerous:
short Stamens, readily accessible to Insects.

But even among open and regular flowers examples —
occur in which very perfect adaptations for cross-poll
ee oe Kalmia latifolia (see Fig. 220) may
be selected as an example. In this plant, the style
in the middle of the flower, bearing the small stigma |
ite tip. There are ten stamens, curved as shown in thé
figure, so that the anthers are situated each in a small
— in the corolla. In these pouches they remain till

e filaments are touched with a little force, and,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 181

Pollination—continued.
flowers are protected under net or glass, they wither
and fall without the anthers getting free or the stigma
being Pollinated, and the flowers remain barren. But,
in the natural condition, the flowers are freely visited
by various Bees, and other insects, which usually alight
on the style, and, in sucking the nectar, come into con-
tact with the filaments, and set free the anthers one by
one. The filaments straighten themselves, and the pollen

LPF ig

Fic. 220. DETAILS OF KALMIA LATIFOLIA,

ded Flower—ap, Anther — B, Section of Expanded
ver ae, ap, Anther Pockets .
Pollen Grains in Shower ; ca, Cates: C,
—ap, Anther Pocket. D, Stamen, more- ————
Anther ; po, Pores ; pg, Pollen Grains ; J, Filament. |

A, E:

is thrown out of the anther, from two kiall holes at the
tip (see Fig. 220, D), against the insect’s body, to be thus
transported to the stigma of another flower. Such
flowers as characterise the Labiate, the Orchidew, and
the papilionaceous Legwminose, in possessing bilateral
symmetry, are among the peculiarly entomophilons
types, especially when the nectar is so placed as to be
accessible only to insects possessed of a long proboscis,

Pa

Fig. 221. POLLINATION OF ORCHID.

A, Flower of Orchis Morio (Sepals, two Petals, and side of Spur
removed), with Hive Bee sucking Nectar—a, — po,
Pollinium ; r, Rostellum ; st, Stigma — view): lium ; *
“ov, Ovary ; n, Nectary ; br, Bract. B, Head of Bee, carrying
(po) Pollinium—an, Antenne. : ‘

e.g., Bees (see Fig. 221). In addition to this, in some
e.g., in Antirrhinum (see Fig. 222), the corolla is closed by
the lower lip, which is pressed against the upper one,

and excludes all but insects heavy enough to —* it,
e.g., Humble Bees. In the strictly entomophilous flowers, —

_ very striking adaptations to favour the visits of insects
_of certain groups, or even of certain species, and to
“exelude other insects, are often met with. Bat the field
is so wide, P girs ae

d far exceed a pest the section

Pollination—continued.
space here available. Readers are therefore referred to
the works noted above, and their attention is called
to a subject of the utmost interest in itself, and of
great practical value in its relations to hybridising

Fig. 222. FLOWER OF ANTIRRHINUM ORONTIUM.

plants, and to the development of new races of value
for their. beauty, or for other properties suited to com-
mend them to gardeners and to amateurs.

POLLINIA. Pollen-masses.

POLY. In Greek compounds, this signifies numerous;
e.g., Polycotyledonous, having several cotyledons.

POLYACTIDIUM. Included under PRIER

POLYADELPHIA. A Linnæan artificial order,
characterised by having stamens in several phalanges. _

POLYALTHIA (from polys, much, and althecis,
healthy; alluding to supposed properties of the plant).
ORD. Anonacee. A genus comprising about thirty species —
(including twenty-five which are sometimes classed with
Guatteria) of stove or greenhouse trees or shrubs, natives
of tropical Asia, one being Australian. Flowers solitary
or fasciculate, axillary or opposite the leaves ; sepals
three, valvate or rarely loosely imbricate ; petals six,
bi-seriately valvate, flat, almost equal, ovate or narrow.
Leaves oblique, penniveined. The two species described
below are the only ones worth mention. They are stove
trees. For culture, see Guatteria.

* -like) uncles axi
— — aR gpg —— Peano k

h. 60ft. East Indies, 1820.

P. suberosa (corky-barked)
three inner ones whitish ; peduncles nearly opposite the leaves,
one-fiowered. l. oblong, acute, smooth. h. 30ft. India, 1820.
POLYANDRIA. A Linnzan class, having flowers _

with an indefinite number of stamens. ae
POLYANTHES. A synonym of Polyxena (which -

see). aw

POLYANTHUS. A garden race of Primula, —

bably derived from a cross between the Primrose ana

Cowslip. The Polyanthus has been in cultivation for |

many years, and has proved itself one of the most

pan of florists’ flowers. The attention, however, now

towed on it is much less than at an earlier period — =

of its history, and the varieties raised are — less
numerous. Good varieties, that were once procurable, —
are now lost to cultivation, and those of the present
day are not generally considered of equal merit—at
least, for exhibition purposes. As a hardy garden
plant, the Polyanthns is likely to remain a favourite,
and deservedly so, for planting on rockeries, in mixed
borders, and in spring flower-beds, The vigorous-growing

varieties, which may be readily raised from seed, are _

admirably adapted for naturalising in pleasnre-grounds
along the sides of walks, &c. Florists’ rules regarding
the flowers of a Polyanthus, and the recognised qualities
exhibited in them, are very rigid; it is, however, un-
necessary to follow them too closely, unless the flowers
are required for exhibition. For the last-named purpose,
known as — is most — the

Ji., three outer petals greenish, the _

182

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polyanthus—continued.
flowers are distinguished by having a clear, even margin,
or lacing, of gold, then a ground or body-colour, similarly
: well defined, with a stripe passing through the centre
eet of each division to the eye. The pip, as a single flower
— is termed, should be large, flat, and round, with the
exception of five or six small divisions on the margin.
For general garden decoration, any quantity of seed-
lings with beautiful flowers may be raised without the
florists’ conventional rules being adhered to. Seeds
should be sown in June, or so soon as they are ripe; they
i quickly at this season, and form flowering
plants by the following spring: if kept in store until
spring, a season will be lost. In summer, a prepared
border outside is best for the seed; in spring, shallow
boxes and a free, sandy soil should be used under glass.
When once established, Po'yanthuses grow in any ordi-
nary garden soil; but they sucveed best where it is rich,
and the position somewhat moist and partially shaded.
It is important that seeds be saved only from the best
flowers procurable, or be obtained from a separate re-
liable source, as the varieties soon deteriorate, even as
ornamental plants, if this is not attended to.
Polyanthuses for exhibition are grown in pots and in
cold frames, under treatment somewhat similar to that
accorded Auriculas. The season for potting or repotting
is August, and a good compost would consist of two
parts loam to one of leaf mould and decayed manure.
A top-dressing of good soil is recommended in February,
_ particularly for plants that have not been repotted the
previous autumn. In addition to propagating from seeds,
_ Polyanthuses may be readily increased by divisions. Good
varieties grown in pots may have their side-shoots removed
hen the annual potting takes place in August; and any
that are grown in the open ground, can be readily divided
in the autumn, when they are planted out.
Besides the Gold-laced varieties of Polyanthus already
_ referred to, there are others designated respectively Fancy
and ‘Hose-in-Hose. Fancy varieties are of various hues,
the plants being very floriferous, and of vigorous habit;
and some of the Hose-in-Hose flowers are curious and very
uncommon, All succeed under similar treatment.

POLYANTHUS. See Polianthes.

a al NARCISSUS. See Narcissus

POLYBÆA. A synonym of Cavendishia (which
see under Proclesia). ; <r

= POLYBOTRYA. Included under Acrostichum
a (which see),

POLYCALYMMA (from poly, many, and kalymna, a
covering; in allusion to the numerous series of invo-
lucral bracts). Orv. Composite. A monotypic genus,
now included, by Bentham and Hooker, under Myrio-
cephalus. The species is a glandular-puberulous, half-
hardy, perennial herb, requiring similar treatment to
Centaurea (which see).

P. Stuartii (Stuart’s). f.-heads white, depressed-hemispherical,
lin. or more in diameter ; florets many, }in. long ; outer involucral
leaflets iin. long. l. alternate, sessile, elongated-linear, fiat,
Zin. to 4in. long, jin. broad; uppermost ones scarious, white.
Stems fistular, striated, lft. or more long. Australia. See
Fig. 223. pe
POLYCAMPIUM. Included under Polypodium

(which see).

POLYCARPÆA (from poly, many, and karpos,.a
fruit; alluding to the numerous seeds). Syns. Hagæa,
Lahaya, Mollia, Polycarpia. ORD. Caryophyllee. A
genus comprising about two dozen species of greenhouse
or hardy, annual or perennial, erect or rarely diffuse
herbs, natives of tropical and extra-tropical regions, one
being broadly dispersed over tropical America. Flowers
often numerous, disposed’ in terminal, paniculate, effuse
or contracted, sometimes capitate cymes; sepals five,
white, rose, or purple, scarious; petals five, entire, bi-
dentate, or rarely laterally denticulate. Leaves narrow-
linear or rarely ovate, fasciculate, often pseudo-verticil-
late. The species are of easy culture in light, sandy loam.
The annuals may be increased by seeds, sown on a hotbed,
or in the open border, in spring; and the perennials by
cuttings. The species are not much known to cultivation;
those mentioned below are hardy.

P. aristata (awned). fl. white, in corymbose cymes. June and
July. ¿ usually six in a whorl, linear-lanceolate ; young ones
silky, mucronated by an awn; old ones nearly glabrous, and
almost awnless. h. 3in. to 6in. Canary Islands, 1780. Perennial.
. gnaphalioides (Gnaphalium-like). fi. white, crowded into
terminal, sub-capitate cymes. June and July. /. oblong, hoary--
tomentose. Stems suffruticose, prostrate. North Africa, 1818.
Perennial.

P, latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. white; cymes terminal, corym-
bosely capitate. June to August. Z. obovate, mucronated by an
awn; e ones usually six in a whorl, those of the branches

Stems suffruticose, diffuse. h. 3in. Teneriffe, 1810.

P. Memphitica (Memphitic), f. white; petals quite entire;
cymes terminal, few-flowered. July. l usually six in a whorl,
oval-oblong, narrowed into the petiole. Stems diffuse, branched,
villous, h. 6in. Egypt, 1828. Annual.

POLYCARPA MAXIMOWICZII. Asynonymof —
Idesia polycarpa (which see). —
POLYCARPIA. A

Polycarpea
(which see). ee

synonym of

POLYCARPIC. Many-fruited; also, but less pro-
perly, fruiting many times. oe

POLYCHILOS. Included under Phalenopsis
(which see). —

POLYCYCNIS (from polys, many, and kyknos, a
swan; referring to the lip and column, which, together,
bear some resemblance to a swan). Orp. Orchidee.
A genus comprising about five species of stove, epiphytal
orchids, closely allied to Cyenoches and Mormodes, natives
of tropical America. Flowers rather large, pedicellate, —
in loose, floribund, often nodding racemes; sepals free,
spreading, narrow; petals similar, or narrow and sub-
stipitate at base; lip affixed to the base of the column,
sometimes biauriculate ; column very long, slender, curved,
resembling the neck of a swan. Leaves ample, plicate-
venose, contracted into petioles. Rhizomes or scapes-
erect, few-sheathed, simple. For culture, see Catasetum.

P. barbata This —
in this wan ay Grea bg pate * — name of plant described
P. gratiosa (agreeable). fl. brownish- ; raceme deflexed,
—— — — 1 * č This is a species
—— wey . 3 yet it appears very distinct by the very —

t claw of the lip and the pis
itm “Andean tha T En T A

AN

ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 183

Polycycnis—continued.

P. lepida (neat). fl., sepals and petals light brown, slightly
tipped with yellow at the apex; lip light yellow, spotted with
chocolate-brown, and white towards the apex ; raceme drooping,
from fifteen to twenty-flowered. Psendo-bulbs about 2in. igh,
tapering, dark green, Columbia, 1870. A very pretty species.
(1. H. ser. iii, 19.)

P. muscifera (fly-bearing). This is the correct name of plant
described in this work as Cyenoches musciferum.

P. vittata (striped). M. yellow, streaked with so much deep
chocolate that the former colour is scarcely discernible on the
lip, — in an erect raceme. h. lft. British Guiana, 1841.
(B. 1841, 69, under name of Houwlletia vittata.)

— —— COMPLANATUS. See Milli-
pedes and Myriapoda.

POLYGALA (the old Greek name used by Dios-
corides, from polys, much, and gala, milk; in reference to
its reputed quality of promoting the secretion of milk).
Milkseed; Milkwort. Including Chamebueus, Isolophus,
and Senega. ORD. Polygalew. An extensive genus (200
species have been described) of greenhouse or hardy,
annual or perennial herbs, shrubs, or sub- shrubs, distri-
buted over the temperate and warmer regions of the
globe. Flowers sometimes , small, variable in
colour; spikes or racemes terminal or lateral, rarely
axillary, sometimes in contracted heads, rarely panicu-
late. Leaves alternate, or rarely opposite or verticil-
late. Only a comparative few of the species are now
in cultivation. The hardy sorts are desirable subjects
for borders and rockwork. The greenhouse species are
fine and very distinct plants amongst the hard-wooded
section. They are more easily grown than most others,
and flower profusely each spring. Fibrous peat, with
some silver sand intermixed, forms a suitable compost
for Polygalas, which should be potted firm. Propagated,
in spring, by cuttings of the young shoots, taken when
about 3in. long, inserted in sandy peat, under a bell
glass, placed in an intermediate temperature, and kept
shaded. x
P. Chamæbuxus (dwarf Box). Bastard Box. jl. cream-coloured

or yellow, tipped with purple, fragrant ; racemes axillary, few-

flowered. ly summer. l oblong-lanceolate, mucronate.

Stem shrubby, branched, procumbent. A. 6in. Mountain woods

in many parts of Europe, 1658. A very pretty, neat-habited,

hardy sub-shrub. (B. M. 316.) P. C. purpurea is a handsome

variety, dark brown, with purplish leaves. (Gn., Jan., 1878.)
P. Hilairiana (St. Hilaire’s). fl. the largest of the genus; three

outer sepals small, ovate ; two inner ones corolloid, white, "tinged

with green and black ; inner petals mostly combined into a tube,
white; lateral ones sub-acute, rose-coloured at the apex ; racemes
six to ten-flowered. Spring. l. 4in. taa 5in. long, oblong-ovate,
sub-acute. Stem unbranched, erect, lft. high. Bahia, Green-

house edari — M. 5-67.) i i.

olia grandifiora (Myrtle-leaved, large- owered).
ji. aa — purple ; wings —— broadly obovate ; keel large,
veiny : pedicels shorter than the flowers. April and "May. l on
very Perg petioles, oblong or oblong-obovate, somewhat mucro-
nate, h. 4ft. to 6ft. South — A much-branched, green-

house shrub. (B. M. 3516.) Dalmaisiana of gardens, a

paiar greenhouse plant, is either a a form of P. myrtifolia, or a

rid between it and P. oppositifol
P. —— (opposite-leaved).* — with a yellowish-
n keel, in terminal, sub.

cordate, ovate, acute. hz aft. to aft. Cape of Good Hope, 1790.

Greenhouse shrub. (B. R. 636.)

P. —— cordata (heart-shape-leaved). l broadly cordate, acute or
h. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1791.
— — (broad-leaved). l. broadly ovate, cuspidate-

inne (B. R. 645.)

P. ; virgata (twiggy). A purple or —— —
— —

Pin ioute raceme MAY wet with — pedi |

—

Polygala—continued.

mucronate, upper ones linear, and, as well as twiggy
branches, glabrous. A. 6ft. ake of Good Hope, isa, ao: oe
greenhouse shrub. * M. 1780.)

P, vulgaris (c C Milkwort ; Procession Flower ;
Rogation Flower. fl. gener in colour, blue, lilac, purple, pink,
or white, about żin. long, in terminal racemes. June. l. small,
oblong. or lanceolate, glabrous Stems prostrate or ——
numerous, slender. Europe, &c. (Britain). Perennial herb.
(Sy. En. B. 185.)

POLYGALEZ. A natural order of herbs or under-
shrubs, occasionally twining, or erect or climbing shrubs,
rarely small trees, glabrous, tomentose or villous, dis-
persed over the temperate and warmer ions of the
globe. Flowers hermaphrodite, irregular, solitary or centri-
petally spicate or racemose, rarely paniculate, axillary
or terminal; sepals five, free, closely imbricated, the two
inner ones larger, petaloid, wing-formed ; petals three or
five, hypogynous, the two lateral free or united at their
base with the lower concave or galeate (keel), in the gamo-
petalous corolla split behind, rarely absent; upper two
sometimes equal to the lateral, enveloping ‘the keel in:

-æstivation, sometimes small, sealo-like, or absent ; stamens

eight, rarely five or four, above the middle monadelphous
or rarely free, the outer ones often more or less connate
with the petals; pedicels usually articulate at base,
bracteate and bracteolate. Fruit a capsule, berry, or
drupe. Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, simple,
entire; stipules none. The species contain tonie and
astringent properties. Several of the European Polygalas
find a place in our Materia Medica as remedies for lung
diseases ; the root of P. Senega has a stimulating action
on the pulmonary mucous membrane. The order includes
fifteen genera and about 400 species. Illustrative genera
are: Monnina, Muraltia, and Polygala.

POLYGONASTRUM. A — of Smilacina
(which see).

POLYGONATUM (the old Greek name, — by Dice
corides, from poly, many, and gonu, a knee-joint ; alluding —
to the ously-joi stem). Solomon’s Seal. Syns.
Axvillaria, Evallaria. Orp. Liliacee, A genus comprising
(according to Mr. Baker) twenty-three species of pretty,
mostly hardy, herbaceous, border plants, broadly dispersed
over North temperate regions. Flowers nodding or pendu-
lous, solitary in the axils, or frequently shortly and loosely
racemose or sub-umbellate, on short peduncles; perianth —
marcescent, at — — with short, —

1G. 224. POLYGONATUM —— showing Habit and
detached Flowe

lobes. Berry globose, — Leaves alternate, opposite,
or whorled, ovate, lanceolate, or linear, in one species —
shortly cirrhose-acuminate at apex. The species, the
best known of which are here described, are of very

easy culture in a moderately good, loamy soil. They are

all all hardy, except where otherwise stated, and are admirably _ e

adapted for naturalising in woods and copses. P., multi- :

florum, the common Solomon's Seal, is a fine subject for
The plants may be grown in the —— :

184

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polygonatum—continued.

summer, and potted-up ready for forcing after the stems

die down. The large, fleshy rootstocks may be- placed

rather thickly in 6in. pots, and, after flowering is over,
transferred again to the open ground. Large quantities
of Solomon’s Seal are annually imported purposely for

forcing; but it may be prepared at home, by providing a

good soil, and planting each year according to the quantity

required. Propagated easily by divisions.

P. biflorum (two-flowered).* jl, perianth greenish, }in long;
peduncles one to three, but mostly two, flowered. May. l. ovate-
or lanceolate-oblong, nearly sessile, usually minutely pubescent,
at least on the veins, pale or glaucous beneath, Stem slender,
lft. to 3ft. high. North America.

P. japonicum (Japanese). jl. one to three in the axils, drooping ;
=e jin, s jin. long, Sith a white tube and green, deltoid
tieth. April. Z. ten to twelve, alternate, ascending, oblong, 2in.
to Jin. long, acute, above obscurely glaucous, below distinctly so.
Stem lft. to lift. high. Japan. See Fig. 224

——
Lath

Fig. 225. POLYGONATUM MULTIFLORUM, showing Habit and
detached Raceme.

P. multifiorum
David's + Lady’s Seal. /. white; perianth about eight lines
ong, nstteda tn the ——

short petioles, oblong, stem-clasping. S
others hemisphere (Britain).
Sarai tale very PAAY sunt an flore-pleno, has double fi
this very pr nt ; one, flore- s ouble flowers,
and another, Arlina. waeanl Jeaves.

C e (officinal). fl. white, having the perianth constricted
at the Jr. dark violet. 1. ten to twelve, alternate, oblong,
semi-amplexicaul. Stems about lft. h angular. Northern
—— (Britain). SYNS. P. vulgare, Convallaria Polygonatum

- P.o. macranthum (large-flowered). A very large-flowered form.

A Mt. to l}ft. Japan. (B.M. 6133.)
P. um (opposite-leaved). many, dis in

corymbs ; perianth tube white, —— ribbed with
be —— greenish ; peduncles four- to ten-flowered. April.

. scarlet. l. ten to twenty or more, oblong, acuminate, very
shortly petiolate, all opposite. Stems 2ft. to 4ft. high. Hima-
layas, 1822. Greenhouse. pb M. 3629, H. E. F. 125, and L. B. C.
6:0, under name of Convallaria oppositifolia.) e form albo-
vittatum has red stems, and leaves striped with white.

P. punctatum (dotted). jl., perianth tube white, lilac-dotted ;
segments greenish. May. l twelve to twenty, ascendent, all
opposite, rarely alternate, oblong-lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long,

cuneate at base, shortly petiolate, rigid. Stems lft. to 2ft. high,

angular, sulcate. India, 1857. (B. M. 5061.) <
= P. roseum (rosy). A. rose-colour, twin in the axils, on very

_. short sels; perianth nearly jin. long, with a cylindrical tube

and short teeth, May. l. ascendent, linear or lanceolate, acu-

minate, sub-petiolate, Sin. to 5in. long; upper ones opposite or

_ ternate; those at the tips of the stems whorled. Stems 2ft. to

3ft. high, sulcate. Central Siberia.- (B. M. 5049.)

verticillatum (whorled). 7. greenish, rather smaller than

those of P, mmitii#ornm; perianth constricted in the middle;
pedunele one to three-flowered. June. fr. red. lo whorled,
sessile, lanceolate. Stem 2ft. to 4ft. high, angular. Northern

hemisphere (Britain). SYN. Convallaria verticillata (F. D. 86).

P. vulgare (common). A synonym of P. oficinale.

POLYGONEÆ. A very distinct natural order of
herbs, shrubs, or sometimes trees, broadly dispersed ;
the arborescent species are nearly all tropical American,

Poly gonexz—coniiaued.

the shrubs are mostly limited to the Eastern Mediter-
ranean or W Asiatic region, and the herbaceous
kinds affect temperate and mountainous regions. Flowers
hermaphrodite, or, in a few genera, unisexual, regular,
usually rather small, springing from the axils of leaves
or bracts (sometimes ochreiform), solitary or fasciculate,
in racemes or spikes; perianth inferior, calycine or
coloured, with four to six lobes or segments; stamens
six to nine, rarely fewer, or many and indefinite; fila-
ments filiform or dilated at base, free or connate in a
ring at the base; anthers two-celled, often versatile;
ovary trigonal or compressed, sessile or shortly adnate
to the perianth at the base; pedicels frequently articu-
lated. Fruit a nut, trigonal, compressed, or rarely
quadrigonal, rarely naked, usually covered by the peri-
anth. Leaves alternate or. rarely opposite, variable in
form, rarely lobed or divided; petioles Usually more or
less dilated and stem-clasping. One of the most im-
portant products of the order is Rhubarb (Rheum
officinale). Buckwheat, Sorrels, and Docks may be men-
tioned as other economic members of the order. Poly-
gonee comprises thirty genera and about 600 species.
Examples are: Coccoloba, Fagopyrum, Muehlenbeckia,
Polygonum, and Rheum.

FIG. 226. UPPER PORTION OF STEM OF POLYGONUM CUSPIDATUM

*

SPIRANTHES COLORATA. VAR. MACULATA.
(SYN. STENORHYNGHUS SPEGIOSUM }

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.

POLYGONUM (from polys, many, and gonu, a knee-
joint ; referring to the numerous joints of the stem). Knot
Grass or Weed. ORD. Polygonew. A very large genus
(nearly 150 species) of. handsome, annual or perennial,
greenhouse or hardy herbs or (rarely) under-shrubs, of
variable habit, found throughout the world, but rare
within the tropics. Flowers usually fasciculate, some-
times so lax that they may be regarded as axillary;
perianth funnel-shaped or campanulate, usually coloured,
with five somewhat unequal segments; pedicels articu-
lated above or below the middle. Leaves alternate, with
ochreate stipules. A great number of the species, twelve

G. 227. POLYGONUM ORIENTALE, showing Habit, detached
Spike, and Single Flower.

of which are British, are of no ornamental value —
ever, but the following are desirable and worth growing.
They are of the easiest possible culture in any ordinary
garden soil, but they well repay generous treatment and
a good position. P. cuspidatum and P. sachalinense
are specially noteworthy and fine amongst hardy plants
where space is allowed them to develop. The annuals
are raised from seeds, sown in the open border, in spring,
or raised in heat, and after-
wards planted out. This latter
plan is the best with such
species as P. orientale, which,
in a warm, sunny spot, in good,
rich soil, forms a very fine
plant. The perennials are in-
creased by dividing the root-
stocks.

te, —— July.
ov: s
1. i lanceolate. Stem —

FiG, 228, POLYGONUM SACHALINENSE,

Polygonum—continued.
P. amplexicaule (stem-clasping).* 7. — rose-red or
in solitary Win racemes 2in. to 6 long.
and October, <4. cordate-ovate or cordate: l
acuminate, the lower long- — the upper se

amplexicaul. Stems 2ft. to 3ft. high, from
stock. Himalayas. Hardy Perennial he

P. Bistorta. Bistort or Snakewji Fee, 8
terminal, erect, solitary spik
radical, lar e, oblong or ova
petioles. . lft. Europe (Bri
Perennial herb. (Sy. En. B. 124

P. Brunonis (Brown’s). A syno

P. ca — itatum (headed). fi. pitk
om is vB Pel stalks, fro: :
ellipti in. long, green, mark
extending from the ‘midrib at the centre t e base rt the ——
Stems slender, diffuse, hairy, rooting. North, India, A pretty
little, cool greenhouse or r halt-hardy, perennial herb, with a neat,
spreading habit. (Ref. B. 11.)

P. chinense foliis-pictis (painted-leaved Chinese). l, some
green, others purple, or all with a V-shaped mark, margined on *
the —— with a dark line of deep pe le or blackis -green,

China to India, &c. Hardy perennial herb. (B. M. 5238.)

P. com: (compact).* fl. white, in ei racemes. Septe
ber, l. somewhat crim h, 2ft. Japan, before 1875. This
is probably a — of idatum ; but it is very distinct in
the way implied — its — ing more compact and , and
not more than The leaves, too; ribs of a much darker
colour. Its habit is, a KORIS less than that of P. cus-
pidatum. Hardy perennial herb. (B. M. 233

P. cuspidatum (pointed-leaved).* fl. Lei —— .
drooping, — panicles, 4in. to 5in. long, succeeded —
fruits. Summ large, somewhat distichous, ove —
cuspidate, seaplane: h. 4ft. to 8ft. Japan, 1825. ;

rennial herb, of quick growth, and having long, — stoma, —
t is best —— as an isolated specimen. See — —
4 i oedh F. G. i., p. 137; R. G. 291.) Syn. eb —

* gardens.
filiforme variegatum (thread-like, variega’
— ee finely splashed or t marie with pale i

soe Te ean,

. orientale (Eastern).* rosy-purple or white, in 1

= racemes, which Sos hoch torn terminal and A
lL roe ovate-acuminate, or nearly — A to
4ft., or sometimes nearly 1 East Indies, A e and

free-growing, hardy annual, wie very robust stems, which give
off numerous, lateral shoots. See Fig. 227. (B. M. 213.) —
sachalinense (Sachalin).* jl. of a delicate te greenish-yellow
—— in axil racemes; bracts ovate, long-pointed. Late —
summer. l. broadly ovate or ovate-oblong, acuminate, the lower

186 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Polygonum—continued.
ones sub-cordate at the base, upper ones truncate, all with
glaucous and prominently-veined under-surfaces. Stem erect,
strong. h. 10ft. to 12ft. Sachalin Islands, 1869. A strong-grow-
ing, hardy perennial, differing — from P. cuspidatum in its
angular, striated stems. This plant luxuriates in a moist subsoil
near the margin of water, and is a desirable subject for naturalising
in semi-wild places. See Fig. 228, (B. M. 6540

P, Sieboldii (Siebold’s). A garden synonym of P. cuspidatum.

P. spherostac’ (round-spiked).* fl, blood-red, pendulous,
in a broad, cylindric, globose spike. Autumn. J. 3in. to din. long,
linear, linear-oblong, or lanceolate, acute, crispidate erenulate,
glabrous and glaucous or pubescent beneath; radical ones
stalked, cauline ones sessile. Alpine and sub-alpine Himalaya.

Hardy. (B. M. 6847.)

P, tomentosum (tomentose). f clear rosy-pink, in erect, spike-
formed —— at the tips of the branches. J. large, oblong-
Janceolate, very much attenuated at the apex, covered on bot
surfaces, but especially beneath, with greyish hairs. India,
1876. A half-hardy or greenhouse perennial. (R. G. 810.)

P. vaccinifolium (Whortleberry-leaved).* fl. bright rose, freely

oduced in long, nearly round spikes. Late summer and autumn.
. smooth, ovate or elliptic, attenuated at both ends, the margin
pafo ber —— bright green, sometimes tinged with red above,

e ben Stems much-branching, woody, prostrate. -
ya, 1845, A hardy perennial, one of the most useful plants for

rockwork in cultivation. (B. M. 4622.)

POLYMNIA (dedicated to the muse Polyhymnia,
for no obvious reason, the species being coarse and
inelegant). Leaf-cup. ORD. Composite. A genus com-
prising about a dozen species of greenhouse or hardy,
glabrous, scabrous-pubescent or villous, often slightly
viscid, perennial herbs, shrubs, or trees, natives of
America, from Bonaria to Canada. Flower-heads yellow
or yellowish, heterogamous, rather large, mediocre, or
small, corymbosely paniculate; achenes glabrous; in-
volucre hemispherical or expanded, with two-seriate

P. canadensis (Canadian). /.-heads whitish-yellow, small ; rays

P, edulis (edible). f.-heads yellow. A tall, coarse-growing, hardy

P. grandis (large). A synonym of Montanoa bipinnatifida.
P. heracleifolia (Heracleum-leaved):

P. dalis (pyramidal). jl.-heads having a yellow ray and

see).

tinct.

upwards of 450 species.

Fronds lift. — Sit.
| entire fertile pinna,

Polymnia—continued.

few, obovate or wedge-shaped, shorter than the involucre, July.
l, lower ones deeply pinnatifid, the uppermost ones triangular-
ovate, and three to five-lobed or angled, petioled. A. 6ft, North
America, 1768. Hardy herbaceous perennial.

perennial, cultivated in the Andean region for the sake of its
edible tubers. See Fig. 229.

A synonym of Montanoa
bipinnatifida.

a k brown disk, disposed in cymes. Summer and autumn,
l. cordate-ovate, 12in. long by 16in. broad, with decurrent petioles.
h. 10ft. A free and rapid-growing, half-hardy, arborescent
perennial, thing like the Sunflower in habit. New
Grenada, 1867. (R. H. 1867, 210.)

. Uvedalia (Uvedalia). /l.-heads yellow; rays ten to fifteen,
linear-oblong, much longer than the inner scales of the involucre;
outer involucral scales very large. September. J. broadly ovate,
angled and toothed, nearly sessile ; lower ones palmately lobed
abruptly narrowed into a winged petiole. h. 4ft. to 10ft. United
States, 1699. Hardy herbaceous perennial.

POLYPARA. A synonym of Houttuynia (which

POLYPETALOUS. Having petals perfectly dis-

POLYPHEMA. A synonym of Artocarpus.

POLYPODIUM (the old Greek name, used by Theo-
phrastus, from polys, many, and podion, a little foot; on
account of the appearance of the rhizome and its append-
ages). Polypody. Including Aglaomorpha, Calymmodon,
Campyloneuron, Colysis, Craspedaria, Cryptosorus, Cyrto-
miphlebium, Dibblemma, Dictymia, Dictyopteris, Drynaria,
Dryostachyuwm, Goniophlebium, Goniopteris, Grammitis
(in part), Lecanopteris, Lepicystis, Lopholepis, Micro-
gramme, Microsorium (in part), Monachosorum, Nipho-
bolus, Niphopsis, Paragramma, Phegopteris, Phlebodium,
Phymatodes, Pleopeltis, Pleuridiwm, Polycampium, Pseuda-
thyriwm, and some other less important so-called genera.
Orp. Filices. The largest genus of the order, comprising
I It includes plants of two
different modes of growth, each series comprising a num-
ber of species of each of the different kinds of venation,
and from all climates. Sori on the back of the lobes,
round or rarely oblong, not more than twice as long as
broad. Polypodinms are very handsome plants; they
thrive under very varied conditions. Many of them, per-
haps, do best in good fibrous loam and soil rich in humus;
others thrive on blocks of fibry peat, on tree-fern stems,
or treated as basket-plants. Some of them are eminently
adapted for crevices on rockwork. Except where other-
wise stated, the species described below thrive under —
stove treatment. For general culture, &c., see Ferns. _
P, acrostichoides (Acrostichum-li i e-creep- ·

ee E a ree |

rowed below, naked above, dirty-y —— —

Rapp tree ns eee a nee ar Ste

— rt of the frond. Ceylon, Queensland, &c.
P. adnascens (adnascent). rhiz. slender, firm, with linear, de-

iphobolus acrostichoides.

naked a à

small, immersed, occupying the whole of thy Cak. er
part of the frond. India, e, 1824 SYN. Niphobolus adnascens
adhering). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, s)
a caine, Cara :
several similar ne

adnate to the rachis at
six between the MAAN sae Gian A
P. ppo punctatissimum (much dotted with white). a

‘
3
%
|

a a

P. angustifolium (narrow-fronded). rhiz. stout, epigæous,
fs — pois ith to 1}ft. long, jin. broad, quite
entire, with an acute point; the lower part. y narrowed
—— ee olute. — oe
former in two rows between the main veins. Cuba, Brazil, &c.,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 187

Polypodium—continued.

2ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, with several distant, erecto-patent
song] on each side, which are 6in. to 10in. long, and jin. to ĝin.

road, the apex acuminate, the edge slightly repand towards the
point, the base narrowed, the lower ones stalked; upper surface
with small, white dots at the edge or all over. sort in a single row
midway between the edge and midrib. Malay Isles and Philip-
pines. (H. G. F. 47.) Syn. Phymatodes aldo-squamata.

P. alpestre (alpine). sti. 4in. to 6in. long, tufted, scaly below.
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, oblong-lanceolate ;
inne lanceolate, 3in. to 4in. long, lin. to ljin. broad ; pinnules
Soniy innatifid, with toothed lobes. sori small, one to four to
each lobe, Cold regions of Northern A ae (Britain, &c.).
This species closely resembles Asplenium Filia-femina, SYN.
Pseudathyrium alpestre.

P. a. flexile (pliable). A variety of more flaccid habit; the pin-
nules oblong, with fewer lobes, and a broad, uncut centre. SYN.
Pseudathyrium flexile. :

P.amphostemon, A form of P, angustifolium.

P. androgynum (hermaphrodite). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, erect,
naked or slightly villous. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more
broad; pinne 6in. to Bin. long, jin. to lin. broad, numerous,
spreading, lowest narrowed at base and sometimes stalked, cut a
quarter to half way down into blunt lobes ; rachis and under side
sometimes slightly hairy. sori in rows near the midrib. Cuba to
Peru, 1843. Syns. P. tetragonum, Goniopteris sg ea In
the form megalodus, the pne are lłin. and the lobes łin.
broad, the latter sub-falea

Bag rg gh ggg te
— surface naked, the lower

P. angustatum (narrow), of Blume. A synonym of P. palmatum.

1820. 1 olium.

A very variable
i fronds lin. broad,
riety ensifolium has narrow, sessile
areolæ and sori in one row between the edge and

to | Fig. 231. SYN. P. neritfolium.

Polypodium—continued.

pinnæ 6in. to 9in. long, sin. broad, unequal-sided, cut down to
the rachis below into oblong, pinnatifid segments ; both surfaces
villous. sort copious, one to each ultimate lobe. Philippines,
1842. Syn. Phegopteris asperula.

P. asplenioides (Asplenium-like). A variety of P. reptans.

P. attenuatum (thin), of Robert Brown, A synonym of
P. Brownii.

P. aureum (golden).* rhiz, stout, wide-creeping, clothed with
bright, ferruginous scales. sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, stout, erect, pony.
fronds 3ft. to 5ft. long, din. to 18in. broad, with a long, linear-
lanceolate, terminal lobe, and cut throughout within about jio.
of the rachis into numerous, undulated, lateral pinnæ, 4in, to Şin,
long, about lin. broad, with a rounded sinus between. sort
irregularly one to three-seriate. areolæ copious, Tropical
America and Australia, 1742. SYN. Phlebodium aureum.

P. a. areolatum (areolate). A variety with smaller, more cori-
aceous, and very glaucous fronds, closer lobes, and uniserial sori.
SYNS. P. sporadocarpum, Phlebodium areolatum,

P.a. vinatum (cushion-like), This resembles P. a. areolatum,
but the fronds are hardly at all glaucous, and the terminal lobe
is very small. Syn. Phlebodium pulvinatum.

P. auriculatum (eared). sti. tufted, 14ft. to 2ft. long, decidu-

into close, spreading, entire, blunt lobes ; lower pinne reduced
to mere — furnished witha prominent gland at the base
beneath. sori borne about the m:i Hima-
layas, 1824.
. bifrons (two-frond rhiz. woody, slender, branched,
tortuous, Sane ea , barren iak šin. to 4in.
lin. broad, sessile, elliptical, narrowed at both ends, with bl
— err d — half es sowy; — ones ĝin. to bin.
/ abou! entire, s stalk sort
lanad Gad. Go cd in E 900 on each side, shies te the
or. SYN. Phymatodes bifrons. ; ; si-
P. Billardieri (La Billardière’s). rhiz. woody,
with scales black in the centre. sti. 8in.

W

P .

Syn. Phymatodes Billardieri.

Fig. 231. PINNA OF POLYPODIUM BRASILIENSE,

, brasiliense (Brazilian). rhiz, stout, with scales. sti
Rae
erecto- pinne, which are 4in. to 6in. . to fin.

- Ta tes or lear Tost. Brazil, &c., 1837. Se
Brownii (Brown’s). rhiz. woody, wide-creeping, with dull-
P., p scales, fronds scattered, 6in. to 18in. —
OE By
sori large, immersed, arranged in a single row,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.

end, with a space between each, midway between the midrib
and _areole uniform, Australia, &c., 1823. Greenhouse.
Syns. P. attenuatum (H. G. F. 30), Phymatodes Brownii.

P. (Californian). _rhiæœ wide-creeping, with
spreading, ferruginous scales. sti, din. to 6in, long, firm, erect,
naked. fronds bin. to Yin. long, šin. to bin. broad, oblong-
deltoid, cut down — or quite to the rachis into entire or
finely-toothed pinne, l}in. to 2}in. long, gin. to żin. broad, the
lowest not reduced. sori large, in single rows near the midrib.
California. Greenhouse. SYN. Goniophlebium californicum.

P. Cameroonianum (Cameroons). sti. 4ft. long, pony. fronds
3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft. broad, the upper art pinnatifid, with deep,
lanceolate lobes ; lower pinnæ deltoid, upwards of lft. long, 6in.
to 8in, b cut down below nearly to the rachis into lanceolate,
pinnatifid lobes. sori in rows near the main veins, areolæ
copious. Cameroon Mountains. SYN. Dictyopteris Cameroonianis.

P. capitellatum (small-headed). A synonym of P, juglandi-

Jolium. ’

rhiz. wide-creeping, with dark
erect, glossy. fronds 6in. to
wn to the rachis into close,

P, ciliatum (ciliated). A variety of P. piloselloides.

P. colpodes (embosomed). A synonym of P, plesiosorwm.

P., ag ba age (mixed). rhiz. pig thick, densely matted, with
light brown scales. s 2ft. to 4ft. long, lft. Uft. broad,
arranged in a circle, the stem with a lobed wing, 2in. to 4in, broad,
on each side at the base, which is narrowed and more deeply
lobed upwards, y into the frond, which is cut
down nearly to rachis throughout into entire, erecto-patent
pinne, 4in. to 8in. long, lin. to ljin. broad. sori in a single row
close to the anterior main vein, sometimes confluent, India, &c.
SYNS. P. coronans, ria conjugata.

P. coronans (crowned). A synonym of P. conjugatum.

P. corymbiferum (corymbose), A form of P. Lingua.

. crassifolium (thick-fronded).* rhiz. woody, short-creeping,
with dull brown scales. sti. 2i

ends, the edge
dots ; texture very
main

Syn. Pleuridium albo- `

——
P, crassinervium (thickly-nerved). A of P. >
(thickly. ). synonym platy:

scollo sti. 1ft, to 2ft. long, erect, naked or

: ibescent. t. to 2ft. lc Sh Ge i ARa Wile A

oblong-lanceolate, terminal — to 8in. long and 1hin. to 2in.

broad, the edge a little bluntly lobed or nearly entire, and two or

four opposite pairs of similar ones. sori in rows near the main
veins. Cuba, &c., 1823. SYN. Goniopteris crenata.

Ww
rows. Jamaica, &c.,

rhiz. wiry, rather slender, with
deciduous scales. sti. 6in. to 12in, long, firm, naked. fronds
s eral erecto. r each side, which are
with an acuminate point, a
areole about six, between
two or three sori ineach. Brazil and
rum decurrens, :

Polypodium—continued.

12in. long, 2in. broad; pinne lin. long, jin. broad, lanceolate,
acuminate, cut down to the rachis into linear-oblong, pointed
lobes; lower pinnæ deflexed, gradually dwindling to mere
auricles ; both sides slightly hairy. sort nearer the midrib than
theedge. New Grenada, 1830. SYN. Phegopteris deflexa.

*
es

*

PITSA N
* AA ONT i;
es (RDA

Ssi

6)
—*&

—— aT ja T
Ar?
Leg
Ñ
P RLI
beh hi
YL

g
wy

o;
É
E

Ly

SSS
JA
MA

—
NS *

— —
Ae

Wes
ONY ;

Z1
LL,

Š
N

—

a

O74
hi

——

Ae

oN
—

A —
Baran
Hog
Lge 3
(pbs wa
—
R8
ZNA

ae Nae,

—

*
IRS
YEP?
wy
N
.>
8

tl
WS
cA
W
RY

X

r?
Ay
3
‘what
$
À

— H
i Kp

— 7—
LAUA
CY

SE,
—

—
£
—
GEG}
fi
SESS
ESO

IE
——
vi
SS —R
SoS >
ate ae

—
Se

Fic. 232. PINNA OF POLYPODIUM DIVERSIFOLIUM.

P. Dianz (Diana's). A synonym of P, molle. SATA
(beautifully-netted). A synonym of P. de-

SE

Fig. 233. PORTION OF FROND OF POLYPODIUM

—— Uk TO oe foot be
ly to the base. fronds 14
pik doi ithin about Jin,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

189

Polypodium—continued.

P. diversifolium (variable-fronded). sti. lft. to 2ft. long,
tufted, slender, naked. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9i
broad ; pinnæ Zin. to 5in. long, łin. to lin. broad, the —
acuminate, the lower ones narrowed at base, the edge nearly
entire. sori in contiguous rows. South Brazil, &c. See Fig.
232. Syn. P. fraxinifolium.

— Fae Yc ae svt bg (variable-fronded), of R. Brown. A synonym

P. rigidulum,

P. ——— (sickle).* sti. tufted, 1ft. to es long, with dark
scales below. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad ; lowest
pime the largest, 6in. to 8in. long, l4in. to 2in. broad ; pinnules
anceolate, unequal-sided, auricled on the upper, truncate on the

e base, With a broad, uncut centre and copious,

lower, side at
sori medial. Madeira,

spinous teeth, the lowest stalked,

Greenhouse. See Fig. 233. SYN. Phegopteris drepana.

Fic. 234. POLYPODIUM DRYOPTERIS.

P. —— — teris).* Oak Fern. rhiz. slender, wide-
creeping. 6in. 4 to 12in. — slender, stramineous, scaly
below, — ‘upwards. Sronds 6in. to 10in. each way, deltoid’. :
lower — much the largest; pinnules lanceolate, only the
lowest sip ee slightly crenate. sori sub-marginal. Northern
hemisphere (Bri ritain), See Fig. 234.

P. D. Robertianum (Herb-Robert scented). A variety witha
thicker rhizome, the whole — being more rigid than in the
ig and finely —

late, cut to

ligulate, entire, blunt fi to one —— te pinne, the
lower ones ually —— sori minute, sg —
Moxico, && 188. BINE P. Plumula, P. Sehinchri.

P. ensifolium (sword-fronded). A form of P. angustifolium.

P. Filipes (thread-footed). A young:state of P. tenellum.

a soe oe

See Fig. 236. SYN.

P. fraxinifolium — of Jacquin. A synonym of
— diversifolium. x > ee
— Gardner’s). rhiz. short-creeping; scales

—— Foy lin.

sath tone ong, ——
= po bg Sagan of about
~ veins, —— Gt. BF. 68). Bet Tipo Gardner

black,
Zin. to 4in. naked. fronds
sti. — —

Polypodium—continued.
midway between the edge and midrib, distinctly immersed.
Brazil. Syn. Anapeltis geminata.

P. Ghiesbreghtii — ——— sti. 1ft. or more lo
erect, densely villous: fronds lft. to 1}ft. long, with a ry
inna 6in. to Yin. long, l}in. to 2in. broad, the edge slight]
obed, and three to six similar ones on each’ side ; rachises and
under surface densely villous, upper surface s htly so. sori in
dense rows close to the main vein. South Mexico. SYN. Gonio-
pteris crenata.

ry — — —
firm, ggg ree e _ ng ge

Pn —
erect, glossy. Oin. rs ag to ae teal

— 4in.
uniform, oblong-lanceolate, — with a rounded base and —
acuminate point. areole four to six in a series between the
FEN and midrib, with one sorus in each. Tropical America, &c.,
SYN. Goniophlebium glaucophyllum.
P. gonatodes (angled). A synonym of P. plesiosorum.
P. grandidens (large-toothed). A variety of P. persicæfolium.
P. grandifolium (large-fronded). A variety of P. membranaceum.

PAPIAM AAT NEI
alt ip acl Bathe — >
Soares
SÀ

NY

RS
AAN
—B

Wh
ANAA
NER

in
in ties Shieh or Moa I
P, harpeodes (scimitar-ike) A synonym of P. loriceum

E cecilia eirio sti. tufted, lin. to
P deciduo! scaly. fronds 6in. to 9in.

broad ; pinne entire, jin. broad, with a s

Taleo ce beck cates’ af the tome, those of the lower ulf of the
—— dually reduced. sori below the middle of the veinlets,
Syn. Phegopteris hastefolia.

P. hemionitideum onitis-like). —
— iong, Srm, woody. fronda {2 Tiin. Tong, Ain,
between each main fan conten
ind Cina Ste ee moana ih, often contuot, “Indla
— ————— ean A synonym of P. fraternum. —
ry rhiz. stout, with light
———— — — ad,

large, uniseriate so!
SYN. i Phlebodium in

190 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.

cut down to a broadly-winged rachis into entire, acute lobes,
which are often lft. to 14ft. long and Zin. to 4in. broad. sort
small, copious, slightly immersed, scattered. Java and Philip-

ines. See Fig. . (H. G. F. i) Syns. P. morbillosum,
aana Heraclea,

Fic. 236. POLYPODIUM HERACLEUM.

P. ne Ty MEY TE six-angled-winged). rhiz. wide-creeping.

sti. lft. to 14ft. long, slender, glossy, stramineous. fronds 8in.
to 12in. long, and nearly as broad, deltoid ; lower pinne 4in. to
6in. long, the lowest pair deflexed, often 2in. broad; pinnules
reaching down nearly to the rachis, those of the lower side lin. to
lyin. long, pinnatifid half way down with broad, blunt lobes ;
under side slightly villous. sori marginal. North America, 1811.
Hardy. Syn. Phegopteris hexagoncptera.

P. incanum (hoary). rhiz. wide-creeping, woody, with dense,

- dull brown scales. sti. lin. to țin. long, erect, firm, furfuraceous.
fronds 2in. to 4in. long, lin. to Hin, broad, cut down to the
rachis into entire, s reading, somewhat distant pinne, iin. broad,
dilated at base ; under side densely scaly. sori uniseriate. Tem-
perate America and South Africa, &c., Greenhouse. SYN,
Lepicystis incana.

P. incurvatum (incurved). rhiz. woody, with adpressed scales.
fronds dimorphous ; barren ones 6in. to 9in. each way, deltoid,

te, tifid, with enti

te, acuminate, entire

stem,
cut almost, or w quite, to the rachis into distant, erecto-
patent, entire lobes, 4in. to 8in. long, about jin. broad, the lowest
occasionally forked. sori uniseriate, quite immersed, and formi

_ P, irregulare (irregular). A synonym of P. diforme.
P. ji 0 (Walnut-leaved).* rhiz. woody, stout, with
bright ferruginous scales. sti. 1ft. or more long, erect.
lft. to 2it. long, lft. or more broad ; pinnæ din. to 8in. long, lin.
_ to lżin. broad, in pairs about 2in. apart, with an acuminate tip,
thicke: and wavy edges, and a rounded base. sori e, one
between each main vein, forming a row nearer the midrib than
the edge. areole copious, hidden. North India. SYNS. P. capi-
tellatum, Pleuridium juglandijolium. ;
_ P, lachnopodium (downy-footed). sti. densely hairy at the base
Gael east atin ik a
ong, lanceolate. Jamaica, + rari
species in cultivation. š gi j

, im-
the mid-

. to

Polypodium—continued.
each side. areolæ fine, uniform. North India. SYN. Phymatodes
leiorhiza.

P. lepidopteris rufulum (scaly-winged, reddish). rhiz. stout,

with bright reddish-brown scales. sti. lin. to 4in. long, erect.
fronds 6in. to 8in. long, 14in. to 3in. broad,
cut down to the rachis into horizontal,
entire pinnæ, gin. broad, blunt, much
twisted, the lower gradually reduced.
sori copious. Mexico, &c. SYN. P. ru-
fulum.

Fuk — (inclosed). fronds ovate-
lanceolate ; lower pinn scarcely reduced.
Otherwise similar to P. l. rufulum. SYN.
P. sepultum.

P. Lindleyanum (Lindley’s) A form
of P. palmatum.

P. lineare (linear). rhiz. woody, wide-
—— with dull brown scales. sti.
from almost none to lin. to 2in. long.
fronds 6in. to 12in. long, jin. to 2in. broad,
entire, narrowed ey to both ends.
sori distinctly mersed, large, pro-
minent, forming a single row nearer the
midrib than the edge, scaly when young.
North India. (H. G. F. 14, under name
of Pleopeltis nuda.) In the variety sim-
plex, the fronds are sometimes 1}ft. long
and 2in. broad.

P. Lingua “space apne a rhiz, wide-
rosa oy with ferruginous scales, sti. din.
to 6in. long, firm, erect. fronds uniform,
4in. to 8in. long, lin. to 4in. broad, the
— often cuspidate, the edge entire,

e base narrowed or rounded; lower

f surface matted with close, cottony, some-

what ferruginous down. sori in close rows of four to six each

between the main veins, rather large and prominent. North

India, Japan, &c. Syn. Niphobolus Lingua. The variety corymbi-

Jerum has fronds much divided at the apex, forming a cluster.

Fig. 237. POLYPODIUM LINGUA HETERACTIS. ` +

P. L. Heteractis (Heteractis). This form differs from the
type in having broader, oblong-lanceolate . Himalayas.
í Fig. 237. . Niphobolus latus. — SAEs
+ longifolium (long-fronded). rhiz. short-creepi woody,
with nearly black — fronds lft. to 2ft. ong Be to thin.
—— ily acute apex and an entire, revolute edge, the lower
mersed, in a line near the edge. Malaccas and

narrowed into a short stem. sori oblong, im-

es

P. longipes (long-stalked). A garden form of P. Phymatodes.

ong). rhiz. wide-creeping, with brown,
sed s Sin, to 4in. long, firm. fronds

long, 6in. to 12in. broad. out nearly to the rachts ——
sub-entire, erecto-patent lobes, 4in, to Sin, long, jin. to sin. broad.

P. longissimum
sapeca MOLA A N

sori in close, single rows near the midrib, ing distinct papillæ
hymatodes

on ‘the upper surface. North
longissima. India, &c. as r

P. stout, ' with black
lft. long, 4in. to bin. 0

scales. sti, sometimes ebeneous, din. to sin, long. fronds 1ft. to —
broad; pinnz close, 2in. to 3in. long, ŝin-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 191

Polypodium—continued. Polypodium—continued.
to žin. broad, sub-entire, dilated at base on the upper side. and numerous similar ones on each side, all narrowed at base.
areole usually in two distinct rows, with the small sori often in sori and areole in rows of about four, the former immersed and
both. Mexico, &c. SYN. Goniophlebium loriceum. prominent on the upper side. Brazil, &c., 1840. Syn. Gonio-
P. 1. latipes (broad-stalked), A larger but less rigid form, having phlebium menisetifolium. :
dense, dull brown scales, and pinnz much dilated on both sides at P. molle (soft). sti. 1ft. or more long, stout, with deciduous
the base. SYNS. P. harpeodes, P. vacillans. scales. fronds 2ft. to 3ft long, lft. to 1}ft. broad ; lower pinne not
P. lucidum (shining). _ rhiz. short-creeping. sti. erect, firm, reduced, 6in. to Yin, long, 1din. to 2in. broad, cut to a broadly-
short. fronds bin. to 12in. long, din. to fin. broad, edge entire, winged rachis into oblong, entire or crenated, blunt lobes ;
both ends narrowed, both sides very glossy. sori confined to the under surface finely villous. sori small, copious, distant from
upper part of the frond, not copious. areole in two or three ir- the midrib. St. Helena. Syns. P. Diane, Phegopteris mollis.
: regular rows. Venezuela and Brazil. Syns. P. nitidum, Cam- | P. morbillosum (diseased). A synonym of P. Heracleum.
pyloneurum rigidum. P. Be eap y —— — ae ig brown
P. lycopodioides (Lycopodium-like). rhiz. firm, wide-creeping, scales, fronds lit. t ong, din. to 4in. bre with an acute
with ferruginous scales. fronds dimorphous, distant, ee or rather blunt point; lower part broadly winged to the base.
sessile or shortly stalked ; barren ones 2in. to 4in. long, }in. to sort small, numerous, sometimes covering nearly the whole

lin. broad, entire, frequently blunt, gradually narrowed at base; surface. Malay Isles. Syn. Phymatodes musefolia.

— — = Tongen ; ar — — — P. myriocarpum (many-fruited). A variety of P. pellucidum.

containing the uniseriate sori being largest. opi me- a

rica, &c., 1793. SYN. Anapeltis lycopodioides. p. P, neriifolium (Oleander-leaved). A synonym of P. brasiliense.

P, nigrescens (blackish). rhiz. stout, adpressedly scaly, sti.

lft. to 1}ft. long, erect, glossy, firm. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long,
lft. or more broad, cut within lin., or less, of the rachis into
numerous linear-oblong, entire, acuminate lobes, 6in. to 12in.
long, lin, to Zin, broad. sori in a single row nearer the midrib
than the edge, sunk in a deep cavity, which is prominent on the
upper side, india, &c. SYN. Phymatodes nigrescens.

P. nigripes (black-stalked). rhiz. stout, with black, rigid, ferru-
ginous-edged scales. sti, almost lft. long, firm, erect, slig y
scaly. fronds lft. long, 6in. to Tin. Ea

slightly crenate towards the bluntish point; under surface
furfuraceous. sori in single rows on each side the midrib.
Venezuela. SYN. Phlebodium nigripes.

P. nitidum (shining). A synonym of P. lucidum.

P. obliquatum (oblique). sti. lin: or more long, rigid, tufted,
sakes or vilioek: AO On le Te long, 1in. to ain. broad,
cut down throughout to the rachis into horizontal or decurved,
acute, slightly-sinuated pinne, in. broad, dilated at base, the
lower ones being blunt and shorter ; edges of the fertile pinnae —

FIG. 238. FROND OF POLYPODIUM LYCOPODIOIDES OWARIENSE. sometimes undulated. sori sunk in a cavity, four to six on each

side. India, &c., 1841. ae

P. 1, owariense (Owara). This variety only differs from the | P. Otites (Otites). A synonym of P. tenuifolium. —
type in the shorter, oval, bluntly-pointed frond. See Fig. 238. P. oxylobum (sharply-lobed). A synonym of oe

-fruited). rhiz. wide-creeping, stout. P. tum -lobed). rhiz. stout, wn-scaly, sti,
ruited), 7 i “ palma (palmately: :

densely scaly. sti, lin. to 3in, long, wiry, often flexuous, decidu- 6in. to 12in. long, erect, , y. fronds 6in. to

—— 3in. to 4in. long, lin. or more broad, lanceo- , With a linear or oblong, repand or entire,
late, cut nearly to the rachis into blunt, entire or obscurely terminal lobe, and one to six similar ones on each side, 4in. to bin.
toothed pinne, tin. b) , dilated at base, and with a rounded long, żin. to ijin, broad, narrowed or dilated, slightly a at
sinus between them; lower surface densely scaly. sori copious, base, those of the barren frond broadest. sori in a row

large. Bolivia to Chili. ; midway between the and midrib, Malaccas and Philippines, i 7
P. macrodon (large-toothed). rhiz. decumbent. sti. lft. or — gg oar leuridium palmatum. P. Lindleyanum :
more long, scaly below. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft. to 14ft. broad, icles O E, E —— i
apex deeply pinnatifid ; pinnz below the apex numerous, lanceo- P. papillosum (nippled). rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, scaly. sti.
late, the lowest sometimes 1ft. long and 6in. to 8in. broad, cut 4in. to Gin. long, slender, rigid, erect. fronds lft. or more long,
down to a narrow wing on the rachis into close, lanceolate, pin- 2in. broad, cut to the rachis into horizontal, close, blunt, entire —
natifid pinnules. sori small, in rows near the main veins. areole or slightly crenated pinnz, jin. broad ; veins black. sori deeply —
copious. Philippines, &c., 1840. SYN. Dictyopteris macrodonta. immersed in rows near the edge, the cavities prominent on the
P. macropterum (large-wi Trunk somewhat arborescent. upper side. Java and Philippines. ; ; oe :
sti, 2ft. or more long, strong, — ——— angulan, fronds 4ft. to | P. Paradiseæ (Paradise). fronds lft. to 4ft. long, Zin. to 8in., or
ee oaeen me a ks WR g ine a A A Aa ge ge eega Pone Aai mgee an
wii en o ; ca eS, . i ; e *4 Rees :
down ats eee Sts Gar iis Ge Wee | charming appearance to the plant. Brazil, 1641. : Le
rhiz, wi i i * J

SM |
LLL ON MEME 7 7A \

$ ET ae L A
SSE a a NN) (7ra —
TARATA EENES

North-west Mexico, &c. —
P. marginellum mar gap sti. tufted. fronds
to 6in. 1 ut in. broad, bluni di tapering into
a. shorten — Yang second nok noah DO sides, margined

a distinct, black line. sori close, copious, oval or oblong, in ; n i ; —
rows nearer the midrib than the edge. West Indies. SYN. Gram- Fig. 239, PORTION OF FROND OF POLYPODIUM PECTINATUM. —
mitis marginella. — i a Ca 4 :
Martensii (Martens rhiz. wi ing, stout, with P. pectinatum (comb-like).* rhiz. tibrillose, stout. sti. 2in. to
—— ferruginous te sti. lin. to 2in. firm. ag rong oma E naked or finely villous. fronds lft. to 3ft.
fronds Bin. to 12in. Zin. to 4in. broad, cut down to the rachis long, 2in. to 6in. broad, naked or finely villous, cut down to the
into numerous: entire pinne, in. broad, distant their | P ——— in. broad, close, horizontal, blunt, entire
own breadth; both surfaces and rachis finely villous. sori or slighi toothed, the lower ones
medial, twelve or more on each side. Mexico. rows. Mexico, &., 1793. See Fig. 239. (Œ. G. F. 10.)

P. megalodus (picture-like). A variety of P. androgynum. . | P, polius rs yp ge Poe ih on ong stout,
Bee —— lft. to 3ft. Sin, to 12in, long

n scales. sti. lin. to 4in. long, erect, entire or sub-acute, close, blunt pinne, lin. to gin. broad ; veinlets ©
Ae OT Ce Tate ee ends | i tifally pellu sori 5 : Sandwich Isl = :
rows near the main veins. North India to Ceylon. SYN. Colysis The variety myriocarpwm is a form with pinnatifid pine. ea .
The andi, has larger fronds, and | P, peltideum (shield-like), A garden form of P. Phymatodes. __ fe

to
lin. broad, cut half-way down into sligl
3 lower |

ae ee See en a “um (feathered). sti, 6in. to 12in. long, tufted, slightly
s Epi eis eisted, tlnnty faleate lobes, about jin broad

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.
—— reduced. = in | TOWS near the midrib, New Zealand,
. Gr YN, iopteris igera.

ž (sharp-pointed). rhiz. wide-creeping, wiry, with

— scales, sti. distant, 2in. to din. long, firm, erect.
fronds 6in. to 12in. long, jin. to 14in. broad, entire, gradually
narrowed towards both ends, with the under side scaly. sort
round, distinctly immersed, forming a row midway between the
edge and midrib. areole fine, distinct. Brazil, &c. SYN.
Pleopeltis percussa.

P, persicæfolium (Peach-leaved). rhiz. wide-creeping, with dull
brown scales. sti. Cm to 12in, long, firm, naked. fronds 2ft. to
3ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, decurved ; pinne Zin. to 6in. Jong,
nearly broad, distant, with an acuminate apex, a slightly-
toothed edge, and the base gradually narrowed, the lower ones
being distinctly stalked. sori immersed, uniseriate. areolæ in about
-three rows. Java. SYNS. P. cuspidatum, Goniophlebium persice-
folium. The variety grandidens is a more deeply-toothed form.

P, Phegopteris (Phegopteris).* Beech Polypody.. rhiz. wide-
creeping, slender. sti. slender, 6in. to 9in. long, naked, except

the . fronds 6in. to Qin. long, 4in. to 6in, broad,
almost deltoid. rey oe — beneath ; lower pinne 2in. to din.
long, fin. to Jin. broad, cut three-quarters of the way to the

; into close, entire or slightly-toothed, blunt lobes, gin.
oad, the lowest pair deflexed. sori nearer the edge than the
rib. Northern isphere (Britain).

—
Ne yer ty

Fic. 240, PORTION OF FROND OF POLYPODIUM PHYLLITIDIS.

P. Phyllitidis (Phyllitidis).

rhiz. by us, stout, brown-
. sti, sho i

or none. fronds

ele i

ve, between the e and midrib, usually with two
to So Brazil, 1793. See 240.

P. todes (Phymatodes), rhiz. woody, wide-creepi
— — att Sin. to Lai, long, glossy, firm, ack
to 3ft. long
numerous | ——
long, and lin. to Hin. b , immersed, or
one — ee — — —* Syn. Phymatodes
vulga - . ew Fa ter minale, merely
garden varieties of this pecien * —

Oar S| fi i

Polypodium—continued.

P. platyphyllum (broad-leaved). rhiz. woody, with nearly
black scales. sti, 3in. to 4in. long, erect, strong. fronds lft. to
lift. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, the edge entire, the point acute,
upper surface dirty-white dotted. sori immersed, in single
rows between the main veins, eight or nine between the midrib
and edge. Java. Syn. P. crassinervium.

P. plebeium (plebeian). rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, grey-scaly.
sti. strong, erect, 4in. to 8in. long, castaneous. fronds 6in. to 12in.
long, 3in. to 6in. broad, deltoid-ovate, cut nearly or quite to the
rachis; pinne spreading, entire or obscurely crenated, jin. to
gin. broad, the lowest not reduced ; under side and rachis scaly.
sori copious. Mexico to Peru.

P. plectolepis (plaited-scaled). rhiz. stout; scales ferruginous,
squarrose. sti. firm, glossy, stramineous, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 1ft. broad; pinnz spreading, numerous,
4in. to 6in. long, about din. broad, dually narrowed from base
to point, the edge crenate ; both sides finely pubescent. sori and
areole in a single series. Mexico and Guatemala. SYN. Gonio-
phlebium plectolepis.

P. plesiosorum.* rhiz. stout, reddish-scaly. sti. firm, erect,
2in. to 4in. long, glossy. fronds 6in, to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in,
broad, cut to the rachis; pinne close, entire, about }in. broad,

ually narrowed upwards, slightly dilated on both sides at

e base. sort prominent, in a single row close to the midrib
ape the specific name). a@reole usually in two rows. Mexico
Venezuela. SyNs. P. colpodes, P. gonatodes, P. rhodopleuron.

P. Plumula (feathered). A synonym of P. elasticwm.

P. proliferum (proliferous). rhiz. stout, creeping. sti. 2in, to
8in. long, spreading. fronds lft, to 2ft. or more long, 6in. to 12in.
broad, erect or decumbent, often elongated and rooting at the

int, and —— branched from the axils; pinnæ 4in. to bin.
ong, jin. to Zin. broad, broadest at base, truncate or cordate, the
— lobed; under side and rachis sometimes slightly
pub mt. sori medial, oval, sometimes confluent. dia,
China, &c., 1820. Syn. Goniopteris prolifera.

P, propinquum (allied). rhiz. wide-creeping, woody, with
bright ferruginous scales. fronds ohon r — en 4in.
to Yin. long, Sin. to 4in. br cut half or three-quarters of the
way into acute or bluntish lobes; fertile ones 14ft. to 3ft. long,
often lft. broad, with a distinct stem, and lobes 4in. to 6in. '
šin. to Zin. broad, reaching nearly or quite to the rachis. sori.

a row near the midrib, placed at the junction of several veinlets.
areole copious. India, &. SYNS. P. Wildenovii (H. G. F. 35),
Drynaria propinqua

P. pruinatum (frosted). Basal scales ferruginous.
sessile, densely tufted, oblanceolate, erect, 4in. tone: jin. —
blunt, deltoid at base, cut more than half way to the rachis into
five or six-jugate, blunt lobes; surfaces hairy, the lower —
ose. sort round, four to the central lobes,

Chontales, Nicaragua.
rugulosum (dotted, slightly wrinkled).
Hatin te e fi ens

lower

his
side slightly hairy.
Australia, &
C.

—— ey ogee
ous, marginal. ew Zealand, —
Greenhouse. SYNS. P. rugulosum, Phegopteris —

P. pustulatum

branched, wide-scandent, wood:
scales, sti. lin. to 3in. long. fronds varying from entire, 3in.
to Sin. long, and jin. to : 1 ends, `

lit. to lft. , and 3in. to 4in. broad, :
winged rachis i
uniseriate, sub-
Zealand

P. quercifolium (Oak-leaved).* rhi ;
a ny din: long: Jronde dimorphous s bare

tum. :

Fronds 6in. to 18in. long, lin. to Zin. broad, slightly sinuated

*&

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 193

Polypodium—continued.

opaque. areolæ in rows of five to ten between the —— and
midrib, with two sori in each. West Indies, &c., 1

. reptans (creeping). sti. lin. to 8in. long, sleniler, wiry. fronds
4in. to 12in. long, lin, to 3in. broad, spreading, often decumbent
and rootin P pees 4in. to lżin. long, about 4in. broad, entire or
bluntly lobed, often auricled at base, the lower ones stalked ;
under side and rachis sometimes slightly hairy. West Indies.
A very variable species. SYN. Campyloneurum repens. The form
asplenioides is more erect, and larger.

P. rhodopleuron (red-veined). A synonym of P, plesiosorum.

P. rigidulum (slightly rigid). rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, with
glossy-brown scales, fronds dimorphous ; barren one sessile, 6in.
to Qin. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, cut about ‘half way to the rachis
into blunt lobes; fertile one 2ft. to 4ft. long, lft. to 14ft. broad,
long-stalked, pinnate ; pinne 6in, to 12in. — in, to gin. broad,
lin, or more apart, narrowed or stalked at , point acuminate,
edge inciso-crenate. sori in a single row half way between the
-Inidrib and edge. areolæ copious. —— &e. (H. G. F. 5.)
Syns. P. diversifolium, Drynaria rigidula

J

ij
i|
ji
j

A
r4

“Fra. 242. ENTIRE FROND oF POLYPODIUM PUSTULATUM.

g e erect, firm. —— —
broa. priii n Pers low ——
pining gs to tin, Broad: Pini ep ules lanceolate, unequal-sided,
bluntly lo the lowest ne ly down to the rachis sori medial.
A —— &e. S hegopteris rufescens.
P. rufulum (reddish). pe synonym of P. lepidopteris rufulum.
P, rugulosum —— A — of P. — rugu-
P, Fupostre ok (rock: loving,* ——
in lin broad, with a ith —* or o
an
ee ———— — poste say

hiz. short-creepi sti, 1ft. i ft.
"fronds length mgt of i ia cin. t

_ MISSOU RI

Polypodium—continued.

P. sandvicense (Sandwich Isles). A synonym of P. stegno-
grammoides,

P. Schkuhri (Schkuhr’s). A synonym of P. elasticum.

P. Scouleri (Scouler’s).* rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, with dull
brown scales. sti. firm, erect, naked, 3in. to 4in. long. Sronds
6in. to 12in. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, cut to the rachis into close,
sub-entire, blunt pinne, żin. to fin. broad. sori very large, ina
single row close to the midrib. North-west America, SYN.
Goniophlebium Scouleri.

P. sepultum (inclosed). A synonym of P. lepidopteris sepultum.

P. serpens (creeping). rhiz. firm, wide-creeping, clothed with
ferruginous scales, sti. firm, erect, tin, to 3in. long. fronds di-
morphous; barren ones round or e liptical; fertile ones longer
and narrower, 4in. to 6in. long, żin. to fin. broad; under sur-
face tomentose. sori large, prominent, scattered, at length
covering the whole upper —— of the frond. Australia and
New Zealand. Greenhouse. SYNS. P. rupestre, Niphobolus
rupestris. ;

P. serpens (creeping), of Swartz. A synonym of P. Swartzii.

P, serrulatum (slightly saw-edged). rhiz. fibrillose, wide-creep-
ing. sti. slender, naked, short, tufted. fronds 3in. to 6in. long,
about jin. broad, the upper pa: part, occasionally the whole, almost
entire, but generally pectinato-pinnatifid, With erecto-patent,
rigid lo sort oblong, confluent. West Indies, &c., 1823.
(H. G. F. 44, under name of Xiphopteris serrulata.)

P. Sieberianum (Sieber’s). A synonym of P. cyathewfoliwm.

P, sinuosum (sinuate). “rhiz. forming a crust which enwraps
the matrix, clothed with ey [he sk scales, black in the middle, and
white round the e he yg arising from a conical
tuberance, lin. to ong, }
ah an eas fo Shed ones EN to 6in. long, żin. to lin. broad,

sinuosa.
is see (ai pe erect, bin. to 12in. 1 fronds
rown es. — n. long. t
lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad ; lower pinnæ largest, sessile,
4in. to 6in. long, about żin. broad, with an entire or obscurely
undulated edge, and an acuminate apex. sori in distinct rows,
— the midrib than the edge. Cuba to Peru.
P. spectabile (remarkable). A synonym of Nephrodium villosum.

imbricated ; edge not toothed. ry
— small, not copious. Sandwich Da el Colysis

P. sporadocarpum (s re-fruited). A syn of P.
— (spo: ited). synonym aureum

iin. broad, with a pond , and
quently united at t base; rachis and under surface de
scaly. sori large, copious. West Indies and Mexico to Peru.
Syn. Lepicystis squamata.

Fic. 243. FROND OF POLYPODIUM STIGMATICUM,

BOTA NI AL

rhiz. wide-creeptng: stout, with pale

194

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Polypodium—continued.
cau. sub-arbo-

P. Shenae (Stegnogramma-like).
rescent. sti. lift. to 2ft. long, erect, firm, pubescent upwards.
Fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft, or more proad ; pinne 6in. to Yin.

long, 14in. broad, the edge bluntly lobed about a quarter the way
down, the apex ‘acuminate ; ; rachis and veins beneath slightly
hairy. sori in rows near the midrib. Sandwich Isles. SYNS.
P. sandvicense, Goniopteris steynogrammoides.
P — (dotted). rhiz. slender, wide-creeping, fibril-
fronds sub-sessile, 4in. to Sin. long, din. to Zin. ’ broad,
— gradually narrowed towards both ends, both sides naked.
sori uniserial. areole fine, copious, with distinct, free veinlets.
—— See Fig. 243. SYN. Anapeltis venosa.

P. stigmosum (dotted). rhiz. ra fea with ferruginous
Scales. sti. somewhat tufted, firm, erect, lin. to 6in, long.
Sronds 1}ft. to 2ft. long, lin. to in. broad, the lower part

— narrowed, the apex acuminate, the edge entire ; lower
surface tomentose. sori very small, in several rows between the
transverse veinlets, continuous, occasionally covering the whole
frond except the base. North India, &c., 1 Syn. Niphobolus
costatus.

P. ——— — Tag arger rhiz. wide-creeping, with
dull brown si erect, 6in. to 12in. long, naked,
glossy. onde an to 3ft. long, 8in. to Bin, broad, ecurved,
oblong-lanceolate; pinnæ 4in. to 6in. lon ong, din. to lin. went
sessile, the base rounded or auricled, the edge slightly toothed or
= sori — — — areol i in bee —

ws. Himalayas, Schellolepis subawriculata. va

Reinwardtit is crenate fated of dentate. *

— — htly Bowen sigs daly sti. less than lin.
densely tufted.” fr 6in. to Yin. long, lin. to Nin. trond

— —— poten one-third to half way down, de-
current at base, the wer ones gradually reduced; both surfaces
tly villous. sori in rows, one to each tooth. Malay Isles,

P. sapbpotioiatum — y-stalked). rhiz. wide-creeping, stout,
with ferruginous scales. oN 4in. to 6in. long, stramineous, firm.
fronds lft. or more long, to 8in. broad; pinnæ 3in. to 4in.
jong żin. broad, with a Pet crenate edge and a blunt point,

ower ones.rounded at base, sub-petiolate ; rachis and both
surfaces finely villous. sort t rows nearer the midrib than N
e. Mexico, &c., 1845. P. biserratum is, according to M:
er, merely a form of this species, with much more elongated
nds, more numerous pinnhz, and more distant sori.

P. surrucuchense (Surruchu). rhiz. snik densely -scal
sti. firm, n to 12in. long, glossy. fronds lft. to 2ft. “long, Sin, a
I2in. broad; pinnæ 4in. to 6in. — — * broad, erecto-
— ot nner, the base sub-cun F Ta oie. e entire. sori

in a single series w mp ir Vest Indies to
— SYN. Gontophtebin

——

g, with ferru;
Sag i broad, 1 ne or uniform, sont
ay obed or enti —

on free vein! — are a: eregubas:
Indies and Cayenne. SYNS. * — Anapeu poi a

aero

Polypodium—continued.

P, terminale (terminal). A garden form of P. Phymatodes.

P. tetragonum (four-angled). A synonym of P. androgynum.

P. thyssanolepis (fringed-scaled). rhiz. sin. long, firm, slender,
wide-creeping, with dense, pale brown scales. sti. erect, din. to
12in, long, stiff, scaly. fronds Sin. to Yin. long, 2in. to 4in. broad,
lanceolate, simply pinnate ; pinnæ jin. to żin. broad, blunt, entire,
distant, ligulate, ascending, all except lowest (which are not re-
duced) ‘dilated ‘at base; lower surface densely clothed with
minute, ciliated, brown, lepidote scales. ami and areole uni-
seriate. Mexico to Peru. SYN. Goniophlebi lepis.

P. trichodes (hair-like). sti. scaly ab base, * hirsute. fronds
lft. to 4ft. or more long, bi-tripinnate ; segments finely divided,
covered with minute, white hairs. East Indies, 1840. Greenhouse.
Syn. Phegopteris trichodes.

trichomanoides (Trichomanes -like).* sti, short, densely
tufted, deciduously hairy. fronds 3in. to 6in. long, about din.
broad, cut to the rachis ; pinnæ less than one line broad, close,
linear-oblong, blunt; surfaces sometimes hairy. sori one in each
pinna, near the base.. West Indies, &c., 1822.

P. trifidum (thrice-cut). rhiz. stout, with bright ferruginous
scales. sti. 3in. to 6in. long, firm, erect, glossy. fronds 6in. to
.12in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, with a large, linear, terminal lobe,
and one to five similar ones on each side, which reach down
within lin. of the rachis, and are 4in. to 6in. long, in. to Liin.
broad, narrowed to the point, the edge obscurely repand or
entire. sori uniseriate, and one only between each main vein.
areole copious, between the transverse veinlets. India, &c.
Syns, P. oxylobum, Pleuridium oxylobum.

P. oe gage coe rhiz. creeping, stout, densely
‘scaly, šin. to 5in. long, close, villous, f uently bent.
fronds Ban to Sin. long, lin. or more broad, with blunt, entire,
broad lobes reaching f way down. sori

rom one-third to half

— — in two rows in each lobe, immersed. West Indies

eru,

P. triquetrum (three-sided). rhiz. woody, stout, with dense,
almost scarious scales. sti. 4in. to 8in. long, distant, firm, erect.
fronds, barren ones 6in. to 9in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, with
an entire ed , and an acuminate apex; fertile ones rather
narrower and onger. sori in two close rows between the main
veins, five to eight between the midrib and edge, not immersed.

ava. SYN. -Pleuridiwm triquetrum.

unidentatum ———— sti. Ut. long, tufted, with
dark brown scales. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft, or more broad,
deltoid ; lower pinnz — deltoid, 6in. to Qin. long, 4in. to
Sin. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, the lower segments distinct,
ovate-oblong, deeply pinnatifid, with slightly-toothed lobes. sort
sub-marginal. Sandwich Isles. This species is rather rare in
cultivation. Syn. Phegopteris unidentata.

Fig. 245. CREEPING Rizon or Pourropium Geen
P, vaceintifolium ( *
— (i orteheer eared rhiz. very wide-creep-

—— A —

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 195

Polypodium—continued.

P. venosum (veined). A synonym of P. lycopodioides.

P. venustum (charming). A synonym of P. himalayense.

P. verrucosum (warted).* sti. firm, erect, 14ft. to 2ft. long,
terete, naked. fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, lft. broad; pinnz 6in. to
8in. long, sin. to gin. broad, entire; rachis and both surfaces
sometimes slightly hairy. sori confined to the inner row of
areole, firm, immersed, forming very distinct papille on the
upper side. Philippines and Malaccas. (H. G. F. 41.) SYN.

chellolepis verrucosa.

Adder’s Fern; Brake-root;
rhiz. stout, with bright
2in. to 4in. long, stramineous,
fronds bin. to 12in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, cut nearly or quite to

P. (common), Golden
Maidenhair; Wall Fern; Wood Fern.

ferruginous scales. sti. firm, erect,

the rachis; pinnz jin. to żin. broad, close, entire or slightly
toothed, usually blunt. sori large, uniseriate. Temperate regions
(Britain, &c.). ig. 246. Of this species, there are many
varieties. The following are the most desirable.

P. v. auritum (eared). This differs from the type in being
auriculate at the > of the pinnz, on the upper, the lower, or
both, margins. The fronds are 10in. to 15in. long, and over ĉin.
wide.

P. v. bifidum (twice-cut). A variety with fronds 10in. to Ibin.
high and šin. wide, with the lobes forked, or sometimes bi-
furca

.

| acid smell, but afterwards are nearly
- | They vary in form, and grow indefinitely.
sitic on trees usually have the pileus sessile,

Polypodium—continued.

P, v. cambricum (Welsh).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, 4in. to
8in. wide, broadly ovate, bipinnatifid ; pinne ovate-lanceolate ;
pinnules imbricated, and serrated on the margins. One of the
earliest-known, best, and most distinct, forms. See Fig. 247.

P. v. compositum (compound). fronds lft, to Lift. long, about’
4in. wide; some of them furcate on the points of the pinne,
others partly forked and partly serrate, others much enlarged,
and sometimes eared.

P. v. cristatum (crested). fronds about 15in, long, 3in. to
4in. wide, the apex bifid, each branch again forking, and often
becoming crested ; points of all the pinne crested can curled. A
handsome and very distinct variety.

Fig. 248. POLYPODIUM VULGARE ELEGANTISSIMUM.

P. v. elegantissimum (most elegant).* A form with very finely.

divided fronds. See Fig. 248. Sars

P. v. marginatum (margined). fronds about lft. long, linear-
lanceolate; pinnæ unequally, sometimes deeply, serrate.

P. v. multifido-cristatum (multifid-crested). A form with

fronds 6in. to 10in. long, 3in. of which have only a narrow wing on
each side of the stipes, but they are much forked upwards, and
produced in a dense, multifid crest.

P. v. omnilacerum (wholly-iorn). fronds pinnatifid; pinne
deeply lobed, similar to cambricum, but the lobes are not im-
bricated, and the tip of each pinna is more lengthened out. A
handsome and rare variety. :

P. V. gr maggpen Saget es (very beautiful). fronds lft. or more long,
about 6in. wide, very similar to those of cambricum, the apex
deeply serrated. A grand variety. :

P. v. semilacerum (half-torn). /ronds lft. to lłft. Sin. to
6in. wide, below deeply bipinnatifid, pinnate towards t to
pinnæ irregularly toothed. Ireland. A handsome form.

P. v. suprasoriferum (sori-bearing above). fronds 10i
12in. long, narrow. sori frequently — at the margins o
* >a surface. South of England. A very singular and

P. v. variegatum (variegated). A but somewhat uncer- ·
tain, form, distinctly spotted and 'with whitish-yellow.

P. Wildenovii (Wildenow’s). A synonym of P. propinquum. _
POLYPODY. See Polypodium. __
POLYPORUS (from the Greek polyporus, having

many outlets; in allusion to the many openings or pores

on the lower surface of the pileus). A genus of Fungi,
belonging to the Hymenomycetes, or those in which the
spores are formed on the tips of small projections from
larger cells (of which each gives off four spores) on the
surface (hymenium) of a definite part of the Fungus. See

Mushrooms. ‘The species of Polyporus differ from the

M !
true Mushrooms in that, while the latter bear the hyme-

nium on the gills, the former bear it in a number of small
tubes packed together to form a layer of peculiar aspect

and texture on the lower surface of the cap, or pileus.

They are usually dry and hard in texture, after a short
time, and are rather long lived. They, at first, emit an

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING, :

Polyporus—continued.
by one side to the trunk of the tree.
tinue to grow slowly for many years, and reach a size
of from lin. or 2in. to 3ft. across, by several inches

They often con-

in thickness in the middle. From their dry texture, it
is easy to preserve them as herbarium specimens; but
insects are very apt to eat and destroy them when
dried. Old trees of various kinds very frequently have
Fungi of this genus growing on their stems, the mycelium
penetrating and drawing nourishment from the wood,
and the pileus often remaining for many years on the
stem, very often near its base. It seems probable that
the species of Polyporus do not live on quite healthy
trees, but on those already weakened by some other
cause. Our knowledge of their importance as parasites
is due largely to R. Hartig, the well-known authority
on the diseases of forest-trees. He has traced and
described the effects produced by P. annosus, Fr. (under
the name of Trametes radiciperda), on various trees, by
P. fulvus on the Silver Fir, by P. borealis on the
Spruce, by P. vaporarius on Spruce and Firs, by
P. mollis on Firs, by P. igniarius on numerous forest-
trees (Dicotyledons) and frnit-trees, by P. dryadeus on
Oaks, and by P. sulphureus on many forest-trees (Dico-
tyledons) and on Pear-trees. Numerous other instances
of parasitism could be added. Further details need not
here be entered into, it being sufficient to say that the
species of Polyporus are not of frequent occurrence in
gardens and pleasure-grounds. The wood diseased by
the presence of the Fungus becomes soft and rotten, and
a tree infested with Polyporus may be regarded as
doomed, sooner or later, to perish from the action of the
Fungus on the wood. It is well, if the tree can be at
once removed, to cut it down and have it used as fire-
wood, rather than to allow the Fungus to distribute its
myriads of spores to injure other trees.

POLYPREMUM (of Adanson).
Valerianella (which see).

POLYPTERIS (of Nuttall).
- foxia (which see).

POLYSPORA. Included under Gordonia (which
see).

POLYSTACHYA (from poly, many, and stachys, a
spike; alluding to the inflorescence of some of the species).
Syns. Encyclia, Epiphora. ORD. Orchidew. A genus com-
prising about forty spécies of stove, epiphytal orchids,
mostly tropical and South African, a few being found
in India, Malaya, and tropical America. Flowers usually
small; sepals connivent or almost spreading, the dorsal
one free, the lateral ones sometimes much broader, adnate
to the foot of the column; petals similar to the dorsal
-sepal, or narrower ; lateral lobes of lip somewhat prominent,
erect, the middle one spreading or recurved, and un-
divided; column sometimes very short; pollen masses,
four; racemes many, short, forming a loose, narrow panicle,
or solitary and simple, on a leafy stem ; peduncle terminal.
_ Leaves few, distichous, oblong or narrow, base contracted
into a sheath. The species are rather interesting plants.
Those best known to cultivation are described below;
be require culture similar to Burlingtonia (which
see).

= P, bracteosa llow ; se .
el” (bi yellow ; sepals brown at base; lip
F + * N

A synonym of
Included under Pala-

racted). fi
r M oblong, revolute, the lateral lobes brown within ; bracts
olate, acuminate, concave, at length leafy ; raceme nodding,
—— —— —— acute. Pseudo-
GM. 353 ẽo pressed, aggr regate. Sierra Leone, 1838,
P. ga

Polystachya—continued.
middle lobe very much crisped. Western tropical Africa, 1882.
This species is gx similar to P. luteola, but larger.

P. lineata (lined). ^. greenish, striped with brown, minute,
disposed A ——— l. linear-ligulate. Pseudo-bulbs pyriform.
Guatemala, 1870. (Ref. B. 80.) The Mexican variety, elatior, is
rather larger in all its parts. (Ref. B. 81.)

P. luteola (yellowish). 4. yellowish-green, minute, disposed in
oblong, remote, dense-fiowered spikelets, lin. to Sin. long.
k oblong-lanceolate, acute, plicate, many-nerved, sheathed at
base, distichous, shorter than the scape, recurved at apex. Stem
thickened at base. Mexico, 1818. (H. E. F. 103.) SYN. Den-
drobium polystachyon (L. B. C. 428; L. C. B. 20).

P. puberula (puberulous). f. green, pubescent, disposed in
paniculate, thyrsiform spikes. l. lanceolate, seven-nerved, longer
D the scape. Pseudo-bulbs ovate. Sierra Leone, 1822. (B. R.

P. pubescens (pubescent). jl. bright yellow, streaked with red,
few, fragrant, i i

rminating an ancipitous, flexuous scape; lip
small, trident-shaped, bearded on the inside with long hairs.
l. binate, oblong-linear, flat. Delagoa Bay, 1838. (B. M.
‘Syn. Epiphora pubescens.

P. rufinula (reddish). A. in a few-flowered, simple, slightly
hairy raceme; sepals cinnamon-brown outside, greenish inside,
washed with light brown on the borders; petals greenish, with
brown tips; lip yellowish on disk, the front borders light purple,
with a rather long ridge, and the furfuraceous surface caused by

e hairs, J, narrow-ligulate, blunt, in paire at the flowering
season. Pseudo-bulbs stick-like, thickened at base, 2in. or less
long. Zanzibar, 1879.

POLYSTICHUM. Included under Aspidium (which
see).

POLYTZ:NIUM. Included under Antrophyum.

—— A synonym of Crossandra (which
see).

POLYXENA (named after Polyxena, the daughter of
Priam, beloved by Achilles). Syns. Manlilia, Polyanthes
(of Jacquin). ORD. Liliacee. A genus comprising about
seven species of greenhouse, South African, bulbous plants,
included, by Mr. Baker, as a section of Massonia. Flowers
sometimes very short, sometimes long, loosely spicate or
racemose; perianth tube cylindrical or slightly swollen
above; lobes six, sub-equal, much shorter than the tube;
scape simple below the inflorescence, short; racemes fre-
quently shorter than the leaves. Radical leaves two,
spreading or erect, sub-sessile or petiolate. P. odorata
and P: pygmæa, the only species which call for men-
* here, require culture similar to Massonia (which
see).
P, odorata (odorous).

. white, small, Hyacinth-like, deliciously
sweet-scented, í in a dense corymb, which is seated
between the of leaves. October. l. erect, lanceolate, 3in. to

5in. hi 1871. A t f
— Le pretty plant. (B. M. 5891, under name o

P. Ls
described in Man i — — pi oe — ——— pen
POLYZONE. A synonym of Darwinia.
POMACEÆ. Included under Rosaceæ.
POMADERRIS (from poma, a lid, and derris, a skin;
alluding to the membranous covering of the capsule). ORD.
Rhamnee. A genus comprising eighteen species of green- ©
house, evergreen shrubs, natives of the Southern or Eastern
regions of Australia, or of New Zealand. Flowers pedi-
cellate, in small, umbel-like cymes, usually forming terminal —
panicles or corymbs, or rarely solitary in the axils of the
leaves; calyx five-lobed, deciduous or reflexed; petals
concave or nearly flat, or none. Leaves alternate, penni-
veined; under surface, as well as the branches, white,
hoary, or rusty with tomentum, often mixed with, or con-
cealed by, silky hairs. The species thrive in a compost of
peat and sandy loam. Propagation may be effected by
cuttings of half-ripened shoots, cut to a joint, dried at the
base, and inserted in sand, under a glass. _
P, Sonu ee (Andromeda-leaved). A synonym of r

P. apetala (apetalous).* Victorian

Hazel. R;
very numerous, in Pied
tae eniya lat ry i petals nome June”
hiar $ or ` obtuse

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

Pomaderris—continued.

wrinkled on the upper side ; principal veins very prominent be-
neath. h. Sft. to 6ft. 1803. Syn. P. aspera.

P. aspera (rough). A synonym of P. apetala.

P. betulina (Birch-like).* jl. pale yellow, nearly sessile, in dense,
globular heads, solitary or two or three together, on short,
axillary or terminal peduncles; calyx densely hairy; petals
none. l. oblong or obovate, obtuse, seldom above lin. long. A
ay shrub or small tree, with elongated branches, (B. M.

P. discolor (two-coloured). A variety of P. elliptica.

P. elliptica (elliptic). fl. pale yellow; calyx white-tomentose;
petals usually broadly cordate or nearly orbicular, concave, on
slender claws, often narrower, occasionally abortive; cymes
numerous, in dichotomous panicles, June, J. petiolate, ovate,
oblong or ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or rarely acute, usually 2in.
to šin. long, entire or with margins slightly waved, white-tomen-
tose beneath. h. 6ft. (B. M. 1510.) The variety discolor
has the calyx tube less silky-hairy, and the leaves often less
obtuse.

P. ericifolia (Heath-leaved), A synonym of P. phylicifolia.

P, lanigera (woolly). A. pale yellow; calyx tube half as long as

the lobes; petals ovate, concave, on slender claws; panicles
often larger and less corymbose than in P. elliptica. April.
l. oblong or ovate-lanceolate, the under side, as well as the young
branches, clothed with soft, often rusty, tomentum. h. 3ft. 1806
(B. M. 1823.) Syn. Ceanothus laniger (A. B. R. 569).

P., ledifolia (Ledum-leaved), fl. pale yellow, few, in small, loose,
shortly pedunculate cymes in the upper axils; calyx tube very
short; petals narrow, slightly concave. April. J. narrow,
oblong, obtuse, about 4in. long, entire, glabrous above, white
beneath, the margins slightly recurved. h. 2ft. 1824.

P. phillyreoides (Phillyrea-like). A. pale yellow, variable in
size; cymes compact, in small, terminal panicles; calyx tube
shorter than the lobes; petals similar to those of P. elliptica,
but usually narrower. April. /. seldom ljin. long, oblong or
oval, obtuse or acute, entire, firm, glabrous or minutely h
above, softly white or rusty-downy beneath. A. 2ft. 1818. SYN.
P. andromedeefolia (B. M. 3219).

P. phylicifolia (Phylica-leaved). fl. pale yellow, small and few,
in little, loose cymes in the upper axils, the upper ones forming
thyrsoid, leafy panicles ; petals none. April. l. narrow or linear-
oblong, nearly sessile, seldom above żin., long; margins much
revolute; under surface white-tomentose, upper surface hairy ;
leaves sometimes broader, and nearly flat. h. 2ft. 1819. (L. B. C.
120.) Syn. P. ericifolia.

P. vacciniifolia (Whortleberry-leaved). M. cream-colour ; cymes
small, in ovoid, terminal panicles of about lin. in length ; calyx
tube very short; petals broad. Z. ovate or nearly orbicular,
very obtuse, seldom above jin. long, glabrous above, white on
the under surface. 1869.

POMARIA (named after Pomar, physician to
Philip III. of Spain). ORD. Leguminose. A genus com-
prising five or six species of greenhouse, unarmed trees
or shrubs, more or less black-dotted, mostly extra-tropical
South American, and now included, by Bentham and
Hooker, under Cesalpinia. Calyx segments entire or
_ at length loosely glandulose-fimbriate. Pods oblong or
lanceolate, oblique or falcate, glandulose. Leaflets usually
small, coriaceous. For culture of P. glandulosa, the only
species introduced, see Ceesalpinia.

P. glandulosa (glandular yellow, disposed in axillary
racemes; petals Te shertiy emt May. l. abruptly
bipinnate; stipules pinnatifid. h. 2ft. New Spain, 1826.
branches, calyx, and corolla, are glandular.
POMATOCALPA. A synonym of Cleisostoma.
POMAX (from poma, an operculum; referring to

the operculum of the fruit). ORD. Rubiacee. A mono-

typic genus. The species is a small, greenhouse, branched,
hirsute or glabrous under-shrub. It only differs from

ia (which see for culture) “in the simple
flower-heads forming an umbel, instead of being united in

a compound head” (Bentham).

P, hirta (hairy). A synonym of P. umbellata.

P, umbellata (umbelled greenish-white, disposed in a
terminal, e acta Aia thie last leaves ; corolla about jin.
— July. l. petiolate, ovate, elliptical, or lanceolate, mostly
under jin. long, or rather more when narrow." h. not more
lft. Australia, 1826. SYNS. P. hirta, Opercularia umbellata.

POMBALIA. Included under Jonidium.

POME. A fleshy, many-celled fruit, e.g., an Apple.

POMEZ. A tribe of Rosacew,

OF HORTICULTURE. 197

POMEGRANATE (Punica Granatum). A deciduous
tree, which ranges from 15ft. to 20ft. in height, and has
numerous, slender branches some being armed with sharp
thorns. It is a native of Cabul and Persia, and is pro-
bably wild in North-west India; it is very commonly
cultivated throughout the warmer regions of the globe.
The fruit of the Pomegranate will be remembered in
connection with Scripture history, where it is mentioned
in conjunction with that of the Vine, Fig-tree, Olive, &c.
The cultivation of the tree dates back, therefore, to re-
mote antiquity: it is said to have been introduced to
this country before 1600, and to have been cultivated by
Gerarde. Although such an old occupant of our
gardens, it is very seldom that fruits are ripened. The
fruits “are generally about the size of the fist, and
have a tough, leathery rind, of a beautiful deep
golden colour, tinged with red, and are crowned with
the remains of the calyx lobes” (‘Treasury of Botany”).

Fic. 249. FRUITING BRANCHLET OF POMEGRANATE.

See Fig. 249. As an ornamental tree, the Pomegranate
is much prized in the South of Europe, and in many
Eastern countries; but in Britain even its flowering
is chiefly limited to the most exceptionally favoured
localities. There is a double-flowered variety, and con-
siderable variation of colour exists amongst those
both with single and double flowers. The flowers
are produced on the ends of branches made annually,
sometimes singly, at others three or four together;
generally, where they appear at all, a succession is kept
up: from about June until September. In inland and
northern districts, the Pomegranate should be grown
against a south wall, or in a tub or large pot in a
greenhouse. A rich, loamy soil is that best suited to its
requirements. Single varieties may be raised from seeds,
and all varieties increased by cuttings, suckers, layers,
or by grafting, using the cgmmon sort as a stock.

PONCELETIA. A synonym of Sprengelia (which

see).

PONDWEED. See Potamogeton.

PONERA (from poneros, miserable; referring to the -
appearance of the species). Syn. Nemaconia. ORD.
Orchidew. A genus comprising six or seven species of
stove, epiphytal orchids, natives of Central America and
Mexico. Flowers rather small, axillary, in tufts upon the
young leafy or the old leafless stems; sepals erect, fleshy,
the lateral ones largest, and connate with the elongated
foot of the column; petals free; lip naked, two-lobed,
wedge-shaped, articulate with the foot of the column,
which is short and terete; anther membranous, four-
celled, containing four pollen masses, adhering in pairs by
means of two powdery caudicles. Leaves alternate, in
two rows, almost grass-like. The species introduced— ~

amethystina, graminifolia, Kienastii, leucantha, macro-

glossa, pleurostachys, and striata—are all of i
interest only.

.

198

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PONGAMIA (Pongam is the Malabar name of P.
glabra). Syn. Galedupa. ORD. Leguminose. A mono-
typic genus, the species being a stove, evergreen tree. For
culture, see Dal
— bra (smooth). Kurrung or Poonga Oil-plant. f. having a

* corolla, and a red calyx, in loose, axillary racemes, din. to
Bin, long. l smooth, alternate, pinnate; leaflets five or seven,
— d or broadly elliptical. h. 5ft. to 10ft. East Indies,
orth Australia, &c., 1699. From the seeds of this tree, an oil,
called Kurunji, or Poonga Oil, is extracted in India, and greatly
used for mixing with lamp oil, or, by the poorer classes, for burn-
ing without any admixture.

PONTEDERIA (named after J. Pontedera, 1688-
1757, once Professor of Botany at Padua). Pickerel Weed.
Syn. Unisema. ORD. Pontederiacee. A genus comprising
seven or eight species of stove or hardy, aquatic plants,
with stem-like or creeping rhizomes, all natives of North
or South America. Flowers numerous, usually crowded at
the sides of a rachis, scarcely pedicellate, the inflorescence
terminal, compound, and densely cylindrical, rarely
almost simple and racemiform; perianth funnel-shaped,
with an incurved, slender or rarely abbreviated tube;
stamens six. Radical leaves long-stalked, cauline ones
short-stalked; all cordate, ovate, rotundate, or rarely
lanceolate, with a long, loose sheath below the petiole.
Stems (or branches) erect, simple, one-leaved. The best-
known species is P. cordata; this is described as one of
the handsomest hardy aquatic plants in cultivation. It
is perfectly hardy, and should be planted in water from

6in. to 12in. in depth. Propagated by division, at almost —

any season.
P. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A variety of P. cordata.
P. azurea (azure). A synonym of Eichhornia crassipes.

Syn. P. taneolata Ce B, C: :

7 — ra See Papaver somniferum.

Pontederia— continued.

P. dilatata (extended). A synonym of Monochoria hastata.
— (lance-shaped). A synonym of P. cordata angusti-

Old.

PONTEDERIACEZ. A small natural order of
erect or floating, aquatic herbs, mostly American, rare
in tropical Asia and Africa, absent in Europe. Flowers
hermaphrodite, scarcely irregular, or sometimes regular,
fasciculate or scattered at the sides of a simple or
branched rachis, racemose, spicate, or sub-paniculate,
terminal, in a sessile or pedunculate sheath; perianth
inferior, free of the ovary, the tube evolute or rarely
absent; lobes (rarely segments) six, more or less dis-
tinctly biseriate; stamens six or three; filaments free ;
ovary three-celled. Perfect leaves on a rhizome or float-
ing stem, long-stalked; blade floating or emersed; sub-
mersed leaves sometimes reduced to linear petioles (with-
out a blade). Pontederia vaginalis is used in various
forms as medicine in Japan. The order comprises four |
genera—LHichhornia, Heteranthera, Monochoria, and Ponte-
deria—and scarcely thirty-five species.

PONTHIEVA (named in honour of M. de Ponthieu,
a French West Indian merchant, who sent a number of
plants to Sir Joseph Banks). ORD. Orchideæ. About ten
species have been referred to this genus. They are curious,
stove, terrestrial, glabrous or pilose orchids, with tufted
roots, dispersed over the warmer parts of America, from
Brazil as far as the Southern United States, Flowers
mediocre, shortly pedicellate, disposed in loose, often
glandular-pubescent racemes; sepals free, spreading ;
petals narrower, adnate to the column; lip posterior,
adnate to the base of the column, the lamina abruptly
dilated, spreading ; column beaked ; pollen masses bilobed ;
scapes elongated, simple. Leaves sub-radical, ovate or
lanceolate, more or less stalked, membranous. The
species known in gardens are described below. They
thrive in a compost of sandy loam and peat, and require
to be kept dry when at rest. Ample drainage must be
provided.

P. glandulosa fl. b

petals white; lateral sopets Fiat dorsa one Toosely ————

with the petals in a Poctnbold, tridentate lam 5 cuneate-

oblong, narrowed into a 5 — Stem Abant lft. high.

West Indies, &c., 1800. l
— — 842, under name of Neottia

a — oe -
poe — vee » Taceme-like —

to narrowly oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
lft, Columbia, &e. Whole plan x
hairs. (B. M. 6637.) ee vit

P. petiolata (petioled). ellowish. t d
sepals with revolute —— k: dorsal —— wit
an oblong, undivided lamina, l. ovate-oblong, shorter than the

petioles, wi ar; Si t,
Yeon. (B. Tiere ae 2 tem Utt. high. St. Vincen

A generic name employed, in some works,

tead ‘or
ins of Pieris, for th
C e White Butterflies. See Cabbage

POPCORN. A variety of Zea Mays.
POPE’S HEAD. A common name for Melocactus

communis.
POPLAR. See Populus.

POPPY. See Papaver. The name is also applied
to several members of other genera.

.: POPPY, CALIFORNIAN. See Platystemon

POPPY, CORN. See Papaver Rheas. ; i
POPPY, HORNED. See Glaucium. —
POPPY-MALLOW. See Callirhoe,

; lateral
e petals,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 199

POPULUS (the ancient Latin name = palpulus, akin
to palpitare, to tremble; probably so called from its
trembling leaves). Poplar. ORD. Salicinee. A well-
known genus of hardy, deciduous trees, with terete or
angular branchlets, and having scaly buds, covered with
resin; eighteen species have been described, natives of
Europe, Central or mountainous and Northern Asia, and
North America, including Mexico. Catkins loose, appear-
ing before the leaves, the males often pendulous; flowers
of both sexes usually shortly pedicellate, the females some-
times on an elongated pedicel, racemiform. Leaves alter-
nate, sometimes on laterally compressed, tremulous petioles,
usually broad, penniveined, and trinerved at the base,
entire, toothed or lobed; stipules narrow, membranous,
fugacious. Some of the Poplars are amongst the most
rapid growers of all hardy forest-trees. They thrive under
a variety of. conditions as regards soil, &c., but do best in
damp situations, such as along watercourses, &c. All are
readily increased from cuttings, [inserted in the open
ground; soon after the leaves have fallen is the best
time to do ‘this. The weeping forms are generally
grafted on tall, straight stems of the common upright-
growing ones.

Fungi. Many kinds of Fungi live on dead branches
and stems of Poplars, and a good many also on living
parts; but the only one of the latter that is usually very
noticeable in gardens is that known as Ezoascus aureus
(Taphrina aurea). This Fungus produces very con-
spicuous spots on the leaves of Populus nigra. These
spots bulge on one surface, usually the upper, so as to
appear almost hemispherical, and may be from jin. across
up to a much larger size, when two or more fuse together.
The spots are usually duller green above, bright golden-
yellow below; but sometimes the yellow colour is on
the upper surface. The microscope shows that the colour
is due to a layer of rather long cells, fixed to the surface
cells of the leaf by one end, but free in the rest of their
length. Each is full of a large number of small, round
cells or spores, which escape by bursting the wall of
the containing cell. When abundant, this Fungus is very
conspicuous from its colour, and is very hurtful to the
young trees, which it chiefly affects.

The best remedy is the removal and destruction of the
leaves, or of the branches, and even the whole trees if
much infested, as soon as the Fungus appears. Perhaps
the application of solutions of potassium sulphide or
potassium permanganate might destroy the Fungus.

Insect Pests. Poplars are liable to the ravages of a con-
siderable variety of insects, mostly beetles and moths. A
number of them are described elsewhere, and these species
are merely mentioned here, the reader being referred
to the fuller information given under the headings quoted.
The wood of the trunks is bored into by the Poplar

Fie. 251. POPLAR HORNET CLEARWING MOTH (Sesia
: : : ~- apiformis). — :
Hornet Clearwing Moth (Sesia apiformis, see Fig. 251),
the larve of which live for about two years in the trees.
See Sesia. The larvæ of the Goat Moth (which see)
- are even more destructive. The young branches and

Populus—continued.

of the genus Saperda. The insects are rather slender,
and nearly cylindrical, and of the general form shown in
Fig. 252. 8. carcharias is about fin. to 14in. long,
dusky-black, with grey or yellow pubescence, and rather
long antenne ringed with grey and black; the wing-
.cases are narrowed towards the tips. S. populnea is
about šin. long, black, slightly hairy, and marked with
pits over the surface; the thorax bears three yellowish
lines; the wing-cases are not narrower behind; they
are covered with a yellowish pile, and bear three or
four large, yellowish spots; the antennm are ringed with
ashy-grey and black. The larve of this species live in

Fig. 252. A, SAPERDA POPULNEA, natural size; B, BRANCH OF

PLAR, showing ravages committed by it.

gall-like swellings in the branches (see Fig. 252) of
Poplars and of Willows. There are a few other species
of Saperda, but they do not call for special mention.
Branches tenanted by the larvæ (shown by their galled _

| or withered state) should be cnt off; this is usually suffi-

cient to kill the larve, but it is well to have the branches
burned. —

The leaves are devoured by several beetles of the
family Chrysomelide—the leaf-eating beetles par excel-
lence. Lina Populi is frequently very abundant on
Poplars. This beetle is nearly ŝin. long, oval, and
shining blue-black; the wing-cases red, except a black ©
tip, and very finely pitted; feet, and tips of antennæ,
black. The larve are shaped much like those of Cocci- |

.

nella (see Ladybird); the head, the hinder part of the —

body, and the legs, are black ; the rest of the body is

200

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ‘

Populus—continued.
pale, with rows of black, bristly warts. The larve,
when touched, emit an ill-smelling, milky fluid. The
pupæ are suspentled from the leaves by the tail, and are

coloured like the larvæ. The larvæ feed in groups on the

leaves, gnawing them into holes, so that only the network
of veins is left. L. Tremulæ is a nearly allied species
common in some localities. It agrees with L. Populi,
except in being slightly smaller and greenish-blue, with
the wing-cases coarsely pitted, more yellowish-red, and
not tipped with black; and the antennæ are tipped with
brown. Another nearly allied insect, of similar habit,
is Phratora vitelline. The same remedies may be em-
ployed against all the three species. See Phratora.

Numerous species of Sawflies (chiefly of the genus
Nematus) feed, as larve, on Poplars, and most of these
feed on Willows also; but none of them have been
observed to do damage enough to require special
measures to be taken against them. The same may be
said of those Lepidoptera that feed, as larve, on the
leaves of Poplars.
picking, or mere shaking them off the branches, is
usually sufficient. Further information in regard to
several of them is —— —— —— following heads:
Lackey Moth, Lip , Sphingids
(Poplar Hawk Moth), * Tussock Moths; ; though, under
several of these heads, Poplars are not ‘specially men-
tioned in connection with the insects, which, ın these
instances, feed on many kinds of plants. In addition
to these, a very large number of moths live on Poplars,
but do not eall for mention individually.

Poplars, including among them the Aspen, bear galls
of various forms. Among the commonest of these are
the hard, pea-like swellings on the leaf-stalks, formed
by a midge (Diplosis Tremule) ; the rather conical, hollow
galls on leaf-stalks, tenanted by Aphides (Pemphigus
bursarius); the curious, spirally-twisted leaf-stalk galls
of another kind of Aphides (Pemphigus spirothece) ; and
the mite galls of Aspens, which vary in size from the
galls of Heliaczeus Populi (about the size of pin-heads,
at the base of the leaf-blade) to those of Batoneus
Populi, which form masses, up to 3in. in diameter, =
the beatae twigs or the trunk—fleshy, and green or red

when fresh, but becoming hard, dry, and friable. These

genus Phytoptus (see Mites), though the galls have
received special names. Galls of all kinds do compara-
tively little harm to the trees, except rendering them
unsightly. They should be cut off and destroyed, if it
% desired to free the trees from them.

P. alba p (wiiee A Abele; White Poplar. A, catkins 2in. to 4in.
—— March and April. Z. on the branches lin.
: broadly Svate-cordate, sinuate bed, glabrous in age;
— —— very short, slender, compressed ; leaves on the suckers,
which are numerous, de! deltoid-ovate, lobed and toothed, Zin, toim
in diameter. hes spreading ; buds cottony. h. 60ft. to
100ft. Northern hemisphere (Britain). The wood of this tree
is white in colour, light, and useful, but does not burn easily.
(Sy. En. B. 1299.)
P. a. —— ge s).* A — — —— or
idal habit cow
oe. (G. C: n. s. Su er SAIA —
—— —— Grey Poplar. /. of the branches hoa
rous; those of the suckers, angled and toothed
The wood « this variety is said to be superior to that of the type.
See Fig. (Sy. En. B. 1300.)
P. angulata (angular). A synonym of P., monilifera,
balsamifera Bey (haiam bearing)” Balm of Gilead; Balsam
Poplar ; Tacamahac. 1. ovate, gradually tapering, and ted,
ona moth on ol kd why el al
d ; bu copio
with fragrant resin. A. Toft. I North pros. vy ikoz. —
Bb. St ee l. broader, and more or less heart-
— petioles usually hairy. SYN. P. macro-

P. b. laurifolia
Cara eaei, l. oval, ral, oblong, and —

— ones (and ranch s) — lose ‘Siberia. Saw:

4 po

If any remedy is required, hand- |

mite-galls are, in reality, the work of mites of the |

Populus—continued.
P. b. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). l. broadly elliptic, acuminate,
obtuse, toothed, slightly pubescent on the nerves and petioles.
Rocky *Mountains.
P. b. viminalis (twiggy).
elongated, slender. s
P. canadensis (Canadian). A synonym of P. monilifera. i
P. c. aurea (golden). A synonym of P. monilifera aurea. z
P. dilatata (dilated). A synonym of P. nigra pyramidalis.
P. fastigiata (pyramidal). A synonym of P. nigra pyramidalis. —
P. græca (Grecian). A synonym of P, tremuloides.
P, grandidentata (large-toothed). J, male catkins 3in. to 4in.
ong tem females lin. to 2in. long. March. 7. roundish- ovale.
large and irregular, sinuate teeth, when young 2in. to din,
long, densely covered with white silky wool, at length smooth on
sides, lin. to 3in. long. Branches and branchlets cylin-
drical ; buds pubescent, sometimes — glabrous. h. 60ft.
North’ America, 1772. (E. T. S. M. e d. ii, 278.) Of this species
there is a weeping variety nayi in cultivation.

x long-lanceolate. Branches angular,
*

G. 253. PORTION OF BRANCH AND MALE CATKIN OF POPULUS
ALBA CANESCENS.

— male catkins thick, m
, loose. March, l. bin. to
‘or roundish-ovate, ——

* resin ae urel-
— (La leaved). A synonym of P. balsamifera

P. macrophylla fP
* Piet i of Lindley. A- synonym o

P. monilifera ).* Necklace Poplar. l on young plants
gon —— — Tin. w 8in. —— and wide; ; thosa a
5 d

pie pest —— Bae one-fourth that size, and commonly wi

crenate-serrate, or with obtuse, cartilaginous
teeth. Branches acu tely — . 80ft. or more.

Topig America, 1738. SYNS. £ — ** canadensis.

. m., aurea (golden). A v , ornamental tree, only
differing from the ty a f the

fenten tre ae ype in ene dele i golden-yellow tint o

*
pie ak ua tee o, f., male catkins 2in. to 3in. long,

e uncle curved in
—— April. l lin. to ĝin. ggi bard aay deltoid, or sub-

orbicular, os silky beneath — the angles rounded, acuminate ; ,
young ones si and. ciliate ; ioles slender, com-
— — come ; branchlets thesen when

oung, and, as well as the the highly viscous
Europe,
growth and shor ——— ‘the wood is light, and is much

«

owish.

The Black poplar ts of rapid -

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 201

Populus—continued.

for carving, ee marina &e.; the bark is employed in
tanning. (Sy. En. B. 1302.) For figure and dimensions of an
enormous specimen of this tree, see G. C. n. S., xxi.

P. n. pyramidalis (pyramidal).* Lombardy Poplar.
leaves and branchlets glabrous. Habit pyramidal.
P. dilatata, P. fastigiata.

P, Simonii (Simon’s). Z, thick, sub-erect, 5in. to 6in. long, about
šin. broad, ovate-elliptic, equally attenuated at each end, dentate,
crisped, intense green above, glaucous-white beneath. Branches
elongated ; bark reddish-brown. China, 1867. A tall tree.

P. tomentosa (tomentose). 7. oval, 4in. to 5in. long, 2in, to 24in.

broad, usually cordate at base, very acutely toothed, intense

n above, white-tomentose beneath. Youn; branchlets tomen-

hn ee glabrous; buds thick, conical, woolly-tomentose.
ina, 1867.

Young
SYNS.

G. 254. BARREN BRANCHLET, AND ONE BEARING MALE CaTKIN,
OF POPULUS TREMULA.

P. Tremula (tremb ' Agah A. fl, catkins 2in. to Zin. lo
cylindric, — ————— l lin. to 4in. long ; thon of the
shoots cordate, acute, — cottony — —— hose of the

A is wh ts soe tan ie A — only differing froun the
— a its —* oper t makes a , round-
—— aa Aan oa wall lam ot Ga tye,

— — like). American A . l. roundish-

P, tre —— point — small, somewhat regular
sams —

na A also a be toting viscous, h.

u

(E. T. 8. Gi Gan aae ————— Gee Popeda.

PORANA (said to be the native name in the East
Indies). Syns. Dinetus, Duperrya. ORD. Convolvulacee.
——— half-a-dozen species of stove or green-

annual herbs or shrubs, natives of the East Indies, the
Malayan Archipelago, and Australia. Flowers —

the

—— limb rad of five broad, — —
— —— sometimes ecor:
oe

è Porana—continued.

date, penniveined. The shrubby species are well adapted
for training on rafters or pillars, in a stoveg or in the warm
part of a greenhouse. They thrive best in a compost
of sandy loam and leaf mould, and are propagated by
cuttings of stubby side shoots, which root readily in a
compost similar to that just named. The annual species
may be sown in heat, in early spring, and the seedlings
either grown on in pots or planted out in the green-
house or conservatory.
ta (panicled). fl. pure white, very ae tubularly
campanulate ; panicle large, much branched, leafy. August.
l. cordate, acuminate, glabrous above and hoary beens =

long, lin. broad. ‘Stem terete. East Indies, 1823.
shrubby, twining, clothed with hoary tomentum. Syn. börs

paniculatus.
P. racemosa (racemose).* fl. white, small; panicles loose-
to November.

flowered, composed of racemes, leafy. July
1. cordate, acuminate, glabrous or downy, Zin. to 4in. long,
with a wide recess at the base. Stem terete or z lar.
India, 1823. Annual. “This is the ‘Snow-creeper’ the
English, one of the most beautiful of Indian plants, the masses
of dazzling white flowers — snow patches in the
jungle” (C. B. Clarke). (S. B. F. G. 127.) Syn. Dinetus race-
mosus.

P. volubilis (twining).
dense-tlowered. July. l cordate, “acuminate,
terete, — ponds or covered with whi
Indies, 1823. Plant shrubby.

PORANTHERA (from poros, a pore or opening, and
anthera, an anther; the anthers open by pores). ORD.
Euphorbiacee. A genus comprising five species of green-
house, Australian herbs, annual or at length suffrutescent.
Flowers white, moncecious, small, densely racemose, soli-
tary in the axils of the bracts, pedicellate ; females few,
at the base of the capituliform racemes, which are solitary,
or corymbose at the tips of the branches. Leaves alter-
nate or rarely irregularly opposite, membranous, entire,
small or narrow. P. ericifolia, the only species in cultiva-
tion, is a rather ornamental suffrutescent herb. It thrives
in a peaty soil, and may be increased by seeds.

. ericifolia (Heath-leaved). fl — the

icles
cer Rigg ov
warts. East

Heo white, small, numerous ;

racemes fornfing a dense, ‘inal, corymb. July,
i. crowded pico linear, jin. to jin. Bt with ——
high.’ 1824. (T. L. S.

Stem erect, 6in. to nearly
— p. 501.)

PORLIERIA (named after Andrew de Porlier, a
Spanish patron of botany.) ORD. Si age A *
genus (three species) of rigid, stove shrubs, with spreading,
woody branches, natives of Texas, Mexico, the Pernvian
Andes, Chili, and Parana. Flowers disposed in fascicu-
late, one-flowered peduncles ; sepals four or five, rotundate,
unequal, deciduous ; petals four or five, te, im-
bricated. Leaves opposite, abruptly pinnate; leaflets
almost opposite, entire, sensitive. The under-mentioned
species (the only one introduced) thrives in a mixture
of loam and peat. Propagation may be effected by

ripened cuttings, inserted thinly in a pot of sand, — 5 is

placed under a hand glass, in moderate eese :
| eee ; pe! tais Tour, connive poe hy i with a seven or

father ——— on the approach of — A,

eru, 1

POROSTEMA. A synonym of Nectandra (which
see).

PORPAX (of Lindley). Included under Eria.

PORPAX (of Salisbury). A synonym of Aspidistra.

PORPHYRA. A synonym of Callicarpa.

PORPHYREUS. Of a warm reddish-colour, —

PORPHYROCOMA. Included under Dianthera.

PORRUM. Included under Allium.

PORTEA (named after Marius Porte, who first ;
discovered the genus). Including Ortgiesia. ORD,
Bromeliacee. A genus comprising three or four species
of stove, American herbs, with short stems. Flowers
beneath the upper bracts solitary, those under tho lower

202

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Portea—continued. s

ones bi- or ternate; sepals ovate or ovate-lanceolate,

‘scarcely imbricated; petals similar to those of Bill-

bergia; peduncles terminal, with coloured scales; in-

florescence in the typical species elongated. Leaves
numerous, rosulate, elongated, rigid, spiny-serrate.

The species require culture similar to Billbergia

(which see).

P. kermesina (carmine).* A. blue; spike erect, oblong.
surrounded — — piculate, rose-colou
bracts. J. tufted, ligule, abruptly apiculate, -
channelled, h. inte.

1870, p. 239.) * — — ol

P. Legrelliana (Legre a spicate, with ——— red
sepals and bracts, gor red ish- Te petal . lan-

ohenbergia i

, tillandsioides (Tillandsia- like). According to Ben-
tham, this is the correct name of plant described in this
work as Æchmea Ortgiesii.
PORTENSCHLAGIA. Included under Elwo-

dendron.

PORTLANDIA (named in honour of a Duchess of
Portland, who corresponded with J. J. Rousseau, and
had some knowledge of English plants). ORD. Rubiacee.
A genus comprising about eight species of handsome,
very glabrous, shiny, stove shrubs and small trees, natives
of the West Indies and Mexico. Flowers white or scar-
let, large, often odorous, disposed on axillary, one to
three-flowered, bracteate or ebracteate peduncles; calyx
with an obovoid or campanulate tube, and a five-lobed,
persistent limb; corolla large, sub-campanulate or
clavate-infundibular, with a limb of five triangular, re-
duplicately valvate lobes. Leaves opposite, thickly co-
riaceous, petiolate, oblong or linear-oblong, with broad,
intrapetiolar, deciduous stipules. Only three species
have been introduced. These require a mixture of fibrous
loam and leaf mould in equal parts, with the addition
of a good quantity of sand; and plenty of heat and
moisture are essential. Propagated by cuttings of rather
firm shoots, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, and in
a brisk, sweet bottom heat.

P, coccinea (scarlet). fl. — with yellow anthers, 3in. Jong,
2in. te, solitary. J. ovate or elliptical-

— shining, in, long, 2in, broad. A. 2ft. to dit.

feat, oin Jong flowered). fi. white, reddish inside at the
bin. in. — ma — at night, axillary,
ogy ogy elliptic or elli —
em oblong, pointed, —— a he 10ft. to 14ft. West Indies,
P. platantha Simb nearly Ain. fl. pure white; tube lin. long;
; shining Summer, ——
S en
country unknown, 1849. E aes tig a
PORTUGAL LAUREL. * Cerasus lusitanica,

PORTUGAL QUINCE. See Cydonia vulgaris

PORTULACA (the old Latin name, used by Pliny,
but by him spelt Porcilaca). Purslane. ORD. Por-
tulacee. A genus comprising about sixteen species of
stove, greenhouse, or hardy, annual or perennial, fleshy,
diffuse or ascendent herbs, distributed over the whole
world. Flowers purple, yellow, or pink; sepals two;
petals four to six. Leaves alternate or irregularly op-
posite, flat or nearly cylindrical, often with tufts of
bristles in their axils, and the upper ones forming an in-

volucre around the flowers. The species should

be grown in a light position in a greenhouse, and potted
in a mixture of loam, leaf mould, and coarse sand. The

P. foliosa (leafy). — shout three; —— petals
Guinea, 1822. (BB. RL

Portulaca—continued.

P. Gilliesii nas a fl. red, purple, terminal, usually solitary.
June and July. J. oblong, cylindrical, rather compressed, obtuse,
dotted with axillary fascicles of hairs, erect, adpressed. Stems
rather erect, branched at base. A. 6in. Mendoza, 1827. (B. M.

Fic. 255, FLOWERING BRANCH OF PORTULACA GRANDIFLORA.

. grandiflora (large-flowered).* Sun-plant. fl. yellow, purple,
three or four together, terminal, crowded, surrounded by whorls
of leaves and crowded hairs. June and July. 1. scattered,

cylindrical, acute, with pilose axils. h. 6in, Brazil, 1827. See
Fig. 255. 255. (B. M. 2885.) x

P. g. Thellusonii (Thelluson’s terminal, ses-
A of petals two-lol sabe ag PP cylindrical, obtuse ;

floral ones sub-verticillate. Stem —— — in the axils.
h. 1ft. 1839. Syn. P. Thellusonii (B. R. 1840, 3 1).

P. oleracea (culinary). Common Purslane. ‘f. yellow, solitary
or clustered, stalkless above the last leaves on the branches.
June and July. i. small, oblong, wedge-sha destitute of
bristles in their axils. A. 6in. South Europe, 582, The young

. shoots of this plant are sometimes put in salads, and the Sater
ones used as a potherb, or for pickling. The species is generally
cultivated in Holland, &c., for these purposes.

P. Thellusonii (Thelluson’ s) A synonym of P. grandiflora
Thellusonii.

PORTULACARIA (so called from its resemblance
to Portulaca). ORD. Portulacee, A monotypic genus,
the species being a greenhouse, evergreen shrub, thriving
in any dry, light soil. Propagated by young cuttings,
taken off and dried for a few days, and then potted.

P. afra (African). —————— ji. pink, small; peduncles
opposite, denticulate, compressed — one-flowered. l op-
posite, obovate, Seah.’ yi šit. Africa, 17.

PORTULACES. A natural order of usually
glabrous and more or less succulent, sometimes long-
pilose, herbs, rarely small shrubs or under-shrabs, mostly
American, some South African or Australian, a few
Asiatic, North African, and European. Flowers "regular,
hermaphrodite, solitary at the tips of the branches,
racemose, cymose, or paniculate, or the lower ones axil-
lary or lateral; sepals fewer than the petals, commonly
two, rarely five, free or adnate to the base of the
ovary, closely imbricated, persistent or deciduous, her-
baceous, scarious, or rigid; petals four or five, rarely
many, hypogynons or rarely perigynous, connate, imbri-
cated, entire; stamens inserted with the petals, free or
in bundles, filaments filiform. Capsule membranous or
crustaceous, rarely indehiscent. Leaves alternate or op-
posite, entire,,often fleshy, sometimes stipulate. Several
of the species are used as potherbs, and the herbage of
Portulaca oleracea is eaten as a salad. Claytonia
tuberosa has an edible root. Most of the plants com-
prised in this order are mucilaginous. Portulacee in-
cludes fifteen genera and about 125 species. Examples:
Calandrinia, Claytonia, Portulaca.

POSOQUERIA (Aymara posoqueri is the name of
P. longiflora in Guiana). Syns. Cyrtanthus (of Schreber),
Kyrtanthus, Solena, Stannia. Orn. Rubiacee. A genus
consisting of about a dozen species of ornamental, very
glabrous, stove shrubs, confined to tropical America.
Flowers very sweet-scented, on ebracteate pedicels, dis-
posed in terminal, many-flowered corymbs; calyx small,
five-toothed ; corolla white, — pendulous,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 203

Posoqueria—continued.
with a terete tube sometimes more than lft. in length,
a glabrous or villous, hardly dilated throat, and a five-
parted limb; stamens five, a little exserted. Leaves
opposite, on short petioles, coriaceous. For culture of the
species described below, which are those best known in
gardens, see Gardenia.

P. formosa (beautiful). fi. white, erect, very long, showy,
sweetly scented ; inflorescence terminal, cymose. July. l oppo-
site, oval, petiolate ; stipules intrapetiolar, oblong-triangular,
entire, at len th deciduous. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Caraccas, 1815.
(F. d. S. vi. 5875 L. & P. F. G. i tia)

P. — ⸗ (very fragrant).* fl. white, ver t,
with a slender, cylindrical tube, 6in. long, and — e iptic:
oblong segments, — in sub- corymbose panicles at the ends
of the branches. l. opposite, ovate-oblong, coriaceous, shining
radi the principal veins yellow. Branches yellow Brazil,

871. A very handsome plant. (I. H. ser. iii. 27.)
P. gracilis (slender). fl. white, four or five in a co;
with a curved tube and an irregular limb, September.

lanceolate ; stipules oblong. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Guiana, 1825.
P. longiflora (long-flowered). fi. white, with the tube 6in. long,
very much incurved, nutant at the apex, green at the base ;

hairs in the throat very long; corymbs from six to twelve-
flowered. Summer. 1. oblong, acuminated, acute at the base.
h. Sit. to 6ft. French Guiana, 1820.

bs ——
l oval-

Fia. 256. FLOWERING TWIG OF POSOQUERIA MULTIFLORA.

P. aiaia iiia ad" * —— nt, with a slender
tube 4in. long, and a spreading, sta; limb 24in. across ;
l. broad ——— ng, coriaceous, velvety,

Brazil, 1866, A magnificent plant. See
Fig. 256. (I. H. 597.)

bf — pona fl. white, disposed in dense corym
corolla with a straight tube, a villous throat, and an pret
limb. April. J. elliptic-ovate, each we ce ores date
point, and having revolute margins. h. Sft t. to 6ft. —

P. versicolor (various-coloured). fl. Teei chang-
ing — white to crimson through pink, long, pendulous, fra-
— ; segments of corolla not much ge than the stamens.

quai l. oval-lanceolate, acuminate at porh Py Ss, —
R Cuba, 1840. A handsome shrub. (B. R.
OR. Applied to that part 1. an axillary
flower which is placed next the axis of inflorescence.

POSTICOUS. On the posterior sidoj an adnate

anther is said to be Posticous when it faces the petals.

POTAMOGETON (from potamos, a river, and geiton,

a neighbour; alluding to the natural place of growth).

Pond Weed. ORD. Naidacew. A genus comprising abont

species (with many sub-species and varieties) of

aquatic — with creeping rhizomes, widely dis-

tributed. They are of no horticultural, — Twenty-
one species are natives of Britain. : i

— A compound of oxygen with a metallic

i ogg tomer pt oa by Sir Humphrey

—— in the century, and named by

ae a a

i ala to preparation from Pola | 1

Potash—continued. :
because of the difficulty of analysing it, and of separating
the oxygen in it from the potassium. This latter is an
essential element in the chemical composition of plants;
as may be inferred from two facts, viz.: (1) it is always
present in the ash that remains when well-dried plants
are burned; and (2) plants grown in soils or fluids of
known composition, from which potassium is entirely
withheld, remain stunted. Among the chief commercial
sources of potassium are wood-ashes. These are washed,
and carbonate of potassium and various other sub-
stances’ are separated from them in this operation;
the water in which they are dissolved is then heated
until it is mostly driven off in the form of steam, and
the less soluble substances can no longer be kept in
solution, but fall to the bottom of the vessel. The car-
bonate of potassium remains dissolved after the other
compounds have separated out. The solution is poured
off, and, on being heated till all the water is driven off,
the carbonate remains in a somewhat impure state, known
as pearl-ash. From this are prepared, by appropriate
chemical processes, the element potassium, and its
various compounds. The ashes of leaves, and, in fact,
of all parts of plants, yield a considerable proportion of
pearl-ash; indeed, it is more abundant in the green
parts than in the wood. It is plentiful also in seeds.
Phosphate and chloride of potassium are also found in
the ashes of plants. The compounds of potassium, taken
together, amount very frequently to one-half, or even
more, of the total weight of the ashes. Potassium pro-

. bably exists in plants combined with organic acids,

formed in the plants during growth, e.g., as potassic
tartrate, potassic oxalate, &c.; but these compounds are
broken up when the dried plants are burned; and they
are replaced in the ashes by the compounds already men-
tioned. Plants obtain the potassium that they require
from the soil, which is seldom, if ever, wholly devoid of
the element. Its exact uses to plants are still some-
what uncertain, as the results of experiments do not
entirely agree among themselves; but there is little
doubt in regard to certain conclusions, which are founded
alike on analyses of ash of plants and on experiments.
It has been found that plants from which potassium: is
entirely withheld cease to form new food for themselves,
although supplied with every other element required for
their nutrition. The tissnes and organs of the plants
remain healthy for a time; but they do not increase in
size. On supplying a solution of any compound of potas-
sium to them, they begin to grow again, and they con- -
tinue to do so if the supply is kept up. It has been
ascertained, by experiment, that the compounds of
potassium most useful to plants are the chloride and
nitrate; the phosphates and sulphates being less effective
in promoting increase in size.

In reference to the mode of action of potassium on
plants, its presence seems necessary to permit of starch
being formed in the green tissues, by means of the
chlorophyll. But, in addition to starch being formed in
the green parts, it must be transferred from the tissues,
where it is formed, to those in which it is to be made
use of, or to be stored; and this seems to require the
presence of chloride or ‘of nitrate of potassium in the
tissues. When the sulphate alone is supplied, the leaves
become gorged with starch grains, and fleshy, and
look sickly. The same result follows, though less
markedly, when the phosphate is used: instead of the
sulphate.

POTATO (Solanum tuberosum). The product of
this valuable and well-known plant may safely be de-

signated, as an article of food; one of the most important

and essential of any obtained from the vegetable kingdom; —
indeed, it would be difficult to imagine how the present
population could, for any length of time, be adequately

fed and provided for without it. The species from which oe

has since become of such vast

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Potato—continued,
the extremely numerous varieties have originated is a
native of South America, chiefly Chili and Peru, where
it is found under variable conditions regarding soil and
climate. The date of its introduction into Britain is a
matter which has undergone much discussion, but the
plant is generally believed to have been brought from
Virginia to Ireland, in 1585 or 1586, by Thomas Her-
riott, who accompanied Sir Walter Raleigh in several
voyages. The Potatoes introduced by Herriott were
planted near Cork; but the value of the tubers for food
does not appear to have been recognised for a very
long period afterwards. In some French works, Parmen-
tier is given the credit of having introduced the Potato,
but his rôle in the matter was simply that of rendering
its cultivation more popular. There are six tuber-
ing Solanums out of the total of 700 which Bentham
and Hooker estimate as distinct species. Mr. Baker's
investigations, however, in Sutton’s trial grounds, led
him to believe that “all the numerous varieties in culti-
vation had originated from S. tuberosum. . . . . As far
as climate is concerned, it cannot be doubted that
S. Maglia (or the Darwin Potato, as we might suitably
christen it in English) would be better fitted to succeed
in England and Ireland than S. tuberosum, a plant of a
comparatively dry climate. We have indisputable testi-
mony that S. Maglia and 8. Commersoni yield readily
an abundant supply of eatable potatoes. What I would
suggest is, that these should be brought into the economic
arena, and thoroughly tested as regards their economic
value, both as distinct types, and when hybridised with
the innumerable tuberosum forms.” The following are the
most important contributions to the history, &c., of the
Potato: “A Review of the Tuber-bearing Species of
Solanum,” by J. G. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S. in Linnean
Society’s Journal, Botany, Vol. XX.; “ On the Cultivated
Potato,” by Earl Cathcart, in the “ Journal of the Royal
Agricultural Society of England,” Vol. XX., s. s., Part I.;
and “Nouvelles Recherches sur le Type Sauvage de la
_ Pomme de Terre,” by Alph. de Candolle, in the“ Archives
7 —* Sciences Physiques et Naturelles,” Tome XV. (Geneva,
_ Potato culture seems to owe its extension more to the
industry and attention paid to it by the poorer classes
of Irish inhabitants for the provision of food in a time
of sheer necessity, than to the recommendations of pro-
fessional men respecting a new source of food supply.
In Scotland, a state of great destitution and famine
prevailed about the middle of the eighteenth century,
and this had the effect of calling general attention to
agricultural subjects, and rates Potato cultivation to
receive considerable impetus. It progressed rapidly after-
wards, as farmers began to include Potatoes amongst their
field crops, and the plant’s requirements soon became
better known, and new varieties began to be raised.
About the middle of the seventeenth century, measures
were taken by the Royal Society to encourage the general
cultivation of Potatoes throughout the kingdom for pre-
venting famine; but still their enormous value for food
was only imperfectly recognised until about a century
later, when attention was devoted to the subject which
importance. Potato
Crops received a serious check when the destructive
_ disease (a full reference to which will be found sab-
them. This has never been

Potato—continued.
value of Potatoes for this purpose, the constituent parts
of the tubers may be turned to account in other ways,
as, for instance, in making Potato starch, which - is
applicable for use as true arrowroot, and is often called
English arrowroot. A powerful spirit is produced by
distillation, and wine by a process of fermentation. The
Potato may be cooked as a vegetable in an endless
variety of ways, in all of which it is usually much
esteemed.

PROPAGATION. This is effected by seeds or by cuttings
of the stem, but chiefly by the planting of tubers, either
whole or cut into pieces, each of which must contain at
least one growing point, which is generally termed an eye.
Potato seeds are only sown, as a rule, with a view to
raising new varieties. This may be done in early spring,
using pans of light soil, which should afterwards be placed
in a little heat. The seedlings require pricking off
before they become crowded; they may be transferred to
a warm border, in the open, about the middle of May,
and treated in a similar way to an ordinary crop.
Only small tubers will be produced the first year; these,
lifted in autumn, and preserved from frost, will bear
others of larger growth the following season. Propa-
gating from cuttings is not much practised, but is avail-
able for increasing the stock of any special variety. It
consists in planting tubers in a little heat during early
spring, and in inserting shoots as cuttings when they are
about 3in. long. Tubers intended for planting are often
termed “seed,” to distinguish them from those required
for other purposes. It is a matter of opinion whether
they are injured by cutting into pieces, and also as to
the suitability of large or small tubers for planting.
Generally, it is not advisable to cut Kidney varieties, if
they are of a medium size, and a sufficient quantity can
be procured for planting. These have often a less
number of eyes than Round ones, and, as the ends are
pointed, the eyes are situated more closely together, and
are not so readily divided. It has been found, from
the mean product of two experiments, that cut tubers,
used as sets, yielded a greater average than whole ones;

| but this is not to be accepted as a rule for general

application. The advantage of large, or moderately
large, sets over small ones, is obvious when we con-
sider that the strength of the eyes and shoots which
proceed therefrom is in proportion to the strength
of the tuber. All the strongest eyes are situated on
what may be called the top end of the tuber, and, when
cutting is resorted to, it is a matter of importance to
divide so that two, or at least one, of these prominent
eyes are secured for each set. When the supply of
Potatoes is very limited, both for culinary purposes and
for planting, the tubers might be cut in half crossways,
the upper portion being reserved as a set, and the other
utilised for food. Potatoes intended for planting, par-
ticularly the early Kidney varieties, are considered much
better for being exposed to the influence of light and

| sunshine in autumn until they become green throughout,

and then stored ina dry shed through the winter. Early
in the year, they may with advantage be set on end close
together in shallow boxes, and allowed to start very gradu-
ally by keeping the boxes, in a light but cool place. The

| exclusion of frost is all that is requisite; artificial heat

will have an injurious effect in encouraging the young
shoots to grow fast and become weakened, instead of
being short and v is. This preparation of sets for
planting is requisite for frames, and for early crops out-
side, in order that the growth may be advanced before-
hand, and their after-suecess so far insured: main crops
inserted at a later and more favourable season seldom
receive so much attention in advance.

Tt is generally admitted that an occasional change of
sets is beneficial in cultivating Potatoes in any district.
These should be procured from a different part of the —

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 205

Potato—continued.

country, where the soil is also of a different description.
The product of any given variety, for instance, may be
of-an indifferent quality in a heavy soil; transfer sets
from this to another locality, where the conditions are
altogether changed, and the results will, doubtless, be
of a favourably marked description. In the changing
of sets for planting, attention should therefore be directed
to procuring them from a soil and neighbourhood where
the surroundings are such as to effect a change as widely
varied as may be practicable.

PLANTING AND GENERAL CULTIVATION. Potato plant-
ing is most extensively practised in spring, from February
until towards the end of April, when the work should
be completed for the year. Much depends on the locality
and the state of the soil in different seasons; this latter
would be found very variable at any given date, and the
sets never start and grow evenly unless the soil is in a
proper working condition at planting-time. From the
beginning until the end of March, according as circum-
stances may permit, is the best period for inserting the
main crops; those which are forwarded by being allowed
to sprout first in a cool shed or room, must be reserved
until towards the last, unless the situation in which they are
placed is safely protected from frost. Autumn planting has
been recommended, the tubers to be inserted deep in the
soil; but this is now generally believed to be disadvan-
tageous, and is seldom resorted to. Respecting the distance
apart, both in rows and between the sets, much depends on
the variety, the rich or poor nature of the soil, and the
amount of exposure to light which the plants are afterwards
likely to receive. For dwarf sorts, a distance of about
15in. between rows, and Qin. between sets, will be found
ample; tall, strong-growing sorts, in good ground, will
often cover all the space, if planted in rows from 2éft.
to 3ft. apart; but it is best not to allow more than about
8in. or 9in. between the sets, and these should be placed
at a uniform depth of from 4in. to 6in. The sets are
planted in various ways, but mostly in trenches cut with
a spade, or in holes made with a dibber; in field culture,
they are often placed in furrows made with a plough.
Trenches are the best for garden crops; but the work
by this system does not proceed so rapidly as it does
when dibbers are used. A tolerably uniform depth
may be secured by cutting a trench for each line as
planting proceeds; the soil is left loose and open around
the tubers, which is much preferable; and, when the
whole is completed, all trampling on the newly-dug ground
has been avoided. The use of a dibber affords a more
expeditious mode of planting, and is extensively prac-
tised. When trenches are to be cut, a sufficient width
of ground is prepared for each row; a line is then laid,
and the ground cut out to the proper depth; this is
filled in, after the sets are arranged in the bottom, and
another space similarly prepared. By the other method
of planting, holes are made next the line, with a dibber, at
the proper distance apart. Another plan adopted with
the dibber, is to use a strong one, about the length of
a spade, and provided with a cross tread at about 6in.
from the pointed end; this is chiefly practised in fields,
or in large, open spaces, which have been prepared by
ploughing or digging beforehand ; a second person follows,
and drops in the sets, and the holes may be filled in
afterwards with a hoe. Amongst the chief objections to
the use of dibbers, are those of treading the ground in
making holes and planting, and the rendering of soil
around the sets too compact by the necessary pressure;
the sets are also invariably situated at unequal depths.

Dibber-planting is less objectionable in light than in
heavy or moist lands; but it may be noted that the last-
named situations are not so preferable for the crop
_ The subsequent culture consists chiefly in keeping
the ground loose and free from weeds by lightly forking

_eottagers, for their Potato crops. Of these, perhaps, pig-

| an excellent ingredient for improving heavy land which

Potato—continued.

or hoeing amongst the plants, and in earthing-up the
soil in due course. The chief use of earthing-up is that
of covering the tubers, which are, in reality, a sort of
underground stems, and are formed on roots quite away
from the set which was inserted. Where close planting is
adopted, there is insufficient soil between rows to allow of a
good ridge being drawn to each. Tubers also require
covering to keep them from ‘being exposed to light, which
renders them unfit for food, although well adapted for
planting. For this reason, therefore, the ridges should
be made as wide on the top as possible, in order that
the tubers may not protrude; by this arrangement, too,
the top surface will be well situated for collecting
rain water, and transmitting it to the roots, instead of
allowing it to pass off. Earthing-up must be attended to
so soon as the plants are sufficiently advanced; if delayed,
the young tubers will have formed, and these will scarcely
escape without injury.

Soil, Manure, Fe. A good, friable loam, rather dry than
otherwise, is that best suited for Potatoes. Wherever
the land is naturally wet and heavy, or improperly
drained, the quality of tubers is sure to be unfavourably
affected. From rich garden ground, frequently and heavily
manured, the quality is seldom so good as from a situation
more exposed, such as an open field. In connection with
many gardens, provision is made for growing the main
crops on farm land, and limiting the garden to early
supplies; where this is impracticable, late varieties
should be relegated to the most open position at com-
mand, such as may often be selected inside a garden
inclosure, yet outside the portion surrounded by walls.
Dry and wet seasons have a material influence in connec-
tion with soils and the Potato crop; in heavy lands, the
latter may be abundant and of good quality after a hot,

summer; while in a wet one the plants will
succumb very readily to the disease, and the tubers will
be of a close, non-floury nature. On the other hand,
a crop procured from soil comparatively light, will
invariably be of good quality in any season, but will
be less in quantity when the seasons are dry. Early
varieties have, of necessity, to be grown in kitchen
gardens, because of the requisite shelter being afforded,
and borders where the soil is rather light and partially
elevated afford the best position for meeting their require-
ments. A newly-turned-up soil is admirably adapted for
a crop of Potatoes; much better, in fact, than when it
has long been worked and highly manured. The tubers
require a considerable quantity of moisture, but it must —
on no account be of a stagnant nature. In elevated
land, for example, which has been devoted to grass, and
then has been put under cultivation, the possibilities of
stagnant water accumulating are remote, and the soil
becomes naturally friable and open from aération.

There are many manures which are in constant use
for the Potato crop, and, unless the ground is fairly good
in itself, one at least has to be used; but the produce
is considered of better flavour, and less likely to suffer
severely from the attacks of disease, where the applica-
tion of manures is not necessarily of too frequent occur-
rence. The manure most commonly used is that obtained
from a farmyard; it may be dug in equally all over the
surface, or where the ground is very poor; the spreading
of some in trenches, either beneath or above the sets, is
the method more generally practised. One of the several
manures which are mixed together in the farmyard is
often the only one procurable by cultivators, especially

dung is most commonly met with; this should be well
intermixed with the soil, or previously incorporated with
a heap of refuse, &c., to be added as a compost for
digging-in when planting. Partially-decayed leaf soil is —

has of necessity to be devoted to Potato culture, and so

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

' Potato—continued.
are also burnt substances, such as wood and peat ashes,
wood and peat charcoal, burnt clay, &c. Common salt is
sometimes used beneficially as manure where the soil is
unusually light and dry. Lime used occasionally for
Potatoes has a marked effect, particularly on land already
rich in decayed vegetable substances, the constituent
parts of which require to be set free. Lime is also of
use in killing slugs of various descriptions, which live
in the earth, and frequently eat holes in, and partially
destroy, the tubers. Guano, gypsum, bone-dust, nitrate of
soda, and various other manures, have also been employed
for the Potato, with more or less satisfactory results.

Digging and Storing the Crop. Before the destructive
Potato disease made its appearance, the main crops
could be allowed to ripen naturally, and their produce
lifted for storing, in any suitable weather, and at any
convenient opportunity, before the appearance of frost.
Of late years, however, it has often been necessary to
lift the successive crops, from the earliest onwards, so
soon as the foliage indicates that the ripening process
is approaching completion. After the appearance of
disease in anything like an extensive form, the quicker
lifting is commenced, the better, provided the produce
is sufficiently matured to insure its keeping afterwards.

Exposure to light has a very injurious influence on
Potatoes intended for food. It causes them to assume at
first a yellowish tinge, and then a green colour, and
materially impairs their flavour. The crop should, there-
fore, never be allowed to lie in the open air after being
dug, except, perhaps, for an hour or two to dry; even
this is unnecessary if the ground is in proper working

_ order, and the weather fine ; and from wherever the tubers
are stored for the winter, or until required for use, light
must be rigidly excluded. The most common plan of

storing a stock of Potatoes is that of keeping them in

pits; these, preferably, should never be made very large.

_ A dry situation, or, at least, one where there is no

: ity of water collecting, shonld be selected, and the
_ soil dug out about Yin. deep, and 3ft. wide at the base.

convenient, and covered with Qin. of soil, dug out from
either side. The ridge, after being beaten flat with a
spade, will be complete; it is then a good plan to thatch
it with straw or dry fern, with a view to excluding frost
and wet. It is advisable to make Potato pits with their
ends pointing north and south. Thus arranged, a part of
the contents may be taken ont from the southern end,
ma frosty day, without injury, when the sun shines,
_ and the remainder made secure. '
= Culture in Pots, Frames, fc. An early supply of new
Potatoes is always considered an essential in the kitchen
garden, and various methods are adopted to secure it—
first, from under glass; and next, from the most favoured
positions outside which the garden affords. Pots 8in. in
diameter are sufficiently large for one set each; they
may be filled half full of soil at first, and top-dressed
when the plants have grown. Potatoes grown under
glass must not be subjected to much heat, nor must they

be kept in a confined atmosphere. A light position in a
_ frame, or on a shelf in a house where there is a little

= warmth, and plenty of air is admitted during favourable
weather, is that best suited. Ordinary hotbeds in deep
3 are well adapted for early Potato culture; to utilise
the space, the sets may be planted in rows 12in. or
a and additional soil provided when earthing-ur
site. Only dwarf, compact varieties should

ant

The Potatoes may then be piled up in a ridge as high as

| some others (Peziza ciboroides, P. sclerotiorum, &c.)

d so soon as the weather allows, |

the day, and put on again at |-

Potato—continued. `
sheltered spots outside, choosing the same dwarf varieties
for the first, and protecting them with fern, dry litter,
or other substance, should unfavourable weather occur.

Funai. By far the most destructive of the Fungi
parasitic on Potatoes is that which causes “ Potato Rot,”
and which is described under the heading Phyto-
phthora infestans (which see). It is unnecessary to
repeat what has already been said, and therefore the
reader is referred to the above-named article for an
account of this Fungus. The tubers suffer greatly from
its action on them, though the action is less speedy than
it is on the green parts of the plants. But even where
the Fungus has not itself severely affected a tuber, the
latter is rendered a suitable food for various species of
Fungi which grow on it, and cause its decay by either Dry
Rot or Wet Rot. The Fungi that grow on Potatoes under
these conditions have heen carefully studied by the German
botanists, Reinke and Berthold; and they, in 1879, pub-
lished an account of their researches (“ Zersetzung der
Kartoffel durch Pilze”). Of the many Fungi that they
found on rotting Potatoes, they attribute the chief share
to a few—viz.: in Dry Rot, to Fusisporiwm (Hypomyces)
Solani, Nectria Solani, Verticillium cinnabarinum, Che-
tomiwm crispatum, and C. bostrychodes; and, in Wet Rot,
to Bacteria (Bacterium navicula and Baccillus amylo-
bacter), although the Fungi of the Dry Rot were also pre-

Fic. 257, PezizA PostumMa—a, Small Specimen (natural size), with
two Cups on slender stalks, which rise from an oval Sclerotium
(sc); b, Cup, cut lengthwise; c, Section of Half of Cup, showing
surface-layer of Asci; d, Two Asci, each with eight Spores,
arising from small-celled Tissue of Cup (magnified about 250

sent. They recommend exposure to air and heat, either
of the sun or of artificial origin, to check the decay, by
drying the substance, and to save as much of the starch
as possible for conversion into dextrine, in which form it
is now largely used. But other Fungi besides Phyto-
phthora infestans attack growing Potatoes. One *
more dangerous of these is described in W. G. Smith’s

Diseases of Field and Garden Crops” (pp. 15-29) under
the name of Peziza postuma ; but this Fungus is so like

that its specific rank is doubtful. Mr. Smith states. that

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 207

Potato—continued.

unchanged, but the following summer there grow, from
those lying on or under the soil, from one to three
Pezize, which have very long, slender, twisted stalks, each
of which ends in a cup, which very soon becomes flat on
top, and may reach ŝin. across (see Fig. 257). The upper
surface bears the very numerous asci standing side by
sidé ; each ascus incloses eight smooth, oval spores, which
are ejected from it if the air is at all dry. If the spores
fall on a suitable food-plant, they reproduce the Fungus.

All Potato haulms, and other rubbish, should be burned,
instead of being left to infect the crop of next year.
Deep ploughing or digging would bury the sclerotia too
deep to allow the Peziza cups to reach the surface of the
soil,

Potato Curl is a puzzling disease, since no evident
cause could be detected by some observers, while Fungi
have been discovered by others in the diseased plants,
It was first observed in England in 1764, and soon after-
wards was noticed in Rhenish-Germany and elsewhere.
It has become less hurtful since 1820, or thereabouts.
The young stems and leaves curve or curl up; the whole
plant becomes sickly and stunted, and extremely brittle ;
the stems branch little, if at all; the leaves are small,
and almost sessile; and the flowers and fruit often fall
off prematurely, and all the green parts become mottled.
Tubers are either not produced, or they are very small,
and so watery as to be unfit for food. If used as seed

potatoes, the disease usually, if not always, appears in ~

the plants grown from them. Careful microscopic exami-
nation of the diseased plants has led to very different
conclusions as to the cause, some observers (e.g., Kiihn)
failing to detect any trace of Fungi, while others (e.g.,
Hallier and Reinke) have found them in the interior of
the diseased tissues. Hallier asserts, and Reinke agrees
with him, that the disease is hereditary, or that diseased .
tubers produce diseased plants, and that these plants are
not capable of forming tubers ; that mycelium of Fungi
is present in the inner tissues of the plants; and that
infection with this mycelium will produce the same
disease in previously healthy plants. Reinke and Bert-
hold give the following account of the disease. The
mycelium is present, they say, in the woody bundles of
plants as soon as they begin to wither, and in badly-
affected plants it may be traced throughout from the
roots to tips of the leaf-stalks. It may also often be
found in plants that show no outward sign of disease. If
the plants are kept in a damp atmosphere, their whole
surface becomes covered with a white coat of conidio-
phores, or spore-bearers, of Fungi, pushed out from the
mycelium through the epidermis. These are, at first,
colourless; and each bears two or three circles of short
branches at the ends of the cells, which, in a single
row, form the erect stem. There are from two to five
branches in each circle, and one or more of them may
bear one or two smaller branches. On the tip of each
branchlet there grows a small, oval spore, which falls off
on being wetted. They suggest for this Fungus the
name of Verticilliwm atro-album. Mycelium was found
in the tubers, even on plants that appeared moderately
healthy. :

Potato—continued.

affected in either of the above ways are almost always
diseased, and produce shoots that, from their first-appear-
ance, are evidently diseased. These shoots develop slowly,
and remain small, stunted, and of an unhealthy colour.
Dark spots appear on the leaves and on the leaf-stalks,
and the leaves gradually wither from below upwards;
and similar changes go on in the stems. The plants
perish without being able to form new tubers. No Fungi
have been detected in the leaves or stems of shoots
produced by diseased tubers; but all the subterranean
parts have the bark permeated by mycelium, though
there is none visible in the woody bundles. The diseased
tubers show an abundant mycelium in the corky layers
of the skin. Cultivation of the mycelium, in each case,
has yielded FV. atro-album. Inoculation from diseased
plants rendered previously healthy plants diseased; and
healthy tubers planted in soil impregnated with conidia
of V. atro-album produced diseased shoots. Reinke and
Berthold suggest that V. atro-album may be an imper-
fectly-developed condition of some Pyrenomycetous
Fungus of the genus Nectria, or closely allied to it,
and oppose the view advocated by Hallier, that the
cause of Potato Curl is Pleospora polytricha; nor do
they think the disease is caused by any species closely
allied to the genus Pleospora. Schenck, in a series of
observations and cultivation of the diseased plants, ob-
tained from some of them Fungi which were much like
one form of conidia attributed to Pleospora herbarum, —
and which he called Sporidesmiwm ewitiosum var. Solani. —
It is evident that there is need of further observations,
since there may be more than one cause of this disease,
and true parasites may be confounded with Fungi that
grow only on tissues already dead, No cure is known;
hence, prevention is the aim to be kept in view. Diseased
plants should be pulled up and removed as soon as de-
tected; and all the Potato-stalks should be collected into
heaps and burned. Care should also be taken to prevent
unsound tubers from being made use of as seed. In
short, the means employed to limit the spread of Potato
Rot, and of Peziza postwma, are equally applicable against
Potato Curl.

In common with other herbaceous plants, the Potato
affords, in its dead stems and leaves, an abundant food
supply to many kinds of Micro-fungi; but, as none of
these are known to be injurious to the plants during life,
they do not require even to be enumerated here. —

Potato tubers are rendered unsightly, at times, by the

skin being more or less covered with brown patches or © Lees

scabs. These may be due to various causes. In some |
cases, a microscopic examination shows that the scab is
due to the growth of a Fungus, named Tubercinia
scabies, the spores of which are formed of small cells,
grouped into a globe around an air space. Each spore
has a slender stalk at one side. There is often no trace

of this Fungus at harvest-time; but, during the winter,
it develops, and the spores form a layer beneath the
skin, often extending over a great part of the tuber. _
After a time, the spores are set free by the bursting of
the skin. In other forms of scale, the cells are filled
with mycelium of Fungi, and the formation of the scab
is probably due to the irritation caused by its presence
in the tissues. In others, there is no trace of the action
of Fungi; and it has been conjectured that the cracks,
followed by scabbing, are due to contact with irritant
or corrosive substances in the soil, and that the scabs
are due to efforts at healing the injury; but new cracks
form in them, and so the mischief goes on. The raw

| surfaces of the cracks render the tubers more liable to _

injury from Fungi, insects, frost, and other external
causes. Scabbed Potatoes are diminished

unfitted for food when the skin is

ai should not, however, be used as seed. When the cause

i | in valie
because of their unsightliness; but they do not seem

208

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Potato—continued.
is in the soil, it should be either removed or counter-
acted. - Potatoes should not be grown in soil known to
give rise to scabbing.

Insect Pests. There are no insects, in the British
Islands, absolutely confined to the Potato as their food;
but several occasionally devour this, as well as other cul-
tivated plants. To begin with those that eat the roots
and tubers. Amongst the worst are the larvæ of several

— *

Fig. 258. SKIPJACK, OR CLICK BEETLE—a, Line showing
the natural length.

kinds of Skipjack Beetles (see Figs. 258 and 259),
which bore holes in the tubers, to which they are very
partial (see Wireworms). The larve of Cockchafers
(Melolontha vulgaris) and Mole Crickets (Gryllotalpa
vulgaris) also gnaw them, and the roots at times (see
Cockchafer and Mole Cricket).
The larvæ of certain Noctue, or Night
Moths (see Noctua and Turnip
Moth), are sometimes very destruc-
tive to the tubers, but do compara-
tively little harm to the other
subterranean organs, since, as a rule,
they do not feed at the season of
growth of Potato-plants.. Among the
most harmful are the Heart-and-Dart
Moth (Agrotis exclamationis), the
Turnip Moth (A. segetum), and nearly-
allied species. The larve of Crane
Flies (Tipula oleracea and allies),
commonly known as the Grub, or
as Leather Jackets, because of the
toughness of their skins (see Crane
Fly), frequently injure the roots of
growing Potatoes, and may also feed
on the young tubers, though most de-
structive to grasses. Many kinds
of small Diptera live, as larve, in
decaying Potato tubers, and Curtis,
in his “Farm Insects,” has recorded
ten species reared by himself from
this food; but there is no evidence
to show that they injure healthy
tubers. Millipedes, including Poly-
desmus complanatus, and one or two species of Julus
(see Millipedes and Myriapoda), are often found
feeding in the tubers, but they hardly seem to bore
into them if quite healthy, and, in general, appear to
take advantage of holes scooped out by the larve
already mentioned, or to bore into tubers which are
softened by disease. Centipedes also (see Myriapoda)
are often found in holes in the tubers, but they are all

Fie. 259. WIREWORM, OR LARVA OF SKIPJACK BEETLE.

carnivorous, and probably assist in reducing the number
of destructive larve. Last of the animals that destroy
the tubers, must be mentioned the various kinds of Slugs,
which eat large holes in them, and continue to feed in
these till, occasionally, there is little left of the smaller
tubers (see Slugs). Sings do not seem to do much
harm to the green parts of Potato-plants.

The green stems and the leaves are not, as a rule,
liable to severe insect attacks with us, though in North

Potato—continued.

America ‘they suffer much damage from this cause. The
more injurious of these American insects will be here
briefly referred to after mention has been made of such
as have been observed in Britain.

Curtis records finding a beetle (Macrocnema exoleta),
allied to the Turnip Flea, feeding on the leaves of
Potatoes, and still more abundantly on the Bitter-sweet
Solanum Dulcamara). The beetle has the head black,
the thorax deep ochreous, the elytra pale ochreous,
except a pitchy line down the suture, and the limbs
pale. It is from in. to fin. long. These pests can
scarcely be ranked as a serious danger to the Potato
crop, but, should they become dangerous to it, they may
be reduced in numbers by the same methods as are
employed against the Turnip Flea (which see).

Of moths, few live, in the larval state, on Potato
leaves; but one species is almost restricted to this
plant—the Death’s Head Hawk Moth (Acherontia Atro-
pos). This moth (see Fig. 260) is one of the largest
and handsomest of our native species. The appear-
ance, form, and markings, are shown in the woodcut;
but the spread of wings may be 5in. The fore wings

Fig. 260. DEATH’s HEAD Hawk MOTH.

are a fine brown, with darker and paler markings, and
a conspicuous yellow dot in the centre. The hind
wings are orange-yellow, with two.dark bands. The
body is yellow and brown, with six black cross bands on
the abdomen, and a row of six bluish spots down the
middle of the back. The thorax bears, between the fore
wings, a large mark, like a skull, or “Death’s head,”
whence the popular name. Because of this mark, also,
the insect is much dreaded, in various parts of Europe,
by superstitious rustics and others, as ill-omened; and
this impression is deepened by the power (very rare
among moths) of emitting a sharp squeak when
handled. The larva and pupa can also emit peculiar
sounds. The larva feeds now chiefly on Potatoes; though
it has also been found on the Jasmine, the Deadly
Nightshade (Atropa Belladonna), and the Tea -tree
(Lycium barbarum). It reaches a very large size, tapering
a little towards the head, but ending abruptly behind,
where it bears a small horn, very rough, yellowish,
and bent downwards, but turned up at the tip. The
creature is smooth, and is usually pale yellow on the
back, and green near the head and along the lower
part of the sides. There are seven oblique, violet or

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 209

Potato—continued.
blue stripes, on each side, each pair of which meet on
the back. The body is sprinkled with minute, black
dots. A variety sometimes occurs of a brownish-olive,
with the stripes darker. The larve feed only by night,
hiding in the soil by day. Their large size renders them
somewhat destructive ; though they are never so common
as to endanger the crop. When full-fed, they crawl
under ground, and there each forms an earthen cell. In
this it turns into a large pupa of a red-brown colour.
Some of the moths may emerge in the late autumn, and
hybernate; but most do not appear till spring. Should
it be necessary to reduce the numbers of larve, they
must be sought for at night, by lantern light, on the
ravaged plants; their large size renders them conspicuous.
The pupz are frequently turned up in the fields during
Potato harvest.

Several species of Hemiptera, or Plant-bugs (see
Insects), have been recorded by Curtis, in “Farm
Insects,” as living on Potatoes, boring into the tissues
with their long, sharp beaks; and, by sucking the sap
from the green organs where abundant, they greatly
weaken the plants. Several of them belong to the group
Hemiptera Heteroptera, in which the fore wings have the
basal half leathery, and the other half membranous.
Curtis mentions several, as found by himself, feeding on
the Potato crop, all of them belonging to the genus Lygus.
These insects are green or ochreous, passing into rosy,
and are about jin. long. He also describes two species
of Frog Hoppers, which belong to the group of Homoptera,
which have the wings of uniform texture (see Frog
Hopper). These are also about jim. long. One of these
(Eupteryx picta) is yellow with black spots, and brown
clouded markings on the front wings. The other he
names E. Solani, as a new species (G. C. vi. 388), and
describes it as lively green, with the tips of the fore
wings rusty-brown. The name is noticed in the latest
list of British Homoptera as a synonym of Chlorita
viridula, Fall.

Remedies. These — do harm
when very numerous. Probably, the most effective means
of reducing their numbers would be to sweep the rows
of Potatoes, every now and then, with a large insect net,
removing and destroying the insects caught. Applica-
cations to the plants are scarcely required, though Paris
Green, applied as recommended for the Potato Beetle,
would be effective.

Aphides do so little harm that it is a weatoely necessary
to refer to them. The only species noted by Buckton,
in “ British Aphides,” as feeding on Potatoes, is A. urti-
caria. Two or three others have also been recorded
from the Continent.

The insects most hurtful to Potato-plants in the
United States of America, and in Canada, are beetles,
most of them belonging to the group of Blister Beetles,
of the genus Lytta. Five species of this genus have
been observed to feed on the leaves and stems, but only
as beetles. There seems little reason to fear injury
from them on this side of the Atlantic, since their habits
do not favour the chances of their being accidentally
imported. The same holds good of the Three-lined Leaf
Beetle (Lema trilineata), one of the Chrysomelidew, which
lives, as larva and as beetle, on Potatoes; the larva
shelters itself under a coating of its excrements. The
famous Colorado Beetle (Doryphora decemlineata) re-
quires a longer notice, and this will be found under the
heading Potato Beetle. Still another American beetle
that injures Potato crops is the Potato-stalk Weevil

(Baridius trinotatus), which does harm only while in the-

larval state. The larva bores into the stems near the
base, and eats downwards towards the root, killing the
plants. It is white, —— The beetle is a dark,
long-snouted Weevil, about ‘Hin. long. It does not seem

pat fas ta EE — —

4 ‘Vol. IL

Potato—continued.

seem reason to fear the introduction of the other
American insects that injure Potatoes.

Sorts. Varieties of Potatoes are exceedingly numerous,
and new additions are annually made. It is requisite
to have a selection of early, second early, and late ones,
for maintaining the supply throughout the year. Some
few sorts are grown in immense quantities because of
their generally good flavour and cropping qualities under
varied circumstances ; others—a far larger proportion—are
grown for private consumption, on a more limited scale,
in gardens, and also by persons who exhibit collections
at shows. Soil and locality have an important bearing
on the quality and productiveness of different varieties
of Potatoes, and the effect on each can only be properly
learned by experience. A few good sorts known to
succeed should always be depended upon, and new ones
tried at first in small quantities, until their respective
merits are ascertained. The extent to which any sort
will withstand disease, especially in an unfavourable
season, is now a material consideration when judging of
its suitability for extended cultivation. Subjoined is
a limited selection of sorts which are — those
most approved.

peony ASHLEAF, MYATT’S PROLIFIC, a well-known,
prolific sort, which follows the old variety in season. ASHLEAP,
OLD, a very "old variety, but still one of the best for early supplies,
ASHLEAF, VEITCH’S IMPROVED EARLY, a very heavy cropper, of
handsome appearance, gy sre quality, fine flavour, oat a first-
rate —— Sree serra distinct. BEAUTY OF N, a heavy —
smooth in texture, and slightly
eye; fine for exhibition, COSMO-
—— of fine form, very —

, of ware reat produch IDNEY, very
shape; one of the font exhibition Kidneys
organa ne a well-known and good sort, of fine shape, and ex

- cellent quali —— iy Po pag heavy cropper, "of robust |
— handsome

wth, — very rom disease. Iss FOWLER, a
fate, wh vite variety, —— from —— KIDNEY, but much
a thorough disease-resister ; top growth strong
see ditan p a very heavy cropper ; tubers of moderate size, very
even, and of finest table quality. PRINCE — of the
best main crop Potatoes ; a heavy cropper and excellent aber:
the fiesh is white, and, when boiled, very floury, and = first-class
quality. WELFORD PARK KIDNEY, tubers large, of first-rate
table quality, very smooth, with clear, white in; one of the
finest varieties for exhibition or table use. WOODSTOCK KIDNEY,
a very handsome variety, of beautiful shape, with very level eyes
and rather skin ; a good cropper, white and mealy when
cooked ; fine Sei exhibition. TORRE geiko T e ex- :
cellent for table use ; a great keeper. YORK: =
SHIRE HERO, a variety of tna excl — — of the finest
of the LAPSTONE — smooth, handsome tubers of highest
quality, and a long keeper.

Round. BEAUTY oF KENT, a very handsome, second early variety 5
the tubers are flattish-oval in shape, and of a rich
colour, and keep good till March; a tine variety for exhi! ition.
_ BEDFONT PROLIFIC, a second early sort, very — cropper, of

the finest uality, andah hand bitic variety. ARD, —
a fine, —— :variety, of handsome shape, with clear, white
skin, ly streaked with purple ; very desirable for ‘exhibi-
ti DALMAHOY, a second early variety, of excellent
quality ; one of the best for general use. DUNBAR EGENT, a well-
—— late sort, very productive. EaRLY COLDSTREAM, a
remarkabl, poe Pa ac ge variety, of beautiful shape, and very
white por floury ; for for EARLY REGENT, early,
flavour. GRAMPIAN, a handsome and

uctive, and of

early variety ; —— inkish-white, flaked with rich

roer round the eyes; cropper. M.P., a really
white variety, with —— deep eyes; seedling from
PATERSON’S — of dwarf, stout growth, the crop remark-
able for agen Bag evenness, of most excellent size, and the
that can be desired; it is a second early, but re-

for the table. — s —— an ex- —

ti _Rapstock Brau, tubers —— hanson Er *
ne quality ; a robust grower vy cropper. READING HERO,
x a , — ca lity, and very free ——

pang
tubers ;

2 Very superior main crop variety — 5 —
E o

210

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Potat tinued,

form, with small eyes; flesh white and floury when cooked ; an

abundant cropper, very handsome, fine for exhibition, and ex-

cellent for general use. ScoTcH CHAMPION, a good main crop
variety, a heavy cropper, and very free from VICAR

OF LALEHAM, a very fine and distinct variety, seedling from

VICTORIA ; the tubers are purple, round, and of very handsome

shape, with beautiful white flesh, of first-rate table quality, and

fine for exhibition purposes.

POTATO BEETLE (Doryphora decemlineata). This
insect, also often called the Colorado Beetle, though not
yet a resident in the British Islands, is among the best
known of insects, by name, at least, to most persons in the
United Kingdom, thanks to the scare that arose with
regard to it a few years ago. It was first observed in
the Rocky Mountains of America, in the Colorado region,
feeding on a wild species of Solanwm, the genus to which
the Potato belongs. When Potatoes were planted by
settlers in the beetle’s native home, it attacked the new
food-plant, throve on it only too well, and commenced
. to spread rapidly eastward; and in 1876 it reached the
Atlantic coast. It is now common along the Eastern
States, and in Canada, and it is not impossible that it
will be conveyed to, and may be able to establish itself
in, our own islands. It has proved able to withstand
heat and cold, dry and moist climates; and would pro-

—

Fig. 261. POTATO BEETLE (Doryphora decemlineata), natural size.

bably find our climate snit it. In its passage eastward
in America, it committed great havoc in the Potato-
fields, and excited fears in the minds of many, lest it
should continue, year by year, to inflict severe injury to
the Potato crop, and lest it might effect a footing in
Britain, as appeared very probable. To against
this latter risk, the Privy Council of Great Britain and
Ireland passed an Order, which was published in the
“ London Gazette” of August 17th, 1877, to the effect

that “If the owner of, or any person having the charge

? 262. POTATO —— (Doryphora decemlineata), —— The left wing-case

been removed to show the wing.

rok any crop of Potatoes, or any vegetable or substan
Be finds, or knows to be found, thereon the Colorado Beetle,
in any stage of — ** he shall, with all practicable

‘Habis. — exceeding ten pounds.”
An ides of the general form, size, are markings of -

-the larva from Fig. 263.

| be used in han

Potato Beetle—continued.
beetle may be obtained from Figs. 261 and 262, and of
The colours of the beetle are
as follows: It is usually straw-yellow above, though, at
times, the head and thorax are tawny-yellow, with black
spots on them, as shown. The wing-cases each bear five
equidistant, black bands, the second and third of which,
counting from the middle, frequently meet behind. The
legs are tawny-yellow, with black knees afd tarsi, and
(in, at least, the last pair) black thighs; the antenne
are yellow in their basal part, black in the rest of their

Fig. 263. LARVA OF POTATO BEETLE (Doryphora decemlineata),
natural size.

length. The larva (see Fig. 263) is pale yellow, or, rather,

dusky-yellow, or freckled with minute black dots on the

back ; and there are two rows of larger black dots along

each side; the legs are black. The females place their

eggs in small clusters on the lower surface of the

FIG. 264. Ecus oF Potato BEETLE ON A LEAF, natural size.

Potato leaves (see Fig. 264). The eggs are oval, smooth, .
bright yellow, and glossy. In five or six —— larvee
: appear, and in from two to three weeks
they are full-fed, and creep under
ground, to become pup». In about a fort-
night, the beetles emerge, and the fe-
males proceed to egg-laying. In America,
three broods are produced each year, the
third brood hybernating under ground,
or in any suitable retreat. Both larve
and beetles feed on the leaves of Po-
tatoes, and soon leave nothing but
* mere ribs, utterly destroying the

p.

In June, 1877, the insect was found
at Mühlheim, on the Rhine, and in three
places at Schildau, inf Prussian Saxony;
but it was stamped out by the energetic
action of the Prussian Government. Oc-
casional living examples have been found
in British seaports, but they have never
appeared in this country on the Potato
crops. In America, and in Germany, it
—*— — that, vhen they — *

usted the Potato-plant
to low weeds, e.g., Goosefoot, — —

and even to C
ves. In
Scheele’s Green (hydrocupric arsenite), sold at about 6d.

.

| per lb., is found effectual in saving the crop of Potatoes.

It may be dusted on the plants, but it i ix i
A Pag t is better to mix it
bil ania r of a tablespoonful to a bucket
water, and to sprinkle them with this. Caution must
ndling this substance, as it is a
poison. Hand-picking would probably be

3
Es
g
Ẹ

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 211

Potato Beetle—continued.

locality, at a distance from other habitats, as must be-
the case in their appearance anywhere in Europe.

For other Beetles destructive to Potatoes, see remarks
on InsEcTs under Potato.

POTATO ONION. A variety of Onion, cultivated
in much the same way as Shallots. Single bulbs may
be planted in. January, or as early in spring as weather
permits, in rows about 12in. apart, a distance of 6in.
being allowed in the rows. The produce is useful for
an early supply. Increased only by tubers.

POTATO, SPANISH or SWEET.
name applied to Batatas edulis (which see).
POTENTILLA (a kind of diminutive from potens,
powerful; alluding to the reputed medicinal
power, of which these plants really possess very
little, being merely mild astringents, like the
rest of the tribe). Cinquefoil. Including Com-
arum, Horkelia, Sibbaldia, and Tormentilla.
ORD. Rosacew. <A large genus of glabrous,
pilose, or silky-tomentose, mostly hardy sub-
shrubs or herbs, rarely annuals. According to
the authors of the “Genera Plantarum,” the
species number about 120, although upwards
of 220 hav. been accorded specific rank
by various authors. They are natives of the
temperate and frigid regions of the Northern
hemisphere, rarely occurring in the tropics;
only two species have been found in the
Southern hemisphere. Flowers white or
yellow, very rarely red or purple, often
disposed in corymbose cymes, rarely axillary
and solitary; calyx persistent, with a concave,
hemispherical, or urceolate tube, and five (rarely
four) erect or spreading, -ovate, val-
vate lobes; petals five (rarely four), obovate,
orbiculate, or linear-spathulate ; stamens usually
numerous. Leaves alternate, or the fioral ones
opposite, digitately three to seven-foliolate or
impari - pinnate; leaflets solitary, or bi- or
ternate, often lobed or divided ; stipules adnate
to the base of the petioles. Several species
of this genus are very desirable subjects for
rockwork, bare banks, and similar situations;
they thrive in almost any moderately good
garden soil, but a sandy one is preferable.
Potentillas may be readily propagated by divi-
sion, or by seeds. Some of the hybrid forms
are of far more importance to horticulturists
than the typical species. The undermentioned are hardy
—— perennials, except where otherwise specified.
— hite). cites — orange Cin is tho tans,

35

er than the calyx;
l., lower
weak.

A common

cmos of five, sorely SS
—

A. rich pelor, serat olay ae chong
sager Aa foliage. — l. green,
malaya, 1851. A creeping

dense mass. A. 6i oh
4613.

P. insignis (remarkable). A synonym of P. argyrophylla.

Potentilla—continued.

P. atrosanguinea (dark red). A synonym of P. argyrophylla
atrosanguinea,

P. Clusiana (Clusins’). in terminal corymbs; corolla white,
— petals roundish, ardly longer than the calyx. June to
August. l, radical ones quinate, cauline ones ternate ; leaflets
oval-cuneiform, pubescent, tridentate at apex, with connivent
teeth. . 6in. Eastern Europe, &c., 1806. (B. M. 1327;
J. F. A. 116.)

P. Comarum (Comarum). Marsh Cinquefoil or Potentil. This
is the correct name of the plant described in this work as
Comarum palustre,

P —— (crowded).* fl. crowded, terminal; corolla white ;
petals longer than the calyx; outer calyx segments —— entire.
August, T radical ones pinnate ; leaflets ers E cut at
the apex. h. lft. to 2ft. California, 1826. (B. M , under
name of Horkelia congesta.)

P. formosa (beautiful). A synonym of P. nepalensis.

Fic. 265. POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA, showing Flowering Branch, detached
Flower, with Petals removed, and Carpel.

— en the ey cals. AR. quinats, ; petals obcordate
te-ti beneath.
— ed at apex. A. lft. to 2ft. North Aiserica,
(B. M. 2984.)

(B. —* 75.)

. Hopwoodiana (H * fl, petals beautifully variegated,
— — at the base, and from if

ntre of a pale straw bright rose-
pad eo grou and duly. È; — ser ones wh Be on * or —
ones ternate ; f rseiy erp

on both h. 1} A a” (B. R.

corymbose

. laciniosa leaved ow, disposed in
—— — Ee eae — the calyx. June
i, with five yel seven —

he itt. to to lift.
1478.)

Hungary,

212

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Potentilia—-continued.

P. minima (smallest). jf. yellow; calyx segments shorter than
the corolla. May and June. l ternate, smoothish above, but
pilose beneath ; leaflets obovate, short, crenated, and rather
retuse. A. 3in. Alps, 1818. (L. B. C. 480.)

P. missourica (Missouri). A synonym of P., pennsylvanica,

P. ne (Nepaul). This species is very like P. argyro-
phylla atrosanguinea, but has — radical leaves. Himalaya.
Syn. P. formosa (S. B. F. G. 1356).

P. nitida (shining).* fl. of a delicate rose, the green sepals
showing between the petals, the petals nearly oval in outline,
notched at the apex, longer than the calyx; solitary. Summer.
l. ternate ; leaflets obovate or wedge-shaped, toothed at the apex,
clothed on both sides with shining, silvery, crf down. Stems
— South Europe, 1815. (Gn., June, 1884; J. F. A. 25;
R.G. ) s

P. nivalis (snowy). jl. three to six, terminal; corolla white;
petals obcordate, shorter than the calyx. sey. L with five to
seven obovate, roundish, obtuse leaflets, which are connivently
serrated at the apex, and densely clothed with silky hairs. Stem
erect, pilose, A. din. to 6in. Pyrenees, 1739. Syn. P. lupinoides
(L. B. C. 654).

P. nivea (snowy-leaved), jl. yellow; petals broad, obcordate,
a little longer than the calyx. June to August. l. ternate ;
leaflets obovate-cuneiform, with flat, deeply serrated margins,
rather hairy above, but clothed with white tomentum beneath.
Europe, &c., 1815. Plant ascending. (L. B. C. 460.)

nn
and leaflets, and elongated petiol
P. vanica (Pennsylvanian). Jl. yellow, bose ;
emarginate, lo than the woolly — une to
August. l, pinnate. with usually three pairs of leaflets, —
and silky above, white-downy beneath ; leaflets oblong, pinnatitid,
with linear-lanceolate, acute segments. h. 14ft. North America,
1827. SYN. P. missourica (B. R. 1412).

P. Pyrenean), fl. deep golden-yellow, large, the
very round, and —— and twice as long as the calyx.
Summer. l, radical ones on long stalks, velvety or nearly smooth,
with oblong leaflets, toothed towards the end ; cauline ones three
to five-lobed, on short stalks, and the upper ones entire. A. Bin.
to lóin. Eastern and Central Pyrenees. A showy species, some-
times covered with adpressed hairs, and at others quite smooth.
. Russelliana (Russell's), /. of a rich blood-scarlet, nearl
2in. in diameter; petals o ate. Summer and autumn.
rnate, one-coloured beneath. A. lft. Hardy. A hybrid, pro-
: —— between P. argyrophylla atrosanguinea and P. nepalensis.

3470.)
Saxifrage-like).* white, in corymbose, sub-
__ umbellate è £ twice — as the
the central

in terminal, close
; leaflets jin. to

baldia

Pol ench ston

P. tridentata (three-toothed). A synonym of P. Tormentilla.

P. fl. ——— — in et ag
open pinicles ender, spreading branc uncles,
peceras petals rather longer than the calyx’ , rounded.

w tioled, narrow-linear,

ly. L, radical ones ĝin. to 8in. lonz, 4
flexuous, sessile, consisting of three closely- ed leaflets ;
eanline ones more sessile, with more scattered leaflets. Stem

9in. to 12in. high, very slender. California. (B. M. 6560.) SYN.
- dvesia unguiculata.

P. verna (s A. bright yellow, in i s
$ rot the stam J g ary — tee ene veld ese

yo ; m ae bin. D Sin. some-
3 mes prostrate. Europe, &c. tain variable species.
(Sy. En. B. 428.) s ‘ >

branches into a few-

P. n. macro) a (large-leaved), A variety with larger fl
BIT pariri petioles. (8M, 2962) hahaa

By viscosa (clammy). g. yellow, crowded at the tips of the

Poterium — continued.
Burnet. Including Sanguisorba. ORD. Rosacee. A genus
comprising about fifteen or twenty species of greenhouse
or hardy, perennial (in one case annual) herbs, decumbent
at base, very rarely spiny shrubs, inhabiting the whole of
the temperate and warmer regions of the Northern hemi-
sphere. Flowers at the tips of the scapes, densely capitate
or spicate, small, bracteate and bibracteolate ; calyx tube
turbinate, persistent, constricted at throat; lobes four,
petal-like, deciduous, imbricated; petals absent. Leaves
alternate, impari-pinnate ; petioles*elongated, with an im-
bricated sheath at base; leaflets petiolulate, serrated,
rarely entire, The herbaceous kinds thrive in any ordinary
garden soil, and may be increased by seeds.
require a light, rich soil, and may be propagated by young
cuttings, which will root readily under a glass. See also
P. caudatum (tailed). /l. greenish, dicecious, sometimes six-cleft

and trigynous ; spikes elongated, cylindrical. January to April.

l., under sur , as well as the petioles and peduncles, villous.

Branches unarmed. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Canary Islands, 1779, Green-
house shrub. (B. M. 2341.)

P. officinale (officinal). Great Burnet. /l. dark purple ; spikes
ovate ; stamens equalling the glabrous calyx. June to August.
l glabrous; leai ovate, rather cordate: h. 3ft. to 4ft.
er te (OPENS Perennial herb. SYN. Sanguisorba oficinalis
(Sy. B. 421). eae

P. Sanguisorba (Sanguisorba). Common Salā i Burnet. f
greenish or purplish ; lower ones of the head , upper ones
female. Juneand July. Z., as well as the stems, glabrous ; leaf-
lets roundish-ovate. A lft, to 2ft. Europe (Britain). Perennial
herb. (Sy. En. B. 419.)

P. spinosum (spiny). fl. gronie, in oblong spikes. April to
August. l., leaflets smoothish, serrated. Branches rather villous,

the ultimate ones terminating in spines. A, 2ft. to 3ft. South
Europe, 1595. Hardy shrub. (S. F. G. 943.)

Fic. 266. LARVÆ OF POTHERB Morn.
POTHEREB MOTHS. Under this name are included
numerous species of Noctuide, the larve of which devour
the low-growing garden produce or -potherbs, such as
Cabbages, Turnips, Beets, Peas,

spread of wings of l}in. to 24in. T

The shrubs -

moths are nearly all dull-coloured, and mostly have a
belong to groups

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 213

Potherb Moths—continued.
Noctua, Plusia); hence, it is unnecessary to repeat
here what is to be found under these headings, as to
the form and habits of the moths. The larve are long
and worm-like (see Fig. 266), not hairy, and generally
dull green, brown, or yellowish in colour, with longi-
tudinal lines and black dots, though sometimes orna-
mented with brighter colours. They live hidden between
the leaves of their food-plants, or underground upon
roots of Turnips and other plants, and, unless looked
for, are very seldom to be seen. Owing to their mode
of life, they are apt to remain in Cabbages and other
vegetables till cooked and sent to the table. It is hardly
‘possible to get rid of them entirely, and the more so,
since most of them feed largely on weeds, as well as on
garden produce. Hadena oleracea sometimes gets the

“=” Fig. 267. HADENA OLERACEA.

name of Potherb Moth, though not peculiarly destruc-
tive. For its appearance, see Fig. 267. The front wings
are reddish-brown; there is a nearly white line parallel
to the hind margin, and bent so as form a W nearly
in the middle; the stigmas near the middle of the wing
are margined with white scales, and the one nearer the
tip (the reniform stigma) is of a dull ochreous colour.
The hind wings are grey-brown, paler towards the

Fic 268. LARVA OF HADENA OLERACEA. $
base, and the body is grey-brown. The larva (see Fig.
268) is usually some shade of dull greenish-grey, with
many white dots, and a smaller number of regularly-

black dots along the body. The back is marked

The larve of all kinds of Potherb Moths
should be destroyed whenever seen. Hand-picking, though
slow, ———— Gas-lime is a very

useful application, either used fresh in a narrow ring on

wash the plants before using them at tablo. ‘The pupa

| 5in., ŝin., 8in., and so on.
be made, wider at the top than at the bottom; this
essential

Potherb Moths—continued.
ing operations, and they should be destroyed.
moths may be attracted by light, or by “sugaring,”
should be caught and killed.

Potherbs are also frequently damaged by hairy larvæ.
Some account of these will be found under Tiger
Moths (which see).

POTHOMORPHE.
POTHOS (the Cingalese name of one of the species;

The
and

Included under Piper.

` the Pothos of Theophrastus is an entirely different plant).

ORD. Aroideœ (Aracee). Of this genus, about forty species
have been enumerated, but, according to the “ Genera
Plantarum,” not more than twenty are really distinet.
They are much-branched, tall, stove, climbing shrubs, with
the lower branchlets rooting, and those at the summit
spreading, and inhabit Asia, Australia, the Pacific Islands,
and (one species) Madagascar. Spathe small, ovate or
conchoid, rarely elongated, reflexed, green, accrescent or

persistent; spadix shorter than the spathe, long-stipitate,

clavate, globose, or ovoid, often decurved, sometimes
twisted or flexnous, clothed with perfect flowers, each of
which has a perianth of six segments, fornicate at apex;

- peduncles leafy, sheathed, or naked. Leaves distichous,

obliquely linear or ovate-lanceolate, the blade sometimes
deficient; petioles winged or widened, and leafy. The
species described below are the only ones worth growing,
the others being more curious than ornamental. For
culture, see Anthurium.

P. acaulis (stemless). A garden synonym of Anthurium Hookeri. —

P. argyrza (silvery). A garden synonym of Scindapsus argyrea.
“ a
P. fer mig p ii strikingly sy hee ` a dark
es of creamy-
Jeles 1380" ik Very disktact anA ronaartible alant OUAI SFOnEDS
* of Scindapsus j ors ial one gh ate

Brown). (I. H. 387.)

en ee or
P. canneefolia (Canna-leaved). A ———

cannejolium,
P. celatocaulis (conceal * l obli , with

short, clasping sheath, broadly elliptic in notion teey on very obtuse at

apex, and cordate at ich dark surface

elie mens Lada flowers of wt ——
known, it is far from certain that it belongs to the genus Pothos,
(F. d. S. 2419-20 ; I. H. n. s., 496.)

P. foetidus (fetid). A synonym of Symplocarpus fætidus.

less cuneate, auricula
China, 1821. (B. R. 1337, ‘idee MokA E: ideak.)

POTS AND POTTING. Pots are amongst the
most essential of garden utensils, and on the proper
execution of P depends materially the sunecess
attained in plant culture. Potting is a general term
meant to imply that a plant is being first placed in a
Pot, or transferred from one size to another for providing

additional rooting space. Pots are generally made of clay, 7 a —

and as this varies in different localities, so do the articles
made from it; from different potteries, too, the sizes and
shapes vary considerably. In making Pots, a certain
quantity of clay is called a “ cast”; this is worked to make
the number by which the sizes are in many places dis-

tinguished—thus, 48’s, 32’s, 24’s, &c.—the two lesser
numbers taking respectively the same quantity of clay
to the cast as the other, Soll eon inal eget
sizes. In other places, the sizes are known by inches, as
All Pots are made, or should
the balls to be

is an for

turned out without becoming broken. If the shape were

cylindrical, or the bottom wider than the top, this would

mA an impossibility, as the ball becomes compressed inside : :
A

Se ee

ceed A res Suffased with,
ovate, acute, thick, — —

Lo Mase,

214

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pots and Potting—continued.
with roots. In order to supply plants with an amount of
soil and root space somewhat in proportion to their several
requirements, numerous sizes of Pots are indispensable.
There are various sorts and shapes made, the most being
of the ordinary description; while special ones are made
for Orchids, and for other purposes, such as forcing Rhu-
barb and Seakale. Ordinary Pots are always provided with
a hole at the bottom, for the escape of water; in some of
the larger sizes, two or three in addition are made at
the side, near the bottom. A rim is generally made round
the top, but, in some potteries, small sizes are made
without; one of the objects being that a larger quantity
may be stood in a given space after they are filled with
plants—the absence of rims allowing them to be arranged
in a smaller compass. Orchid-pots are of greater width,
in proportion to depth, than others of ordinary make;
they are also much perforated at the bottom and sides,
to insure the porosity and perfect drainage which
these plants require, and to allow spaces for their roots
to grow through and attach themselves to the outside
surface. Blanching-pots used for forcing Rhubarb and
Seakale are large and deep, and are provided with a
movable top, for affording access to the interior without
lifting off the whole, They are inverted over the plants
in the reserve ground, or elsewhere in the open garden,
and covered with leaves or fermenting material. These
Pots are specially useful where forcing or forwarding is
only requisite in spring, and not throughout the winter.
Some few cultivators favour glazed Pots in preference
to those of the usual description, which are unglazed; but
they are much higher priced, and, for several reasons, are
not to be generally recommended. Glazed Pots do not
need much attention to keep them clean, and plants
grown in them require less water than in the others; but
there is not the same degree of cohesion between the
soil and Pot, which is most desirable for success in plant
culture.
Besides the sorts of Pots already referred to, there are
others known as the Alpine or Double-sided, and the
Double-rimmed. The Alpine Pot is virtually two, one
inside the other, a narrow space being allowed between
them for filling with water, damp sand, or moss, for the
purpose of preventing evaporation from the soil in which
the plant grows. This end may be gained, to a certain
extent, by the use of moss and two ordinary Pots of
different sizes, one inside the other; but, if water is
intended for filling the space between, only the best
ware, as used for the Alpine Pot, would suit: the
ordinary sort would be too porous. Double-rimmed
Pots are used for propagating, when bell glasses are
employed; an extra rim being made for the reception of
the glass, which admits of all the space inside being
ocenpied with cuttings. These Pots have few practical
advantages, and are not extensively used. Shallow Pots
are now in great demand, especially for Orchids: they
may be suspended like baskets, and, being shallow, are
often called pans.
Potting forms a most important part of the routine work
of gardening; it has to be practised more or less almost
daily in all extensive establishments. The work varies
infinitely with the numerous subjects grown, as do also
the requirements of different plants. Some need very firm,
and others only moderately firm, Potting; and, again, one
_ sort of plant will bear frequent, and what is termed large,

shifts, while certain death would result with another were
it similarly treated. A few general remarks may be given
on this subject here ; but it will be unnecessary to enter

portance, and forms the Arst” part of the Potting

Pots and Potting—continued.
process, except the preparation of soil and Pots. These
latter should always be used clean and dry; they
are best if washed; but when this is impracticable, a
thorough rubbing-out is most essential. It may not be
generally known that plants never turn out properly
from Pots that are wet or dirty at the time they are used;
sometimes, it is impossible to separate balls of earth
without breaking them all to pieces, and so destroying,
or at least injuring, the roots. .Dry, clean Pots, and good
drainage, are, therefore, impo reparations for Potting.
The proper soil will, of course, vary with the numerous
plants about to be inserted therein, but a rule of general
application is that of having it just sufficiently moist at
the time of using. Wet soil cannot be. properly worked
in around the roots, and plants never succeed so well
when placed in it; while a soil too dry cannot be rightly
solidified in Potting, and is difficult to moisten through
afterwards by watering. Soft-wooded plants may in-
variably have more soil added to their roots at one time
than those of a hard-wooded nature: where Pots nearly
as large again may be safely used with the one, the other
would only require the least additional space. Spring
is the season when Potting operations are naturally most
active, as the period when new growth commences
in so many plants, after comparative imactivity, is
a good time to provide them with additi root-space

Fig. 269. POTTING-BENCH.

or whatever other attention they may require. In
Potting hard-wooded plants of any description, the old
ball shonld never be placed lower in the soil than
it has previously been; if the stems are buried, certain
death will, in most cases, be the result. These remarks

apply more particularly to Heaths and numerous

subjects of a like tender nature that are natives of
Australia, the Cape, &c. In contrast to the class of
plants just referred to, there are others which may
have their stems buried at the time of Potting without
the least fear of injury; these are mostly of the soft-
wooded class, and need not be severally mentioned.
Another point for reference is that of properly filling-
in the space all round the old ball of earth. It is not
an unfrequent occurrence, on turning a plant out after
it has been shifted, to find the space round the lower part
of the old ball only ey filed; this shows ig
: a plant is tied as 1
should be, all the sddiGonal pol siven wil lave been

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 215

Pots and Potting—continued.
alike, regarding moisture, as may be practicable ; either
extreme must be avoided.

A strong Potting-bench is always requisite for the
proper execution of work upon it. Unless the bench is
firm, Potting on it is unsatisfactory, as the soil cannot
be pressed or rammed unless the Pot rests upon
a solid base. The shape and strength of material best
suited for a strong Potting-bench are indicated in
Fig. 269. Such a one made strong would last a very

long time, and could belimoved about to any part of the
garden, if desired.

POTTERY-TREE. A common name applied to

Moquilea utilis.
POTTLE. Sce Measures.
POUPARTIA. Included under Spondias (which

see).

POUROUMA (the native name in Guiana). ORD.
Urticacee. Of this genus of trees, about thirty species
have been enumerated, natives of tropical South America.
Flowers dicecious, numerously disposed, the males in
glomerules or ose-paniculate heads, the females in
cymes ;. aE, are solitary or twin. Mature fruit
distinct, erect, much larger than in allied genera, Leaves
alternate, ion stalkod undivided or sometimes on the
same tree palmately three to five-fid or parted; stipules
large, very caducous. P. edulis, the only species which
calls for mention here, requires culture similar to Arto-
carpus (which see).

P. edulis (edible). fr. in clusters, of the form and taste of Hazel
nuts (much esteem by the natives of —— l. green above,
bluish-white beneath, as large as those of Wigandia imperialis,
Cold regions of Columbian Cordilleras, 1873. Greenhouse.

POURRETIA. A synonym of Puya (which see).

POURRETIA FRIGIDA. A synonym of Dyckia
frigida (which see). í

POUS, PODOS. Used in Greek compounds, this
signifies a foot or stalk; e.g., Podosperm (the same as
Funiculus), the stalk on which some seeds are borne.

PRÆCOX. Appearing or developing comparatively
early.

PRÆMORSE. Having an irregular, ragged termi-
nation; appearing as if bitten off.

PRAIRIE CLOVER. See Petalostemon.

PRASANTHEA. A synonym of Paliavana (which
see). ' ;
PRASINUS. Grass-green. a
PRASOPHYLLUM (from —— a Leek, and
phylion, a leaf; in allusion to the similarity which exists

in the leaves). Orb. Orchidew. A genus comprising
about twenty-six species of terrestrial orchids ;

greenhouse,

two are natives of New Zealand, one is New Caledonian,
and the rest are Australian. Flowers small, in loose or
dense, sessile spikes; the perianth often abruptly inflexed
above the ovary. Leaves in a long sheath, sometimes
elongated, terete, sometimes reduced to a short mucro.
The species are of botanical interest only. —

PRATENSIS. Inhabiting meadows.

PRATIA (named after M. Prat-Bernon, of the French —
Harp; soe sapere ee but died a few days

the expedition sailed). SYN. —— Orb.

—— A genus comprising about fifteen species

p paceman season Bien by division. Those d

Pratia—continued.

Leaves alternate, frequently broad, toothed. For culture,
see Lobelia, to which this genus is allied, and from
which it principally differs in the fruit being a globose
or obovoid berry, and not a dry capsule.
P. angulata (angled).* f. white, nearly jin. long, with the
corolla eee era the extreme base, an F wail de limbs;
— axillary, slender, 2in. long, ebracteate, Summer.
*— stalked, —— thick, sub-orbicular, truncate or rounded
at the base, coarsel:
with few large, anar Fone g
1879. An extremely —* ity little creeper for — quite
hardy. Syn. Lobelia littoralis.
blue, small,

————

gene Pe — sa August. Jr.
te, serra! m —* — —

ite creeping, . Nepaul,

. Greenhouse, (B. R. 1373.) 7 ~ z

oxige ay i. base, —
‘creeping).* white, with a violet tint, over Jin. 1
—* — nih 8 * ut split at the back; ped ——

Stem -creepin, — matted,
red, spreading, white j hairs, Ni

long,

PREMNA (from premnon, the Pl of a tree; in
allusion to the low stems of most species). Syn.
Baldingera. ORD. Verbenacew. A genus comprising
upwards of thirty species of glabrous, pubescent, or
tomentose, stove shrubs, sub-shrubs, or trees, inhabiting
the warmer regions of the Old World. Flowers white or
bluish, small, disposed in terminal, trichotomous panicles,

corolla tube short, cylindrical; limb sp , four-fid.
Leaves opposite, entire or toothed. Few of species
are cultivated in this country. They thrive in a compost
of sandy loam, peat, and leaf mould, and may be increased
- seeds, or by cuttings.

d con-
l. very ahect-aisiked, | ——— y narro at
dentate. Branchlets and

above, ——
——— East Indies, 1827
olia, P. spinosa.

. latifolia (broad-leaved). Jl. dis

on paw tog wa
unculate panicles; corolla dirty-white. ToN 1
aran hepara arn * oval,

or
, Shining above,
———

2jin. long,
Beneath. "he Bait: “East nis 182.

——— IE DRE OT A synonym of P. integrifolia.

oT spinosa (spiny). A synonym of P. integrifolia.

herbs, of which six inbabit Central —
Indies, and the Canary Islands, and the rest are North
American. Flower-heads homogamons, purple, violet,
white, or yellowish - white, often slender, drooping,
loosely | paniculate, rarely in sheathed, racemiform, erect
panicles; style often long-exserted ; involucre cylindrical,
often narrow; receptacle flat, naked. Leaves alternate,
mostly petiolate, sagittate-cordate, deeply pinnatifid or
lyrate, or the upper ones narrow, sessile, and auriculate-
amplexicaul, The species are not particularly ornamental.
They thrive in any ordinary garden soil. All may be
Perennial speci also by division Those "decribed

dads viio, bavia papih, of shock
P. alba. (white "pseu nce pep age

216 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Prenanthes—continued.

a (purple).* _jl.-heads purple, disposed in loose
panicles, long-stalked, — August. T oblong-lanceolate,
bom ie 5 4 sub-denticulate, glaucous beneath. h. 4ft.
Europe, 1658. (J. F. A. 317.)

P. virgata (twiggy). /l.-heads lilac, clustered, and mostly uni-
lateral; involucre purplish, of about eight scales. August.
l. lanceolate, acute, closely sessile, the upper ones reduced to
bracts, the lower ones toothed or pinnatifid. Stem simple, 2ft.
to 4ft. high. North America, 1823.

PREPTANTHE. A synonym of Calanthe. į

PREPUSA (from the Greek word prepo, which means $f
“I am handsome”; on account of the beauty of the
flowers). ORD. Gentianee. A small genus (three species)
of herbaceous or shrubby, erect, slightly branched, green-
house plants, confined to Brazil. Flowers large, few,
long-stalked, at length often nodding; calyx inflated,
campanulate, shortly six-lobed; corolla campanulate,
with six broad, short, twisted lobes. Leaves opposite,
slightly fleshy, mostly approximate at the base of the
stem; upper ones scattered, sessile or connate. For
culture of P. Hookeriana, the only species hitherto intro-
duced (probably not now in cultivation), see Leianthus.
P. Hookeriana (Hooker’s).* A. disposed in racemiform cymes

of three to five; pedicels naked, elongated ; corolla tube cam-
a, the limb pale yellowish-white, with obovate, apiculate
obes. March. ¿. spathulate-lanceolate, slightly obtuse ; cauline
ones few, sub-connate at base. Stem herbaceous, purplish,
almost simple. A. lft. 1839. (B. M. 3909.)

PRESCOTIA. Sce Prescottia.

PRESCOTTIA (named after John D. Prescott, a
botanist, of St. Petersburgh). Erroneously spelt Pres-
cotia. Syns. Decaisnea (of Brogniart), Galeoglossum.
Orv. Orchidew. A genus comprising about a score
species of stove, tropical American, terrestrial orchids,
with fascicled, sometimes fleshy root-fibres, and leafy,
slender, or tall, simple stems. Flowers small, spicate,
sub-sessile; lateral sepals connate with the lip into a
sac, the lip being fleshy, cucullate, and entire, with a
couple of ears at its base. Leaves clustered at the
base of the stem or radical, sessile or long-stalked,
small or ample, membranous. The best-known species
are given below. They are similar, both in habit and
leaf characters, to Stenorrhynchus, and require a green-
house temperature; they should be potted in well-
drained loam.

P. colorans (coloured n, in , erect, dense

——

ong, acuminate, cucu
as fong as the petioles. Brasil, 134, (B. B. wis)” 2

P. densiflora (dense-flowered). jl. whitish ; and
revolute, almost round, acute, Aa with fapa ha —
l. rosulate, oblong, obtuse, many-nerved. Brazil, 1866.
P. plantaginea (Plantain-like). fl. greenish-white, disposed in
————— age ——————— Shei eE ig s
: -oblo: rowed into a le which is shi
the blade. Brazil, 1822. (H, E. F. 115; L. B. C. 990.) ;
PRESLIA (named in honour of C. B. and L. 8.
Presl, of Prague, authors of “Flora Sicula,” 1818,
“Flora Cechica,” 1819, and other works). ORD. Labiate.
A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy, prostrate,
perennial herb, allied to Mentha. It thrives in any
moist soil, and may be readily increased by divisions.
P. cervina (stag). A. e lish, disposed i many-
flowered, axilla: ———— rather PAR —— floral
leaves ; calyx tubular, equal, four-toothed ; corolla tube included,
the limb equal and four-parted. June to August. l sessile,
linear, obtuse, quite entire, dotted, somewhat fascicled in the
—*—* — Mediterranean region, 1684. SYN. Mentha

PRESTOEA (named after H. Prestoe, the present
_ Director of the Trinidad Botanic Gardens). ORD. Pakar.
A genus comprising two species of pinnate-leaved, slen-
der, dwarf, stove palms, with a reed-like caudex. For
culture, see Phonix. —
D. montana (m is is

) ied in —— — * is * correct name of the plant

P. pubigera (puberulous).* j. minute, sessile: outer
‘workesfed, Sin Tong, te tntetor one IE to Ti lone peda

Prestoea—continued.
Zin. to 4in. long; spadix branches twenty to thirty, the inferior
ones 6in. long, much thickened at the base. fr. an ovoid berry.
l. 3ft. to 4ft. long, pinnatisect at base, on petioles more than 2ft.
long, green, with pale nerves, glabrous, chartaceous ; lower seg-
ments somewhat distant, 14ft. to 2ft. long, three lines broad
Trunk 10ft. to 12ft. high, West Indies. SYN. Hyospathe
pubigera.

. PRESTONIA (named in honour of ©. Preston, M.D.,

a correspondent of Ray). Syns. Exothostemon and Hama-

dictyon. ORD. Apocynacee. A genus comprising about

thirty species of tall, climbing, twining, hirsute, pubes-
cent or glabrous, stove shrubs, natives of tropical,

America. Cymes often densely corymbose or almost um-

belliform, pseudo-axillary, sessile or shortly pedunculate.

Leaves opposite, penniveined. Perhaps the only species

worthy of mention is the one here described. It should

be grown in a stove, and potted in a light, loamy soil.

It makes a pretty specimen when trained upon pillars

or a balloon trellis. Propagated by cuttings, rooted under

a bell glass, in bottom heat.

P. venosa (veined). fl. yellowish-green, pale in the centre, in
drooping racemes. June. l lanceolate, glabrous, beautifully
traversed by crimson veins. St. Vincent, 1821. Syn. Echites
nutans (B. M. 2473).

PRETTY FACE. Sce Calliprora lutea.

PRICKING OFF, or PRICKING OUT. A
term in constant use, which is applied to the removal of
small seedling plants from the position in which they
have been reared, and their insertion in single pots, or
at a wider distance apart in pots, pans, or beds, where
there is more space in which they may grow. The object
is that of encouraging growth, and getting plants sufti-
ciently strong to be placed in’ their permanent quarters
without fear of injury. Pricking Out is generally best
practised so soon as the first leaves appear after those
which the seed produces from its interior.: The necessity
for this work may be much lessened by thin sowing;
but still there are numerous instances in which it is un-
avoidable. Small plants, when Pricked Out, must receive
every attention until they become so far established as,
to a certain extent, to take care of themselves, and get
large enough for transplanting or potting permanently.

PRICKLES. Sharp, hard, conical elevations of the .

epidermis or epiphlcum.
PRICKLY PEAR. See Opuntia.

PRIESTLEYA (named after Dr. Joseph Priestley,
1733-1804, the famous chemist). —— Achyronia.
ORD. Leguminose. A genus comprising fifteen species of a
greenhouse, often silky-villous shrubs, natives of South :
Africa. Flowers yellow, in terminal, crowded heads or 7
racemes, or rarely axillary; standard sub-orbiculate ;
wings falcate-obovate; keel incurved, beaked or sligbtly
obtuse. Pods oblong or broadly linear, oblique, com-
pressed, two-valved. Leaves simple, entire ; stipules none.
The species thrive iù sandy peat. Water must be care-
fully administered ; if too much is given, the plants wìll
die. Propagation may be effected by cuttings of very
young wood, inserted in sand, under a glass, and kept
free from damp. i

P. ericæfolia (Heath-leaved). jl. capitate, terminal, or in fascicles

eas
—

in the upper axils of the leaves; keel fuscous-purple at apex-
June ama July. Z linear-lanceolate, rather ate din. long,

with somewhat revolute margins, hairy beneath, but at length
—— above. Branches and calyces silky. h. 1ft. to 3ft. 1812.

h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1794,

(Thunberg’s). fl. axillary, pedicellate. July and
A l , acute, smooth, th ins beset with
silky hairs Branches hairy. hoe wet 18

under name of
name of L. vestita.)

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 217

Priestleya—continued.

villosa (villous), fl. capitate. June and July. Z ovate-
elliptic, acute, one-nerved, flat, and, as well as the branchlets,

a My pods, hairy on both surfaces. h. 2ft. to 4ft. 1774.
(B. M. 3216.)
PRIMORDIAL. First in order of appearance. The

term is usually applied to first leaves.

PRIMROSE. See Primula vulgaris. The name
was also formerly used for Privet.

PRIMROSE, CAPE. See Streptocarpus.
PRIMROSE, EVENING. See Gnothera biennis.

PRIMULA (from primus, first; referring to the
early flowering). Primrose. ORD. Primulaceœ. A genus
comprising from seventy to eighty species of mostly
hardy, alpine, perennial, rhizomatous herbs, natives of
Europe and temperate Asia, a few American, one or two
found in the mountains of Java, and one in the frigid
region of South America. Flowers white, pink, purple, or
yellow, umbellately or verticillately racemose, very rarely
solitary, involucral-bracted, ebracteolate; calyx tubular,
funnel-shaped, or campanulate, often inflated or angular,
with five persistent lobes; corolla hypogynous, infundi-
buliform or hypocrateriform, with a short or elongated
tube, and . limb of five flat or concave, spreading or
incurved, bricated lobes. Leaves all radical, usually
obovate-spathulate, rarely orbicular and long-stalked,
entire, toothed, or rarely lobed. The various beautiful
Auriculas have been derived from P. Auricula. Five

of the species are natives of Britain, and include the ~

well-known common Primrose (P. vulgaris), Cowslip
(P. officinalis), and Oxlip (P. elatior), of our meadows
and woods. The species described in the following pages
are hardy, except where otherwise stated.

Primulas are charming and exceedingly useful plants, ©

adapted collectively for various decorative purposes and
positions under glass, and also in the open air. In them
are represented great diversity of habits and growth,
some being very dwarf and slow growing, while others
develop and fiower as large plants in a comparatively
short time.. Many of the hardy species are excellent
subjects for sunny positions on rockwork; but some that
are rare should receive special attention, or be kept in
pots in a cold frame.
successfully grown in pots, if kept in the proper positions
and temperatures which the several species and varieties
require. The hardy ones may be kept in cold pits or
frames throughout the summer, such as those with a
north aspect; in winter, they must also be kept cool, and
allowed to rest. Damp is one of the greatest enemies
to hardy Primulas in winter, but still their roots must
never be allowed to become too dry. All the small
alpine species and their varieties should have their
crowns kept well above the soil, and be maintained in
position by placing pieces of sandstone on either side.
This provision against damping applies to those grown
in pots, in the open border, or on rockwork: it is always
advisable to support the—in many instances, tiny—plants
in this way. Varieties of the hardy Primrose are well
adapted for naturalising in woods or shady places along
with the common sort. A quantity of plants for this
purpose may readily be raised from seed, a good strain
of which should be secured.

Propagation of the species of Primula is most generally
effected by seeds. The varieties of any section seldom
reproduce themselves true from seed, and these have
therefore to be

rare species when seeds are not procurable,

amongst

and also more frequently amongst others that are com-
moner. Seeds of the hardy species are best sown, soon —
iter Sher nio sipe I sheik Te ee ee

seeds should be thinly covered, and the pots placed
in a cold frame, and kept shaded. When the

Vol —

Primulas of any description may be ,

ted by cuttings or divisions. —
Careful division ptusetiones nikdo: —— i

Primula— continued.

lings appear, they should be placed near the glass,
and, in due course, pricked out, or inserted singly in
small pots of soil similar to that in which the seeds
were sown.

P. japonica, one of the finest, strong-growing species,
succeeds well in pots for greenhouse decoration, and also
when planted on rockwork or in the open border. The
seeds of this species should be sown when ripe, and the
plants, when raised, grown on to flower the second
spring following. As they are very vigorous, rich soil
and rather large pots should be provided for them after
the first winter has passed. If the flowers appear on
plants within a year after the seed has been sown, it is
not so desirable as when they can be kept back until
starting time, after two winters have passed. P. japonica
never requires any fire-heat; all the leaves die down in
winter, when the pots may be stored in a cold frame, and
kept moderately, but not quite, dry. P. obconica, a pretty
and very popular plant, is best adapted for pot culture ;
it flowers, more or less, in a cool greenhouse or conserva-
tory, nearly all the year. Propagated, in spring, by care-
fully-made divisions, and by seeds. Another Primula
well suited for pot culture in greenhouses is P. cor-
tusoides Sieboldit, of which there are several beautiful
varieties, all worthy of more extended culture than they
at present receive.

Perhaps the best-known Primula is that which is very
generally and extensively cultivated for greenhouse and —
room decoration from autumn till late in spring, namely,
the Chinese Primrose (P. sinensis). Of this beautiful -
and popular species, there are single and double varie-
ties, but plants of the former kind are more easily grown,
and more frequently seen in gardens, than are those
of the latter. These Primulas are always most accept-
able in winter, when their bright and cheerful flowers
appear to best advantage, and suggest the return of
spring; at the latter season, however, the plants attain
their greatest degree of perfection. To keep a succession
of the single ones in flower, the first portion of seed
should be sown in March, for growing plants in prepara-
tion for the ensuing autumn, and other sowings should
be made in April, May, and June. Shallow pans are
best for the seed; they should be well drained, and filled
with light soil, composed chiefly of leaf mould, with a
little loam and sand. The surface may be slightly pressed,
to make it even, and the seeds must only be very lightly
covered ; the pans should then be placed in a warm frame
or Pit, and kept shaded. A pane of glass, laid over the
top of each pan, will prevent rapid evaporation, and
watering need not then be practised until ger-
mination takes place. The young plants should be left in
the seed-pans or pots until ready to pot off singly, unless
any of them show signs of damping, in which case they

are best pricked off at once in new soil, about lin. apart, — |

and kept shaded for a few days. In about a fortnight, a
cold frame will be the most suitable place, as the plants
must be kept near the light, and have plenty of air while
growing, to insure what is most essential—a compact,
sturdy habit. As the soil in small pots becomes filled
with roots, shift on into others 5in. in diameter, a size
sufficiently large for Chinese Primulas to flower in. For
the final potting, an open and rather rich soil is neces-
sary, consisting of two parts loam to one each of well-
decayed manure and leaf mould, a little charcoal or sand
being added to insure porosity. The pots should be
—— well drained, and perfectly dry when used. Venti-

on, watering, and shading, are the principal points
— attention in the general management. Through-

out the summer, a slight shading, or screen from the —

sun's rays, is necessary through the hottest part of the
day: a thick or continuous shading is more injurious

than beneficial. Liberal supplies of water are —— ;

in summer; but towards autumn, and in the winter,’ it
2 F

218 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

must be carefully administered. A light, airy house, where
the plants may be kept,mear the glass, is best for these
Primulas, when in flower, during the winter or spring;
and a temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg. is better, at
that period, than a higher one. In potting, the plants
should be inserted so that, their bases just touch the
soil when the work is completed; the crowns must not
A be buried, but, if situated too high, they are always
— tumbling about afterwards.

Fig. 270. PRIMULA AURICULA.

Double varieties of P. sinensis must be propagated
by cuttings, but some of the semi-double forms repro-
duce themselves from seed. Old plants, after flowering,
should be encouraged to start a little growth, when they
may be cut up, and each division inserted as a cutting.
Some cultivators surround the base of the stems with
leaf mould, into which the roots grow, and, when the
divisions are made, plants instead of cuttings are already
fit for potting off. Double varieties require culture very
similar to single ones after they are established,
but they will bear a little higher temperature
when flowering.

Varintizs. Of P. sinensis there are several
strains which receive separate names, but, for
general purposes, distinct, fimbriated white and

_ red varieties are, if kept separate, sufficient.
A greater diversity can, however, be procured
by purchasing or saving mixed seeds from good,
large, fimbriated flowers. The strain is of great
importance, as there are so many inferior ones.
All vendors of seed, doubtless, endeavour to
supply the best quality; but varieties degenerate

so fast, and all the inferior ones produce seed
so freely, that the reputed quality is not
always to be relied on. P. s. jfilicifolia alba,
filicifolia rubra, fimbriata alba, and fimbriata

-~ tubra, are those most commonly grown; other
— zub· varieties of fimbriata are: Alba Magnifica,

Chiswick Red, Coccinea, Marginata, Meteor,

Scarlet Gem, Village Maid, and Waltham
White. Of double varieties, the old Double

3 _ White is one of the best and most useful winter-
flowering plants grown. There are a few double
Scola he Ge Cares, tir ee very. gl
useful for cutting, are not extensively cul-
“tivated. ce — — e —

—
*

—

o

Primula—continued.

P. Allionii (Allioni’s).* fl. mauve, with a white eye, large, about
lin. across, either solitary or in twos, on very short peduncles.
April. J. obovate or sub-spathulate, when fully developed
narrowed into a petiole, slightly and irregularly toothed. All
parts of the plant, except corolla and capsule, are densely clothed
with a short, glandular pubescence. Mountains north of Mentone.
(Fl. Ment. 63.) P. tyrolensis, from the Tyrol, is a geographical
form of this species,

P. altaica (Altaic).* M. mauve or purplish-crimson, with a yellow
centre, as large as those of the common Primrose, and numerously
produced. Spring. l. obovate, younger ones lanceolate, sinuate-
crenate, or nearly entire, obtuse, marked with narrow veins, and
slightly mealy. A. Sin. to Sin. Altai, 1819. (P. M. B. xvi. 194.)

P.amoena (pleasing). A garden synonym of P. cortusoides Sieboldii.

P. Auricula.* Common Auricula. fl. of various colours, but
normally yellow, umbellately dispo: on many-flowered stalks;
tube of corolla gradually widening upwards, nearly three times
the length of the bell-shaped calyx. Spring. J. oblong-lanceolate
or obovate, more or less minutely glandular-toothed, fleshy,
glaucous-mealy. _ A. Sin. European Alps, 1596. A well-known
species. See Fig. 270. (B. M. 6837; G. M., Ap. 24, 1886;
J. F. A. 415; R. G. 194 and 195.) P. Balbisii is a pretty,

ellow-flowered form. P. Goebelii is a natural hybrid, with
rownish-violet flowers. For cultivation, varieties, &c., see

P. auriculata (eared).* A. purplish, with a white eye, five or six ~
in a drooping umbel; corolla tube lin. to lżin. long, three
times the length of the calyx, the lobes narrower than those of
P. farinosa. Early summer. 1. oblong or obovate, smooth,
slightly crenate, pale but not mealy beneath. h. 4in. Austrian
mountains, 1825, A preity species, closely allied to P. farinosa,
but readily distinguished by its much longer flowers. (B. M. 392,
under name of P. longifolia.)

P. Balbisii (Balbi’s). A form of P, Auricula. *

P. Boveana (Bove’s).* Abyssinian Primrose. f. ellow, very
numerous, on straight, — icels ; Senile tales or thrice
as long as the calyx, with a slightly-constricted throat. March.
l., lower ones rosulate, ovate, unequally argutely toothed : upper
ones whorled, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sessile, argutely incised-
toothed, acuminate. h. 6in. Mount Sinai, 1826. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 2842, under name of P. verticillata.)

P. calycina (calycine).* G —
May and June. nce purple, in short-stalked umbels

P, capitata (headed).* 7. violet-blue, in dense, round heads
jin. across, and enveloped in a white, mealy powder: scapes
— bin. to 9in. high. April to June.’ 4 oblong, mealy on the

er side, sometimes of a golden hue, finely wrinkled and

Himalaya, 1850. One of the finest speci It makes
a fine pot-subject, but will not endure a heated greenhouse. It

should be grown in a cold frame, with plenty of air, and may be

*

Fig. 271. PRIMULA CAPITATA, showing Habit and detached Inflorescence.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.

219

Primula—continued.

planted on rockwork wose it Saou! not get the midday sun. See

Fig. 271. (B. M. 4550;
P. Clusiana (Clusius’). p gaa rose, about lin. in diameter,

in stalked umbels. April and May. J. broadly ovate, sligi tly
1.

— margins —— toothed. h. 6in. to 9in.
(J. H. ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 356.)

P. cortusoides — jl. deep — disposed in umbels;
scapes — bin. long. Early summer. la > soft, cordate,
iin, to 10h —8 1794. Very ial "a B | if:

in. n. in
B. M. 399.) À

FIG. 272, PRIMULA — — showing Habit and
detached Single Flower.

P, c. Sieboldii ———— — fine deep rose, with a white eye,
but very variable, from 1 across ; umbel six to ten-
flowered. April. J. ovat, ie — — somewhat cordate
at the base, coarsel: d irregularly too — — din. long,
and nearly as mu Droad. Root oot creeping 8in. to 12in.

A vari mer —

Japan, 1 the type.
Sen Fig. (B. M. 5528. — P. amena (of gardens),

P. Courtii (Court’s), A synonym of P. verticillata simensis.
P. —— (Dahurian). _/l. pink, — a lemon-coloured eye

teriform, with o , emarginate lobes; ad
volucre many-fiowered. ane. l. lanceola thulate, ’sub-
entire, glabrous. h. Sin. Dahuria, Siberia, 1 (B. M. 1219,
under name of P. intermedia.)

= decora (decorous). A variety of P. viscosa

denticulata (toothed).* fl. bright lilac, small, in dense,
—— heads or umbels, each blossom pod about —

with a — eu — ene tat dark-
colou: Spa — summer. ¿oblon
—— tooth pots on both surfaces, and FOP one. Caper

See Pe _ Himalaya. A handsome
soo ae best in a moist ion, and in leaf mould. M.
R. 1842, 47; S. E. B. ii. 114.) P. d. pulcherrima is a
— it grows from 10in. to 12in.
igh, and has a more glob fi

colour.
P. d. cashmeriana J Pane Dorney purple, with a yellow
eye, small, and y —— in from

5 Scape
9in. to 12in. high, very stout and mealy, — near the top.
March to May. l. oblong, serrated, pale green, the under surfaces
beautifully covered with a meal resembling gold-dust. Kashmir,
1879. A handsome variety, pref a moist situation, where
it will endure any amount of sunshine. During winter, the
crowns are liable rot, from the amount of m a pea
therein ; it is — therefore, to — a Aera
i820. p. )

over —— See Fig. 275. (F. M. n. s. 2
P. elatior (taller). True Oxlip. f/i. pale — horizontal or
—— disposed in uncled umbels ; corolla limb concave ;
throat open, without April and May. l on winged

petioles. A. lft. (Britain). This species — from
P. vulgaris in the —— calyx, shorter pedicels, and cap-
sule longer 2 the calyx tube. it is intermediat: e between

P, elegans (elegant). ‘A garden synonym of P. sibirica tash-

— ht a Shs

Primula—continued.

or oblanceolate, coarsely and unevenly toothed. h. 4in. to Sin,
Himalaya. Similar to È, denticulata.

Fic. 273. PRIMULA DENTICULATA CASHMERIANA, showing Habit
and detached Single Flower.

An cro ara A light purple, with
ina Toara; conia ite about equaling

t

Fro. Ah PRIMULA FARINOSA, sho Habit, and detached Umbet
of Flowers and Leaf.

220

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

the mealy calyx, the lobes narrow and deeply notched. Early
summer, J. small, about lin. long, ovate-oblong, roundly toothed,
smooth above, clothed beneath with a white, mealy down. A. 3in.
to12in. Northern and C al Europe (Britain). A little gem ;
a stiff soil and a damp situation suit it well, and it should be
screened from the midday sun. See Fig. 274. (L. B. C. 1649;
Sy. En. B. 1134.) P. f. acaulis is a diminutive variety.

P. Fedtschenkoi (Fedtschenkow’s). fl. deep violet-purple, in
whorls after the manner of P. japonica. Summer. l. oblong-
obovate, hardly crenated, almost sessile. A. 6in. to 9in. Tur-
kestan, 1884,

P. Florkiana (Flirke’s). See P. minima,

P. floribunda (bundle-flowered).* f yellow, small, disposed in
whorls, on erect scapes, 4in. to Sin. high. i. stalked, elliptic-
lanceolate, toothed, glandular-pubescent. Western Himalayas,
1883, A charming plant. (B. M. 6712.

P. glutinosa (glutinous),* A. brilliant —— with the
divisions rather deeply cleft, nearly sessile, clustered. Early
summer. Z. lanceolate wedge-shaped, obtuse, smooth; margins
serrated. h. 4in. South Europe, 1824. A very beautiful and
distinct species, rarely seen in cultivation, (J. F. A. v. App. 26.)

P. Goebelli (Goebl’s). See P. Auricula,

P. grandis (large). jl. yellow, on long pedicels, umbellate ;
scape long. A. 9in. Central Asia, 1878. A distinct species,
remarkable only for the large size of its foliage and the small-
ness of its flowers, (R. G. 968.)

P. imperialis (imperial). A synonym of P, prolifera.

P. (entire-leaved). ji. rose, from one to three on
scapes 2in, to 3in. long; corolla deeply lobed ; tube longer than
the calyx. Spring and early summer, J. elliptic or oblong, entire,
smooth, shining, ciliate at the edge. h. 3in. nees and
Switzerland, 1 An elegant little species. (B. M. 942;
J. F. A. iv, 327; L. B. C. 886.) Syn. P. Candolleana.

P. involucrata (involucred).* fl. creamy-white, with a yellowish
eye, disposed in bels; corolla lobes roundish; involucre
membranous, much divided. Spring. l. erect, oblong-lanceo-
late, bright green, narrowed into the leafstalk. A. 5in. to Tin.
North India, 1845. A distinct. species, —— a moist
situation ; it thrives freely in pots plunged f-way in water.
(B. R. xxxii. 31; R. G. 1863, 394.)

P. i. Munroi (Captain Munro’s).* fi, white, with a yellowish eye,
fragrant, in a head on stems in. to Tin. high; corolla inflated
above the middle, with rounded, two-cleft lobes, more than

. across. March to May. l long-stalked, nearly cordate,
obtuse, slightly indented, smooth. A. 6in. to 8in. North India,
1845. (B. R. xxxiii. 15, under name of P. Munroi,)

P. (Japanese).* Japanese Primrose. variously

yured, crimson, maroon, lilac, rosy-pink, or white, with a
differentiy-coloured eye, and about in diameter; scapes
from lft. ne eft. high, bearing Pd or six many-flowered ced

; ; oblong-spathulate, coarsely an
y-toothed, sessile. A. lft. to 1}ft. Japan, 1871. One of
the most beautiful n cultivation. It makes

— growth in moist, shady spots, in deep, rich loam.

seeds — — a — time * germinate;

comse up quickly, however, if sown so soon as they are ripe.

(BM, S016) : ' x

. Kaufmanniana (Kaufmann’: -viol: in t
whorls of from ten to * oor "te seh

if broad. Summer.
_ l softly pubescent, long-stalked, orbicular, with a deeply cordate
bans; lobed > lobes irregularly serrated. h. bin. to tain: Tur-

kestan, 1883,

<a

KJ
‘FiG. 275. PRIMULA LUTEOLA, showing Habit and detached
DEN — Tuas Die :

Ret ing oe

Primula—continued.
towards the base and toothed at the margin. . k. 14ft. to 2ft.
Caucasus, 1867. A handsome species, requiring a moist situation
in full exposure. See Fig, 275. (R. G. 54L)

= — Pits y

Fic. 276. PRIMULA MARGINATA.

P, marginata (mandned ji. violet-rose, with a mealy throat ;
scape many-flowered. April and May. l. oblong or obovate,
—— and unequally toothed ; margins silvery from mealy dust.
h. 2in. to in. Switzerland, 1777. A very pretty and distinct
species. See Fig. 276. (B. M. 191; Fl. Ment. ii. ; L. B. C. 270.)

ere is a form known as major, which is larger in all its parts,
has deeper-coloured flowers, than the type.

P. minima (least).* Fairy Primrose. M. usually rose, but some-
times white, comparatively large, generally —— across,
solitary, but sometimes twin. Summer. l. wedge-shaped, nearly
square at the ends, about jin. long, smooth, shining, toothed at
the top. k. lsin. South Europe, 1819. A ve small-growing
species, — a sandy-peat and loam soil. (B. 581 5
pS Seal ) P. Flérkiana is like this; it is a hybrid, of

w P. minima is one of the parents.

P. mistassinica (Lake Mistassini), fl. red; corolla hypocrateri-
form, with obcordate, sub-emargi f lobes; involucre one

to eight-flowered. June. l veined, spathulate, dentate or

— obtuse —— —— at — h. šin.
0 merica, 2973 ; H. E. F. 68.) Syn. P. pusilla

(B. M. 3020; L. B. C. 1726). vi

P. mollis (soft).* A. calyx and corolla tube red, the i
limb deep rose, with a dark blood-coloured ri Kaat crpe ad
scapes lft. to lift. high, bearing three or four whorls of blossoms,

of which is nearly lin. across. May. _ l long-stalked,
cordate, hairy on both surfaces, the petioles clothed with spread-
ing white hairs. Bootan, Himalaya, 1854: A very distinct and
rare species. (B. M. 4798.)

Fic. 277. UMBEL AND DETACHED SINGLE FLOWER OF PRIMULA

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 991

Primula—continued.

nivalis (snowy).* fl. pure white, freely produced in large
trusses on stems as high again as "the leaves; corolla lobes
obcordate. Spring. l. obovate or spathulate, ciliated, smooth,
— — and irregularly toothed. h. 4in. to Qin. Caucasus,

v

P. n, farinosa (mealy). l. mealy beneath. Central Asia, 1878.
P. n. longifolia (long-leaved). A. dark violet. J. ovate-oblong
to lanceolate-oblong. Central Asia, 1878. (R. G. 930.)

P. n. turkestanica (Turkestan). É rose, generally in two
dense whorls, and about lin. in diameter., Z.

oblong, fla
obtuse, smooth above, white below. h. 6in. Turkestan, 187i i
(R. G. 930.) "A"

One of the handsomest varieties in cultivation.

P. obconica (obconical).* jl. pale lilac or purplish, drooping,
umbellate; calyx between campanulate and funnel-shaped ;
corolla with a cylindric tube and a flat limb lin. in diameter.
Spring and summer. J. radical, many, petioled, broadly ovate-
oblong, cordate or rounded- cordate, the margins lobulately
— or nearly entire. h. 6in. to 12in. Central China, 1882.

C. n. s., xix. 121; Gn., Sept., 1884.) Syn. P. poculiformis
(E: M. 6582).

P. officinalis (officinal). Cowslip; Palsywort. fl. bright yellow,
in terminal umbels, hanging more or less to one side; calyx
lobes obtuse; corolla limb cup-shaped. Spring and summer.
l. generally smaller than those of the common Primrose, much
narrowed towards the base, thickly pubescent with short, stiff
hairs. A. 4in. to 12in. Europe (Britain), West Asia. A well-
known plant, from which the Polyanthus (P. variabilis) is sup-
posed to have originated. See Fig. 277. (Sy. En. B. 1130;

L. B. C. 1597, under name of P. inflata.) Syn. P. veris. See also
Polyanthus,

Fig. 278. UMBEL AND DETACHED FLOWERS OF PRIMULA
OFFICINALIS ELATIOR DUPLEX.

EF. — elatior duplex (taller, double). A curious garden form,
th a petaloid calyx. See Fig. 278.

Fic. 279. UMBEL AND DETACHED SINGLE FLOWER OF PRIMULA OFFICINALIS

MACROCALYX.

—~
A —— form, with the

Primula—continued.

P. poculiformis (cup-shaped). A synonym of P. obconica.

P. prznitens (very glossy). A synonym of P. sinensis.

P. prolifera (proliferous). fl. , #in. in diameter; scape
tall, bearing several whorls of flo rs. 4 large, obovate-oblong,
denticulated along the margins. A. 6in. to 24in. Himalaya and
Java, 1834. A very distinct and pretty species. (B. M. 6732 ;
R. G. 1204.) Syn. P. imperialis.

P. — (downy). fl. rosy-crimson, in very large bend
April. l. obovate-oblong, dentate-serrate at apex, the margins
densely glandular-ciliate. h. 3in. to 6in. South Europe, 1
A fine hybrid, of which P. Auricula is one of the parents.
(R. G. 1198a.)

Fic. 280. PRIMULA SIKKIMENSIS, showing Habit and detached
Single Flower. K

P. pusilla (weak). A synonym of P, mistassinica.

rosea (rosy).* bright rosy-carmine, with a yellow eye,
pete fins — — in heads of from six to ten blossoms,
on stout scapes ĝin. to 6in, high. Spring. l bright green,
smooth, 3in. to 6in. long, in shape resembling those of the
common Primrose, but not wrinkled ; edges slightly serrated and
crimped, A. 4in. Kashmir, A handsome

species, with a neat habit. (B. M. 6437; F. M.
n. s. 360.) ‘

P. sapphirina ( hi 1 2 fl. pale blue,
borne on slender scapes lin. to 2in. high. l
sine tng ne ge obtuse, lisposed in
- rosettes about in diameter. Sikkim (at
13,000ft. to 15, . elevation), 1884. A minute
species. (G. C. n. s., 1884, xxi. p. 545.)

P. seamen (Seon! | fm ple, with a
yellowish eye; tube of corolla eq

P. sibirica (Siberian pels eae o,
the segments lanceo! lanceolate, acute
or slightly obtuse; involucre three to five-
flowered. May. —— — yin arg
ti obtuse, v ous, io! w uni

psi h. Sin. “Sein 1818. (BM. 3167) P . & integerrima

P. o. macrocalyx e rear ainu
calyx foliaceous, and abnormally developed. See Fig. 279. margins.

P. Palinuri (Palinuri). /l. bright yellow, with a Cowslip-like is a Big do 1 Mie with very entire leaves. — stalk i bes.
perfume and a funnel-shaped corolla, disposed in a drooping | P. s. Kerai — gh e! woe
umbel at the top of the powdered e. April and May. June. — —— jong gree abet ovate 4 —
l broad ami ie a pea — A —— ipods: (iM: AE)
bright almost as as those -i ; Cabbages. Syn. P. ans, some
5 —— ay, p groon, almost —— Italy, 1 — vigorous- sikkimensis (Sikkim).* fl. — yellow, nearly lin. long and
— — distinct species. (B. M. 3414; H. E. F. 118.) aj e than jin. across, num in large umbels,

produce as many as “sixty blossoms; scapes

ut a dozen fine

Pa ing? e, with a yellow eye, nearly
—— rry ae Ne pipe, wi Maa abo

which sometimes
from Uft. to 2ft. — Summer. l. rough, wrinkled, Pe
oblong, obtuse, bidentate, attenuated into a footstalk. h. l4ft.
to 2ft. Sikkim Himalaya, 1850. See Fig. 280. (B. M. 4597.) —
—— hinese).* Chinese Primrose. M. white or ——
of —— Ee ie of the limb ri ——
terminal notch in each segment. Spring. l

ieshy, with sinuated

299 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Primula—continued.

Fig. 281, PRIMULA SINENSIS.

edges and hairy surface. h. Qin. China, 1820. Greenhouse,
See Fig. 281. (B. M. 2564; H. E. F. 105; L. B. C. 916, 1926:
L. C. $ 7; R. G. 1861, 346.) SYN. P. prænitens (B. R. 539). Of
this now ve meta er A wn species, a considerable number
of varieties, differing both in foliage and flower characters, have

Fic. 282. PRIMULA SINENSIS FLORE-PLENO,

originated in gardens. There is a good strain of double forms,
oath a rather large range of colour variation. One is repre-
sented in Fig. 282,

bilis (showy). f. deep rosy-purple, six to eight in an
1; scape 3in. to din. high. July. 4. elliptic, thick and
fleshy, with entire, cartilaginous margins. h. 4in. Eastern Alps,

.

P. s

P.
um!

Wulfeniana (Wulfen’s).* A form with more pointed

leaves than those of the type. See Fig. 283.

P. Steinii (Stein’s).* /. bright purple, very shortly stalked.
April and May. l —— toothed. ‘AY dsome
hybrid (of which P. minima is one of the parents), of very dwarf,
densely-tufted habit. (R. G. 991, f. 1-3.)

P. Stuartii (Stuart’s).* f. rich golden-yellow, in many-flowered
umbels, Summer. /. nearly lft. long, broadly Tedin li; smooth
above, mealy below, sharply serrated. A. 9in. to 18in. Northéfn
India, 1845. A handsome and vigorous-growing species, requiring
a good, light, and deep soil. Fig. 284. (B. M. 4356.)

suffrutescens
eye, lin. in i l, narrow,

P. sub-shrubby). -purple, with
—— saan a yellow

Primula—continued.

t thulate, 14in. to 2in. long, toothed at the apex. Stems
pera sernenling, pene hee woody. California, 1884. A pretty
rockwork plant.

Fig, 283. PRIMULA SPECTABILIS WULFENIANA.

P. tyrolensis (Tyrol). See P, Allionii,

Fie. 284. PRIMULA STUARTH, showi

Habit, detached
Inflorescence, and Single

ower,

P, variabilis (variable), of Goupil. A hybrid plant, which not
unfrequently occurs wild in Britain, in company with its two
—— the Primrose and the Cowslip. It is often taken for

he true Oxlip (P. elatior). See Fig, 285.

P. venusta (charming). i. purple ; corolla thrice as long as the
calyx ; in shorter than the pedicels ; scape glabrous.
April. & te, dentate, serrate, or almost entire, glabrous on
both surfaces. h. 3in. Hungary, 1833. (B. R. 1983.)

P. veris (spring). A synonym of P. oficinalis.

P, verticillata simensis (whorled, Simen).* ff. yellow ; scape
bearing two or three tiers or whorls of flowers, the stalks of which
measure some 2in. in length; the whorls provided with spreading,
leafy bracts, those in the lower whorls being the largest, measur-
ing 4in. to 5in. long, and 1jin. broad; corolla salver-shaped, with
a tube nearly 2in. long, dilated at the upper extremity, the
lobes notel Spring. Jl. oblong-lanceolate, 8in. to 10in. long,
covered with white, mealy powder, especially on the lower sur-
face, irregularly dentate. h. lft. to ait. Abyssinia,
very desirable, greenhouse species. (B. M. 6042.) Syn. P. Courtii.

P, villosa (villous). A synonym of P. viscosa.

P. viscosa (clammy).* fi. rosy-purple}) with a
posed in scid rola.

gashed, the tube twice as long as

sc

white eye, dis-
> lobes cordate,

umbels on vi Co
bell-shaped calyx. Early

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 223

Primula—continued.

Fic. 285, PRIMULA VARIABILIS.
summer. J, obovate or sub-orbicular, with closely-set teeth, dark

green, covered with glandular hairs, and viscid on both sides.”
. Zin. to din. Pyrenees, 1768. A handsome species. See ae
286. E M. 14; J. F. A. v. App. 27; L. B. O. 182; R. G. 656.)
SYN. P. villosa. P. decora is a slight variety of this species

(B. M. 1922; L: B. C. 1480.)

srih vet

Fig. 286. PRIMULA viscosa, showing Habit and detached Umbel
of Flowers.

P. v. latifolia (broad-leaved). violet, with mealy throat and
calyx, 5 —— g flowered. Earl
summer.
2in. broad, serrately
on both surfaces. h. 4in. to 8in.
R. G. 122.)

t; umbel from one to. twenty-
obovate or oblong, sometimes 4in. long, and

y
y
rom middl ards, cilia —
i Pyrenese. 160 fl. Ment. 3

Fig.
_ Yariable habit, y mith a perennial rhizome, very
rarely sub-shrubby at base; they mostly inhabit Northern
temperate (esp —* being rare in the

Primulacez—continued.

Southern hemisphere, and very scarce in the tropics.
Flowers hermaphrodite, usually regular, small or rather
large, sometimes axillary and solitary, often racemose, or
solitary or umbellate at the apex of an elongated scape,
the inflorescence centripetal; calyx free, or very rarely
adnate to the ovary, four to nine-fid or parted, usually
persistent; corolla hypogynous, generally gamopetalous,
rotate, hypocrateriform, or infundibuliform-campanu-

‘e late, with a short or elongated tube; limb four to nine-
| parted or four to six-lobed, the lobes or segments

entire, emarginate, or fimbriate-lacerate, imbricated or
twisted in æstivation, rarely sub-bilabiate or wanting;
stamens as many as the corolla lobes. Capsule one-
-celled. Leaves exstipulate, sometimes all radical, some-
times cauline, alternate, opposite, or whorled, simple or
rarely lobed (in Hottonia, pectinate and multifid), The
species are more remarkable for their beauty than for
the little economic value they possess, Most of _ the
flowers are sweet-scented. The order comprises twenty-
one genera, and about 250 species. Well-known illus-
trative genera are: Androsace, Cyclamen, Lysimachia,
and Primula,

LOO

Fic. 287. PRIMULA VULGARIS FLORE-PLENO, showing Habit and
* detached Flower.

PRINCE'S FEATHER. See Amaranthus hypo-
chondriacus. ;

PRINOS. This genus is now included, by Bentham
and Hooker, under Ilex (which see). m

PRIONIUM (from prionion, a small saw; alluding
to the serrated leaves). ORD. ——— A ——
genus. The species is a remarkable, greenhouse rush,
found in swamps and on the banks of rivers in South
Africa. In its native habitat, it often increases to such
an extent as to choke the rivers in which it grows.
The leaf-sheaths contain a network of strong, black
fibre, suitable for brush-making; and the leaves them-
selyes are useful for plaiting and thatching. It should
be grown in a compost of loam and leaf mould, and the
pot stood in a pan of water. Propagated by division.

golden. |, Similar to

te disposed in a compound, pedunculate panicle
L in a clus ME Se ek Bae Sane, ait. to. OR.
linear, dilated at base into an sheath. A.

(B. M. 5722.)

TOCARPUS
and karpos, a fruit; alluding to the long,

*

| prismatic form of the fruit). Orp, Campanulacee, A

genus comprising fifteen or sixteen species of green-

(from prisma, prismatos, &

224 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Prismatocarpus—continued.
house or hardy, glabrous, perennial herbs or sub-shrubs,
confined to South Africa. Flowers at the tips of the
branches, short, solitary or glomerate, or disposed in
dichotomous, slender, slightly rigid panicles; calyx with
an adnate, linear tube, and a five-eut or five-parted limb ;
corolla infundibuliform or broadly campanulate, five-
lobed; inflorescence centrifugal. Leaves alternate, small
or narrow, in the lower part of the stem, often fascicu-
late in the axils. For culture of P. nitidws—the best-
known species—see Campanula. See also Specularia.
P. nitidus (shining). white, two to four in a cluster towards
the tops of the branchés, sessile in the axils of the bracts, and
sometimes solitary in the axils of the leaves ; bracts similar to the
leaves. August and September, l. ovate-oblong, spreading, ser-
rated. Stem branched; branches diffuse, woody. . bin, to
12in. 1787. Greenhouse. (B. M. 2733, under name of Campanula
Prismatocarpus.)
DIA (named after W. T. Pritchard,
author of “ Polynesian Reminiscences”), ORD. Palme.

Fig. 288. PRITCHARDIA VUYLSTEKIANA.

A small genus (about seven species) of very ornamental,
stove, unarmed palms, natives of the Friendly and Sand-
wich Islands. Flowers rather large, hermaphrodite, with
a three-parted calyx and corolla, and six stamens; spathe
ample, affixed to the peduncle, often silvery-furfuraceous ;
spadices long-pedunculate, about 3ft. long, with ascending
branchlets. Fruit small or rather large, globose or
ellipsoid, one-seeded. Leaves terminal, large, often white-

— induplicate ; petioles concave ; sheaths short. The species

d’s). l slightly rayed, cuneate at
the middle laciniw nearly twenty
— reip y

P. grandis (great). A synonym of Licuala grandis.

Pritchardia—continued.

. macrocarpa (large-fruited). l. larger than in P. Martii,
roundish-flabellate, plicate, divided one-third the way down into
numerous linear-lanceolate, acute segments. Sandwich Tslands,
1879. This species somewhat resembles P. Martii, but is more
robust in habit. (I. H. 352.) —

P. Martii (Martius’). ` l. dark green, flabelliform, plaited ; petioles
smooth, unarmed, inclosed at the base in a few rough, brown
fibres. Sandwich Islands. A cies of recent introduction,
quite distinct from P. pacifica, and having very small seeds.

P. ifica (Pacific Islands).* J. of a rich dark green, large,
flabellate, palmatisect, plaited, covered with white down when
young ; petioles clothed with a white, scaly tomentum, flat
above, rounded below, inclosed at the base in a few coarse, brown
fibres, and totally unarmed. h. 10ft. Pacific Islands, 1870. A
fine species. (F. d. S. 2262-3; I. H. n. s. 161.)

. pericularum (Dangerous Archipelago).* A handsome, fan-
leaved palm, resembling P. Vuylstekiana, but differing in having
dark brownish-golden petioles, and obliquely spherical fruit.
Pomotou Islands, 1883. i

P. V (Vuylsteke’s).* Z. large, deep green, crowded
on the young plant, which is short and thick-set. Pomotou
Islands of the Dangerous Archipelago. See Fig. 288. (G. C.
n. S., xix. 692.)

i

PRIVA (a name of — meaning, given by
Adanson). Syns. Streptivm, Tortula. Orv. Verbenacew
A genus comprising about nine species of erect, stove
or greenhouse herbs, inhabiting the warmer regions |
the globe. Flowers small or mediocre, solitary at the
axils of the small, narrow bracts, very shortly pedicel-
late; calyx ribs five, produced in short teeth,, enlarged
in fruit ; corolla sub-bilabiate, five-lobed; spikes terminal
or peduneulate in the axils, long, slender. Leaves
opposite, membranous, toothed. — ies calls
for mention kere. For culture, see
—
*

—

` the reproduction of plants by means of buds,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 225

PROBOSCIDEUS. Trumpet-like; proboscis-like.
PROCERUS. Very tall.

PROCESS. A term applied to any projecting ap-
pendage, whether natural or monstrous.

PROCESSION _— See Polygala vul-
garis.

PROCKIA — commemorative, but derivation
of name not given by nomenclator). Syns. Kellettia,
Tinea, Trilie, ORD. Tiliacee. A genus comprising only
two or three species (which are, perhaps, all varieties of
the one described below) of stove shrubs, natives of
tropical America. Sepals three or four, valvate, per-
sistent; petals sepaloid and persistent, sometimes absent ;
pedicels fasciculate or shortly racemose, terminal. Leaves
ovate, serrated, many-nerved at base. P. crucis thrives
in a compost of sandy loam and leaf mould. Propagated
by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, inserted in sand, under
a glass.

P. crucis (Santa Cruz). fl. yellow, very fragrant; corymbs —
flowered, terminal. July. l. ovate or cordate, acuminated,
rated, with the point entire, membranous, h. bft. West ban
&e., 1823. (B. R. 972; L. B. C. 1933.)

PROCLESIA (a name commemorative of. Pam
King of Sparta). The correct name of this genus,
according to the authors of the “Genera Plantarum,”
is Cavendishia. Syn. Polybea. Orv. Vacciniaceer. A
genus comprising about thirty species of handsome, stove,
glabrous, evergreen shrubs or small trees, inhabiting the
mountains of tropical America. Fiowers red, scarlet,
white, or flesh-colour, showy, racemose or sub-umbellate,
axillary and terminal, pedicellate; calyx tube hemi-
spherical or shortly campantlate, the limb short, dilated,
five-lobed or five-toothed; corolla tubular, five-toothed,
the teeth valvate ; — ten. Leaves alternate, per-
sistent, coriaceous, shortly petiolate, entire. The two
best-known species are here. described. Both are
shrubs. For culture, see Thibaudia.

P. in * in short co
when in bud, by large, 8 sane — calla bright red, with
green tips and lobes, 2in. lo: November. J. sub-distichous, on
very short, stout petioles, -to 3in. long, ovate or oblong-
lanceolate, rounded at base, with long-acuminate or caudate
points. Branches pendulous, s slight] eee, or pubescent,
Andes of Columbia and Ecuador,- Syn. Thibaudia acu-
minata (B. M. 5752) The correct name of this plant is
— acuminata, `

P. cordifolia (heart-shape-leaved). A. corolla — red, white

at the mouth, tubular-ventricose, nearly

racemes
_ reduced to a crowded head. December. 1. lin, T Zin. long,
ovate-oblong, obtuse, quite entire, cordate at base ; ioles very
short, pubescent. Branches terete, pubescent. w Grenada
and Ecuador, 1865. SYN. Thibaudia cordifolia (B. "M. 5559),
The correct name of this plant is Cavendishia cordifolia

PROCUMBENT. Lying flat upon the —
PROFEREA. Included under Nephrodium.
PROIPHYS. A synonym of Eurycles.
PROLIFEROUS. See Prolification.
PROLIFICATION (from proles, offspring, and
facio, I make). A term denoting, in its widest sense.
as opposed
to reproduction by means of seeds. It is accordingly
employed to denote the formation in many plants, e.g.,
the Houseleek (Sempervivum tectorum), of offsets or
stolons, of which thet terminal bud becomes a new plant,
and the connection with the parent is severed. It is
also employed in cases where buds are formed along the
edges of leaves, either on uninjured ones (e.g., Bryo-

phyllum and Malazis), or in those that have been —

injured or cut, as in propagating Begonias from the

leaves.

The word is, however, frequently restricted to denote
a sak ona a GOL O i wie

Prolification—continued.

naturally occur. If Prolification affects the inflorescence,
it consists in the formation of leaf-buds, or of an un-
usual number of flower-buds. It is often well seen in
such plants as Clovers and Plantains, in which the flowers
are arranged naturally in a close head or spike, The

Fig. 289. HEN-AND-CHICKENS DAISY, — Prolification of the
_ Inflorescence, ;

— and-Chickens Daisy (see Fig. 289), in which the
flower-head bears a number of smaller ones around it.

a well-known example of Prolification of the ——— ee 3
When a single flower is affected, the flower-stalk may —

be prolonged through and beyond the flower, and may —
bear leaves or a flower-bud on ite This form of Proli-
fication, known as “median,” is occasionally seen in many
plants, e Go the Rose. It is peculiarly frequent in double
flowers, i.e., flowers in which the stamens have been
replaced by petals. Occasionally, the prolonged flower- -
stalk bears several leaf-buds or flower-buds. Another
form of Prolification, called “axillary,” consists in the
growth of leaf-buds, or of flower-buds, from the axils of
one or more of the parts of a flower. In this form, as
in the last, the buds’ may develop into branches bear- ©
ing several flowers. Such buds are most frequently
situated in the axils of sepals. Next in frequency are
those in the axils of leaf-like carpels; less often they
are associated with petals; and least common is their T
occurrence in the axils of stamens. Prolifica- ·
tion is far more frequent in plants in which all parts
of the flowers are free, than in those in which they are ©
united; and the flowers most liable to it generally have —
the top of the flower-stalk, or receptacle, naturally pro-
longed between the whorls of the flower, or possessed of
a glandular disk, or are otherwise peculiar in structure.
Those desirous of further information on this subject will
find it fully discussed in Dr. Masters’ “ Vegetable Tera-
tology,” published, in 1869, by the Ray Society. 5

PROMENÆA. Included under Epa

PRONAYA (named in honour of tek. Pronay, a
Hungarian naturalist, who died in 1808). Syns. Campy-
lanthera, Spiranthrea (of Hooker). Orp. Pittosporew.
According to Bentham, in his “ Flora Australiensis,” this
genus is monotypie. The species, P. elegans, is an elegant,
greenhouse twiner, succeeding in-sandy peat. Propagation
is effected by cuttings, made of young shooots, and in-
serted in sand, under a glass.

P. —— — =. bluish or white, in a dense,

` (which see).

terminal

sessile amongst the last leaves. August. l., lower ones

often coarsely toothed or a sg the others sessile or nearly so,

—— or linear-lanceolate, lin. — P Se — rather

Sm: margins recurved. A 1 B xii, %2 i
Ns. Campylanthera Fraseri, ; y

PRONE. — flat, —— “ie — downwards.
26

226

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PROPAGATION: Any method by which plants
can be increased in quantity, however slow the process
may be, is rightly referred to as being applicable for
the purpose of Propagation. Plants are propagated in
various ways: some which increase at a most rapid rate
by one method cannot be similarly raised by another;
occasionally, they cannot be raised at all. The principal
modes are those of seeds, cuttings, layers, offsets, bulbs,
tubers, suckers, runners, and division of the plant or
rootstock. Budding and grafting afford facilities for the
rapid Propagation of such plants as under certain con-

ditions may be successfully dealt with; and sometimes

leaves are inserted, with the result that new plants

or bulbs will eventually form on the firm parts of

the main midribs where incisions have been made. Under

- Budding, Cuttings, Grafting, Layering, and Leaf

* Propagation, details may be found of the ways in which

-~ these several systems of Propagation are adopted in

practice, which it is unnecessary to repeat under this
heading.

Propagation by seeds is the most natural mode, and is,
consequently, the one by which the vast majority of
plants naturally spread and reproduce their species more
or less true, according as the flowers are subjected or
disposed to become influenced by foreign pollen affecting
their fertilisation. If all plants were naturally to repro-
duce themselves true from seeds, the endless variety re-
presented, for instance, in florists’ flowers, could not
possibly have been obtained by artificial fertilising and
eross-breeding, neither could further improvements be so
rapidly made. Where exact counterparts of plants cannot
be insured by seed-saving, there is generally some one or
more of the other methods of Propagation which can be
successfully applied, as the insertion of cuttings, buds, or
grafts, which generally retain their distinctive characters,
althongh often—as in budding and grafting—supported
by sap which is not that of a plant or tree of the same
species, nor, maybe, even of the same genus. The great
number of annuals in cultivation must of necessity be pro-
pagated from seeds, as their roots do not live long after
the seed comes to maturity. The conditions requisite for
successful Propagation by seeds, are the proper ripening
beforehand of the latter, their right preservation during
the interval between collecting and sowing, so as to in-
sure the retention of all germinative properties, and their
insertion in soil at the proper time, under conditions
favourable to rapid or slow development into plants, as
individual sorts may be naturally disposed. Some seeds,
even when perfectly matured, retain their germinative
properties but a comparatively short time; while others,
kept under favourable conditions, are just as good at
the end of four, or frequently more, years, as in the first
after being gathered. When old seeds of flower or
kitchen garden crops are intended for sowing, a few of
each should be tested beforehand, in order to ascertain
the proportion of good ones in a given quantity. This
may easily be done, by sowing a potful, and placing them
in a little heat. A seed-room kept at about 45deg.,

and not much affected by outside fluctuations of tem-
perature, is best suited for the general preservation
_ of seeds, from the time of collecting them until the
period for sowing; it should have a boarded floor, and
be kept quite dry. There are, however, many seeds,
especially those of trees, which lose their vitality if
ept dry; these should be placed in sand, soil, damp
_ moss, or some other substance suitable for preserving
_ them, until the proper time for sowing arrives. This
varies considerably with different plants, and as those

_ ground at a season suit

raised from seed are extremely numerous, it is impos- _

Propagation—continued.
must be sown in spring; hardy ones sometimes succeed
and flower all the better if they are established by that
season. Seeds of plants that are biennial—that is, do
not flower until the second year—require sowing before,
or soon after, midsummer, a season favourable to
germination, and one which allows the plants, when ob-
tained, to become established before the winter. There
are numerous plants grown from seed for indoor decora-
tion, the season for sowing which depends very much on
the time when the product is required. Gardening sup-
plies are in constant demand, and sowing for succession
is one of the gardener’s chief considerations, as it affects
so seriously his system adopted for providing what is
requisite at the proper time. There are various methods
of seed-sowing, but in the open ground they may practi-
cally be reduced to two, namely, scattering indiscrimi-
nately or broadcast, and sowing in drills. The last-named
is the one now most generally practised, as it affords
more convenient opportunities for cleaning and thinning
the crops or seedlings, as the case may be, than the
broadcast system does. Under glass, shallow pans are
perhaps most suitable; they afford a larger top surface
than pots, and this is often desirable for enabling
one to sow thinly. Whether pans or pots are used, they
should always be thoroughly clean and dry, and be well
drained. Seeds of any description may be said to re-
quire a lighter soil wherein to germinate than that in
which the plants will grow when established. Even
those of forest-trees, which fall and root themselves into
the earth, are naturally provided with a covering of
leaf-soil formed by the decay of the leaves which the
trees themselves shed. Encouragement to free root
action is first essential, and this is usually best given
by the use of a light compost, into which the roots can
readily enter; any special requirements can be provided
when they are stronger, and when nutriment is neces-

plants which bear them, but more generally about their
roots. ere they are produced, ati easy mode of Propa-
gation is effected by separating or lifting them when

the old plants ripen and their tops decay. Tubers admit

lanted ; the Potato is a well-known

AN ENCYCLOP2DIA OF HORTICULTURE.

227

Propagation—continued.

ceeding; it consists in taking up the sucker, with all its
roots, and replanting it at any time when the parent
plant or tree may also be safely removed. Suckers are
not always to be favoured; they are inclined to similarly
reproduce themselves, and rob sap which should proceed
to the one måin stem, Such things as Filberts, Lilacs,
Raspberries, &c., may, however, be propagated from
suckers; and for an example of plants in pots which
may be similarly increased, Chrysanthemums may be
cited. Runners proceed along the ground, and form
small plants, which are first nourished by the parent, but
afterwards root and support themselves. Varieties of
Strawberries are almost exclusively propagated by run-
ners, and there are several other examples. Propagation
by division is generally understood to mean the parting
of the rootstock of a plant and inserting the pieces
thus obtained with roots, to form separate plants. It
is a very important method, often available when many of
the others are impracticable, or employed with difficulty
or uncertainty.

PROPAGINES. bBulblets formed on the stems of

some plants.

PROPENDENT. Hanging forwards and down-

wards. -

PROPHYLLA. Primary leaves.

PROSAPTIA. Included under Davallia (which
see).

PROSARTES. Included under Disporum (which
see).

PROSELIA. Included under Chetanthera.

PROSERPINACA (an old Latin name, used by
Pliny, probably from proserpo, to creep; in reference to
the creeping stems). Mermaid Weed. Syn. Trivis. ORD.
Haloragew. A genus comprising a couple of species of
hardy, aquatic herbs, inhabiting North America and the
West Indies. Flowers minute, axillary, sessile, solitary
or clustered. Leaves alternate, sub-sessile, lanceolate,
dentate or pectinate-pinnatifid. Stems creeping at the
base. The species should be grown in large pans of
water, with a little soil for the roots to run in; or they
may be cultivated in ponds. They require shelter during
winter. 3

P. palustris (marsh-loving white. Summer. J. lanceolate,
—— — the lower — — when under water. Canada,
Gi;

P, pectinacea i . white. Summer. J. all pectinate,
the division hater ye ey North America, &c., 1821.
PROSOPIS (an old Greek name used by Dioscorides

for the Butter-bur). Including Algarobia. ORD. Legumi-

nose. This genus comprises about eighteen species of
trees or shrubs, often armed with hooked prickles or
stout, axillary spines, or with both, dispersed through
the tropical and sub-tropical regions. Flowers small, in
cylindrical spikes, or rarely in globose heads; calyx cam-
panulate, shortly dentate ; petals valvate. Leaves bi-
pinnate, generally rigid, and of a glaucous hue, with
only one or two pairs of pinnæ, but with a considerable
number of leaflets. The species are very rarely seen in

cultivation, with the exception of P. siliquastrum, a

nearly hardy tree, which thrives in sandy loam. pa-

gation is effected by rather firm young shoots, off

close to the older stems, and inserted in sand, under a

glass, in gentle heat.

P. siliquastrum (Siliqua-podded). fl. white. l with two or
three p i i ing numerous pairs of

Tinea, eias JEE iima. voia, straight. z% Wft.

tE io- Chili, 1827.0 o E

PROSTANTHERA (from prostithemi, to append,

_ and anthera, an anther; alluding to the connectives of

_ the anthers being spurred beneath). Australian Mint-

=

Prostanthera—continued. S
An Australian genus comprising thirty-eight species of
greenhouse shrubs or under-shrubs, studded with resinous
glands, and usually strongly scented. Flowers generally
white or red, shortly stalked, with a pair of bractéoles
close under the calyx; calyx campanulate, the limb of
two broad, entire lips; corolla tube short, dilated into
a broad, campanulate throat, the upper lip of the limb
broadly two-lobed, the lower three-lobed; whorls two-
flowered, axillary or disposed in a terminal raceme.
Nutlets ovoid, reticulately wrinkled. Leaves entire or
toothed, often rather small, the upper ones conformed
or reduced to deciduous bracts. The species best known,
and most worth growing, are the under-mentioned. They
are all shrubs. A sandy-peat soil suits them best. Plenty
of drainage is at all times essential, Propagated by
cuttings of the young shoots.

P. cuneata (wedge-leaved). fl. all axillary, but sometimes
crowded into terminal, leafy racemes ; corolla white, with purple
spots, twice as long as the calyx. June. l. sessile or nearly so,
often crowded on the short branchlets, obovate-cuneate or almost
orbicular, obtuse, entire or crenate, the margins often slightly
revolute. h. 2ft.

P. empetrifolia (Empetrum-leaved). M. axillary ; corolla violet,
fully twice as long as the calyx. September. l. sessile, linear,
acute, entire, with revolute margins, rarely above jin. long.
h. 2ft. 1829. (B. M. 3405, under name of Chilodia scutellari-
oides.)

x licels short; racemes ]
June. I. petiolate, usuall, Aione lanes, rather acute, den-
tately serrated, 2in. to Branc!

h. 3ít. to 6ft. 1808. This

rminal, |
corolla twice as long as calyx. l. sessile, linear-terete, with
i gir | acute or obtuse,
floral ones
smaller. :
. rotundifolia (round-leaved purple, in short, close, ter-
ge en racemes, the lower ones —— in the axils of the leaves,

like the stem ones. July. 1. broadly ovate-orbicular or hu-
late, on rather long petioles, very obtuse, entire or htly
żin., and sometimes under $in., long.

crenulate, all less t
h. 3ft. 1824. $
P. violacea (violet).* A. usually bluish-purple, in two or three

pairs, forming s l, terminal, compact racemes; corolla not
twice as long as the calyx, and sometimes scarcely exceeding it.
June. l. very small, shortly but distinctly petiolate, broadly
ovate or orbicular, more or less crenate, with revolute margins,
rarely exceeding two lines, and often not more than one line, long.
h. 4ft. 1820. (B. R. 1072.)

PROTANDROUS. See Proterandrous.

PROTEA (from Proteus, the versatile sea-god; in
allusion to the diversity of the species). Syns. Eroden-
dron, Leucadendron (of Linnæus), Pleuranthe. ORD.
Proteaceœ. A genus comprising about sixty species of
magnificent, greenhouse shrubs or small trees, almost all
natives of extra-tropical South Africa, one or two ex-
tending in tropical Africa as far as Abyssinia. : Flowers
solitary, densely capitate, surrounded sometimes by
coloured bracts; heads usually large, globose or rarely
oblong, cone-like; receptacle thick, flat or convex; in-
volucral scales numerous, imbricated, or the lower ones
sometimes elongated, blackish or coloured. : Leaves
alternate or scattered, coriaceous, rigid, entire, very
variable in shape. Many of the species have been intro-
duced to cultivation, but are now -y rarely -s —

ey require an airy greenhouse, with exposure to fu
rc during —— they should be placed out of
doors. Most of them thrive only in well-drained, sandy
peat, and they are induced to flower freely by allowing _
them to become pot-bound after they have grown to the
required size. Some form large shrubs, and flower on

trailing, and the flowers are produced on the old stem,
close to the ground.

ripened young wood, inserted in sandy peat, under a bell-

the ends of the branches; while others are dwarf and ——
Propagated by cuttings of the half-

228 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Protea— continued.

glass; or by imported seeds. Several of the species for-

merly included here will now be found under Serruria

(which see).

P. acaulis (stemless). fl. purple, in a sessile, hemispherical
head, lin. to l4in. in diameter. July. J. obovate-oblong, thick,
4in. to 8in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, obtuse or mucronate-acute,
narrow-cuneate below the middle, sometimes petioliform at base.
Stem shortened and much branched, depressed. h. 13ft. 1802.
(B. M. 2065.)

P. acerosa (acerose). ji. blackish, in somewhat aggregate, sub-
sessile, turbinate-hemispherical heads, lin. in diameter; perianth

smooth, seven to twelve lines long, scarcely half a line broad.
Stems erect, nearly lft. high, sub-umbellately branched. 1803.
This species may be readily recognised by the leaves being more
slender than the style. (B. R. 351.) :

P. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A form of P. grandiflora.

P. cordata (heart-shaped).* /l. purple, in a hemispherical head
as large as a small apple; scales red, obtuse ; perianth Jin. long.
April. i. remote, ucous, sessile, cordate, and somewhat
rounded or ovate, rigid, 2in. to 4in. long, lżin. to 5in. broad;
young ones red-margined. Stem prostrate, short, scaly ; branches

_ slender, ascendent. A. 3in.to12in. 1790. (A. B. R. 289.) SYN.
P. cordifolia (B. M. 649).

P. cordifolia (heart-shape leaved). A synonym of P. cordata.

P. coronata (crowned). A synonym of P. formosa.

. cynaroides glabrata (Cynara-like, glabrous).* white,
greenish within, in large, obovate-globose, at Teneth —
heads; scales ros — August. J. elliptic or —
attenuated at both ends, usually obtuse. Stems epigzeous, bin.
to 12in. long, very simple, thick. 1774.. ‘A. B. R. 288, under
name of P. cynaroides.)

P. c. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). jl. like those of the 7
l. sub-orbicular. or obovate, very obtuse, shortly attenuated
at base or sub-emarginate, together with the petiole 4in.
to 6in. long, lin. to 2in. broad. (B. M. 770, under name of
P. cynaroides.)

P. formosa (beautiful).* f., perianth violet; involucre of an
intense rose-colour, the scales white-ciliated. May. ł. narrow-
oblong, oblique, glaucescent, Sin. in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad,

_ slightly obtuse, rose-margined, glabrous. Branches, as well as
the margins of the leaves, tomentose. h. 6ft. 1789. (B. M. 1713.)
Syn. P. coronata (A. B. R. 469).

P. formosa (beautiful), of Andrews. A synonym of Leucospermum
medium. ;

P. grandiflora (large-flowered). ji. white, in heads as as

recurved callus. Branches glabrous, densely leafy. h. 6ft. to Tft.
1787. A small, tree. (B. M. 201.) P. angustifolia (B. R. 569),
accordin; eissner, is a mere form of this, with lanceo
leaves, — to eight lines broad. *
P. levis (smooth). fl. greenish, nearly lin. long, in sessile,
_ mediocre, erect, ispherical heads ; scales sub-sericeous, at
: so glabrous. May. i. ucous, elongated-linear, acute,
glabrous, attenuated at base, flat, secund, 4in. to 6in. long. Stem
bent, dwarf. 1806. (B. M. 2439.)
P. latifolia (broad-leaved). A. purple, scarlet, or green, as m
as 3}in. long, tomentose, f large, turbinate heads. A er
l. sessile, cordate-ovate, obtuse, reticulate-nerved, 3in. to 4in,
long, 2in, to Sin. broad, thick, amplexicaul, the margins some-
times woolly. Branches tomentose, densely leafy at apex. h. 6ft.
to 8ft. 1806. (B. M.1717.) Syn. P. radiata (A. B. R. 646).
. le ) (sealy-fruited). fl. le, in ovoid
heads, about the size of the fist ; — — Hos Se neng
May. J. lanceolate, acute, narrow at base, slightly rous-
dotted, rigid, erect, Sin. to 5in. long, five to seven lines broad.
age» gage rate or the younger ones tomentose or sub-villous
1806. Shrub or small tree. (A. B. R. nder name
-~ of P. grandiflora var.) ‘ pecz z

P. lepidocarpon (scaly-fruited), of Ker. A synonym of P. mela-

P. longifolia (long-leayed). A. pale, blackish at the tips of the
-perianth, 4in. lo: ilose, — Te, ovate-oblong ierat Ped

: turbinate at base. February. 1. narrow-lanceolate, long-
to 6in. long, three to four lines broad, acute or
callous-apiculate. h. 2ft. 1798. (A. B. R. 132-134 ;

one. ore
3 nigra (A. B. R. 103).
Cape -flower, or Sugar- —

phallus.

| andros, a male).

Protea—continued. z
heads, 3in. to 4in. long; scales of a beautiful sanguinary-rose
colour, slenderly striated. September. i. lanceolate, of a
pleasing green, Sin. to in. long, three to six lines broad, by
no means marginate, slightly callous-apiculate. Branches
spreading, ascendent at apex. 6ft. 1774. Shrub or small
tree. (A. B. R. 582; B. M. 346.) ~

P. mucronifolia (mucronate-leaved). fl. violet, white within,
and white-bearded, less than lin. long, in small, globose, sub-
sessile heads, about the size of a walnut. September. l. linear,
likin. to 2in. long, with a pungent mucrone, not narrowed at the
base. Branches glabrous. A. 4ft. 1803. (A. B. R. 500; B. M.
933.)

scarcely jin. long. April. Z. subulate, slender, somewhat rigid, | P, neriifolia (Oleander-leaved). fl. purplish and yellowish-white,

plumose at the tips, in oblong-turbinate heads, 3in. long; inner
scales silvery-silky, black-bearded on the margins. March.
l. linear-lingulate, 4in. or more long, about Zin. broad, obtuse or
very slightly acuminate, emarginate at base, and, as well as the
branches, tomentose. h. 3ft. or more. 1806. A robust shrub.
(B. R. 208.)

F pemietiinte (pencilled). fl. Lin. to 1jin. long, white-bearded
at the apex, in a turbinate, spheroid head, as large as an apple ;
style 2}in. long, sulcate. Summer. l. lanceolate, —— obtuse
at both ends, 2in. to 3in. long, six to ten lines broad, the young
ones villous-ciliated. Branches slender, rather loosely leafy,
tomentose at the top. Shrub. (B. M. 6558.)

F. ig em (pretty).* A. red; inner involucral scales silky,
bl -bearded on the margins. June. J. linear-lingulate, rather
blackish on the — slightly scabrous. A. Sft. 1795.
(A. B. R. 270; B. R. 20.)

P. radiata (rayed). A synonym of P. latifolia.

P. Scolymus (Scolymus).* A. purple, 4in. to jin. long, in sessile,
erect heads, as large as a plum, at length obovate ; style lin. long,
rather thick. April. l. linear-lanceolate, acute, long-attenuated
at 2in. to 4in. long, Lin. to Lin. broad, striate-wrinkled, and,
as well as the branches, glabrous. Branchlets slender, corymbose,
rather loosely leafy. h. 3ft. 1780. An erect shrub. (A. B. R.
409; B. M. 698.)

P. speciosa (showy). fl. 3in. long, white-silky, the laminz some-
times red- or white-bearded ; heads ovoid, as large as the fist;
scales all white-silky. April. Z. thick, oblong or obovate, nar-
rowed at base, somewhat acutely mucronate, 3in. to 6in. long, lin.
to 2in, and, as well as the erect branches, glabrous.

1786. Shrub or small tree. (A. B. R. 110; B. M. 1183.) SYN.
P. magnifica (A. B. R. 438).
P. s. nigra (black). A synonym of P. melaleuca.

P. villifera (villi-bearing). /l. purple, in sessile, oblong heads, 3in.
long and lin. to Zin. broad. inner seales pink, white-bearded

i. > er

with the branches, pilose. A. 6ft. 33* ee 1005) ys
PROTEACEZ. A natural order of trees or shrubs,
rarely perennial herbs, mostly Australian or South
African, a few being dispersed in tropical or extra-
tropical South America and the South Pacific Islands;
they are wholly wanting in North temperate regions.

diccious, capitate-spicate, racemose, or rarely solitary,
bracteate, very rarely bibracteolate; perianth inferior,
of four at first valvate, coherent segments, afterwards

ming more or less recurved; stamens four, always

small, very caducous, or almost obsolete, sometimes
imbricating and persistent, forming — cone. Fruit
very variable in form. Leaves alternate or scattered,
rarely opposite or whorled, entire, much toothed, or
sometimes pinnatisect or decompound on the same plant,
usually coriaceous; stipules none. Many of the species

are well known to gardeners, by whom they have long

—* cultivated. Several produce an abundance of nectar.
for le of some of the Australian kinds is valuable
sia eei making. Proteaceœ comprises forty-nine genera
about 950 species. Well-known examples are : Banksia,
Grevillea, Hakea, Leucospermum, and Protea. .

OPHALLUS. Included under Amorpho-

(from the Greek

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 229

Proterandrous and Protandrous—continued.

ripe before the stigma of the flower is ready to receive
it. This is one of the most frequent adaptations to
favour cross-fertilisation in plants, since the pollen of a
Proterandrous flower is frequently removed by wind or
insects before the stigma is ready for its reception;
hence, pollen must be brought to the stigma from a
younger flower.

PROTEROGYNOUS and PROTOGYNOUS
(from proteros, sooner, and gyne, a female). Terms used,
by Delpino and by Hildebrand respectively, to denote a
hermaphrodite flower in which the stigma is ready to
receive pollen before that in the same flower is ripe.
In Proterogynous flowers, the stigma is pollinated from
an older flower, and may be withered, or may have fallen
off, before the anthers in its own flower have burst to
shed the pollen. Proterogyny is not frequent. The
common Pellitory (Parietaria officinalis) affords an
example. F

PROTHALLUS, or PROTHALLIUM (from the
Greek words pro, instead of, and thallos, a branch; in
reference to the structure thus named taking the place of
a stem). The body which is developed from a spore of a
Fern, Horsetail, Club-moss, or Pillwort. It varies much, in
these four groups, in its degree of development, and in its
form; but, in all cases, it is entirely cellular throughout
its existence, and on it are formed the organs for
sexual reproduction. In Ferns, the male and the female
organs are present in the same Prothallus; in most
plants of the other groups, the Prothallus bears only
male or only female organs. There is a distinct alter-
nation of generations in plants that produce a Pro-
thallus, i.e., in the higher Cryptogams. The spore pro-

Fic. 290. Younc PROTHALLUS, much enlar; , Prothallus ;
rh, Root-hairs of Prothallus; s, Spore. :

duces the Prothallus (see Fig. 290), on which are formed
the sexual organs, the male being the antheridia, with
antherozoa, and the female being the archegonia, in
each of which lies the oosphere, which, fertilised by
antherozoa, becomes the oospore. This develops into
the Fern-plant bearing the well-known fronds, on the
back of which are visible the groups (sori) of minute,
brown spore-cases (sporangia), in which lie numerous
spores, like the one with which the cycle began. The

Fic. 291. Lower SURFACE OF MATURE PROTHALLUs, much
magnified. ia ; rh, Root-hairs.

—a,
spores are formed by vegetative growth, not by sexual
reproduction. It will thus be seen that the Prothallus

and the leafy Fern-plant are two generations in the —
The Prothallus of Ferns

course of a_ single cycle.

(except in the Moonwort group) is a flattened, green,
_ damp bricks. It is thin, and co of a single layer |

=

ee,

Prothallus, or Prothallium—continued.
of cells, except in the middle, where it reaches a thick-
ness of several layers. The cells contain an abundant
supply of chlorophyll bodies, which give the Prothallus
its colour. In general outline, the Prothallus, when full-
grown, usually resembles the conventional figure of a
heart, having one end narrowed, and a notch in the
broader margin (see Fig. 291). It seldom exceeds jin.
in breadth. On the lower surface are numerous root-
hairs, each made up of a row of cells. On the lower
surface also, and along the edges, are formed the
antheridia. The archegonia are situated in the middle
of the lower surface. The antheridia originate as out-
growths of cells of the epidermis; each outgrowth is cut
off, as a new cell, by a cell wall. In some Prothalli,
the contents of the cell thus formed break up into a
number of small, rounded cells, called “parent cells.”
In each of these there is formed an antherozoid, slender,
but coiled spirally in two or three turns, and provided

Fic. 292 ANTHEROZOID, much magnified.

with a tuft of fine hairs, or cilia, at one end (see Fig.
292).
division goes on in the young antheridium, whereby —
it is finally made up of a layer of cells surrounding

Fic. 293. YOUNG ANTHERIDIUM, much magnified—c, Central Cell,
—— — Parent Cells of Antherozoids; e, e, Epidermis of
us. *

a central cell (see Fig. 293), and, in this latter, the
parent cells are developed, and produce antherozoids.
The outer coat, formed by the layer of cells, has to aid
ing the antherozoids when ripe, and the cells-
do this by absorbing water rapidly, swelling, and com-
pressing the contents of the central cell till its apex,

e

Fic. 294. RIPE ANTHERIDIUM (much magnified), from which
Antherozoids have been shed by opening at o—ec, Empty
Central Cell; e, e, Epidermis.

which is not covered by the layer, is burst (see Fig.

294), and the “parent cells” are expelled, and, soon

rupturing, set free the antherozoids. The latter move

about actively in water, e.g., in a drop of dew or of

| rain.

The archegonia are situated on the lower surface,
behind the notch already mentioned (see Fig. 291).
Each originates, like the antheridia, from a cell of the
epidermis, from which it grows out, in a hemispherical -
form. A cell wall forms, and cuts it off from the cell
of the epidermis.

*

| further divided into three layers; and these are again

In most Prothalli, however, a process of sB-

It increases in size, and becomes -

~ four next the front margin of the

230

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Prothallus, or Prothallium—continued.
sub-divided by cell walls. The result is that a structure
is formed in the shape of a flask with a long, narrow

neck. The hollow of the flask is occupied by a large

Fic, 295, IMMATURE ARCHEGONIUM, much magnified, — n, Neck-
cells; e, Canal, still closed above, and filled by the Canal-
cell; 0, Oosphere ; e, e, Epidermis of Prothallus,

cell, the oosphere, rich in protoplasm (see Fig. 295). The
tube of the neck is at first filled with a narrow cell,
the canal-cell, the cell wall of which becomes muci-
laginous, swells, and is expelled from the outer opening
of the tube, leaving a passage for the antherozoid down
the tube to the oosphere, when the latter is ripe to be

e

FiG. 296. LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF MATURE ARCHEGONIUM OF
FERN, much magnitied—n, Neck-cells ; e, ing of Canal
down neck; 0, Oosphere; e, e, Epidermis of us.

acted on by it (see Fig. 296). The antherozoids are caught

in the mucilage while moving over the moist Prothallus ; °

they wriggle down the tube, reach the oosphere, and
fertilise it. The latter very soon begins to grow; and the
final result is the development of the oospore into the
leafy plant or Fern. It may be mentioned that the

F1G. 297. DIAGRAMMATIC SKETCH OF CONNECTION oF YOUNG
FERN WITH PROTHALLUS—p, Prothallus; rh, Root-hairs of
—— si A Foo ag soe — — in hollow of
— — » @; fr, Very ee

oospore, at a very early period, divides into ei ht cells.

in two layers. Of these cells, four lie next a ie and
latter, the two farthest from the neck of the archegonium
give origin to the first leaf or frond; one, near the neck

to the growing point of the stem; and the fourth to hairs.
of the other four cells, one, opposite to the stem, de-
velops into the root, one ultimately disappears, and the
other two form the “foot,” a structure that remains sunk
in the archegonium, which has grown so as still to sur-
round the foot (see Figs. 297 and 298). By means of this

w
| Trregularly-lobed masses of cellular tissue,

` trace of

Prothallus, or Prothallium—continued.
organ, the young plant absorbs nourishment from the
Prothallus, which, for a time, increases in size, but is
gradually used up, and withers away, and afterwards
the young Fern is able to nourish itself by its own
roots and leaves.

FiG. 298. YOUNG FERN GROWING FROM PROTHALLUS, slightly
enlarged—p, Lower Surface of Prothallus ; rh, Root-hairs of
Prothallus; fr, Young Frond of Fern; r, Root of Fern.

Two departures from this mode of reproduction have
been detected in Ferns within recent years. The one
of these, called “apogamy” (from apo, afar, and gamos,
marriage) by Professor de Bary, was detected, in Pteris
cretica, by Professor Farlow, and is now known to occur
in a few other Ferns, including Nephrodium Filiz-mas
eristatum. In this process, the young Fern is produced
as a bud from certain parts of the Prothallus, without
the formation of sexual organs. The sexual process in
this case is abolished, as the name indicates.

In 1884, Mr. Druery stated, in the Linnean Society,
the discovery that, in certain Ferns, the Prothalli are
produced as outgrowths from the pinnules of the Fern
fronds, and not from the spores. This process has been
called “apospory” (from apo, afar, and spora, a spore or
seed). It has been investigated and described by Pro-
fessor Bower in examples supplied by Mr. Druery, of
Athyrium Piliz-femina clarissima, and Polystichum an-
gulare pulcherrimum. In this departure, the produc-
tion of spores is suppressed; the Prothalli in the former

ing modified sporangia, while, in the latter Fern, no
the sporangium even can be detected. The
sexual reproduction is not affected, and the leafy Ferns
are developed from the Prothalli in the usual way.

Though of very great scientific interest, the develop-
ment of Prothalli, and of the sexual organs on them, is
of less practical importance to gardeners in the other
groups of Vascular Cryptogams than it is in the true
Ferns; but an outline of the chief points of difference
inthese groups may be given. In the small group
Ophioglossew, represented in the British Flora by the
Moonwort and Adder’s Tongue Ferns, the Prothallus is
formed underground, is destitute of chlorophyll, and
is usually formed of a mass of cells. It produces sexual
organs, which resemble those of Ferns in the main. The
Equisetinee, or Horsetails, resemble Ferns in the Pro-
thalli being green,
damp surfaces;

gonia. * fhe former are produced near the tips of the
lobes of the male Prothalli; the latter usually in the
clefts between the fleshy lobes of the female Prothalli.

- much
So far as is known, their Prothalli —

—

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.

231

Prothallus, or Prothallium—continued.

antheridia and archegonia; and the young, leafy plant
continues to draw nourishment from it for a time, as in
Ferns. There is only one form of spores in this group,
and the Prothalli are, therefore, all alike in each species.
The second group, Selaginellew, is largely cultivated in
greenhouses, and the cycle of development has been
fully studied. In this group, spores of two kinds are
produced in sporangia, in the axils of the leaves, near
the tips of branches of the leafy plants. The two kinds
are the microspores and the macrospores, which produce
male and female Prothalli respectively. The microspores
(from mikros, small, and spora, a spore) are much smaller
than the macrospores (from makros, large, and spora).
The Prothalli developed from both are very much re-
duced in size, as compared with the Prothalli already
described ; indeed, the greater part, or even the whole,
of their development, goes on inside the spores. The
peculiarities of development of these Prothalli have
_ been very carefully investigated, and described in detail,
by Millardet, and by Pfeffer. The male Prothallus
is developed entirely in the interior of the micro-
spore. In this, a small part (the vegetative cell) is first
cut off, and the remaining contents are divided by cell
walls into six or eight cells, and these (or only certain
of them in some species) divide still further to form the
parent cells of the antherozoids. In each of these, a long,
slender, spiral antherozoid, with cilia at one end, is pro-
duced. The macrospores, while still in the sporangium, in
Selaginella, show a mass of small-celled tissue, like a cap,
at one end, covering a very large cell, which occupies
the greater part of the spore. After the spore has been
for some time out of the sporangium, this large cell
becomes filled with a mass of cells of comparatively large
size, individually, which Pfeffer regards as analogous to
the endosperm in the seeds of angiosperm flowering
plants. The cap above this mass is the Prothallus, and
this increases in size, and archegonia form in it, be-
ginning at the apex, and gradually forming at a greater
distance from the apex. The coats of the spore burst
above the Prothallus, which projects a little. The struc-
ture of the archegonium and of the oosphere, and the
mode of fertilisation, are similar, in the important
points, to those above described as occurring in Ferns ;:
and so, moreover, is the development of the leafy plant.’
In the nearly allied genus Isetes the development is
much like that in Selaginella, but no endosperm is
formed in the macrospore. The Rhizocarpew agree, to a
considerable extent, with the Selaginellew.

The great interest of the Prothallus in Selaginellee —

and the allied forms rests in the light the study of it
throws on the processes of reproduction in Phanerogams
(see Ovule and Pollen). The homologous stages, or
what are at present regarded as such, may be briefly
stated as follows. In Phanerogams, the pollen grains re-
present the microspores, and the multicellular nature
of the pollen corresponds to the multicellular microspore
of Selaginella, with its rudimentary Prothallus repre-
sented by the vegetative cell. The Gymnosperms and
the Angiosperms differ as regards the ovule. In Gymno-
sperms, the temporary endosperm is regarded as repre-
senting the Prothallus inclosed in the embryo-sac as its
macrospore ; the corpuscula represent archegonia, the
rosette cells represent the neck of the archegonium, and
the central cell of the corpusenlum represents the
oosphere. As already stated, the large-celled tissue in
the macrospore of Selaginella is regarded by Pfeffer and
Sachs as representing the endosperm that develops in

and the endosperm has the significance already stated.

PROTOPLASM (from proton, first, and plasma,
formed matter). A word frequently used by students of
the microscopic structure of plants and of animals.
The term was first proposed, in 1846, by the dis-
tinguished German botanist, Hugo von Mohl, and is
still used in the sense employed by him, to denote the
transparent, soft, semi-fluid, jelly-like substance found
in young, living cells of all plants. He was the first to
appreciate the true importance of this substance. Before .
his observations were made, it had been very generally
believed that the wall which bounds each cell, and remains
very evident after the cell contents have been emptied
out, was the essential part of the cell; and the name
“cell” was given to the space inclosed by the cell wall.
It seems to have been first used, in 1665, by the English
microscopist, Robert Hooke, who says: “Our micro-
scope informs us that the substance of cork is altogether
filled with air, and that that air is perfectly inclosed in
little boxes or cells, distinct from one another.” Von
Mohl recognised that the really essential part of the
cell is the Protoplasm; and that by it other cell contents
and the cell wall are produced. This view has been fully
confirmed by later investigations, and also by the fact
that among Ferns, Mosses, and other flowerless plants,
the essential reproductive cells, for a time, consist of
Protoplasm alone, without a cell wall.

In young, growing tissues, such as the tip of the root
of a Bean, or of any other large seedling, the Protoplasm
at first frequently fills the space bounded by the cell
wall. At one place lies a denser, round or oval mass,
also composed of Protoplasm, called the “nucleus,” with a
clearly-defined edge. As the cell grows larger, the Pro-
toplasm does not increase so much as to fill the space
within the cell wall. Cavities appear in it, occupied
by fluid or cell sap. These are, at first, separated by
plates of Protoplasm; but, with continued increase in
size of the cell, the vacuoles unite, and form one large
cavity in the centre, occupied by cell sap; and the Pro-
toplasm forms only a layer lining the cell wall. ;

When a living cell is Jaid in strong glycerine or in
alcohol, the water of the cell sap and of the Protoplasm
is drawn out of the cell by these fluids, and the contents
shrink away from the cell wall, leaving an empty space

etween them and the wall all round. The outer surface

of the shrunken mass is clearer and less granular than
the rest, and looks almost like a distinct coat. It was
formerly known as the “primordial utricle,” but is now
more usually called “ectoplasm” (from ektos, outside,
and plasma). The inner substance, called “ endoplasm
(from endon, inside, and plasma), is more granular, and
incloses starch grains and other bodies connected with
the nourishment of the tissues of the plants.

Living Protoplasm ta eit —— e —*
changes of composition, ing into it new , formi
new bodies or products, and getting rid of materials
that have done their work, and must be thrown out.
All this implies constant changes in the position of the
minute particles of which Protoplasm consists, though
these movements are too slow, and the particles are
usually too small, to permit of their being followed under
the microscope. But in many cells (probably in most)
the Protoplasm is seen to be moving round and round
the cell, if it forms only a layer lining the cell wall; or
it may be seen to move along the slender plates between
the vacuoles, from the outer layer inwards towards the
layer around the nucleus, and again outwards. Often
a thin thread or plate shows two streams on its sides
moving in reverse directions. Cells that consist of
Protoplasm without a cell wall, are usually able to move

freely about in water by moving fine threads or cilia,

or by pushing out pseudopodia, or outgrowths, from the
raiti. and flowing towards these, e.g., in some stages
of Myzomycetes, such as Flowers of Tan, and other
Fungi closely related to it. o

—

232

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

>

Protoplasm—continued.

The chemical composition of Protoplasm is very com-
plex. It belongs to the group of substances similar in
nature to white of egg, or albumen. It is very similar
in its properties in plants and in animals, in which latter
it has been called “sarcode” (from sar, flesh). When
laid in a solution of iodine, it becomes yellowish or pale
yellowish-brown. Dyes, such as magenta, eosin, and other
aniline colours, carmine, logwood, &c., very generally
colour dead Protoplasm readily, especially the nucleus ;
but the living substance resists their action. A dilute
solution of caustic potash dissolves Protoplasm, and is
therefore often used, in microscopical work, to clear it
out of sections where the chief desire of the operator is
to see the arrangement of the cell walls only. Other
tests for distinguishing Protoplasm are also occasion-
ally used; but for these, inquirers are referred to such
works as Sachs’ “Textbook of Botany,” Henfrey’s
“ Elementary Course of Botany,” Bower and Vine’s
“ Practical Botany,” or other works dealing technically
with the subject.

PROUSTIA (named after Proust, a Spanish chemist,
who died in 1826). ORD. Composite. A genus consist-
ing of six or seven species of stove or greenhouse, erect
or climbing, hoary-tomentose or glabrous, sometimes spiny
shrubs, natives of South America and Mexico. Flower-
heads small, sessile, homogamous, disposed in much-
branched or thyrsoid panicles at the ends or sides of
the branches; receptacle naked; corolla bilabiate, with
the segments revolute, the outer three- or four-toothed,
the inner lip deeply two-parted; achenes turbinate or
oblong, five-ribbed, with a pappus of copious sete, The
under-mentioned species—the only one yet in cultivation
—is a desirable greenhouse climber. For culture, see

Mutisia.
. pyrifolia (Pyrus-leaved).* f.-heads white ; s purple.
l. petiolate, round-cordate or oval, tomentose beneat! Ap raa
iaceous, densely tomentose irregularly

eath, entire or
ed. Chili, 1865. (B. M. 5489.)
PROVENZALIA. A synonym of Calle.
PRUINATE, PRUINOSE. Covered with glitter-
ing particles, as if frosted over.
PRUMNOPITYS. Included under
(which see). :
PRUNELLA (altered from Brunella, derived from
the German Die Braiine, a disorder in the jaws and throat
. which the plants were supposed to cure). The correct
‘spelling, according to Bentham and Hooker, is Brunella,
Self-heal. ORD. Labiate. A small genus (two or three
species) of broadly-dispersed, decumbent or sub-erect.
perennial herbs. Flowers purplish, bluish, or white t
calyx tubular-campanulate, two-lipped ; corolla tube ample
often exserted, the upper lip erect, concave, the lower
spreading ; whorls six-flowered, in dense, terminal spikes
surrounded by broad, imbricated bracts. Leaves entire
incised-toothed, or pinnatifid. The species are well
adapted for ornamenting rockwork, or the front of a
flower border. They thrive in any light, rich soil, and
may be readily increased by divisions, `
P, e-flow LA i
——
August. Z petiolate, ovate, often toothed, ially at the base,
This scarcely differs ftom Z ular, of which it eee eo
variety. (B. M. 337; F. D. 1933) Bier Oy A

*

purple,

than those of

Hangclinear "oF lanceolate, “entire, rigor pia —*
—— — y long, | Mediter-
nays

Podocarpus — be practised, depends very much on the subject

PRUNING. Pruning consists in removing any part
of a tree, either stem, branches, or roots, with a view
to repressing growth in one direction, and directing the
course of sap towards other parts of the tree which are
better situated and constituted for performing the natural
functions. The work is one of the most important in
gardening, but, when the several habits and modes of
fruit-bearing adopted by cultivated trees are understood,
it is by no means difficult. Pruning is essential where
trees have to be subjected to artificial treatment in a
limited space, as in gardens generally, where, for
example, a Plum-tree may be grown against a wall, or
as a bush, pyramid, or standard. These shapes are
produced by a combined system of Pruning and train-
ing to prepare trees for filling the several positions
assigned them, and contributing a crop from one and
all. There are several objects in Pruning, ‘and the
results attained vary exceedingly from the time and
manner in which the work has been performed, and from
other causes, some of which are beyond control. The
thinning and removal of superfluous and useless shoots,
with a view to admitting light and air, which are essen-
tial for insuring productiveness; the affording of en-
couragement towards promoting the formation of blossom-
buds on branches hitherto barren; the modification of
form in trained trees; the enlargement of fruit; the
removal of dead, dying, or diseased branches, and many
other such operations, may be cited as objects for which

ing may be performed. One of the immediate
effects of Pruning is to divert the course of the sap, which
has hitherto been utilised by the branch removed, into
others which are left; this causes them to strengthen
and enlarge, which is one of the results generally aimed
at. Inthe management of fruit-trees, the art of Pruning
has a most important bearing, as, under artificial treat-
ment, these have often to be cultivated in a limited
Space, and trained to a shape not in accordance with
their natural habits. Again, on the system of man-
agement, in respect of thinning and removing the use-
less wood, and exposing that left to become well ripened,
depends materially the state of the crops annually
Secured. The extent to which Pruning may with ad-

under treatment, its rate of growth, and many other

local circumstances. Some practitioners recommend &

free, others a moderate, use of the knife; and others,

again, use it as little as possible consistent with keep-
ing their trees within bounds and preserving an evenly-
d head. On a subject capable of such a wide

and varied application, this is scarcely to be wondered
at; and as different soils and localities have their own
influence over the trees grown in them, so

does the proper system of treatment vary somewhat in

detail. Although hard Pruning is not here recommended,

_ it is considered essential that the system must be mode-
rately practised, and the work conducted with a view to
Preserving an equality and symmetry amongst the branches,
which shall also, at the same time, promote gpr and
fertility, Young trees are invariably disposed to produce
more branches than space can be provided for. By thin-

ning out those which are weak and misplaced, addi-

tional nourishment is supplied to the others, which may

—— to develop, and remain almost, or quite, *

length, Where the system of training to be adopt
cannot be commenced because of the shoots being a =

: — disposed, Pruning must be resorted to, ane
it . Sap thereby caused to flow more freely where

18 required. If a young fruit-tree can be grown.

On without much cutting, until it arrives at a bearing —
State, it has, usually, much cleaner and healthier
branches, which, of course, are more favourable to frui h

than others developed under a — may

frequent amputation, however much
sary in training to a desired shape.

=

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 233

Pruning—continued.

The seasons when Pruning is most generally practised
are summer and winter, summer Pruning being conducted
at various times through the summer, and winter Pruning
principally in December, January, and February. By
adopting a proper system of summer pinching and
stopping, much good may result to the branches retained,
from their being more exposed to light, and there will
be less need of cutting severely in the winter. When
branches are allowed to grow at will, particularly to-
wards the centre of a tree, they frequently become too
vigorous for fruit-bearing themselves, and, by utilising
the sap, render others unproductive. If attention to
summer stopping in such cases is neglected, and the
strong branches are removed at the next winter Pruning,
it invariably happens that a difficulty arises in getting the
flow of sap equalised, and the next spring others, even
stronger shoots, start from the position where those of the
previous year have been taken away. Summer Pruning
then, in relation to permanent training, may be commenced
so soon as the relative strength and position which the
young shoots are likely to take, can be ascertained; it must
be continued at intervals according to the subject under
treatment and its natural mode of fruit-bearing. Trees
that produce fruit on the short side branches, which
are usually termed spurs, may be subjected to a course
of summer Pruning, with a view to the production of
those spurs furnished with blossom-buds. This work
must not be performed before the shoots have reached
a certain stage, else the buds at the base of the spurs
left will develop into growth the same season, instead of
remaining dormant, and forming themselves into fruit-
buds for the next. July is generally the most suitable
month: the wood is by that time partially solidified, and,
if the leading branches are left unstopped, and there is a
crop of fruit, most of the sap will be utilised. It not
unfrequently happens that fruit-trees which bear on
spurs become, from constant Pruning, too thickly fur-
nished with them, and some get long and unfruitful. It is
then best to cut some hard back at the winter Pruning,
only leaving such as are properly situated. In most
cases, other shoots will proceed the next year from near
the place where the old spurs have been taken away,

treatment, and allowed to remain if there is sufficient
space. The summer Pruning of fruit-trees which do not
bear on spur branches is of an entirely different character.
Apples, Apricots, Pears, and Plums—fonr of our principal
fruits—bear more or less on spurs; but two others, also of
great importance—Peaches and Nectarines—are usually
managed so as to fruit on what is called young wood—that
is, wood made ing the previous year. Summer Pruning
of these trees consists, therefore, in cutting out whatever
wood is known to be useless, and in laying-in and en-
couraging new shoots to take its place. Disbudding may
be considered a branch or part of Pruning, inasmuch as
the young shoots removed thereby at an early stage
have not to be taken out afterwards, and the full exposure
to light, which is such an essential condition, is insured
to the foliage of those that are allowed to remain.

At the winter Pruning, all trees should be examined,
but much less work will be required where proper at-
tention has been bestowed through summer ; indeed, the
Operator will readily see why each of the shoots

been preserved, and will understand which have

en left with the intention of being taken out during
winter. All weak wood

| be given to

to furnish wood afterw

and these may, in due course, be subjected to similar fer named also often very materially depend on the

x *
crowded than to be too thin Sil dk aad
Engra hader ageer Se cee aed res
Sunshine and air cannot get the ake eal sana |

Pruning—continued. ©
essential for ripening both fruit and wood. All dead
wood should be cut out at the winter Pruning, and the
leaving of sterile and unripened wood or spurs carefully
avoided. In Pruning young trees that are intended for
training into any particular shape, their form must always
be borne in mind, and the leading branches kept at about
regular distances from each other. Trees that are full
grown, and have reached their intended limits, are most
easily pruned in winter, as they require similar restriction
and cutting each year, with a removal of some of the spurs
and branches when the latter become too numerous,
Occasionally, different varieties of a particular fruit re-
quire altogether a different system of Pruning, as, for
instance, Cherries. All the sweet varieties of these should
be pruned on the spur system, while the Morello bears
best on the long, young shoots. At the winter Pruning,
therefore, all the latter should be allowed to remain,
so far as space can be provided for them. See Cherry.
Notes on Pruning the different fruits named may also
be found under t, Fig, Gooseberry,
Peaches aie dealt with under

Plum, Vine, &c. Nec-
tarine. Apple-trees that have not attained full dimen-
sions should have about lft. left on the tops of the

leading branches at each winter Pruning, and some side

branches should also be left where there is sufficient

room for them to develop. Others not required may be
cut back to form ‘spurs; these, and clusters of buds, are

the methods of fruit-bearing which the Apple s
Apricot-trees fruit mostly on strong spurs, which must,
therefore, be preserved; all the leading shoots
trained and nailed in, and the side growths cut
for forming spurs. Unf , the branches of these
trees are liable to die away, one after the other, until,
sometimes, the whole tree goes. Such branches

be cut away, and new ones encouraged to fill
space: the old ones are those which die off most
frequently. Apricot-trees have invariably to be grown
on walls; any spurs which get old, and project a |
way out, should be gradually taken away at the winter

Root-pruning has a very important bearing in con-
nection with top-growth and fruit- ion; the two

sort of stock used for working upon. Some stocks
re more fibrous-rooted than — are not Be
vigorous-growing—as, for instance, Paradise 2
Quince stocks for the Apple and Pear respectively, in
comparison with the Crab and wildling Pear. What was
at one time performed, or attempted, solely by Pruning,
is now much more readily attained, in these two im-
portant instances, by the use of stocks that favour a
dwarf, pendulous habit, and great productiveness, instead
of vigorous wood-growth, which seldom accompanies or
precedes a fruitful vag ot — —— however, always
desirable or practicab tivate trees on
stocks, and it is then that the effect of Root-pruning,
when adopted, is most plainly marked. This opera-
tion is best performed in autumn, but it may be
safely practised, under certain conditions, at almost
any season, except during spring, and until the
leaves have well expanded. No precise rules can
be laid down as to when Root-praning would be bene-
ficial, but it usually proves so when fruit-trees make
growth, and bear comparatively few
i in autumn, a trench
a distance from the tree propor-

a

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Pruning— continued.
growth is-regulated by that beneath ground, and the
necessity for Top-pruning is reduced to a minimum when
the main leading roots are prevented from taking a wide-
spreading or downward course, without being properly
furnished with a due proportion of others of a fibry de-
scription. The necessity for Root-pruning may there-
fore be judged from the appearance of a tree above
ground; the operation is nct, of itself, desirable, but is
a valuable means to an end whereby moderate growth
and productiveness, more or less permanent, may be
insured.

The remarks already made on this subject have refer-
ence more especially to the management of fruit-trees ;
but there are endless other subjects among which Pruning
may, with advantage, be enforced. Deciduous and ever-

Fic. 299. BRANCH OF PRUNUS —— showing. Fruit not b yek arrived at Maturity and Second Crop of

_ green forest and ornamental trees require frequent atten-
tion in order to keep them within proper limits, and in-
duce them, particularly when young, to grow into shapes
according to their habit, and the purpose for which they
are required. Pyramid trees, for instance, generally need
some Pruning to bring them into proper shape; and it
is a frequent occurrence to find several leaders growing
where there should only be one. Many evergreen shrubs,
too, where they have to be kept within limits, need both
summer and winter Pruning; otherwise, one would soon
overgrow its neighbour, especially where some of a slow-
growing and others of a fast-growing, nature are planted
near each other. Summer Pruning amongst shrubs sup-
plies almost constant employment, where shrubberies
are extensive. When a severe cutting-back becomes
requisite, as it sometimes does with Aucubas, Box,
Laurel, Yew, &c., if should be attended to about April
or May; the shrubs then soon recoyer. ‘There are

Pruning—continued.
numerous subjects amongst indoor plants benefited by
judicious Pruning, to which it is unnecessary to refer in
detail ; indeed, it would be impossible to name them from
memory. Some have to be pruned hard back each year,
and others only réquire thinning to admit air and light
amongst their leaves, to assist in perfecting the foliage, a
flowers, or fruits, as the case may be. ;

PRUNING KNIVES, &c. Of the several instru- ;
ments in use for Pruning, the Knife is most generally in —
request, and, as it can be used for various other purposes,
few things are more requisite. Pruning Knives are made
in various shapes, some being nearly straight in the blade,
while others are curved and carried to a point. Proper
Pruning Knives are fixed into strong buckhorn handles,
and are provided with a sheath to hold them when not

in use; but those most extensively used for Priming are
made to shut up in the usual on which renders —
more portable. Buckhorn handles are best, as, having
an irregular surface, they afford a grip for the hand.
For small shoots, a straight-edged blade is preferred.
but with a curved blade the operator has more com-

together,
Pruning
that are

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

\
OF HORTICULTURE. 235

Pruning Knives, &c.—continued.

turning, and for cutting circular holes in boards; they
are carried very narrow at the point, and may be intro-
duced to cut off one branch without injuring another.

PRUNOPSIS LINDLEYI. A synonym of Prunus
triloba (which see).

PRUNUS (the ancient Latin name of the Plum).
Plum. ORD. Rosacee. This genus, as arranged, by Ben-
tham and Hooker, in the “ Genera Plantarum,” includes
Amygdalopsis, Amygdalus, Armeniaca, Ceraseidos, Cera-
sus, Laurocerasus, and Persica (making a total of about
eighty species); but, for horticultural purposes, it is, in
most cases, deemed: proper to treat these genera sepa-
rately in this work. The species are evergreen or
deciduous, hardy trees or shrubs, mostly natives of the
temperate regions of the Northern hemisphere, some
being found in tropical America, and rarely in tropical
Asia. Flowers white or pink, solitary, corymbosely fas-
ciculate, or disposed in racemes; calyx deciduous; tube
obconical, urceolate, or tubulose; limb of five imbricated
lobes; petals five, inserted at the mouth of the calyx;
stamens fifteen to twenty, inserted with the petals.
Fruit a fleshy, often edible drupe, containing a smooth or
rugose, indehiscent or two-valved, one-seeded stone.
Leaves alternate, simple, frequently serrulated, compli-
cate or convolute in vernation. The species may be pro-
pagated by seeds, which should be stratified in autumn,
and sown in the following spring. They may also, with
the varieties, be readily increased by budding and graft-
ing. P. cerasifera is well adapted for planting to form
hedges; the use of the Blackthorn or Sloe, P. spinosa,
is also well known for this purpose. P. divaricata, in-
variably one of the earliest-flowering shrubs or small
trees, is exceedingly ornamental, when the flowers escape
destruction by spring frosts. P. Pissardii has dark
foliage, which is effective when associated with light-
coloured or yellow-leaved shrubs. The double-flowered
form of P. sinensis may be grown in pots, and used
effectively for greenhouse decoration. It may readily

be propagated, in spring, from cuttings of tolerably firm
shoots ; and when plants are established, and their wood
well ripened, they force well. P. triloba may also be
grown in pots, but the best position for this species is-

$

against a wall with a south or west aspect. For culture

`

ù
y

/}

Ä

Prunus—continued.

and varieties of the common Plum, see Plum, where will
be found further information applicable to the propa-
gation and cultivation of other species of Prunus. All
the species described below are hardy, deciduous trees
or shrubs, except where otherwise stated.

Fig. 301. FLOWERING BRANCH OF PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA.

A ericana (American American Wild Yellow or Red

ree fl. whet — oe or several, in simple, umbel-like
clusters, April. jr. yellow, orange, or red, }in. to ŝin., or in
cultivated states lin. or more, in diameter, of a pleasant flavour,
but with a tough and acerb skin. l. ovate or somewhat obovate,
conspicuously pointed, coarsely or doubly serrated, glabrous
when mature. h. 8ft. to 20ft. North America. Syn. P. nigra
(B. M. 1117).

i i . large, white, appear-
EF P. biferum (twice-bearing). fi. large — Pr —

; skin smooth, gloss
— to both ends.
A vi us-growing tree, of garden origin. For its
peculiarity in bearing flowers and fruit at the same

time, this curious Plum is worth growing. (R. H.

P.

3
cerasifera (Cherry-bearing).* Cherry or Myro-
balan Plum. a white, nearly solitary, or fascicled
on short branches, pedunculate; calyx lobes re-
; petals — — or orbicular. April.
Jr. red, globose, with yellow fiesh and an ovoid, acute
stone. l. elliptic-obovate, acute. serrulated, glabrous
beneath. Branches unarmed ; branchlets PEN gla-
brous. Native country uncertain. (B. M. »)
P. Cerasus Bigarella (Bigarella). A synonym of
Cerasus duracina.

P. —— (Chapron’s), fr. shining red, dotted
with white, of

an agreeable acid flavour, depressed
globose, about 14in. in diameter. l. elliptic, acute,
serrulate. 1883. A small, bushy tree, of unknown
origin, See Fig. 300. (R. H. 1881, 467.)
P. dasycarpa (thick-fruited.) This is the correct
name of the plant described in this work as Ar-
menide

, divaricata (spreading).* A. white, jin. in dia-
—— solitary 3 calyx lobes recurved ; petals rounded,
concave. April. fr. gom —— ——

lobose. l. contemporary wi e flowers,

scons more ovate aad often. — at base,

: es

236 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Prunus—continued. Prunus—continued.

P. domestica (domestic).* Common Plum. fl. white, usually P. insititia (grafted). Black Bullace; Bullace Plum. fl, white;
soli . Spring. fr. variable, both in shape and colour. peduncles twin. Spring. 2 globular, black or white. l. ovate
l. ovate-lanceolate, convolute. Branches unarmed. h. 20ft. or ovate-lanceolate, convolute, downy beneath. Branches spiny

Fie. 302. FLOWERING BRANCH OF PRUNUS SINENSIS FLORE-PLENO.

nd. There are numerous varieties of thi i
alae — aneniet lasek many of at the apex. A. 10ft. to 15ft. Europe (Britain), Asia. A small, de-

which are desirable for plantations, h ciduous tree, with spreadi ‘ i
tn vrs are olin“. HAP AG) T "MO | Pi Tavia Cmoothy "A mee ot Fant ie,
: . urocerasus.
P. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). A synonym of Cerasus ilicifolius. P. maritima (sea-lo — si — ee — —

ee

pee poe es
e m

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 237

Prunus—continued.

pubescent pedicels, April. fr. purple or crimson, with a bloom,

globular, jin. to lin. in diameter, the stone very turgid. J. ovate

or oval, finely serrated, softly pubescent beneath. h. 2ft. to 3ft.

North America, 1800. Plant straggling.

P. Mume (Mume). Ji. appearing early, usually twin, sub-sessile.
Jr. globose, very slightly velvety ; stone oval, convex, foveolate.
l. rounded at base, obovate or broadly elliptic, long-cuspidate,
argutely duplicate-serrated, glabrous or mostly pubescent-
scabrous beneath. Japan. (S. Z. F. J. ii.)

P. nigra (black). A synonym of P. americana.

P. paniculata (paniculate). A synonym of Cerasus psĉudo-
cerasus. =

P. pennsylvanica (Pennsylvanian). American Wild Red Cherry.

f. white, many in a cluster, on long pedicels. May. fr. light

red, globose, very small, with thin and sour flesh ; stone globular.

i. oblong-lanceolate, pointed, finely and sharply serrated, shining,

green and smooth on both sides. Bark light reddish-brown.

h. 20ft. to 30ft. North America, 1773. See Fig. 301.

P. Persica (Persica). A synonym of Persica vulgaris.

P. Pissardii (Pissard’s).* jl. white. March and April. fr. small,
or hardly medium size, somewhat oval, deep red or purple, even
when very young; flesh pulpy, sugary when mature. J. glabrous,
broadly oval, red-purple. Twigs glossy black. A handsome, orna-
mental shrub or small tree, introduced to Europe, a few years
ago, from Persia. (R. H. 1881, 190.)

P. pumila (dwarf). This is the correct name of the plant de-

z — in this work as Cerasus depressa.

+ salicifolia (Willow-leaved). A. white, small, growing singly
or several together. April. fr. about the colour sel gf of
those of P. cerasifera. l obovate, acuminate, glossy and rugulose
above, quite smooth beneath, finely serrulated, the serratures
minutely glandular ; petioles short, without glands. China.

. sinensis (Chinese).* fi. white, small, disposed in clusters along

the shoots. Spring. fr. small, globular, deep red, of peculiar

but. agreeable flavour. l. oblong, acuminated, serrulated.

China, 1869. Of this species, there are varieties with rose and

double white flowers. See Fig. 302.

P. spinosa (spiny). Blackthorn or Sloe. A. white, rising before
or with the leaves, on solitary peduncles. Spring. fr. black,
roundish, sour or acid. l obovate-elliptic or ovate, smooth

ng, sharply and doubly serrated. h. 10ft. to

tt. Europe (Britain). A well-known, deciduous shrub, with

spinose branches. (Sy. En. B. 408.) There are two or three

varieties, including double-flowered, variegated-leaved, large-
and egg-shape-fruited, forms. —

+ Subhirtella (somewhat hairy). ji. white, with a red calyx,

small, borne three or four together on the short growths. J. small,

ovate, acuminate. Branches pendent, with slender branchlets.

h. 10ft. Japan, 1868. An elegant tree. Syn. Cerasus pendula.

P. triloba (three-lobed).* fi. white or rose, generally double,
large. Early spring. l. three-lobed, appearing after the flowers.
h. 6ft. China, 1857. A very handsome, early-flowering shrub.
Syys. P. virgata Gi ardens), Amyadalopsis Lindleyi (F. d. S.
Xv. et E 863, 53 and 54), Prunopsis Lindley: (R. H.

P. virgata (twiggy). A synonym of P. triloba. f
PR . Stinging ; causing an itching sensation.
PSAMMA (from psammos, sand; alluding to the
use to which the species are put). Marrem Grass. ORD.
€ ameæ. A small genus (two species) of hardy grasses,
inhabiting the shores of Europe (Britain) and North
Africa. Spikelets in a contracted panicle, much laterally
compressed, one-fid; empty glumes two, scarcely exceed-
ing the flowering ones, rigid, long, narrow, keeled; flower-
ing glumes rigid, slightly pedicelled, with an oblique
callus, and a small pencil of silky hairs at the base.
P. arenaria is, on some parts of the coast, employed for
binding sea sandbanks; it is also used for making mats
and thatch.

v

z — when young,

1., spikelets ; ls scabrid ;
b-cylindric, to 6in. long, ight, broadest
ee aye

Jong, : u ; brous and gl:
within’; shecths ; ligule very long, bifid. Stems 2ft, to 4ft,

P. baltica Baltic). This is very similar to P. arenaria ; it chiefly
less cylindric panicles, (J. B., 1872, 127.)
PSAMMISIA (named after Psammis, or Psammites,
a King of Egypt, B.c. 376). Orp. Vacciniacee, A
genus comprising nearly thirty species of stove or warm

Psammisia—continued.

of the Andes and the mountains of Venezuela and
Guiana. Flowers frequently scarlet, rather large, dis-
posed in axillary racemes or corymbs, rarely solitary or
fascicled; calyx urceolate-campanulate, with a five-lobed
or toothed limb; corolla tubular, ventricose or rarely
conico-globose at base, with a five-lobed, erecto-patent
limb; bracts sometimes pink. -Leaves alternate, per-
sistent, coriaceous, sessile or petiolate, entire or sub-
serrate. The species best known in gardens are here
described. For culture, see Thibaudia.

P. Hookeriana (Hooker’s).* f. (including the calyx) deep rose-
red, paler at the mouth, nearly lin. long, disposed in axillary and
sub-terminal, four to six-flowered racemes. September. l. alter-
nate, on short petioles, oblong-obovate, acuminate, but usually
rather obtuse, h., 14ft. to 2ft. (in its native place 6ft. to 12ft.).
Columbia. (B. M. 4544, under name of Thibaudia pichinchensis
glabra.) SYN. P. pichinchensis glabra. 5

P. Jessicæ (Mrs. John Bateman’s).* fl. pale red, jin. long,
between oblong and cylindric, fleshy; racemes short, solitary,
from ten to twelve-flowered. September. J. ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, 6in. to 10in. long, shortly petioled, rounded at the
base, narrowed into a long, acuminate apex, quite entire.
Branches pendulous. Caraccas, 1865, (B. M. 5547, under name
of Thibaudia Jessice.)

P. longicolla ., corolla bottle-shaped, the
widest and longest portion of he tube scarlet, the column or

gl ria "ue: toa. ht IAU
, coriaceous, in. long,
petioled, much acuminate, entire. A. 3ft. to 4ft. South
P. pendulifiora (pendulous - flowered) fl. ri
corolla large, — — —
mish, five-lo| apex ; racemes tary,
owered, secund, and k
een, shortly petioled, el
finely acuminated, sub-di
terete, green, tinged with , i
P. pichinchensis glabra (Pichincha, smooth). A synonym of
P. Hookeriana. : : *
P. sarcantha (fieshy-flowered). red, d with green;
corolla tubular-urceolate, fleshy, — racemes or sub-
umbellate; pedicels one-flowered. Spring. coria-

È
Y short petioles. Stem erect, branched. New Grenada,
1864.” (B. M. sho, under name of Thibaudia sarcantha.) SYN.

P. sclerophylla.
P. sclerophylla (hard-leaved). A synonymof P. sarcantha.
LE A synonym of
Citrus trifoliata (which see).
PSEUDALANGIUM. A synonym of Marlea

(which see).
PSEUDATHYRIUM.
podium (which see). i
PSEUDOBARLERIA (of Anderson). A synonym of
Petalidium (which see).
PSEUDO-BULB. A bulb in appearance, but not in
structure; a corm; the thickened internode in epiphytal -

Orchids.
PSEUDODRACONTIUM (from pseudo, false, and
Dracontiwm ; in allusion to its resemblance to that plant).
"ORD. Aroidee (Aracew). A genus comprising only a
couple of species of stove, tuberous herbs, natives of
Cochin China. Male flowers scattered; females densely
crowded; spathe erect, boat-shaped, acute, shortly con-
volute at base, opening above; spadix shorter than the
spathe, thick, sessile; peduncle much shorter than the
petiole. Leaves trisected, the segments cut or pinnate ;
pinne lanceolate, acuminate, the upper ones confluent and
-decurrent, the lower ones remote and sessile; petioles
elongated, thick, sheathing at base. One species has been
introduced; it requires culture similar to Caladium
(which see).
described in this work as Amorpho, —
PSEUDOLARIX (from pseudo, false, and Lariz,
the Larch, which it resembles). False or Chinese Larch

natives | species being a noble, hardy tree. It is

Golden Larch, Orp. Coniferæ. A monotypic genus, the

petal

Included under Poly-

P. Lacourii (Lacour’s). This is the correct name of the plant

238

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Pseudolarix—continued.
from the European Larches by the cones having deciduous
scales, with divergent points. For culture, see Pinus.

. Keempferi (Kempfer’s).* l. in bundles on the adult branches,

—— api Pes aa go and yore ie slim, linear-lanceo-
late, tapering to the point, 1}in. to 2}in. long, one line broad,
beautiful bright green when young, but becoming golden-yellow
in autumn. cones pendulous, din. long, 2sin. wide near the base,
conical, with deciduous scales. Branches similar to those of
Larix europea. h. 120ft. to 130ft. China. See Fig. 305. (F. d. S.
1777.) SYN. Larix Kæmpferi.

Fig. 303. BRANCH OF PSEUDOLARIX KAMPFERI, WITH MALE CATKINS.

PSEUDOPANAX (from pseudos, false, and Panaz).
ORD. Araliacee. A genus comprising four species of
greenhouse, evergreen, glabrous shrubs or small trees,
two of which are from New Zealand, and the others
natives of Chili. Flowers in small, racemose or paniculate
umbels; petals and stamens five, the former valvate ;
pedicels articulated below the flowers. Frnit sub-globose.
Leaves digitate or simple; leaflets coriaceous, often
slightly toothed. The two species here described are those
introduced to cultivation. For culture, see Aralia.

P, crassifolium (thick-leaved). Z. alternate, 2ft. long, and about
lin. broad, thick and fleshy, having a few obtuse, distant lobes
along the edges, which end in a short spine; upper surface
dark geo midrib prominent, deep orange. h. 10ft. New
Zealand, 1846, Syns. Aralia crassifolia, Panax crassifolium,
P. longissimum. A garden variety, known as punctata, is
in cultivation; the leaves are not so thick as those of the
type, the marginal lobes are not so blunt, and the colour is
dark olive-green, with a continuous line of emerald -green
blotches all along, on either side of the midrib.

© Lessonii (Lesson’s). fl. rather large; umbels branched, on
stout peduncles ; pedicels racemose. fr. ovoid, }in. long. l, on
old plants, three to five-foliolate ; leaflets lin. to ĝin. long, sessile,
oblong- or obovate-lanceolate, slightly acute, sinuate-serrate or
quite entire, very thick and coriaceous; petioles 4in. to Sin.
long. New Zealand. A small, glabrous tree, with very stout
branches. Syn. Aralia trifolia.

. A prefix, in Greek composition, signi-

PSEUDOS.
fying false; e.g., Psendo-costate, false-ribbed.

PSEUDOSCORDUM.
scordum (which see).

PSEUDOTSUGA (from pseudos, false, and Tsuga).
Orv. Conifere. A monotypic genus, the species being
a tall, hardy, evergreen tree. For culture, &c., see Pinus.
A large number of forms, sports, or seedling variations,
are grown in some nurseries, under distinctive names.

a lasii (Douglas’).* L i i

Basson -s ite ts Hin Mea — ——— krape pedali

Ain. long, Hin. to 13in, broad; scales broad, rounded, with con-

spicuous, projecting, deeply-toothed bracts. A. 100ft. to 180ft.

Notho-

A synonym of

Pseudotsuga—continued. i ,
North America, 1826. A splendid tree, requi a somewhat
sheltered position, not near the sea-coast. (R. H. 1868, P. 152,
under name of P. Lindleyana.) SYN. Abies Douglasii. There
are several varieties, the best of which are: ;

P. D. pendula (drooping). A variety with elegant, drooping
branches. h. 50ft. » a —

P. D. Standishii (Standish’s). A seedling, with larger leaves
than the type, ithe a deeper green tint above, and quite silvery
beneath.

. D. taxifolia (Yew-leaved). A form with longer leaves and
= ‘ — — branches, of much dwarfer habit,
; and more massive, than tae. normal

species,
PSIDIUM (from Psidion, the

Greek name of the Pomegranate).
Guava. Orp. Myrtacee. A genus
of stove trees, shrubs, or rarely sub-
shrubs, often villous or tomentose, all
(perhaps with the exception of one
inhabiting tropical Eastern Asia)
natives of tropical and sub-tropical
America, one being broadly cultivated
over the tropical regions of the globe.
Upwards of 100 species have been
enumerated, but, according to the
authors of the “ Genera Plantarum,”
this number may be considerably re-
duced. Flowers rather large or rarely
small, on axillary or lateral, one to
three (rarely many) flowered pe-
duncles, cymose; calyx tube cam-
panulate, urceolate, or pear-shaped,
scarcely exceeding the ovary, or more
or less produced; lobes of limb four
or five; petals four or five, spreading.
Berries globose, ovoid, or pyriform,
crowned with the calyx limb, or

. naked; seeds few or many, sub-
reniform,* hard. Leaves opposite, penniveined. The
species thrive best in a compost of sandy, fibry loam,

FIG. 304. FRUITING BRANCH OF PsIDIUM CATTLEYANUM
(much reduced).

AN

ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

Psidium—continued.

to which all quantity of leaf mould and dried cow-

dung should be added; the drainage must be perfect.

Propagated by cuttings of the young shoots, getting a

little firm at their base, inserted in sand, under a bell

glass, in bottom heat. The following species are occa-
sionally seen in cultivation :

P. aromaticum (aromatic). fl. white, solitary. July. fr. yellow,
globose, four-celled, hardly the size of a che l. oblong, acu-
minated, glabrous, Branchlets tetragonal. h. 5ft. to 8ft. Guiana
and Cayenne, 1779. Shrub. i ;

P. Cattleyanum (Cattley’s).* fl. white; pedicels opposite,
one-fi d, hardly equal in length to’ the petiole” mar.
fr. of a fine deep claret-colour, rather large, nearly spherical,
growing in the axils of the leaves; the skin has much the -
sistence-of that of a fig, but is thinner; the interior is a
soft, fleshy pulp, lish-red next the skin, but becoming
paler towards the middle, and at the centre is quite white; it
is juicy, and in consistence is much like a strawberry, to which
it bears some resemblance in flavour. J, obovate, coriaceous,

avite glabrous. Branchlets terete, glabrous. h. 10ft. to 20ft.

~ Brazil, 1818. Shrub. See Fig. 304. (B. M. 2501; B. R. 622.)

P. cordatum (heart-shaped). A. white; peduncles one or few-
flowered ; anthers roundish. May to July. l. ovate or oval,
rounded at both ends or cordate at base, sessile or shortly petioled,
the veins obsolete or inconspicuous. Branches compressed-
cylindrical. h. 5ft. West Indies, 1811. Shrub. (B. M. 1779.)

P. Guava (Guava). fl. white; peduncles three to eight, or many-
flowered, downy. June. fr. yellow, globose, somewhat astrin-
gent, with an agreeable odour. J. oval or oblong, elliptic, puberu-
lous beneath. Branches tetragonal. A. 6ft. to 15ft. West Indies,
&c., 1692. A low tree. SYN. P. pomiferum.

P. polycarpum (many-fruited). fl. white ; calyx closed in the
bud; anthers oblong; peduncles usually three-flowered. May.
l. chartaceous, elliptical or oval-oblong, puberulous beneath ;
primary veins costate, prominent beneath ; secondary ones reticu-
lated and transverse. Branchlets compressed-cylindrical, pubes-
cent. h. 3ft. Trinidad, 1810. Shrub. (B. R. 653.

P. pomiferum (Apple-bearing). A synonym of P. Guava.

P. pyriferum (Pear-bearing). Common Guava. fl. white, soli-
tary. June. fr. yellowish when ripe, pear-shaped ; pulp sweet,
aromatic, and pleasant. This low tree is simply a form of
P. Guava. (B. R. 1079.)

PSILA ROSÆ. See Carrot Grubs. |
PSILODOCHEA. Included under Angittsris.
PSILOGYNE. A synonym of Vitex (which see).
PSILONEMA. Included under Alyssum.
PSILOS. Used in Greek compounds, this term signi-
fies thin (Lindley), also naked or bare (Asa Gray).
PSILOSANTHUS. A synonym of Liatris.
PSILOSTEMON. A synonym of Trachystemon

(which see).

PSILOSTOMA. A synonym of Plectronia (which see).

(from silos, naked; the plants are

almost destitute of leaves). Orp. Lycopodiacew. A
genus containing very numerous forms, which are, how-
_ ever, according to Mr. Baker’s unpublished Synopsis of
the Lycopodiacew, reducible to two species. The one
here described is a curious club-moss, inhabiting the
tropical and sub-tropical regions of both hemispheres.
It is of little hortictltural value. It thrives in well-
drained pots of fibrous peat, or may be grown on pieces
of such tree ferns as Dicksonia antarctica.

P. triquetrum (three-sided), Stems dichotomously forked, com-
pressed or angular, rigid, erect or slender, pendulous; branches
Koa pore ee —

the axils Of the Igaves, A. 9in@@1798. (L. B. C. 1916.)

MPSIT. A synonym of Symphyostemon

(which see). * :

PSORALEA (from psoraleos, warted or scurfy; in
reference to the plants being, for the most part, sprinkled
all over or ronghened with glandular dots or wart-like
points). Scurfy Pea. ORD. Leguminose. A large genus
(about 100 species have been deseribed) of greenhouse
or hardy, annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, shrubs,
or sub-shrubs, inhabiting South Africa, North and South
America, Australia, and the tropical and temperate
regions of Asia, Europe, and North Africa. Flowers

Psoralea—continued.

purple, blue, pink, or white, capitate,
racemose, or fasciculate, rarely solitary ; calyx lobes sub-
equal or at length larger, the two upper ones often
connate; petals nearly as long, or shorter than the
keel; standard ovate or orbiculate. Leaves usually com-
pound, consisting of three to five leafiets, though occa-
sionally the leaves are simple; stipules adhering to the
stalk. The Cape species thrive in well-drained, sandy
peat, and the others in ordinary garden soil. The shrubby
kinds are increased, in April or May, by cuttings of the
half-ripened shoots, inserted in sand, under a glass. The
herbaceous species are propagated by divisions when the
new growth commences. The following is a selection of
the best kinds introduced. Except where otherwise
stated, they are greenhouse, Cape shrubs.

P. aculeata (prickly).* #. blue and white mixed, axillary,
solitary, sessile, approximate. June and July. J. trifoliolate ;
leaflets cuneiform, ending in a recurved ee

stipules prickle-formed. A. 2ft. to 3ft. 1774. (B.M.

P. aphia (leafless). fl. blue; keel and wings white; pedicels
axillary, short, solitary, one-flowered. May to August, /., lower
ones simple or trifoliolate ; leaflets linear-lanceolate, upper ones

abortive, scale-formed. A. 4ft. to 7ft. 1790. (B. M. 1727.)

P. arborea (tree-like). fl. bluish ; pedicels axillary, one-flowered,
longer than the leaves. May. J. impari-pinnate; leaflets linear-

lanceolate; stipules recurv: h. 6ft. to 8ft. 1814. (B. M. 2090.)

P. glandulosa (glandular). f/i. white, marked with blue, dis-
posed in axillary, spicate racemes ; bracts very small,

ay to September. J. ternate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acu-
minate; petioles scabrous. Stem erect. h. 4ft. Chili, &c.,
1770. Half-hardy shrub. (B. M. 990.) 5

P. melilotoides (Melilot-like). ji. pale purple; peduncles race-
mose; racemes or spikes linear. A l. pinnately trifolio-
late; leaflets lanceolate, glandular beneath. h. lft. to 2ft.
North America, 1814. Hardy perennial herb. (B. M. 2063;
B. R. 454.)

P. Mutisii (Mutis). A synonym of Dalea Mutisii.

P. pinnata (pinnate-leaved).* fi. blue, striped ; pedicels axillary,
one-flowered, much shorter Sean the AR ga: May to July.
i. impari-pinnate ; leaflets two or three pairs, linear,
as well as the branchlets, slightly puberulous. A, 3ft. to 6ft. —
1690. (A. B. R. 474.) : —
PSYCHOTRIA (from psyche, life; referring to the

powerful medicinal qualities possessed by several of the

species). Syns. Myrstiphyllum, Psychotrophum. In-
cluding Gloneria. ORD. Rubiacew. A genus comprising
about 500 species of stove shrubs or small trees, rarely
perennial herbs, erect, climbing, or twining, all inhabiting
tropical regions. Flowers white, green, pink, or yellow,
variously disposed; calyx tube short, limb rarely per-
sistent; corolla funnel-shaped, tubular, or sub-campanu-

late, with a limb of five, rarely four or six, valvate lobes. —

Leaves opposite, very rarely ternately or quaternately —
whorled. The species are mostly unattractive, those
described below being all that call for mention here.
For culture, see Ixora.

P. chontalensis (Chontales). fl. white, in axillary panicles.
fr. deep blue, usually from forty to sixty on a bunch, presenting
a very handsome app nce. Nicaragua, 1870, A very orna-
mental herb, allied to P. cyanococea, but altogether more
robust and hairy. z pa '

P. cyanococca (blue-fruited).* jl. white. fr. brigl blue, ripen-
ing in winter, and disposed in dense clusters of from thirty to
forty berries. l elliptic, slightly undulated at the margin.
Nicaragua, 1870. A dwarf herb. useful as a decorative plant in
winter. (F. d. S. 1938; F. M. 479.)

P. jasminifiora (Jasmine-flowered).* fl. snowy-white, sub-sessile,
in terminal, corymbose panicles; corolla funnel-shaped; tube
terete, long, graceful; throat dilated ; limb four-parted, spread-
ing. J. shortly petiolate, coriaceous, ovate-oblong, shortly acumi-
nate, entire, glabrous above, clothed with white tomentum
beneath; margins sub-revolute. A beautiful shrub. (B.M. 6454 ;
G. C. n. s., xii. 200; L H. xviii. 60, under name of Gloneria
-jasminislora.)

PSYCHOTROPHUM. A synonym of Psychotria

- (which see).

PSYDRAX. A synonym of Plectronia (which see).
A large genus of small insects, nearly

related to Aphides, which they resemble in their general
appearance They feed on the leaves and young branches

spicate, sub- un

_ or budding so general among Aphides.

— Remedies.

240

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Psylla—continued.
of plants, sucking the sap through their long beaks.
They frequently live in company, and are often more or
less covered with a cottony secretion. Some species give
rise to distortions of such a kind as to cause them
to be reckoned among gall-makers. In repose, the wings
are sloped over the back like a penthouse, and the
front pair are rounded at the tip. These insects may
be known from Aphides by their rather larger size, rounded
wings, and harder bodies, and, above all, by their power
of leaping, which is given by the strong, thick thighs.
They do not show the rapid vegetative reproduction
The species are
found on many different woody plants, and all have
very similar habits. Several occur on the Pear-tree (see
remarks on Insects under Pear), of which P. pyrisuga

—

Fic. 305. PSYLLA PYRISUGA (the Line below the Insect shows
the natural length).

(see Fig. 305) is probably most hurtful; and P. Mali, at
times, does much harm to Apples. They secrete from
their bodies a sweet, clammy substance, which is pro-
duced at the expense of the fluids of the plants, and
falls on and clogs the surfaces of the leaves.
weakens the food-plants considerably. During winter,
many of these insects are hidden in the crevices of
the bark, or in similar shelters; hence, no such retreat
should be permitted to exist in the neighbourhood of
valuable trees that suffer from their attacks.

Remove all facilities for concealment from
the trees and shrubs. It has been recommended to wash
the branches and leaves first with a solution of 2o0z. soft
soap to a gallon of water, and to follow this up with

tobacco-water, Gishurst’s Compound, or

.

=

P. t. aurea (golden). This only differs from
colour of the

other insecticides, as recommended under
Aphides (which see). These may be
pumped on to the trees from a garden

‘PTARMICA. Included under Achil-
lea.

PTELEA (the ancient Greek name
of the Elm, used from the time of
Homer, here applied to a genus with
similar fruit). ORD. Rutacee. A genus
consisting of six species of hardy, un-
armed shrubs or small trees, natives of
temperate North America. Flowers
greenish - yellow, cymose or corymbose,
polygamous; calyx short, four or five-
parted, imbricated; petals four or five,
much longer than the calyx, imbricated.
Leaves alternate, rarely opposite, tri-
foliolate or pinnately five-foliolate ; leaf-
lets ovate or oblong, pellucid-dotted, en-
tire or serrulate. The under-mentioned
species—probably the only one in cul-
tivation—thrives in any common garden
soil, and is readily increased by layers.

the fertile ones. May and June, ł. long-
stalked ; leaflets * or oblong, tly
er $
h. 4ft. to 8ft.

_ the in the golden-yellow

This |

PTELIDIUM (so named from its similarity to
Ptelea). Syn. Seringia. ORD. Celastrineæw. A mono-
typic genus, the species being an ornamental, stove
shrub. It thrives best in a compost of loam, peat, and
sand. Cuttings of the ripened wood will root readily,
if inserted in sand, under a glass, in heat.

P. ovatum (ovate-leaved). fl. green, minute, in axillary and ter-
minal cymes, which are shorter than the leaves ; calyx segments
and petals four. June. Z. opposite, coriaceous, petiolate, ovate,
entire. h. 3ft. Madagascar, 1818.

PTERIS. A Fern; the term is also used in Greek
compounds to signify a wing, e.g., Pterocarpous, wing-

fruited.

(the old Greek name for a fern, used by
Dioscorides, so called from pteron, a feather; in allusion
to the shape of the fronds). Brake or Bracken. Includ-
ing Amphiblestra, Campteria, Doryopteris, Heterophlebium,
Litobrochia, Ornithopteris, Pesia, Pyenodoria, &c. ORD.
Filices. A rather large, cosmopolitan genus (upwards of
seventy species) of stove, greenhouse, or hardy ferns, in-
eluding plants of almost. every kind of venation and divi-
sion. Sori marginal, linear, continuous, occupying a
slender, filiform receptacle in the axis of the involucre;
involucre the same shape as the sorus, usually mem-
branous, at first quite covering it, at length more or less
spreading. Except where otherwise indicated, the under-
mentioned species require stove treatment. -For culture,
&e., see Ferns,

P. albo-lineata (white-lined). A form of P. cretica.
P. aquilina —— _Adder-spit; Common Bracken or Brake
e

Fern ; Eagl ern. . rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, subterraneous.
sti. lft. or more long, strong, erect, straw or pale chestnut-
colo fronds 2ft. to 4ft. or more long, lft. to 2ft. broad, sub-

deltoid ; uppermost pinnz simple ; those next in order lanceolate,
cut nearly or quite to the rachis into triangular or linear
pinnules ; the lowest pinnz long-stalked, 1ft. or more long, with
ample, lanceolate pinnules, the latter cut down to the rachis into
numerous lanceolate segments, which are again fully, pinnate; —
est entire ultimate divisions lin. long, in. broad ; rachis and
bo s sometimes pubescent. Involucre double, or the

— —

Tka aa

— ee

}

PRIMULA ROSEA-PRIMULA PUBESCENS ALBA.

—

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 241

Pteris—continued.

inner one obsolete. bg rage (Britain). Many varieties of this
species have been found, but they are not constant in cultivation.

P. a. esculenta (edible). Edible Fern of Tasmania. In this
variety, the ultimate divisions are narrower than in the type, and
not contiguous, and are suddenly decurrent at the base, so that
the bases are connected by a narrow lobe. Southern hemi-
sphere, 1850. Greenhouse. The glutinous, underground rhizome
of this variety is eaten by the aborigines. Syn. P. esculenta.
Other varieties calling for mention are: glabra, a smooth, and

lanuginosa, a woolly, form. ae

P. arguta (sharply-notched).* sti. 1ft. or more Jong, strong, erect,
bright straw-coloured or reddish-brown. „fronds lft. to 3ft. long,
lft. or more broad ; terminal pinna 6in. to Qin. long, 14in. to 2in.
broad, lobed nearly to the rachis, the lobes slightly toothed when
barren; pinnæ several on each side, similar to the terminal one,
the lowest forked, or with one or two similar smaller pinnules
from the base on the lower side. sori not usually extending
beyond the lower half of the lobes. Madeira, &c., 1778. Green-

ouse.

P. argyreea (silvery). A variety of P. quadriaurita.

P. aspericaulis (rough-stalked).* rhiz. erect. sti. rough, purplish
when young. fronds 14ft. long, — pinnate; loweriniet
pinne bipartite, nearly sessile, and opposite ; pinne deeply pin-
natifid or pinnate, attenuated, adnate towards the apex; pog-
ments linear falcate, decurrent at base, rather obtuse, slightly
crenulate, minutely white-dotted beneath. sori chiefly on the
middle parts of the segments. India. The variety rubro-nervia

` has a deep purplish-red rachis and midrib.

P. a, tricolor (three-coloured). fronds, when young, a beautiful

= red; when fully developed, a rich, deep green, with attractive
silvery markings along the sides of the midribs, which are red.
ome Fig. 306. Syns. P. quadriaurita tricolor (B. M. 5183),

. tricolor,

P. atrovirens (dark green). sti. 1ft. long, prickly. fronds lft. to
2ft. long ; terminal pinna 6in. to Yin. Jong, 2in. to 3in. broad, cut
nearly to the rachis into numerous linear lobes, which are slightly
toothed when barren; lateral pinne in numerous opposite pairs,
the lowest sometimes lft. long, the lobes similar to those of the
terminal one; the lowest pair forked, with a similar, smaller

pinnule on the under side; rachis of the pinnules occasionally

prickly beneath. sori not reaching to the points of the segments.

Guinea Coast and Angola. Syn, P. spinulifera.

P. aurita (eared). A form of P. incisa.

P. biaurita(two-eared). sti. lft. to 2ft. long, strong, erect, straw:
f 3 in. to Bin. | , di

coloured. fronds with a terminal — lyin.
to 2in. broad, cut nearly to the rachis into numerous sp) TA
linear-oblong lobes, lin. or more long; lateral pinnæ similar to
the terminal one, the lower ones 2in. apart, and usually once-
forked. sori continued to the — Tropics, &c., 1824. Syn.
Campteria biaurita. P. nemoralis is, according to Mr. Baker,
not distinct from this species.

P. brasiliensis (Brazilian). A form of P. denticulata.
P. collina (hill-loving). A synonym of P. palmata.

P. comans (hairy). sti. 1ft. or more long, erect. fronds bi-
pinnate ; —— pinna lft. or more long, cut nearly to the

rachis into — lobes, which are sometimes 4in. long,
żin. broad, sud

enly decurrent at base, bluntly toothed when

Fic. 3 307. PTERI

Pteris—continued.

barren; lateral pinnæ in a few opposite pairs, sometimes 14ft.
long, 6in. broad, the lowest sometimes slightly compound at
the base. sori falling short of the apex of the segments,
East Indies, 1860. Syn. Litobrochia comans. The variety
undulata differs from the type in having blunter ultimate seg-
ments, with an undulated edge.

P. concinna (neat). A form of P. mutilata.

P. crenata (scolloped). A synonym of P. ensiformis.

P. cretica (Cretan).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long; erect, wiry, straw-
coloured or pale brown. fronds bin. to 12in. long, 4in. to 8in.
broad ; lateral pinnæ usually in two to six opposite, sessile pairs,
the upper one sometimes a little decurrent, 3in. to 6in. long, gin.
to jin. broad, the sterile ones much the broadest and spiny-
toothed, the lower pairs often cleft down nearly to the into
two or three linear pinnules. Involucres pale, membranous.
Temperate and tropical regions, &c., 1820. Greenhouse. There
is a — form of this species, albo-lineata. See Fig. 307.
(B. M. 5194.)

P. crispa (curled). A garden synonym of P. straminea.

P. Currori (Curror’s). sti. stout, erect, straw-coloured, fronds
ample, several feet long, 2ft. or more broad ; terminal pinna sub-
hastate, — lobed ; lateral pinnze numerous, the upper ones
4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad, with deeply and proadiy sinuated
margins, the lowest in opposite, sessile pairs, 2in. to 3in. distant
from the next pair, 16in. long, 5in. broad, cut nearly to the rachis
in the lower part into lanceolate, sinuated lobes, 3in. deep ; rachis
and both surfaces slightly hairy. sori in numerous patches, which
are sometimes interrupted and very short, Western tropical
Africa. (H. S. F. 140.) Syn. Litobrochia Currori,

P., decussata (decussate). A synonym of P. patens.

P. deflexa (deflexed). sti. 2ft. or more long, strong, erect, straw-
coloured or reddish-brown. fronds 2ft. to 4ft. long; terminal
pinna 6in. to 9in. long, about lin. broad, long-poi , and with
numerous oblong-linear lobes on each side, w are nearly cut
down to the rachis, about żin. long, sin. broad, the barren ones
sharply spinulose-serrated; lateral pinnæ numerous, similar, the
lower ones stalked ; lowest pair much larger than the others, often
more than 1ft. long, 6in. Yin. broad, with numerous pi
pinnules on each side. sori reaching nearly to the apex of the
segments. Brazil, 1844.

——

Up

iy
PB

G4

Fic. 308. UPPER PINNA OF PTERIS DENTICULATA,

denticulata (slightly-toothed). sti. about lft. long, slender,
r te. to of. long, 8in. to 12in. broad ; upp

forked; lower ones often pinnatifid, with several linear —
cal America, 1824 SYN,

. fronds . pper pinnæ
in. to 6in. long, united at base, finely spinulose-
pen ri a, Soro those aoa in order cut to the rachis and
i not quite reaching the
ee the lover Aen sori not qui * Ae rae
L

242 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Pteris—continued.
lata. See Fig. 308. P. brasiliensis is a form with broader,
more compound pinne. :

P. elata (tall). sti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, erect, naked, straw-coloured.

ample, tripartite; terminal pinna lft. to 14ft. long, cut
nearly or quite to the rachis into numerous linear lobes on both
sides, which are 3in. to Sin. long, the barren ones spinulose-
serrate ; upper lateral pinne 6in. long, not cut to the rachis ;
lower ones equalling the terminal one; lateral divisions of the
frond deltoid. sori falling short of the points of the segments.
Tropical America. Syn. Litobrochia elata.

P. (elegant).* sti. lft. or more long. „fronds bin. to 12in.
long, deltoid-cordate, PEARES Su cag yen ; divisions close, reaching
nearly to the midrib ; terminal and upper lateral ones lanceolate,
onura; lin. to Hin. broad ; lower ones with one to four lanceolate
pinnules on the lower side, usually none from the upper. sori
continuous from base to tip of the divisions. South Brazil, A
common species in cultivation. SYN. Doryopteris nobilis.

P. ensiformis (sword-shaped). sti. 3in. to 6in. long, slender,
erect, straw-coloured. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, half as broad,
with a ong terminal pinna and two to four pairs of lateral ones;
those of the fertile frond slightly compound, the central portión
2in. to 4in. long, jin. or less broad, entire ; — pinne of the
barren frond decurrent, the lower ones sub-deltoid, cut down to

_ the rachis below into two to six obovate-oblong, ‘gael oP nti

innules, which are often nearly in. broad. ndia, &c.
YN. P. crenata (H. S. F. 1274).
P. esculenta (edible). A synonym of P. aguilina esculenta.

P, fallax (deceptive). A synonym of Pellæa intramarginali.
alia ptive). ynony rginalis

P. felosma (heavy-smelling). A form of P, quadriaurita.

P. flabellata (fan-shaped).* sti. 1ft. or more long, strong,
erect, straw-coloured. ronds lft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or se broad $
terminal pinna 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, numerously
lobed nearly to the rachis, the lobes linear, lin. to 2in. long,
barren ones finely serrated ; lateral pinne similar to the terminal
one, the lowest with one to three similar, smaller pinnules from
the base on the lower side. sori narrow, continuing along nearly
the whole length of the segments. South Africa. This species
is closely allied to P. arguta.

P. Gheisbreghtii (Gheisbreght’s). A variety of P, laciniata.

P. glauca (glaucous). A synonym of Pellæa glauca.

P. gracilis (slender). A synonym of Pellwa gracilis.

f —

iy

A

=

P. grandifolia
straw-coloured, c

Pteris—continued.
(arge-fronded). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect,

lothed below with rusty-woo’ ales. fronds
lft. to 2ft. long, simply pinnate; pinn linear, erecto-patent,
entire, sessile or the lower ones stalked, the lower ones 6in,
to 12in. long, hardly lin. broad. sori often continuous along the
whole len of the pinne. Tropical America. See Fig. 309.
(H. S. F. 113s.) Syn. Litobrochia grandifolia. The variety vittata
has nearly free veins. :

P. hastata (spear-shaped), of Thunberg. A synonym of Pellæa

calomelanos. i
P. heterophylla (variable-fronded).* sti. wiry, slender, erect,
straw-coloured. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 3in. to bin. broad, ovate-
deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnz all, except two or three of the highest,
compound, the lowest deltoid, with the pinnules again pinnatifid ;
ultimate segments of the barren frond ovate, sharply and deepl;
toothed, cuneate and entire at base, about pi long, țin. broa
those of the fertile frond about gin. long, in. broad, the tip sterile
and toothed. Involucres broad, pale, membranous. West Indies
and Brazil, 1820. (B.M. 4925.)
P. Hookeriana (Hookers). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect, pale.

fronds Qin. to 12in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with a long, linear,
entire, terminal pinna ; lateral pinne two to six pairs, sessile,
opposite, entire, the largest about 6in. long and jin. broad, the
lowest forked at the base. sori slightly intramarginal ; involucres

narrow, brownish. Ceylon.

— ⸗

N

|

[S |

y *

a

NAN

LTT

FIG. 310. CENTRAL PINNA OF PTERIS eC

P. incisa (cut). Bat’s-wing Fern. sti. stout, erect, straw-coloured —
- — rons several feet a , bi- or ere
pinnze innate, with entire, linear x
males the next wiht bance — ——— Zin. to ot
long, about Zin. broad, in opposite pairs, the lowest often quite
close to the stem, reduced in size, and their segmen ;
lowest pinnæ often vi y large and compound, sori interrupted or
continuous, often e points of the segments. Tropics,
&c., 1823. Greenhouse. Syns, P. Vespertilionis, Litobrochia Ves-
pertilionis. In the form aurita, the lowest pair of pinnules are —
——— and closely adpressed to the stem at the base of
si Kingiana (King’s). A variety of P. tremula.
. unze’; i
coloured or reddish ee ace — ghee: Si pinna It. -
long, šin. broad, cut down two-thirds of the way to the rachis into
numerous linear, falcate, sharp-pointed lobes,
; — pinne in numerous,

Fic. 309. PINNA OF PTERIS GRANDIFOLIA.

; are slightly
spinulose-serrate when barren — nearly

straw-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 943

Pteris—continued.

opposite pairs, the lower ones stalked, equalling or exceeding the
terminal one and similarly pinnatipartite ; lowest pair of pinne
large, deltoid, compound below, with smaller, similar pinnules.
sort falling short of the tips of the segments. Tropical America.
(H. S. F. 139.) SYN. Litobrochia Kunzeana.

P. laciniata (torn). sti. 1ft. or more long, stout, erect, very hairy.
fronds 2ft. to 4ft. long, 1ft. to 2ft. broad, deltoid, tripinnatifid, the
upper part not cut down to the rachis, with onone entire lobes,
żin. to Zin. long, gin, broad; lower pinne lft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to
Yin. broad, with numerous lanceolate pinnules on each side, which
are cut down to a broadly-winged rachis into lobes about In. long
and jin. broad ; rachis and both surfaces hairy. sori lateral in
the ultimate lobes, but not reaching the apex. West Indies.
(H. S. F. 1328.) P. Gheisbreghtii is a less hairy, Mexican variety.

P. leptophylla (slender-fronded).* sti. 6in. to Qin. long, erect, firm,
straw-coloured. fronds Qin. to 12in. each way, deltoid ; a few of
the upper pinnz simple, the largest of these under lin. long, din.
broad, decurrent at base, —— spinulose-serrate when barren ;
central pinnz lanceolate, caudate, pinnatifid, with numerous
similar pinnules; lowest pinne deltoid, with pinnules often
2in. long, and again pinnatifid. sori not — the tips of the
segments. Brazil, 1824. See Fig. 310. (H. G. F. 23.) Syn.
Litobrochia leptophylla.

Pteris—continued.

pinne lft. long, very compound. sori not reaching the points of
the segments. New Zealand. A well-marked species. SYN.
Litobrochia macilenta.

P. macroptera (large-winged). sti. lft. or more long, raked,
erect, straw-coloured or brownish. fronds 2ft. or more long, lft.
to 14ft. broad, cut nearly to the rachis in the upper part into
numerous linear lobes, the lowest of which are 6in. to 9in. long
and żin. broad, with about lin. between them at the base, the

oint gradually narrowed and very faintly toothed when barren ;

. lateral pinne few, often only a single pair, like the terminal one,

but smaller. sori not reaching the tips of the segments. Brazil.
Syn. Litobrochia macroptera.

P. Milneana (Milne’s). sti. strong, erect, yellowish-brown.
fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, with numerous pinne on each side, cut
down throughout nearly to the rachis into linear-oblong, falcate
lobes, šin. to jin. long; lowest pinne 6in. to Qin. long, lin. to
l}in. broad, with a single similar, but smaller, pinnule at the
base on the lower side. sori falling short of the sub-entire tips.
Solomon Isles, 1865. Syn. P. tripartita var. (H. S. F. 138B).¢

P. moluccana (Moluccan). sti. strong, erect, dark brown.
fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, — simply pinnate; pinne in
numerous, nearly opposite pairs, linear, cuneate at base, spinu-

—

Fic. 311. PTERIS QUADRIAURITA ARGYRAA,

. longifo! ong- onded .* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, stout, erect,
er — Be pe frond litt. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 9in. broad,
oblong-lanceolate, attenuated below ; pinnæ sessile, often twenty
to thirty on each side, Sin. to 6in. long, gin. to gin. broad, linear,

e orc te, or slightly auricled at
—— Se whe imes scaly. Involucres ye owish-brown,
membranous. Tropics, 1770.

. longi long-stalked). sti. lft. to 2ft. long, erect, straw-
r. pappa oao terminal pinna about 6in. long, coe
broad, with numerous erectb- ent, linear-oblong lobes, whic
are cut nearly to the rachis; lateral pinne numerous on —
side, not more than lin. apart, the longest simple one about a
long, the lowest comp sometimes nearly as large a =
central portion of the frond, lft. long, 6in. broad. sort g

short of the tips of the segments. India. SYN. P. pellucens.

macilenta (thin). stí. 6in. to 12in. long, straw-coloured,
a i — as ift. to 3ft, long 5 terminal pinna 4in.

to 8in. long, cut dov : t
e er ones 2in. a

numerous, the uppe: „apa
-to the rachis below into deeply-lobed

long, żin.

lose-serrate towards the point, the largest lft. to 1 —

to jin. broad. Involucres narrow, membranous.
Solomon Isles, 1880. (H. 8. F. = — —
o tilata (mutilated). sti, slender, erect, t brown or

— those of the fertile frond longest (9in. to 12in.)
and strongest. fronds about 6in. each way, deltoid, with a
linear, entire point, several entire pinnæ, but the lowest pair
lanceolate-deltoid, 4in. to 6in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, with
several linear, erecto-patent pinnules on each side; divisions of
the barren frond shorter and broader than those of the fertile
one, not serrated, but mucronate at the — and cartilaginously
bordered. Involucres narrow, membranous. West Indies.
(H. S. F. 1314.) P. concinna is, according to Mr. Baker, a more
compound form than usual.

P. nemoralis (grove-loving). A form of P. biaurita.
A scaly). sti. 2ft. to 4ft. long, strong, erect, red-

— A. Gere w-ccloared, brown-scaly, becoming muricated.
fronds lft. or more each way ; terminal pinna 6in. to 1 Rigen
lkin. broad, consisting of numerous contiguous, falcate, linear —
lobes, lin. or more long, blunt, not serrated; lateral :

similar, closely placed (not lin. apart at base), imbricated, the

244

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pteris—continued.

lowest with several large similar pinnules from the under side;
rachises scaly. sori extending along the whole length of the edge.
St. Helena. ‘

P, palmata (hand-shaped).* sti. 1ft. or more long, e chestnut-
brown. fronds 4in. to 9in. each way; barren ones with a broad,
undivided centre, and five or more trian; r lobes, of which the
terminal one is the largest, the lowest deflexed, and the sinuses
rounded ; fertile fronds cut down to a br -winged centre into
linear lobes, of which the upper ones are e , and the lower
ones again cut on the lower side, the longest entire ones din. to
4in. long, jin. to gin. broad; cost black. sori continued to the
tips of the segments. Tropical America, 1821. (H. G. F. 22.)
Syns. P. collina, Doryopteris palmata. —

P. patens (spreading).* sti. lft. or more long, erect, chestnut-
brown. fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft. or more broad; terminal
puna 6in. to 9in. long, Hin. to 2in. broad, with several narrow-

near lobes on each side, which are widened suddenly on both
sides within a short distance of the base, the barren ones slightly
serrated ; lateral pinne numerous, similar, but larger, sometimes
lift. long, 2in. broad, the lowest forked. sori continued nearly
to the ends of the segments. Ceylon, &. (H. S. F. 137.) SYN.

P, pedata (footed).* sti. blackish, those of the barren fronds din.
to țin. — fronds, barren ones lin, to Zin. each way, with an
almost entire, — apex, and a bluntly-divided, lateral lobe
on each side; fertile’ ones 4in. to 6in. each way, cut nearly to
the rachis into several pinnz on each side, of which the upper
ones are linear and entire, lin. to 14in. long, the lowest pair much
larger than the others, and with several pinnules on the under
side, the lowest of which are again — costæ dark-
coloured. sori reaching the tips of the segments. Tropical
America. (B. M. 3247.) SYN. Doryopteris pedata.

P. pellucens (pellucid). A synonym of P, longipes.
spopane ————————— sti. 4ft. or more long, sin. to
n. thick at , muricated below, straw-coloured. fronds
anpe ternately divided ; terminal pinna 6in. or more long, lin.
to lin. broad, cut two-thirds of the way to the rachis into
numerous linear-oblong, falcate lobes, which are finely spinulose-
Searly Opposite yates UAI UE lime tie eine break ONT
nearly oppos rs, . long, lin. in, 4
numerous lobes similar to those of the terminal one ; lateral divi-
sions of the frond like the terminal one, but smaller. sori con-
tinuous, falling short of the tips of the segments. West Indies,
Zo. (H. Q. E 65.) SYN. Litobrochia podophylla.

P. (prickly). sti. 1ft. or more Sa

nt when barren ; lateral

aurita.
P. pyrophylla (Pyrus-fronded). A form of P. quadriaurita.
P. quadriaurita (four-eared).* sti, 1ft. to 2ft. long, strong, erect,
straw-coloured or brownish. fronds 6in, to 3ft. lon 5 din. to 12in.
or more broad; terminal pinna cut nearly to the rachis into nume-
rous close, parallel, linear-oblong lobes, in. to lin, long, the
barren ones entire or slightly serrated; lateral pinnee 6in, to 12in.
or more long, lin. to 2in, broad, the lowest lin. to 2in. apart at
the usually again compound, with one or two similar, but
smaller, pinnules branching from them at the base on the lower
side. sori often continuous along the whole margin of the seg-
ments, Tropics. The following are regarded, by Mr. Baker, as
mere forms of this es: P. argyrea, a variety with a more or
less distinctly marked band of white down the centre of the
frond (see Fig. 311); P. felosma, P. pyrophylla, P. sulcata.
P. q — (three-coloured). A synonym of P, aspericaulis
Tricotor,

Fis. 312. LOWER PORTION OF FROND OF PTERIS SAGITTIFOLIA,

|... mature —— nearly the whole — except the midrib.

Pteris—continued.
P. sagittata (arrow-shaped). This name is applied to a form of
Pellea ——

* ttifolia (arrow-fronded),* sti, 4in. to 6in. long, erect,
— ae 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, hastate-
lanceolate or sub-triangular, the basal lobes triangular, acu-
minate, directed downwards, the margins entire, midrib blackish.
sori continued all round the margin. Venezuela to Brazil.
See Fig. 312. (H. E. F.39.) Syn. Doryopteris sagittifolia.

Fic. 313. PINNA OF PTERIS SCABERULA, *

P. scaberula (slightly scabrous).* rhiz. wide-creeping. sti. bin.
to 12in. long, strong, flexuous, bright reddish-brown, scabrous.
Fronds 1ft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, lanceolate or onie
lanceolate, tri- or quadri-pinnatifid; lower pinnæ lanceolai
deltoid, 4in. to 9in. long, cut down to the rachis into numerous. *
lanceolate pinnules on each side, which are again cut down into
oblong, toothed segments, about jin. long. sori copious, when
New Zealan 3. (H. S. F. 93a.)

Greenhouse. See Fig. 31

Ss

Le}

PPL
SS;

SSS
——

h

*
SSS

i)
y Je Z H

THIN

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 245

Pteris—continued.

P. semipinnata (half-pinnate). sti. 1ft. or more long, strong,
erect, bright chestnut-brown. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, 6in. to
9in. broad, ovate-lanceolate; upper part cut nearly to the
rachis into numerous close, entire, linear lobes, the lowest of
which are 1jin. to in. long; lower two-thirds of the frond with
six or eight pairs of opposite, distantly-placed pinne, the largest
of which are din. to bin. long, with a long, linear, entire point,
and a broad, entire wing on the upper side of the rachis, but the
lower side with several linear pinnules, lin. to 2in. long. Invo-
lucres membranous. East Indies, &e. Fig. 314. (H. G. F. 59.)

P, serrulata (saw-edged).* Spider Fern. sti. 6in. to 9in. long,
erect, wiry, pale or brownish. fronds Yin. to 18in. long, 6in. to
Sin. broad, ovate, bipinnatifid; main rachis margined with a
wing, which — downwards; pinne in six or
more distant, opposite pairs, the upper ones simple, often 4in. to
6in. long, gin. to fin. broad, the lower ones with several long-
linear, erecto-patent pinnules on each side, the edges of the
barren ones spinulose-serrulate. Involucres narrow-membranous.
China, 1770. Greenhouse. The following varieties of this species
are enumerated by Mr. B. S. Williams:

P. s. angustata (narrow). An elegant form, with pinne very

much narrower than in the type, and crested at each point.

P. s. — (Appleby’s). A superb garden variety ;
long and narrow, pendent, furnished with a pasa
fringed tassel at all the points.

lon orn. phi ere ). This handsome variety is

inne
and

en origin. I erect fronds, with much-shortened

pinne, forming dense, crisp, corymbiferous heads. :

P. s. cristata (crested). An erect garden form, with the apex of

-~ each pinna beautifully crested.

P, s. c. semi-fastigiata (slightly fastigiate). The finest variet;
of all ; it has a compact, hon habit, and forms a very large an
broad-crested cry ed the gaan the lower portion of the frond
is developed as in the normal form.

P. s. dactyla (many-fingered). In this variety, the points

of pr heanas are — tines forked or fingered, pet ge a

quently much lengthened out.

+

1G. 315. PTERIS SERRULATA TENUIFOLIA, showing Habit and
* Portion of detached Frond,

P. s. tenuifolia (slender-fronded). A form with narrow pinne.
See Fig. 315.

P. spinulifera (spine-bearing). A synonym of P. atrovirens.

P. Stelleri —— synonym of Pellea gracilis.

P straminea (straw-coloured). sti. 1ft. to 1}ft. long, and, as well
as the rachis, stramineous. fronds narrow-deltoid, lft. to *
long ; pinne ascending, the lowest much the largest, deltoid,
compound lower pinnules on both sides, the others lanceola
lyin. to 2in. broad, cut down to the rachis or a narrow i
segments lanceolate, narrowed to a point, the sterile ones sharply
and closely dentate, upper ones growing gradually shorter. sori
falling short of the tips of the segments. Chili. SYN. P. crispa
(of gardens). : ;

P. sulcata (furrowed). A form of P. quadriaurita.

trembling).* sti. lft. long, strong, erect,
(trembling). i or more, long ng,

obes, which are

ften v com) d, sometimes lft.
bipinnate. sori copious, sometimes Siting up the whole

Pteris—continued.

except the midrib. Australia and New Zealand, 1820. Green-
house. See Fig. 316. (H.S. F. 1208.) The variety Ki

has its ultimate segments large, sometimes ltin. long,
jin. broad, not toothed. j

P, tricolor (three-coloured).
tricolor.

A synonym of P. aspericaulis
. A synonym of P. Milneana

Fig. 316. PINNA OF PTERIS TREMULA,

P. umbrosa (shady).” ngs ag be 1sft. long, erect, bright reddish-
o

ronds , bin. to 12in. b with a
—— tom ad — six to nine lateral Se anal which
run down the stipe at the base, so as to form a broad wing, which
reaches nearly or quite to the next node; ——— to
6in. long, An. to fin. broad, finel in
forked.
pinnules. Australia, 1823. Greenhouse. (H. S. F. 1308.)

P. undulata (waved). A variety of P. comans.

P. Vespertilionis (bat-winged). A synonym of P. incisa.

P. vittata (striped). A variety of P. grandifolia.
PTERIUM. A synonym of Lamarckia.
PTEROCARPUS (from pteron, a wing, and karpos,

a fruit; the pods are girded by a broad wing). Orb.

Leguminose. A genus comprising about fifteen species

of unarmed, stove trees, inhabiting the tropical parts

of Asia, Africa, and America. Flowers yellow, rarely
mixed with violet and white, often showy, disposed in
simple or paniculate, loose, axillary or terminal racemes ;
calyx turbinate at base; standard orbicular or broadly
ovate; wings oblique, obovate or oblong; petals glabrous.

Pods compressed, indehiscent, orbiculate or ovate, rarely

oval-oblong. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate; leaflets

alternate or irregularly opposite, exstipellate. For culture
of the under-mentioned species, see Da!

P. dalbergioides (Dalbergia-like). A synonym of P. indicus.

Draco Dragon Gum-tree. fl. yellow, in paniculate
igh — A y — loose. May. Pods Lin. in diameter.
L, leaflets 2in. to 4in. long, — or oblong, acuminate, shining.

h. 30ft. Tropical America,

246 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pterocarpus—continued.
P, flavus (yellow). A form of P. indicus. i
P. indicus (Indian). Burmese Rosewood. fl. yellowish ; racemes
, Simple or branched. May. Pods acutely mucronate.
l., leaflets from five to nine, alternate, acute, glabrous. h. S0ft.
East Indies, 1813. (B. F. S. 23.) SYN. P. dalbergioides. P. flavus
is regarded, by Bentham, as merely a form of this species.

P. Marsupium (pouched). A. pale yellow, disposed in terminal
panicles, April. PE, leaflets from five to seve ternate, elliptic,
somewhat emarginate, coriaceous, glabr h. 40ft. Coro-
mandel, 1811. (B. F. S. 21 ; B. M. PL 81.)

P. Rohrii (Rohr’s). M. yellow, in simple or slightly-branched,
tomentose racemes; pedicels shorter t the calyx. April.
Pods sub-orbiculate, about 2in. in diameter. l., leaflets very
variable, five to nine, ovate or oblong, acuminate, glabrous, 3in.
to Sin. long. h. 20ft, Tropical America, 1816.

PTEROCARYA (from pieron, a wing, and caryon, a
nut; referring to the winged fruit), Orv. Juglandee.
A small genus (three or four species) of hardy, deciduous
trees, natives of temperate Asia. Flowers unisexual,
monoecious, in long, pendulous spikes. Fruit drupaceous,
dry, angled, having two wings as the ovary, much
tapered at the tip, not opening. Leaves ample; leaflets
often numerous, narrow. ‘The species are seldom seen
in gardens. They thrive best when planted near water;
in such spots, P. frawinifolia makes one of the most
ornamental of deciduous trees. All the species are easily
raised from seed, imported or ripened in this country.
P. caucasica (Caucasian). A synonym of P. fraxinifolia.

. fraxinifolia (Ash-leaved).* Caucasian Walnut. fl. greenish.

May. l., leaflets about — ovate-oblong, acuminate, acutely

serrate, glabrous. h, t. Caucasus (in moist woods),
1800. SYN. P. caucasica.

P. rhoifolia (Rhœas-leaved). /l., female catkins sub-terminal,
loose-flowered, equalling or exceeding the leaves. l. eight or
nine-jugate ; leaflets sessile, rounded from the base, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, argutely and densely serrulated, glabrous
above, softly pubescent on the veins beneath, as well as on the
petioles. Japan, (S. Z. F. J. 150.)

P. stenoptera (narrow-winged). fi., females sessile; bracts
minute, acute ; wings linear-oblong, attenuated at apex. l. five-
peace mh Rigas —— odd — — elliptic

n n at base, use a serrated on th
ching apex, serrated on the

US. Included under Seabiosa
(which see).

US. A synonym of Microstylis
. A synonym of Calligonum

(which see).

(which see).

PTERODISCUS (from pteron, a wing, and discus,
a disk ; referring to the broad wings of the disk of the
fruit). ORD. Pedalinee. A genus consisting of only three
species of greenhouse, herbaceous plants, with tuberous
roots, or with a thick, succulent stem, which becomes
tall under cultivation; two are natives of South Africa,
and the third is Angolan. Flowers purple or lurid-
yellow, solitary in the axils, very shortly stalked or
almost sessile; calyx small, — corolla tube
gibbous at base, swollen upwards; limb somewhat bi-
labiate, with five broadly rotundate, spreading lobes.
Leaves opposite or alternate, narrow, toothed or cut,
rather thick, canescent. The only species worth growing
is P. speciosus. This is a handsome plant, and thrives
best under the influence of a full exposure to sunlight.
It requires a compost of sandy loam and leaf mould.
Propagated by seeds, sown in spring and autumn; and
by dividing the plant, in spring. P. luridus requires
similar treatment.

P. luridus (lurid). A. dull yellow, tubular. Jul l li .
oblong, deeply lobed, almost pinnatifid. A. 14ft. South Africa,
TE M, mn plant, of little horticultural value.

P. osus (showy).* jl. of a beautiful lilac or reddish colour,

ary, solitary, large, with a funnel-shaped tube, anda d-
ing, five-lobed Tim. May. l. opposite, — dentate tee
branching into several erect, thick branches’ Roots large,

globose, tuberous, the r è
h. ft. South Africa, 1848. PB. May ated above the earth.

PTEROLOBIUM (from pteron, a wing, and lobos,
a pod; the pods are produced into a wing at the ex-
tremity). Syns. Quartinia, Reichardia. ORD. Legumi-
nose. A genus comprising four species of tall, climbing,
stove shrubs, armed with recurved prickles; they are
natives of tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia. Flowers
white (or yellowish °), small, racemose; racemes at the
tips of the branches, loosely paniculate; calyx segments
five, imbricated; petals five, spreading, imbricated.
Pods sessile, compressed, samaroid, indehiscent, the apex
produced into an oblique, oblong or falcate wing.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets arial, numerous; stipules small
or inconspicuous; bracts very caducous. P. indicum—
the only species introduced—requires ‘culture similar to
Cesalpinia (which see). *

P. indicum (Indian). 7. yellowish, axillary only from the extreme
leaves, which gives them an appearance of a large, terminal, leafy
nicle. J. alternate, abruptly bipinnate, Sin. to 6in. long, din.
road; pinnz opposite, four to eight pairs, oval, entire, smooth,
ee Zin. broad ; petioles armed with three prickles. East
dies. SYN. Cesalpinia lacerans.

PTEROLOMA. Included under

(which see). 3

Desmodium

si

PTERONEURUM (from pteron, a wing, and neuron,
a nerve; referring to the winged placentas). ORD. Cruci-

fere. A small genus of rock plants,: included, ye -the

authors of the “ Genera Plantarum,” under C
(which see for culture of the species described below)..
P. carnosum (fleshy). jl., calyx spreading ; corolla twice as long

as the calyx; petals white, obovate. June. l, segme! vate,

sub-emarginate, glaucescent. h. 3in, Eastern Europe, &€., 1824.

Hardy perennial.

PTEROPHYLLUS. A synonym of Ginkgo (which
see).

PTEROPHYTON. A synonym of Actinomeris.

PTEROPSIS. Included under Teenitis (which see).

= PTEROSPERMUM (from pteron, a wing, and
sperma, a seed; referring to the seeds being winged).
Syn. Velaga. ORD. Sterculiacee. A genus comprising
about fourteen species of stove, scaly or stellate-tomen-
tose trees or shrubs, natives of tropical Asia. Flowers
often elongated, sometimes several inches long; calyx
tubular, five-cut or parted, deciduous; petals five, ob-
ovate, oblong, or linear, deciduous; peduncles axillary,
short, one or few-flowered. Leaves coriaceous, often
oblique, entire or the uppermost ones angularly toothed,
penninerved, and three to seven-nerved at the base.
The species best known to cultivation are those described
below. They thrive in a compost of sandy, fibry loam
and lumpy peat; and perfect drainage is most essential.
Propaga by cuttings of half-ripened side shoots, cut
close to the stem, and inserted in sand, in bottom heat.
P. acerifolium 5 . fl. white; pedicels shorter than

the petioles. J — — —— —— ob-

tuse, with a short acumen, toothed, tomentose beneath, ppor

surface white, clothed with te hairs. East Indies, 1790. A

——— This species thrives well under greenhouse treatment.

P, suberifolium (Cork-tree-leaved). fl. white, axillary, solitary,
twin or tern at the tops of the branches; pedicels hardly the
length of the petioles, crowded. l. Sry acuminate, obliquely
cordate at the base, coarsely toothed at the apex, tomentose
beneath. East Indies, 1783. A small tree. (B. M.T

Pentapetes suberifolia.
PTEROSTELMA.

see). :
PTEROSTYLIS (from pteron, a wing, and stylis, &

column; alluding to the broadly-winged column). SYN.

Diplodium. ORD. Orchidew. A genus comprising about

three dozen spegies of greenhouse, terrestrial orchids,

with small, underground tubers; six are confined to New

Zealand, and the rest are all Australian, one being al

found in New Zealand and another in New Caledonia.

Flowers usually green, often tinged or streaked with

red or brown, large and solitary, or smaller and race-

mose, on short pedicels; dorsal sepal broad, erect, 1m-

Included under Hoya (whieh

—

(B. M. 1526.) SYN..

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 247

Pterostylis—continued.

curved, and very concave; petals lanceolate-falcate,
curved under the dorsal sepal, and forming with it an
arched or almost hood-shaped upper lip or helmet;
lateral sepals more or less united in a two-lobed lower
lip, the lobes often terminating in long points; lip on
a short claw at the end of the basal projection of the
column; column elongated within the galea, and curved
with it. Radical leaves ovate, tufted; cauline ones
linear or lanceolate, or reduced to sheathing scales.
The under-mentioned species, which are those best
known to gardeners, thriverin leaf mould, lightened by
the admixture of a little sand. Before putting in the
soil, the pots should be one-third filled with broken
crocks. Propagated by divisions. Except where other-
wise stated, all the species here described are Aus-
tralian.

P. acuminata (taper-pointed). fl. green ; galea lin. to liin. long,

usually produced into a point; lip be gg, EREN tapering to a

point; scape one-flowered, 6in. to Qin. high. April. l in a

radical rosette, ovate or broadly elliptical, and five or seven-

nerved. h. 6in. 1827. (B. M. 3401; F. A. O., Part 5.)

P. Banksii (Banks’). fl. green, solitary, 2in. to 3in. long; upper
sepal arched forward, lateral ones produced into long,
slender tails; lip linear, the tip exserted. April. l. numerous,
alternate, sheathing the whole stem, rising above the flower,
narrow linear-lanceolate, acuminate. k. 6in, to 18in. New Zea-
land, 1832. (B. M. 3172.)

T ptistii (Baptist’s).* f. green, marked with white and
brown, —— and adorned with two bristle-like antenne.
Winter. J. rosulate, basilar, petiolate.
upper ones ascending the rachis, h. 1ft.
G. Sn. s., ix. 213.)

P. curta (short-lipped). fl. green; galea erect, about lin. long,
acute, but not acuminate, the lower li cuneate, with 25
broadly-lanceolate lobes; lip linear, rather longer than the
column ; scapes one-flowered, usually about 6in. high. October.
l in a radical rosette, usually on long petioles, ovate or broadly
elliptical, five to nine-nerved, from under lin. to lin. long.
1829, 3086; F. A. O., Part 5.)

P. nutans (nodding). f. green; galea nearly lin. long, much —
curved near the base, and again towards the end, so as to give the
flower a nodding appearance, the lower lip shortly and dly
cuneate ; lip oblong-linear, obtuse, sometimes minutely ciliated ;
scape one-flowered, 6in. to 12in. high. September.
radical rosette

oblong-cuneate, the
1877. (B. M. 6351;

Lins
tiolate, ovate or elliptical, in. to Hin. long.
-)

1826. (B. M.

PTEROSTYRAX. A synonym of Halesia (which
see). į

PTEROTA. A synonym of Zanthoxylum (which
see).

PTEROZONIUM. Included under Gymnogramme.
PTERYGOCALYX. A synonym of Orawfurdia,
PTERYGODIUM (from pterygodes, wing-like ;
alluding to the appearance of the sepals). Monk’s-cowl
Orchid. ORD. Orchideew. A genus comprising about half-
a-score species of greenhouse, leafy, terrestrial, South
African orchids. Flowers spicate, few or solitary;
dorsal sepal connivent with the petals, and more or less
coherent; lip adnate to the base of the column, and fur-
nished with a large, tongue: ed appendage at its base.
Probably none of the species are now in cultivation.
PTILOCNEMA. A synonym of Pholidota (which

see). *

PTILOMERIS (from ptilon, a feather, and meris, a
part; alluding to the fringed, chaffy scales of some of
the species). Syn. Hymenorys. ORD. Composite. A
small genus (about three species) of hardy, annual, Cali-
fornian herbs, regarded, by Bentham and Hooker, as
synonymous with Actinolepis. Flower-heads yellow, pe-
dunculate at the tips of the branches; ray florets in one
series, ligulate, two or three-toothed; involucral bracts
one-seriate ; receptacle convex or conical, naked or very
slightly bristly; achenes linear. Leaves opposite, or the
upper ones rarely nearly all opposite, remotely toothed,
incised, or once or twice pinnatifid. P. coronaria, the
only species calling for mention here, may be treated as
other hardy annuals. ‘

Ptilomeris—continued.

P. coronaria (crowned). fl.-heads, ray florets oblong ; involucral
scales lanceolate; receptacle pilose. June. l. mostly opposite,
the divisions capillary.. h. lft. 1838. Plant branched from the
— minutely puberulent. Syn. Hymenoays californica (B. M.

PTILOTRICHUM. Included under Alyssum.

PTYCHOSPERMA (from ptyche, a fold or wind-
ing, and sperma, ca seed; referring to the ruminated
albumen). Australian Feather-palm. Syn. Seaforthia.
ORD. Palme. A genus of elegant, unarmed, stove palms,
usually with tall trunks. About a dozen species have
been enumerated, natives of tropical Australia, New
Guinea, and the Pacific Islands. Flowers usually rather
small; complete spathes two, caducous; spadix with
spreading, often slender, branches. Fruit ovoid or ellip-
soid, sometimes beaked, terete or sulcate, one-seeded,
the albumen more or less ruminated. Leaves terminal,
equally pinnatisect ; segments thickened on the margins,
premorse, the terminal one confluent ; sheaths elongated.
The species thrive best in fibrous loam, leaf mould, and
sand. Thorough drainage, and an abundant supply of
water, are important points in their culture. Propagated
by seeds.

P. Alexandre: (Alexandra’s). J. pinnate, beautifully arched,
quite red when young, but light green when mature; rachis
smooth. Stems rather slender. h. 70ft. to 80ft. Queensland.
1870. A very elegant species, rare in cultivation. (F. d. S. 1916.)
— Alexandre is now the proper name of this
plant. `

— T
os

Fig. 317. PrycHOSPERMA CUNNINGHAMIANA.

Cunningham’s).* Illawarra Palm. Z.
AM oeorneyg narrow, unequally bifid at the

248

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ptychosperma—continued.

apet, lft. to 14ft. long, dark green; petioles broadly sheathing
at the base. Stem somewhat stout, straight. k. about 60ft.
Queensland and New South Wales. A very elegant species, and
a most useful conservatory or cool greenhouse plant. See
. 317. SYNS. Archontopheniz Cunninghamiana (this name is
the correct one), Seaforthia elegans (B. M. 4961).
P. Kuhlii (Kuhl’s). A synonym of Pinanga Kuhlii.
P. Macarthurii (MacArthur’s). l. pinnate; leaflets arching,

linear-oblon 3
— 4in. 8in. long. New Guinea, 1879.

inct palm, SYN. Kentia Macarthurii.

P. Normanbyi arent a ., inflorescence ovoid, axillary.
fr. ovoid, with a conical tip, about lin. long. l. 8ft. to 10ft.
long. h. 40ft. to 60ft. Australia, SyNns. Areca Normanbyi, Cocos
Normanbyi.

P. Rumphii (Rumph’s). A synonym of Drymophloeus olive-
Sormis.

P. rupicola (rock-loving). A synonym of L rupicol

P. Seemanii ——— l. pinnate ; pinne erose-dentate, some-
what resembl — of a Caryota in appearance, and of a bright
green colour, Si when fully developed, about lin, in diameter,
strong. Fiji Islands, 1879. An elegant, dwarf-growing species.

PUBERULOUS. Minutely pubescent.
PUBESCENT. Softly downy or hairy,

PUCCINIA (named after an Italian botanist,
Puccini). A large genus of parasitic Fungi belonging to
the order Uredinew. In this order, the Fungi grow, with
a doubtful exception or two, on living plants, into which
they push their jointed mycelium. The reproduction is
always effected by conidia, or spores, produced on
branches from the mycelium, and never inclosed in
larger cells, as in Mould or in Pyrenomycetes
(which see). The conidia are usually crowded together
in masses, which, for a time, are protected by the
epidermis of the host-plant; but this generally becomes
torn, and the conidia are exposed. The conidia are
known to be of two, or even more, forms in almost all
the species in the order, and these forms are usually
very different from one another, affording very striking
examples of the phenomenon called “pleomorphism.” So
different are they, that several genera were established
on what are now known to be only forms of the same
Fungi as had already received names under other
forms; hence, much confusion has arisen, and this is
only gradually being overcome by careful and exact
observations. Even yet much doubt exists as to the
true relationships of many of the species. An attempt
will be made to render this part of the subject more
clear by describing what is now generally accepted
as the life-history of two or three of the more important
species of the genus Puccinia. The various forms of
conidia alternate with one another in the cycle of

An elegant and

development of each species, and experiments have led-

to the belief that some species of Puccinia live on
different host-plants in the different stages of the cycle.

truncate or oblique, and unequally toothed at |

The forms of reproductive organs met with in the |

most complete cycles in the genus, , that believed to
exist in P. graminis, are three or four in number. The
names employed to denote them were formerly given to
them when they were regarded as different species,
belonging to genera distinct from that now recognised
as the more mature condition (viz., Puccinia). The
forms are as follows:

1. The Æcidium (old generic name), or Cluster-cup, in
the form of a cup, at first closed, afterwards open above.
The sides of the cup (peridium) consist of a single
layer of cells. The hollow is filled with closely-packed,
erect branches, arising from the mycelium, each of which
bears a chain or row of rounded, or angular, thin-
walled, yellow cells, which separate from one another,
and „germinate readily, pushing out a mycelium thread.
On a leaf of the host-plant, the mycelium pushes through
a stoma, and produces the Fungus anew. The Cluster-
cups usually stand, as the name denotes, in clusters, on
thickened, discoloured tissues of the hosts, though, occa-

Puccinia—continued.
sionally, they are scattered over the green parts without
causing much discoloration. ‘They generally stand on
young stems and on the lower surface of leaves (see

*
FIG. 318. LEAVES OF BERBERIS VULGARIS COVERED WITH ÆCIDIUM *
BERBERIDIS (believed to be a stage in the development of
Puccinia graminis)—a, Aicidium-patch on Leaf.

Fig. 318), but may be on the upper surface also. On
the same mass of tissue as the cups, but, in general, on
the other side of the leaf, small, flask-shaped spaces

Fic. 319. TRANSVERSE SECTION OF LEAF OF BERBERIS VULGARIS, —
sho Spermogonia and Æcidium Berberidis, magnified con-
siderably—a, Aicidium mm’ Bis ned; b, Thickened Tissue

of Leaf; c, c, Aicidium ully opened, with Spores r
dropping out; e, e, Skin of Leaf; A, h, Outer Coat of Æci- a
dium Cups ; sp, Spermogonia, 7

(spermogonia) open by narrow mouths (see Fig. 319). —
They are lined with branches of mycelium, bearing
extremely small, rod-like bodies (spermatia), which do
not seem to act as spores, and whose use to the Fungus
is doubtful. 3 "
2. The Uredo (old generic name), is often developed
on the same mycelium as the former, but later; it
may grow only on a different host-plant. The uredo-
spores are not inclosed in a cup, or peridinm, but are
formed on the surface of convex masses of mycelium. |
These masses are usually covered and protected by the
epidermis of the host-plant till the sp are ripe, W
the epidermis bursts. The spores are produced singly
on erect branches (see Fig. 320), and, when’ ripe,
fall off, and then are hardly to be distinguished from

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 249

Puccinia—continued.
gcidiospores. Like the latter, they germinate almost
at once, and push their mycelium into the tissues of the
host-plant through the stomata.
8. The Teleutospore (from teleutaia, final, and spora;
so called because it is the final form in the cycle) is
sometimes called the Pucciniospore ; but this name is less
suitable, as other genera besides Puccinia produce such
spores. These are, in most cases, produced on the same
substratum as the uredospores, but later in the season;

Fig. 320. GROUP OF SPORES OF PUCCINIA GRAMINIS—a@, Uredo-
spores, formed in ory summer ; t, Teleutospore, formed later
in the season; st, Stalks supporting the Spores.

and they are most often developed only in late summer,
‘They grow on erect footstalks or branches, to which they
3 ally remain long united, and they are considerably

E er-walled and darker than the others, from which
also they differ in form (see Fig. 320). They may be

; _ one-celled (Uromyces), two-celled (Puccinia and Gymno-
= sporangium), or three- or more-celled (Triphragmium
and Phragmidium). The teleutospores, for the most
part, remain for a considerable time without germinating,
often continuing unchanged all winter. On germinating

Fig. 321. PUCCINIA GRAMINIS—Teleutospore germinating and
ducing Sporidia (sp) on tips of small stalks (st); pr, Mycelium
Tube growing out of the Spore.

™ (eee Fig. $21), a mycelium tube is pushed out from each
cell, or only from one.
divided near the tip, by cross walls, into a row of cells,
from each of -which a small branch arises, and bears, at
its tip, a small, rounded or oval body, called a sporidium.
The sporidia produce a new mycelium, which penetrates
into suitable host-plants, and frequently gives rise to
æcidia in them. Occasionally, two forms of teleuto-
Spores occur in the same Fungus, e.g., one-celled and
two-celled in Puccinia miata. In most of the species, the
cycle is not so complete as the above; and, in fact, it
has been traced, as yet, in but few species. As has
already been said, most cryptogamic botanists believe
that some of the species live, during part of the cycle, on
one food-plant, and during the other part on another.
Such species are said to be heterwcious (from heteros,
different, and oikos, a home). Those that live on a single
food-plant during the whole cycle are said to be aut-
cecious (from autos, the same, and oikos).
Puccinia is readily distinguished, in the perfect con-
dition, from other genera of Uredinee by the telento-
spores being free from one another and two-celled; or, at
least, there are two-celled spores, associated, in a few
Species, with three- or more-celled abnormal exceptions,
or with a one-celled form, much like the teleutospores
of the allied genus Uromyces. The- two-celled spores
vary in length of stalks, in forms, and in surface-
markings of the cells, &c.; and on these characters we
must depend for distinguishing the species. The genus,
in the systems in most frequent use on the Continent,
is broken up into sections differing from one another in
the completeness of the cycle, so far as known, and in
other minor peculiarities. oe oc igi
Vol. IIL 5

+ *
-+ ,

These tubes often become-

Puccinia—continued. A

Owing to the parasitic habit of the very numerous
species included in the genus, there are few genera of
Fungi more directly injurious ; and a considerable number __
grow on and damage garden and field produce. The
injurious effects are due, in some cases, to the abstrac-
tion of nourishment by the mycelium of the Fungus from
the food-cells ofthe plant, and to the injury done to
the epidermis by the spore-masses tearing it off the
tissues. beneath. These tissues, in consequence, cease
to do their part in supplying food to the plant. In a
smaller number of cases, the plant is stimulated by the
Fungus to a local over-production of diseased cellular
tissue. This is peculiarly the case inthe wcidium stage,
e.g., on Barberry, on Gooseberry, and on Mints. In some _
cases, plants may suffer extremely, and may even be
killed by the Fungi (e.g, P. Malvacearum almost ex-
tirpated Hollyhocks in many districts a few years ago),
or, if not killed, may be much distorted by them; e.g.,
Mints attacked by the ecidium of P. Menthw, Anemones
bearing P. Anemones, &c. In many cases, the plants
are simply weakened, without marked distortion; egs
cereals affected badly by the red and black rusts
(P. graminis and P. straminis), and Onions overgrown
by P. mixta. Some do not seem to injure ——
the plants affected by them, but this is eptiona
Their growth and distribution are favoured by 1

which promotes the formation
spores, get a ihe a

Remedies. As usual with internal parasites, no eure
is known for plants, or parts of plants, attacked by the:
Fungi; hence, remedies must be directed to the preven-
tion of the spread of disease. This is best accomplished —
by the removal and destruction of the infested struc-
tures, where this is possible. Where the attack is very
serious, e.g., in the case of Hollyhocks and of Onions,
it is good policy to sacrifice the entire crop, if neces-
sary, to preserve that of the following year from infec-
tion. As already said, moisture favours the distribution
of the Fungi, and the soil should, therefore, be well
drained. Lastly, where the burtful Fungi are believed
to be hetercecious, it is well to remove the supposed
intermediate host-plant; e.g., in the case of Puccinia
graminis of cereals and other grasses, which is believed
to live on Barberry-bushes as Æcidium Berberidis, the
Barberries should be removed from the neighbourhood
of the fields. Yet too much reliance must not be placed
on this method, as these Fungi are known to thrive when
restricted to the one food-plant. —

In the following enumeration of the species of Puccinia
falling under the observation of gardeners, those of
which only telentospores are known are first mentioned, __
and afterwards those of a more complex nature.

1. P. Bumi of orms dark, warty spots, in large —
numbers, on leave: Box. Teleutospores alone are
known. They are brown, smooth, and oblong or club-
shaped. The Box does not, as a rule, seriously suffer.

2, P. Malvaceartm is only too well known to most
gardeners, because of its ravages on Hollyhocks, Mal-
lows, and allied plants. For an account of the appear-
ances produced, of the history of the Fungus, and of
the injury done by it, see Hollyhock Fungus. Only
teleutospores are known. ‘They are pale brown, smooth,
and pointed at both ends. The plants suffering from
the wth of this Fungus seldom recover, and often die
in a short time.

3. P. Arenarie belongs to the same group, having,
so far as is known, only teleutospores; these are pal
yellowish-brown, and slender. They form small, brown _
masses, often in irregularly - concentric groups, on the _
leaves of Pinks, and of many wild, as well as garden,
Caryophyllaceous plants; but, unless the Fungus is
very abundant, the host-plant is seldom endangered by

, 2K

*

250

*IHWE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Puccinia—continued. -

4. P. Grossularie is described as having teleuto-
spores of the ordinary “type, and also as possessing
an æcidium, known as Æ. Grogsularie. The latter is
very plentiful in some years, on discoloured spots on
‘leaves and fruits of the Gooseberry, throughout Britain ;
but the Puccinia has not as yet been recorded as
British. The relation of the two forms to one another
cannot be yet assumed as fully proved. The ecidium
does not, in general, do much harm to the leaves and
branches; but, when it grows on the fruits, it renders
them useless, and thus, in some years, destroys a con-
siderable part of the crop. It causes the formation of
thickened, orange-red patches in the parts affected; in
these the cups occur. The patches are usually about
din. across. The teleutospores are elliptic or clavate,
chestnut-brown, and covered with broad, low warts.

5. P. mixta has done very serious harm to Chives
(Allium Schenoprasum), and other species of Allium,
including all, or nearly all, the cultivated forms of
Onions. It has been observed as hurtful at Shrewsbury,
and near Aberdeen. This species of Puccinia has spores
of three forms present at one time, viz., a uredospore,
formerly called U. Alliorwm, and two forms of teleuto-
spores—viz., one a Puccinia (two-celled), of oblong form ;
and the other one-celled, formerly known as Uromyces
Alliorum. Both the latter forms are attached to long
stalks, and both are smooth and brown.

6. P. Menthe grows abundantly on the wild species of
Mentha, and also on the garden Mints, and on various
allied Labiate. This Fungus possesses all the three
forms of spores. The ecidium often grows on the young
shoots, and causes marked deformities and stoppage of
growth in them; generally, it gives rise to long, dark
red or purple patches on which the paler cups are
scattered. The uredospores and the teleutospores form
small masses, either irregularly scattered or in concentric
arrangement. The former spores are pale brown, warty,
and rounded; the latter are deep brown, and broadly
elliptical with rounded ends.

7. P. Gentiane, in 1885, proved very hurtful to Gen-
tiana acaulis, in
spores as in P. Menthe. They resemble the spores of
the latter species in form, but are smooth. The
æcidium has not been observed in England.

The hetercecious species of Puccinia are of little im-
portance to gardeners, since they do no harm to garden
produce in the strict sense. To the systematic student
of this group they are of the greatest interest, because of
the many problems connected with their mode of life,
and the careful and continued experiments required to
permit of referring the various forms to their proper
cycles. Much still remains to be done in this group.
Several of them are found on grasses in their uredospore
and teleutospore stages, but are believed to form their
æcidia on other plants, usually on Dicotyledons. Others
occur in the two former stages on Sedges (Carew), and
in the latter on Dicotyledons. P. graminis, to which
reference has already been made, is a well-known “rust”
of cereals and of other grasses; its uredospores, formerly
called Uredo linearis, being one of the “red rusts,”
and its telentospores one of the “black rusts.” Its
_ gecidiospores are believed to be Æcidium Berberidis, fre-
_ quently so common, in the form of orange-red patches,
on the leaves of Barberries and of Berberis Aquifolium,
in shrubberies and by roadsides. None of the other
hetercecious species grow on garden plants, but mention

is here made of one or two of the cycles that are now

admitted, by those who accept hetercecism, as proved to
occur among Uredinee.

= P. rubigo-vera. The uredospores (Uredo rubigo-vera)
and teleutospores (P. straminis) form “ rusts” on grasses ;
the xcidiospores (Æ. asperifolii, Æ. lycopsodis) live on
many species of Boraginee.

Kew Gardens, forming spots of teleuto-

Puccinia—continued.

P. coronata. The uredospores and teleutospores occur
on grasses, the ecidiospores (Æ. Rhamni) on species of
Rhamnus.

P. poarwm. The uredospores and teleutospores occur on
Poa annua, P. nemoralis, and P. pratensis; the æcidio-
spores (Æ. Tussilaginis) on Coltsfoot (Tussilago Farfara).

P. Caricis. The uredospores (U. Caricis) and teleuto-
spores (P. striola) occur on species of Carex; the æcidio-
spors Æ. Urticæ) on Nettles.

P.-silvatica. The uredospores and teleutospores live
on certain species of Carex, the 'æcidiospores on Dande-
lion (Taraxacum officinalis).

PUCHA-PAT. A common Indian name for Pogo-
stemon Patchouli. ;

PUDDING BERRIES. The edible fruits of Cornus

canadensis. A

PUERARIA (named in honour of M. M. N. Puerari,
a botanical professor at Copenhagen). Syn. Neustanthus.
ORD. Leguminose. A genus consisting of ten species
of greenhouse, climbing herbs or sub-shrubs, natives of
tropical Asia and Japan. Flowers blue or purplish, dis-
posed on elongated, axillary peduncles, or sub-paniculate
and fasciculately racemose at the apices of the branches;
standard obovate or sub-orbiculate, the auricles inflexed,
appendiculate ; bracts small or narrow, very caducous.
Pods elongated, two-valved. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate ;
leaflets ample, ovate or rhomboid, entire or sinuately tri-
lobed, stipellate. The only three species introduced are
those described below. For culture, see Clitoria.

P, Thunbergiana (Thunberg’s). fl., standard eight to nine
lines long, equalling the keel; peduncles elongated, floriferous
above the middle. Summer. 4, leaflets broadly rhomboid, or
the lateral ones broadly and obliquely ovate, acuminate, entire or
broadly sinuate-trilobed, often 4in. to 5in. in diameter. Khasia.
A tall, greenhouse twiner. A fibre (used for textile purposes) is
obtained from the stems, and a starch (largely used as an article

of food by the Chinese and Japanese) from the roots, of this
species.

P. tuberosa (tuberous). /l. bluish, borne on rather rigid peduncles
in the upper nodes ; pedicels very short; standard almost 4in.
long, laterally reflexed. June. Pods 2in. to 3in. long. l., leaflets
6in. to 12in. long, rhomboid or oblique, ovate; stipules ovate, sub- —
— h. Sit. India, 1806. Shrubby. Syn. Hedysarum

uberosum.

P. Wallichii (Wallich’s). A. reddish, borne on elongated, slender
peduncles ; pedicels slender ; standard ŝin. long, the base ending in
a short, narrow claw. June. Pods Sin. to Sin. long. l, leaflets
— acuminate, entire; stipules lanceolate, very caducous.
h. 3ft. India, &c., 1826. Shrubby.

PUFP-BALLS. See Lycoperdon.
PUGIONELLA. A synonym of Strumaria (which

see).
PUGIONIFORM. Dagger-shaped.
PULEGIUM. A synonym of Mentha (which see).
PULLUS. Dusky-brown or blackish-coloured.

FIG. 322. PULMONARIA MOLLIS, showing Habit and Portion of
_ detached Inflorescence.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

s

OF HORTICULTURE. 251

PULMONARIA (from pulmo, pulmonis, a lung ;
the spotted leaves were supposed to resemble diseased
lungs, and hence, by the “ doctrine of signatures,” a sup-
posed efficacy in the disease was ascribed to the plants).
Lungwort. ORD. Boraginee. A genus comprising four
species of hardy, perennial herbs, natives of Europe, and

+.
Fic. 323. UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF PULMONARIA

OFFICINALIS.

mostly Western Asia. Flowers blue or rose-purple,
pedicellate, disposed in terminal, bifid cymes; lower ones,
or almost all, bracteate; calyx five-fid; corolla funnel-
shaped, with a cylindrical tube and five imbricated,
broad, obtuse, spreading lobes. Nutlets four, broad,
erect. Leaves generally spotted with white; radical ones
usually ample, petiolate; cauline ones few, alternate.
The species are of easy culture in almost any mode-
rately good garden soil. Propagated by dividing the
clumps in early spring. Several species formerly in-
cluded here are now referred to Mertensia (which see).

ARIA SACCHARATA, showing Habit and
detached Inflorescence.

P. : olia (narrow-leaved).* Blue Cowslip. f. at first
ink, but ultimately — blue; racemes twin, capitate. Spring.
pues mncariese or lanceolate, clothed with soft, down-like
— . lft. Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 1097.)
+ mollis (soft). . blue; calyx rather longer than the tube of
the corolla. Roel and May. 7 l., radical ones elliptic-lanceolate

ë

Pulmonaria—continued. `

or lanceolate, decurrent into the broadly-winged petiole ; cauline
ones ovate-lanceolate, semi-amplexieaul. A. Yin. Europe, Siberia,
&c., 1805, See Fig. 322, (B. M. 2422.)

P. officinalis (officinal). Sage of Bethlehem, &c. fl. red at first,
hen violet, terminal. Spring. J. scabrous, radical ones ovate-
cordate, cauline ones ovate-oblong, sessile, spotted with white.
h. lft. Europe, &c. (Britain). See Fig. 323. (Sy. En. B. 1098.)
There is a white-flowered form of this species.

P. saccharata (sugared).* jl. pink. June. Z, radical ones oval,
acuminate at both ends, decurrent at base into the short petioles ;

ae Ses sessile, ovate-oblong. h. lft. Europe, 7. See
g. *

PULSATILLA. See Anemone Pulsatilla.

PULTENZEA (probably named after Dr. Richard
Pulteney, 1730-1801, author of “ Historical and Bio-
graphical Sketches of the Progress of Botany in England,
from its Origin to the Introduction of the Linnwan
System,” and other works of merit). Including
Euchilus and Spadostyles. Orv. Leguminose. A genus
comprising seventy-five species of ornamental, green-
house, evergreen shrubs, confined to Australia, Flowers
yellow, orange, or mixed with purple, axillary and
solitary, or crowded in terminal heads, and surrounded
within the floral leaves by imbricated, scarious, brown
bracts or enlarged stipules without any lamina; two
upper lobes of calyx more or less united into an upper
lip; petals on rather long claws; standard nearly orbi-
cular ;. wings oblong; keel incurved; stamens free. Pods —
ovate, flat or turgid, two-valved. Leaves opposite or |

rarely ternately whorled, simple, sometimes flat or with

revolute margins, sometimes concave or with incurved |
margins; stipules linear-lanceolate or setaceous, brown —
and scarious. Pultengwas succeed best in fibrous peat, to
which about one-seventh part of silver sand should be
added. They require, like many other hard-wooded
Australian plants, firm potting, and very careful water-
ing with soft water. Propagated by imported seeds ;
and from cuttings, made of the points of shoots when
about three parts matured. The latter should be in-
serted in very sandy peat, covered with a bell glass,
placed in an intermediate temperature, and kept well
shaded. In the following species, the flowers are yellow,
except where otherwise stated. :

P. argentea (silvery). A synonym of P. dentata.
P. cordata (heart-shaped). A synonym of P. juniperina lati-

Jolia.
P. daphnoides (Daphne-like). fl. shortly pedicellate, in dense,
terminal, —— om standard nearly twice as long as the
calyx. June and July, /. cuneate-oblong, flat — nany
lin. long, ending in a pungent mucrone. h. bit. to 3ft. 1
(A. BE 98; B. M. 1394; L. B. C. 1143.)
K obcordata (obcordate). l. shorter and broader, more
—— with a Sse prominent point. (A. B. R. 574, under

name of P. obcordata.) ;
. dentata (toothed). fi. in dense, terminal heads, sessile within
gg a. yx silky-villous, half as long as the stan-
dard. June. 1. linear; linear-oblong, or narrow-lanceolate, usually
narrow at both ends, }in, to żin. long, darker-coloured or silvery
beneath. A. 2ft. 1820. SYN. P. argentea.
, euchila (beautiful-lipped). fl, axillary, on pedicels jin. long ;
gree half * long again as tie calyx. May. l linear-cuneate,
obtuse, 4in. to fin. long, flat or slightly concave, dark or silvery
beneath. h. 1ft. 1824. SYN. Spadostyles Sieberi.
flexilis (bending). solitary in the upper axils, shortly
—— — tliy twice as long as the calyx. May.
, linear or linear-oblong, often slightly cuneate, obtuse or mucro-
nate, 4in. to lin. long, flat or concave, darker-coloured beneath.
h. 14ft. 1801. (B. R. 1694.) —
perina (Juniper-like). in the uppermost axils, usuall
— three —— the ends of the smaller branches, wit!
occasionally one or two leafless, stipular bracts; standard full
twice as long as the calyx. June. l. linear or lanceolate, spread-
ing, rigid and pungent-pointed, less than jin. long, concave. or
with involute margins. A. 14ft. 1824. Plant prickly.

, j. latifolia (broad-leaved). l. lanceolate, rounded or some-
——— piira at base, — into a rigid, pungent point.
1832. SYN. P. cordata (B. M. ).

P. mucronata (pointed), A synonym of P. poli/olia.

obcordata (obcordate).* ji. in the upper axils, or forming
P: short, ais leafy head; standard half as long again as
the pubescent calyx. April. l. opposite, in whorls of or

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pultenza—continued.

scattered, broadly obovate or obcordate, about jin. long, obtuse,
truncate, or emarginate, pubescent when young, at length nearly
glabrous. h. 2ft. 1803. (B. R. 403 and L. B. C. 60, under name
of Euchilus obcordatus.)

P. paleacea (scaly). fl. in dense, but not large, terminal
heads, sessile — the last leaves; calyx silky-hairy, the
standard nearly twice as long, the lower petals shorter May.
l linear, with — — or paca —— —— —
margins, żin. to jin. long e, and usually silky-hairy beneath.
h. 14ft. 1789. (L. B. C. 291.) `

P. pedunculata (long-flower-stalked). fi. small, solitary or two
together at the ends of the branchlets, on filiform pedicels longer
than the leaves; standard twice as long as the calyx. May.
l. linear or oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, the margins
recurved or revolute, rarely żin. Jong, rigid at first, with pungent
oe ron at length wear off. lant prostrate. 1820.

P, polifolia (Polium-leayed). f/i. numerous, in dense, terminal
heads, sessile within the last leaves ; standard not twice as long
as the calyx; lower petals shorter. May. l. linear, obtuse, żin.
to l}in. long, with a fine, straight or recurved point, hoary
beneath, and often hirsute with long hairs. A. 2ft. 1824. SYNS.
P. mucronata (L. B. C. 1711), P. rosmarinifolia (B. R. 1584).

P. polygalifolia (Polygala-leaved), A synonym of P. villosa.

P. retusa (retuse). M. few, in small, terminal heads, sessile
within the last leaves; standard not twice as long as the
calyx. April. J. linear or linear-cuneate, very obtuse or more
co apy ad emarginate, ary sin. lorg, pale beneath. A. lft.
1789. (B. M. 2081; B. R. 378.)

P. rosea (rose-ooloured) n A. pink, produced in roundish heads,
sessile within the last leaves; petals not twice as long as the
calyx. April. zł. linear-terete, obtuse or with short, callous
points, channelled above by the involute margins. h. 2ft. 1877.
(G. C. n. s., vii. p. 431.) i

m romat mifols (Rosemary-leaved). A synonym of P. poli-

ota.

P. scabra (scabrous). /l. sessile in the upper axils, or three or
four together at the ends of the branches; standard about twice
as long as the calyx; keel deeply coloured. April. J, from
obovate to narrow-cuneate, under }in. long, truncate, emarginate,
or shortly bilobed, and often mucronate, the i revolute,
scabrous above, tomentose or hairy beneath. A. Ift. 1803.

P. s. biloba (two-lobed). J. narrow-cuneate, dilated, and two-
lobed at the end, with a short, recurved point ; tomentum short.
1817. (B. M. 2091 and L. B. C. 550, under name of P. biloba.)

P. stipularis (stipuled). . numerous, in dense heads, sessile
within the last leaves ; calyx ciliate or hirsute ; standard scarcely
half as long again as the calyx. April. J. linear, acute, five-
pointed, lin. to 1}in. long, darker beneath ; stipules narrow, often
above }in. long. h. 2ft. 1792. (B. M. 476.)

ten silky-pubescent beneath. A. lft. to 3f
; L. B. ©. 974.)

P. subumbellata (sub-umbellate). fl. golden-yellow, streaked
with crimson behind, produced in fine, terminal, sub-umbellate
heads, sessile within the last leaves. April. J. linear, obtuse,
smooth on both sides. Branches cinereous, pilose. A. 1ft. 1831.
(B. M. 3254; B. R. 1632.

P. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). M. solitary or two together, sessile
on the smaller branchlets, and often shorter tban the surrounding
leaves. „April. ¿l narrow-linear or terete, obtuse or scarcely
acute, gin. to 4in. long, concave or channelled above by the

~ involute margins. A. 14ft. 1817. (B. M. 2086.)

P, villosa (villous).* /l. solitary in each axil, but sometimes form-
ing short, terminal, leafy racemes ; petals nearly twice as long as
the calyx. April. J. linear-oblong, pilose beneath, as well as the
branches and calyces, two or three lines long. A. lft. to 3ft.
1790. (B. M. 967.) Syn. P. polygali’olia.

PULVEREUS. Powdery.

PULVERULENTUS. Appearing as if dusted with
powdery matter.

PULVINATE. Cushion-shaped.

PULVINUS. A cushion. The term is applied to
an enlargement or a swelling at the base of a leaf, or
at the apex of a petiole.

PUMILUS. Short; low; dwarf,
PUMPKIN. See Cucurbita Pepo,
PUNCTATE. Dotted,
PUNCTICULATE. Minutely punctate.

PUNGENT. Terminating gradually in a sharp, rigid
point; e.g., the lobes of a Holly leaf.

PUNICA (called by Pliny Malum Punicum, the Punic
or Carthaginian Apple, probably with some allusion to
puniceus, scarlet; referring to the colour of the flowers).
Pomegranate. ORD. Lythrariee. A monotypic genus;
the species is a very handsome, hardy, deciduous tree.
The fruit of this genus is remarkable in being composed
of two whorls of carpels, one placed above the other,
the lower consisting of three or four, and the upper
of from five to ten, carpels; the seeds have a pellucid,
pulpy covering. For culture, see Pomegranate.

P. Granatum.* Common Pomegranate. fi. red, from two to five
together, almost sessile, rising near the tops of the branches.
June to September. J. lanceolate or oblong, entire, dotless.
Stem arboreous. k. 15ft. to 30ft. Orient and North-western
India log gry’ throughout the tropics), 1548. (B. M, Pl.
115; B. M. .) Of this well-known and handsome tree, there
are several forms, including the following:

Fic. 325. FLOWERING BRANCH OF PUNICA GRANATUM
FLORE-PLENO.

P. G. Bore pig (double-flowered). /l. white, having the calyx
yellowish, double. Garden variety. See Fig. 325.

P. G. nana (dwarf). jl. much smaller than those of the type.
fr. about the size of a Nutmeg. l. narrower, linear. Stem
shrubby. h. 5ft. to 6ft. 1723. (B. M. 634.)

In addition to these, there are a number of garden forms,
varying more or less in the colour of the flowers.

PUNICEUS. Bright carmine-red.
PUNNETS. See Measures.

_ PUPA. The third stage in the development of an
insect. Let us take, as an example, the Large White
Cabbage Butterfly (see Fig. 326). -This butterfly is
familiar to everyone in summer and autumn, flying in
gardens, even in the heart of cities. The female lays
eggs on the Cabbage leaves. From this first stage, after
an interval, larve (the second stage) emerge, very worm-
like in form, with a number of similar body-rings (see
Fig. 327), and a distinct head, with strong jaws for
cutting the food. Each of the three segments imme-
diately behind the head bears a pair of true, though
short, jointed legs, which correspond to the three pairs
possessed by the greater number of perfect insects. The
sixth to ninth segments, and the last one, each bear a
pair of fleshy claspers, or “prolegs,” by means of which,
usually, the larve cling to any support, while the true
legs are used for holding their food, as well as for walk-
ing. The claspers are not jointed, but belong to the

*

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE.

Pupa—continued.

skin in their origin, and are not present after the
larval stage. When the larva is full-fed, it crawls away
to search out a safe resting-place, and then spins round
its middle a silken cord, which is fixed at both ends to
the support. The tail, also, is fixed to the support by
a pad of silk. The larva then sheds its skin, and the
Pupa emerges, of the form shown in Fig. 327. This
figure shows the wing-cases protecting the future wings,
and also the sheath for the left antenna. All the limbs
of the perfect insect are indicated on the outer shell of
the Pupa, though bound down itimovably, and all useless

— f

Le”

LP ed 1 IRENA VV VAAN
my yy 8 N
M \\ Ve
ERT Se
Fig. 326. LARGE WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY.

to the insect in this stage. Throughout this stage of de-
velopment no food can be eaten. The Pupa is often called
chrysalis (from the Greek work chrysos, golden), because
of the metallic-yellow spots that appear in the Pupe
of certain common Butterflies, e.g., the Tortoiseshell.
From the Pupa, usually after the winter has passed,
the perfect insect emerges, bursting the skin on the front
half of the back along the middle line, and crawling
out. At first, the wings are only the size of the wing-
sheaths of the Pupa, but, in an hour or so, they grow

F iy 4)
f fi I 4
i tit |
KT | ant

Fig. 327. LARVA AND PUPA OF LARGE WHITE CABBAGE
BUTTERFLY.
to their full size, and become stiff and firm, and fitted
for flight (see Fig. 326). This example has been selected
for description as one in which the Pupa differs much in
appearance, powers of movement, and many other points,
from the larva on the one side, and from the perfect
insect on the other. But, in several large groups of
insects, the difference is less marked; e.g., the Pupa of
a wasp has the limbs not bound down to the body,
though it moves them little, and cannot eat any food.
The Pupæ of beetles resemble those of wasps in this
respect. Among certain orders of insects, the metamor-

e F

Pupa—continued.
phosis in incomplete, and the Pupa in these orders
usually resembles the perfect insect in all points, except
that the wings are represented only by rudimentary
organs, quite useless for flight, and the larva differs
from the Pupa only in its smaller size, and in the entire
absence of any trace of wings. In these, the Pupa
is as active, and feeds as voraciously, as the larva. As
common insects that exemplify this condition of Pupa,
may be mentioned Aphides, Crickets, and Grasshoppers.
The helpless Pupæ, such as are met with among Coleo-
ptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera, and Lepidoptera (see In-
sects) are usually protected in a cocoon, spun by the
larva when it has reached a safe retreat, though a few
resemble the Cabbage Butterflies in making no cocoon. “
Very often the retreat is underground, many of the larva
burrowing, and making the cocoons in the soil, chiefly
of grains of earth, cemented by a silken network, or by
a fluid emitted from the mouth.

PUPALIA (Pupali is said to be the name in the
East Indies). Including Desmocheta. ORD. Amarantacee.
A genus comprising only three species of stove, slightly
glabrous or tomentose, trichotomously-branched herbs or
sub-shrubs, natives of tropical Asia and Africa, Flowers
green, perfect ones solitary, the imperfect ones in fascicles,

disposed in interrupted, simple or paniculate spikes;

perianth of the perfect flowers five-parted, the segments
lanceolate, acuminate, sub-equal; stamens five, the fila- `
ments very shortly connate at base. Leaves opposite, —
petiolate, ovate or orbicular, obtuse or acuminate, entire. —
P. atropurpurea is probably the only species in cultiva-
tion. It is an evergreen sub-shrub, thriving in sandy
loam. It may be increased by means of cuttings, in-
serted in sand, under a bell glass, in heat. —
— rk purple). f. dark disposed in
See in. to Tin. oe api k rA long, fully
lin. broad, slender, long-stalked, ovate, acuminate, obsoletely
mucronulate, slightly dotted. Stem striated. Branches purplish,
ascendent. h. 14ft. to 2ft. Tropics, 1759.
PURGATIVE. A cathartic; any plant which is
used in medicine as an evacuant.

PURIFICATION FLOWER. A common name of

Galanthus nivalis.

PURPLE CARROT-SEED MOTH (Depressaria
depressella). This insect is, along with congeners alr
mentioned (see Carrot-blossom Moth and
Moth), at times, hurtful to Carrots and Parsnips
grown for seed, inasmuch as the larve feed, in company,
on the flowers, protected under a slight web, spun over
the umbels. When full-fed, they burrow into the stalks,
and there become pupæ. The moths emerge early. The
spread of wings is a little over jin. The front wings are
reddish-brown, with a bent, pale yellowish band near the
hind margin, and a large, pale spot on the inner margin,
beyond the middle. The head is pale yellow. The larva
is green, with a tinge of red, but has the head and
second segment black.

Remedies, The most efficient is hand-picking the
infested umbels, and destroying the larve. The damage
done is seldom very serious.

PURPLE MEDICK. See Medicago sativa.

PURPLE WREATH. See Petrea volubilis.

PURPURASCENS. Purplish.

PURSHIA (named after Frederick Pursh, author of
“Flora Americe Septentrionalis,” 1817). Syns. Kunzia,
Tigarea. ORD. Rosacee. A monotypic genus, the species
being a much-branched, hardy, evergreen shrub, with
sealy buds. It thrives in a sandy soil. Propagated by
cuttings of young shoots, inserted in sand, under a hand
light, in early summer.

P. tridentata (three-toothed). fi. yellow, terminal, on short
peduncles. July. l obcuneate, tridentate, crowded on the

points of the shoots, hairy above, tomentose beneath. aft.
to 3ft. North-west America, 1826. (B. R. 1446; H. F. B. A. £8.)

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PURSHIA (of Sprengel).
dium (which see).

PURSLANE. See Portulaca oleracea. The
name is also used for several species of Claytonia, &c.

PURSLANE-TREE. See Portulacaria afra.

PUSCHKEINIA (named in honour of M. Pouschkin,
a Russian botanist). Syn. Adamsia. ORD. Liliacee.
A genus comprising only a couple of species of hardy
or half-hardy, bulbous plants, natives of Asia Minor, the
Caucasus, and Afghanistan. Flowers few, loosely race-
mose, sometimes solitary on the simple, leafless scape ;
perianth with a short, campanulate tube, and six longer,
sub-equal, somewhat spreading segments. Leaves radical,
few, the first usually oblong, the rest linear. Only one
of the species is in cultivation. This thrives very well
in the rock garden and borders, in a compost of sandy
loam and leaf mould. Propagated by dividing the bulbs,
which should be done every two or three years.

P. libanotica (Mount Lebanon). A synonym of P. scilloides.

A synonym of Qnosmo-

Fic. 328. PUSCHKINIA SCILLOIDEs, showin

Habit, detach
Flower, and Upper Portion o Leaf. : *

. scilloides (Scilla-like),* Striped Squill. f. white, richl

striped with pale blue down the centre, and on foun sides of the
reflexed perianth segments; perianth jin. to nearly lin. across;
pedicels slender, distant; spikes secund, on slender, bending
scapes. Spring. J. few, Ain. to 6in. long, lanceolate, concave,
dark green. h. 4in. to 8in. Orient, 1819. A very handsome little

one ovan plant. See Fig. 528. (B. M. 2244; Gn., Sept., 1878.)

. P. libanotica, P. sicul: (F. d. S. 2220), Adamsia secilloid.
(R. G. 310). A more compact-flowering form is in cultivation,
under the name of compacta ; its flowers are also more numerous.

P. sicula (Sicilian). A synonym of P. scilloides.
PUSILLUS. Very small; weak and slender.
PUSS MOTH (Dicranura vinula). This moth is of

interest to gardeners, because the larve feed on leaves
of Willows and of Poplars, and, at times, do damage to
those trees. The moths reach 2}in. or 3in. in spread of
wing, and have large, heavy bodies. Body and wings are
grey, with many darker markings. Those on the front
wings are as follows: Near the base of the wing ate
five or six black spots; then follows a broad, grey cross-
band ; the middle of the wings is less marked, but the
hinder part bears about nine long, dark streaks running
inwards, and a number of V-shaped, dark lines, with the
tip pointed inwards, The antenne are feathered in both
sexes, The larve are very curious in form; the head is
flat, and is drawn back into the second segment, on
which the body rises to a sharp hump, then it sinks to
the sixth, then is of uniform breadth to the ninth, and

behind this it tapers rapidly to the last segment, which |
ends in two long, slender, curved horns, from each of |

Puss Moth—continued.
which a pink filament can be pushed out by the larva
when irritated. This latter is used for driving away
ichneumons and other parasites. The horns are believed
to be the last pair of prolegs modified. There are four
pairs of prolegs used for grasping, and the larve generally
hold on by them, keeping the ends of the body raised
from the twig or leaf to which they cling. In colour,
they are remarkable, though by no means conspicuous
while on the trees. There is a white line along each side,
from the back of the head to the tip of the. hump,
thence passing obliquel¥*to the middle of each side of
the eighth segment, and then again rising to the bases
of the horns. Between the white lines the back is
white, streaked with purple-brown. This latter colour is
deepest near the lines. Below them the body is green,
with a purple mark above the proleg on each side of
the eighth segment. The head is brown, with black
sides, and when drawn back is surrounded with a pink
rim, with two black spots. When full-fed, the larve gnaw
holes in the bark, in which they form very tough, strong
cocoons, of chips and a gluey secretion emitted by
themselves, and in these cocoons they become brown
pups in autumn. The moths emerge in June. There
are two or three smaller species of the same genus,
which are much like the Puss Moth in appearance and
in habits, and, because of this and of their smaller size,
are called Kittens. Of these, the Poplar Kitten (D. bifida)
feeds on Aspen and other Poplars, the Sallow Kitten
(D. fureula) on Willows, and the Alder Kitten
(D. bicuspis) on Alder. They are seldom so hurtful as
to attract observation.

Remedies. If at any time any of the above are suffi-
ciently numerous to be hurtful, the only efficient remedy
is hand -picking the larve, or beating them from the
branches. The cocoons should be sought for, and the
pupe destroyed; and the moths should be killed when
seen.

PUSTULAR, PUSTULATE. Covered with glan-

dular excrescences like blisters.
PUTAMEN. The endocarp of a stone fruit.

PUTORIA (from putor, a strong smell; in allusion
to the smell of the leaves). ORD. Rubiacew. A small
genus (two or three species) of dwarf, half-hardy, branched
shrubs, inhabiting the Mediterranean region. Flowers
white or purple, fascicled at the tips of the branches,
about lin. long; calyx with an elongated-ovoid tube and
an obtusely four-toothed limb; corolla infundibular-tubu-
lose, with an elongated tube and a limb of four, rather
short, spreading, valvate lobes; pedicels bracteolate.
Leaves opposite, shortly petioled, linear-oblong, a trifle
fleshy. P. calabrica—the only species in cultivation—is
a pretty plant. It thrives in a gravelly soil, and is pro-
pagated by division.

P. calabrica (Calabrian). fl. red, in terminal, few-flowered
corymbs. July. J. oblong, obtuse, rather smooth, pale beneath,
scabrous on the edges and keel ; stipules solitary on both sides.
Stem much branched; branches clothed with velvety down.
h. 6in. 1820,
(S. F. G. 143),
PUTTERLICKIA (named after A. Putterlick, 1810-

1845, assistant at the Botanical Museum of Vienna).
ORD. Celastrineæ. A genus comprising only a couple of
species of greenhouse, very glabrous, spiny, South
African shrubs. Flowers green, with a purple disk;
calyx segments, petals, and stamens, four or five, the
petals and stamens spreading; cymes axillary, paniculate ;
pedicels elongated, divaricate.. Leaves alternate or
fascicled, stalked, obovate, entire or spinuloso-serrate,
exstipulate. Branchlets angular or terete. For culture
of the under-mentioned species, see Celastrus.

P. Pyracantha (Pyracantha- long; calyx
minute, — — — See ae —— =
obovate-cuneate, netted veined. h. 2ft. or more (B. M. 1167,
under name of Celastrus Pyracanthus.) :

x

Syns. Asperula calabrica, Hrnodea montana

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 255

PUYA (the native name of the plant in Chili), Syn.
Pourretia. ORD. Bromeliacew. A genus (eight or ten
species) of stove or greenhouse, perennial herbs, natives
of Chili and Peru. Flowers showy, blue, yellow, or white,
solitary, disposed in a simple or pyramidal - branched,
terminal raceme ; sepals free, oblong or lanceolate, loosely
imbricated; petals free, connivent in a tube at the base,
spreading above, rather broad. Leaves either at the
base or tip of the stem, clustered, spiny-serrate. The
two species here described — probably the only ones in
cultivation — thrive in a compost of loam and peat.
Propagation is easily effected by” suckers, or by seeds
when procurable. ; ,
P. Altensteinii

Altensteinii.

P. cærulea (blue). A synonym of P. Whytei.

P. gigas (giant). fl. white or rose-coloured, disposed in erect
spikes, from lft. to 30ft. in height. 7. tufted, linear-lanceo-
late, hoary, spiny-toothed, mealy-white beneath. New Grenada,
1 An extraordinary species. (R. H. 1831, 74; Gn., May 6,
1882.) It is very uncertain to what genus this plant really
belongs, as the flowers have not been seen by any specialist.
It has the foliage of an Agave.

P. grandiflora (large-flowered).
ruginea.

P. heterophylla (variable-leaved). A synonym of Pitcairnia
heterophylia.

s Jongitona (long-leaved). A synonym of Pitcairnia hetero-
phyla,

P. maidifolia (Indian Corn-leaved). A synonym of Piteairnia
maidifolia.

P. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).
Wendlandi.

P. virescens (greenish). A synonym of Piteairnia virescens.

P. Warcewiczii (Warcewicz’s). A synonym of Pitcairnia
atrorubens.

P. Whytei (Whyte’s). f. of a peculiar metallic greenish-
blue colour, with bright orange anthers, disposed in a large,
pyramidal panicle, on a tall scape. Autumn. i. tufted,
crowded, recurved, elongately subulate, remotely spinescent.
h. 3ft. Chili, 1867. A handsome plant, quite hardy in the
South of England. (B. M. 5732.) SYN. P. cerulea.

PYCNIDIA. Small bodies, very like perithecia (see
Perithecium) in general appearance and form, only
they are usually smaller, paler, and thinner walled; and
the spores in them, instead of being inclosed in asci,
are situated, singly or in chains, on the tips of small
branches of mycelium that arise from the inner surface

(Altenstein’s). A synonym of Pitcairnia

A synonym of Pitcairnia fer-

A synonym of Pitcairnia

99009

o0 Q
wi

x 20

“a

Fig. 329. PHOMA HERBARUM (Pycnidial Stage of Pleospora herba-
rum)—a, Pycnidia in transverse section, x 20, one opened ;
b, Conidia still on the Stalks, x 400; c, Conidia free after
falling off the Stalks, x 400. ad

of the wall of the Pycnidium (see Fig. 329). The spores
are called stylospores, because of being produced at the
tips of these slender, rod-like branches, like a stylus, or
pen. A reference to Pleospora, of which Phoma is a
Pycnidial form, will help to render clearer the relation
of this form of fruit to the perithecia.
PYCNODORIA. Included under Pteris (which see).
PYCNOPTERIS. Included under Nephrodium.
PYCNOSTACHYS (from pyknos, dense, and stachys,
a spike; referring to the dense flower-spikes). SYN.
Echinostachys. ORD. Labiatæ. A small genus (six species)
of erect-growing, stove, annual or perennial herbs, natives
of tropical or sub-tropical Africa and Madagascar.
Flowers in whorls, which are disposed in dense, terminal
spikes; corolla blue, with an exserted, defracted tube,
two-lipped, the upper lip four-toothed, the lower entire
and concave; calyx ovoid-campanulate, equal, with five

W

Pycnostachys—continued. :
subulate-spinose teeth. Nutlets almost round, smooth.
Leaves stalked, linear-lanceolate to broadly ovate,
coarsely toothed. Only two species have been intro-
duced to our gardens. For culture, see Ocimum.

P. cærulea — f, corolla blue; calyx sessile; spike from

lin. to 2in. long. August. 1, sessile, oblong or linear-lanceolate.

2in. to 3in. long, acute, slender, deeply serrated, entire, and
narrowed at base, glandulose beneath. Stem over lft. high,
tetragonal. Madagascar, 1825. Annual. (H. E. F. 202.)

P. urticifolia (Nettle-leaved). fl. blue; upper lip of corolla
erect, with four incurved lobes; lower one concave; spike ter-
minal, ovate, acuminate, large, thyrse-like. August. J. ovate,
— — — Pit —— base, —— long-
stalked, deeply serrated, pubescent beneath. h. 3ft. Africa,
1862. Perennial. (B. M. 565.)

PYGÆRA BUCEPHALA. See Buff-tip Moth.
PYGMÆUS. Pigmy; dwarf.

_PYENOS. This term, used in Greek compounds,
signifies thick, close, dense, compact ; e.g., Pycnocephalus,
thick-headed.

PYRACANTHA. See Crategus Pyracantha.
PYRALIS (Hypenc) ROSTRALIS (Hop Snout

Moth). This insect is common in the southern districts
of England, where the larvæ feed on the leaves of the
Hop, frequently doing a great deal of harm to them.
The moths, when at rest, have the wings folded hori-
zontally, and assume the form of the Greek letter delta
(A). They have long palpi, projecting forwards, and
the group may be recognised by this peculiarity, whence
they are called Snout Moths. ‘The front wings are
greyish-brown, darker towards the base, paler along the
front margin and across the terminal half of the wing,
and a dark line runs from the tip, diverging from the
rear margin. ‘The hind wings are uniform brownish.
The spread of wings is a little over lin. The larve are
rather slender, tapering in front, pale green, with narrow,
white lines lengthwise ; they have six true legs and eight
prolegs or claspers. When full-fed, they spin slight
cocoons in leaves drawn a little together, and there
become pupee.

Remedies. Hand- picking the larve, and the leaves
inclosing pups, and burning all surface rubbish with
the pups in it, is the most effectual remedy. Beating
the Hops (taking care not to injure the plants) and
jarring the Hop-stakes, so as to cause the larve to fall
on to sheets, is efficacious; the larve being afterwards
burnt. Syringing the plants with any of the usual
insecticides, by means of a garden engine, is also of
use.

PYRAMIDAL. Pyramid-shaped; more frequently
used, however, to denote conical; e.g., a Carrot. .

PYRENA. The stone caused by the hardening of
the endocarp in drupaceous fruits.

PYRENOMYCETES (from pyren, a kernel or
stone of fruit, and mykes, a Fungus). A very large
group of Fungi, so named because they produce, in
the processes of reproduction, small, hard, dark bodies
(perithecia and pycnidia), in which certain forms of
spores are protected. The Pyrenomycetes form one of
three families, into which a very large order of Fungi,
called Ascomycetes, is divided. This order is charac-
terised by the mode of origin of a form of spore, re-
garded as the most highly developed of the various kinds
produced in them. These spores are produced from a
portion of the protoplasm, or living substance, contained
in certain long, cylindrical, thin-waHed cells, called asci.
In each ascus (see Fig. 330) there are usually eight
spores formed, but the number varies, in different Fungi,
from two to an indefinite number in each, though con- —
stant in each species. In most Ascomycetous Fungi, the
asci grow crowded together, either alone or intermixed
with slender filaments (paraphyses) (see Fig. 330); and, —

*

Fre, 330. Two ASCI OF PEZIZA

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pyrenomycetes—continued. —
in most, these groups of asci are surrounded with an
outer coating of hyphæ, united so as to simulate true
parenchyma. In one group—the Discomycetes—this pro-
tecting tissue merely forms a saucer or disk, or a club,
on which the asci stand (e.g.,in Peziza), and the surface
bearing the asci is exposed. In a few, e.g., Ewoascus
Pruni (see remarks on Funar, under Plum), the asci
stand isolated and exposed, and not on any special area
of the surface. In the Pyrenomycetes, including among
them the Perisporacei, the protecting tissue forms a
continuous sphere or flask-shaped perithecium, which
entirely incloses the asci with the spores in them, and
which, as in the Perisporiacew, may be entirely closed, but
far more generally opens by a pore or slit on its upper
surface, or at the end of a more or less elongated neck.
As a rule, there are many asci in each perithecium ; but
in a few species they may be few, or even reduced to
a single ascus, as in Podosphera (see PLUM Funai).
Both in Discomycetes and in simple Pyrenomycetes, the

development of the asci and spores has been traced to

a union of male and female organs, and the protecting
layers have been traced to branches developed from the
mycelium after the female cell is fertilised.

STUMA, each with eight
(magnified about 250 times). eight Spores

The Pyrenomycetes live on every kind of food—on dead

wood and leaves, on dead animal matter, on excrements,

on the soil, and on living plants and animals; in this
latter case, they are true parasites.
hurtful to cultivated plants. An account of the more
important structural characters of the Hrisyphew, and
of the injuries they inflict, will be found under the
headings and Oidium. The restricted, or
true, Pyrenomycetes differ from the Perisporiacee (of
which the Erisyphee form the section of most import-
ance to gardeners) in the perithecium opening by a pore
or a slit, and in the mycelium being not superficial, but
sunk among the food, whether that is dead, or a living
plant or animal, Hence, the mycelium is entirely con-
eealed; and the parts which attract our notice are,
in most cases, only the reproductive organs. There
are several kinds of spores produced, as has been
mentioned under Pleospora. The ascospores, or
those contained in the asci, may be round, elliptical,
or thread-like, transparent or brown, undivided, or
divided by one, two, three, or many septa. In
this latter case, the spores often seem very complex
in their structure, being built up of many cells. The
perithecia vary considerably in texture, whether nearly
membranous, carbonaceous, or fleshy (Nectriacee), and in
form of orifice, whether a simple slit (in Hysteriacei), or
a pore (Pleospora), or with thickened lips (Lophiosto-
macei). In some, the perithecia are scattered (Pleospora) ;
in others, they are crowded together on specially modi-
fied parts of the Fungus (in Xylaria, Claviceps, &e.), or
are sunk in the mycelium, in a mass called a “stroma.”
Besides the perithecia with ascospores, other structures,
called pycnidia, much like perithecia in external appear-

Some of them prove’

see Mildew and Oidium. Among the restricted Pyre-
nomycetes, a good many species are parasitic upon

Pyrenomycetes—continued
ance, are developed; and in them are contained spores,
often much like those contained in the asci, e.g., in
Cucurbitaria Laburni, where both’ are multicellular and
brown, but, perhaps, more often very different from them -
in appearance, e.g., in Pleospora herbarum, in which the
ascospores are multicellular and brown, and the pycnidio-
spores are unicellular, transparent, and very much smaller
(see Pleospora). The pycnidia have been named Phoma
herbarum. Pyenidia are, in most cases, smaller and
thinner-walled than the perithecia; but they vary in
these respects, and also™in being solitary in some groups,
and crowded together in others. Occasionally, they are
sunk in a stroma. They usually occur on the mycelium
before the perithecia are formed, but may be associated
with the latter. In the pycnidia, the spores are pro-
duced on the tips of branches, not in asci; but
pycnidiospores are occasionally found in the same re-
ceptacle with ascospores.

Other modes of spore formation occur in many species:
(see Pleospora), resulting in the formation of conidia on
the tips of branches that rise from the mycelium creeping
on the surface of the body in which the Fungus is
growing. These conidiophores, or conidia-bearers, are
very various in form and modes of branching, and in the
structure and form of their spores. In some cases, they
are so associated with the more perfect stages of the
Fungi that there is little difficulty in recognising their
relationships ; e.g., the very common T'ubercularia vulgaris
on dead branches is always followed by Nectria cinna-
barina in such a manner as to indicate clearly their
being states of the same Fungus. But the greater
number of conidiophorous Fungi have not yet been
referred as earlier stages to higher forms, though careful
observations will almost certainly result in their being
so, and will free the study of microscopic Fungi from a
vast amount of doubt, and from multitudes of so-called
species. In the meantime, in the imperfect state of our
knowledge of these plants, it is found expedient to
retain them in the group called Hyphomycetes, even
though they are thus associated with Peronospora, and
with other forms not closely related to them. Still
another mode of reproduction in some is by means of
Sclerotia, or hard masses of mycelium (see Sclerotia).
It has been necessary to enter thus fully upon the
account of the modes of reproduction observed in the
Pyrenomycetes, since it is these alone that afford
material for distinguishing the various genera and
species, the mycelium not yielding characters that can
be relied on for genera, or even families, much less for
species. For an account of the injuries inflicted on
cultivated plants by thé Erisyphee among Perisporiacet,

living plants; and several of these are injurious to field
or to garden produce. Some of them are hurtful in the
early stages of their growth, the perithecia being
formed only after the death of the tissues on which
they feed. Others only weaken the host-plants, and are
to be found in all their stages upon living tissues of
these plants. Some have already been referred to under
the headings Pleospora and Plum (Funai). Among
the most injurious forms may be mentioned one very
hurtful to grasses that are grown for seed, viz., the
Ergot (Claviceps purpurea), which, however, does so
ree harm to gardeners as to require no special notice
ere.
PYRETHRUM (Pyrethron, the old Greek name used
by Dioscorides, probably from pyr, fire; referring to the
acrid roots of this genus). Feverfew. Orp. Composite. —
A genus of mostly hardy, herbaceous perennials, now in- -
cluded, by Bentham and Hooker, under Chrysanthemum.
The distinctive features reside in the presence in Pyre-
thrum of a pappus, in the form of an elevated membranous

i

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. -257

Pyrethrum—continued.
border, and in the achenes being angular but not winged”
(Lindley and Moore). All the species here described
are hardy, herbaceotis perennials. For culture, &e., see
Chrysanthemum.

y
H

Fic. 331. FLOWER-HEADS OF PYRETHRUM FRUTESCENS,

P. achillesefolium (Achillea-leaved).* l.-heads golden-yellow,
almost globular, few, on long stalks, and_ disposed in loose
corymbs; inner scales of the involucre round, white, and trans-
parent at the oR Summer. 1. pinnatifid, with pinnate segments,
covered with si Si down when young, and pubescent when full

own. h. 2ft. Caucasus, 1823, A variety known as pubescens
as numerous heads arranged in broad corymbs.

P, co bosum (corymbose).* l.-heads white ; peduncles corym-
thee > Involaeral pest dey ——— with fuscous, scarious
margins, July. l. pinnatisect ; segments lanceolate, pinnatifid,

i

Fic. 332. UPPER PORTIONS OF PLANT OF PYRETHRUM ROSEUM.
wm

Pyrethrum—continued.

the lobes acute and argutely serrated. Stem erect, angular,

branched at apex. A. lft. — Parking &c., 1596. (J. F. A. 379,

under name of Chrysanthemum corymbosum.) ;
P. frutescens (shrubby). _/l.-heads with white ray florets. h. 3ft.

Canary Islands, 1699. From this species a great number of

varieties have sprung. See Fig. 331. See also Chrysanthemum
frutescens,

P. lacustre (lake-loving). fl.-heads pure white, with a yellow
centre, about 2in. across, solitary, terminal an . Late
summer, J. alternate, numerous, sessile, ovate-lanceolate,
coarsely and irregularly toothed, h, 2ft. to 24ft. Portugal.

P. enifolium aureum (golden Parthenium- leaved).*
Golden Feather. A free-growing and well-known, hardy plant
extensively used for carpet beds and edgings. Seeds ould
be sown, in a gentle heat, during March. The seedli grow
very rapidly, and will be ready for planting out in y or
early in June. The flower-buds must be picked off whenever
they appear.

P. Parthenium (Parthenium). Common Pellitory or Feverfew.
Jji.-heads with a yellow disk and white ray, disposed in a corym-
bose panicle. June. J. stalked, compound, flat; leaflets ovate,

innatifid and toothed. Stem erect. h. 2ft, Europe eer
The whole plant has a strong and bitter smell. (F. D. 674,
under name of Matricaria Parthenium ; Sy. En. B. 715, under
name of Chrysanth Parthenium). The double-flowered
form is largely grown, and is very handsome. |

* fhs

spe — =<

Fig. 333. PYRETHRUM ROSEUM FLORE-PLENO.

themum, solitary; ray florets rose-coloured ; dis] w.
— with decurrent, lanceolate segments of a vivid green
colour. h.' lft. to 2ft. nt. This species, with one or two

used in the manufacture of powders.” See
—— , (B. R. 1084; B. M. 1080, under name of Chrys-
anthemum coccineum.) A large number of varieties, varying
much in size and colour of fiower-heads, are now grown; there
is, too, a large series of double forms, one of which is repre-
sented in Fig. 333. '
P. Tehihatchewii ——— — eih a yellowish
a pure white ray, small, solitary, on axillary
Pog g griy Early summer. l. bipinnatifid, glabrous, dark
green, toothed at the base of the tiole. Stems very numerous,
rooting. h. 2ft. Asia Minor, 1869. A handsome species, form-
ing a dense tuft. It thrives remarkably well on slopes, dry
banks, and under trees where grass will not grow. The seeds,
by which it is mostly increased, should be sown in pots or
ans, and the seedlings, when large enough, transplanted to
Their permanent quarters at about in. apart.
P. — (moisture-loving).* Great Oxeye. jl.-hħeads with
a yellow disk and a white ray, over 2in, across, on slender and
fully-bending stalks, August. /. sinooth, lanceolate, sharply
——— about 4in. Jong, sessile. Stems stout. h. 5ft. Eastern
Europe, 1816, A very bold and strong-growing species, having a
handsome and distinct eo when covered with a pro-
fusion of its blossoms. is — hardy, and prefers a
rather shelt ituation. (B. M. 2706.)

PYRGUS. A synonym of Ardisia.

PYRIFORM. The same as Pear-shaped (which
see).

PYROLA (a diminutive of Pyrus, the Pear-tree;
so-called from some fancied resemblance in the foliage,
which is not obvious). Wintergreen. ORD. Ericateœ.
A genus comprising about fourteen — hardy,

.

258

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pyrola—continued.

perennial, very glabrous, stolon - bearing, stemless or
caulescent herbs (one species leafless), natives of Europe,
(Britain), North and Central Asia, and North America,
including Mexico. Flowers white, yellow, pink, or pale
purple, on erect, bracteate, racemose scapes, nodding;
calyx five-parted, persistent; petals five, concave, sessile,
more or less incurved-connivent; stamens ten. Leaves
radical or cauline, alternate, usually long-stalked, per-
sistent, entire or serrated. Several species are very
pretty, and well worth growing. They thrive in thin,
mossy copses, on light, sandy, vegetable soil, or in moist
and half-shady parts of the rockwork or fernery. Pro-
pagated by division.

P. elliptica (elliptic). /l. white, campanulate, with a grateful
smell efor ti elongated, few-flowered, rather secund. June
and July. l te-oblong, cori: , acute at base, twice
as long as the narrow petioles, the margins remotely toothed or
quite entire. h.6in. North America, 1818. (H. F. B. A. 134.)

P. maculata (spotted). A synonym of Chimaphil lat

P, media (intermediate). Pie white, tinged with red, }in. in
diameter; racemes many-flowered ; pedicels scattered. July
and August. J. orbicular-ovate, crenate, sometimes 13in. in
diameter. h. 4in. Europe (Britain), (Sy. En. B. 897.)

P. minor (smaller). M. white, tinged with red, Broopiny,

in. in diameter; raceme short ; scape Bin. to 12in. long, slender.
une to August. l. orbicular-ovate, obscurely crenate, usually
arranged in a rosette, but sometimes alternate, coriaceous, lin. to
ljin. long, contracted into the longer petiole. Europe (Britain),
orth America. (F. D. 55; Sy. En. B. 898.)

P. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* fl. pure white, fragrant, from
ten to twenty in a drooping raceme on an erect stem 6in. to 12in.
high. Summer. J. roundish, quite entire or crenulated, shorter
than the dilated petioles. h.6in. Europe (Britain). (F, D. 1816;
Sy. En. B. 895.) The variety arenaria (Sy. En. B. 896), found
on sandy sea-shores, differs from the type in having smaller
leaves, and pedicels as long as the ovate sepals, and, generally,
several scale-like bracts below the inflorescence. Both the type
and its variety are exceedingly pretty plants for rockwork, and
prefer a sandy soil.

P, secunda (side-flowering).* fl. greenish-white, horizontal, 4in.
in diameter ; racemes secund, lin. to 2in. long ; scape slender, 2in.
to Sin. long. July. l. ovate, acute, serrate, lin. to l4in. long,
rosulate or alternate, rather thin, reticulate; petioles shorter.
Stem st: ling ; branches lin. to 4in. long, — Euro
oa est Asia, North America, (F. D. 402; Sy. En.

P. umbellata (umbelled). A synonym of Chimaphila corymbosa.

P. uniflora (one-flowered). A synonym of Moneses uniflora.
PYROLIRION. Included under Zephyranthes

(which see).

PYROSTEGIA IGNEA. A synonym of Bignonia

venusta.

globose,

Included Tradescantia

under
(which see).

PYRULARIA (a diminutive from Pyrus, the Pear;
in allusion to the form of the fruit, which, in the
original species, is like a small Pear). Syns. Hamiltonia,
Spherocarya. ORD. Santalaceæ. A genus comprising
only a couple of species of deciduous trees or shrubs,
one North American, the other Himalayan. Flowers
cymulose at the tips of the branches, or in the upper
axils; cymelets forming a terminal, compound raceme,
or a raceme-like panicle; fertile flowers usually few at
the tips of the branches, often twin or solitary. Drupe
ovoid or sub-globose, rather large. Leaves alternate,
shortly pedicellate, membranous. The only species in
cultivation is a half-hardy shrub; it thrives in sandy
loam, and may be increased by cuttings.

P. oleifera (oil-bearing). Buffalo, Elk, or Oil Nut. J. greenish ;
spike small, few-flowered, terminal. May. fr. lin. long. l. ob-

ovate-oblong, acute, or — at both ends, soft, very veiny
minutely pellucid-dotted. A. 3ft. to 12ft. North America, 1800.

Plant minutely downy when young, at length glabrous, imbued

with an acrid oil, especially the fruit. Syn. P. pubera.
P. pubera (downy). A synonym of P. oleifera.

PYRUS (the old Latin name used by Pliny for the
Pear-tree). Apple, Pear, Service, &c. Including Malus
and Sorbus. Cydonia and Mespilus are also included, by
Bentham and Hooker, under this genus; but, for horti-

Pyrus—continued.
cultural purposes, they are kept distinct in this work,
Some of the plants met with in gardens under the
generic name of Aronia belong here. ORD. Rosacee,
A genus comprising from thirty-five to forty species of
hardy trees or shrubs, inhabiting the temperate regions
of the Northern hemisphere, and the mountains of the
East Indies. Flowers in terminal cymes, rarely corym-
bose, or reduced to one or two flowers; bracts subulate,
deciduous; calyx tube urceolate or rarely turbinate;
petals five, sub-orbiculate, shortly unguiculate. Fruit
fleshy, ovoid, globose, or pyriform. Leaves alternate,
deciduous, petiolate, simple or pinnate, often serrate;
stipules deciduous. The species are readily raised from
seeds, in the way mentioned under Apple and Pear;
the garden varieties and weaker-growing, ornamental
species are most readily propagated by grafting or bud-
ding on the Apple or Pear stocks. Except where other-
wise stated, the flowers in the under-mentioned species

| are white.

_ P. acerba (sour). A synonym of P. Malus acerba.

P. americana (American). American Mountain Ash. fl. in large,
flat cymes. June. fr. bright red, globose, not larger than peas,
disposed in clusters. Z. odd-pinnate ; Iéaflets thirteen to fifteen,
lanceolate, taper-pointed, sharply serrate, with pointed teeth,
rather shining above, and scarcely pale beneath. Northern

United States, &c., 1782. Tree or tall shrub. (W. D. B. i. 54.)
Syn. Sorbus americana.
P. a. mi (small-fruited). This variety is only dis-

crocarpa
tinguished from the type by its smaller fruits.

P. an olia (narrow-leaved). fl. rose-colour, with distinct
styles. April. /. simple, oblong or lanceolate, often acute at
the base, mostly toothed, glabrous. A. 20ft. North America,
1750. Tree. “ TE a variety of P. coronaria” (Asa Gray).
(B. R: 1207; W. D. B. 132)

P. arbutifolia (Arbutus-leaved).* Choke-berry. fi. white or
tinged with purple; cymes woolly. May and June. fr. red or
purple, pear-shaped, or, when ripe, globular. Z. simple, oblong or
obovate, finely serrate woolly beneath. h. 2ft. to 10ft. North
America, 1700. Shrub. (B. M. 3668.) Syn. P. floribunda
(B. R. 1006).

P. a. melanocarpa (black-fruited). This only differs from the
type in its somewhat larger leaves and dark purple fruit,
SYN. P. grandifolia (B. R. 154).

P. Aria.* Aria; White Beam-tree. fl. in. in diameter, in loose
corymbs. May and June. fr. dotted with red, żin. in diameter,
sub-globose. /. simple or pinnatifid, rarely pinnate at base, 2in.
to 6in. long, very variable, brous above, peren, coarsely and
Fey ed serrate, deeply lobed, white and flocculent beneath.
h. 4ft. to 40ft. Europe (Britain), &. Bush or small tree.
(Sy. En. B. 482.) The following are defined by Mr. Boswell
as sub-species ;

P. A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Z. from ovate-oblong to sub-
orbicular, more or less lobed, grey-tomentose beneath ; lobes _
deltoid, serrate-acuminate, the nerves five to nine on each side, _
less prominent beneath. This approaches P. torminalis.

P. A. rupicola (rock-loving), fr. inclining to carmine, ĝin. in -

meter. l. obovate-oblong, lobed above, snow-white beneath ;
nerves five to eight on each side. —

P. A. scandica (Scandinavian). Z. less coriaceous than in
the type, oblong, deeply lobed or pinnatifid, glabrous above,
clothed with a loose grey tomentum beneath: lobes oblong or
rounded. Arctic Europe.

—* Aucuparia (fowler’s).* Mountain Ash; Rowan-tree. fl
cream-white, in. in diameter; pedicels and calyces villous ;

. eter, compound, corymbose, dense-
ne. fr. scarlet, with yellow flesh, globose,

i ‘i er. l. 5in. to 8in. long, pinnate ; leaflets six 18.

eight pairs, lin. to jin. long, linear-oblong, sub-acute, ser- —

rate, pale beneath, and hairy along the midrib and nerves,
glabrous beneath when old, or nearly so. h. 10ft. to c0ft.

Europe (Britain), Siberia, &. Tree. (Sy. En. B. 486.) Of this

Species there are many varieties, the principal of which are:

fastigiata, a form of ‘strict, erect, habit; fructu - luteo, with

yellow fruit; pendula, with weeping branches; and variegata,
with variegated leaves.

P. baccata (berried).*

lowered. May and June.
şin. in diameter.

) A. calyx lobes deciduous; peduncles

crowded. April and May. ‘fr, yellow, tinged with red, roundish,
about the size of a cherry. 4 ovate, acute, equally serrated,
glabrous, the length of the petioles. k. 15ft. to 20ft. Siberia and
Dahuria, 1784. Tree. The pulp of the fruit is used, in Siberia,
for making quasar punch. (B. M. 6112.)

P. betulæfolia (Birch-leaved). J. disposed in sessile umbels,
appearing before the leaves; anthers Aon red. fr. brownish,
dotted with white, small, sub-globose. Z whitish, on long
petioles, elliptic, acute at both ends, serrate, 2in. long, lin. br
China, 1879. Shrub. See Fig. 334. (R. H. 1879, 318.)

t

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 259

-

Pyrus—continued. A ;

P. Bollwylleriana (Bollwyllerian). f. disposed in many-
flowered corymbs. April. jr. orange-yellow, small, turbinate.
t. simple, ovate, coarsely serrated, tomentose beneath and on the
buds, when young velvety above, but glabrous in the adult state.
h. 20ft. * Rhineland, 1786. Tree. (B. R. 1437.) Syn. P. Pollveria
(L. B. C. 1009). ‘

P. Botryapium (Botryapium). A synonym of Amelanchier
canadensis.

P. Chamzmespilus (Bastard Medlar).* Bastard Quince. fl.
reddish. May and June. fr. red, round. l. ovate, serrated,
glabrous, clothed, when young, with deciduous down. h, 5ft.
to 6ft. Mountainous parts of gropa; &c., 1685. Shrub. SYNS.
Cratægus Chamæmespilus (J. F. A. 231), Sorbus Chamæmespilus.

P. C. Hostii (Host’s). M. rose-pink, in large, terminal corymbs.
Spring. l. broad-elliptic, obtuse, often lobed, with serrated
I ay h. 10ft. Tree or shrub. Syns. P. Hostii (Gn., Oct.,
1881), Aria Hostii, Cratequs Hostii.

P. communis (common). Wild Pear. fl. lin. to 14in. in diameter ;
cymes simple. April and May. jr. pyriform, lin. to 2in. long.
l. lin. to 14in. long, fascicled on the last year’s wood, alternate on
the shoots, oblong-ovate, acute, obtusely serrate, more or less

* pubescent or floceulent below when ig gg of the young
tree often lobed; petioles slender. h. 20ft. to 40ft. Europe

_ (Britain), &c. Shrub or small tree, (Sy. En. B. 488.) Of this

+ Species there are several varieties, the following being the most
istinct. See also Pear.

P, c. Achras (Achras). fr. rounded at the base. l. broader than
ra phe ¢ e, acute or cuspidate, flocculent on both surfaces when

oung. re. i

P. c. Briggsii (Briggs). A synonym of P. cordata. ] ;

P. c. Pyraster (Pyraster). fr. obconical at base. l. shortly
acuminate, pub t below when young. :

P. cordata (heart-shaped). fr. very small, globose or pyri-

form. 1. ovate, rounded at base. Syn. P. communis Briggsit

x B. 180), *
P, coronaria (crowned).* Sweet-scented Crab. fl. rose-colour,

Jr. reddish-spotted, obovate, about lin. long. l. pinnate; leaflets
uniform, serrated towards the points, clothed beneath —
deciduous, cottony down. A. 20ft. to 60ft. Britain. The frui

am

when mellowed by frost or keeping, it

edible, resembling a medlar. en to most palates, less Sa
able, “(G. C. n. F vi. 649.) SYN. Sorbus domestics (J F Read
i Wild Olive-leaved white, small ; A
Peon marrir i Man A à — e crowned with

Fig. 334. FRUITING BRANCH

the Prominent calyx. Z lanceolate, -lanceolate, or linear-

Pyrus—continued.

lanceolate, acute, entire, covered witha whitish, silky pubescence.
Asia Minor, &c. An ornamental and distinct bush dg small tree.
P. fennica (Finnland). This resembles P. Aria scandica, but
ad vhe — tie ipa Sree ie tee i it is i
oswell, as a hybri ween that and P, Aucuparia, of
which latter it possesses the ——

characteristics. Europe (Island of Arran). Tree. Syn. P.
natijida (Sy. En. B. 485), — i

OF PYRUS BETULAFOLIA.

P. floribunda (free-tlowering).* fl. beautiful rich rosy-red, ve
freely produce May. fr. long-stalked, very small, —
spherical. 1. small. Shoots slender. Japan, &c. One of the
most ornamental of hardy shrubs. See Fig. 335. (R. H. 1881,
296, under name of Malus microcarpa floribunda.) é i

Fic. 335. FRUITING

PYRUS FLORIBUNDA. é

scented flower and other

BRANCH AND DETACHED FRUIT OF

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Pyrus—continued.

P. floribunda (free-flowering), of Lindley. A synonym of
P. arbutifolia. . ;

P. (large-leaved).

melanocarpa.

P. Hostii (Host’s). A synonym of P. Chamæmespilus Hostii.

A synonym of P. arbutifolia

FIG. 336. FLOWERING BRANCH OF PYRUS JAPONICA.

P. japonica (Japanese).* fl. deep scarlet, solitary or two or three
together, Aip the groter rt of the year; calyx glabrous ;
lobes short, obtuse, entire. jr. green, very fragrant, but not
l. oval, somewhat cuneate, cre-
te glabrous on both surfaces ; stipules reniform,
eciduous shrub. Under

Fig. 337. BRANCHLET AND Fruit OF PYRUS LEUCOCARPA.

A (white-fruited), fr. depressed both above and
— i eye not sunk; skin = * * — at maturity.
is very remarkable for the peculia l

the fruits, See Fig. 337. (R. H, 1879, p. st). Co'our of
P. Malus, Crab; Wild Apple. j. pink and white, few, Uin.

in diameter ; yx segments woolly ; —— umbellate.
May. Jr. yellow, lin. in diameter, sub-globose, indented at the
base. l lin. to in. long, oblong, rounded, acuminate or cuspidate
—— — ponn or —— aaan hon young. Branches

e A we ritain

— le. ; yi rub or small tree. See

r

Pyrus—continued.

P. M. acerba (sour). fl., tube of calyx glabrous ; pedicels slender,

Jabrous or nearly so. fr. drooping. l, young ones glabrous.
YN. P. acerba. . i

ji 5 : ;
FIG. 338. FRUITS OF PYRUS MALUS BERTINI.

P. M. Bertini (Bertin’s), This form is remarkable for the freedom

with which its handsome, brightly-coloured fruits are produced.
See Fig. 338. 3 7

P. M. cratægina (Hawthorn-like). fr. with the calyx segments

long and persistent, somewhat resembling sone of the large-

fruited Thorns. J. long-stalked, like those of the common Crab

in outline. See Fig. 339. (R. H. 1881, 291, under name of

Malus microcarpa crategina.)

P. M. mitis (small). fl., pedicels stout, and, as well as
the calyx tube and young leaves, pubescent. fr. erect.

P. M. (early) This variety is principally
intresting by reason of its long-stalked, persistent

fruits. . 1881, 297, under name of Malus miero-
carpa præcox.) — ;
P.M. sem (evergreen). Evergreen Crab.

pervirens 3

Jr. short-stalked, round. ł. „deeply and irregularly
toothed, retained on tree sometimes throughout the,

winter. (R. H. 1881, 296, under name of Mal
microcarpa sempervirens.) *
P. Maulei (Maule’s).* jl. bright red. April. —
qo, produced in great abundance, agreeably per-
umed, but exceedingly acid to the taste. l so’ at
smaller than those of P. japonica, and plant dwarfer
and more compact in habit. Japan, 1874. One of the
most beautiful of recently-introduced shrubs. The fruit
makes an excellent conserve. Under the generic name
Puru, this is the correct name of the plant described

in this wor Cydonia Maulei. See Fig. 240.
). Snow-tree. ji. white, large, shortly-
. fr. rounded or —— yellowish-
green, spotted with brown or red on the sunny ;

smooth. l,“oboval-obtuse, muc: ae: crenated at the
Summit, oF lanceolate, entire, c vaa vin a greyish
Ro paa Europe, &c, Tree. (B. R. 1482; J. F. A.
ìi. 107.

P. pinnatifida (pinnatifid-leaved), A synonym of

P, Jennica. i of P.

P. Pollveria llwylleri A synonym of P.
BollwyWeriana. * go — i

P. prunifolia us-leaved). Siberian Crab. ft. much re-

sembling those of the common Pear ; peduncles pubescent ; styles
woolly at the base. April and May. jr., when ripe, yellowish,
but red on the side exposed to the sun, globose, of an austere
taste, decaying like the fruit of the Medlar, and then more

h. 20ft. to

ble. l. ovate, acuminate, serrate, glabrous, Sper mag og

pal

those of the Cherry-tree, l ti i
Siberia, 1758. ‘Tree. (B. M 6188S petioles ae
+ Salvifolia (Sage-leaved). A. on simple, umibellate pedi
April and May. fr. large, — useful for making

perry. 4. lanceolate, quite entire, tomentose beneath, when

$

AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

261
Pyrus—continued. Pyrus—continued. eS
young velvety above, but in the adult state glabrous. Branches ovate, furnished with bristly teeth. China, 1872. A vigorous
thick. A. 20ft. to 30ft. Europe. Tree. (B. R. -) This is tree, with upright branches. (R. H. 1872, 28, Fig. 3.) ;
simply a form of P. nivalis, with somewhat broader leaves. P. sinensis (Chinese). Sandy Pear; Snow Pear. fl. white.
April. A tree differing from the

we 3 me 9.:
i T ; —
_ P.sambucifolia (Elder-leaved). fi. larger than in P. americana;
+- a cymes smaller. June. ae larger, when young ovoid, at length
globose. J. oblong-oval or lanceolate-ovate, mostly obtuse or
abruptly short-pointed, serrate —— doubly), with more spread-
ing teeth, often pale beneath. Excepting in the above characters,
this species resembles V. americana, of which it is perhaps a

variety. Tree.

ve P. Sieboldii (Siebold’s), of Carrière. fr. regularly top-shaped ;
stalk long, inserted in a shallow basin; eye a gd de-
skin russet-brown, with pale ts; flesh white,

pressed ;
apan, 1880. Tree. (R. H.

Juicy, with a very peculiar flavour.

, p. 110.)

P. Sieboldii (Siebold’s), of Regel. A synonym of P. Toringo.

P. Simonii (Simon’s). 7. numerous, in compact corymbs. Spring.
Jr. yellow, somewhat spherical, 2in. in di

iameter. l. cordate-

Fig. 340. FLOWERING BRANCHES AND DETACHED FLOWER
OF PYRUS MAULEL . eee?

lucid, and almost evergreen leaves;
insipid, apple -

all the varieties of the European
Pear” (Lindley). Very con-
icuous in spring, reason
of the glossy, bronzy-red tints of
the young leaves. China, 1820.
(B. R. 1248; G. C. n. s., iv. 457.)

bilis *
a — large, eter ike posite x o
a

buds of a deeper hue ; umbels ses-
sile, many-flowered ; petals ovate,
unguiculate ; styles woolly at base.
April and May. l. oval-oblong,
serrated, glabrous, as well as the
calyx tube. A. 20ft. to 30ft. China,
1780. Tree. (B. M. 267.)

P., s. Kaido (Kaido). /. before
expansion dull vinous-red ; the
interior when ded blush-
white, and the exterior blush at
the edges, ipa centre gendi
very a 5 ij
—— to te edible after be-

g bletted. Japan, 1874.

P. Toringo,* Toringo Crab. fi.
white or faintly rosy. May. ~
— long-stalked. /. simpl
or lobed, often almost compo
and much resembling those

some of the Crategus on the — barren shoots. Japan,

Tree or shrub. See Fig. 341. (R. H. 1881, 296, under name

of Malus microcarpa Toringo.) SYN. P. Sieboldii (of Regel).

eN

Fig. 341. FRUITING BRANCH AND DETACHED FRUIT OF PYRUS
TORINGO.

. T. Ringo o). A free-flowering, ornamental bush or small
— — — three or four-celled fruits. Leaves generally
more incised than in the type. (R. H. 1881, 297, under name of

Malus microcarpa Ringo.)

262

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

H

Pyrus—continued. :

P. ussuriensis (Ussuri). i. white; filaments as long as calyx ;
styles three, free, glabrous. May. Jl. broadly oval, pointed,
sharply toothed, fading to a fine brownish-red in autumn. Stalk
of roundish fruit about the same length as its diameter. R. 20ft.
to 30ft. Amurland, &c,, 1861. Tree.

PYTHION. A synonym of Amorphophallus.

PYTHIUM (from the Greek word pytho, I cause to
putrefy; plants inhabited by these Fungi soon decay).
A genus of Fungi, in which are included a number
of species, all of which are parasites in the in-
terior of plants. Some of them are hurtful to certain
cultivated plants. There is considerable doubt as to the
actual number of distinct species of Pythiwm, as several
are probably the same Fungus under different names ;
e.g., the following have been described as found in
Potato plants: P. Equwiseti (Sadeb.), P. incertum (Renny),
P. vexans (De By.), and P. proliferum (De By.). In
regard to the first three of these, Mr. W. G. Smith
expresses his inability to distinguish them from one
another. ‘
with distinct mycelium, producing sporangia at the tips
of the branches, in which zoospores are produced, in the
form of fragments of protoplasm, each provided with two
cilia; or, rather, the zoospores are formed after the con-
tents of the sporangia flow out into the surrounding
water. On the mycelium, sexual reproduction is effected
by the formation of a globular cell (the oosphere) on
the end of a short branch (oogonium). Near this another
small branch forms, and, growing to and piercing the
oogonium, fertilises the oosphere, and produces thereby
a single resting spore or oospore within it. The very
nearly allied genus, Saprolegnia, differs from Pythium
in the zoospores being formed inside the sporangia, and
in more than ^ne oospore being formed in each oogoninm.

The food or host-plants inhabited by species of
Pythium belong to widely-separated groups, including
Algæ, prothalli, and leafy plants of Equiseta, or Horse-
tails, prothalli of Ferns, and Potatoes. P. de Baryanum, a
widely-distributed parasite, lives in germinating plants of
Clover, Spurrey, Camelina, Maize, &c. This last species
renders the lowest part of the young stems soft and
tender, and soon causes decay. Its mycelium traverses
all the parts that appear withered. In damp air, branches
grow out, and form on the tip rounded cells, in some
of which are produced zoospores, in others oospores, and
on other branches conidia are formed. In whatever way
formed, the spores give origin to a mycelium, which
bores into suitable food-plants and reproduces the
Fungus.

Remedies are hardly to be found, owing to the species
of Pythium being internal parasites. Diseased plants
should be removed and destroyed, to prevent the spread
of these or of any other causes of disease.

ANTHERA (from pyzxis, pyxidos, a box, and

anthera, an anther; the anther opening as if by a lid).

ORD. Diapensiacew. A monotypic genus, closely allied to

Diapensia. The species is a minute, prostrate, creeping

herb or sub-shrub. It is a remarkably pretty little plant

for the rock garden, and thrives best in very sandy soil,
and in sunny situations.

P. barbulata (small-bearded).* Pine-barren Beauty. jl. white or
rose, solitary, sessile, very numerous ; corolla five-lobed, shortly
campanulate, the lobes patent and obovate, Early summer,
l. imbricate, narrow, oblanceolate, entire, bearded at the base,
mostly alternate on the sterile branches. h. 2in. New Jersey,
1851, (B. M. 4592.) Syn. Diapensia barbulata.

PYXIDATE. Furnished with a lid.

QUADRI. A term, used in Latin compounds, signi.
fying four; e.g., Quadrifoliolate, when a petiole bears
four leaflets from the same point; Quadrijugate, in four
pairs.

The genus belongs to a group of Fungi)

QUADRIA. A synonym of Guevina (which see).
QUAKING GRASS. See Briza.

QUALEA (the native name in Guiana). ORD.
Vochysiacew. A genus comprising about twenty-five
species of curious, stove, resinous trees, natives of
Brazil and Guiana. Flowers yellow, pink, or blue, rather
large, disposed in lateral and terminal racemes or
panicles; sepals five, free; petal one, unguiculate,
obovate or obcordate. Leaves opposite or verticillate,
coriaceous, petiolate, costate; petioles biglandulose at
base. The only species in cultivation—Q. rosea—
thrives in a compost of peat and leaf mould. Propaga-
tion may be effected by seeds, sown on a hotbed; or
by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, inserted in sandy
soil, under a bell glass, in bottom heat.

Q. rosea (rose-coloured). f., petal, as well as the large segment
of the calyx, white on the outside, rose-coloured on the inside,
entire; spur shorter than the calyx. J. elliptic, acuminate,
glabrous on both surfaces. A. 30ft. Guiana. (A. G. 1.) SYN.
Q. violacea.

Q. violacea (violaceous). A synonym of Q. rosea.
QU. , r CAMASH. A common name for
Camassia esculenta.

QUAMOCLIT. Included under Ipomeea (which see).

QUAQUA (name given to the plant by the Hotten-
tots, who eat the stems raw). ORD. Asclepiadew. A
monotypic genus. The species is an erect dwarf,
branched, and rather bushy, greenhouse succulent, allied
to Boucerosia, requiring culture, similar to Stapelia
(which see). y $
Q. hottentotorum (Hottentot). fl.
more, along the grooves between the angles of the branches, on |

very short pedicels; calyx pale green or purplish ; corolla

greenish-yellow, 4in. in diameter, with tive spreading lobes;
corona pale yellow, very minute, Older stems lin, thick, younger
ones żin. to ĝin, thick ; angles four, rounded, armed with stout,
horizontal or slightly decurved, decussate, brown-pointed teeth.

h. 4in. to6in. Plant greyish-green or purplish, glabrous. Nama-

qualand, 1878, (G: C. n. m xii. 1.)

QUARTINIA. A synonym of Pterolobium (which
see).

QUASSIA (a name applied by Linnzus to a tree of
Surinam, in honour of a negro, Quassi or Coissi, who
employed its bark as a remedy for fever). ORD. Sima-
rubeew. A monotypic genus, the species being a lofty,
stove tree, more curious than beautiful, and in appear-
ance similar to the common Ash. It thrives in a com-
post of rich, sandy loam and leaf mould. Propagated
by cuttings, made of ripe shoots, and inserted in sand,
under a bell glass, in heat.

Q. amara (bitter). fl. scarlet, large, tubulose, arranged in ter-
minal clusters. l. alternate, impari-pinnate; petioles win ai:
leaflets opposite, entire, h. 20ft. Tropical America, 1790. ‘The
wood of this tree is destitute of smell, But has an intensely bitter
taste, on which account it was used as a tonic; the root and the
bark have also been considered valuable remedies in dysentery.
(B. M. 497.) i : 5

; QUATERNARY, QUATERNATE. É Disposed in

ours, Se —

QUEBEC OAK. Sce Quercus alba.

QUEEN

"or aa Phædr ; * *
QUEEN OF asset. See Spiræa —

QUEKETTIA (named in honour of the late E. J-
Quekett, F.L.S.; an excellent botanical observer,» and
one of our best vegetable anatomists). ORD. Orchidee.
A monotypic genus. The species is a singular little
epiphyte, of more botanical than horticultural interest.
It requires culture similar to Pleurothallis (which see).

Q. microscopica (microscopic), i. yellow, nearly sessile, cylin-
drical, ;in, long, disposed in a pan Ms about Zin. long. l. terete,

subulate, about 3in. long, mottle
and purple. Brazil. 3

QUELTIA. Included under Narcissus.
QUERCITRON. See Quercus tinctoria.

with light green, deep green,

+ i a yë
in fascicles of six to ten or . -

+

*

è

A

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

263

Q.

Q. alba (white). American White Oak ; Quebec Oak.

Q.

QUERCUS (the Latin name). Oak. ORD. Cupulifere.

A well-known genus, comprising nearly 300 species, of
mostly hardy trees, rarely shrubs.
in unisexual, amentaceous or erect, very rarely andro-
gynous, sessile or sub-sessile spikes; males in catkins,
with usually six, sometimes ten to twelve stamens;
females solitary, inclosed in imbricating bracts or scales,
with a more or less perfect three-celled ovary, very rarely
four or five-celled.
included within, a cup; seed, by abortion, usually soli-
tary. Leaves alternate, annual or perennial, entire,
toothed, or lobed, membranous or coriaceous, penni-
veined. As acorns do not long retain their germinative
powers, it is best to sow them soon after they are ripe.
It is of little use trying to import from, or export to,
distant countries seeds of any of the species unless these
are packed tightly in damp clay or earth. The curious
variegated and other forms of the common Oak, &c.,
must be propagated by grafting.
selection from the introduced species and their varieties
is given below.
otherwise stated.
spring, and the nuts shed in the autumn.

Q., acuta (acute-leaved). fl, catkins flexile, shorter than the

Flowers moneecious,

Nut (glans or acorn) fixed to, or

See also Oak. A

They are hardy trees, except where
The flowers are usually — in

leaves, ea nk toe solitary or fasciculate ; female spikes short,
Jfr., cup hemispherical, with concentric rings ; nut ovoid or ellip-
soid, apiculate, thrice exceeding the cup. J. acute or obtuse at

tic or oblong, abruptly acuminate, entire or undulate-

s the apex, 2in. to 44in. long, 3in. to 2in. broad ;

% young ones fulvous-tomentose, older ones glabrous; petioles

about lin. long; stipules Zin. long, narrow-linear, pilose at back.
Japan. Tree or shrub, Of this evergreen species there are two
varieties in gardens: albo-nervis, with white-veined, and reseo-
nervis, with red-veined, leaves. (W. & F. 85.) SYN. Q. Buergeri.
Ægilops. Aigilops, Vallonea, or Velani Oak. M. greenish-
white. fr., cup very large, hemispherical, with lanceolate, elon-
Fated. spreading scales; nut brown, very ornamental. J, ovate-
oblong, -with bristle-pointed, tooth-like lobes, hoary beneath,
h. 20ft. to 50ft. Grecian Archipelago, 1731. Evergreen or nearly
so. The cups and acorns are exported from the Levant in
large quantities, being in great demand for tanning purposes.
(K. E. E. 7.) Syn. Q. Ungeri (K. E. E. 13), Oft —
there are two varieties: latifolia, with rather broader leaves,
and pendula, with drooping branches.

(scabby-leaved). Enceno Oak. tkins longer

Q. agrifolia fl, ca
than the leaves. fr., cup turbinate, żin. broad, with adpressed

scales, more or less ciliated on their margins ; nut Zin. to Lin.
long, ovoid-oblong, exserted, acute. l broadly ovate or oval, sub-
cordate, remotely spine-toothed, iin. to 2in. long, seven to
eighteen lines broad, chartaceous; adult ones glabrous ; petioles
din. long. Young branches pubescent. h. 20ft. California, 1849.
Evergreen. (J. H. S. vi. 157.)
A. catkins
slender. fr., cup hemispherical-saucer-shaped, rough or tubercled
at maturity, naked, much shorter than the nut, which is about
lin. long, ovoid or oblong, with an edible kernel. l., mature ones
šin. to bin, long, lin, to 3in. broad, obovate-oblong, obliquely cut
from three to nine oblong or linear, obtuse, mostly entire
lobes, smooth, pale or glaucous beneath, bright green above.
h. North America, 1724. A large and valuable, deciduons
tree. (B.M. Pl. 250; E. T. S. M. i. 145.) In the variety repanda,
the leaves are irregularly sinuated or sinuately lobed.
uatica (aquatic). Water Oak. fr. small; cup saucer-shaped
or hemispherical ; nut dark brown, globular-ovoid. l. obovate-
spathulate or narrowly wedge-shaped, with a long inp tigen, Bee
and an often obscurely three-lobed s it, va to oblanceo-
late, thick, lin. to 4in. long, 4in. to 2in. ; those on seedlings
and leong Arp often incised or sinuate-pinnatifid, then mostly
bris ;

istle-po: petioles rarely Jin. long. A, 60ft. to 80ft. North
merica (near pone, 13. Decidwdyg. The wood of this
species is similar tô that of all other American Oaks.

sempervirens (evergreen Austrian), A synonym

Q.
of Q. glandulifera. ;
Q. Ballota (Ballota). Barbary Oak; Sweet Acorn Oak. fra

scales of the cup usually convex at back; kernel of a mild an
agreeable flavour, l. often rounded at base, dentate or entire,
very hoary beneath. South-west Europe, &c.

Q. bambuseefolia (Bambusa-leaved). A synonym of Q. salicina.
Q. Banisteri (Banister’s). A synonym of Q. ilicifolia. —
Q. bicolor (two-coloured). Swamp White Oak. jl., catkins pilose.

Jr. borne on peduncles much longer than the petioles; cup hemi-
spherical, about jin. long, hoary, the upper scales awn-shaped,

sometimes forming a mossy-fringed margin; nut scarcely lin. long,
ellipsoid. 1. obovate or oblong-obovate, wedge at base,
. Coarsely sinuate-crenate and often rather pinnatifid tha toothed,

and white-hoary beneath,

soft-down main veins
six to eight pairs, lax and a little prominent. R Cort. North

*

austriaca ( l
optons slightly but copiously sinuated, downy

Q. C. subperennis
ovate, loosely erect.

erea (ashy-grey).
— lin. to Um long.

; coccifera (
bag ho

Quercus—continued.

America, 1800. Deciduous, (E. T. S. M. 153.) Syn. Q. Prinus
tomentosa.

Q. Buergeri (Buerger’s). A synonym of Q, acuta,

Q. Catesbeei (Catesby’s). Scrub Oak. fr. hemis) herical-turbinate
half as long as the ——— ellipsoid nut, with ki ressed, slightly
silky scales, J. 4in. to Tin. long, in. tobin, broad, shortly petiolate,
cuneate at e, oblong, deeply cut into three to five unequal,
often falcate or spreading, ovate, acuminate lobes, which are
subulate-mucronate at the apex, and also sometimes on the
margins, the central one trilobed ; young ones pubescent, adult
ones glabrous, h. 15ft. to 30ft. North America, 1823, Deciduous.

N

: g ;
Fic, 342. BRANCH OF QUERCUS CERRIS, WITH MALE CATKINS,
Oak.

or acute, often
ides, rarely
stellate above, on very short petioles; stipules narrow-linear,
Young branches pubescent. h. t. to
&c., 1735. See Figs. 342 and 343. (W. D. B. ii. 92.)
Austrian). Z. on rather long mgr —*
lobes short, ovate, acute, entire ; stipules shorter than
npag ie tg h. 40ft. South-east Europe, 1824. (K. E. E. 2,
under name of Q. austriaca.)

Q. C. crispa (curled). t somewhat curled at the edges. Bark

corky. h. over

Q. C. dentata (toothed). A garden synonym of Q. C. subperennis.
Q. C. fulhamensis (Fulham). A garden synonym of Q, C.

Q. C. Lucumbeana (!ucombe). A garden synonym of Q. ©.

rennis.
ula (pendulous). l. narrow, deeply lobed ; lobes ob-

~— or sub-acute, Branches long, pendent or prostrate.

almost ev n). Jr., scales of the cup
’ k IA AN incised, mes

almost evergreen, This variety is also known in gardens
as Q. C. dentata (W. D. B. 93), Q. C. fulhamensis (G. C.
n. s. viii. 139), and Q. ©. Luecumbeana.

Q. C. variegata (variegated). In this variety, the leaves are

pra : Blue Jack; Upland Willow Oak.
. Jr. solitary, — or very —
hemispherical-turbinate, w dp 1, silky
ay gosh i often half as long again as the cup.
or obtuse at base, oblong or obovate-oblong, often obtuse, mucro-
nate, entire, sparsely stellate-hairy above, and thickly so below,
lsin. to 3in. Jong, six to ten lines broad, on very short petiole:
North America, 1789. A small, twisted, sub-evergreen tree,
rarely exceeding 30ft. in height, the bark yielding a yellow dye.
Syn. Q. Phellos cinerea.
—— three to seven, on a
pedi , Some-

cles ; “females

264 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Quercus—continued.

velvety, sub-equal scales; nut more or less exserted, rarely in-
cluded. J, elliptic or oblong, cordate at base, or obtuse or rarely
acute, sparsely spiny-toothed or mucronate-serrate, or rarely
entire, rigid, on short petioles, Branchlets stellately pubescent.
h. 1sft. South Europe, &c., 1683. Evergreen. The bark of this
species is used by tanners, and it sustains an insect like the
cochineal, which is used as a crimson dye. (K. E. E. 29;
S. F. G. 944.)

; i eRe A
Fig. 343. BRANCHLET OF QUERCUS CERRIS, WITH ACORN.
Q. coccinea (scarlet).* fl., catkins pilose. fr. top-shaped or hemi-

spherical, with a conical, scaly base, seven to nine lines broad,

coarsely scaly ; nut 4in. to Zin. long, half or more covered by the

cup. l, in the ordinary forms (at least, on full-grown trees),

bright n, shining above, turning red in autumn, deeply

pinnatifid, 3in. to 8in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ; lobes divergent
and sparingly cut-toothed ; petioles lin. to 2in. long. h. 0ft,
North America, 1691. Deciduous. (E. T. S. M. 163.)

Q. conferta (clustered).* Hungarian Oak. J. very shortly stalked
or almost sessile, 5in. to 7in. or more long, 3in. to 4in. broad,
pubescent beneath with stellate hairs, oblong-obovate, taperin
gradually to the base, pinnately lobed; lobes oblong, acute, no
spine-pointed, entire or slightly lobulate ; petioles pilose ; stipules
— than the petioles. South-eastern Europe. (G. ©. n. s.,
v. 85.) SYN. Q. pannonica.

Q. cupressoides (Cypress-like), A synonym of Q. pedunculata
fastigiata.

Q. cuspidata (cuspidate). A. catkins slender, simple or
branched, almost equalling the leaves, slightly erect. i in an
alternate, ovoid, acute, fulvous-velvety spike, the scales sub-
verticillate, connate except at the apex, including the nut.
l. acute or obtuse at base, ovate-lanceolate or oblong, acuminate,
entire or undulate-serrate, coriaceous, lin. to 54in. long, seven to
fifteen lines broad, on short petioles ; young ones pilose, adults

abrous, h. 30ft. Japan. Evergreen. (G. C. n. s. xii. 233;

Seo A AT — and latifolia are respectively narrow-
leaved and broad-leaved forms. variegata is a form with prettily-
variegated foliage. .

Q. densiflora (dense-flowered).. fl., catkins dense-flowered,

equalling or slightly longer than the leaves. fr. one to three on a

shorter time the petioles; cup šin. long, nearly jin.

road, the outer scales silky, the inner ones adpressed, fin. long ;

nut half-exserted, ovoid, pubescent. l. obtuse or rarely acute at

base, ——— or obovate-oblong, obtuse or sub-acute at

apex; S C: ous, revolute, undulated, entire or nearly
tomentose on both si

-

so; young ones rnia.
1865. Semi-evergreen tree or shrub, ?

Quercus—continued.

Q, Esculus (Esculus). Italian Oak. jr. nearly sessile, solitary
or in pairs ; cup scaly, hemispherical ; nut the size of a small pea.
l. scattered, aggregated at the top, ovate-oblong, sinuated,
smooth, paler beneath, 2in. to 3in. long, not more than “4in.
broad; segments bluntish, somewhat angular at the base.
h. 20ft. to 50ft. South Europe, 1739. :

Q. falcata (sickle-shaped). American ‘‘Spanish” Oak. fl, cat-
kins slender, pilose, 2in. to Sin, long. fr. solitary or twin, on a
very short peduncle; cup saucer-shaped, with a somewhat tur-
binate base, about half the length of the globose, brown nut,
which is four to five lines long. l. obtuse or rounded at the base,
bea variable, three to five-lobed above, greyish-downy or fulvous
underneath, Sin. to 5in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad; lobes prolonged,
mostly narrow and more or less scythe-shaped, especially the ter-
minal one, entire or sparingly cut-toothed. North America, 1763.
A large, deciduous tree, often 80ft. high ; bark rich in tannin.

Q. ferruginea (rusty). A synonym of Q. nigra.
Q. fruticosa (shrubby). A synonym of Q, humilis.

Q. glabra (glabrous). Japanese Oak. fl., male spikes lin. to 2in,
long, Geach ualr solitary, the rachis slightly adpressed-pilose.
Jr. solitary or fascicled and connate at the sides of a peduncle ;
cup hemispherical, seven to eight lines broad, with cinereous-
velvety, ——— scales, thrice exceeded by the oblong nut,
l. obovate-oblong, long-narrowed to the base, obtuse at apex,
acuminate, entire, glabrous, 2in. to 4in. long, lin. to 14in. broad,
on petioles nearly żin. long. Branches glabrous. Japan, 1879.
Evergreen. (G. C. n. s. xiv. 785; S. Z. F. J. i. 89.) `

Q. glandulifera (gland-bearing).* Jl., catkins filiform, loose,
pendulous ; teenie spikes hoary-pubescent, longer or shorter
than the petioles, few-flowered. fr. solitary or few toa peduncle ;
cup hemispherical, five to eight lines broad, with adpressed,

uberulous, lanceolate scales; nut ovoid or ellipsoid, twice or
Enrice exceeding the cup. J. obtuse or rarely acute at base,
elliptic, obovate, or lanceolate, acute or acuminate, rarely obtuse,
glandular-serrate, 2in. to 5in. long, fin. to 2in. broad ; young
ones adpressedly silky; adults glabrous above ; petioles varying
from one to six lines long. Japan, 1870. Evergreen. The
plant grown in gardens under this name and figured G. C. n. S.,
xiv. 714, is probably a hybrid from Q. Cerris subperennis, SYNS.
Q. austriaca sempervirens, Q. sclerophylla (of gardens).

Q. glauca (glaucous). fl., catkins loose-flowered, diffuse, solitary
or fasciculate, nearly 2in. long, the rachis tomentose. fr. solitary
or twin, on a very short peduncle ; cup he herical, four to five
lines long, with five to seven concentric, silky lamelle ; nut ovoid-
acute, about eight lines long. Z. acute or slightly obtuse at base,
ovate-lanceolate or oblong, acuminate, serrate or undulate-serrate,
24in. to Sin. long, Zin. to Zin. broad ; young ones much narrowed
at base, sparsely pilose above, adpressedly silky beneath. Young —
branches sparsely pilose. h. 30ft. Japan, 1822. Deciduous. Of —
this species, several varieties are to be found in gardens.

Q. gramuntia (Gramont). A synonym of Q. Ilex.

Q. humilis (dwarf). fr. sessile or short] dunculate ; cup
shortened, broadly cyathiform, with Aiesa i yish-pubescent
scales ; nut more or less exceeding the cup. l. sometimes per-
sistent, shortly petiolate, ovate, elliptic, or obovate, with irre; ’
acute or obtuse teeth, lin. to liin. long, in. to lin. broad, on
very short petioles, sparsely puberulous above, hoary beneath.
h. lft. to 12ft. South-west Europe, 1874. Shrub or under-shrub.
(G. C. n. s., i. 113.) SYN. Q. fruticosa. ;

calyx. 1, elliptic, oblong, ovate or lanceolate, acute, toothed or
entire, coriaceous, glabrous above
branches, velvety stellate-h . South Europe, 1581.

very long and nar ; serratifolia, leaves lanceolate, serrated ;
Fordii (SYN. fast a), habit pyramidal, Wot spreading as in the
type (R. H. 1861, . å ;

Q. I. fastigiata (pyramidal). A synonym of Q. I. Fordii.

ding. Young branches slightly velvety-hoary.
orth America, 1800. ‘A atraggling, d idueus sisa
171.) Syn. Q. Banisteri.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 265

Quercus—continued.
l. entire, 3in. to Sin. long, lanceolate-oblong, acute or obtuse at

each end, mucronate, pale and downy beneath, borne on short
petioles. h. 40ft. to 50ft. North America. Deciduous.

Q. incana (hoary). fl., catkins slender, often lin. long. fr. solitary,
twin, or in threes ; cup, when young, covered with ovate, adpressed,
pubescent scales ; nut ovoid-oblong, half as long again as the cup,
l. ovate-lanceolate or oblong, obtuse at base, acuminate at apex,
remotely serrated except at base, stellate-puberulous above,
minutely stellate-tomentose beneath. Young branches velvety-
hoary. h. 40ft. Nepaul, 1818. Evergreen. SYN. Q. lanata.

Q. inversa (inverted-fruited). A synonym of Q. thalassica.
Q. lanata (woolly). A synonym of Q. incana.

Q. libani (Lebanon). fr. solitary, sub-sessile; cup campanulate,
Zin. to lin. long, with thick, greyish-velvety, adpressed scales ;
nut broadly ellipsoid, depressed at apex, slightly or twice exceed-
ing the cup. l. ovate-lanceolate, acute, obtuse or acute at base,
liin. to Sin. long, eight to fifteen lines broad, deeply crenate-
serrate, glabrous above, the young ones. minutely stellate-
pereo beneath. h. 30ft. Syria, 1870. (R. H. 1872, 155, and

877, 172.) The form pendula has pendulous branches,

Q. lyrata (lyrate). Over-cup Oak; Water White Oak. fr. sessile,

` lin. long; cup round-ovate, with rugged scales, almost covering
the roundish nut. Z. 5in. to 8in. long, shortly stalked, crowded
at the ends of the branchlets, obovate-oblong, acute at the base,
seven to nine-lobed, white-tomentose beneath, or at length
smoothish, shining above; lobes triangular, acute, and entire,
h. 50ft. North America, 1786. Deciduous.

Q. macrocarpa (large-fruited), Burr Oak; Mossy-cup White
Oak. fr., cup very variable, especially in size, deep, thick, and
woody, conspicuously imbricated with hard and thick, pointed
scales, the upper ones awned, so as to make a mossy-fringed
border; nut broadly ovoid, lin. to 1}in. long, half immersed in,
or entirely inclosed by, the cup. J. obovate or oblong, lyrately
pinnatifid or deeply sinuate-lobed, or nearly parted, i .
downy or pale beneath, 4in. to 15in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ;
lobes sparingly and obtusely toothed, or the smaller ones entire,
h. 30ft. North America. A handsome, deciduous tree. (E. T. S. M.
149.) Q. olive formis is regarded, by Professor Asa Gray, as a mere
form of this species, with oblong cups and nuts, and narrower
and more deeply lobed leaves.

Q. montana (mountain). A synonym of Q. Prinus.

Q. nigra (black).* Barren or Black Jack Oak. jr. sub-sessile,
solitary or twin ; cup top-shaped, coarse-scaly ; nut short, ovoid.
l. broadly cuneate, but sometimes rounded or obscurely cordate
at the base, widely dilated and somewhat trilobed (rarely five-
lobed) at the summit, occasionally with one or two lateral, con-
— — bristle-tipped lobes or teeth, rusty-pubescent beneath,
shining above, 4in. to 9in. long. h. 8ft. to 25ft. North America,
1739. Deciduous. SYN. Q. ferruginea. s

Q. obtusiloba (obtuse-lobed). A synonym of Q. stellata.

Q. olivæformis (Olive-shape-fruited). A variety of Q. macrocarpa.

palustris (marsh-loving). Pin Oak. fl., catkins pilose; cup

- flat saucer-shaped, five to seven lines broad, sometimes contracted
into a short scaly base or stalk, five-scaled, very much shorter
than the ovoid or globose acorn, which is five to seven lines long.
l. deeply pinnatitid, with divergent lobes and broad rounded
— h. 60ft. North America, 1800. Deciduous. (E. T. S. M.

Q. pannonica (Hungarian). A synonym of Q. conferta.

Q. pectinata (comb-like). A synonym of Q. pedunculata jilicifolia.

Q. pedunculata uncled).* fr., cup imbricated ; nut oblong ;
stalk elongated. ¢. oblong, smooth, dilated upwards; sinuses
rather acute ; lobes obtuse. Branches spreading, tortuous. h. 50ft.
to over 100ft. Europe (Britain), &c. Deciduous. A sub-species
of Q. Robur. (Sy. En. B. 1288.) The following are varieties :

Q. p. Concordia (Concordia).* J. bright yellow, maintaining
their colour throughout the season. In places where this —
succeeds well, it is one of the most effective of golden-foliag
trees. (L H. xiv. 537.)

Q. p. fastigiata (pyramidal). A handsome tree, with erect,
pyramidal —— — sat A form it resembles the Lombardy
Poplar. Q cupressoides, Q. pyra-

y (G: C. n.5., xix. 179.) SYNS.
midalis (of gardens). i *

Q. p. filicifolia (Fern-leaved). J. with narrow lobes almost cut
down to the midrib. SYN. Q. pectinata (G. C. n. S., Xiv. .

Q. p. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* J. variable in outline,
irregularly sinuate or lobed. :

Q. p. Hodginsii (Hodgins’).
Habit etc ne)

Q. p. pendula (pendulous), Weeping Oak. A variety with
' pendulous branches,
Q. p. purpurascens (purplish). Z., young ones almost entirely
— very striking, Young shoots and footstalks tinged with
rple.
p variegata (variegated). l. variegated with purple and
e.

Q. Phellos (Phellos).* Willow Oak. fl., catkins slender, half as
long as the leaves. fr. solitary, sessile or very shortly peduncu-

Vol. IIL

l. much smaller than in the type.

Q. sclerophylla
P. glandulifera.
Q. serrata (serrated).*

Young branches silky-pubescent. h. 6ft. Japan. Half-hardy
—— W. & F., Dec. 12, 1883.)

Q. (sessile-flowered).* fr. sessile, or on a usually
shertened uncle; nut oblong. l. on more or less elongated

Quercus—continued.
late; cup saucer-shaped, with ovate, adpressed, obtuse, silky
scales; nut usually one-half longer than the cup. 2. acute or —
obtuse at base, linear-oblong, bristly-acuminate or cuspidate, —
entire or undulated, light green, 3in. to 4in. long. h. 50ft. North

America, 1723. Deciduous. ;

Q. P. cinerea (ashy-grey). A synonym of Q. cinerea.

Q. Prinus (Prinus). Chestnut Oak. fr. on peduncles shorter
than the petioles; cup thick, sin. to lin. wide, mostly tubercu-
late, with hard and stout scales, hoary, about half the length of
the edible nut, which is lin. or less long. J. variable, obovate or
oblong, with an obtuse or acute base, undulately crenate-toothed,
minutely downy beneath; the main primary ribs ten to sixteen
pairs, straight, prominent beneath. h. 26tt. to 90ft. North
America, 1730. iduous. SYN. Q. montana. :

Q. P. tomentosa (tomentose). A synonym of P. bicolor.

Q. pseudosuber. Bastard Cork-tree; False Cork Oak. fl., male
catkins numerous, 2in. long; female flowers scattered. fr. few,
shortly pedunculate or sub-sessile; cup jin, to lin. long, hemi-
spherical or obovoid-turbinate ; scales greyish-pubescent, at length
spreading or reflexed ; nut often twice as long asthe cup. 1. ob- —
tuse or acute at base, ovate or oblong, 2}in. to 3in. long, sh Ki
penou, toothed or crenate, mucronate, above sparsely, and

low thickly, white-pubescent; stipules narrow-linear, pubes-
cent. h. 50ft. South Europe, 1824. Evergreen. (K. E. E. 35.) —
SYN. Q. Turneri. :

Q. pyramidalis (pyramidal). A garden synonym of Q. pedwn-
culata fastigiata. —

Q. pyrenaica (Pyrenean). A synonym of Q. Toza.

Q. reticulata (netted). . on long peduncles; c
spherical, pubescent, two Ho four lines long, with sed
scales; nut semi-exserted. J. shortly petiolate or sub-sessile, sub- -·
cordate or cordate at base, obovate, rounded at the a —
4in. long, 14in. to 3in. br mucronate, crenate-den Or
almost entire, glabrescent above, fulvous-tomentose and reticu-

hemi- ES,

lated beneath. Young branches yellow-tomentose. h. 10ft. —
Mexico, 1840, Half-hardy evergreen. : mae re

Q. Robur (Robur). Black Oak ; Common Oak. Under this name
Hooker, De Candolle, and other eminent authorities, include
Q. pedunculata and Q. sessiliflora, the British representatives of
the genus, as sub-species ; but, for garden purposes, it is desirable
here to accord them specific rank. See also Oak,

Q. rubra (red).* Champion or Red Oak. fr., cup saucer-sha)
or flat, with a narrow, raised border (jin. to lin. in diameter) of
rather fine, closely adpressed scales, sessile or on a very short
and abrupt, narrow stalk or neck, very much shorter than the

oblong-ovoid or ellipsoid nut, which is lin. or less in —

k EA or often obtuse at the base, elliptic or oblong, rather thin,
moderately (rarely very deeply) pinnatifid, torning dark red after
frost. Bark of trunk dark grey, rather smooth. North America,
1769. A large tree. The wood is reddish and coarse-grained.
(E. T. S. M. 169.) ;

salicina (Willow-like). Willow Oak. fl, catkins shorter than
= leaves. J solitary, on a short peduncle; cup shortly hemi-
spherical, łin. broad, with five or six concentric zones; nut
ellipsoid, much exserted. J. shortly petiolate, slightly acute or
obtuse at base, acuminate, entire or remotely serrate-denticulate,
coriaceous, glabrous above, and beneath when old; young ones
adpressedly pilose beneath. Young branchlets pubescent.

Japan, 1860. Evergreen shrub. SYN. Q. bambuserfolia.

) ard-leaved), of Lindley. jr. sessile, approxi-

—— 4in. broad, tomen , with adpressed

protruding, pubescent. J. petiolate, ovate or
se ease Naor iin to i Pron, hao sare,
serral in. in. lon; in. to r ; aboy

— pub t eat Branches glabrous. North China,

1850. Evergreen shrub. (L. & P. F. G. i. 59.)

(hard-leaved), of gardens, A synonym of

Japanese Silkworm Oak, fl., catkins
loose, pendulous, lin. to 2in. long; females in the axils, soli
or twin. fr., cup hemispherical, seven to twelve lines b
with greyish-velvety s r at the base; nut ellipsoid,
scarcely exceeding the cup. l. obtuse or rarely acute at base,
oblong or lanceolate, acute or rarely obtuse, crenate-serrate, with
long, bristly teeth, 2in. to 8in. long, żin. to bin, broad, on petioles
in. to lin. long; young ones ightly silky; adults glabrous.

Q. sclerophylla
mating ; cup sub
scales; nut sligh

petioles, oblong, smooth ; sinuses opposite, rather obtuse ; lobes
acute.

rtuous spra i
om buds, and by the stalked leaves asg Coa! retained,
after withering, until the following spring.

_ flora is, moreover, darker, heavier, and more e
g. unculata ; the acorns, too, are sessile, or very shortly
. (Sy. En. B. 1289.)

2 M

266 = THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Quercus— continued.

Q. s. cochleata (shell-shaped). The edges of the leavesin this
form are curved — and the upper surface is thus rendered
more or less shell-shaped. ` $

. Q. s. Louetti (Louett’s).* l. long, narrow, almost sessile, narrowed
to both ends, about 5in. long and less than lin. broad.

Q. s. rubicunda (rubicund). l. rather deep red, especially in
the earlier part of the summer.

Q. Skinneri (Skinner’s). M. catkins pubescent. fr. very distinct,
large, on a peduncle two to six lines long; cup flat-patelliform,
liin. to 14in. broad, with adpressed, ovate-deltoid, sub-velvety
scales; nut liin. long, and as much broad at base, globose-
ovoid. Z. long-stalked, ovate or sub-lanceolate-oblong, acute or
obtuse at base, acuminate at apex, bristly-toothed on the mar-
gins and at apex; young ones slightly puberulous; adults
glabrous. Young branches glabrous. Mexico, Shrub. (G. C.
1841, p. 116.)

Q. stellata (starry). Post Oak. fr., cup deep saucer-shaped,
naked, one-third or one-half the length of the nut, which is ovoid
in shape, żin. to jin. long. l. greyish or yellowish-downy beneath,

pale and rough above, thickish, sinuately cut into five to seven-

rounded, divergent lobes, the — ones much larger and often
one to three-notched. North America, 1819. A deciduous tree,
— exceeding 50ft. in height. (E. T. S. M. 151.) SYN. Q. obtusi-

FIG. 344. FRUIT AND LEAVES OF QUERCUS SUBER.

`Q. Suber (probably derived from suphar, bark).* Cork Oak; |

Cork-tree, fr. often solitary, pedunculate or sessile ; cup obovate-
hemispherical, obconical or rarely obtuse at base, żin. to Zin. long.
and more broad, with velvety, erect and adpressed scales; nut
often exceeding the cup by one-half. Z. usually lin. to 2in. lo
żin, to 1jin. broad, on petioles two to six lines long, ovate, Dit
or oblong, acute, toothed or rarely entire, glabrous above,
beneath, as well as on the branchlets, stellate-velvety-hoary.
m re ra — — Europe, 1581. This evergree
urnishes the cork of commerce. See Fig. 4 D
W DD DS Fig. 344. (K. E. E.

length, long-exserted. 7. acute or acuminate at base, ellipti
obovate-oblong, slightly obtuse, acuminated, 3in. to ‘tin koz
in. to lin. broad, entire or slightly. serrated near the apex,
oe t t beneath. Branches

tomentose. C 50. E $ in
Laer se See 0. : Evergreen shrub. SYN. Q. inversa
Q, Huctoria (ayers). uercitron; Black, Dyers’, or Yellow-
: Y lp ; Jr., cup fiat beneath; nut globose. Z. downy
—— , obovate-oblong, dilated, widely sinuated, large, turning
srownish, orange, or dull red, in the autumn resembling those of
Q. coccinea, but having fewer lobes ; lobes short, obtuse, slightly

Quereus—continued.
toothed, bristle-pointed. Bark dark-coloured and rough, A. 80ft.
to 100ft. United States, 1800. (B. M. P1. 251.)

Q. Toza (Toza).* jr. sessile or shortly pedunculate ; cup hemi
spherical, four to six lines long, with loose, adpressed scales,
pubescent outside;.nut two to four times longer than the
cup, ovate-ellipsoid. l. ovate or oblong, 2in. to 4in. long, żin.
to 13in. broad, variously pinnatifid, stellato-pilose above, very
densely stellato-rufous-tomentose beneath ; lobes ovate or oblong,
obtuse. South Europe, &c. Deciduous, (K. E. E. 22.) SYN.
Q. pyrenaica, $

Q. Turneri (Turner’s). A synonym of Q. pseudosuber.

Q. Ungeri (Unger’s). A synonym of Q. Ægilops.

Q. virens (green). Live Oak. fr. one to three on usually con-
spicuous peduncles ; cup turbinate, five to eight lines long,
greyish, with adpressed, slightly velvety scales ; nut oblong, ex-
ceeding the cup by one-half or more. J. lin. to Sin. long, żin. to
ljin. broad, oblong-elliptical, hoary beneath as well as on the
branches, entire or irregularly lobed-dentate. h. 40ft. or more.
North America, 1737. Evergreen.

QUERNALES. A name given to plants which

agree in general characters with Quercus.

QUESNELIA (named in honour of M. Quesnel, a
French Consul at Cayenne, who was the means of intro-
ducing the genus to Europe). Syn. Lievena. ORD.
Bromeliacee. A small genus (three or four species) of
stove, herbaceous, Brazilian plants, allied to Billbergia.
Sepals free above the ovary, ovate, imbricated; petals
free, narrow, the apex dilated into a spreading lamina ;
stamens three, alternating with the petals; inflorescence
cone-like, simple, ovoid or oblong, thick; peduncle ter-
minal, tall, clothed with spathe-like scales. Leaves

clustered, long, spinuloso-serrated. For culture, see Bill-

bergia.
roseo-marginata (rose-margined). This is the correct
name of the plant described in this work as Billbergia rosea-
marginata. ;

Q. rufa (red). This is the proper name of the plant described in
this work as Billbergia Quesneliana.

Q. Van Houttei (Van Houtte’s). fi. white, cobalt-blue at the
tips, crowded in many series, each subtended by a bract; bracts
rose-coloured above, and clothed below with white down;
inflorescence a large, cylindrical spike, borne on a scape Lsft.
to 2ft. high. Zł. numerous, armed with strong spines, some-
times banded with white beneath. (B. H. 1881, 18.)

~ QUICKTHORN. A common name for Crategus

Oxyacantha.

QUILLAI-TREE. See Quillaja saponaria.
QUILLAJA (from the Chilian name, Quillai or
Cullay). Syn. Smegmadermos. ORD. Rosacew. A small
genus (three or four species) of very glabrous, green-
house, evergreen trees, some remarkable in possessing @
soap-like bark; they are natives of South Brazil, Chili,
and Peru. Flowers rather large, tomentose ; lateral ones
male, central ones purplish; calyx coriaceous, persistent,

five-lobed, valvate ; petals five, small, sessile, spathulate ;

pedicels bibracteolate; peduncles axillary and terminal,
three to five-flowered. Leaves scattered, petiolate,
simple, thickly coriaceous, almost entire, veined. The
bark of the under-mentioned species contains a con-
siderable amount of carbonate of lime and other
mineral substances, also saponine, a vegetable-soap
principle, on which account it is used for washing and
cleaning clothes, &e. For culture, see Kageneckia.
Q. saponaria (Soapwort). Quillai ite,
usually i hina celts ot p hing: rao p vy —

April. l. oval, mostly toothed, smooth, shini hort-stalked.
h. 50ft. to 60f, Chil, 1832 (R H 1813 2a) S

QUINARY, QUINATE. Disposed in fives.
QUINCE (Cydonia vulgaris). The Quince is a native

of Northern Persia, but naturalised throughout the Medi-
terranean region, &c., whence it was long since introduced

to this country. It forms a spreading, deciduous tree,

the branches of which are usually much contorted. The
fruits emit a powerful and rather peculiar perfume when
ripe, and are exceedingly acid and astringent in a raw

state. They are chiefly used for making a kind of mar-

malade, and other preserves, and for adding, in

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 267

Quince—continued.

quantities, to Apples when cooking, to give briskness
and increased flavour. The chief use of the Quince-tree
is, perhaps, that of providing stocks whereon to graft
Pears. It is naturally inclined to root near the surface,
and the roots are fibry, in comparison with those of the
Pear itself, which is also used. The Quince stock
possesses, in most instances, the valuable property of
dwarfing the growth of Pear-trees, and causing them to
become more productive than they would be on their own
roots ; hence, it is extensively and most successfully used
for this purpose (see Pear). Most orchards—in all the
southern parts of the country, at least—are furnished
with one or more specimens of Quince. The trees seldom
perfect their fruit northwards.

Fig, 345. FRUIT AND LEAVES OF PORTUGAL QUINCE.

- Propagation is most generally effected by cuttings
and by layers; by seeds also, when any are obtainable.
Cuttings of the current year’s wood, with a heel of two-
year-old wood attached, may be inserted in the open
ground, early in autumn. ‘They soon root, and will be
ready for grafting or budding about the second, or some-
times the third, year afterwards. Layers may be obtained
in quantity from an old stool that has been cut down.
Young shoots proceed from the base, and when firm
enough, the following autumn, these may be layered,
or the stock itself covered with soil, into which the
new growths will root. The following autumn, they may
be detached and planted in nursery rows, and the next
year other young ones will again proceed from the
stock, which may, in turn, be similarly treated.

The Quince is not naturally inclined to grow straight
and upright; to get standard trees, therefore, consider-
able attention and encouragement are necessary in train-
ing to get a vigorous and tolerably straight stem. As
a stock, the Quince is not much required to form
standards: the straight stem may be obtained, as a rule,
more easily by adopting a system of double-grafting, as
described under Pear. ,

Quince-trees succeed best in rather moist situations,
where the soil is rich and somewhat light, ‘not of a
heavy, clayey nature. An open, sunny situation is neces-
sary where the ripening and perfecting of fruit is of
importance. The fruits may be allowed to hang on the
tree until the approach of frost: they are seldom ripe
before the end of October. When gathered, they should
be laid on clean straw, or on a cool fruit-room shelf,
away from other specimens of fruit, until becoming quite
yellow, when they will be fit for use.

Quince—continued.

There are only three principal varieties of Quince
cultivated for the use of their fruits. These are enume-
rated below.

pple-shaped. Fruit roundish, somewhat similar to an apple, -
of a rich golden colour when ripe. Tree very productive.

Pear-shaped. Fruit pyriform, rather larger than the preceding,
and later in ripening ; skin also paler-coloured, and rather woolly.
This is the variety most commonly grown.

Po: al. Fruit very large, sometimes 4in. long and 3in. in
diameter at the thickest part, elongated, and often irregular in
outline ; skin deep yellow, thickly covered with a woolly sub-
stance. This variety is superior in flavour to either of the
others, but the tree is not so productive. It grows very
vigorously. See Fig. 345.

QUINCE, BENGAL. See Ægle.

QUININE PLANTS. ‘lhe principal of these are
several species of Cinchona, viz., O. Calisaya, © Ledger-
iana, OC. officinalis, C. succirubra, &e. :

QUINQUE. A term, used in Latin compounds, sig-
nifying five; e.g., Quinquefoliolate, five-leaved; Quinque-
nerved, applied to a leaf having five ribs all proceeding
from the same point of, the base.

QUINSY-BERRY. The fruit of Ribes nigrum.
QUINTILIA. A synonym of Stauranthera (which

see).

QUISQUALIS (from quis, who, and qualis, what
kind; it was uncertain, when the name was given, to
what class or order the genus belonged). Orp. Combre-
tacew. A genus consisting of two species of stove,
climbing shrubs, with slender branchlets, natives of

Fig. 346. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF QUISQUALIS INDICA.

i Asia and tropical and South Africa, Flowers
— red (colours variable), showy, disposed in short,
axillary and terminal spikes, sometimes racemose; calyx
tube produced a considerable length above the ovary;
petals fiye, large or small, obtuse. Fruit rather large,
dry, oblong, coriaceous, five-winged, one-seeded. Leaves
opposite or nearly so, membranous, oblong or obovate,

-F

*

268

—

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

-© Quisqualis—continued. :

acuminate, entire. Q. indica thrives in a compost of

peat and loam, the latter preponderating. Propagation

may be effected by cuttings of the young shoots, taken
off with a heel, and inserted in sand, under a bell glass,

in bottom heat. The other species, Q. parviflora, a

native of Natal, is not in cultivation.

Q. glabra (smooth). A synonym of Q. indica.

Q. indica (Indian).* Rangoon Creeper. ji. varying in colour from
orange to red, beautiful, sweet-scented ; tals oval-oblong,
adpressedly pubescent. May to August. l. ovate, acuminate.
Tropical Asia and Africa, 1815. Plant pubescent or glabrous.
See Fig. 346. B. M. 2033; B. R. 492.) Syns. Q. glabra,

. pub % inensis (B. R. xxx, 15).
Q. pubescens (downy). A synonym of Q. indica.
Q. sinensis (Chinese). A synonym of Q. indica.

QUIVER-TREE. A common name for Aloe dicho-
toma

*

UIVISIA (Bois de Quivi is the name given in the
Isle of France). ORD. Meliacew. A genus comprising
five species of stove trees and shrubs, natives of the
Mauritius and Madagascar. Flowers axillary, solitary
or shortly cymose; calyx cupular, four or five-toothed,
persistent ; petals four or five, oblong or linear, valvate
or imbricated. Leaves sub-opposite or alternate, simple,
entire or pinnately lobed on the same branches, shining
above, reticulately veined. Q. heterophylla—the only
species introduced—requires a compost of sandy loam
and fibry peat. It may be increased by cuttings of
ripened shoots, inserted in sand, under a glass, in brisk
bottom heat.

Q. heterophylla (variable-leaved). f/f. white; pedicels twin,
axillary, one-flowered. J. alternate, oval or obovate, entire,
sinuate-toothed er pinnatifid. A. 10ft. to 15ft. Mauritius, 1822.

This is placed, by Baker, together with several other forms,
which have been described as species, under Q. mauritiana.

RACE. “A variety of such fixity that it is repro-
duced by seed; also used, in a looser and more extended
sense, for a series of related individuals, without par-
ticular regard for rank” (Asa Gray).

RACEME.
are arranged singly, on distinct pedicels, along a common
axis.

RACEMIFEROUS. Bearing racemes.
RACEMOSE. In racemes; having the appearance
or character of a raceme.

RACHIS, or RHACHIS. The axis of an inflores-

cence or of a compound leaf. | :
RADEMACHIA. A synonym of Artocarpus.

RADIATE. Spreading from, or arranged around, a
common centre, or around the circumference of a circle ;
e.g., the arms of an umbel, or the ligulate florets of
Composites.

RADICAL. Of, belonging to, or proceeding from, a

_ root, or from a root-like portion of stem at or below
the surface of the soil.

RADICANT. Rooting.

RADICEL, RADICELLA. A minute root; a
rootlet. The tiny roots which appear on a young plant
at the time of germination.

RADICIFLOROUS.
the root.

_ RADICLE. The first root of a plant, rudimentary
in the embryo.

RADICOSE. Having a large root.
RADISH (Raphanus sativus). A hardy annual, cul-

tivated from a very early period, principally for the
use of its fleshy roots in salad preparations; the seed-

è

Apparently flowering from

An inflorescence in which the flowers

and Mildew (Peronospora parasitica).

Radish—continued.
pods are also sometimes used for pickling, when they
are young and green. Radishes are very popular, and
much esteemed for salading, especially in spring and
during early summer, when they grow quickly. They
are only really tender and fit for eating during a limited
period, from the time the roots are large enough to use
until the tops form a few rough leaves, and show signs
of starting a flower-stem. At this stage, the roots
become stringy, and have a hot flavour. The chief point-
in the culture of Radishes for maintaining a supply is
that of sowing a small quantity frequently, to insure a
succession. Few plants are more easily grown, or arrive
more quickly at a stage ready for use. The early spring
supplies are generally grown in frames by themselves,
or along with Asparagus or Potatoes that are being
forced. A slight bottom heat, from fermenting material,
is sufficient to insure germination; afterwards, air must
be admitted as the weather permits—a temperature of
50deg. in the frame is ample. The seeds are generally
best sown broadcast, either in frames or the open ground,
except those intended for winter consumption, which may
be placed in shallow drills, 6in. or 8in. apart. Sowings `
may be made in warm positions outside early in the
year, for the purpose of obtaining crops to be used
along with, or independent of, those from frames. From
January to April, the young plants will require protection
during frosty and any unfavourable weather: this may
be afforded by bending sticks over and laying mats upon
them. From March onwards, sowings should be made
outside about every fortnight, supposing the produce is
required: this insures a succession. Radishes succeed
in any light soil; it should be dug deeply, and be
raked fine on the surface before the seeds are sown.
Winter Radishes require to be sown in July or August,
and the plants thinned afterwards to about 4in. apart.
For summer, a cool, shady position should be selected; a
warm, sheltered situation is best suited at all other
seasons. Birds are vety fond of Radish seed; conse-
quently, it must be protected for a time, wherever sown.
Throughout summer, the young plants require frequent
waterings: if this is neglected in dry weather, they soon
run to seed, and the roots are then of no use.

Funo. The Fungi parasitic on Radishes call for but
a short notice, since only one or two of them ever do
much damage; and all of them grow also on other
cultivated Orucifere, including Cabbages and Turnips.
The worst are the White Rust (Cystopus candidus)
The former pro-
duces white patches on the leaves, and also grows on
and deforms the flowers, causing an enlargement of all
their parts, and rendering them sterile (see Rusts). The
Mildew (see Peronospora) is much less noticeable in
its effects, but is not less hurtful to the plants.

Insects. Radishes are apt to suffer from the ravages
of the same insects as feed on Turnips. Roots of Radishes
are eaten by the usual subterranean foes that attack
other fleshy roots. Among these are Julus and other
Millipedes (which see), and the larvæ of certain Noctue,
or Night Moths. The most dangerous of the foes that live
on the roots are the larve of several species of flies that
belong to the same genus as the Onion Fly (which see).
All of these larve eat the roots of other Crucifere also,
e.g., Cabbage; but one species (Anthomyia radicum)
has received the name of Radish Fly, from its pre-
ference for this plant. This fly is very common through-
out the summer. Its body is about }in. long, and its
spread of wings from Hin. to }in. The body is covered,
not very thickly, with stiff hairs. The male has the
thorax black, with two short, grey, narrow stripes length-
wise; the abdomen is grey, with a black line down the
middle and three black lines across it; the forehead is
white, with a black, triangular spot; the face is whitish-
ochreous; the legs and antennæ are black; the wings

OF HORTICULTURE.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

269

Radish—continued.

are transparent, and the third and fourth veins in each
converge slightly. The female differs from the male in
the broader body, and the ash-grey colour; the stripes
on the thorax are faint-coloured, and there is only a
slender, dark line down the middle of the abdomen.
The larve have neither head nor limbs, but are blunt
behind, and taper to a point in front. They are yellowish,
fleshy, and wrinkled. On the blunt hinder end are
several fleshy lobes, and breathing-pores in two groups
of three each. The larve eat into the roots, and cause
them to rot. When full-fed, they leave the roots, and
change, in the soil, into dull ochreous pupæ of the form

Fic. 347. CHINA Rose RADISH.

usually met with in Diptera. The larvæ of Anthomyia
floccosa, Macq. (? A. floralis, Fall.), also feed in the roots
of Radishes, Cabbages, and allied plants, as do likewise
the larvæ of A. Brassice (see Cabbage Fly) and of
A. (Homalomyia) canicularis; and those of A. Raphani
feed on Radishes in North America. Al of these insects
are very like the Radish Fly, and it is unnecessary to
describe them, since the habits of all are much the
same in all stages. The larvæ have been found in large
numbers feeding in dung, and the insects have been
reared from this. It has also been observed that when
ground is manured with farmyard dung, the root-crops
* apt to suffer from the attacks of larve of these
ies.

Remedies. The most effectual seems to be crude car-
bolic acid, in solution. Successful results have followed
its use, in the strength of half a pint of acid mixed with
one gallon of boiling water, to which about a quart of
soft soap has been added. This should be diluted with
fifty gallons of water; or it may be used even in a weaker
solution. The plants should be watered with this fluid
every week, after they appear above ground. Instead of
this, much-diluted gas-water may be used; or gas-lime
may be sprinkled along the rows. Farmyard manure is
not safe, if there are maggots in it; mineral manures
may be substituted in their stead.

— leaves are occasionally eaten by larve of

e White Butterflies (Cabbage Caterpillars), and of
various Moths (Mamestra, Plusia, Potherb Moths),
as well as by the Turnip Flea (Phyllotreta nemorum),
and by other small beetles allied to it. The seeds are
destroyed in the fruits by larve of, Ceuthorhynchus

Radish—continued.

assimilis (Turnip-seed Weevil), which is closely allied

to the Weevils that make galls on roots of Cabbage,

Turnip, Charlock, and Wild Mustard. For the nature
of the injuries in each case, and for the
remedies, see the heading quoted for each.

Sorts. Of these there are many in commerce which
may be classed as Long-rooted and Turnip-rooted varie-
ties. There are also intermediate globular forms, and
these are much esteemed. The following varieties are
amongst the best: f
BLACK SPANISH, an excellent hardy sort for autumn and winte

CHINA ROSE, root oblong or aiir, conical, bright r

— ; also fe — varie!

ARLY FRAME (V ’s), one of the earliest, shorter than the LONG

SCARLET, of which it is a sub-variety ; aos for forcing. EARLY

ROSE GLOBE, a very early and much-esteemed sort, of a fine,

Fig. 348. EARLY ROSE GLOBE RADISH,
clear rosy-scarlet, com (see Fig. 348). FRENCH BREAKFAST,
a beautiful olive-shaped variety, with white tip, of quick growth,

and very mild flavour; one of the best for forcing and summer
use. LONG SCARLET, SHORT-TOP, one of the best and most
esteemed long varieties, because of its bright colour; much cul-
tivated for market. OLIVE SCARLET, an excellent sort, of quick
owth and fine colour. RED TURNIP- j <p and of mild
flavour ; very extensively grown for market, and well for
general summer use, because it withstands dry weather. WHITE
TURNIP-ROOTED has a white skin, but otherwise differs very
little from the red — it is equally good, but the colour of
the latter is generally preferred. _ :
RADIUS, RAY. The circumference of the circle
formed by umbels or heads, or of other such parts.
RADIX. The root; the descending axis; that part
which is the development of a radicle. It differs from
a stem, not only in its origin, but in not branching
symmetrically, and in haying no normal leaf-buds.

RAPFIA OR ROFFIA PLANT. ‘See Raphia
Ruffia and R. tedigera. :

RAFNIA (named in honour of C. G. Rafn, a Danish
botanist, who wrote a Flora of Denmark, in 1796).
Orv. Leguminose. A genus comprising twenty-two
species of glabrous, and often glaucous, greenhouse
shrubs or sub-shrubs, confined to South Africa. Flowers
yellow, solitary or shortly racemose, terminal or in the
axils of bracts; calyx unequally five-fid, the lowest seg-
ment narrowest; corolla glabrous; standard roundish ;
keel incurved, rostrate or obliquely truncate. Pods
linear or lanceolate. Leaves simple, entire, one-nerved
or reticulate-veined. The species, a selection of which
is given below, thrive in a compost of fibry loam and
sandy peat, with the addition of pieces of charcoal and
broken pots, to keep the whole rongh. Attention to
drainage is an important point. Propagation may be
effected, at the beginning of summer, by cuttings of firm
side shoots, inserted in sand, and covered with a bell
glass; or, in spring, by seeds, sown on a hotbed.

( r-branched). fl., upper and lateral calyx

appropriate

for autumn and winter vote. 347),

= nearly as long as the calyx tube or somewhat longer;

flowering branchlets forked. May. 1. din. to ljin, long, oblong-

, 270

=. THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rafnia—continued.

cuneate, lanceolate, linear-lanceolate, or linear-filiform, sub-
obtuse or acute. Branchlets angular. h. lft. to 1ft. 1816.
Sub-shrub. SYN. R. filifolia.

R. elliptica (elliptic-leaved). A. peduncles axillary, one-
flowered, with a pair of leafy bracts under the flower. June.
l. 2in. to 3in. long, broadly obovate, elliptical, oblong, or ovate-
lanceolate, acute or obtuse and mucronate ; upper ones narrow
and more lanceolate, all narrowed at base. Branches angular.
h. 1ft. to 3ft. 1819. Shrub.

R. filifolia (thread-leaved). A synonym of R. angulata.

R. trifiora (three-flowered).* jl., keel about twice as long as
the calyx tube; peduncles axillary, one to three together,
leafless, or branched and leaf-bearing. June. J. lin. to din.
long, roundish-obovate, elliptical or ovate-lanceolate, acute or
mucronulate, obtuse at base. Branches angular or two-edged.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. 1784. Shrub, (B. M. 482, under name of
Crotalaria triflora.)

RAGGED ROBIN. See Lychnis Flos-cuculi.

RAGWEED, or RAGWORT. See Senecio
Jacobeza.

RAGWORT. See Othonna.

RAILLARDIA (named in honour of A. M. L. Raillard,
an officer in the French Marine service), ORD. Composite.
A genus comprising nine species of greenhouse shrubs,
confined to the Sandwich Islands. Flower-heads yellow,
rayless, mediocre or small, racemose or corymbose at the
apices of the branches; involucre cylindrical or narrow-
campanulate, with one series of connate or at length
free bracts; receptacle small, convex or _ sub-conical,
naked or setose-fimbrilliferous ; achenes narrow, glabrous,
or slightly pilose. Leaves opposite, ternately whorled,
or alternate, sessile, entire, coriaceous, at length shining.
For culture of the only species introduced—now pro-
bably lost to gardens—see Senecio.

R. ciliolata (fringed-leaved). fl.-heads five to eight, clustered in

a paniculate corymb; achenes sub-tetragonal, attenuated at

base. July. i. ternately whorled, lanceolate, glabrous on both

sides, rather more than 4in. long, shortly ciliated on the margins.
Branches velvety-pubescent. h. 2ft. 1865. (B. M. 5517.)

RAIN. A familiar example of the origin and nature
of Rain is seen in the formation of a miniature shower,
when steam escapes from a steam-engine into the air.
When water is heated, it becomes an invisible vapour;
and this rises, and mixes with the air, if the air is
warm. When the warm air, full of water in this state,
mixes with cold air, or touches any cold object, the
vapour returns to the state of water; but; for a time,
it remains in the form of very small particles, like fine
dust—so light, that they can still float in the air. In
this state, they form clouds when high above the earth,
or mist when lying close to the earth. Among moun-
tains, clouds and mists are often seen to be directly
continuous. But mists often cling to the mountain-tops
while the sky is nearly cloudless. This is owing to the
rocks and soil being colder than the air, and causing
the vapour to become visible as mist, by cooling the air
near them below the temperature at which the water can
remain vapour. As the wind carries the mist from the
mountain into the warmer air around, it resumes the
form of vapour, and becomes invisible; but new mist is
formed, and supplies the place of that carried away, so
that the mist seems to remain unchanged on the peaks for
hours. Clouds form and disappear in the sky according
as the air filled with vapour meets colder or warmer
winds, When the minute drops of water that form clouds
are very crowded, they join together, and form drops,
too large to be supported in the air. These then fall as
Rain. Sometimes, a cloud will be seen raining high up
in the sky, though Rain does not reach the ground. This
happens when the Rain has to fall through a layer of
warm, dry air, in which it is all turned into vapour
again. Light Rain sometimes falls out of a sky cloudless
or nearly so; but this is a rare occurrence. The greater
amount of rainfall during the night is due to the cooling
of the air when the sun’s heat is withdrawn. The vapour

=

Rain—continued.
forms drops of water, and falls as Rain. The sources
of the vapour in the air are various. Much of it is
given off by growing plants, and a little by animals.
More is taken up by warm, dry winds blowing over the
surface of the land, with its marshes, rivers, and lakes ;
but most of all is absorbed by the winds in passing over’
the oceans, such as the Atlantic Ocean. Such winds are
saturated, or nearly so; that is, they carry away as much
vapour as they can dissolve at the temperature they had
while passing over the water. If this is higher thn
that of the land at which they first arrive, they will give
up, as Rain, the vapour that no longer can be dissolved
when the temperature falls. Hence, countries near oceans
receive more Rain than those at a distance from them
in the middle of continents. Mountainous countries near
the sea are especially rainy, since air becomes colder
the higher it rises along the slopes, and a very great
part of the vapour is thus lost. For the reasons just
stated, as well as from local peculiarities of situation,
the frequency and amount of the rainfall varies widely
in different localities, and at different seasons. The total
amount of Rain that falls in any given time is measured
by means of instruments (see Rain-gauge). Careful
observations have been carried on in many countries, and
in many localities, for a considerable number of years,
as to the total amount of Rain that falls during the year,
as well as during the various periods of the year, in
each locality. The amount is expressed in the number
of inches in depth that the Rain would reach in any given
time, if it could all be confined to the exact area on
which it has fallen.

It has been found that, in some countries in the
tropics, e.g., in Upper Egypt and the Sahara Desert,
and on part of the coast of Peru, little Rain, if any,
falls. On the other hand, the heaviest recorded rainfall
occurs among mountain ranges in the neighbourhood of
tropical oceans. Thus, in the Himalaya Mountains,
about 100 miles from Calcutta, a rainfall of about
524in., or about 44ft., has been observed within a year.
In the British Islands, the rainfall is considerably
greater on the west side than on the east, the winds
from the Atlantic Ocean losing much of their vapour
among the mountains. The heaviest rainfall in Britain
is recorded from the Cumberland mountains, near Kes-
wick, where over 150in., or 123ft., of Rain has been
collected in a year. Along our western coasts, the
average annual rainfall varies from about 36in. to 66in.,
and on the eastern side of our islands, from about 20in.
to 30in. :

But the actual rainfall does not bear any definite
relation to the number of rainy days in a year, for often
the heaviest fall is met with in districts where it is
almost limited to certain seasons. When much Rain
falls in a limited time, the greater part of it necessarily
flows off the surface of the ground, and it is apt to
carry away the fertile soil, and to cause disastrous
floods. Where, on the other hand, the period during
which it falls is more prolonged, the Rain sinks into
the soil, and supplies the underground reservoirs of
springs. ‘

In passing through the atmosphere, the rain becomes
of the same temperature, and, as this in summer is
almost always higher than that of the soil, the latter
becomes warmed, and the plants in it are stimulated to
more active growth. Moreover, the rain-water has
oxygen, and, it may be, also minute traces of ammonia
and of nitric acid, obtained from the atmosphere, dis-
solved freely in it, and these also are beneficial, as
food, to the roots of plants. It is unnecessary to dilate
on the importance of a good supply of water in the
soil, insured to plants by regular Rains. es

Rain-water is very generally preferred for watering
plants in pots, and it has the great advantage over

AN ENCYCLOPZDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 271

Rain—continued.

that drawn from springs, or from underground pipes, of
usually being at the temperature of the air, and of con-
taining in it the oxygen, and other substances, men-
tioned above. Its use is of course similar, in its
effects, to the watering of plants by Rain in the open
air and, when rain-water can be had, the employment
of it is therefore to be recommended.

RAIN BERRY. See Rhamnus catharticus.
RAINBOW FLOWER. A common name for the

genus Iris.

RAIN-GAUGE. This is an instrument for measur-
ing the amount of rain that falls in any place in any
given time. Various forms are used, but all are much
alike in essential points. In all there must be a collecting
surface of known size. This is generally a brass funnel,
with an upright rim about 1ŝin. high atound it, to pre-
vent the drops from splashing over the edge. The rain-
water runs down a tube into a receiver, which is pro-
tected from any water getting into it, except by the
tube, and prevents the water in it from evaporating.
At certain hours, the amount of water in the receiver
is poured into a graduated vessel, and is carefully mea-
sured. Each mark on the measure represents, usually,
yhoin. of rainfall. The receiver is generally made to hold
3in. depth of rainfall, The collecting funnel may be of
any size, so long as accurately known; but 5in. is the
common diameter. The funnel must be placed abso-
lutely horizontal, and should stand in the middle of an
open piece of ground, in order to avoid eddies. The
rim should be at least 6in. above the surface on which
it stands; but it ought not to be raised much, as,
other conditions remaining the same, the higher the
gauge stands, the less rain it catches. Snow must be
melted, and measured as water, in calculating the- total
annual rainfall. Very slight showers cannot be mea-
sured, as the rain-drops evaporate from the funnel
without running into the receiver; hence, the record
may be rather low, if such showers are frequent.

RAISIN-TREE, JAPANESE. A common name
for Hovenia dulcis. a

RAJANIA. A synonym of Akebia (which see).

RAKES. These are indispensable in gardens, for
levelling ground previous to seed-sowing, for collecting
weeds, grass, leaves, &c., and for various other purposes.
There are different sorts: some have the heads made of
iron, others haye wooden heads, into which iron teeth
are driven, and others are made solely of wood, the
Same as used for hay-making. What is known as a
set of iron Rakes should be at command in gardens of
extent—that is, sizes with heads varying in length; as,
for instance,
on. A very useful size, for collecting weeds, levelling

Fig, 349. IRON RAKE.

— — &c., is represented in Fig. 349. Wooden
kes, of the ordinary make, are best adapted for
* over uncropped ground, for levelling gravel in
walks, and for collecting grass and leaves from lawns ;
one or more of these may, therefore, be kept almost in
constant use. Rakes with wooden handle and bar and
in teeth, are suitable for breaking up lumps of soil,
wooden teeth would soon become mutilated. Daisy
F es have broad teeth, sharpened on both edges; they
used for removing Daisy flowers, &c., from lawns.

br AMAL, RAMEAL. Of, or belonging to, a

one should be 6in., another 8in., and so |

latter; the leayes are also used in winter salads.

RAMENTA. Thin, chaffy scales, with which the
stems of some plants, especially Ferns, are covered.

RAMENTACEOUS. Covered with ramenta.

RAMIFICATION. Sub-divisions of root, branches,
leaves, or panicles.

RAMIFLOROUS. Flowering on the branches.

RAMMERS. Rammers are in frequent requisition
in gardens, more particularly through the antumn and
winter, when transplanting and various alterations are
in progress. They are required for consolidating the
earth about newly-transplanted trees, also round posta,
&c. In the formation of new walks, and when laying
turf,a Rammer is necessary for rendering the ground
beneath firm and solid, A handy form of Rammer is

that having a cast-iron head, with a socket for inserting

a wooden handle. ‘Those generally seen are made of
wood, tapering from a circular base upwards, and pro-
vided with handles for lifting. Hand Rammers es |
readily be made from any hard piece of prepared wood,
such as an old spade-handle. They are indispensable
when potting plants that require the soil to be very
firm round their roots, i
RAMONDIA (named in honour of L, F. Ramond, a
French botanist and traveller, who died in 1827). Syne.
Chaivia, Myconia. Orp. Gesneracen, A
prising three species of hardy, stemless herbs; one is a —
native of South Europe, the second is Siberian, and the
third is an inhabitant of Greece, &c, Calyx free, with
four, five, or rarely six ovate or oblong segments ;
violet or pale purplish, with a rotate or broadly cam-
panulate tube, and four, five, or rarely six broad, imbri-
cating lobes; stamens affixed to the base of the corolla;
scapes leafless, * or few-flowered. m, —
softly rugose. two species are va
R. pyrenaica is a very pretty little alpine plant, ad-
mirably adapted for cultivating in fissures of rockwork,
or for pot culture in cold frames. In thrives in well-
drained peaty soil, and may be increased by seeds, or
by division. R. serbica requires similar treatment.

many, several, or rarely one-flowered. May. l rosulate, ovate,
— toothed, thireute with long, rufous A. Sin. ——
he. 1731. (R. G. 103.) SYN. Verbaseum Myeoni (B. M. 236).
There is a white-flowered variety of this in cultivation, but it
yet very rare in gardens.

R. serbica (Servian). jl., corolla yellow, campanulate, parted to
the middle in four obovate, su) segments ; scape one or
two-flowered, ebracteate. 1 entire, obtuse,
shortly attenuated at (
woolly beneath,

Fic. 350. RAMPION.

RAMPION (Campanula Rapwneulus). A hardy
biennial, cultivated for the use of its fleshy roote in

salads, either boiled or in a raw state, generally *

genus com-

272

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Rampion—continued.
is raised from seeds, which are very minute, and should
be sown in very shallow drills, 6in. apart, not earlier
than about the end of May, lest the plants run to seed
before winter. Rampion is not extensively cultivated.
It prefers a rather shady situation, and rich, light soil.
The seeds should only be covered very slightly. Fre-
quent waterings are necessary until the plants are
established. When they are large enough to handle,
thin out to 4in. apart. The roots, which are fleshy and
white, will be fit for use from November through winter ;
they require scraping before being eaten. See Fig. 350.

RAMPION, HORNED. See Phyteuma.

RAM’S FOOT. An old name for Ranunculus aqua-
tilus.

RAM’S HEAD. A common name for Cypripedium
arietinum.

RAM’S HORNS.

mascula.
RAMSONS. See Allium ursinum.

RAMULARIA. A group of Fungi, parasitic on
various parts of living plants. The species are numerous;
but almost all of them cause brown or pale spots on
the leaves or other green organs, and their effect is
thus conspicuous, though very seldom so hurtful as to
cause serious injury to the plants. The mycelium is
inside the host-plant; and from it, at each stoma, are
pushed out several erect branches (conidiophores), which,
at the tip, or near it, bear conidia, or spores. These
are nearly cylindrical, but taper at both ends, and are
divided by two or more cross-walls into several cells.
It is probable that the Fungi grouped under Ramularia
belong to the reproduction of Pyrenomycetes (which
see). To enumerate the species that affect cultivated
plants is unnecessary, since probably few flowering plants
are quite free from the attacks of some Fungus of the
group to which Ramularia belongs. No known remedy is
so effectual as burning the more diseased plants or
leaves. Fortunately, these Fungi seldom commit very
serious depredations on cultivated plants.

RAMULOSE. Bearing many branchlets or twigs.
RANARIA. A synonym of Herpestis. . *
RANCAGUA. A synonym of Lasthenia (which see).
RANDALIA. A synonym of Eriocaulon.

RANDIA (named in honour of Isaac Rand, formerly
Prefectus of the Botanic Garden of the Society of
Apothecaries at Chelsea). Syns. Cupia, Oxyceros, Stylo-
coryne. ORD. Rubiacee.
ninety species of erect or climbing, unarmed or spiny,
stove, evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to Gardenia,
inhabiting tropical regions, mostly in Asia and Africa.
Flowers white or yellow, rarely pink, small or large,
solitary, corymbose or fascicled, axillary, very rarely
terminal; calyx tube ovoid, obovoid, or turbinate,
the limb usually tubular, rarely toothed or lobed;
corolla funnel-shaped, campanulate, or hypocrateri-
form, with a short or elongated tube, a glabrous
or villous throat, and a limb of five (rarely more) acute
or obtuse, twisted lobes; stamens five. . Leaves obovate,
oblong, or lanceolate, usually coriaceous. A selection of
the introduced species is here given; they are shrubs,
except — otherwise indicated. For culture, see

en

R. aculeata (prickly). Indigo Berry. M. white, axillary, sessil
solitary, hypocrateriform; corolla tube twice as Sone as the
calyx teeth. July. jr. the size of a small cherry. zł. obo-
* be og — — — at base. Branchlets
zl; i s rigid, opposi e axils, s ing.

West Indies, 1733. Syn. —— Banded EM Bs k —

R. dumetorum (bushy). fl. white, at 1 h :
tube longer than the lanceolate corolla — ——

A common name for Orchis

A genus comprising about’

Randia—continued.

side. July. fr. large, ovate-cordate, shining. Jl. opposite or
fasciculate, obovate-cuneate, smooth. h. 5ft. East Indies, 1825,
A much-branched shrub or small tree, with axillary, rigid spines.
SYN. 4 :

R. fasciculata (fascicled). A. white, sweet-scented, at length
yellowish; fascicles sub-sessile. July. J. ovate-oblong, sub-
sessile, smooth. h. 4ft. East Indies, 1824. A much-branched
shrub, with axillary, spreading spines.

R. floribunda (bundle-flowered). A synonym of R. dumetorum.

R. horrida (horrid). #. white, in trichotomous, sub-terminal
racemes. May. fr. black. J. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous.
Branches reclinate ; branchlets decussate; spines large, opposite,
horn-like. A. 5ft. Cochin China, 1825.

R. macrantha (large-flowered).* fl. pale yellow, axillary or ter-
minal on the ultimate branchlets, solitary ; calyx lobes somewhat
leaf-like; corolla tube very long. June. J. obovate-oblong,
acuminate, shortly petiolate, membranous, obsoletely pubes-
cent beneath and on the veins. h. 9ft. to 30ft. Brazil, 1815.
Unarmed climbing shrub or small tree. (B. M. 3809, under
name of R. Bowieana; B. R. 1846, 63, under name. of Gardenia
Devoniana.) x

R. maculata (spotted).* A. white; corolla almost glabrous or
scarcely puberulous, with a very long tube. April. J. sub-
coriaceous, shining, highly glabrous, oblong, very shortly petio-
late. Sierra Leone, 1843. A small, unarmed, highly glabrous
tree. (B. M. 4185, under name of Gardenia Stanleyana.)

R., malleifera (hammer-bearing). jl. white, solitary, terminal,
tomentose; corolla tube cylindrical, club-shaped, expanded into
a broad, funnel-shaped limb. July. Z. ternate, obovate, cuspi-
date, cuneate at base, shortly petiolate, highly glabrous. h. 4ft.
to oft. Sierra Leone, 1843. Syns. Gardenia malleifera (B. M.
4301), G. Whitefieldii.

R. rotundifolia (round-leaved). jl. white, solitary, sessile;
corolla twice as long as the calyx. July. jr. yellowish. Z. sub-
rotundate or ovate, pubescent on both sides, wrinkled. Branches
and spines sub-verticillate. h. 6ft. Peru, 1820.
RANUNCULACES:. A natural order of herbs,

rarely shrubs or woody climbers, dispersed over nearly

the whole of the globe. Flowers regular or rarely
irregular, hermaphrodite or by abortion dicecious; in-
florescence usually terminal, racemose or paniculate;
sepals three to many, usually five, hypogynous, free,
commonly petaloid and deciduous, imbricated or valvate ;
petals as many as the sepals, or numerous, sometimes
flat and conspicuous, sometimes small, deformed, or even
absent, imbricated ; stamens usually numerous and many-
seriate, hypogynous, free; anther connectives continuous
with the filaments; carpels many or rarely solitary, free
or rarely sub-connate. Fruit of pointed or feathery
achenes, or of follicles, which are rarely united into a
capsule. Leaves radical or alternate (in Clematidew
opposite) entire or palmately or sub-pinnately dissected ;
petioles often dilated, amplexicaul or rarely furnished
with stipuliform appendages. Most of the Ranunculacee
possess acrid, and more or less poisonous, but never-
theless volatile, properties. The juice of the leaves of

Clematis Vitalba is employed by beggars for producing

artificial sores. Several species of Helleborus possess-

purgative and poisonous properties. The narcotic and
poisonous characters of the Aconites are well-known. The

order comprises thirty genera, and upwards of 1200

species have been described, many of which are highly

ornamental garden plants. Examples: Aconitum, Anemone,

Clematis, Delphinium, Peonia, and Ranunculus.

RANUNCULUS (a Latin name for a little frog
applied by Pliny to these plants, the aquatic species
growing where frogs abound). Buttercup; Crowfoot.
Including Ceratocephalus and Ficaria. Orp. Ramm-
culacee. A large genus (about 160 species) of mostly
hardy annual herbs (or at length often having peren-
nial stems), dispersed over the whole globe, but most
copious in temperate and frigid regions, particularly in
the Northern hemisphere; within the tropics, a few only
are found, and these on the tops of mountains. Flowers

white, yellow, or red, terminal, solitary or paticulate,

rarely sessile in the axils of the branchlets; sepals three
to five, caducous; petals equal in number, or more
(sometimes as many as fifteen), with a nectar-bearing
scale at the base, conspicuous or rarely minute ; stamens

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 273

Ranunculus—continued.

shorter than the sepals and petals, often numerous, very
few in some few-flowered species; achenes compressed or
sub-globose, smooth or variously striated, ribbed, wrinkled,
or bristly. Leaves entire or dissected; those at the
divisions of the stem often small. According to Hooker,
sixteen species are included in the British Flora; some
of these, although common weeds, are pretty objects
when in flower, and hence are described below. Except
where otherwise stated, all the species here mentioned are
hardy. Nearly all are of easy culture in mixed borders,
or in rock gardens; they usually prefer rather moist
situations and loamy soil. R. asiaticus has long been in
cultivation. This species and its numerous varieties re-
quire special and very different treatment from any of
the others, but whenever the plants succeed and flower,
their beauty will be sure to compensate for any extra
attention bestowed. Propagation is effected by seeds,
and by division.

For the varieties of the garden Ranunculus (R. asia-
ticus) special beds should be prepared by taking out the
ordinary soil to a depth of about 1}ft. to 2ft., placing
some drainage in the bottom, if there is a suspicion of
stagnant moisture, and filling up with a prepared compost.
This should consist of two parts loam to one of leaf soil
and thoroughly decayed cowdung. Plenty of sharp, river
or road sand should be intermixed, the compost prepared,

and the beds made up some time, if possible, before

planting time. The safest time to plant is towards the
end of February, should weather permit ; autumn planting
is sometimes practised, but it is unsafe, because of the
roots being liable to perish through winter. The soil
must be rendered fine on the surface, and raised a little
above the edges. The roots, which are small and some-

Fig. 351. Root oF GARDEN RANUNCULUS.

what like small claws (see Fig. 351), may be inserted
about Gin. apart, and all placed at an equal depth of
l}in. or 2in. The claws must be set downwards, and
pressed firmly in place; afterwards, a little sand should
. be scattered in, and then covered with fine prepared soil.
When the flowers begin to expand, it is advisable, if
convenient, to place a light awning over them, to afford
shade and shelter; but this is not absolutely necessary.
Should the weather be dry, water must be supplied in
sufficient quantity to prevent the soil cracking; it should
be given at intervals in the evening. The Ranunculus likes
plenty of moisture, but over-abundant supplies generally
cause the leaves to turn yellow and die off prematurely ;
a top-dressing of leaf mould or cocoa-nut fibre is of great
service in retaining moisture. So soon as the leaves
ripen and turn yellow, after flowering is over, the tubers
should be lifted and stored away in a dry, airy compart-
ment, in drawers, or suspended in paper bags, until
planting time again arrives. This lifting of the roots at
the proper time is a most important part of the manage-
ment. There are two principal sections of the garden
Ranunculus; one is known as the Persian, and the other
the Turban. Varieties of the first-named are very com-
pact and symmetrical in habit, and all their flowers are

Vol. II.

Ranunculus—continued.

very beautiful. The Turban forms are somewhat coarser
in growth, but are of hardier constitution than the
Persian. There are not so many varieties of these, but
they are well adapted for massing in beds and borders.
Collections of varieties are usually selected and sent out
by nurserymen and bulb merchants; it is, therefore,
unnecessary to enumerate descriptions.

BP <

pte

Fig. 352, RANUNCULUS ACONITIFOLIUS FLORE-PLENO, showing
Habit and detached Single Flower.

calyx pressed, smooth; petals oblong, cun
ar
Fa late lobes. Stem bran
o
we jes are known in — b;
the name of White Bachelors’ Buttons. The double-flow:

form is the most ornamental, and is generally known in —
under the names of Fair Maids of France and Fair Maids of

Kent. See Fig. 352. (B. M. 204.)

+

Fie, 353. RANUNCULUS AMPLEXICAULIS.

acris (sharp). Common Buttercup; Gold Knots. fl. yellow,
"E in — — sepals and petals spreading, the former
pubescent; peduncles not furrowed. April to September. 1.
usually all petiolate, orbicular or tor gg in — three
to seven-parted, the uppermost ones sessile ; segments o lower
leaves cuneate, deeply cut and lobed, those of the upper ones

IN.

274 THE DICTIONARY

Ranunculus—continued.
linear and entire. Stem erect. Rootstock straight. h. 8in. to
3ft. Europe (Britain), North Asia. Plant hairy. (Sy. En. B. 33

>

OF GARDENING,

Ranunculus—continued.

R. bulbosus ———— Cuckoo Buds; Gold Cap. 4:
yellow, with furrowed peduncles, reflexed sepals, and hairy
tacle. Spring and early summer. l. trifoliolate or ternati-

A double-fiowered form of this species—Yellow Bachel
Buttons—is figured in B. M. 215.

R., al (alpine). M. white, varying in size, either single or
double, usually one to a stem; petals five, obcordate or three-
lobed. June to August. l. orbicular-cordate, three-lobed, with
the tops deeply crenate at the apex, blunt ; sometimes the leaves
are trifid, or hardly so. h. 3in. to 6in. Pyrenees, &c.

amplexicaulis (stem-clasping).* jl. snowy-white under cul-
tivation, seldom double; scapes and peduncles smooth, April
and May. l. oval-lanceolate, acuminate, stem-clasping, smooth,
or with a few deciduous hairs on the edges, glaucous. Stems
three to six-flowered. h. 3in. to 9in. Pyrenees and Western
Alps, 1633. See Fig. 353. (B. M. 266; G. C. n. S., xix. 788;
R. G. 1885, 244.)
R. anemonoides (Anemone-like).* fl. white, tinted with pink,
le outside, large, and rather attractive, borne on eduncles
Gin. to 6in. high. Summer. J. glaucous-green, biternately divided,
the segments cut into linear divisions, Styrian Alps, &c., 1883.
A charming little plant.
R. aquatilis Go. Lodewort ; Ram’s Foot, &c. jl. white ;
uncles usually leaf-opposed, one-flowered. May to August.
., floating ones three-lobed, or parted or absent ; submerged ones
di- or trichotomously multifid, the segments capillary or linear;
stipules broad. — regions (Britain). A very variable
plant, of which the following are enumerated, by Hooker, as
sub-species: circinatus, fluitans, heterophyllus, pantothria, and
tripartitus.

S

Fic. 554. RANUNCULUS ASIATICUS FLORE-PLENO.

R. asiaticus (Asiatic).* Common Garden Ranunculus. jl. variable
in colour; calyx spreading, afterwards reflexed ; petals large,
obovate, very blunt. May and June. J. ternate or biternate;
segments toothed or deeply trifid. Stem erect, simple or
branched at the base. A. 9in. Levant, 1596. Under cultivation,
this has nearly always double flowers. See Fig. 354.

R. a. (bloody).* Turkey Ranunculus. jl. purple,
Je aaa, and — — sae * — — p t ae

l verging on w or blue, always double. J. terna
segments toothed, obtuse. Stem simple. : 7

R. a. tenuilobus (slender-lobed). fl, white, yellow, rarel:

po l. multifid, with linear, acute lobes, stem snow has

c
R. a — (common). Persian Ranunculus. f. of all
colours (blue excepted), and variegated, double or a od l ter-
nate ; segments trifid, acute. Stem branched at the bottom. A

>

very ornamental plant, having innumerable forms in gardens.

sect, — segments lobed. A. 1ft. Europe, Asia, North Africa.
(Sy. En. B. 35.) X

R. cardiophyllus (heart-leaved). fl. golden, large; calyx
spreading, half as long as the corolla. May. l., radical ones
roundish-cordate, crenate and multifid; cauline ones palmately
multifid ; lobes linear, deeply crenate. h. 1ft. North America, -
1829. Plant pubescent, hairy. (B.M. 2999.)

R. cassubicus (Cassubian). /l. yellow ; calyx pubescent, shorter
than the . June and July.. l. smooth; radical ones
stalked, kidney-shaped, crenate ; cauline ones divided into linear,
serrated lobes. A. 6in. Northern and Eastern Europe, &c., 1794.
(B. M. 2267.)

R. cortusæfolius (Cortusa-leaved).* fi. yellow; calyx spreading.
May. l.,as well as the stem, slightly pilose ; radical ones some-
what cordate-reniform, slightly lobed, broadly crenate; cauline
ones sub-sessile, three to five-parted; floral ones lanceolate.

Stem branched, — h. 2ft. Teneriffe, 1826. (B. M.
4625; L. J. F. iii. 293.)

R. creticus macrophyllus (large-leaved Cretan). fl. golden,
large ; calyx pressed. Apriland May. l. profoundly lobed, with
slightly rounded teeth. Stem branched, many-tiowered, and, as
well as the leaves, slightly hairy. h. lft. Grecian Archipelago,
1658. (B. R. 1432.)

Figwort). Lesser Celandine ; Pilewort. fl. bright
yellow, about lin. in diameter, sometimes apetalous ; peduncles
stout, axillary, one-flowered. March to May. J. variable, cordate,
obtusely angled or crenate ; petioles stout, dilated at base. Stem
short, decumbent, branched at .base. Europe (Britain, &c.).
See Fig. 355. (Sy. En. B. 39.)

R. Flammula (Flammula). Lesser Spearwort. fl. yellow, rarely
Zin. in diameter ; style of achenes short, obtuse. June to August.
l, lowest ones petiolate, ovate ; upper ones more lanceolate and
— Ey (Britain). Plant prostrate or erect. (F. D. 572;

y. En. B. 29. —

R. fumarizefolius (Fumitory-leaved). fl. yellow, always double ;
sepals ovate-oblong, spreading ; sca numerous, one-flowered,
leafless or furnished with one multifid leaf about the middle,

clothed with adpressed hairs. May to July. J. quite smooth,

— many-parted ; lobes oblong. h. Ift. Native country un-
own.

R. — (glacier), fi. seldom double ; petals white or reddish,
suffused with purple, somewhat orbicular, bluntly emarginate, as
long as the very hairy calyx. June to August. l. usually smooth,
or the upper ones sometimes villous; radical ones stalked

— three-parted or ternate, with trifid lobes and rather

lunt lobules. Stem one to three-fiowered. h. in. to bin. Moun-
tains of Europe, 1775. (F. Dv i. 19.)

R. gramineus (grass-like).* A. yellow ; scales of petals tubular.
April to June. l. Janceolate-linear, — entire. Stems erect,
gura smooth, with fibres at the neck, one to three-flowered.

6in. to 12in, South-western Europe, &c. (B. M. 164.) The
variety flore-pleno has double flowers, and phænicifolius has lanceo-
late leaves.

R. Heldreichianus (Heldreich’s). M. of a pale chrome-yellow,
shining, numerous. — l. tripartite, the lobes deeply in-
cised. h. lft. Greece, 1882. An attractive plant, a sub-species of
R. Sprunerianus. £

R. isopyroides —— Jl. white; petals five or some-
times more, twice as long as the smooth calyx, oval; peduncles
two or three, rising from the axils of the upper leaves, or ter-
minal, May and June. l., radical ones pinnate, with stalked,
twice trifid segments; cauline ones ternate, h. 3in. to 6in.
Siberia, 1818,

R. Lingua (Lingua). Greater Spearwort. fl. yellow, handsome,
2in. in diameter, sub-ranicled ; sepals and petals five. July to

September. l. 6in.t 10in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, sessile,

-amplexicaul, lanceolate, entire or toothed. Stem 2ft. to

Sft. high, hollow. Root densely fibrous. Europe (Britain, in

marshes and d‘sches). (Sy. En. B. 31.)

peer ge branched, many-flowered. to 4ft. New
ealand, 1879. A very handso lant.
(G. C. n. s., xv. 724, and sili. oa)” = oer

R. millefoliatus (thousand-leaved ellow; cal: essed.
May to July. J. decompound, — — smooth.
—— seg — erect, villous, one-flowered. h. lft. South

, 1820, . M. — i 5 . G. ser. n.
248) is a form with larger —— ——

(Montpelier). ellow; calyx reflexed.
i. woolly ; —24 — — lobes
toothed; upper leaves three-parted, with entire,
tem erect, few-flowered. h. 1}ft. Mediterranean

ER. monspeliacus
April and May.
cuneate, trifidl
linear lobes.
region,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

Ranuncnulus—continued.

R. m, cuneatus —— l, lobes wedge-shaped, trifidly
toothed at the top. (S. B. F, G. ser. i. 94.)

R. m, rotundifolius (round-leaved). l. roundish, trifid; lobes
toothed, obtuse.

R. montanus (mountain). f. yellow, a little larger than those
of R. aeris ; calyx smoothish ; sti s beautifully revolute. Ma:
to — l., radical ones smooth, three-parted, orbicular, wit
trifid, blunt segments ; cauline ones sessile, three to five-parted
into linear, quite entire lobes. Stem one-flowered, clothed with
pressed | pcg a at the top. h. 6in. Europe, &c., 1775.
(B. M. ; J. F. A. 325, 326, under name of R. nivalis.) s

R. parnassifolius (Parnassia-leaved).* fl. snowy-white or some-
times purplish, about the size of those of R. amplexicaulis ;

duncles hairy. Juneand July. Z., radical ones stalked, rather
eart-shaped, ovate-roundish ; cauline ones sessile, ovate-lanceo-
late; footstalks much dilated at their base. Stem one to six-
rae Sin. to6in. Alps and Pyrenees, 1769. See Fig. 356.

OF HORTICULTURE. 275

Ran neul > us—continued.

R. spicatus (spike-flowered). f. bright yellow, 1
three to a stem. 8 — or corte lpi
in outline, somewhat three-lobed, irregularly toothed. h.
Algeria, * An ornamental plant, — pies —— —
summer, and a again in Septem er.
(B. M. 4585; F. HS 6665 G C. n. 8., Xv. Fo.) ”
RAPANEA. A synonym of Myrsine (which see).
RAPATEACEZ. A small natural order of peren-
nial, usually tall, marsh, monocotyledonous herbs with
short, thick rhizomes ; they are found in Brazil or Guiana,
extending a little way into Venezuela. Flowers herma-
phrodite, regular, generally in dense, terminal heads,
sessile or pedicellate, with many imbricate bracts;
perianth inferior, six-parted, three outer leaflets caly-
cine, three inner petaloid; stamens six, erect; ovary

Fig. 355. RANUNCULUS FICARIA.

R. pedatus (pedate-leaved). l. :
ate- . jl. yellow; calyx appressed. May
and June. ¿ smooth ; radical ones stalked, three-parted or
pedate ; lobes linear, entire or bifid; cauline leaves sessile,
parted ; uppermost ones linear, Stem erect, one to five-flowered.
h. lft. Eastern Europe, 1806. (B. M. 2229.)

Fig. 356. RANUNCULUS PARNASSIFOLIUS, showing Habit and
detached Single Flower.

R. repens (creepi in. in di

s — ping). fl. yellow, lin. in diameter; sepals spread-

—— — ; petals generally sub-erect ; peduncles furrowed. May

— l. petioled, triangular or ovate, trifoliolate or ter-

lag y pinnatisect ; segments variable, the middle one usually

megest, Stem decumbent below, 8in. to 2ft. long, with long
— Rootstock stout, short. Europe (Britain), Asia, &c.

pleny S Often a very troublesome weed. (Sy. En. B. 34.) flore-
20 18 a double-fiowered garden variety.

R. rutæfoli
4ius (Rue-leaved), fl. yellow; petals eight to ten,
tplen with an orange —— g Ra to Oui. l nv al with
t ——— ar — Stem generally one, rarely, two or
See" - h. Sin, in. igher among rocks, near
the limits of perpetual snow), 1759." —

superior, sessile, included in the corolla tube ; scapes
erect. Capsules membranous or coriaceous, sessile. Leaves
radical, broadly linear-lanceolate or oblong, often long,
acuminate, petiolate or sessile in a sheath. _ The order
comprises six genera, and about a score species, none of
which are of much use or very ornamental. Examples :
Rapatea, Saxofridericia, and Spatanthus.

RAPATEA PANDANOIDES. A synonym of
Saxofridericia regalis (which see).

RAPE (Brassica Napus, a sub-species of B. campestris).
A —— — biennial, sometimes grown in gardens,
in a similar way to Mustard and Cress, for forming a
small salad. :

RAPE, BROOM. ‘ee Orobanche.

UM. Included under Raphanus

(which see).

RAPHANUS (the old Greek name used by Theo-
phrastus, connected with the Latin rapum). Including
Raphanistrum. ORD. Crucifere. A genus comprising —
about half-a-dozen species of hardy, annual or ——
branched herbs, natives of Europe and tempera :
Asia. Flowers white or yellow, purple-veined, ——
pedicellate ; sepals erect, lateral ones sub-saccate at
base; racemes elongated, terminal and opposite the
leaves, ebracteate. Pods elongated, erecto-patent. Lower

276

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Raphanus—continued. 2
leaves lyrate. Root often succulent. R. caudatus fur-
nishes long, edible pods. For culture and general re-
marks, see Radish.

R. caudatus (tailed). M. purplish and veined, the size of those
of the common Wallflower. =e) to August. Pods depressed,
acuminated, longer than the whole plant. Stems purplish, with
a glaucous hue, at first erect, then prostrate. Common!
cultivated in Western India, said to be a native of Java, 1816.
Annual. (R. G. 594.)

R. sativus (cultivated). Common Garden Radish. f. varying
from white to pale violet, with strong, dark-coloured veins, mode-
rate-sized, borne on a round, erect and branching stem, about 3ft.
high. May. Seed-pods smooth, ending in a beak. l. rough,
lyrate, or partly divided into transverse segments, the outer one
largest and broadest. Root reddish-purple, white, yellowish, or
deep brown, fusiform, semi-globular, or turnip-shaped. Annual.
This is a native of temperate regions of the Old World, but
since remote historical times, it has been widely cultivated, an
is now naturalised in many countries. Some botanists (Ben-
tham, Hooker, and others) regard R. sativus as a form of
R. Raphanistrum,

RAPHIA (from raphis, a needle; alluding to the
beaked fruit). Syn. Metroxylon (of Sprengel). ORD.
Palme. A genus comprising six or seven species of

stove palms, unarmed or with armed sheaths; one is

a native of America, from the mouth of the Amazon to

Nicaragua, and the rest are found in tropical Africa

and Madagascar. Flowers elongated, often decurved,

mon spathe none; partial ones numerous; spadices large,
pendulous, cylindrical, densely much - branched, the
branches imbricated, flabelliform, pectinate ; bracts ladle-
shaped, compressed, closely imbricated. Fruit large,
oblong, ovoid, or ellipsoid, rostrate, one-valved, one-
seeded, with ample scales, the spikes sometimes weighing
from 200lb. to 300lb. Leaves terminal, long, sub-erect,
equally pinnatisect; segments linear-lanceolate, acu-
minate, thickly coriaceous, recurved, bristly or slightly
aculeate at base and on the margins; petioles cylindrical,
or convex at back and flattened above; sheaths short,
with long-fibrous margins. Trunk mediocre or tall, simple
or dichotomously divided, densely annulate. Several of
the species are grown in this country. For culture,
see Cocos.
Ruffia, Raffia or Roffia ae F: i

—— twelve (rarely —— te ———— ——

shining, deeply sulcate. J. 50ft. to 60ft. long. Caudex tall.
Mascarene Islands.
R. teedigera (torch-bearing). Raffia or Roffia Palm. fl. greenish-
olive, densely clustered; spadices very large, compound}
branched, and drooping. „fr. 2}in. long, oblong, reticulated wit
large scales, J. 50ft. or more long, rising nearly vertically from
the stem, and bending out on every side in ceful curves
forming a — plume 70ft. high and 40ft. in diameter :
leaflets spread out 4ft. on each side of the midrib, rather
irregularly scattered, and not very closely set, drooping at the
tips, and BERDE weak spinules along the margins. Trunk
generally 6ft. to 8ft. high, and about 1ft. in diameter, clothed for
some distance down with the sheathing bases of the leafstalks
Amazon, 1847. i
R. vinifera (wine-producing). Bamboo or Wine Palm. fr. linear-
—— ward — — — pale chestnut, slightly
convex. l. 6ft. to 7ft. long; leaflets beset wit ines, Si
Leone. A middle-sized ree oc a
: RAPHIDES, or RHAPHIDES. (Crystals formed
in the cells of plants, consisting of various salts, They
are mostly needle-shaped—hence the name.

RAPHIDOPHORA. A synonym of Rhaphido-
phora (which see).

RAPHIOLEPIS. See Rhaphiolepis.

RAPHISTEMMA (from raphis, a needle, and

stemma, a crown; in allusion to the needle-shaped seg-
ments of the corona). ORD. Asclepiadee. A genus con-
sisting of only two species of stove, twining, glabrous
shrubs or sub-shrubs, natives of the East Indies and the
Malayan Archipelago. Flowers white, rather large, in
umbelliform, long-pedunculate cymes; calyx deeply five-
cut or parted; corolla sub-campanulate, with five twisted
lobes; corona scales five, adnate at base in a staminal

long-exserted, on pectinate, compressed branchlets; com- |

Raphistemma—continued.
tube. Leaves opposite, membranous.

The species intro-
duced requires culture similar to Stephanotis (which
see). ;

R. ciliatum (ciliated). A synonym of Dæmia extensa.

R. pulchellum (pretty). fl, corolla segments ovate, obtuse,
erect; stigma rather prominent, umbilicate. July. l. cordate,
acuminate, membranous, glabrous on both sides, glanduli-
ferous. East Indies, 1852. Shrub. (F. d. S. 228; L. & P. F.G
101; P. M. B. xiv. 27.)

RAPUNCULUS. A synonym of Phyteuma (which

see).

RAPUNTIUM. A synonym of Lobelia (which
see).

RASPAILIA. A synonym of Polypogon.

RASPALIA (named after F. V. Raspail, a celebrated
French chemist and botanist, 1794-1878). ORD. Bru-
niacee, A genus comprising seven or eight species of
small, greenhouse, Heath-like shrubs, with twiggy
branches, confined to South Africa. Flowers white or
yellow, small, disposed in small, globose or elongated, :
not involucrate, densely aggregate heads; calyx five-
lobed; petals five, free, not keeled; bracts shorter than
the flowers. Leaves dense, imbricated, appressed, thickly
coriaceous, glabrous or velvety. R. microphylla, the
only species calling for description, thrives in a compost
of sandy peat. Propagated by cuttings of young, stubby
shoots, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in a cold
frame.

R. microphylla (small-leaved). . white, minute; heads the
size of a pea. July. l. half to one line long and wide, spirally
inserted, the younger ones ciliolate. Branches short, woolly, a
little spreading. h. lft. or more.

RASPBERRY (Rubus Idæus). The Raspberry is a
native of most European countries, including Great
Britain. It is a deciduous shrub, with a creeping, peren-
nial rootstock, and a biennial stem. The fruit is
extensively employed for cooking and preserving in
various ways; it is also favoured for dessert, and
largely used in the manufacture of Raspberry brandy,
wine, vinegar, &c. When first ripened, it has a fine
aroma, which is generally not retained longer than a
day or two afterwards. Raspberry shoots, which are
technically termed “ canes,” proceed annually from esta-

blished plants, either from the rootstock or as suckers

from the root. They grow through the summer, ripen
and lose their leaves in autumn, and bear fruit the
following season, on little branchlets, which are pro-
duced from the joints (see Fig. 357). In the following
autumn, these canes die down, and their place, the
next season, is occupied by others that will have been
growing in succession. These remarks have reference
to the summer-fruiting varieties; those which bear in
autumn do so on the points of shoots made during the
summer.

PROPAGATION. Raspberries are propagated from seeds,
suckers, or offsets, and occasionally from cuttings. Seeds
required for sowing should be saved from iarge, well-
ripened fruits. They should be washed, to separate them
from the pulp, and afterwards dried a little, yet not too
much. If sown at once, in sandy soil, they will vegetate E
in the spring, be ready for transplanting the following ;
autumn, and bear some fruit the second year. Propa- ;
gation by suckers or offsets is the plan most generally
adopted. These must be carefully detached from esta-
blished plants, when they proceed from near the base;
the root-suckers, which often spring up some distance
away, may easily be transplanted. October and No-
vember are the best months for making new planta-
tions, and for removing suckers; but the work may
be performed, during fine weather, later on in winter.
Cuttings are seldom inserted,’ unless for increasing

on — variety more rapidly than suckers alone
mit.

:

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

*

OF HORTICULTURE. a fe :

Raspberry—continued.

CULTIVATION. Ground intended for a new Raspberry
plantation should be well trenched, and have plenty
of manure intermixed. A good depth of soil is essential,
and a rather moist situation is preferable. When trench-
ing, the subsoil need not be brought to the surface if
it is of an inferior description, but it should be moved
to a depth of from 2ft., to 24ft., and have some decom-

' posed manure mixed with it. The usual method of

planting is in rows, about 5ft. apart, a distance of not
less than 3ft. being allowed between plants in the row.
Canes may be arranged singly, in twos, or in threes;
when more than one are planted, a space of 6in. should
be allowed between them. Two or three canes form a
full-sized bush on a stake in a much shorter time than
one; but, of course, many more are required, in the
first instance, to form a plantation. After the canes
are planted, they should be cut down to within 1ft.
of the ground; this will encourage the production of
stronger growths the next summer than could be ex-
pected if they were allowed to fruit the first year. The
following autumn, the canes should be tied to stakes,
and shortened to a height of. about 6ft.; the plantation
may then be considered established. In the second

Fic. 357. FRUITING BRANCHLET OF RASPBERRY.

Season, these canes will bear fruit from the side
branchlets, and suckers will proceed from the base, to
form others for fruiting the succeeding year; about six
of the strongest will be sufficient to leave on each plant;
the remainder should be removed early in the season as
they appear. The pruning for this and successive
Seasons consists in cutting away the old canes any time
after fruiting, and tying the new ones in the autumn
to take their place. Raspberries are sometimes trained
to a trellis formed horizontally with strained wire, or
narrow strips of wood about lin. thick, with upright
stakes at intervals. The plants for training against
these may be arranged about 2ft. asunder, and old and
young canes should be trained alternately as far as con-
venient. Another method of training is that of arching,
for which purpose plants may be inserted 4ft. apart,
and the tops of one trained over to meet those of that
adjoining.

A top-dressing of manure should be applied to Rasp-
berry plantations in the autumn: it may be lightly
forked in, but the soil should never be stirred to a great
depth; otherwise, many of the surface-roots would be
destroyed. When very large fruits are required, but
few bearing shoots should be allowed, and these only of
the strongest description. The young shoots from a few

Raspberry—continued.
stools might be kept removed, in order to throw addi-
tional support into those fruiting; this, however, would
prevent the development of canes for bearing the suc-
ceeding year.

Funai. Though a good many Fungi grow on dead
Raspberry canes, this plant does not experience serious
damage from parasitic Fungi. The most common one is
a Brand, belonging to Phragmidium, a genus of Ure-
dinew, characterised by having the more conspicuous
spores (teleutospores) composed of a row of cells, end to
end (see Phragmidium). The leaves of the Raspberry
in autumn are often thickly sprinkled with small, black
dots, made up of masses of spores of P. Rubi-Idqwi,
Pers. (P. gracilis, Grey.), or the Raspberry Brand.
The spores are cylindrical, or nearly so, contain from
six to ten cells, and end in a conical point. The dark
masses are preceded by yellow spots, which are the
zecidia, or the uredo form of this plant. These yellow
spots are made up of spores, roundish or elliptical in
form, yellow in colour, and prickly; but the æcidiospores
are produced in rows, while the uredospores grow singly
on the tips of short stalks, which are crowded together
in separate spots.

The living leaves of Raspberries fre-

quently have the upper side sprinkled
thickly with black dots, smaller than those
caused by Phragmidium. These are the
perithecia of Coleroa chatomiwm, Kunze
(Stigmatea Chetomium, Fries.), one of the ©
Pyrenomycetes. With the microscope, it is
seen that they lie on the surface of the
leaf, and are bristly, globular, and thin.
Each contains a number of asci, each of
which incloses eight two-celled spores.
’ Both kinds of Fungi are apt to cause
the premature discoloration and the fall of
the leaves, but it can scarcely be said that
they seriously affect the welfare of the
plants. The only remedy is to pick off the
speckled leaves, or to cut down and burn
those plants that are seriously attacked ;
but this is seldom, if ever, necessary.

Insects. The roots are, in common with
those of other plants, liable to be cut and
eaten by Mole Crickets, and by the usual
subterranean larvee (e.g., Cockchafers, &c.).
Damage from this cause is so seldom serious
that it need not be dwelt on. The young
canes, and the fruit, on the contrary, are sometimes
very much injured by certain insects. Among these, the
following have been recorded in Miss Ormerod’s valuable —
“Reports on Injurious Insects,” for 1879 and 1883, as
peculiarly destructive. Certain Weevils (Otiorhynchus
picipes, O. sulcatus, &c.) gnaw the young shoots, killing
them, and greatly weakening the plants, many of which
perish when the attack is severe. Besides this, the —
beetles gnaw through the bases of the flower shoots,
either cutting them off entirely, or biting half through
them, causing them to wither, and destroying the crops.
For a description of these insects, see Otiorhynchus.
They hide, during the day, under any shelter they can
reach, and, as they are wingless, this must be near the
plants. Hence, pieces of bark, or similar objects, placed
in their haunts, prove good traps, and have been used
with success for their capture, since they are easily
cleared off the lower surface of such traps. Any sticky
substance smeared round the stems would prevent the
ascent of the insects to the flower-shoots; but this
method is too laborious to be employed for any but
choice plants. The most effectual means of destroying
the beetles has been found to be shaking the plants
after dark over shallow wooden trays, smeared with tar
round the sides, to prevent the escape of the insects,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Raspberry—continued.

which may then be killed by being thrown into boiling
water.
and in France, the Raspberry crop has been injured to
the value of hundreds of pounds in a season.

- The larve of a small moth (Lampronia rubiella), the
Raspberry-bud Caterpillars, have been found feeding in
such numbers in tips of the young shoots, eating their
way down the centre, from near the tip towards the
base, that the plants were severely injured. These larvae

are bright red, with the head brown. They spin cocoons

among dead leaves, in early summer; and, in two or
three weeks, from them moths emerge about jin. in
spread of fore wings, which are brown, with gold spots.
The larve emerge from the eggs in autumn, and feed on
the leaves; but in spring they bore into the shoots. They
probably hybernate in the soil around the plants; hence,
this should be turned over, to expose them to birds,
damp, and cold. When the young shoots droop at the
tips, the larvæ should be looked for, and, if they are
_ found, the diseased shoots ought to be removed and de-
stroyed, with the larve in them.

A second Weevil (Anthonomus Rubi) may be called
the Raspberry Weevil, inasmuch as it lives in the
flower-buds of Raspberries and of Brambles. It is about
_ gin. long by jin. broad, black, with a fine, grey
pubescence, and white scutellum ; the wing-cases and
the thorax are thickly pitted; the thighs are scarcely
toothed. The colour varies so much as to have led to
the forms being regarded as species, and named as such.
The female bores æ hole in each flower-bud, in early
summer, and pushes in an egg. She usually gnaws half
through the stalk of the bud, and the latter is apt to
fall off. The larvæ feed on the parts of the flower-bud,

and the beetles appear from the buds in July, and |

_ hybernate during winter. When they prove troublesome,
they may be shaken off the plants, as recommended
for the species of Otiorhynchus, and the infested buds
may be picked off and destroyed. See also the remedies
under Apple-blossom Weevil.

Another beetle is recorded in the Report for 1883 as
“causing fearful havoc, and entirely devouring the Rasp-
berries” in Kent. This is the Raspberry Beetle (Byturus
tomentosus). The beetle is about žin. long by half as
broad. It varies in colour from dull yellow or reddish
to brown, and is densely covered with fine grey pubes-
cence ; the eyes are black, and the limbs are dull yellow
_ or reddish-yellow.
rubi, into the flower-buds; and the larve live in the fruits,
which may ripen. The larve have six short legs, are
_ rather flattened, and taper to each end. The head is

pale brown; the body yellowish, darker on the back.
The larve, when mature, leave the fruits, and shelter
themselves in crevices, e.g., in cracks of bark of the
Raspberry canes, and there form their cocoons, and
become pupæ. The beetles emerge in spring. The
same remedies may be used against these insects as have
been recommended against the other beetles on Rasp-
berries. A very similar insect (B. unicolor) is found in
the United States of America on Raspberries. The leaves
of Raspberries are frequently mined by larve of various
kinds, which produce in the leaves conspicuous pale
winding tunnels. About the most hurtful of these leaf-
mining larve are those of Fenusa pumilio, a small
Sawfly, about tin. long, and black, with pale yellow
legs, except at the joints, which are black. At times
the damage done by them materially affects the health
of the plants. Almost the only remedy is to collect the
diseased leaves and burn them, or to crush the larvæ
in the leaves between the finger and thumb. _

The larve of several larger species of Sawflies, and of
Moths, feed exposed on the leaves. A Cynipid (Dias-
trophus Rubi) and a Midge (Lasioptera Rubi) cause woody

galls on the stems, in the form of swellings, sometimes

In certain districts in the south-west of England, —

The female bores, like Anthonomus `

Raspberry—continued.
2in. to 3in. long by şin. to lin. thick, tapering up- |
wards and downwards. Three or four kinds of Aphides —
feed on the leaves and other green parts of the bushes,
but none of these are very hurtful. The gall-makers are
easily kept in check by cutting off the galls while still
young. The larve of the moths and Sawflies may be
destroyed, if necessary, by applications of hellebore.
The Aphides may be treated by any of the methods
recommended under the heading Aphides.

Sorts. The following list comprises most of the best
varieties in cultivation; it is unnecessary to grow all of
them, but occasionally one succeeds better than another.
Baumforth’s Seedling. Fruit large, dark crimson, of excel-

lent flavour. Considered an improved form of NORTHUMBERLAND
FILLBASKET. Good.

Belle de Fontenay. Fruit large, round, red. Leaves silvery
underneath. An pr lg et variety, which ripens its fruit
in October. i

Carter’s Prolific. Fruit large, deep red; flesh firm, and of
good flavour. A very free-bearing summer variety.

‘Fastolf. Fruit very large, globular, bright red, of good flavour.

A most abundant summer bearer; one of the best and most
generally useful sorts. i .
Large-fruited Monthly. Fruit rather large, deep purplish-
red, of excellent flavour. A productive autumnal variety.
McLaren’s Prolific, Fruit roundish, large, of a deep crimson
colour, produced in summer, and again on the young shoots
during autumn. .

Northumberland Fillbasket. Fruit large, deep red, of good
flavour. The variety is a very vigorous-growing one, and an abun-
` dant summer bearer.

October Red and October Yellow. Varieties with respec-
tively red and yellow fruits, produced from September to
November in fine seasons, principally from the young canes.

of Wales. Fruit very large, globular, deep crimson, of
excellent flavour. Summer. The canes are light-coloured, and
of unusual strength, but are not produced very freely.

Antwerp. Fruit large, conical, dull red, of brisk flavour. —
A very old variety, several forms of which are in cultivation.

Yellow Antw Fruit medium-sized, pale yellow, rich,and
sweet. An abundant bearer. : i
RASPBERRY JAM-TREE. A common name for

Acacia acuminata.
RASPIS. An old name for Raspberry.
RATHEA. A synonym of Synechanthus (which see).
RATHKEA. A synonym of Ormocarpum (which
see).
RATIBIDA. Included under Rudbeckia (which see).

RATONIA (from Raton, the name used by the
Spaniards of St. Domingo, for one of the species). In-
cluding Gelonium. Syn. Arytera. ORD. Sapindacee. A
genus comprising about forty-five species of usually
trees, all tropical. Flowers small, pedicellate; racemes
paniculate, often elongated, slender, many-flowered ; calyx
small, cup-shaped. Leaves alternate, exstipulate, ab-
ruptly pinnate; leaflets- alternate or often opposite,
entire or rarely serrated. The species are of little hor-
ticultural value.

RATS. These animals are far less destructive than
mice in gardens and shrubberies, owing to their food
being made up to a much less extent of seeds.
Their burrows are at times a cause of annoyance the
neighbourhood of ponds or streams, to which they are
partial. Their depredations in houses are well known
to most persons; but dwelling-houses are more commonly
invaded by them than garden-houses, in which food —
less often procurable. They feed greedily on eggs, an
will eat fledgling birds; hence, they are peculiarly objec-
tionable where it is desired to encourage the smaller
birds in pleasure-grounds and gardens. There are, how-
ever, instances in which Rats prove themselves dli
destructive, the worst being, perhaps, when they ——
a house of ripe Grapes. The channels in which the h ,
water pipes are situate sometimes afford the
either a means of entry to and exit from the house, OF

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 279

Rats—continued.
else a hiding-place, and it is often difficult to dislodge
them- before much mischief has been done. They ascend
the Vine-rods, and eat off the bunches or berries whole-
sale, either carrying away or partially devouring them.
Sometimes, they enter at night by a front sash, or even
from the roof, if the ventilators are left open, and an
attack has been once commenced. If Rats are about
the garden, the bottom sashes of vineries should always
be closed at night, especially after the Grapes are ripe.
A plan of prevention, which has been found partially,
though not wholly, successful, is tying some brown paper
round the rods, 2ft. or so clear above the ground, in
the shape of a bell. This prevents the Rats ascend-
ing the rods, but, as already stated, their means of
ascent are not always confined to these. Rats are also
troublesome at times amongst wall fruit-trees outside, by
carrying away the fruit when ripening. Poison is the
most effective method of destruction, where it can safely
be laid down, but the animals often die in places where
the stench arising from decomposition proves, for a few
days, almost unbearable in- the locality.

The Brown or Norway Rat (Mus decumanus) is now
` almost the only kind of true Rat found in Britain, since
the Black Rat (Mus rattus), formerly very abundant all
over the country, has disappeared before the Brown species,
probably devoured by the latter.. Both are believed to
have entered Europe from Asia, and to have spread
westward—the Black Rat having come into Europe
about the twelfth century of our era, and the other in
the sixteenth century. The Brown Rat was first observed
in England about 1730. It has spread all over the world
by the aid of shipping, and is now very widely natu-
ralised. The Black Rat is distinguished by its fur being
greyish-black above, and ashy beneath, and by the tail
being a little longer than the body. The Brown Rat is
a good deal larger than the Black, and has the fur
greyish-brown above, and yellowish-grey beneath; and
the tail is a little shorter than the body. It requires
to have free access to water, and its habitats are a good
- deal determined by this need. It is an excellent swimmer,
and takes readily to the water.

Another so-called Rat is the Water Rat, or water vole
(Arvicola amphibia), which is about the size of a small
Brown Rat, but is clumsier in form, with a blunt head,
short ears, and small eyes; the toes of the hind feet are
connected at the base, and the tail is only about half as
long as the body. This animal burrows in the banks
of streams, and passes most of its time in the water.
It is believed to feed almost exclusively on water
plants and roots; hence, it is not often hurtfal in
gardens. The Brown Rats may be destroyed, when ne-
cessary, by traps, or by means of the poisons recom-
mended for the destruction of Mice (whith see); or
ferrets may be employed to drive them from their holes.
When they are very troublesome, the services of a rat-
catcher may be resorted to with advantage.

RATTAN CANE. A common name for Calamus
Draco.

RATTLE, RED. A common name for Pedicularis

sylvatica.

RATTLE, YELLOW. See Rhinanthus Crista-

RAUWOLFIA (named in honour v Leonhard
Rauwolf, physician at Augsburg, who travelled through
Palestine and other Eastern countries in 1753-5). In-
cluding Ophioxylon. ORD. Apocynaceæ. A genus com-
prising nearly forty species of stove, glabrous or rarely
pubescent trees or shrubs, natives of tropical America,
Africa, and Asia, and South Africa. Flowers and fruit
usually rather small; calyx short, five-fid or five-parted,
eglandulose ; corolla salver-shaped, with a cylindrical

- A monotypic genus.

Rauwolfia—continued.

tube, a constricted throat, and five twisted lobes; pe-
duncles alternating with the terminal leaves,
flowered, or di- or trichotomously branched ; cymelets
usually “ambelliform. Drupes two, distinct or connate
in a two-stoned, bisuleate fruit. Leaves in whorls of
three or four, or rarely opposite. Some of the species —
are rather pretty; the best-known are here described.
They thrive in a „compost of loam, peat, and sand.
Cuttings, inserted in sand, under a glass, in heat, will
root — All are shrubs, except where otherwise
state

R. densiflora (dense-flowered). jl. white, many in a shortly-
pedunculate cyme ; corolla limb almost equalling the tube, June,
Jr. one-seeded. l lanceolate, acuminate, approximating, sometimes
ternate. h. 6ft. East Indies, 1824. (B. R. 1273, under name of
Tabernemontana densiflora.)

R. — (larger). fl. in terminal cymes ; corolla white, smaller
than in R. serpentina. April. fr. violet, resembling * olive in

shape. J, shortly petiolate. eiliptic-oblong, acute, r beneath.
quaternately whorled, entire. h., 4ft. fava, 1 * robust
species.

R. nitida (shining). fl. in terminal, ey -flowered cymes, shorter

than the leaves; corolla white. eh ane gee Jr. at first yellow,
becoming dark purple, sul — bil — —
lanceolate, acute at both ends. — ey shining, th *
ones din, to 5in. long, l}in, to Ijin. broad, h. 10ft. pain,
ree. :
R. serpentina (serpentine). ra pg 3 corymbs ; corolla
vee or — — neary din —— — red, globose. j
l. Sin. to 6in. Nin to Bite. bron ment on
iin. to jin. lng TF cle tose than ‘lit East In es, 1690,

patie er eget 3
corolla white. May. fr. about the size of a pea. l. ternate,
oblong, acuminate, acute at base, reticulate-veined, Luin. to 2in.
long, six to are. ‘lines broad, on very short ioles. Branches

rarely warted. h. 3ft. West Indies, 1823. (B. M. 2440.)

— ———— (of Ruiz and Pavon). Included under
Citharexylum.

RAVENALA (said to be the native name of the plant
in Madagascar). Syn. Urania. Including Phenakosper-
mum. ORD. ‘Scitamineæ. A genus comprising a couple
of species of noble, stove plants, one of which is a native
of North Brazil and Guiana, and the other indigenous in
Madagascar. Flowers many in a spathe, large, on very
short pedicels, shortly racemose; sepals three, long,
narrow, acuminate; petals three, the outer one shorter
and slightly complicate, the lateral ones long, similar to
the sepals, but smaller; stamens five, slightly shorter
than the petals; scapes or peduncles in the upper axils ;
bracts spathaceous, many, boat-shaped, acuminate, bi-
fariously spreading. Leaves very large, clustered, flabel-
lately bifarious ; petioles long and concave at base, scarcely
sheathed. Stem sometimes short, with sub-radical leaves,
sometimes erect and woody (as high as 30ft.), built up
of the sheaths of the leaf-stalks, the other parts of the
leaves having fallen off. R. madagascariensis is called
by the French the Traveller's Tree, probably on account
of the water which is stored up in the large, cup-like
sheaths of the leafstalks; its seeds are edible. For
culture, see Musa.

, gnianensis (Guiana). white ; thes seven, boat-shaped,
— lft. S = 1ang’ aye ML i distichous, oval-
elongated, as long as thi petioles. h. nes Brazil and Guiana,
1848,
madagascariensis (Madagascar). fl. white, clustered in
— — — spathes, Tin. long: ; thyrse axillary, ute
long. J. fla disposed, — ed, org at ba
alternate. Reader tall, arboreous. Ma See Fig. 358,

page 280. (F. d. 8. 1355; L H. 1860, 234.) SYN. ————

RAVENEA (named in honour of Louis Ravené,
zealous promoter of horticulture at Berlin). ORD. —
The species is a slender, stove palm,
nearly allied to Hyophorbe. For culture, see Areca.
ish-white, dicecious,

j ——

three-lo! f
Janceolate, very acute, smooth, lieht — rachis cylin-
dich h. (when mature) 10ft. Comoro Islands, 1878.

Apra

ental pena, in habit like some C
ities LH L H. xxvii. 164.)

P se

Jl. in axillary, Jew-flowered cymes ; —

280

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

RAVENTIA (no explanation given by author). Includ-
ing Lemonia. ORD. Rutacew. A genus comprising only
a couple of species of highly glabrous, stove or warm
greenhouse shrubs, with terete branchlets; one is a
native of Cuba, and the other Brazilian. Flowers white
or scarlet, few, on axillary, elongated peduncles; sepals
unequal, imbricated, the two outer ones larger; corolla
tube straight; limb sub-oblique, of five oblong lobes;
stamens five, adnate to the throat of the corolla. Leaves
opposite, one to three-leafleted; leaflets sub-coriaceous,
lanceolate,- entire, slightly dotted. The species are
beautiful shrubs, thriving in sandy peat and fibry loam.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, inserted
in sand, under a bell glass, in bottom heat.

R. rosea (rose-coloured). fl. rose-red, axillary, 24in. to 3in. in

diameter. Summer. l. trifoliolate; leaflets elliptic-obovate,
entire, shining. h. 2ft. Brazil, 1880.

R, ctabilis (showy). fl. deep reddish-scarlet, showy;
corolla fleshy, rugulose, hypocrateriform, the segments obtuse ;
racemes axillary, few-flowered, nearly equalling the leaves. July
and August. J. trifoliolate ; leaflets longer than the pubescent
— obovate, obtuse, glabrous. Branchlets pubescent. h. 2ft.

ba, 1839. (B. R. xxvi. 59, under name of Lemonia spectabilis.)

RAY. See Radius.

Fig. 358. RAVENALA MADAGASCARIENSIS (see page 279),

RAY FLOWERS. Those which belong to the
margin of a circular flower cluster, and differ from those
of the disk, being usually larger. y

RAY POD. A common name for Damasonium stel-
latum, the plant described in this work as Actinocarpus
Damasonium.

REANA. A synonym of Euchlena.

REAUMURIA (named in honour of René A. Fer-
chault de Réaumur, 1683-1757, a famous French ento-
mologist). ORD. Tamariscinee. A genus comprising
about half-a-score species of half-hardy, much-branched,
procumbent or divaricate sub-shrubs or small shrubs,
natives of the Mediterranean region (mostly Eastern) and
central Asia. Flowers terminal, solitary, larger than in
Tamariz; sepals five, sub-connate or nearly free at base,
surrounded by few or many imbricated, sepaloid bracts;
claws of the petals broad; stamens many. Leaves small
or fleshy, sub-terete, often clustered. R. hypericoides, the
species best known to gardeners, is a beautiful shrub,
of easy culture; a compost of sandy loam. and peat is
most suitable. It may be readily increased by means of
cuttings taken from the young wood,
and inserted in similar soil, under a
bell glass.

R. hypericoides (St. John’s Wort-like).*
ji. purple; petals irregular, ovate or
ovate-oblong, very obtuse, the appendices
short and slightly fimbriated at apex;
bracts lanceolate-subulate, a little longer
than the calyx. August. J. coriaceous ;
eauline ones linear, linear-lanceolate,
lanceolate-oblong, or lanceolate. h. 2ft.
Syria, 1800. (B. M. 2057; B. R. 845.)
REAUMURIACEZ. Included

under Tamariscinee.

RECEPTACLE. “A portion of
axis forming a common support or
bed on which a cluster of organs is
borne. The Receptacle of the flower,
or the torus, is the axile portion of
a blossom, that which bears sepals,
petals, stamens, and pistils. The Re-
ceptacle of an inflorescence is the
axis or rachis of the head, spike,
or other dense cluster” (Asa Gray).

RECHSTEINERA. Included
under Gesnera.
RECLINATE, RECLINED,

RECLINING. Falling or turning
backward, so that its upper part
rests on the ground or some other
object; e.g., the branches of many
trees.

RECTISERIAL.
rectilinear ranks.

RECURVED. Bent, but not
rolled, backwards or downwards.

RED BERRY, AUSTRA-
LIAN. See Rhagodia.

RED BUD. A common name
for Cercis canadensis.

RED CAMPION. See Lychnis
diurna.

REDCEDAR. See Juniperus
virginiana.

REDHEAD. A common name
for Asclepias cwrassavica.

RED-HOT POKER. A com-
mon name of Kniphofia aloides.

RED LYCHNIS. See Lychnis
diurna.

Disposed in

ee Oe ae ee a ee ee AEE E EENEN i *

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

bn
OF HORTICULTURE. 281

RED MAGGOT. The name popularly given to small
orange or lemon-coloured grubs, which are often to be
found in the flowering-heads of grasses, between the
glumes. They seem to feed on the juices or sap of the
female part, or ovary, of each flower, and thereby pre-
vent the formation of seeds, On cereals, e.g., Wheat, they
are often very abundant, and do very great harm to
the produce of the crops. The grubs are wrinkled into
folds crosswise. They are not provided with feet, but can
wriggle along freely; they do not exceed in. in length.
When full-fed, they become orange pups, either in the
ear, or on falling to the ground, into which the larve
burrow before the change. From these pups, small, two-
winged flies—the Wheat-midges (Cecidomyia Tritici and
Lasioptera obfuscata)—emerge in June and July. The
former species is orange or dull yellow, with black eyes,
and has the longest vein in each wing unbranched, The
latter insect has the body blackish, and the longest vein
in the wing is forked. The females lay eggs in the young
spikelets of the cereals, by means of a long, flexible tube
or ovipositor. i

Remedies are required in farming only, as these Midges
are hardly ever troublesome in gardens. It has been
found very useful to plough so as to bury the surface
sods 6in. or Vin. deep; and it is well to sow cereals so
as not to ear when the Midges are on the wing. Burning
stubble, chaff, &c., has been found of considerable ser-
vice against them.

RED MOROCCO. A common name for Adonis

autumnalis. ;

j RED OSIER DOGWOOD. See Cornus stoloni-
era. ;

REDOUTEA. A synonym of Fugosia (which see).

RED ROOT. See Lachnanthes. The name is
also applied to Ceanothus americanus.

RED ROT. A common name for Drosera rotundifolia,

RED ROT. A name employed to denote a decayed
state of the stem in various „Conifers, seldom in other
trees, in which the wood becomes decayed and red, and
this condition spreads gradually from place to place.
The disease is of common occurrence over a great part
of Europe. A careful microscopic examination of the
diseased wood proves that the cells are full of an
abundant mycelium of a Fungus; and Prof. Hartig has
shown that the discoloration may be due to more than
one Fungus, of which the more important is a species
of Trametes (which see). Polyporus sulphureus (see
Polyporus) has been observed to cause a similar con-
dition in Dicotyledonous trees, e.g., Pear-trees, &e.

Treatment. The whole tree, unless valuable, should
be cut into firewood and destroyed. If the tree is so
valuable as to render its preservation desirable, the
diseased portions should be removed and burned, and
the conidia ought on no account to be permitted to
spread, to the injury of adjacent trees. It is not pos-
sible, in the present state of our knowledge, to destroy
—* _mycelium without injuring the wood-cells in which
it lies.

RED SPIDER (Tetranychus telarius). A small,
eight-legged mite, which receives its popular name from
its colour (which is almost always between rusty-red and
brick-red) and its power, like a spider, of spinning a

` fine web on the lower surface of the leaves of trees. It

is not a true spider. Gardeners are but too well ac-
quainted with its depredations on fruit-trees and hot-
house plants, the leaves of which it frequently injures
very much. For a full account of Red Spider, and of
remedies against it, see Tetranychus telarius.
REDUPLICATE. Folding and projecting out-

wards, :
RED-WATER-TREE. See Erythrophleum.
Vol, IIL

RED WEED. See Papaver Rhœas. 3
RED-WOOD-TREE. A common name for various J

species of Ceanothus, Pterocarpus, &c.
REED. See Arundo.
REED, INDIAN. A common name for Canna

indica.

REED MACE. See Typha latifolia.

REEL AND LINE. Garden Lines are indispensable
for marking off spaces when cropping, and for indicating
the positions of plants, trees, edgings,&c. A long Line
should be wound on an iron Reel, as this permits it to
dry more readily, after being used in the wet, than it `
would if rolled up closely on an ordinary stick. A Line
Reel is usually made to revolve on a long iron pin by
turning a small handle or projection on the upper cross-
bar. Various sizes are made, to suit different lengths,
of Lines.

REEVESIA (named in compliment to John Reeves,
F.L.S., of Canton, a zealous botanist, and the introducer
of one of the species). ORD. Sterculiacew. A genus con-
sisting of two (?) species of greenhouse trees, natives of
tropical and sub-tropical Eastern Asia, Flowers white,
in terminal, corymbose panicles; calyx clavate-campanu-
late, irregularly three to five-fid; petals clawed. Leaves
entire, coriaceous. R. thyrsoidea, the only species intro-
duced, is a very handsome tree, requiring treatment
similar to that recommended for the greenhouse species
of Sterculia (which see).

- * w or -
R. thyrsoldon (hyrs foward) f, petals, white, cre
pubescence. July. l.. alternate, broadly lanceolate, acuminate,

—— entire, penninerved ; petioles slender, dilated ——

(moe cultivation) 3ft. to 4ft. China, 1826. (B. M. 4199;

B. R. 1236.)

REFLEXED. Abruptly turned or bent backwards
or downwards. :

REFRACTED. Similar to Reflexed, but abruptly
bent from the base.

REGELIA (named after Dr. E. Regel, Superintendent
of the Imperial Botanic Gardens at St. Petersburgh).
ORD. Myrtacew. A genus comprising only three species
of rigid, greenhouse shrubs, with the habit of Beaufortia,
natives of Western Australia. Flowers closely sessile and
solitary within each bract, in dense heads, at first ter-
minal, but the central axis soon growing out into a
leafy branch; calyx tube ovoid or nearly globular; lobes
five, usually deciduous; petals five, spreading; stamens
indefinite, united in five bundles opposite the petals.
Leaves small, opposite, mostly three or more nerved.
R. ciliata is the only species yet introduced. For
culture, see Beaufortia. . ——

ciliata Thad red, in small, dense, heads;
"E — bigearte or hairy. l erect, — or

recurved, broadly ovate, obovate, or almost orbicular, —J—

flat or concave, F — three or rarely five-nerved, E

to łin. long. A. to 5ft. 1874. A spreading, more or less

pubescent or hairy shrub. (B. M. 6100.) £

REGELIA (of Lemaire). A synonym of Karatas
(which see).

REGELIA. A garden synonym of Verschaffeltia
(which see).

REGULAR. Uniform and symmetrical in shape of
structure.

REHMANNIA (named in honour of Joseph Reh-
mann, a physician of St. Petersburgh, 1779-1831). ORD.

_ Scrophularinee, A genus comprising only a couple of

species of hardy, rennial herbs, natives of China and
Japan. — — large, in the axils of the bracts
or floral leaves, declinate. or pendulous, disposed in ter-
minal racemes; calyx ovoid-campanulate, five-fid at-
apex; corolla dark purplish or pale, intensely coloured
at the throat; limb oblique, sub-bilabiate, with spread- `
ing lips. Leaves alternate, obovate or oblong, 4

3 —

Law iad

282 | THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

- Rehmannia—continued.

toothed. One of the species has been introduced. It
thrives in any ordinary soil, but, though hardy, it will
succeed best in a cool greenhouse. Propagation may be
effected by cuttings.

_R. glutinosa (glutinous). fl., lower ones pedicellate ; upper ones
sessile ; corolla wholly or partially of a di purple, lin. long.
April. l., radical ones opposite, but most of them alternate, very
shortly stalked, lin. to in. long, acute or obtuse, decreasing
upwards. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, erect, and, as well as the calyx
and under side of the leaves, often purplish. North China, 1836.
(B. M. 3653, B. R. 1960, and F. d. S. 1134, under name of
R. chinensis.)

REICHARDIA (of Dennstaedt).
Tabernemontana (which see).

REICHARDIA (of Roth). A synonym of Ptero-
lobium (which see).

REICHELIA. A synonym of Hydrolea (which see).

REIDIA. Included under Phyllanthus. j

A synonym of

REINECKEA (named in honour of J. Reinecke, a |

German gardener and successful cultivator of tropical

plants). Syns. Liriope (of Salisbury), Sanseviella. ORD.

Liliacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy,

herbaceous perennial, with a creeping rhizome, thriving

in almost any soil. It is readily propagated by divi-

sion.

R. carnea (flesh-coloured). fi. flesh-colour, sweet-smelling, in
simple, solitary spikes, under membranous bracts ; sca rm,
lin. to 2in. high; bracts deltoid-cuspidate, tinged with red.
April. 1 six to twelve, sub-erect, glabrous, 6in. to 12in. long,
pa to jin. broad. Rhizome broad — China and Japan,
iy Syns. Sanseviera carnea (A. B. R. 561), S. sessiliflora (B. M.

R. c. variegata (variegated).* l. much striped. (I. H. 323.)
REINECKIA. A synonym of Synechanthus
(which see).

REINWARDTIA (of Dumortier) (named after
K. G. K. Reinwardt, 1773-1822, director of the Botanic
Garden at Leyden). Syn. Macrolinum. ORD. Linee.
A small genus (three species) of greenhouse or stove
shrubs or sub-shrubs, inhabiting the mountains of the
East Indies. Flowers yellow or white, rather large, in
very short, fascicle-like racemes, solitary in the axils, or
densely corymbose at the tips of the branches; sepals
and petals five, the latter fugacious, twisted; stamens
connate at base, hypogynous ; pedicels bracteate. Leaves
alternate, membranous, often serrate, penninerved.
R. tetragynum and R. trigynum, the only species calling
for mention here, are old, winter-flowering, warm green-
house plants, worthy of a more extensive cultivation
than they at present receive. Cuttings should be taken
from the strongest points of old plants, and inserted, in
a close propagating frame, some time during April or
May. When rooted, they may be grown on singly, in an
intermediate temperature, until established, in 5in. or
6in. pots. Pinching should be frequently practised,
when the plants are young, to induce a compact habit.
A position in frames, where plenty of air and sun can
be admitted, is best in autumn, as it is necessary to
thoroughly ripen the recently-made shoots for flowering
during the winter. A temperature of about 55deg. will
be necessary to open the flowers properly, and keep
them from damping-off. Old plants may be cut back,
and grown a second year under similar treatment; but
they are not generally so strong or satisfactory as new
ones annually raised from good cuttings. Red Spider is
the most destructive insect to which the plants are
subject; frequent and heavy syringings, applied through-
out the summer, will keep it in abeyance, and also
prove beneficial to the plants.

tetragynum (four-styled). A. often lin. in diameter ; styles

three or four, united below. J. elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate,

crenate-serrated. India. Shrub.
three-styled).* fl. yellow, solitary, or a few -
ag ey gp me os p real’ Cat bag — 2 — —* the — aaa
nate into a tube. Betober, i. ovate-oblong, entire, aristate-

Reinwardtia—continued.

mucronate; stipules minute. h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1799. Shrub.

(B. M. 1100, under name of Linum trigynum.)

REINWARDTIA (of Blume). A synonym of
Saurauja (which see).

REINWARDTIA (of Korthals).
Ternstremia (which see).

RELHANIA (named in honour of the Rev. Richard
Relhan, who published, in 1785, the “Flora Cantabri-
gensis”). Syn. Michaueia (of Necker). Including
Eclopes. ORD. Composite. A genus comprising about
eighteen species of greenhouse shrubs or annual herbs,
natives of South Africa. Flower-heads yellow, mediocre
or rather large and solitary at the tips of the branches,
or smaller and solitary at the sides of the branches, or
in terminal corymbs; involucre oblong, ovoid, or rather
broadly campanulate, with many-seriate bracts; recep-
tacle flat; achenes linear, glabrous or ciliated on the
margins. Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, rigid,
narrow or small, channelled and concave above, keeled
or many-nerved at back. Several species have been in-
troduced, but are probably not now in cultivation.
R. pungens, the only one which calls for description
here, requires culture similar to that recommended for
Athanasia (which see).

Ere than Yio. in dineier; ray florets smumordus, reddish’ dows
the middle of the back. September. J. acerose, rigid, sessile,
ascending, scattered, rather wide-set, linear-subulate, about 2in.
long, entire, roughened by short, hard, inclined bristles on the

outside. 3 cung er oaeg grey-tomentose. 1820, A small, weak,
branching shrub. (B. R. 587.)

REMACLEA.

see).

REMUSATIA (named in honour of Abel Remusat,
1785-1832, a celebrated Orientalist and physician). ORD.
Aroidew (Aracew). A genus comprising three or four
species of stove, tuberous herbs, natives of the moun-
tainous regions of the sub-tropical East Indies and Java.
Flowers moneecious, on an inappendiculate spadix, which
is shorter than the spathe, sessile, and constricted in
the middle; male and female flowers remote; male in-
florescence clavate, stipitate, the female narrower and
sub-cylindrical ; spathe with a convolute, persistent, green
tube, a constricted throat, and a yellowish, spreading or
refracted, at length split and deciduous lamina; peduncles
short. Leaves on long and slender stalks, peltate, ovate-
cordate, or lanceolate. Only one species is known to
cultivation. It requires culture similar to Caladium
(which see). s
R. vivi vivi u: > i i 3

ĝin. to 12in. ne A erty fo Me trad seer —— ———

sides ; posterior lobes obtuse. Scales of the bulbs each ending in

a hooked bristle. East Indies. (L. B. C. 281, under name of

Caladium viviparum.)

RENANTHERA (from ren, a kidney, and anthera,
an anther; aliuding to the reniform shape of the anthers
or pollen masses). Syn. Nephranthera. ORD. Orchidee.
A genus comprising about seven species of stove, epiphytal
orchids, natives of tropical Asia and the Malayan Archi-
pelago. Flowers showy or rather small; sepals much
spreading, free, petaloid, the lateral ones broader and
often longer than the dorsal one, which latter the petals
resemble ; lip short, sessile at the base of the column,
articulated, saccate or spurred; column short and thick;
anthers terminal, convex; pollen masses two, ovoid or
oblong; peduncles lateral, elongated, branched; racemes
loose, ample, panicled. Leaves distichous, spreading,
fleshy or rigid, often obliquely bilobed at apex. Stems
leafy, branched, not psendo-bulbous. The best of the
species here mentioned are R. coccinea, R. Lowii, and
R. Storie’; the first requires warm-house treatment, and
should be fastened on a stump of Tree-fern or Ash,
against which it will grow to a great length, and flower

A synonym of Trimezia (which

Included under -

a en a nee

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 983

Renanthera—continued.

freely every summer, if placed in a sunny position and
kept moist. R. Lowii should be grown in the hottest and
moistest house, in a sunny position; but its roots prefer
a large pot filled with drainage, sphagnum, and lumps of
fibry peat. R. Storiei is a rare plant, seldom seen in
cultivation, and then always in bad health. It is usually
potted in sphagnum and crocks, and placed in a tropical
house along with Phalenopsis. The other species, not
already mentioned, require similar treatment.

R. coccinea (scarlet).* ji. of a beautiful blood-red within, dis-
posed in very large panicles; lateral sepals oblong-spathulate,
obtuse; dorsal one and petals linear-ligulate; middle lobe
of lip bigibbous at base; spur acute, conical, straight. l.
ligulate, obliquely emarginate at apex. Aerial roots very long.
ia China, 1816. A splendid plant. (B. M. 2997; B. R.

R. elongata (elongated). fl. purplish; lateral sepals unguicu-
late ; lateral lobes of lip sometimes sinuate, the middle lobe
triangular and very short, bicallous at base ; spur obtuse, conical ;
panicle elongated, nodding. 7. broadly linear, ‘oblique, emar-
ginate. Kuripan. (B. R. 1843, 41.)

R. histrionica (acting). /l., sepals and petals yellow, bordered
with purplish blotches ; lip white, with purplish blotches on the
side lobes; spur orange ; racemes short, few-flowered. l. acumi-
nate. Malacca (?), 1878. j

R. Lowii (Low’s).* ji. of two kinds on the same spike, the lowest
pair always tawny-yellow enlivened with crimson dots, the
remainder pale green, almost hidden on the inner side by large,
irregular blotches of reddish-brown; sepals and petals waved,
lanceolate, acute, those of the lowest pair more blunt; spikes
rama 6ft. to 12ft. long, bearing from thirty to fifty flowers.

tems caulescent, lin. thick, — to a great height. Borneo.
(B. M. 5475.) The correct name of this plant is now Arach-
nanthe Lowei.

R. matutina (morning). fl. at first of a very beautiful blood-
colour, paler outside, the disk of the lateral sepals golden, the
bases of the petals striped with dark purple ; lip very minute,
dark purple ; panicles much-branched, 2ft. to 3ft. — uncles
intense purple. l. ligulate, obtuse and unequally bilo at apex ;
sheaths sometimes violet. '

R. m. breviflora (short-flowered). A distinct variety, differing
from the type in its shorter sepals, the lateral ones more free from
Fwd another, and the calli under the column larger. Sunda Isles,

R. moluccanum (Moluccan). fi. red, dotted ; S all linear-
ligulate ; lateral lobes of lip bilobulate; middle lobule not
callous at base; peduncles long-exserted at the apex of Pg

anicle. Z. shortened, oblong, obtusely bilobed at apex.
oyna, 1846.
R. Storiei (Storie’s). /l. more than 2in. across ; dorsal sepals and
petals dark

0 e; lower als broad, of a brilliant velvety-
crimson, with — ———— the same colour ; lip small, deep
— with small yellow bars, centre white. Philippines,

RENEALMIA (named in honour of Paul Renealme,
a French botanist, who published, in 1611, a “ History
of Plants”). Syns. Ethanium, Gethyra, Peperidiwm.
ORD. Scitaminee. A genus comprising about fourteen
species of stove, herbaceous perennials, natives of tropical
America, one being also found in tropical Western Africa.
Flowers one to three or many, beneath membranous, but
not imbricating, bracts; calyx cup-like or loosely tubular,
shortly trilobed; corolla tube short or rarely longer than
the calyx, the lobes erect, or at length spreading, sub-
equal, or with the dorsal one broader; raceme or thyrse
sometimes on a leafless, scaly scape from the rhizome,
sometimes at the tip of a terminal, leafy stem. Leaves
two-ranked. The only species known to cultivation re-
quires culture similar to Alpinia (which see).

R. exaltata (exalted). i scarlet, on one- to three-flowered pedi-
villo i

us; raceme elongated ;, bracts lanceo-
late, as long as the flowers. July. fr. blackish-violet, oval, lin.
long, with aromatic seeds. J. sessile, lanceolate, glabrous. A. 2ft.
(sometimes, in a wild state, 8ft. to 10ft. or more). West Indies,
1820. (B. M. 2494 and B. R. 7771, under name of Alpinia

tubulata.)

cels ; scape coloured

RENEALMIA (of Linneus). A synonym of Til-
landsia (which see). ;

RENEALMIA (of Houttuyn). A synonym of Vil-
larsia (which see).
(of Robert

RENEALMIA Brown). A synonym of
Libertia (which see). —

RENIFORM. Kidney-shaped. A Reniform leaf
with crenated margin is shown at Fig. 359. i

Fic. 359. RENIFORM LEAF, WITH CRENATED MARGIN.

RENSELAERIA. A synonym of Peltandra
(which see).

REPAND. Applied to a leaf which has its margins
slightly uneven.

REPENS, REPENT. Creeping; lying flat upon
the ground, and emitting roots at the same time.

REPLICATE. Folded backwards.
REPLUM. The frame left in certain fruits by the
falling away of the valves in the act of dehiscence.

REPTANT. The same as Repens (which see).

REQUIENIA. Included under Tephrosia (which
see).
RESEDA (the old Latin name used by Pliny, from
resedo, to calm or appease ; the application of the plants
to external bruises was considered useful by the Latins).
Mignonette. ORD. Resedacew. A genus of annual or
biennial, hardy, erect or decumbent, glabrous or pilose
herbs. About twenty-six may lay claim to specific rank ;
these are mostly natives of South Europe and North
Africa, and are also found in Syria, Persia, and Arabia.
Flowers racemose, bracteate; calyx four to seven-parted ;
petals hypogynous, four to seven, unequal, two to many-
fid; torus sub-sessile. Capsule indehiscent, three-lobed
at apex. Leaves entire, lobed or pinnatisect; stipules

` gland-formed. R. lutea and R. Luteola (Dyers Rocket,

Dyers’ Weed, or Dyers’ Yellow Weed) are natives of

Britain. The latter plant was formerly in great demand

for dyeing purposes. Few of the species are of any great

value to horticulturists. R. odorata, the common Mignon-

ette, is one of our most highly-valued and sweet-scented

garden plants. For culture, enumeration of varieties, &c.,

see Mignonette. |

R. alba (white . with white petals and brownish anthers,
disposed Ca la en calyx five or six-parted. May to Sep-
tember. l. all pinnatifid or sometimes interruptedly pinnate ;
segments lanceolate, smooth, rarely waved. h. 2ft. South
Europe, 1596. Hardy biennial. (S. F. G. 459.)

R. frutescens (shrubby). A form of R. odorata.

Fig. 360. CAPSULE OF RESEDA ODORATA.

R. odorata (í t).* Common Mignonette. fl. with yellowish-
white otala aint saffron anthers, — in loose racemes ; calyx
i c

six-parted, equalling the petals, which are finely cleft into many
club-abaped divisions. June to October, L lanceolate; bluntish,

entire or trifid. North Africa, Egypt, &c., 1752. Plant diffuse.
See Fig. . (B. M. 29.) The ‘ex ” 6 eamauttond is merely a
shrubby form of this species. (B. R. 227.)
RESEDACEÆ. A small natural order of annual or
perennial herbs, rarely shrubs, mostly found in South
Europe, North Africa, Syria, Asia Minor, and Persia;
a few reach the Indian frontier, and three inhabit the
Cape Colony. Flowers hermaphrodite or rarely unisexual,
racemose or spicate, one-bracted; calyx persistent, four
to seven-parted, unequal or almost equal, the segments
imbricated; petals four to seven, rarely two (or none),
deciduous or persistent, hypogynous or perigynous, entire
or three or many-fid, ample, or with a membranous

284

Resedaceæ—continued.

appendix at the base, free or rarely sub-coherent, open
in æstivation; disk hypogynous, sessile or stipitate, often
- dilated behind; stamens three to forty, perigynous or
inserted within the disk, not covered by the petals in
æstivation; filaments free or monadelphous at base;
anthers two-celled, introrse. Fruit a capsule, closed or
gaping at the apex, rarely a berry, sometimes follicular;
seeds many, rarely few. Leaves scattered or fascicled,
simple, trifid, or pinnatiparted; stipules small, gland-
like. Mignonette (Reseda odorata), one of the members
_ of this order, requires no eulogy here. The Dyers’ Weed
(R. Luteola) yields a yellow dye, which is largely used ;
its leaves are very bitter. The order comprises half-a-
dozen genera, and, according to the authors of the
“ Genera Plantarum,” not more than thirty distinct species.
Reseda is the principal genus.

RESIN, ANIME. See Hymenza Courbaril.
RESIN PLANT. A common name for Bursera

acuminata and B. gummifera, Dammara australis, Guaia-
cum officinale, Pistacia Lentiscus, &e.

REST-HARROW. See Ononis.

CEZ. A natural order of usually peren-

\ nial herbs, tufted or with horizontal or creeping rhizomes;
they are mostly natives of South-west Africa or Australia,

a few are found in New Zealand, one in Chili, and one

in Cochin China, Flowers dicecious, rarely moncecious,

very rarely hermaphrodite, in spikelets; perianth regular ;

segments six, rarely reduced to five, four, or three, glu-

maceous, rigid, scarious, or hyaline, more or less distinctly

biseriate; stamens in male flowers three, filaments fili-

form; ovary of females one to three-celled ; inflorescence

variable. Fruit dry, often small, nut-like or capsular,

terete, compressed, or triquetrous. Leaves sometimes few,

radical, long, cyperoid, frequently nearly all reduced to

sheaths. Stems rigid, simple or branched, erect, flexuons,

or variously twisted. The order comprises twenty genera,

and about 230 species, few of which are of any horticul-

tural value. Examples: Restio, Willdenowia.

. Plants are said to be Resting during
any period when growth in them is inactive. The term
is only applicable to such as live over one year: nearly
all of these require a Resting season after completing
their annual growth.

RESTIO (from restis, cord; alluding to the use of
the plants in South Africa). Rope Grass. Syns. Craspedo-
lepis, Ischyrolepis, Megalotheca, Rhodocoma. The prin-
cipal genus of Orp. Restiacew. It consists of about 100
species, none of which are of any special interest;
several have been introduced to this country.

PIA (named in honour of Joseph E. Restrep,
a naturalist who travelled in South America). ORD.
Orchidew. A genus of stove orchids, with tufted stems,
or having simple, creeping branches. About a score
species have been described, natives of tropical America,
from Brazil as far as Mexico. The genus is very closely
related to Pleurothallis, but is distinguished by having
four pollen masses; the habit is very similar, but the
peduncles appear to be constantly one-flowered, and the
flowers are often, but not always, larger. The under-
mentioned species are those best known to gardeners.
For culture, see Pleuro i

antennifera (antenne-bearing). A. yellow, dotted with red
or purple ; lip linear, retuse, scabrous, trinerved, bearing tendrils
close to the base, Z. ovate, acute, shorter than the stems, occa-
—— rich ox le on ne under side; sheaths falcate, some-
iene — Sa purple. Venezuela, &c., 1869, (B. M. 6288.)
R. Dayana (Day’s). fl., als petals vi
filiform, clavate, — — sepals and s violet-brown,
yellowish and brown ; lip yellow, mottled with purple,
— eart-shaped at the

be OH ut, : hi
—— Rica, 1875. “A lovely little gem,” of tufted

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

on short, sub-racemose or fasciculate branches, opposite,

Restrepia—continued.

elegans (elegant . chiefly yellow, spotted with purple,

ap ns jour Ah — ox of R. antennifera ; lip linear, retuse,
hollowed out and dilated at base, with a tooth on each side,
l. oval, twice the — of the stems ; sheaths straight. Caraccas,
1872. (B. M. 5966; F. d. S. 743.)

R. Falkenbe: (Falkenberg’s). fl. yellow, with some white
and purple marks. l. large, bluish-purple beneath ; sheaths one-
coloured, without blotches. New Grenada, 1880.

Lansbergii (Lansberg’s). fl., upper sepals and petals crim-
ge front eis whiner with crimson dots; lip yellow, with
purple blotches, unctuous, linear, truncate, scabrous, excavated
and broader at the base. l. oval, equalling the stems; sheaths
straight, closely imbricated. Venezuela, Guatemala, &c., 1861.
This resembles small specimens of R, antennifera. (R.X. O. i.,
p. 170, t. 60.)
R. maculata (spotted). A synonym of R. antennifera.

R. prorepens (forward-creeping). fl. yellow, solitary, on a long,
cil —— and nodding, bending the two straight, linear
sepals forward, and having both widely clasping, the inferior
connate, boat-shaped, much narrower towards the top; lip very
small, scarcely equalling the column, pandurate, sub-acute, with
a small angle before roe § base, and a lamella in each middle side.
l. very small, narrow, fleshy, emarginate at apex, with a small
apiculus between. Rhizomes creeping, in large: masses. Costa
Rica, 1877. (R. X. O. iv. 11-17.)

R. Reichenbachiana (Reichenbach’s). fl. canary-yellow, on
filiform peduncles, nearly 4in. long and cruciform, the tips of the
inferior, connate sepals dark purple; these and the petals having
also a dark purple line at the base, and the upper sepal two such
lines. l. spathulate-oblong, obovate, minutely tridentate at the
— — in. high. Costa Rica, 1875. Habit densely tufted.

thalma (yellowed-eyed). ‘‘ A pretty species, with
— — flowers.” Guatemala and Venezuela.
(B. M b25 , under name of R. Lansbergii.)

RESUPINATE. Inverted in position; appearing as
if upside down.

RESURRECTION PLANT. A common name for
Anastatica Hierochuntina, Mesembryanthemum Tripolium,
and Selaginella lepidophylla.

RETAMILIA. A synonym of Retanilla (which

see).

RETANILLA (the Peruvian name of the genus).
Syn. Retamilia. ORD. Rhamneew. A small genus (two
or three species) of almost leafless, unarmed, branched
shrubs and sub-shrubs, natives of Chili and Peru. Flowers

shortly pedicellate; calyx urceolate or campanulate ;
petals and stamens four or five. Drupes rather large,
globose. Leaves very caducous, opposite, entire. The
species are probably lost to cultivation in this country. :

ee Netted; in the form of net-
work.

RETINARIA. A synonym of Gouania (which

see).

RETINIA. A genus of small moths, belonging to
the group of Tortricide, of some importance because of
the damage inflicted by them on Scotch Firs and other
Conifere. Several species occur in Great Britain, and
the larvæ of all, so far as known, feed in the buds or
young shoots of the Conifere. The moths vary from
žin. to nearly lin. in spread of wing; the front wings
are nearly three times as long as broad, with the tip
rather rounded, and the front and hind borders slightly
rounded; the hind wings are rather broad and pointed.
The species of chief importance practically are the fol-
lowing, which may be distinguished in the adult state
by the characters mentioned below : -

1. Fore wings grey, with rusty-yellow tip of wing and head.

(a) Thorax dark brown; fore wings grey-
brown, with paler cross-lines, RA duplana.
decidedly rusty-yellow tip; spread
of wings, six anda half to seven lines

tch at tip, } turionana.
duller —— A P upane. ;

wings pale at base .......-...-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

'

Š
k

OF HORTICULTURE. 285

Retinia—continued.
2. Fore wings with brown-grey or black markings. `
(a) Fore wings pale grey, with numerous
dark markings, and a b patch
bordered by a rather sharply-angled
line ; spread of wings, eight and a
half to ten and a half lines
(b) Fore wings dark blackish-grey, with
numerous irregular, silvery cross-
streaks, most distinct along the
hind margin, and white spots along
the front margin ; spread of wings,
nine to eleven lines ...............-

oceultana. —

resinana.

3. Fore wings bright reddish-orange.

(a) Fore wings paler along inner, and near
front, margins, with several indis-
tinct, silvery cross-lines beyond the
middle of wing ; spread of wings, ten
to eleven lines.

(b) Fore wings with basal patch well
defined, and bordered by a yellow,
silvery cross-line; beyond the middle
are several very distinct, yellowish-
silvery, irregular cross-streaks ;
spread of wings, nine to ten lines ..

Buoliana.

pinicolana.

These species are almost all considerably more common
in Scotland than in England, though most of them may
be met with wherever the food-plants grow. All reach
the perfect stage some time between June and August.
The females lay their eggs on the young buds and
twigs. The larve hatched from these eggs gnaw their
way into the buds and leading shoots, and bore into the
pith, there to remain usually all winter, since they are
still feeding in the following spring. They are of
the usual form of the larve of Tortricide, with rather
cylindrical, naked bodies and dark, horny heads and
shields on segments just behind the heads. They have
six true legs and ten prolegs, or claspers. ' 5

Almost any one of the species would deserve the name
of Pine-bud Moth; but the name has been given to the
species R. turionana.

The result of an attack on Firs by these larvæ is
that the leading shoots may be hollowed out, even in
the bud state, or they become bent, brown, and brittle;
and the trees become distorted, because of the loss of
these shoots, and the ill-development of the shoots that
have taken their place in the course of growth. In
general, there is a considerable outflow of resin from
the wounds made by the larvæ; and this resin hardens
on the surface and forms a protection during winter to
the larvæ. R. turionana is hurtful especially to the
buds. R. Buoliana and the others are more dan-
gerous to the newly-formed shoots. R. resinana is called
the Resin-gall Moth, because of the fact that the
larva produces a false gall of resin, by exudation of —
resin over the place where it is boring into the wood.
It is not unlike a half walnut in form, and may even
reach nearly or quite to this size; but it is dirty-white
in colour, and remains soft while it is occupied. The
larve are said to pass two winters before they become
. pupæ, which they do in spring, and the moths emerge
in June. . `

Remedies. Owing to the larvæ living entirely under
cover, no external applications are of the least use: the
only method found at all successful has been the re-
moval and burning of all shoots that show signs of
attack by any of the species of Retinia.

RETINIPHYLLUM (from retine, resin, and phyllon,
a leaf; the leaves are covered with resin). Syn. Com-
mianthus. ORD. Rubiacee. A genus consisting of half-
a-dozen species of glabrous, pubescent or pilose, stove
shrubs, natives of North Brazil and Guiana. Flowers
white, flesh-colour, or pink, in terminal, simple spikes ;
calyx limb tubular, truncate, entire, or five-fid; corolla
hypocrateriform, with five narrow, reflexed lobes; stamens
five. Berries small, five-stoned, edible. Leaves opposite,
petiolate, coriaceous, obovate or oblong, often abruptly

.

Retiniphyllum—continued. J
acuminate, with numerous diverging nerves. For cul-
ture of the only species introduced, see Hamiltonia. —
R. secundifiorum (side-flowering). fl. white, in clusters of from tyy

two to four; spikes axillary, pedunculate, side-flowered. July.

l. obovate, obtuse or emarginate at apex, cuneate at base,

coriaceous, pubescent beneath. h. 4ft.

RETINOSPORA. Included under Chamæcyparis
(which see).

RETROFLEXED. The same as Reflexed (which
see).

RETRORSE. Directed backwards or downwards.

RETROVERTED. Inverted.

RETUSE. Terminating in a round end, the centre
of which is depressed.

RETZIA (named in honour of Anders Johan Retzius,
1742-1821, Professor of Natural History in the Uni-
versity of Lund). ORD. Solanacew. A monotypic genus.
The species is a greenhouse, evergreen, erect shrub,
with straight, densely-leafy branches. It will thrive in
any light soil. Propagation may be readily effected by
cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell glass.

R. capensis (Cape). fl. red or orange, two or three at the nodes

or in the rots on A fut almost concealed by the leaves ; calyx

semi-five-fid ; corolla with an elongated tube, and five, rarely six

or seven, short, induplicate-valvate lobes. May. L whorled, long-

linear, coriaceous, entire or with revolute ins, silky-pilose j

when young (and in the axils), A. 4ft. South Africa.

REVOLUTE. Rolled backwards from the margins
or apex; e.g., certain tendrils, and the sides and ends of

some leaves. :
RHABDOCRINUM. A synonym of Lloydia
RHACHIS. See Rachis.

(which see).
RHACOMA (of Adanson).

EEE, PAE

A synonym of Leuzea

(which see). .
RHACOMA (of Linnxus). A synonym of Myginda
(which see).

RHADINOCARPUS. A synonym of Chetocalyz.

“RHAGODIA (from rhaz, rhagos, a berry; in refer-
ence to the characteristic fruit). Australian Red Berry
or Sea Berry. ORD. Chenopodiacee. A genus com-
prising thirteen species of slender or robust, mealy or
slightly tomentose, greenhouse shrubs, rarely herbs, con-
fined to Australia. Flowers greenish, small or minute,
clustered or rarely solitary, disposed in interrupted, ter-
minal spikes or panicles. Fruit a small berry. Leaves
alternate and sub-opposite, sessile or petiolate, linear,
ovate, oblong, or cordate, entire or sinuately lobed.
Five species have been introduced, but it is doubtful
whether any remain in cultivation.

RHAMNEZ. A natural order of erect or climbing,
often prickly, very rarely tendrilled or glandulose trees,
shrubs, or very rarely herbs, inhabiting warm and tropical
regions. Flowers green or yellowish, hermaphrodite,
rarely polygamous, dioecious, small, usually disposed in
axillary, loose or dense-flowered, sometimes unilateral
cymes; calyx. tube obconical, turbinate, urceolate, or
cylindrical, the limb of four or five erect or recurved
lobes; petals four or five, inserted at the throat of the
calyx, emarginate or lobed, sessile or clawed, or absent;
stamens four or five, opposite to, and inserted with, the
petals; filaments subulate or filiform, rarely dilated;
anthers versatile, sometimes ovoid, with longitudinal de-
hiscence, sometimes reniform and one-celled by con-
fluence of the cells at the top, and opening into two
valves by an arched slit; disk perigynous, rarely absent.
Fruit capsular or drupaceous, three, rarely one to four-
celled. Leaves simple, stipulate, rarely exstipulate, oppo-
site or nearly so, often coriaceous, entire or serrated (in
Colletiee often absent); stipules small, usually deciduous,

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

sometimes changed to thorns. The most useful genera,
from an economic point of view, are Rhamnus and Zizy-
phus, the species of which yield medicinal juices, &c.
Rhamnus davuricus and R. tinctorius yield the famous
Green Indigo, the Lo-Kao of China. The order com-
prises thirty-seven genera, and about 430 species. Ex-,
amples: Hovenia, Paliwrus, Pomaderris, and Rhamnus.

RHAMNUS (from Rhamnos, the old Greek name
used by Theophrastus). Buckthorn. Including Frangula.
ORD. Rhamnee. A genus embracing about sixty species
of stove, greenhouse, or hardy shrubs or trees, inhabiting
temperate and tropical regions. Flowers axillary, race-
mose or cymose; calyx four or five-fid, the tube urceolate,
the lobes keeled within ; petals four or five, cucullate or
flat, or wanting; stamens four or five; filaments very
short. Drupe berry-like, oblong or spherical, two or
four-stoned. Leaves alternate, rarely sub-opposite, pe-
tiolate, deciduous or evergreen, penninerved, entire or
toothed ; stipules small, deciduous. Several of the species
afford useful products, especially dyes, and the fruits of
many possess violent purgative properties. Few of the
plants are valuable from a garden standpoint. The hardy
kinds grow in any ordinary soil, and may be propagated
by layers, or by seeds. The stove and greenhouse
species are easily grown in any light soil, and may
be multiplied by cuttings, inserted in sand, under a glass
(the stove kinds in heat). Except where otherwise stated,
the under-mentioned species are hardy, deciduous shrubs.
R. Alaternus (Alaternus). /l. green, dicecious, disposed in short

racemes ; petals wanting. April to June. J. ovate-elliptic or

lanceolate, coriaceous, quite smooth, serrated. k. 20ft. Medi-
terranean region, 1629. There are several varieties of this

species, the best being one with foliage broadly margined with
silvery-white : this is known under the name of R. A. variegata.

R. alpinus (aipine). /. greenish, dicecious, four-parted ; female
ones with four-cleft stigmas. May and June. fr. black. l. oval-
lanceolate, crenate-serrated, smooth, lined with many parallel
nerves. k. 4ft. Europe, &., 1752. (L. B. C. 1077.)

R. californicus (Californian). 4. greenish, pentandrous ; panicles
on short peduncles. May. Jl. coriaceous, about 2in. long,

elliptic-oblong, omie revolute on the margins, glabrous ; young

ones pubescent, 6ft. to 12ft. North America, 1874. An un-
armed evergreen shrub. SYN. R. oleifolius (H. F. B. A. i. 44).

FIG. 361. FLOWERING AND FRUITING TWIGS OF RHAMNUS
CATHARTICUS.

R. catharticus (cathartic). jl. green, in, in diameter, four-
arted, solitary and fascicled in the axils of the fascicles of
leaves on the previous year’s wood. May to July. fr. black, 4in.
in diameter. J. ovate, acutely-serrated, lin. to Zin. long, fascicled
at the ends of the shoots, sub-opposite lower down, shortly
petiolate, the young ones downy beneath. h. 5ft. to 10ft.
Europe (Britain), &c. See Fig. 361. (F. D. v. 850; Sy. En. B. 318.)

R. croceus (yellow). A. greenish, in axillary clusters, pentandrous ;
petals wre iy ay. fr. greenish or yellowish. J. coriaceous,

roundish-obovate, about }in. long, lucid; when dry, of a bright
llowish-brown beneath. h. 4ft, California, 1848. A much-

ranched, thorny, evergreenshrub. (J. H. S. vi., p. 217.)

R. davuricus (Dahurian). . Jl. greenish-yellow, four - parted,
numerous, fascicled in the axils. May. Z. glabrous, fascicled at
the ends of the exceedingly congested branchlets, jin. to 2hin.
long, obovate, acuminate, to narrow elliptic-lanceolate. Spines
terminating the divaricating branches. A. 15ft. to 20ft. China,
Eastern Siberia, &c., 1817, or shrub. Syn. R. utilis.

Rhamnus—continued.
R. d. hirsutus (hairy). l. 2in. long. A large shrub or small tree.

R. Frangula (Frangula). Berry-bearing Alder. fl. enish-
white, five-parted, few, axillary. May and June. fr. black, fin. in
diameter, globose. l. obovate, quite entire, alternate ; stipules

Fic, 362. FLOWERING AND FRUITING TWIGS OF RHAMNUS
— FRANGULA.

subulate. Branches slender, unarmed. Ah. 5ft. to 10ft. Euro
sas is used by
. -)

R. libanoticus (Lebanon). fi. yellowish, fasciculate. May.
l clustered at the tips of the branchlets, slightly tomentose,
shortly penoa. ovato or oblong, obtuse, rounded at base,
margin finely denticulate. Branches clothed with whitish bark.
h. 6ft. Asia Minor and Syria, 1879. Plant unarmed. The
foliage turns a dull bronzy-purple in autumn. (B. M. 6721.)

R. macrophyllus (large-leaved). ` fr. black. J. 5in. to 6in. long.
2hin. to 3in, broad, coriaceous, dark green and shining above, pe 4
and strongly veined beneath ; petioles purplish. Eiaa 0) 1876.

R. oleifolius (Olive-leaved). A synonym of R, californicus.

R. robustus (strong). fe green, small. May. fr. black, globose,
oh ga —* y ovate-lanceolate, convex, 7in. to 8in.

3 . » CO} 9 . è ” -
A Saf Akaa ee, riaceous, dark green. h (E 1879.

R. utilis (useful). A synonym of R. davuricus. f

RHAPHIDOPHORA (from rhaphidos, a needle,
and phero, to bear ; alluding to the needle-like hairs
which abound in the intercellular spaces in all parts

of the plants). ORD. ` Aroidee
(Araceæ).

spathe thick, boat-shaped, includin i
; 3 g the spadix, at first
oblong and convolute, afterwards opening, — rostrate,

described below are those best *
compost of rich loam and own to gardeners. A

— propensities may be
> sphere i i 4
P: —— —— * effected by — eke es
inserted in san oa z ttings,
with bottom heat, “nA peat, under a hand glass,

R. decursiva —— f., spathe yellowish, pale on the
— d thick 72°" than the petiole; spadix greyish-
gre n, long an thick. 7. oblong, unequally pinnatisect as far as
the midrib ; — on adult leaves, fifteen or more on each
» sub-eq: A ; petioles one-third shorter than the

k

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

E

OF HORTICULTURE.

287

Rhaphidophora—continued.

R. lancifolia (lance-leaved). fl., spathe apricot-coloured and

panepen outside, salmon-colour within, 3in. to 4in. long,
sin. to 3in. wide, ovate, acuminate, open; spadix white,
cylindrical, erect, obtuse. Z. lanceolate, cuspidate, Yin. to 10in.
long, unequal-sided, dark shining green, glabrous. Stem cylin-
drical. Khasia and Sylhet, 1874. (G. C. 1874, ii. 612.)

.P. Peepla (Peepla). M. spathe yellowish outside, reddish-yellow
within, ovate-acuminate, shorter than the petiole; spadix yel-
lowish. J. oblong or elliptic-oblong, rounded at base, or cuneate,
with a long cuspidate-acuminate apex, acute. East Indies.

R. pertusa (perforated). fl., spathe scarcely equalling the petiole,
but exceeding the spadix. l unequilateral, loosely cordate at
base, shortly cuspidate at apex, entire, pertuse, or pinnatitid ;
petioles about a quarter shorter than the leaves. East Indies.
RHAPHIOLEPIS (from rhaphis, a needle, and

lepis, a scale; alluding to the narrow, subulate bracts).

Erroneously spelt Raphiolepis. Indian Hawthorn. ORD.

Rosaceew. A genus comprising about five species of

interesting, hardy or half-hardy, evergreen shrubs or

trees, natives of China and Japan, one being also
found in the Sandwich Isles (?). Flowers white or
red; calyx with an obconical or funnel-shaped tube
and five deciduous, subulate lobes; petals five, clawed,
oblong, acute; stamens many; inflorescence paniculate
or corymbose ; bracts subulate,: deciduous. Berries
pulpy. Leaves alternate, petiolate, coriaceous, entire
or serrulate. The most suitable compost for these
shrubs and trees is one of loam, peat, and sand.

Ripened cuttings will readily root in sand, under a hand

glass. Some of the species will stand our winters

outside, if planted against a south wall, and covered
with mats during severe weather. Those best known

in gardens are described below. i

R. indica (Indian). East Indian Hawthorn. fl. white or pink-
tinted, the size of those of the Hawthorn, in short, terminal
panicles. February to August. l. ovate or lanceolate. h. 4ft.
China, 1806. Half-hardy shrub.

R. i. phæostemon (brown-stamened).
ments brown. J. lanceolate, acuminate
(B. R. 468, under name of R. indica.)

R. i. rubra (reddish). ji. reddish; — lanceolate.
l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated at both ends. 1806,
(B. R. 1400 and L. C. B. 3, under name of R. rubra.)

R. i, salicifolia (Willow-leaved). jl. white. l. long-lan-
ceolate. 1821. (B. R. 652, under name of R. salicifolia.)

R. ja ca inte (entire-leaved Japanese).
ñ. snow-white, odorous, żin. in diameter; panicles ter-
minal, erect, 2in. to 4in. h, densely clothed below
with large, ciliated bracts. June. J. alternate and ob-

Pip petals white; fila-
at both ends. 1820.

scurely whorled, 2in. to 3in. long, broadly obovate,
obtusely apiculate, dark green and shining above, paler

below. Branches stout. Japan, 1865. Hardy shrub.

(B. M. 5510.)

RHAPHITHAMNUS (from rhapis, a needle,
and thamnos, a shrub; on account of the spiny
character of some of the species). Syn. Peppigia
(of Bertero). ORD. Verbenacew. A small genus (six
Species) of unarmed or spiny shrubs or trees,
all natives of Chili. Flowers nodding, at the axils
of minute bracts; calyx tubular - campanulate,
shortly five-toothed; corolla tube straight, enlarged
above, the limb spreading, of four or five unequal
lobes ; stamens four, didynamous ; racemes axillary,
few (often one or two) flowered. Leaves opposite,
rather small, ovate, entire. Only two species
have been introduced. For culture, see Myrtus.
R. ited). f. pale blue, soli

ce In pate erie — — ig ohn din. ely

Summer. ‘7. broadly ovate and acute or orbicular and

mucronate, very coriaceous, bright deep green above,

pa beneath. h. 15ft. to 20ft. A densely leafy green-
ouse tree, hardy in the Channel Islands and South-west

England. (B. M. 6849.)

RHAPIDOPHYLLUM (from Rhapis, and
phyllon, a leaf; in reference to its resemblance
to the genus Rhapis, both producing suckers
freely—a character by no means common in the
Palm family). ORD. Palme. A monotypic genus.
The species is a low, greenhouse palm, with a short,
erect or creeping trunk. For culture, see

Rhapidophyllum—continued.
. Hystrix (porcupine). Blue Palmetto. fl. yellow, minute;
gets about four, oblong, woolly, acutely two-lipped;
small, short-peduncled. June an
l 3ft. to 4ft. high, circular in outline, deeply and uneq
plicate, and cut into numerous two to four-toothed divisions,
silvery beneath, on triangular, rough-edged petioles ; sheaths per-
sistent, composed of oblique fibres interwoven with numerous
strong, erect spines. Trunk 3ft. to 4ft. long. Southern United
States, 1801. Syn. Chamerops Hystrix (I. H. 1883, 486).
RHAPIS (from rhapis, a needle; alluding to the

needle-like segments of the leaves). ORD. Palma. A

genus comprising four or five species of low, Chinese and |

Japanese, greenhouse palms, with long, densely-tufted,

reed-like, leafy caudices. Flowers yellowish; spathes two

or three, incomplete, membranous ; spadices shorter than
the leaves, borne on slender peduncles, the branches
spreading. Fruit consisting of one to three small,
obovoid, one-seeded carpels, Leaves alternate and ter-
minal, sub-membranous, connate or semi-orbicular, deeply
cut into three to many segments, which are linear,
cuneate, or elliptic, truncate, entire, toothed, or cut,
three to many-nerved; petioles slender, biconvex, with

smooth or serrulated margins; sheaths split into a

fibrous network. Several of the species have been intro-

duced, for culture of which see Chamerops.

R. aspera (rough). A synonym of R. flabelliformis.

R. cochinchinensis (Cochin China). A., spadix short, branched.
Jr. ovate, not edible. l. fan-shaped, ately divided ; segments
oblong, obtuse, much plaited; petioles short, straight, prickly.

Caudex 8ft. high, Cochin China.

FIG. 363. RHAPIS FLABELLIFORMIS,

ER. flabelliformis (fan-leaved).* Ground Rattan Cane.
yellowish, sessile, thickly covering the spikelets; s

Ji, males

sparse,
ve to seven-

hed, 4in. to Sin. long. l. petioled,

*

July. fr. a small drupe. —
cally a

` 288 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Rhapis—continued.
rted ; segments sub-plicate, ciliate-spinulose along the edges
End keel “ot the plaits, indented-erose at the end; ——
round-ancipital, naked, very obscurely denticulate. Stem about
14ft. high, as thick as the thumb, sheathed by the reticulated,
rsistent bases of the leaves. China and Japan, 1774. See Fig.
E63. (B. M. 1374.) Syn. R. aspera. ? :

R. f. foliis-variegatis (variegated-leaved). A form in which
the leaf-segments are more or less freely striped with white.
Japan, 1861

R. humilis (low-growing). l. cut into from seven to ten spreading
segments; petioles unarmed. Similar in general aspect to
R. flabelliformis. Japan, Syn. R. Sirotsik (of gardens).

R. Sirotsik (Sirotsik), A garden synonym of R. humilis.
RHAPONTICUM (from Rha, the old Greek name for

Rhubarb, and Ponticus, of Pontus. It was also called

Rheum barbarum. See Rheum). Orv. Composite. A

genus comprising about half-a-dozen species of annual or

perennial herbs, of which the best known is described
below. Rhaponticum is included, by Bentham and Hooker,
under Centaurea (which see for culture).

R. scariosum (scarious). l.-heads purple; outer involucral
scales all scarious, sub-entire or at length cut; inner ones
narrower and very acuminate. July. /. glabrous above, cano-
tomentose beneath ; lower ones petiolate, ovate or cordate, den-
ticulate ; middle ones shortly petiolate, ovate-oblong ; uppermost
ones sessile, orong, acuminate at both ends, scarcely toothed.
h. 24ft. Switzerland, &c., 1640. (B. M. 1752, under name of Cen-
taurea Rhapontica.)

RHATANY ROOT. The
triandra (which see).

RHEA. A common name for Bæhmeria nivea.

RHEEDIA (called after Hen. van Rheede, 1635-
1691, a Dutchman residing at Malabar, author of
“Hortus Malabaricus”). Orp. Guttiferæ. A genus
embracing nineteen species of stove trees, inhabiting
Madagascar and tropical Africa and America. Flowers
usually rather small; sepals two; petals four; peduncles
axillary or lateral, one-flowered. Leaves rigidly coria-
ceous, slenderly penniveined. The species are of little
or no horticultural interest.

RHEUM (from rheon, an adjective formed from
Rha, the old Greek name for Rhubarb. Rheon bar-
barum has been corrupted into our Rhubarb). Rhubarb.
ORD. Polygonee. About a score species have been
referred to this genus, but the number may be reduced;
they are hardy, robust, perennial herbs, with thick and
slightly woody rhizomes, natives of Siberian, Himalayan,
and Eastern Asia. Flowers pedicellate, fasciculate,
ebracteolate, the fascicles disposed in narrow, paniculate
racemes; perianth of six spreading segments. Leaves
large, sinuate-toothed or palmately lobed, three to eight-
nerved at base. R. Rhaponticum and its varieties, and
R. undulatum, furnish the rhubarb so well-known and
extensively employed. Several of the species are very
handsome, both in their foliage and in their inflorescence.
The rhubarb of commerce, an important medicine, valu-
able for its mild purgative properties, is afforded by
several species of Rheum, of which the following are the
principal: 1. R. palmatum, first found wild in 1872-3, by
Colonel Prejavalsky, in the Tangut district of Kansu,
the extreme north-western province of China; this is
the real source of the Russian, or Turkey, Rhubarb. 2.
R. officinale, from the Chinese frontier of Eastern
Thibet. 3. R. Rhaponticum, generally called English

root of Krameria

`i Rhubarb, a native of Southern Siberia, known to have

been cultivated, early in the seventeenth century, at
Padua, whence it was brought to England, the first
plant being raised about the year 1628. It is largely
cultivated at Bodicott for medicinal purposes. A selec-
tion of the best-known species is given below. Any of
them are well worthy of cultivation as hardy, fine-foliaged
plants, for wild gardens, margins of shrubberies, &c. They
succeed in almost any soil, but do best where it is rich,
and of a good depth. Propagated by seeds, and by
division. For culture of the well-known garden varieties,

see Rhubarb,

Rheum—continued.

R. acuminatum (taper-pointed). M. lurid-purple, bloody, or
brownish-purple, {in, in diameter, spreading ; —— slightly
branched. l. broadly cordate, with a deep sinus, long-acuminate,
opaque above, puberulous below; petioles slender, concave
stare. Root slender, often many feet long. h. 3ft. Sikkim,
1837. (B. M 4877.)

R. australe (Southern). M. in a long, racemiform, dense panicle ;
calyx purple. J. sub-orbicular, broadly cordate, obtuse, tiat, Sin.
to 4in. long, nearly 3in. broad; petioles 4in. long, slender,
slightly terete, angulate-sulcate, Stem 6ft. to 10ft. high, leafy.
Root fusiform, branched. Nepaul. (S. B. F. G. 269.)

R. Emodi (Emodus). ji. whitish, in a fastigiate, dense panicle.
l broad-ovate, obtuse, cordate, with slightly wavy margins, five
to seven-nerved ; petioles semi-terete. Stem tall, leafy. h. 6ft.
to 10ft. Himalaya.

R. nobile (noble).* f. green, insignificant, in short, branched
panicles; bracts delicate straw-colour, shining, semi-transparent,
concave, imbricating, concealing the flowers, the upper ones with
pink edges. l., radical ones large, bright glossy green, with red
petioles and nerves; stipules pink, fragile. h. upwards of 3ft.
_ Roots thick, fleshy, sometimes many feet long. Sikkim. A
lovely species. (G. C. n. s., iii. 91.)

R. officinale (officinal).* fl. greenish, small, collected into dense
spikes. L large, somewhat orbicular-reniform, five-nerved, and
cut into five short lobes at the margin; lobes unequally incised,
Stem 8ft. to 10ft. high, leafy and much-branched. Thibet, 1871.
A stately plant. (B. M. 6135; B. M. Pl. 213; R. H. 1874, 13.)

R. — (palmate-leaved). ^. in a leafy panicle. J. sub-
orbicular-cordate, — lobed, slightly scabrous or glabrous
above, three to five-nerved; lobes ovate-oblong or lanceolate,
acute, undivided, or incised-toothed or pinnatitid ; petioles nearl
cylindric. A. 5ft. East and North Asia, 1763. (B. M. Pl, 214.)

R. Rhaponticum (Rha ticum—i.e., Pontic Rha or Rheum,

the name of the drug Rhubarb in the Latin medical writers—

applied to the present species by the old botanists). Common
cultivated Rhubarb, fl. densely disposed in a leafy, fastigiate
panicle. 1. sub-orbicular, profoundly cordate, undulated, five-
nerved, glabrous above, puberulous below and on the veins;
upper ones ovate or acuminate; footstalks long, thick, and
—— rainy above, and rounded at the edges. h. 4ft. 1573.

Fie. 364. RHEUM UNDULATUM.
R. undulatum (undulated). jl. densely di

r um í in a fastigiate
panicle, which is leafy below. l. ovate-co te, —
to 'seven-nerved, glabrous above, puberulous beneath ; uppermost
ones sub-sessile, two or three times longer than broad ; petioles
semi-terete, loosely channelled above, with rounded margins.
— Pea to 5ft. high, smooth, green. Siberia, &c., 1734. See

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 289

RHEUMATISM ROOT. A common name for
Jeffersonia diphylla.

RHEXIA (from rhezxis, a rupture; applied to this
genus for no obvious reason). Orp. Melastomacee. A
genus comprising about seven species of mostly hardy,
pretty, erect herbs or sub-shrubs, natives of extra-tropical
Eastern North America. Flowers variously coloured, soli-
tary or cymose; calyx tube oblong, campanulate, or urceo-
late, the dilated limb of four triangular or subulate
lobes; petals four, obovate; stamens eight. Leaves oblong,
shortly petiolate, three-nerved, entire or, bristly-serrulate.
The species described below are all hardy herbs. They
thrive best in a bed of peat, but are sometimes grown
in pots of the same soil. Propagation may be readily
effected by division. Some of the plants formerly placed
under this genus are now included under Pleroma
(which see).

R. ciliosa (hair-fringed).* A. purple, lin. to Lin. in diameter ;
cyme few-flowered, leafy. July and August. J. rarely as much

as lin. long, ovate, bristly on the upper surface, three-ribbed.
Stem simple, 1ft. to 14ft. high, smooth, four-angled above. 1812,
(S. B; F. G. 298.)

R. mariana (Maryland). f. porpis, liin. to 2in. wide, hairy ex-
ternally; calyx mostly smooth. July to September. J. lanceo-

late, acute, short-petioled, bristly-serrate, three-ribbed. Stem
lft. to 2ft. high, branched, terete or six-angled, 1759. Plant

bristly. This species varies with narrower, often linear leaves,

and smaller, whitish flowers. (L. B. C. 366; S. B. F. G. 41.)

R. vir ca (Virginian).* Deer Grass; Meadow Beauty.
jl. bright purple, cymose. July and August. l. ovate and ovate-
lanceolate, barely acute, sessile, bristly-serrate, three to five-
ribbed, the lowest rounded. Stem 6in. to 12in. high, four-angled,
nearly simple. 1759. Plant bristly. (B. M. 968; Gn. ii, 294, 69;
L. B. C. 840.)

RHINACANTHUS (from rhis, rhinos, the nose,
and Acanthus; alluding to the curious shape of the
Acanthus-like corolla). ORD. Acanthacew. A small genus
(about four species) of stove, loosely branched, sometimes
sub-scandent shrubs, natives of tropical and South Africa,
Madagascar, the East Indies, and the Malayan Archi-
pelago. Flowers few, at the axils of the bracts, sub-
sessile, sometimes fascicled or cymose and paniculate ;
ealyx deeply five-cut, with narrow segments ; corolla with
an elongated tube and a bilabiate limb, the dorsal lip
bidentate, the anterior one trifid; stamens two, affixed to
the throat of the corolla. Leaves entire. The best-known
species is described below. For culture, —

communis Ringworm Root. white ; upper lip
bs ear ett cenit illary or terminal, ite trichpeoanoaaly

spreading, June. l oblong or ovate-oblong. h. 2ft. East

Indies, 1790. (B. M. 325, under name of Justicia

RHINANTHACEZ. Included under Scrophula-
rinee. ¢

RHINANTHUS (from rhis, rhinos, the nose, and
anthos, a flower; alluding to the form of the corolla).
Yellow Rattle. Syn. Alectorolophus. ORD. Scrophu-
larinee. A genus comprising two or three very vari-
able, erect, hardy annuals, natives of Europe, temperate
and North Asia, and North America, Flowers sessile
in the axils of the floral leaves, ebracteolate, upper ones
spicate ; calyx four-toothed; corolla yellow, violet, =
blue, often spotted, with a bilabiate limb, the upper lip
entire, the lower one of three spreading lobes. Leaves
opposite; cauline ones crenate; floral ones often incised-
toothed, with the teeth setaceo-cuspidate. The —
are more or less parasitic on the roots of grasses, rH à
thrive in any moist situation: they may be propagate

— 5 Yellow Rattle, &c
R. Crista-galli (Cock’s-spur). Penny- 3. Yel , &c.
Ji., corolla yellow, the upper lip blue. ay to J tes apep ong

to 2in. long, oblong-lanceolate or —— h, erect, simple

deeply crenate-serrate. Stem 6in.
or sanched. Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. under name of
R. minor.)

— grea . orange-yellow ; corolla tube
g —— — — lobes of the upper lip longer than
broad ; lower lip shorter than the upper.

autumn. 1. opposite, sessile,

lata.h

tain). (Sy. En. B. 999.)
Vol. IIL

A common name for Rhamnus

ERHINE-BERRY.

catharticus. '
RHINOPETALUM. Included under Fritillaria.
RHIPIDODENDRON. Included under Aloe.
RHIPIDOPTERIS. Included under Acrostichum

(which see).

RHIPOGONUM (from rhips, a rod, and gonu, a
knee or joint; in allusion to the jointed stalk). Some-
times spelt Ripogonum. ORD. Liliacew. A small genus
(five species) of tall, climbing, greenhouse shrubs, of
which one is a native of New Zealand, and the rest
are Australian. Flowers rather small, shortly pedicellate
or sub-sessile, racemose or spicate; perianth seg-
ments distinct, equal, or the outer ones shorter. Leaves
often mostly opposite, sometimes all alternate, three to
five-nerved, with reticulated veinlets ; petioles not cirrhi-
ferous. The species are little known in cultivation.
R. album requires culture similar to Myrsiphyllum
(which see).

R. album (white). É white, rather distant, in axillary, simple
racemes, usually shorter than the leaves. June and July.
Jr. red when fresh, drying black, $in. in diameter. L irregularly
— or alternate, elliptic or oblong, —— to ovate or

Jmost lanceolate, shortly acuminate, narrowed at base, mostly
— to 4in. long. Main branches often prickly. Australia,

RHIPSALIS (from rhips, a Willow-branch; re-
ferring to the flexibility of the branches), Including
Lepismium and Pfeifera. ORD. Cactew. A genus of
greenhouse, succulent shrubs, with sub-radicant, elongated,
terete, or leafy-dilated and crenate stems. Thirty species
have been described, natives of tropical America, one
being found in South Africa, and one in Mauritius and
Ceylon. Flowers lateral, rarely terminal; calyx tube
not produced above the ovary, with three to many very

Fic, 365. FLOWERING BRANCH OF RHIPSALIS FUNALIS.

short, scale-like lobes ; petals six to ten, spreading, ob-
long; stamens numerous. Berry sub-globose, smooth.
Leaves scale-like. The species best known in gardens
are described below. They should be grown in a com-
post of sandy loam, leaf mould, and brick rubbish. Pro-
pagation may be effected by cuttings, inserted in rough

2P

290

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, :

Bhipsalis—continued.
gravel or brick rubbish, after having been dried at the
base for a few days. f
R. brachiata (forked) A synonym of R. Saglionis.
Cassytha (Cassytha).* A. abundant on the sides of the
branchlets, often crowded ; calyx teeth five or six ; petals five
or six, greenish-white ; stamens twelve to fourteen. September.
fr., berry waxy-white, like that of the Mistletoe. Stems slender,
terete, firm, branched, in dense whorls, the branches again

branched ; joints rare, except at the branching. h. lft. Tropics,
&c., 1758. (B. M. 3080.)

R. communis (common). fl. rose, white ; crenæ furnished with
an ovate acute scale and numerous white hairs. Summer to
December. Plant articulated, erect, sub-radicant, pale —
triangular; ribs much compressed, repandly crenated. il
1836. (B. M. 3763, under name of Lepismiwm commune.)

R. crispata (curled). M. white, minute, scarcely odorous ; petals
six, ovate, reflexed ; stamens numerous, mber. fr., berry
white, globose. Plant sub-erect, articulated ; branches orbicular

or oblong, sub-petiolate, yolowan-grom, almost membranous,

deeply crenate, the margins slightly curled. A. lft. Native
place unknown.

fasciculata (cluster-branched). A. similar to those of R. Cas-
sytha, but smaller; petals five, dirty-yellow. fr., berry white,
crowned with the remains of the corolla. Plant creeping,
branched ; branches fascicled, green, terete, ve —— setose ;

— ones spirally sub-angular; areole shehitly clustered.
razil. (B. M. 3079.)

R. funalis (cord-like). . white, very copious, ten lines in dia-
meter, inodorous ; petals seven or magy ; stamens very numerous;
February to April. Trunk 2ft. to 3ft. high, at length woody ;
branches long, terete, obtuse ; areolæ scattered, almost naked.
Central America. See Fig. 365. SYN. R. grandiflora (B. M. 2740).

R, grandifiora (large-flowered). A synonym of R. funatis.

R. Houlletii (Houllet’s).* fl. straw-colour, copiously produced in
the axils of the marginal teeth. Branches pendulous ; the arti-
culations 3in. to 6in, long, elliptic-lanceolate, coarsely toothed,
and of a glabrous-green, with a faint tinge of brownish-purple
along the margins. Brazil, 1874. (B. M. 6089.)

mesembryanthemoides (Mesembryanthemum-like). fl.
white, in. across at the lateral joints; petals five, much-spread-
ing. feed: Jr., berry white. Plant glomerately branched ;
branches . to l0in, long, sub-erect, terete, bearing rooting
joints ; lateral joints clustered, terete, attenuated at both ends ;
fascicles of spines = white, dying off blackish, Tropical
America, 1817, (B. M. 3078.)
R. Log fagor tag f numerous upon the joints,
solitary in each crenature ; calyx leaflets three, brownish ; petals

the crenatures.
alatus.)

R. paradoxa (paradoxical). . yellow, white; crenæ remote,
furnished with white hairs, and propped by leafy bracts. August
to November. Plant diffusely sub-erect, sub-articulated ; joints

- elongated, slender, three or four-sided; margins acute, crenu-
lated, purple. Brazil, 1837. (B. M. 3755, under name of Lepis-
mium Myosurus.)

R. pendulifiora (pendulous-flowered). This is closely allied to
R. Saglionis ; it differs in its pendulous habit, fastigiate and
quite terete branches, and pendulous flowers with more obtuse
petals. Tropical America, 1877.

R. pentaptera (five-winged). /l. white, }in, across, very copious
in the crenatures of the branches and on the upper part of the
trunk ; — six or seven, biseriate. February and March.
Plant sub-erect, 14ft. high, long-jointed, full green; main stem
five or six-angled, with slender, slightly twisted, five-angled
branches; areol# remote. Brazil.

rhombea (diamond-branched).
small,
branches, sub-erect, articulated, diffuse; joints lin. to 3in. long,
with | filiform wings, ovate- or lanceolate-rhomboid, highh
glabrous, and shining, incised-crenate at the margins. Brazil.

(Ref. B. 152.)

jl. greenish-white, solitary,

(Saglio’s). fl. greenish-yellow, rather large, ter-

minal upon divaricate articulations, on the lower part of the
4 Plant erect or nearly so; main stem
cylindrical, bearing the few scattered flowering branches below,
and above many horizontal branches, which are again divided,
site, braohiate, and with more numerous and shorter
Buenos Ayres.

stem. 8in. to 10in.

always o
joints as they come nearer the ultimate divisions.
SYN. R. brachiata (B. M. 4039).

R. salicornoides (Glasswort-like).* jil. yellow, terminal, solitary
tals numerous, thin, concave,
lant trailing (young specimens

or in pairs; corolla superior ;
never opening wide, Spring.

erect), proliferous ; branches very numerous, spreading, jointed ;
joints club-shaped, rounded, tubercled, smooth, scarred, glaucous ;
older stems grey. Brazil. (B. M. 2461; G. C. n. s., V. )

Stem terete or variously compressed, and, as well as the

_ chokes,. French Beans,

Rhipsalis—continued.

R. sarmentacea (twiggy-stemmed). fl. white. Stem slender,
creeping, rooting, slightly branched, obtuse-angled; areolæ
clustered, minute, prickly, slightly tomentose ; prickles eight to
— very slender, bristly, unequal, snow-white. Bonaria,

R. Swartziana (Swartz’s). M. whitish, minute. June. fr., berry
nearly black. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, simply branched, winged
above ; summit resembling the branches. Branches 6in. to 12in.
long, alternate, flat, oblong or oblong-linear, remotely crenate,
tapering at the stipitate, jointed base. Jamaica, 1810.
RHIZANTHOUS.

apparently so.

RHIZOBIINZ. A group of Aphides, which derive
their name (meaning “ root-livers’’) from living under-
ground upon roots of various plants. In this group
all the species exhibit this habit; but so also do various ©
genera outside the Rhizobiine, strictly so-called, e.g.,
most species of Paracletus, Schizoneura, and Trama,
and a few species of the genera Aphis, Phyllozera,
Pemphigus, and Siphonophora. In all the above genera
there are species more or less hurtful to garden plants,
by feeding on their roots, and thereby weakening them ;
and several of the species have been referred to the
genus Rhizobius because of their mode of life—e.y.,
Trama radices, described by Westwood, under the name
Rhizobius Helianthemi. A very large part of the root-
feeding Aphides select roots of grasses; but they also
feed largely on Lettuces (Pemphigus), Jerusalem Arti-
and Scarlet Runners (Tychea
Phaseoli, &c.). A curious circumstance connected with
these insects is the relation that exists between them
and certain species of ants, in whose nests they usually
remain; in the nests they are carefully attended to
by the ants. In the genus Rhizobius no winged forms
are known, nor do honey-tubes exist. Owing to their
mode of life, it is difficult to free plants when once
attacked by these subterranean Aphides, Probably, the
best means is to water them with a solution of gas-
water or gas-lime, or of carbolic acid; or to make use

of carbon disulphide, poured into holes in the soil near
the roots.

RHIZOBOLEZ:. Included under Ternstrimiacee.
RHIZOBOLUS. A synonym of Caryocar.

É l E . Literally, root-fruited; having
a perennial root, but a stem which perishes annually.

RHIZOGLOSSUM. Included under Ophioglossum.
RHIZOID. Resembling a root.

RHIZOME. “A rootstock; a stem of root-like ap-
pearance, prostrate on or under ground, from which
rootlets are sent off; the apex progressively sending up

herbaceous stems or flowering stalk d often leaves”
(Asa Gray). . ——

Seen eoUs: Having the appearance of a

TOO!

RHIZOPHORA (from rhiza, a root, and phoreo, to
bear; the branches emit roots freely, and these descend
into the mud in which the tree grows). Mangrove. ORD.
Rhizophoree. A genus comprising two (or four or five)
species of stove trees, inhabiting tropical shores and
mud swamps. _Flowers rather large, sessile or pedi-
cellate, on axillary, bi- or trichotomously branched
peduncles. Leaves opposite, petiolate, thickly coriaceous,
ovate or elliptic, entire, glabrous. “In the economy of
Nature, the Mangrove performs a most important part, ©
—— annually fresh portions of the land from the

ominion of the ocean, and adding them to the domain

of man. This is effected in a twofold manner: by the
— * of their one ina by ‘the rikl
germination of their seeds, whi i i

OMKAR thay lave which do not quit their lofty

ass d
pes —— umed the form of actual trees,

Flowering from the root, or

water with their roots ready prepared

£
AN ENCYCLOPZADIA OF HORTICULTURE. . 291
Rhizophora—continued. Rhodites—continued.
to take possession of the mud, in advance of their parent above are natives of Europe. For further information,
stems” (Dr. Wm. Hamilton, in the “ Pharmaceutical see Rose-galls.

Journal”). R.Mangle has been introduced to this country,
but is difficult to cultivate.

RHIZOPHOREZ. A natural order of usually quite
glabrous trees and shrubs, with terete branchlets swollen
at the nodes, almost wholly tropical, and to a great
extent littoral. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, axillary,
disposed in cymes, panicles, spikes, or racemes, rarely
densely clustered or solitary, small or rather large, bi-
bracteolate or ebracteolate; calyx tube more or less
_adnate to the ovary, rarely free; limb three to fourteen-
lobed or entire, persistent; petals as many as the calyx
lobes, usually small, concave or involute, and embracing
the stamens, notched, bifid, or lacerate, rarely entire,
conyolute or inflexed in bud; stamens twice, or three or
four times, as many as the petals, rarely equal in
number; ovary usually inferior, two to five (rarely six)
celled. Fruit usually coriaceous, crowned with the calyx
limb, indehiscent or rarely septicidal, one-celled and one-
seeded, or with two to five one-seeded cells. Leaves
opposite and stipulate, rarely alternate and exstipulate,
petioled, thickly coriaceous, usually quite entire, in a few
cases sinuate-crenulate or serrulated; stipules inter-
petiolar, very caducous. The wood of Rhizophora Mangle
is described as edible, and when fermented produces a
light wine. The order comprises seventeen genera, and
about fifty species, none of which are of horticultural
value. Examples: Haplopetalum, Rhizophora.

_RHIZOS. This term, used in Greek compounds,
signifies a root; e.g., Rhizophora.

RHODAMNIA (from rhodamnus, a small branch;
in reference to the size of the plants). Syn. Monozora.
ORD. Myrtacee. A genus of stove or greenhouse shrubs
or small trees. Twelve species have been enumerated ;
of these, three are natives of Eastern or tropical Australia,
and the regt of tropical Asia. Flowers often small; calyx
tube ovoid or sub-globose; limb of four persistent lobes
or segments; petals four, spreading ; pedicels short, some-
times very short, fasciculate in the axils, or shortly and
loosely racemose; bracteoles small, caducous. Leaves
opposite, ovate or lanceolate, three-nerved or tripli-
nerved, often hoary or downy beneath: The only species
introduced is often erroneously classed under Eugenia.
For culture, see Myrtus.

trinervia (three-nerved). fi. white; peduncles slender, axil-
lary, three together in a cluster, or on a short, common peduncle,
each with one or rarely three flowers. May. l. ovate-oblong or
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous and much reticulated
above, prominently three-nerved from the base, beneath, as well
as on the young shoots and inflorescence, velvety-pubescent.

Australia, 1 A tall nhouse shrub or small tree. (B. M. 3223,

under name of Eugenia trinervia.)

RHODANTHE. Included under Helipterum
(which see).

RHODIOLA. Included under Sedum (which see).

RHODITES. A genus of Gall-flies (Cynipide), all
the known species of which, viz., six European and
four American, make galls on Roses, but on no other
plants, with the exception of R. radicum, one of the
American forms, which is said also to gall the roots of
Raspberries, and of Blackberries or Brambles.

R. Rose produces the well-known Bedeguar Gall on
various kinds of Roses; R. spinosissime makes galls
of very varied form on twigs, leaves, and fruits of
Rosa spinosissima and R. canina; R. Eglanterie makes
smooth, round galls, like small peas, on leaves of _ Rosa
canina and R. rubiginosa; R. centifolie makes similar
galls on Rosa centifolia; R. rosarum causes the growth
of small, round leaf-galls, each decked with a few long
prickles, on various kinds of Roses; and R. Mayri forms

galls on leaves and branches of Rosa canina. All the |

RHODO. This term, used in Greek compounds, sig-
nifies red; e.g., Rhodochiton, Rhodostachys.

RHODOCHITON (from rhodo, red, and chiton, a
cloak; in reference to the large, coloured calyx). ORD.
Scrophularinee. A monotypic genus. The species is an
elegant, greenhouse herb, with the petioles and pe-
duncles usually twisted and climbing. For culture, see
Maurandya.

R. volubile (twining).* ji. on axillary, elongated pedicels ; cal
pale reddish, ample, broadly campanulate, semi-five-fid ; coro!
dark blood-colour, rather large, with five erecto-patent lobes.
June. Jl. alternate, cordate, acuminate, with a few acute teeth,
— glandular-puberulous. k, 10ft. Mexico, 1833. (B. M.

7; BR.: 1755; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 250.)

RHODOCISTUS BERTHELOTIANUS. A sy-

nonym of Cistus candidissimus (which see).

RHODOCOMA. A synonym of Restio (which

see).

RHODODENDRON (an old Greek name, from
rhodos, a rose, and dendron, a tree; in allusion to the
rose-red flowers of many of the species). Rose Bay.
Azalea and Rhodora are merged, by the authors of the
“Genera Plantarum,” into this genus, but for garden
purposes they have been kept distinct in this work.
ORD. Ericacee. A large and popular genus of highly
ornamental, glabrous, pubescent, tomentose, or lepidoted,
stove, greenhouse, or hardy shrubs, rarely trees. The
species, which number upwards of 100, are natives of the
mountains of Europe, Asia, the Malayan Archipelago, and
North America, often gregarious, being copiously found
on the Himalayan mountains. Flowers usually large, often
disposed in terminal, many or few-flowered, sometimes sub-
racemose corymbs, rarely axillary or solitary; calyx vari-
able, five-sepaled, five-toothed, patelliform, cup-shaped, or
obsolete, coriaceous or leat-like, persistent; corolla vari-
able, often funnel-shaped or bell-shaped, rarely tubular,
salver-shaped, or sub-rotate; limb more or less oblique,
five (rarely six to ten) lobed or rarely parted, very rarely
sub-bilabiate, the lobes imbricated; stamens eight to ten,
rarely five or twelve to eighteen, more or less unequal,
sometimes spreading; filaments subulate-filiform or short
and thigk, usually pilose or bearded at the base. Cap-
sules short or elongated, woody, five to twenty-celled.
Leaves alternate, often clustered at the tips of the branch-
lets, entire, coriaceous, rarely membranous, annual or
biennial. a

Rhododendrons may justly be classed amongst the most
beautiful and attractive of evergreen, flowering shrubs.
Their foliage is at all times attractive, and the flower-
trusses, which vary much in size with the species or
variety, are usually borne in the greatest profusion when-
ever the plants succeed. Amongst outdoor shrubs, none
are more showy when in flower than the gorgeous varie-
ties and hybrids raised from R. ponticum. ‘This species
itself has now been so generally superseded by varieties
or hybrids, that it need no longer be grown extensively,
except for covert planting, and for the supply of stocks
whereon to graft the superior forms. Some of the’grandest
indoor plants, where space can be allowed them to develop,
are specimens of the Himalayan species, many of which
have flowers highly perfumed, in addition to their other
good qualities. Of late years, numerous hybrids have been
raised, by using, for crossing and inter-crossing, several
of the species and hybrids which have been from time
to time obtained. These are all beautiful, and well
adapted for culture in small pots, for greenhouse deco-
ration. They have always been much valued, and seem
deservedly to be fast increasing in popularity.

Propagation. There are several methods by one or
more of which the species, hybrids, and varieties of

292

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bhododendron—continued.

Rhododendron may be increased—namely, seeds, cuttings,
and layers, and by grafting. Budding and inarching
are also practicable. The seeds, which are very minute,
require to be sown in thoroughly-drained pots, or
shallow pans, of sandy peat. The top layer should
have a little more sand intermixed than is necessary
for the other portion, and should be passed through
a fine sieve. After the surface has been rendered
smooth and pressed firm, the pots, or pans, should be
watered previous to sowing, and then allowed to drain.
Scatter the seeds thinly over the top, press in, and
cover very lightly with a little silver sand. To pre-
vent the soil from drying too readily, the plan of
placing a little moss over the soil is often practised ;
this must not be allowed to remain after the seeds
begin to germinate. The pans may be placed in gentle
heat, or in a cold frame; and shading from sunshine is
necessary. February and March are the best seasons
for sowing. When the plants come up, and are large
enough to handle, they should be pricked off in pans of
soil similar to that in which they have previously been
growing, and be kept shaded and close until re-established.
Afterwards, they may gradually have air and light ad-
mitted to harden them. Cuttings intended for pro-
pagating should be made of partially-ripened wood, in-
serted in sandy peat, and kept close and shaded. After
they have callused,a slightly higher temperature may
be allowed than at first, such as a gentle hotbed affords.
Layering may be practised in autumn or spring, when
the parent plant is sufficiently dwarf to allow of its
being done. Roots proceed from almost any part of the
firm wood near the base, but only very slowly indeed.
Grafting is one of the principal methods adopted for in-
creasing established varieties of Rhododendron, the stocks
used being procured from seedlings or cuttings obtained
from medium or strong-growing common varieties or
species of good constitution. Grafting is most exten-
sively practised towards the latter part of summer, when
the scions have become ripened; with the tender indoor
species, it is best done in winter. Grafted plants re-
quire to be kept for a time in close frames until a
union has been effected.

Culture of Indoor Greenhouse Rhododendrons. Many
of these develop into very large bushes, where space
can be afforded, and provision made for planting them
out. Amongst the species may be speciaily mentioned
the magnificent R. Nuttallii, also R. arboreum, R. Auck-
landii, R. Edgeworthii, &c. An open, peaty. soil suits
best, and good drainage is essential, as large quantities
of water are requisite in summer. Unless seeds are re-
quired, the whole of the seed-vessels should be carefully
removed when flowering is over, and the plants should
then, if possible, be kept rather close while making their
annual growth. Specimens of the species above-named
may also be grown successfully in large tubs or pots,
as the root space required is not really so much as
the size of head would suggest. All the beautiful
hybrid greenhouse Rhododendrons are most desirable
subjects for decorative purposes in cool houses. They
are mostly free-growing, and exceptionally free-flowering,
as, by affording what is known as a warm greenhouse
temperature, some of the plants in a collection are
nearly always to be seen in flower. Especially are
these remarks applicable to the section raised from
R. jasminijlorum, R. javanicum, &c., which require more
heat in winter than R. ciliatum, R. Edgeworthii, and
others mentioned above. The hybrids succeed in rather
small pots; good turfy peat and some silver sand is the
most suitable compost to use. The plants should be kept
under glass, but subjected to plenty of air in summer
after their annual growth has been made. Water must
be very carefully administered, particularly after pot-
ting, or if signs of ill-health are apparent. Rain-water

-be obtained more easily.

Rhododendron—continued.
for these, as for all other hard-wooded plants, is much
to be preferred to any other.

Culture of Hardy Outdoor Rhododendrons. Hardy
Rhododendrons succeed under various conditions regard-
ing situation and soil, but one thing is always fatal to
the well-doing of most of them, namely, the presence of
lime or chalk in the compost within reach of their roots.
Naturally, they prefer a rather moist situation and
partial shade, but these conditions are not absolutely
necessary, as the plants are hardy enough to grow and
flower splendidly where fully exposed to the sun. Peat
and leaf soil are unquestionably best suited for Rhodo-
dendrons; but R. ponticum and its numerous beautiful
varieties grow well where there is a good proportion of
loam, provided the destructive ingredients already re-
ferred to are absent. It is generally necessary to have
beds specially prepared for these plants, by taking out
the ordinary soil and refilling with a prepared compost,
If peat is procurable, it should: form the bulk; leaf soil
and sandy loam may be added more freely when they can
Dried cow-manure is also a
good addition. Prepared beds for Rhododendrons should,
if possible, be from 2ft. to 2}ft. deep; it is far better
to make them properly at first, and large plants require
that depth, although they always root near the surface.
Transplanting may best be performed in spring; but
there are few shrubs that withstand it so well at any
season, provided the balls are not kept long out of the
ground, and watering is well attended to afterwards.
Large standard specimens of the numerous beautiful
hybrids are exceedingly telling in pleasure-grounds, either
isolated or planted amongst other smaller plants of Rho-
dodendrons, or such subjects as are usually grown with
them, hardy Ericas, Kalmias, Pieris, &c. The ponticum
hybrids form valuable forcing subjects; they may be
lifted from the open ground after, the flower buds are
set, and potted up. If introduced to heat in early spring,
the flowers soon expand, and showy specimens are
thereby obtained early for greenhouse decoration.

R. ferrugineum and R. hirsutum are dwarf, free-flower-
ing species, well adapted for planting in small beds by
themselves, or in prepared borders in different parts of
rock-gardens, &c. They are always dwarf and some-
what slow-growing, so that, if associated with the vigorous
ponticum varieties, they are liable to become overgrown
and smothered. All Rhododendrons have extremely
small, fibre-like roots, which are disposed very close to,
and even on, the surface of the soil. It is important
that these be kept protected from the sun; if the foliage
does not insure sufficient shade, a top-dressing of leaf
soil, cocoanut-fibre refuse, or similar material, proves of
great advantage through the summer time, when the
roots require to be kept cool and moist.

The best-known species and varieties are described
below. Except where otherwise indicated, all are shrubs,
and require greenhouse treatment.

yt Poets: ginosum (verdigris-coloured), A synonym of R. campanu-
um. *
š +

R. albiflorum (white-flowered). f. drooping, on fascicled, rarely
solitary peduncles ; calyx large, deeply cut into five brownish-
green segments ; corolla pure cream-white, twice as long as the
calyx, rotate-campanulate, five-lobed; stamens ten, included.
July. J. deciduous, elliptic-lanceolate, shortly petiolate, entire,
glabrous, penninerved, lin. to 1}in. long; stipules brown, early
deciduous. Branches erect. h, 2ft. to 3ft. Rocky Mountains.
Hardy. (B.M. 3670.) i

R. album (white). fl. small, on pedicels lin. to 14in. long ; calyx
minute; corolla e ———— or cream-colour, broad-
campanulate, its five lobes nearly equal, rounded, retuse ; stamens
ten; corymbs umbellate, tins a shorter than the leaves.
November. /. rather copious, spreading, 3in. to 4in. long, oblong-
lanceolate, acute, on short, lepidoted petioles, glabrous and dar
— above, thickly clothed with minute, ferruginous scales

neath. Branches clothed with reddish-brown bark. A. lft. -
Java. (B. M. 4972.)

Anthopogon (bearded-flowered).* fl. sulphur-coloured, glo-
merate ; calyx with a short, five-lobed thin ; —— salver-shaped,

AN ENCYCLOPZ2DIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 298

Rhododendron—continued.

with a woolly throat and a spreading limb of roundish, undulately-
curled segments; stamens eight, inclosed. April and May.
l. oval, rusty beneath from lepidoted tomentum, biennial,
— — ae — — Branchlets
owny. s . to lżft. en an orthern Asia, 1820.
Hardy. (B. M. 3947.) i

Fig. 366. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF RHODODENDRON
ARBOREUM.

R. arboreum (tree-like).* /. white, rose, or blood-colour, disposed
in dense heads; calyx absent; corolla campanulate; stamens
ten. March to May. J. large, coriaceous, lanceolate, acute,
cordate at base or attenuated into a thick petiole, of a beautiful
green above, below impressed with netted veins, glabrous, silvery

_ or ferruginous-pubescent. h. 20ft. to 25ft. Himalayas, 1820.

ficent, half-hardy tree, sometimes attaining a circumference

of 150ft. See Fig. 366. (P. M. B. i. 101; R. S. H. vi., under name
of R. Campbellie.) This species has been largely used for hybridis-
Ing purposes; many of its progeny, however, are early-fiowering,
and liable to be injured by spring frosts. Some of them are
mentioned herewith: R. altaclerense (B. M. 3423), R. Russell-
tanum (S. B, F. G, ser. ii. 91), R. Smithii (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 50),
R. undulatum (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 341), R. venustum (S. B. F. G.
ser. ii. 288). The following are varieties :

R. a. album (white). fi. white, with some purple dots above on
the inside. Z, ferruginous beneath. (B. M. 3290; B. R. 1684.)
R. a. cinnamomeum (cinnamon-leaved). ji. white, with pop

and yellow spots. Z. cinnamon-coloured beneath. (B. R. 1982.)

a. C. roseum (rosy). A splendid sub-variety, having rose-
coloured flowers 24in. in diameter. (B. M. 3825.) `- ;

R. a. limbatum (bordered). fl., corolla limb rose-colour, gra-
dually fading into an almost pure white throat, marked at the
sare Miika deep blood-red blotch, broad. Half-hardy. (B. M.

R. a. puniceum (purple). fi. either purplish or of an intense
red-scarlet colour ; corolla segments sub-bilobed at apex, crenate,
sub-undulated. Z. covered below with velvety-silvery, adpressed
—— (B. R. 890 and H. E. F. 168, under name of R. ar-

m.

R. a. roseum (ros:

y). . rose-colour.

(B. R. 1240; S. B. F. ation ii. 339.)
R. argenteum (silvery). A synonym of R. grande.

R. Aucklandii (Lord Auckland’s).* fl. the larjont of the genus ;

l. ferruginous beneath.

R. barbatum arded). fl. d oderate-
x . fl. deep puce or blood-colour, moderate-
sized, collected S into a — — head, 4in. to Sin. in
diameter ; calyx — scarcely silky, deeply — ab —
. l, when young, sparin; airy and ciliated ;

— bin, to Tin. long, isin, ~ A pean wide, elliptic-lanceo-
» Acute, rather broader above the middle; margins reflexed

BRhododendron—continued.

and rough with hard ciliæ; petioles jin. long, slightly tubercl
and beset with long, rigid black cote or holce OMON wie
extend a little way up the midrib beneath. Main trunks few,
clothed with reddish bark ; branches numerous. h. 40ft. to 60ft.
Sikkim, 1829. Half-hardy tree. (F. d. S. 469; R. S. H. 3.)

R. b. Smithii (Smith’s). A variety differing from the type in
having the under surface of the leaves furfuraceous sub-tomentose.
Syn. R. Smithii (B. M. 5120).

R. blandfordizfiorum (Blandfordia-flowered).* A. often green
before expansion, afterwards becoming more or less of a cinnabar
or brick-red or orange-red on the upper part of the tube and
limb, sometimes altogether green, at others red, even in the
bud ; corolla lin. to 2sin. long; stamens ten; heads five to ten-
flowered. J. 2in. to Sin. long, coriaceous in luxuriant
lanceolate, acuminate, shortly petiolate, ferruginous]
beneath. Branchlets slender, twiggy, lepidoted. A: bee, Hima-
layas, 1851. (B. M. 4930.)

R. Boothii (Booth’s). A. yellow, campanulate, disposed in many-
flowered corymbs; calyx leaf-like, membranous, the segments
oval, obtuse, glabrous. J, thickly coriaceous, rhomboid, ovate,
acuminate, 4in, to din. long, 2in. to 24in, b , Scaly beneath,
densely ciliated on the margins, A, 5ft. to 6ft. Bhotan. This is
found mes eg an epiphyte on Oak-trees in its native place.
(I. H. 1858, 174.)

R. Brookeanum (Sir James Brooke’s). /l. many, in a large,
loose, terminal umbel, on rather short peduncles; calyx absent ;
corolla full orange or golden-tawny, between bell and funnel-
shaped, large, thick, with an elongated tube and a limb of five
crisped lobes ; stamens ten, as long as the tube. April. J. 6in.
to Yin. long, firm, oblong-lanceolate, acute, full green above, the
same or a little paler beneath, and there sparingly dotted with
minute scales ; petioles dark purple, very short, broad, and thick.
Branches dark purple, stout. Borneo, 1848. Stove — or
terrestrial shrub. (B. M. 4935; F. d. S. v. 480; G. C. , 236.)

R. B, gracilis (slender).* jl. pale yellow, freely produced on

oung plants —— of ten to twelve. l. light green, elliptic-
Rearend rag 1871. (J. H. S. iii. 85.) ‘

R. californicum (Californian). ji. many, in terminal umbels ;
calyx small, slightly pilose ; corolla rose-purple, broadly campanu-
late, the lobes yellow-spbtted within, and undulated ; stamens
ten, shorter than the corolla. June. l. somewhat obovate-elliptic,
coriaceous, acute, glabrous, shortly petiolate, one-coloured, paler
beneath. h. 3ft. to 8ft. California. Hardy. (B. M, 4863.)

R. calophyllum (beautiful-leaved).* M. in corymbs of four or five,
on opa scaly Si ceo calyx very scaly, short, five-lobed ;
corolla pure white, slightly tinged with yellow-green, 3in. long
and broad, tubular-campanulate, somewhat ringent, —
lobed; stamens eighteen to twenty, included. May. L to
Sin. long, firm, rigid, coriaceous, ovate, oblong, or somewhat
elliptical, dark glossy-green, obtuse at base, very acute at apex, .
glaucous beneath when young, ferruginous when old, with in-
numerable scales. Branches spreading, stout, terete. h. 3ft.
Bhotan. (B. M.

R. camelliæfiorum (Camellia-flowered). jl, solitary or twin, on
short, curved peduncles; calyx segments thick, obtuse ; corolla

` pure white, with a faint rosy tinge, rather thick, lepidoted, 14in.
across. April. l. at the tips of the branches, differing in little
but size from those of R. Maddeni, 24in. to Sin. long. Stems 2ft.
to 6ft. long, seldom thicker than a goose-quill, Branches jong,
generally pendulous. Sikkim, 1851. (B. M. 4932; R. 5. H.

) .
campanulatum (bell-flowered).* A. pale lilac, with a few
—— spots, or rose-colour, cor ry calyx lobes very short ;
corolla campanulate, about 2in. in diameter, with flat, entire
lobes, rounded at the apex ; pedicels glabrous. April. Z elliptic,
mucronate, obtuse or sub-cordate at base, below greyish-powdery,
above, as well as the petioles and branchlets, glabrous. h. 4ft.
Sikkim, 1825. Half-hardy. (B. M. 3759; L. B. C. 1944; P. M. B.
xvi. 193; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 241.) SYN. R. eruginosum (R. 8. H.

xxii.).
gruginosum (verdigris-coloured). A form having the
Boe —* of ths leaves clothed with verdigris - coloured
tomentum.
R. c. Batemani (Bateman’s). A larger-flowered, more robust-
habited form. (B. M. 5387.) ; —
‘allichii (Wallich’s). f., corolla more brightly coloured
n the be 1, elliptic or oblong, ly tomentose
beneath, often caducous; petioles densely woolly. (R. S. H. v.)
cam’ curved-fruited).* A. honey-scented, hori-
—— and nodding, Pi to eight in a terminal head, on slender
dicels ; calyx five-lobed, glandulose ; corolla tinged of a sulphur
E and always spotless, truly campanulate, nearly 2in. long,
broader across the tive sprea lobes, which are finely veined.
' June. Capsules curling upwards. l. coriaceous, but not thick,
Qin. to 3sin. long, lin. to Zin. broad, cordate at base, unded
and mucronate at the apex, Tiap —— — — ——
hlets, as well as t uncles and pedicels, y
male biaia, Si , 1851. A twiggy, branched ne, ganca M.
: R. S. H. xxx.)
2
whiense (Catawban). f. lilac-purple ; calyx lobes small;
—— broadly pA raseda ; pedicels (and —— rusty-pubes-
cent. July. l oval or oblong, rounded at both ends, smooth,

294

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rhododendron—continued.

šin. to 5in. long, pale beneath. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Mountains of
Southern United States, 1809. Hardy. (B. M. 1671.)

R. caucasicum (Caucasian).* fl. corymbose ; corolla rose-coloured
outside, white within, spotted with green at the throat, cam-
panulate-infundibuliform. August. J, lanceolate, ovate, or
nearly obovate, slenderly veined above, beneath clothed with
much-adpressed, ferruginous tomentum, the margins revolute.
Stems diffuse or decumbent. h. lft. Caucasus, 1803. Hardy.
(B. M. 1145.) The following are handsome varieties of this
species :

R. c. albifiorum (white-flowered). A hybrid with white flowers,
not so desirable as the type. (B. M. 3811, under name of
R. c. hybridum.)

R. c. flavidum (yellowish-flowered). fl. straw-colour, spotted
with green.

R. c. Nobleanum (Noble’s). fl. of an intense rose-colour both
outside and within. J. oblong.

l. oblong.

um (very gels Jl. rose-colour.
“ caucasicum.

c. pulcherrim’
A erin ybrid between arboreum and R.
(B. R. 1820,

under name of R. pulcherrimum.)
R. c. stramineum (straw-coloured). A. straw-colour, fulvous-
spotted within. Z. oblong. (B. M. 3422.)
(Chamæcistus). A synonym of Rhodothamnus
Chamæcistus. :

R. — sage (Champion's). fl. white, tinged with delicate rose-
colour, or white with the upper lip pale yellow towards the
centre, and — dotted with ochre; calyx hispid, deeply
cleft into four rather long segments ; corolla 4in. across, the tube
rather short, campanulate; stamens ten; umbels four to six-
flowered ; uncles hispid. April. J. shortly petioled, lanceo-
late, sho — reticulated, flat, dark green above, rust;
beneath, where the margins, costa, and veins, are clothed wit
short, bristly hairs. h. Tft. Hong Kong, 1881. (B. M. 4609.)

R. ciliatum (ciliated).* /l. pale reddish-purple, inclined, in three
to many-flowered, terminal heads ; sepals veined, ciliated ; corolla
l1jin. long, and nearly as much across; tube rather contracted
below; limb of five lobes, the upper one obscurely spotted.
May. J. elliptic, acuminate, coriaceous, 2in., rarely din., long,
sometimes obscurely cordate at the base; upper surface
(except in age) pilose, even villous when young ; beneath quite
— covered with minute, ferruginous scales. h. 2ft.

ikkim. A small, more or less pilose or setose, hardy, rigid
species. (R. S. H. xxiv.)

R. c. roseo-album ———— jt. white, tinged with rose,
larger than in the type. (B. M. )

R. cinnabarinum (cinnabar-red).* i. rather small, nodding,
usually four to eight in a loose head; calyx segments of various
sizes; corolla brownish-red, with a long vibes the lobes rounded,
spreading, and slightly acuminated; stamens ten, included.

pril and May. J. ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends,
2in. to Sin. long, lin. wide, dull n above, ferruginous beneath.
Branches slender. Sikkim, 1, Half-hardy, (R. 8. H. viii.)
R. Ròylei (R. S. H. vii.) is nearly allied to this. :
R. citrinum (citron-coloured). f. drooping, fragrant, rather
_ small, umbellate ; calyx shortly five-lobed; corolla pale lemon-
colour, more than jin. long, campanulate ; limb of five nearly
erect, retuse lobes ; stamens five, included ; anthers deep orange.
May. J. on short petioles, spreading, the largest not more than
2in. long, elliptic-oblong, obtuse, glabrous, coriaceous, dark green
above ; pepe (ie and dotted with minute, pale-greenish
scales. Java, . A small, stove species. (B. M. 4797.)

R. Clivianum (Duchess of Northumberland’s),* fl. white, slightly
tinged with pale pink, especially on the ec! aad within, pro-
fusely dotted with light purplish-red. A hybrid, believed to have
bons — sh R, — catawbiense. It is a

rfectly hardy, strong-growing plant, but is well worthy of
Protection while in flower. (B. M. 4478.) 3
. R. dahuricum (Dahurian).* fl. rose-coloured, solitary or in
twos or threes at the tips of the branches, on short pedicels ;
calyx very shortly or scarcely five-toothed ; corolla rotate-cam-
panulate, not lepidoted. March. L oval-oblong, mucronulate,
—— lepidoted, paler beneath, deciduous. Ah. 3ft. Dahuria,
780. An erect, hardy species. See Fig. 367. (A. B. R. 4;
B. M. 636; L. B. C. 1605.)

R. d. sempervirens (evergreen). /l. of an intense purple.
l. persistent, dark green. (B. M. 1888; B. R. 194, under name
of R. d. atrovirens.)

Dathousiz (Lady Dalhousie’s).* Epiphytal Rhododendron.
J. lemon-scented, three to seven in an Soibellads head, the
spread of which is greater than that of the leaves; calyx
large, deeply divided into five foliaceous lobes; corolla white
with an occasional tinge of rose, 34in. to 44in. long, and as broa:
at the mouth, campanulate, much like that of Lilium candidum ;
lobes very broad, waved, spreading; stamens ten; peduncles
to July. Z. few, patent or reflexed,

st nearly jin. long, Aj
petidlate, shin. to as: long, elliptic-obovate, obtuse at base,
attenuated w into a more or less downy footstalk about 4in.

long, darkish-green, ng to yellow above, beneath paler.
Stems clothed bark. Branches spending A
whorled. A. 6ft. to Bft. ; A straggling, half-hardy

Rhododendron—continued.
epiphyte, especially found on Oaks and Magnolias. (B. M. 4718;
PA Narn R. S. H. i. ii.)

R. D. hybridum (hybrid). A hybrid between R. Dalhousie and
R. formosum. The flowers are as large as those of the former,
but have derived a tinge of pink from R. formosum ; the ciliated
calyx also — hat of the latter species, while the leaves
are intermediate in size, and quite glabrous. (B. M. 5322.)

R. Edgeworthii (Edgeworth’s).* f/f. showy, inclined; cal
large, of five deep, spreading, coloured lobes, very downy on the
back, the edges finely ciliated ; corolla white, often tinged with
blush or pale yellow ; tube rather short, widening much at the
mouth; limb more than 4in. across, spreading, of five nearly
equal lobes ; stamens ten ; peduncles terminal or axillary, usually
two or three together. May and June. J. 2in. to 4in. long,
ovate-lanceolate, acute or suddenly acuminate, obtuse at base,
the margins recurved, the upper surface singularly wrinkled from
impressed, reticulated veins; petioles about jin. long. Sikkim,
1851. Shrub with straggling branches, often pendulous upon
trees and rocks. The flowers are so fragrant that a few are
— — a large room. (B. M. 4936; F. d. 8. 797-8;

A A: a oo i

R. eximium (choice). A synonym of R. Falconeri.

f

FIG. 367. FLOWERING BRANCH OF RHODODENDRON DAHURICUM.

Falconeri (Dr. Falconer’s).* f. white, numerous, rather small,
densely placed in small, globose heads; calyx very minute;
corolla of ten rounded lobes; peduncles erect, elongated after
flowering. May. l very coriaceous, 8in. to 12in. long, din. to
Tin. wide; upper side glossy-green, fading to yellow on the
margins, which are quite plane ; beneath, except on the midrib
and reticulated veins, clothed with short, dense, pale ferru-
ginous down; young leaves velvety-downy. Trunks two or three
from the same point, often 2ft. in diameter. A. 30ft. Sikkim,
1850. Half-hardy tree. (B. M. 4924; F. d. S. 477-80; R. S. H. x.)
Syn. R. eximium.

R. Farreræ (Mrs. Farrer’s). fl. of-a pale lilac-rose colour, ter-
minal; calyx very shortly five-lobed ; corolla campanulate, the
lobes spreading and undulated. March. J. coriaceous, ovate,
obtuse, mucronulate, slightly attenuated at base, reticulate-
veined, hairy on both sides, the margins slightly recurved and
ciliated ; petioles, as well as the branchlets, villous-pilose. h. 3ft.
China, 1 Hardy. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii, 95.)

R. fe eum (rusty-leaved).* Alpine Rose. fi. of a beautiful
scarlet colour, marked with ash-coloured or yellow dots, disposed
in umbels ; calyx lobes tive, short, obtuse ; corolla funnel-shaped.
May to July. 1. oblong, attenuated at both ends, glabrous and
shining above, thickly beset with ferruginous dots beneath, and
much resembling those of the Box-tree ; when young, ciliated,
with a few hairs beneath. h. lft. Europe, 17! Hardy.
(J. F. A. 255; L. B. C. 65.) 3

R. f. albiflorum (white-flowered). A variety having white
flowers. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 258, under name of R. f. album.)
R. formosum (beautiful).* A. few, terminal ; calyx small, scarcely
lobed ; corolla white, slightly tinged with purple and yellow,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 295

Rhododendron—continued.

large, sub-campanulate, with an angular tube. April. J. lanceo-
late, obtuse, shining above, beneath (as well as the outside of the
corolla) lepidote. Branches smooth. h. 3ft. to 8ft. Eastern
Himalaya, 1815. (B. M. 4457.)

R. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* fl. pendulous, fragrant, loosely clustered
in heads of eight to ten, on peduncles in. to lin. long ; calyx
discoid, small ; corolla of a fine pale rose-colour, shortly campanu-
late, 3in. to 5}in. in diameter, with seven rounded lobes ; stamens
fourteen. May. J. Sin. to Tin. long, oblong or linear-oblong,
acute, bright green, but opaque above, glaucous below, acute,
rounded or cordate at base; petioles red-brown, 4in. to lin. long.
Branches very stout, terete. h. 12ft. China, 1859. Hardy.
(B. M. 5596.)

R. fulgens (brilliant). MA. on short pedicels, in dense heads ;
calyx obsolete or very short; corolla of a deep bright blood-red,
somewhat fieshy, highly polished and shining, campanulate, with
a slightly compressed tube, and a limb of five recurved lobes.
June. l. broadly obovate or ovaie elipio rounded at apex,
cordate at base, 4in. long, 3in. broad, tolerably constant, coria-
ceous, glossy above, densely woolly beneath, the margins re-
curved. h. 4ft. Eastern Himalaya, 1851. (B. M. 5317; F. d. S. 789;
R. S. H. xxv.)

R. glaucum (glaucous).* f. erect or inclined; calyx deeply five-
arted, with leafy lobes ; corolla pale pinkish-purple, above lin.
ong, and about as broad, with a campanulate tube and a mode-

rately ——— limb of five emarginate lobes: stamens ten,
included. May. J. rather crowded at the tips of the branches,
lin. to šin. long, usually lin. to lin. broad, shortly petioled,
oblong or broadly lanceolate, obtuse, with a mucro, when old
naked above; below — almost white, and dotted with
copious little scales, which abound on young leaves, bracts, buds,
ei regi and calyx segments. h. 2ft. Sikkim, 1850. Half-
ardy. (B. M. 4721; F. d. S. 672; R. S. H. xvii.)

R. grande (large).* fi. white, 2in. to 3in. long, 2in. to 2żin. in
diameter ; calyx very short, obscurely lobed; corolla limb of
rather short segments; stamens ten; stigma swollen. March.
l. obovate-oblong, acute, attenuated into the thick petioles, 6in.
to 12in. long, 3in. to 5in. broad, nearly flat, glabrous, full green
above, silvery-white beneath ; when in bud, very beautiful, erect

and silky, at first enveloped in large scales. Trunks solitary or

two or three together, spreading, branched above. h. t.

Sikkim, 1850. Tree. Syn. R. argenteum (B. M. 5054; F. d. 8.

473-6; R. S. H. ix.).

R. Griffithianum Aucklandii (Griffith’s, Lord Auckland’s
var.) A synonym of R. Aucklandit. —

R. hirsutum (hairy).* Alpine Rose. fl. pale red or scarlet,
disposed in umbellate corymbs; calyx lobes oblong, obtuse ;
corolla funnel-shaped, the outside, as well as the calyx, having
resinous dots; pedicels bristly. May to July. J. sub-elliptic,
rigid-ciliated, ferruginous-dotted beneath, glabrous on th
sides. k. lft. to 2ft. South Europe, 1656. Hardy. (B. M. 1853;
J. F. A. 98; L. B. C. 479.) j

R.H Hodgson’s). fl. delicate pale le or rose-colour,
in hea ain. to 6in. gitar oh aes bsolete ; corolla tube
lsin. long, broadly campanulate ; limb spreading, 2in. to 2sin.
across, eight-lobed ; stamens sixteen to eighteen ; anthers dark
oat ange May and June. J. terminal on the ultimate

ranches, spreading, lft. to 14ft. long, oblong-elliptic, obovate or
ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, nearly cordate at base, thickly coriaceous,
glabrous and glossy- n above, the margins recurved ; beneath,
except the midrib, dorheid with pale silvery-white, rarely ferru-
inous tomentum ; petioles very stout, lin. to 2in. or more long.
rk pale fiesh-colour. h. 12ft. to 20ft. Eastern Himalaya,
1851. A small tree, branching from the base. (B. M. BORD ?
R. 8. H. xv.) i

R. Hookeri (Hooker’s).* f red, in many-flowered corymbs ; calyx
ample, campanulate, obsoletely lobed ; corolla campanulate, with
five — bilobed lobes; stamens ten. April. J. —
highly glabrous, rigid, oblong-oval, obtuse, lon -stalked, roun
at base, glancescent beneath, 3in. to 54in. long, lin. tolin. broad ;
nerves furfuraceous-pubescent ; petioles thick, lin. long. h. 12ft.
to 14ft. Bhotan. An erect species. M. 4926.)

jasminiflorum (Jasmine-flowered).* jl. many, in terminal
umbels ; calyx obscurely five-lobed ; corolla white, slightly tinged
with rose below the limb; tube 2in. long, straight, scarcely
gibbous at the base ; limb spreading, of five obovate, wavy lobes ;
stamens ten; anthers red. ay. l. crowded towards the tips of
the branches ; lowermost ones sub-verticillate on short petioles,
obovate-oblong, rather acute, glabrous, nearly coriaceous. ó
Malacca, 1849.. (B. M. 4524 ; L. & P. F. G. i. 70.)

R. javanicum (Javan).* fl. fascicled, eight to twelve or more,
large and handsome ; calyx very small, five-lobed ; corolla orange-
coloured, with sca red spots, between funnel and bell-
shaped ; tube gradually widening upwards into a limb of five
nearly equal lobes; stamens ten, slightly ascendent ; anthers
dark purple. All seasons. J. scattered, oblong-oval, or ap-
proaching obovate, acute, tapering into a short ‘ole, naked
above, beneath minutely dotted with very — Pa Po mte
scales. Branches spreading. h. 4ft. Java, 1847. (B. M. 4336 ;
P. M. B. xv. 217.) —

R. Jenkinsii (Jenkins’). /l. white, four to six in a corymb ; calyx
segments — corolla lobes sub-equal, rounded, obtuse ; style

R. maxim
pedicels ; coro.

* R. ponticum; corolla pale purp

Rhododendron—continued.

very long. l. shortly petioled, oblong-lanceolate, acu
at base, 4in. to 54in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, glaucous
scaly beneath. h. 6ft. to 7ft. Bhotan, (R. G. ix. 277.)

R. kamtschaticum (Kamtschatka). Jl., calyx lobes oblong,
leaf-like; corolla purplish-red, striped inside with le,
nearly lżin. in diameter, the lobes obtuse and not callous at the
apex. July. J. oval, slightly acute, reticulated, five-nerved,
naked, ciliated. Kamtschatka, North America, &c., 1802. A
procumbent, hardy sub-shrub, (L. & P. F. G. i. 22, under name
of Rhodothamnus kamptschaticus.) :

R. Kendrickii latifolium (Kendrick’s broad-leaved). jl. ten
to fifteen in a rather loose, — head; calyx of five small
teeth; corolla bright scarlet, ee campanulate, equally five-
lobed; stamens ten. Spring. l. 4in. to 6in. long, about lin.
wide, generally undulated on the margins, more or less whorled,
green on both surfaces; young ones (and other parts of the
plant) clothed with reddish, glutinous hairs that disappear
in age. Trunk 7in, to 8in, in girth. Bhotan, 1859. Hardy.
(B. M. 5129.) š

R. Keysii (Keys’). fl. red, yellow, small, five or six in a corymb ;
calyx ro-tcothed ; corolla tubular or urceolate, the lobes ovate,
obtuse ; stamens ten ; filaments exserted. July. J. 2hin, to Zin.
long, about lin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, acute, glabrous, —
and scaly beneath. h. 2ft. to 6ft. Bhotan, 1851. (B. M. 4875;
F. d. 8. 1110.)

R. lanatum (woolly).* f. rather large, inclined, in terminal
corymbs of six to ten; calyx minute, five-toothed ; corolla yel-
lowish-white or pale sulphur-colour ; tube —————
within, above, and three of the upper lobes in part, -dotted ;
limb 2in. to 24in. across, of five very spreading, entire lobes.
June. l. at the tips of the branches, 34in. to Sin. Fro about 2in.
broad, obovate or elliptical, obtuse, shortly: mucronate, rather
acute, or at most obtuse, at the base; u surface, as well as
ultimate branchlets, peduncles, and petioles, covered with ad-
pressed, white or tawny, cottony tomentum. Trunk 6in. in
diameter. Sikkim, 1851. A large shrub or small tree. (F. d. 8.
684; R. S. H. xvi.)

R. la —— Ji. violet-purple, few in an umbel ;
corolla open bell-shaped, dotted, with a short tube and a rotate
limb; stamens five to ten. July. J. elliptic, obtuse, jin. long,
rigid, persistent, and, as well as the branches, dotted with rusty

-seales. h. bin. Arctic regions, 1825. Hardy, tufted shrub.

(B. M. 3106.)

cuneate
densely

R. lepidotum (scaly).* f. on slender icels, lin. to 2in.
long ; calyx lobes obtuse, somewhat leaf-like ; corolla ellow or
purple, lin. across, lepidoted, especially on the outside of the
tube ; upper lobes spotted with green ; anthers — rich red-
brown. May and June. Z. obovate, lanceolate, or oblong, —
apiculate, petiolate, pale green. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Sikkim, 1829.
Half-hardy. (B. M. 4657; R. S. H. xxiii," under names of
R. elæagnoides and R. salignum.)

R. 1. chloranthum (yellow-flowered), fl. of a yellowish-green
colour, with green spots. (B. M. 4802.)

R. 1. obovatum (obovate-leaved). A. few, terminal; corolla
maroon-purple, lin. in diameter, salver-shaped ; stamens usually
eight, rarely ten. May. J. pale laucous-green, 4in. to E
long, emitting a resinous odour, obovate. A stout or slender,
twiggy shrub, forming extended clumps lft. to 4ft. high, branch-
ing Ben a woody, tortuous rootstock. (B. M. 6450.)

R. Maddeni (Madden’s).* fl., calyx always small, five-lobed ;
corolla pure white, with a blush, chiefly on the appir lobe,
34in. to 4in. — as much across ; tube y
funnel-shaped ; limb very large,
lobes; stamens eighteen to

Half-hardy. M. 4805
R. malayanum (Malayan). fl. nodding, jin. long, in terminal,
flowered umbels, on short, curved uncles ; calyx minute,
para ; — long, gibbous AY

base; limb flat, horizontal, }in. to }in. across ; stamens
Summer. 1. to 4in. long, elliptic or elliptic-lanceo!
acute at both ends, coriaceous, narrowed into a — jin. to
in. long, dark above, red-brown beneath. Branches red-
scary Branchlets, leaves beneath, petioles, cels, yx,
ovary, and corolla —— ly), clothed with red-brown, lepidote
scales. Malayan hipelago, 1854. rge, stove shrub or
small tree. B. M. 6045.)

um (greatest). American Great Laurel. fi. on viscid
pale rose-colour or nearly white, greenish in the
throat on the upper side, and spotted with yellow or reddish,
broad, campanulate. yaly, l. elliptic-oblong or ;
oblong, 4in. to 10in. long, very thick, acute, narrowed towards
the base, very smooth, with somewhat revolute margins. h. 6ft.
to 20ft.. North America, 1756. Hardy shrub or tree. (B. M.
951.)
brid) . fragrant, often as large as those
—— lish, with acute lobes.

296 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rhododendron—continued.

l. attenuated at base, scarcely glabrescent beneath. Garden
hybrid. (B. M. 3454.) R. m. bigener (B. R. 196) is almost
identical with this.

R. Metternichii (Metternich’s).* fi. rose-coloured, sub-campanu-
late, disposed in corymbose heads. Spring. Z. oblong or obovate-
oblong, coriaceous, ferruginous-tomentose beneath. Japan, 1870.
Hardy shrub. (S. Z. F. J. 9.)

R. nilagericum (Neilgherries). fl. pink, in a large, terminal,
capitate raceme; calyx small, very shortly five-lobed; corolla
campanulate, the segments undulated, rounded, and bilobed,
May. l. elliptic or oblong, sub-obtuse, acute, reticulately veined,
the margins revolute, above opaque, beneath densely clothed with
loose, ferruginous tomentum. h. 25ft. Neilgherries, 1840. Tree.
A variety of R. arboreum. (B. M. 4381; F.d. S. 1030-1.)

R. niveum (snowy-leaved). fl. rather numerous, moderately large,
on short, tomentose peduncles; calyx very small; corolla exter-
nally yellowish-lilac, internally pale lilac, blotched with deeper
lilac, and at the inner base having five deep blood-purple spots,

broadly campanulate, narrow at base ; limb five-lobed, retuse and `

slightly waved; stamens ten, included. May. /. moderately
large, spreading, ie on both sides, obovate-lanceolate, taper-
below into a short footstalk; young leaves white-tomentose
over, afterwards glabrous above, clothed beneath with
white, — flocculent tomentum. Sikkim, 1860. Shrub.
(B. M. 4730.)
R. n. fulvum (tawny). fi. of a deeper purple colour, and with
— trusses, than in the —* l., under-surface buff-coloured.
Sikkim, 1885. A handsome plant. (B. M. 6827.)

R. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s).* fl. white, scarcely rosy, fragrant, in

corymbs of four to six ; calyx lobes large, rather thick, oblong-
oval, obtuse; corolla sub-campanulate, 44in. to 5in. long, five-
lobed ; stamens ten, May. l. large, coriaceous, oval, obtuse at
both ends, apiculate, below closely reticulated with dark scales.
h. 12ft. to 30ft. Bhotan, 1859, Shrub or tree. Ina wild state,
this — occurs as an epiphyte on the branches of large
trees. (B. M. 5146.)

parvifolium (small-leaved). A. pale rose, in small, compact,
terminal umbels; calyx small, five-toothed; tube half as long as
the five-lobed, sub-campanulate limb. Spring. l. sin. to jin.
long, oblong, acute, attenuated at base, scaly on both sides, green
above, rusty beneath. Baiacul, 1877. An erect, flexuously-
branched, hardy species. (R. G. 902.)

R. pendulum (pendulous). fi. small; calyx large in proportion,
deeply cut into five lobts; corolla pure white, about lin. in
diameter, externally lepidote ; tube very short, ually expand-
ing into a five-lobed limb; stamens ten. Spring. l. chiefly at
the tips of the ultimate branches, on short petioles, spreading,
between elliptic and oblong, acute, mucronate, ee to 2in, long,
ginoub-totienbine:” Bocas Sik to AA. UAA cikkiins An entlyte
ginous-tomentose. Stems 3ft. to 4ft. long. Sikkim. An epiphyte
on trees. (F. d. S. 662; G. ©. n. s., xxvii. 429 ; R. S. H. xii)

Fic. 368. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF RHODODENDRON PONTICUM.

R. ponticum (Pontic). 7. purple, often spotted on the u lobe,
E tie te AAt, DD fe cork ec kere ak
lobes sub-acute, very ;_ corolla campanulate-rotate, the

te and acute, sometimes obtuse. May

lobes ; 4
i. oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, glabrous, pale ar

BRhododendron—continued.
slightly ferruginous beneath. h. 6ft. to 12ft. Asia Minor, 1763.
Hardy, See Fig. 368. (B. M. 650.) Of this species, there are
several varieties ; the following call for mention :

R. p. azaleoides (Azalea-like). A. corolla lobes much undulated, _

unspotted. l. lanceolate, sub-deciduous. Hybrid. (A. B. R. 379,
under name of R. p. deciduum.)

. myrtifolium (Myrtle-leaved). f. purplish, unspotted ;
pith scarcely lin. in —— l. smaller than in the type,
being about 2in. long. (L. B. C. 908, under name of R. myrti-
Folium.)

R. punctatum (dotted). A. in dense corymbs; calyx lobes small,
rounded, sometimes minute ; corolla rose-colour, spotted within,
somewhat funnel-shaped, longer than the pedicels. May and
June. Z. elliptic, 2in. to 3in. long, acute at each end (sometimes
lin. to 14in. long, oval or obovate and obtuse), glabrous ; under
surface, as well as the corymbs, thickly dot with resinous

lobules. h. 4ft. to 6ft. North America, 1786. (A. B. R. 36;
. D. B. 1624, under name of R. p. minus.)

R. p. majus (larger). fl., corolla unspotted, larger than in the
— l. also larger. (B. R. 37.)

R. retusum (blunt-leaved). f. somewhat drooping, six to nine
in an umbel, on red, hairy peduncles about Zin. long; calyx
minute, yellow-green, five-toothed ; corolla bright scarlet without,
yellowish inside the tube, l}in. to lin. long, tubular-infundibuli-
form, the base ventricose, the limb moderately spreading ; stamens
ten, a little exserted. May, l. 2in. to 24in. long, almost sessile,
oblong or elliptic-obovate, evergreen, coriaceous, spreading,
glabrous, the margins recurved, the apex very obtuse, or often
retuse ; old ones slightly ferruginous beneath. Branches woody,
brown in . h. Ift. to 2ft. Java, 1853. Stove. (B. M. 4859;
F. d. S. 1044;-I. H. 70.)

R. Rollisoni (Rollison’s). jf. in a round and compact head like
that of R. arboreum, but the colour is much richer, being a deep
blood-red, with a few dark spots at the bottom of the tube; calyx
obsolete ; corolla campanulate ; peduncles tomentose. Spring.
l. short, oblong, acute, obtuse or even cordate at base, wavy,
very rugose and convex, revolute on the edges, covered beneath
with close, pale brown wool. Ceylon. A small, hardy tree, with
rugged, corky bark. In its native place, it attains a height of
30ft. and a girth of 4ft. (L. & P. F. G. i. 7.

R. Shepherdii (Shepherd’s). fi. of a deep scarlet, disposed in
large, terminal heads like those of R. barbatum ; calyx small, but
distinct, four-lobed ; corolla broadly campanulate, equally five-
lobed ; stamens ten. Span l. towards the en of the
branchlets, oblong or elliptic-oblong, acute, 3in. to 4in. long.
about lin. wide, deep green above, pale below, very thick an
— young ones deep purplish-red beneath. h. 6ft. Bhotan,
1859. (B. M. 5125.)

R. Smithii (Smith’s), A synonym of R, barbatum Smithii.
R. Thomsoni (Thomson’s).* fl. ina corymb of six to eight, on
uncles lin. or more long ; calyx red in the upper half, green
low, Zin. long and wide; corolla deep blood-red and glossy;
tube elongated, 2in. long, often vertically compressed; limb
large, much spreading, five-lobed, the upper one spotted;
stamens ten, slightly exceeding the tube. June. J. 2in. to 3in.
long, very broad, generally orbicular-ovate, but sometimes nearly
orbicular, blunt and shortly mucronate at apex, quite glabrous,
sub-glaucous below. A. 6ft. to 10ft., or sometimes 15ft. Sikkim,

1851. (B. M. 4997; F. d. S. 688-90; R. S. H. xii.)

R. triflorum (three-flowered). jl., calyx very short, five-toothed
or lobed; corolla greenish-yellow, resembling that of the common
Azalea; limb nearly 2in. across, of five ejr ing segments ;
stamens eight, much exserted, the style much longer ; peduncles
usually in threes, jin. to łin. long. May and June. l. often
pendulous, on rather short, slender petioles, ovate-lanceolate,
-approaching oblong or elliptical, 2in. (rarely 3in.) long, acute at
both ends, or cordate at base and sometimes blunt, beset with
ferruginous squamules below. Branches twiggy. h. 4ft. to 6ft.
Sikkim, 1850. Half-hardy. (G. C. n. s., xviii. 45; R. S. H. xix.)

R. Veitchianum (Veitch’s).* /l. pure white, three or four together
from the apex of a branch ; corolla very large, between cam-
panulate and funnel-shaped, the margins of the limb singularly
waved and crisped. May. l Zin. to 4in. long, obovate, acute,
mucronate, very shortly petiolate, glaucous and clothed with red
or ferruginous scales beneath. A. 6ft. Moulmein, 1850. Half-
hardy. (B. M. 4992.)

R. —— (twiggy). fl. very delicate rose-colour, axillary
from the upper and more crowded leaves, nearly sessile, when
fully expanded forming a — head. April. J. scattered,
petiolate, short or oblong-lanceolate, acute and slightly mucro-
nate. Branches twiggy, slender, the new shoots covered with
copious, peltate es. h. 1}3ft. Sikkim-Himalaya, 1850. Half-
hardy. (B. M. 5060.)

R. Wallichii (Wallich’s). A form of R. campanulatum.

R. Wighti (Wight’s). f. on slender pedicels, lin. to 14in. long,
faintly honey-scented, twelve to twenty in heads larger those
of R. arboreum; calyx obsolete; corolla pale straw-colour, stained
and spotted with blood-colour on the inside of the tube and
upper lobes, large and very beautiful, truly bell-shaped, five-
lobed at the insertion of the pedicel; stamens ten. June. J. 6in.
to Sin. (rarely 10in.) long, 2żin. to 3in. broad, very coriaceous,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 297

Rhododendron—continued.

rather flat, deep green above, covered with rusty-cinnamon
tomentum beneath, rarely pale and nearly white in the young
foliage ; petioles 4in. long, stout. A. 6ft. to 14ft. Sikkim, 1851.
A small, shrubby tree. (R. S. H. xxvii.)

R. Wilsoni (Wilson’s). A hybrid between R; ciliatum and
R. glaucum. It has the foliage of the former without the hairs,
and is destitute of the glaucous hue of the latter. The corolla is
longer than in R. glaucum, but with a prevalénée of the same
rose-colour, not verging to white, as in R. ciliatini®s. (B. M. 5116.)

' R. Windsori (Windsor’s). fl. many in a cro: head ; calyx
lobes elongated, tapering ; corolla deep crimso et, the lobes
all emarginate; stamens ten. Spring. J. cor us, obovate-
lanceolate, acute, 4in. to 5in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, strongly

Rhododendron—continued.

new, 1866. LADY SKELMERSDALE, pure white, LORD WOLSELEY,
pale buff-yellow; flowers large, new, 1866, MAIDEN’s BLUSH,
blush-white. PRINCESS ALEXANDRA, pure white; flowers waxy ;
very beautiful. PRINCESS ALICE, white, tinged pink. PRINCESS
FREDERICA, pale buff. PRINCESS ROYAL, pink or rose-coloured ;
one of the oldest and best-known hybrids. TAYLORI (see Fig.
569, for which we are indebted to Messrs. James Veitch and Sons),
pink, tube of corolla white.

Hardy Rhododendrons. Hybrids of R. ponticum. ACHIEVE-
MENT, clear rosy-scarlet, white centre. ALBUM GRANDIFLORUM,
blush ; fine truss and foliage. ALEXANDER DANCER, bright rose,
lighter. centre ; one of the finest, ATROSANGUINEUM, intense
blood:red ; one of the hardiest. AUGUSTUS, purplish-crimson or

Fic. 369. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF RHODODENDRON TAYLORI.

reticulated and pinnately nerved, shining, white and silvery
benéath, at length pale brown, Bhotan. A small, half-hardy
tree. (B. M. 5008.) s

Varieties. There are almost endless“ varieties of

R. ponticum in cultivation, and the hybrids which re-
quire greenhouse treatment are now becoming somewhat
numerous, as many of the species and their progeny
have been, from time to time, used for seed-raising. The
following list includes a selection of good kinds, but very
many others have, of necessity, to be omitted :

Hybrid Greenhouse Rhododendrons. COUNTESS OF HAD-
DON, pink, changing to blush-white. COUNTESS OF SEFTON,
white, tinged rose. DUCHESS OF CONNAUGHT, vermilion-red ; of
good substance. DUCHESS OF EDINBURGH, rich, glowing crim-
son. DUCHESS OF SUTHERLAND, white. DUCHESS OF TECK,
buff. FAVOURITE, delicate satiny-rose ; large, compact trusses ;

Vol. IL, ‘

f

-C 4 ARCLAYANUM, deep rosy-crimson ; late. BLANDY-
——— ; extra fine. Ki JANDIDISSIMUM, blush, changing
to white. CARACTACUS, rich purplish-crimson ; fine truss ; one
of the best. CHANCELLOR, pu plish-lilac, spotted. A HARLES
DICKENS, dark scarlet; fine habit and foliage. DELIC ATUM,
blush, changing to white, with a distinct brown spot ; fine habit.
DUCHESS OF BEDFORD, deep rose, light centre. EVERESTIANI M,
rosy-lilac, spotted and fringed ; free-flowering. — HELEN,
pure white, marked with rich yellow spot. FREDERICK WA TERER,
crimson; very showy. GEORGE PAUL, crimson, finely spotted ;
free-flowering. HELEN WATERER, centre white, edged with
crimson. H. W. SARGENT, crimson ; very large trusses. IAGO,
pale rose, spotted. JAMES MACINTOSH, Yrosy-searl: t ; splendid
habit and foliage. JAMES NASMYTH, rosy-lilac, blotched maroon ;
large truss, J. MARSHALL BROOKS, rich scarlet, bronze spot ;
distinct. LADY ARMSTRONG, pale rose, much spotted ; beautiful.
Lapy ELEANOR CATHCART, pale rose, spotted chocolate. Luci-
puM, purplish lilac, brown spots ; free-flowering. M ree o
or LANSDOWNE, pale rose, intense black spot; distinct anc

59

;
4
f
:
7

Pe Ne UE ia Nae a a

298

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rhododendron—continued.

telling. MICHAEL WATERER, crimson-spotted ; fine.. MINNIE,
blush-white, spotted with chocolate; distinct. MONT BLANC,
white, dwarf, and free-flowering. MRS. JOHN CLUTTON, white ;
one of the best in cultivation. Mrs. WILLIAM BOVILL, rich rosy-
scarlet; one of the most attractive. MURILLO, rich crimson.
NERO, dark rosy-purple, richly spotted. PRINCESS MARY OF
CAMBRIDGE, light blush, deeper edging. PURITY, white, faint
yellow eye; very showy. REEDIANUM, bright cherry; very
pretty. ROSABEL, pale rose ; fine foliage and habit. SIR Isaac
NEWTON, plum-colour, shaded and spotted. SIR THOMAS SE-
BRIGHT, rich purple, distinct bronze blotch. SNOWFLAKE, pure
white; conical truss; distinct and beautiful. STANDARD OF
FLANDERS, blush, distinctly spotted ; very showy. STELLA, pale
rose, intense chocolate blotch ; free-flowering. SYLPH, bright
rosy-pink ; fine truss. THE QUEEN, blush, — to white;
fine shape. TITIAN, clear rosy-scarlet; one of the best. VAN-
DYCK, rosy-crimson; good. VERSCHAFFELTI, blush, much
spotted. VESTAL, erose, much spotted ; fine truss. WILLIAM
DOWNING, rich dark puce, finely blotched.

RHODOLEIA (from rhodon, a rose, and leios, smooth ;
perhaps referring to the rose-like flowers and the spine-
less stems). Orp. Hamamelidee. A genus comprising a

or stove trees, with the habit of Rhododendron; one is
from Hong Kong, and the other a native of Sumatra.
Flowers hermaphrodite, about five in an axillary, peduncu-
late, nodding head, girded by a coloured, many-leaved
involucre ; petals rose-colour, two to four, very unequal,
clawed; stamens seven to ten, inserted with the petals.
Leaves crowded at the tips of the branchlets, spreading,
alternate, long-petioled,. evergreen, glaucous beneath, ob-
long, entire, thickly coriaceous. For culture of R. Cham-
pioni—the only species introduced—see Gardenia.

'R. Championi (Champion’s). fl. 24in. in diameter; outer in-
volucral leaflets (sepals) about twelve ; inner ones (petals) about
eighteen. February. fr. of five radiating capsules, each the size
of a small hazel-nut. J. bright green, elliptic-obovate, obtuse.
Hong Kong, 1852. (B. M. 4509.)

Myrtle; in allusion to the rose-coloured flowers of some

species, and the alliance to the Myrtle). ORD. Myrtacee.

A genus containing five species of stove or greenhouse,

villous or tomentose trees or shrubs; one is dispersed

over tropical Asia, from the Indian Archipelago as far
as China, and the rest are natives of Eastern Australia.

Flowers often rather large, axillary; calyx tube scarcely

or not produced above the ovary; limb of four or five

herbaceous, persistent segments; petals four or five,
spreading; stamens densely many-seriate, free; peduncles
one to three-flowered, rarely racemosely five to seven-
flowered, rather long or very short. Leaves opposite,
penniveined or triplinerved. R. tomentosa is the only
species known to gardeners. For culture, see Myrtus.

R. tomentosa (tomentose).* Hill Gooseberry; Indian Hill
Guava. fl. rose-colour ; calyx five-fid ; uncles one to three-
flowered, shorter than the leaves, with two ovate bracteoles
beneath the flowers, June. /. ovate, the younger ones velvety
above, cano-tomentose beneath, siree-terved ; lateral nerves sub-
marginal. h, 5ft. China, &c., 1776. Greenhouse shrub. (B. M.
250, under name of Myrtus tomentosa.)

RHODORA (from rhodos, a rose; alluding to the
colour of the showy flowers). ORD. Ericacee. A mono-
typie genus. The species is a hardy, deciduous shrub,
included by Bentham and Hooker, under Rhododen-
dron (which see for culture).

R. canadensis (Canadian).* /l. rose-purple (rarely white), in
shortly-stalked, umbel-like clusters, appeari rather earlier
thah the leaves,showy. J. oblong, deciduous, whitish and down
beneath. h. 2ft. to 4ft. North America. (B. M. 474; T., S. M

441.) The correct botanical name of this plant is Rhododendron
Rhodora.

RHODORHIZA. Included under Convolvulus.

RHODOSPATHA (from rhodon, a rose, and spatha,
a spathe ; alluding to the colour of the spathe in some
species). ORD. Aroidew (Aracew). A genus comprising
sıx or seven species of stove, climbing, tropical American
shrubs, with rooting branches. Flowers all hermaphro-
dite, or the lower ones female; spathe boat-shaped,
rostrate, deciduous; spadix shorter than the spathe,
dense-flowered, cylindrical, elongate-stipitate. Leaves

couple of species of small, highly glabrous, greenhouse:

RHODOMYRTUS (from rhodon, a rose, and Myrtos, ;

Rhodospatha—continued.

distichous, elliptic-oblong, acuminate, with numerous

arcuate, parallel nerves; petioles about as long as the

leaves, long-sheathed. ‘The species introduced thrives in

a compost of sandy loam and peat, and requires a moist

atmosphere. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings.

R. blanda (charming). fl., spathe greenish-ochre ; spadix rather
long-stalked, cylindroid, loosely attenuated towards the apex.
l. oblong-elliptic, slightly obtuse at base, loosely arcuate and
narrowed towards the apex, acute.. Brazil, 1860.
RHODOSTACHYS (from rhodon, a rose, and

stachys, a flower-spike; alluding to the rose-coloured

flowers of some species). Syn. Ruckia. ORD. Brome-
liacew. A small genus (six or seven species have been
described) of stove herbs, natives of Chili, Columbia,

and Guiana. Flowers sub-sessile, on an hemispherical

or shortly conical receptacle; sepals distinct above the
ovary, erect, closely imbricated; petals free, imbricated,
glandular, or with two small scales at the base within ;
heads terminal, sessile within an involucre of numerous
floral leaves. Leaves rosulate, long-linear, slightly’ rigid,
spinuloso-serrate. The only species introduced require
culture similar to Bromelia (which see).

R. andina (Andine). M. soft Tose-colour, crowded on a hemi-
spherical receptacle, each subtended by an oval-oblong, cucul-

late, cuspidate, toothed, bract. Summer. Z. lft. to 1}ft. long,
margined with robust — numerous, rigid, thick, fleshy,
glaucous- » powde with white, arranged in a dense,

r rosette. h. lft. Andes of Chili, 1850. (R. H. 1885,

.) Syns. Bromelia carnea, B. longifolia (of Lindley) (L. &

P. F. G. ii, 65). R. grandiflora and R. littoralis are probably
only forms of this species.

R. bicolor (two-coloured). fl. rose-colour ; inflorescence close,
sessile, surrounded by a tuft of linear-ensiform, channelled, re-
curved, spiny-edged leaves. 1851. An interesting, almost stem-.
less perennial. The following are probably slight forms: Bro-
melia bicolor (B. H. 1873, 14), B. Joinvillei (R. H. 1876, 10),
an piteairnicfolia (R. H. 1868, 211), Ruckia Ellemeeti (R. G.

RHODOSTOMA.

(which see). -

RHO (from rhodon, a rose, and
thamnos, a shoot or branch; alluding to the rosy colour
of the flowers). Orp. Ericacee. A monotypic genus.
The species is a small, hardy, branched shrub, in in-
florescence and habit resembling Azalea (which see for
culture).

Included under Palicourea

Chameecistus (Chamecistus).* fl. pink, sub-erect, solitary at
the tips of the branchlets, on long, slender peduncles; corolla
rotate, nearly lin. in diameter. May. 1. scattered, shortly petio-
late, elliptic-lanceolate, entire, setose-ciliated, evergreen, shining.
Branchlets glabrous. h. 6in. Alps of Eastern Europe, 1786.
(B. M. 488, under name of Rhododendron Chamecistus.)

RHODOTYPOS (from rhodon, a rose, and typos, a
type or model; the flowers resemble those of a Rose).
ORD. Rosacew. A monotypic genus. The species is a
hardy shrub, allied to Kerria (which see for culture).
R. kerrioides (Kerria-like).* White Kerria. fi. white, solitary,

ample, terminating the branchlets, shortly pedicellate; calyx

persistent, villous within; petals four, ample, orbiculate, shortly
clawed. April. Z. decussately opposite, petiolate, simple, ovate,
acuminate, argutely serrated, silky beneath; stipules free, mem-

branous. Branches decussate, twiggy. A. 15ft. Ja 1866.

(B. M. 5805 ; R. G. 505; R. H. 1866, Fig, 54, S. Z. F. J. 99.)

RHOEO (name not explained by its author). ORD.
Commelinaceæ. A monotypic genus. The species is a
stove, perennial herb, often classed under Tradescantia
(which see for culture).

R. discolor (party-coloured).* A. blue or purple, almost included
within the bracts, many, EENE AELA sepals and petals
three, free; peduncles axillary, sometimes divided. June.
l much imbricated, rather large, narrow-lanceo-
late, sessile, and sheathed at base, often purplish
beneath. Stem short, or wanting. Central koria

(B. M. 1192, 5079; F. d. 5. 1169-70 and Ref. B. 48,
under name of Tradescantia discolor.)

RHOMBOID. Approaching a rhomb in
shape; quadrangular, with the lateral angles

—— A Rhomboid leaf is shown at Fig.

Fig. 370.
RHOMBOID
LEAF.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 299

RHOPALA. A synonym of Roupala (which see).

RHOPALOSTIGMA (of Schott).
Staurostigma (which see).

RHOPALOSTYLIS (from rhopalon, a club, and
stulos, a pillar; alluding to the club-shaped spadix).
ORD. Palme. <A small genus (two species) of green-
house, unarmed palms, with mediocre, annulate trunks,
natives of New Zealand and Norfolk Island. Flowers
mediocre, spirally disposed; spathes two, complete, ob-
long, complanate, the lower one two-winged; spadices
short, spreading, on very short and thick peduncles, the
branches somewhat flabellate, rather thick, and dense-
flowered; bracts subulate at apex; bracteoles scale-like.
Fruit small or rather large, ellipsoid, smooth. Leaves
terminal, equally pinnatisect; segments equidistant,
numerous, narrow-ensiform, acuminate, recurved, but not
thickened at the margin and base; petioles very short;
sheath elongated. For culture, see Areca.

».

Included under

barat Sa
a NaN

Fic. 371. RHOPALOSTYLIS BAUER.

R. Baueri (Bauer’s).* fl., spathes white, 8in. to 10in. long, din,
to 4in. across, narrow-oblong, acuminate ; spadix axillary, “ but,
owing to the falling away of the leaf as ‘soon as the spathe is
ready to open and the flowers are fully formed, only flowering
when infraaxillary, horizontally spreading from the caudex, lft.
to 2ft. long, sparingly branched” (Hooker). Z. 6ft. to 9ft. long,

pinnate, furfuraceous-scaly on the rachis, costa, and nerves ; pin-
nules closely set, 2ft. long, 14in. broad, stiff, acuminate, rib
and plaited. Trunk 20ft. high and 4in. in diameter. Norfolk
Island. See Fig. 371. (B. M. 5735, under name of Areca Baueri.)

R. sapida (savoury).* fi. pale pink, very numerous ; spadix much-
—— y nee ea , 14ft. to 2ft. long, inclosed in a double,
boat-shaped spathe. J. pinnate, 4ft, to 6ft. long ; pinnules very
narrow, linear-lanceolate, with replicate margins ; nerves and
costa, and — the petioles, covered with minute, lepidote
scales. Trunk 20ft. high, 6in. to 8in. in diameter. SYNS. Areca
sapida (B. M. 5139), and Kentia sapida (of gardens).

RHOPALOSTYLIS (of Klotzsch). Now included

under Dalechampia.

SUACOPHILA. A synonym of Dianella.
aA

RHUBARB (Rheum). Rhubarb is a well-known,
hardy perennial, cultivated in nearly every garden. Its-
leaf-stalks are used, either in a blanched or natural
state, in pies, tarts, &c.; they also form material for
making an excellent preserve, and for Rhubarb wine.
The latter is, however, considered a very unwholesome
beverage, even injurious to many constitutions.

CULTIVATION. Plants may readily be raised from
seeds, which should be sown in spring, on a gentle hot-
bed, the seedlings being afterwards transferred, when
large enough, to the open ground. The method of
increase generally practised, and one by which strong
plants can be obtained in a much shorter time, is that
of dividing up the roots, so that a crown is reserved
for each piece. When a new plantation is in course of
formation, it should be attended to as early as possible
in spring. The ground should be previously deeply
trenched and manured, and single-crown divisions, or
seedlings, may be planted about 3ft. apart each way,
the crowns being kept slightly above the surface. Rhu-
barb succeeds best in a rich, rather light soil, and in
a light, open situation; but it grows freely under fruit-
trees, as instanced by the quantities obtained in spring
from market gardens. None of the leaves or stalks
should be pulled during the first season; this would
unduly weaken the rootstock. The second year a fair
supply will be obtainable, and a good crop the third. A
Rhubarb plantation will last good for several years, if
an annual top-dressing of manure be given during
winter; but it is well to renew it after about four or —

Fig. 372, STICKS OF RHUBARB,

five seasons. Some full-grown “sticks” of Rhubarb are
represented in Fig. 372. i

Forcing. Forced Rhubarb is usually much esteemed
during winter and early spring ; for market, it proves one
of the most remunerative of crops. There are various
methods adopted for procuring a supply, all of which
are more or less successful. Where sufficient plants are
at command, some may be lifted and placed in cellars,

300

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

T Phubarb—continued. r

-mushroom-houses, or any structure where there is
temperature of about 55deg. or 60deg.; if subjected to
a strong heat before growth commences, the rootstocks
are liable to decay. Plants about three years old are
best for forcing, but, where such are not at command,
older ones will do, though the crowns will most likely not
start so readily, nor will the leaf-stalks be so strong.
Forcing under glass, or in a mushroom-house, is by far
the most satisfactory plan where it can be carried out;
all that is necessary is to place the roots nearly close
together, scatter a little soil amongst them and over the
tops, and water occasionally. In the open ground,
Rhubarb forcing may be conducted by placing large
flower or seakale-pots, boxes, &c., over the roots where
they have been growing, and burying them with a good
depth of fermenting material, composed of stable litter
and leaves. Forcing may commence indoors about
November; a supply would not be readily obtained out-
side at that season, as the necessary heat could not be
so steadily maintained.
Sorts. Of these, the following are amongst the best
in cultivation:
CHAMPAGNE (Hawke’s), early, deep red; an excellent variety for
eneral culture, good in all respects. EARLY RED, one of the
t early varieties, much grown in market gardens; the leaves
are shining and somewhat glaucous. GOLIATH or MONARCH
(Stott’s), vigorous ; leaf-stalks broad and very large, LINNÆUS

(Myatt’s), a good early sort of fine q

uality, excellent for forcing.
PARAGON (Kershaw’s), very distinct; stalks well formed and

firm; early. SCARLET DEFIANCE (Baldry’s), stalks crimson ;

leaves large; a good second early sort. VICTORIA (Myatt’s),

stalks very large and thick, of good quality; a well-knoWn an
excellent variety for summer use.

RHUS (from Rhous, the old Greek name of the
genus used by Theophrastus). Sumach. Including
Lithrea. ORD. Anacardiacee. A genus comprising
about 120 species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy trees
or shrubs, mostly possessing poisonous properties in a
greater or lesser degree; they are found in the temperate
„regions of both hemispheres, being especially abundant
at the Cape of Good Hope, but rarely occur within the
tropics.
terminal, bracteate panicles; calyx four to six-parted,
persistent, the segments imbricated; petals fonr to six,
equal, much spreading, imbricated; stamens four, five,
six, or ten. Drupes small, dry, compressed. Leaves
alternate, simple, one to three-foliolate, or impari-pinnate ;
leaflets entire or serrate. “Some American species, such
as R. venenata and R. Toxicodendron, produce effects
almost rivalling those once fabulously imputed to the
Upas-tree of Java (Antiaris), the hands and arms, and
sometimes eyen the whole body, becoming greatly swollen
from simply touching or carrying a branch of one of
these plants, and the swelling being accompanied with
intolerable pain and inflammation, and ending in ulcera-
tion. These effects, however, are not felt by everyone,
some people being able to handle the plants with im-
punity ” (Lindley and Moore). R. Coriaria affords the
sumach or shumac of commerce. From R. Cotinus the
yellow dyewood called. Young Fustic is obtained. A
selection of introduced species (which are hardy, de-

ciduous shrubs, except where stated otherwise) is given .

below. The greenhouse kinds will grow in any soil, and
may be increased by ripened cuttings, inserted jn Sand,
under a hand glass. The hardy species are very suitable
for shrubberies. Some of them propagate freely by cut-
tings of the roots, and others by cuttings and layers.
(aromatic). ji. pale yellow, in clustered, —
an
crushed; 1 ts three, rhombic-ovate, unequally
e. ;

cut-toothed, the middle on -shaj h.
North America, 1773. Syn. — yen cd pay — *

R. atomaria (undivided). A synonym of R. villosa.
R. caroliniana (Carolina), A synonym of R, glabra,
R coccinea (red). A synonym of R. glabra.

Flowers small, polygamous, in axillary and |

BRhus—continued.
copallina (gum-copal). fl. nish-yellow, in a terminal,
— rat July. 1, petioles —— ined between the
nine to twenty-one oblong or ovate-lanceolate, often entire

leaflets, which are oblique or unequal at the base, smooth and
shining above. Branches and stalks downy. A, lft. to 7ft.
North America, 1688. Shrub with running roots.

R. Coriaria (hide-tanning). fl. whitish-green, in large, loose
panicles, July and August. J, villous; leaflets eleven to fifteen,
elliptic, with large, blunt teeth, becoming purplish-red in decay.
h. feet: to 20ft. Portugal to Tauria, 1629. Shrub or low tree.
(W. D. B. 135.)

R. Cotinus (Cotinus).* Smoke Plant. f. pale purplish or flesh-
colour, in loose panicles; pedicels becoming lengthened and
hairy after flowering. June and July. /. obovate, undivided.
h. 6ft. to 8ft. Spain to Caucasus, 1656. Shrub rambling.
(J. F. A. 210.)

R. C. pendula (weeping). A form with pendulous branches.

R. diversiloba (variously-lobed). J. smaller than in R. Tomico-
dendron; leaflets ovate, very obtuse, obtusely lobed on the
anterior margins. Branchlets short. k. 15ft. California. Erect
tree. (B. R. 1845, 38.)

R. elegans (elegant). A synonym of R. glabra.

R. glabra (glabrous).* fl., males greenish-yellow, females
greenish-red, paniculate. June. J. glabrous; leaflets seventeen
to twenty-one, lanceolate-oblong, serrate, whitish beneath.
Branches glabrous. h. 5ft. to 18ft. North America, 1726. Shrub
or low tree. (W. D. B, 15; T. S. M, 572.) Syns. R. caroliniana,
R. coccinea, R. elegans (W. D. B. 16), R. sanguinea.

FIG. 373, RHUS GLABRA LACINIATA.

R. g. laciniata (torn).* Fern-leaved Sumach. A very elegant
a lacinia * 373.

variety, having leaves cut in iate manner. See iy
i863, 7.) i

RH

R, javanica (Javan). A synonym of R. semialata Osbeckii.

R. lucida (clear). A. white; panicles axillary and terminal,
shorter, or a little, longer, than the leaves. July. l shortly
petiolate; leaflets sessile, obovate, quite entire, very blunt,

somewhat — quite smooth, glossy, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1697. Greenhouse.

R. sanguinea (bloody). A synonym of R. glabra. =

R. semialata Osbeckii (half-winged, Osbeck’s).* l large;
leafiets fifteen to twenty-three, Snai toothed, ——
beneath. Bark smooth. +. 20ft. Japan, 1867. Greenhouse.
(R. H. 1867, 111, under name of R. Osbeckii.)

R. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). A synonym of R. aromatica.

R. succedanea (substituting).* Red Lac Sumach, fi. greenish-
yellow. Juneand July. fr, white, the size of a cherry, contain-

ing a smooth nut. l. smooth, permanent, on petioles ;
leaflets eleven to fifteen, ovate-lanceolate, taper-pointed, shining,
netted with veins, and glaucous beneath. A. 10ft.to15ft. Japan, -
1768. Greenhouse evergreen.

R. Toxicodendron (poison-tree).* Poison Ivy; Poison Oak.
fi. nish-yellow, in loose, slender. anicles. June.
t; jeaflets three, ’ rhombic-oyate, f $

„= downy beneath, variously notched, sinuated, or cut-lobed? North

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

~

OF HORTICULTURE. 301

BRhus—continued.

America, 1640. Shrub climbing by rootlets over rocks, &c., or

ascending trees, poisonous to the touch. (A. F. B. ii. 556;
T. S. M. 577.)

R. T. radicans (rooting). l. mostly entire or nearly so. Stems
rooting, but not climbing. (B. M. 1806, under name of R. T.
vulgare.)

R. typhina (fever).* Stag’s-horn Sumach; Vinegar-tree. fl.
greenish-yellow, in a terminal, thyrsoid panicle. J — ty —2
eleven to thirty-one, pale beneath, oblong-lanceolate, pointed,
serrate, rarely laciniate. Branches and stalks densely-velvety
hairy. h. 10ft. to 30ft. North America, 1629. Shrub or tree.
(T. S. M. 571.) R. viridiflora (green-flowered) is a male-fiowered

form of this species.

R. t. arborescens (arborescent). J. slightly downy beneath.

h. 10ft. to 25ft. Tree.

R. t. frutescens (shrubby).
h. 2ft. to 10ft. Shrub.

R. venenata (poisonous). Poison Elder, Sumach, or Dogwood.
ji. green, in loose and slender axillary panicles. July. l. rather
glabrous than pubescent; leaflets seven to thirteen, obovate-
oblong, entire. h. 6ft. to 18ft. North America, 1713. The most
poisonous species of the genus. (T. S. M. 575; W. D. B. 19.)
SYN. R. verniz.

R. vernicifera (varnish-bearing). Japan Lacquer or Varnish-
tree. f. greenish-yellow. June. l. long, resembling those of
a Walnut ; leaflets eleven or thirteen, elliptic, acute, quite entire,
smoothish above, but velvety beneath from pubescence. Branch-
_ and stalks clothed with soft down. 0ft. Japan, 1823.

ree,

= vernix (varnish). A synonym of R. venenata.

villosa (villous). fl. greenish-yellow; racemes axillary, much
shorter than the leayes, the terminal ones paii some-
what longer. J uly. Z. petiolate ; leaflets sessile, obovate, obtuse,
mucronulate, entire, lin. to lin. long, fin. to lin. wide, with
revolute margins, hairy or villous on both surfaces, as well as the
petioles and branchlets. Cape of Good Hope, 1714. Greenhouse
evergreen shrub or tree. SYN. R. atomaria.
RHYNCHADENIA. A synonym of Macradenia
(which see).

RHYNCHANTHERA (from rhynchos, a beak, and
anthera, an anther; the anthers are beaked). ORD.
Melastomaceew. A genus of about two dozen species
of glandular or pilose, often bristly, stove, annual
or perennial herbs or shrubs, natives of Brazil, Guiana,
New Grenada, and Peru. Flowers purple, panicled,
often large, showy; calyx tube ovoid or campanu-
late; lobes five, subulate, lanceolate, or bristly, often
persistent; petals obovate; stamens ten, very unequal.
Leaves ovate, cordate, or oblong. The only species in-
troduced—R. grandiflora—is a handsome, stove, evergreen
shrub. It requires a compost of rich, sandy peat and
fibry loam. Ample drainage is essential. Propagation
may be effected by cuttings, inserted in sandy loam, in
heat, and covered with a bell glass, which should be
slightly raised, in order to permit free circulation, and,
at the same time, to prevent damping off.

R. grandiflora (large-fiowered). fi. numerous, terminal, shortly
pedicellate ; calyx tube purple, shorter than the narrow teeth,
panicle dichotomously branched, corymbiform. Autumn. l.
rather e and long-stalked, cordate-ovate, shortly acuminate,
terete, hairy or sometnnes algntly Mapsi. A GF. North Brazil,
18. (BML) S T se
RHYNCHITES. A genus of Weevils, noteworthy

for the harm done by several of the species to trees.

Some of them have the habit of rolling part of a leaf,

or one or more leaves, into a cone, to supply protection

and food to the larvæ. The cones hang in a withered
state by the half-cut stalks or midribs of the leaves.

Others gnaw partly through young shoots, or young

fruit, and lay one or more eggs in each, and the larve

feed in the withered branch or fruit. By the time the
larva is full-fed, the part of the plant containing it
has usually fallen off, and the larva crawls into the earth,
there becomes a pupa, and, finally, the beetle emerges,
generally in the following spring. The beetles are harm-
ful also by gnawing the young leaves and branches
of most kinds of trees, including fruit-trees, for their

Own food. They are all small, usually being from şin.

to tin. long. The general outline is broadly pears,

l. downy and whitish beneath.

Rhynchites—continued.
shaped, the wing-cases being rather square in front, and
broader than the thorax. The head bears a rather long,
decurved beak, on the middle of which are the straight,
clubbed antennæ. The beetles are all shining dark blue,
green, brown, or coppery-red in colour. Reference has
already been made to these insects as injurious to Pear-
trees, Plum-trees, &c. The following are the most
hurtful species :

R. Alliarie is much like R. conicus in size and colour,
but the thorax is finely pitted, and has a smooth dorsal
line, and the elytra are not decidedly wider behind the
middle. The larve live in the stalks and midribs of the
leaves of many fruit-trees, e.g., Apple, &c.

R. Bacchus is jin. to lin. long, purple-red, with a ©
golden-coppery gleam on the wing-cases and on the back
of the neck; beak, legs, and antennw are blue-black; ~
wing-cases deeply punctured, and transversely wrinkled.
This species prefers Apple and Pear trees, but is not
restricted to them. The larve live in the still unripe
fruits, which are hindered and interfered with in their
growth. —

R. betuleti is about iin. long, or more, entirely blue
or shining green, or a combination of these, and hair-
less; wing-cases closely punctate, irregularly striate, not
wrinkled. The beetles live on many kinds of trees, but
prefer, among those of gardens, Pear-trees and Vines.
The females make conical habitations for the larve out
of one or several leaves rolled together, and caused to
wither by their stalks being partly gnawed through, as —
stated above.

R. conicus is from }in. to lin. long; colour deep blue,
sometimes with a greenish tinge; beak and limbs black;
thorax coarsely pitted; wing-cases deeply. punctate-
striate, broadest behind the middle. In May and June,
the females lay eggs in the young shoots of Apples,
Pears, Plums, Cherries, and other fruit-trees, and then
gnaw the branches partly through below the situation
of the eggs. ‘The branches fade and hang down, and.
in this state form the proper food of the larve, which
feed in the pith.

R. cupreus is about tin. or fin. long, and is coppery
or bronze-coloured, with a thin coat of greyish hairs;
the beak and limbs are black; the thorax is closely
punctured; the elytra are deeply punctate-striate, with
the interspaces transversely wrinkled. The beetles live
on all kinds of fruit-trees in early summer, and do con-

siderable harm by gnawing the young shoots and buds; —
but they prefer Cherries and Plums. The females seek =
out the young fruits, and deposit an egg in a hole bored

in each, after the stalk is gnawed half through, so that,
after a time, the fruits fall to the earth. The larve
feed in the fruits till ready to enter the soil, there to
become pupe. :

A beetle of this genus, R. bicolor, injures Roses in the
United States. -

Remedies. These consist of the capture of the beetles
by shaking the trees over trays tarred inside, and the
removal of the conspicuously injured leaves, young
branches, or fruits, to be burned as soon as convenient.
Fortunately, the evil can be checked, in most cases,
without serious labour.

RHYNCHOGLOSSUM (from rhynchos, a beak, and
glossa, a tongue; the lower lip of the flower is in the
form of a tongue-like beak). Syns. Antonia, Lozotis.
ORD. Gesneracee. A genus of one or two species of
closely - related, erect, slightly - branched stove herbs,
broadly dispersed over the East Indies and the Malayan
Archipelago. Flowers blue, rather large, shortly pedi-
cellate, pendulous; calyx broadly tubular-campanulate,
shortly five-fid; corolla tube cylindrical, loosely incurved;
limb bilabiate, the dorsal lobe shortly bifid, the anterior
one much larger and trifid, the lateral ones shorter ;

302

Rhynchoglossum—continued,

racemes terminal, or at length oPPosjte the leaves,

secund, loose. Leaves alternate, #™ple, membranous,

very unequilateral. R. zeylanicum is & pretty annual, or
at most biennial, requiring culture Similar to Klugia

(which see),

R. zeylanicum (Cingalese). in ] terminal, sometimes
— pom ana leafy, Baseni tee blue, p: i and
almost white beneath, with a little yefloW- July. l. alternate,
petiolate, somewhat ovate, one closely Penninerved. R, about

lft. Ceylon, 1844. (B. M. 4198.
RHYNCHOPETALUM. Included under Lobelia
(which see).

RHYNCHOSIA (from rhynchos, a peak; alluding
to the shape of the keel). ORD. Leg’minose. A genus
comprising about seventy-five species Of stove or green-
house, twining, prostrate, or rarely eTect herbs, shrubs,
or sub-shrubs, inhabiting warm regions. Flowers yellow,
the standard often darkly lined, Tarely purple, in
axillary racemes, rarely solitary in the axils; two upper
calyx lobes more or less connate; standard obovate or
orbicular, spreading or reflexed; keel jnourved at the
apex. Leaves pinnately, or rarely SUb.digitately, tri-
foliolate, exstipellate or minutely Stipellate; leaflets
resinous-dotted beneath. The Species are of no great
beauty; only four call for mention here, They thrive
in a light, sandy soil, and may be proPagated by seeds.

Chrysoscias i . en-yellow 01 ;
— ample; —— E Pa ay Pet at the —
May. l. on very short petioles ; leaflets 14in- long, oblong-lanceo-
late, with revolute margins, dark-coloured pove, fulvescent
beneath. South Africa, 1871. Climbing, Z"eenhouse sub-shrub,
— a Mie younger portions with g°ld oy tawny hairs.

R. cyanosperma (blue-seeded). Jl., corolla bright red-purple,
equalling the calyx. Summer. ` l, leaflets — leathery ;
central one roundish, 4in. ‘to Sin. long. cuspidate, With a
petiolule tin. long; lateral ones unequal-Sideg ; up T Surface
— lower densely, grey-pubescent, Tall, shrubby climper.

opics.

R. c. albiflora (white-flowered). A. yellOWish-white. April.
i. acuminate, with a very long acumen, Climping, stove sub-
shrub, (B. M. 1859, under name of Cyijsta Glpiflora.)

_ R. gibba (tumid). A. standard ovate, streaked with brown;

uncles šin. to fe. long, fioriferous Aboye the middle.
September and October. J. on rather jong oles; leaflets
variable, sometimes almost orbicular anq vety obtuse, sometimes
rhomboid, acuminate, the lateral ones ver Unequal-sided, tin, to
lsin. long and broad. Stems climbing or iling densely Pubes-
cent. South Africa. Greenhouse shrub, (B- R275, under name
of Glycine caribæa.)

R. phaseoloides (Phaseolus-like). M. standard striped with
purple; racemes many-flowered. June and July. Z, leagets
ovate or ovate-rhomboid, pointed. Stem sUffryticose, twining,

sub-cylindrical. West Indies, 1818. Stoye. (B, M. + Under
Saio of Glycine phaseoloides.) tj a —
RHYNCHOSPERMUM (of Lindley), A synonym

of Trachelospermum (which see).

RHYNCHOSTYLIS (from rhynchos, a beak, and
stulos, a pillar; alluding to the shape of the column).
ORD. Orchidew. A small genus (two or three species) of
stove, epiphytal orchids, natives of the t Indies and
the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers TAther large or
mediocre, shortly pedicellate; latera] sepals proader than
the dorsal one; lip affixed to the column, profoundly
saceate at base, with obsolete, lateral lobes; column
short, thick; racemes lateral, long, dense-flowered.
Leaves distichous, coriaceous or fleshy, fat; sheaths
persistent, concealing the stem. For qulttre of R. retusa,
the best-known species, see Saccolapinm,

R. retusa (retuse).* ^. white, stri Violet-pink ;
half as wide as the ovate wr rg tiga grr —
ical spur, the ina J@Nnceolate, inflexed,
i i. 1ft. long,

cal
channelled, ually truncate. East Indies, 1820. A Pretty
ies, SYNS. Saceclabium Blumei (Lg, O. S. guttat
B M. 4108), Sarcanthus guttatus (B. È Siga). —

RHYNCHOTECHUM (name not explained by its
author). Syns. Cheilosandra, Chiliandra, Corysanthera,
ORD. Gesneracee. A genus comprising aboyt half-a-dozen

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BRhynchotechum—continued.

species of villous, hairy, or woolly, stove sub-shrubs,
natives of the East Indies and the Malayan Archipelago.
Flowers pink or white, small; calyx of five narrow seg-
ments; corolla with a short, broadly campanulate tube,
and a sub-bilabiate limb; cymes pedunculate in the axils
or defoliated nodes, often bundle-flowered, densely or
loosely trichotomous, Leaves ample, opposite or rarely
ternately whorled. Only one species has yet been intro-
duced. For culture, see Gesnera.

R. ellipticum (elliptic-leaved). ñ. of a deep rose-colour, small,
disposed in crowded, axi corymbs. Summer. J. opposite,
obovate-elliptic. Stem simple, erect, 2ft. to 3ft. high. Assam and
Sikkim, 1870. (B. M, 5832.)

RHYNCOPERA. Included under Pleurothallis.

RHYSOSPERMUM. A synonym of Notelea
(which see).

RHYTIDANDRA. A synonym of Marlea (which
see).

RHYTIDOPHYLLUM (from rhytis, rhytidos, a
wrinkle, and phyllon, a leaf; alluding to the rugose
leaves). ORD. Gesneraceœ. A genus comprising about
ten species of villous or white-woolly, rarely almost
glabrous, stove shrubs or small trees, natives of the
West Indies and Columbia. Flowers often softly vil-
lous or woolly ; calyx tube adnate, turbinate, or nearly
hemispherical; corolla usually greenish outside, variously
coloured within; tube incurved, enlarged above; limb
of short, broad, erecto-patent lobes; peduncles axillary,
elongated, cymosely many-flowered. Leaves alternate,
shortly petiolate, often elongated, entire or crenate,
softly rugose or Scabrous, sometimes very scabrous and
woolly beneath. Only two species have been introduced.
For culture, see Gesnera.

R. auriculatum (eared). M. greenish, red-spotted within ;
corolla sub-campanulate, hairy ; peduncles almost equalling the
leaves, glandular-tomentose. August. J. sessile, narrowed at
base and auriculate, dilated and semi-amplexicaul, serrated,
tomentose - scabrous above, slightly hoary beneath. A. lft.
Brazil, 1824. (B. M. 3562.) :

R. tomentosum (tomentose). E corolla greenish-yellow, varie-
gated With purple spots, or p , Zin. long, scabrous-tomentose ;
peduncles ing or exceeding the leaves. Summer. J. lan-
ceolate or oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to 8in. long, acuminate, serrate,
scabrous above, villous beneath. h. 2ft. to 3ft. West Indies.
(B. M. 1023, under name of Gesneria tomentosa).

RHYTIGLOSSA. A synonym of Dianthera.

RHYTISMA. A genus of Fungi which make their
appearance upon the leaves and branches of Maples,
certain Willows, and a few other plants, in the form of
shining, deep black patches, rising a little above the
general level of the part bearing them. The most gene-
rally known species is that which gives rise to the large
black spots so common in autumn upon the leaves of Acer
campestre, or Field Maple, and of Acer Pseudo-platanus,
the Sycamore of England, the Plane of Scotland. These
spots, in their common form, are often din. or more in
breadth, and are of a uniform tint. The Fungus is
known as R. acerinum, A variety called R. punctatum
differs from this in haying the spots. broken up into a
number of small black specks instead of a uniform black
patch. In autumn, there is no sign of reproductive
organs On the Fungus; but if a patch is examined in
spring, after the leaf has lain on the moist ground all
winter, there are found imbedded in the mass nume-
rous asci, each inclosing eight slender spores.

The remedy is easy, and consists in the careful re-
moval of the diseased leaves, as is done in well-kept
gardens and pleasure-grounds. In such places, this
disease is of rare occurrence compared with its abundance
in most Other localities, Its presence renders the leaves
unsightly, but is not dangerous to them.

RIB. A primary and strong vein, or conspicuous
portion of the framework, of a leaf.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

RIBBON GRASS. See Phalaris arundinacea
variegata.
RIBBON-TREE. See Plagianthus.

- RIBES (an Arabic name, properly belonging to a
species of Rhewm; Grossularia was, according to Dr.
Asa Gray, the proper name to have been adopted for
the genus). Currant; Gooseberry. Including Calobotrya,
Chrysobotrya, and Grossularia. ORD. Sawifrageer. A
genus comprising about fifty-six species of hardy, de-
ciduous shrubs, often resinous- glandular, unarmed, or
with spines beneath the axils or scattered; they are
natives of Europe, temperate Asia and America, and
the Andes of South America. Flowers white, yellow,
red, or green, rarely purple, often unisexual by abortion,
racemose or sub-solitary; calyx tube ovoid or spherical,
adnate to the ovary; limb tubular or campanulate, four
or five-fid, often coloured, the lobes erect or incurved,
imbricated or sub-valvate; petals four or five, inserted
at the throat of the calyx, small, scale-like, usually
included ; stamens four or five, inserted with the
petals; pedicels bracteate at base and bibracteolate in
the middle. Berries oblong or globose, pulpy, crowned
by the. calyx, one-celled, many-seeded. Leaves scattered,
often fascicled, petiolate, simple, entire or often lobed,
crenate, or cut, plicate or convolute in vernation ; stipules
adnate to the petioles or wanting. A great many of
the plants have been introduced; those best known in
garden are described below. Four species are in-
eluded in the British Flora. Spring is the flowering
period. There is but little difficulty in propagating and
growing any of the species, They root readily from cut-
tings or layers, and succeed in almost any ordinary garden
soil, See also Currant and Gooseberry.

Funai. These are not, on the whole, very destructive
to the shrubs of this genus. The dead roots and
stems provide suitable food for Nectria Ribis, and for
other Pyrenomycetes; but these need not be discussed
here. The living leaves of Gooseberries frequently,
and of Currants occasionally, show orange or i
swollen spots, on which are numerous little pits or
cups, filled with the small spores of Æcidium Grossu-
larie. This also attacks the fruits, and may do
a good deal of harm, but is not usually very injurious.
The diseased leaves and fruits should be picked off as
soon as the orange spots are observed. Less often, the
leaves bear small, dark brown masses, which, on exa-
mination with the microscope, are found to be made up
of brown spores, each consisting of two cells, and borne
on a pale stalk attached to one end of the spore. This
Fungus is named Puccinia Ribis. Another Fungus is
common and destructive to the leaves of species of
Ribes on the Continent of Europe. It appears in the
form of yellow, raised spots on the lower surface of the
leaves, often so numerous as almost to overspread them,
and, in time, to destroy them. These spots are covered
with the round, one-celled spores of Cwoma Ribesii.

The leaves of Gooseberries and of Currants are often
marked with discoloured spots, which become dry and

withered. In these are generally to be seen minute, |

black spots, which, under the microscope, are found to
be pycnidia with minute sporidia. Those on Currants
belong to forms known by the names of Glewosporium
Ribis and Septoria Ribis, and those on Gooseberries
have received the name of Septoria Grossularie. They

are all, probably, young stages of true Pyrenomycetes, of —
herella from

which one, Sp Ribis, has been recorded

similar spots. These Fungi seldom do serious injury. —

The most successful treatment is to pick off and burn
the leaves that show the spots, and the same.. holds
good of the Puccinia and the Cæoma mentioned above.
The leaves of Gooseberries are frequently covered with
a thin, white coating, which, after a time, becomes
studded with small, black grains, like gunpowder. This

OF HORTICULTURE.
Ribes—continued. PARE Sa
is due to the growth of a Mildew (which see), known

as Microsphera Grossularie. The white coat is com-

posed of the mycelium and conidia (see Oidium). The
black specks are perithecia, which bear ten to fifteen
transparent outgrowths, bifurcated about three times.
Each perithecium incloses from four to eight asci, which
contain four or five spores. Flowers of sulphur and solu-
tion of potassium sulphide, employed as advised under
Oidium, are the best remedies, should any be needed,

Insects, &c. The animals most injurious to plants
of this genus have been briefly treated of under the
headings Currant and Gooseberry; and several of
them have received somewhat fuller notice under the
headings mentioned below. The young twigs of Currants
are often bored into and killed by the larvæ of the
Currant Cle Moth (which see). The infested
branches may be detected by the drooping of the leaves,
re should be cut off, with the larve in them, and
urned,

FIG. 374. GOOSEBERRY AND CURRANT SAWFLY (Nematus Ribesii)—
a, Lines to show actual spread of wings and length of body.

The buds of Black Currants (R. nigrum) are, in some
localities, tenanted by Mites (Phytoptuse Ribis), which
cause them to enlarge, but destroy the shoots; and the
bushes are thus rendered useless, and may be killed.
The swollen buds should be removed, and destroyed;
and, if the attack is severe, the bushes should be up-
rooted, and burned, and others should not be planted in
the same soil for two or three years (see Mites).

The leaves of Gooseberries, and of Currants of several
kinds, suffer very seriously from the attacks of the
larve of the or Moth (which
see); and, to a less degree, from of the V-Moth
(Halia or Phalena Wavaria). The appearance the
former, and the remedies against the larvw, are spe-
cified under the heading quoted above. The V-Moth also
belongs to the Geometers, and resembles the Magpie
Moth in form; but the spread of wings does not exceed
lhin., and the colour is grey, with a purplish gloss, and
brownish hind margins to the wings. Along the front
margin, each fore wing bears numerous short streaks,
and four spots of dark brown. The second spot joins
with a dark spot in the centre of the wing, so as to

| form a V (hence the popular name of the moth), with

its tip directed from the body. The moth appears in
July; the larvæ are most conspicuous about May. They
are cylindrical, with slight dilatations along the sides.

head is
ine ‘body, veriea kom dull groom to leed-oolour, but
always shows wavy, smoke-coloured lines 4
and a row of pale yellow spots along each side; in each

lend-coloured, with dark markings; sò

304

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ribes—continued.

spot are three black warts, each bearing a black bristle.
The pupa is suspended in a slight web among the leaves
on the bushes. The same remedies may be used against
these insects as against the Magpie Moth.

Sawflies are frequently most hurtful to Gooseberries,
and to Red and White Currants. (See Gooseberry and
Currant Sawfly for a short account of Nematus Ribesti,
the most hurtful species. But the account there given
is so incomplete, that we supplement it here, in view
of the very great damage often done by the larve to
Gooseberry and Currant-bushes, which, at times, they
completely strip of their leaves.) The insects (see Fig.
374) are clay-yellow, with three large, black marks on
the back of the thorax, one on the breast, and others on
the sides. The legs are pale, except dark tips to the
last pair; the antennw are dark. The wings are hyaline,
with a black stigma. The body is }in. or hin. long.
The insects vary in the amount of black upon them,
occasionally having even the abdomen almost black.
The eggs are laid on the veins of the lower surface of
the leaf, in which the young larve eat little holes at
first; but, after a time, they devour the whole leaf, ex-
cept the chief veins, The larvæ, till their last moult,
are mostly green, studded with numerous black, shining

BAS a |
F Slit,

AUN GAN
a ZA

F1@. 375, LARVA OF GOOSEBERRY AND CURRANT SAWFLY
(Nematus Ribesii). ;

tubercles, bearing hairs (see Fig. 375). The first and
second, and the eleventh to thirteenth, segments are
orange. The true legs are mostly black, and the claspers
are pale green. -In the last moult, the tubercles are thrown
off, and the larve become uniform bluish - green, with
an orange spot behind the head, and another on the
tail. When full-fed, the larve drop to the ground, and
an inch or two below the surface spin brown cocoons.
Inside these may be found the pups, green or yellowish-
green, with orange markings on the thorax and tip of
the abdomen. There are usually two generations in the
year.

Nematus appendiculatus is less often markedly in-
jurious to Gooseberry and Currant-bushes; for, though
widely diffused throughout Britain, it is not very
common. This Sawfly is readily distinguished from
N. Ribesii by its black abdomen, as well as by its more
truncate front wings, rather smaller size, and other minor
peculiarities. The larva is green, with a yellowish tint
on the second and eleventh and anal segments, and on
the posterior legs. The larve go below ground to
pupate. i

Nematus consobrinus also feeds, in the larval state,
on the leaves of Gooseberries, and is not rare in Britain.
It much resembles N. Ribesii, but is slightly smaller
and duller-coloured, though it varies a good deal in
the latter respect. The larva is green, beset with black
tubercles, each bearing a hair; the second segment, the
sides over the legs, and part of the last segment,
are yellow. At the last moult, the body becomes uniform
bright green, except that behind the head and on the

-tion annually in Britain.

Ribes—continued. ee
last segment yellow is visible. There is only one genera-

Remedies are specified under the heading already
quoted, and need not be repeated here. They are applic-
able to all three species of Sawflies, and are, indeed,
useful against all the insects that feed exposed on the
leaves.

Several species of Greenflies, or Aphides (which see),
live on the lower surface of the leaves of Gooseberries
and Currants, and frequently distort, the young leaves at

the tips of the branches, causing these, on the Currants

especially, to become swollen and reddened. Besides
the injury thus done to the plants, the fruit suffers
from being covered with the sticky excretions of the
insects, and with the dust and soot that adhere to
these, and the Fungi that find suitable food in them.
In Buckton’s “ British Aphides,’ the following are re-

Fic. 376. APHIS (Myzus) RIBIS.
The figure on the leaf shows the Wingless Female rather larger

than natural
much e:

size; the lower figure shows the Winged Female
corded as especially injurious, viz., Myzus Ribis (see
Fig. 376) with cylindrical honey-tubes, and Rhopalo-
siphum Ribis with the honey-tubes widened in “the
middle, Both species are green, with dark markings.
For remedies against these insects, see Aphides. The
tips of the twigs bearing distorted leaves should be cut
off and destroyed by fire, if practicable. Syringing the
bushes with water afterwards is beneficial, by cleaning
the leaves and fruits.

On the Continent of Europe, of late years, a good
deal of injury has been done by a Gall-midge, the
larve of which feed in the flower buds, and destroy
them. The insects have not yet been reared. This foe
has not been recorded in-Britain.

The fruits are sometimes injured by the larvæ of Halia
Wavaria (see above); but the worst foes to them are
birds, e.g., blackbirds and thrushes. The loss from this
cause is easily prevented by netting bushes of any choice
varieties; but probably the plants benefit as much as
they lose when left unnetted, inasmuch as it has been
observed that bushes under nets are more liable than
others to be injured by insects. It must be remembered,
also, that the birds most apt to carry off the fruits of
Gooseberries and Currants well repay such plundering
by their services in destroying noxious insects, snails,
and other marauders during the year, besides the plea-
sure derived from their song.

. ldin to Zin. in diameter,
; lobes usually three, —
Europe (Britain), &c. U

broadly ovate, three to five-lo
and serrate, hairy. h. 3ft.
En. B. 519)

— (Sy.
„a japonicum (Japanese). A, greenish, small, glomerulate

three-lobed, denticulate-crenate

R. a. aureum (golden-leaved). A very dwarf, garden strain, with
yellow flowers, well adapted for ——— — 1881.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 305

Ribes—continued. | Ribes—continued.
R. aureum (golden-flowered).* Buffalo Currant. fi. golden- with a mealy bloom; lobes bluntly toothed at the apex. A. 6ft. :
yellow ; petals much shorter than the calyx segments ; racemes to 8ft. North America, 1812. (B. R. 1274.) In the con fructu- 7
many-flowered. April and May. fr. yellow, seldom black, nigro, the berries change from yellow to red, and finally become

|

|
glabrous, of exquisite flavour. l. three-lobed; lobes divaricate, | deep blackish-purple ; in fructu-luteo, they are always yellow.
with a few deep teeth, shorter than the petioles, which are | 9) i i :
dlisted at the base. A 6fk to 8% Northwest Ameria. | oe ee © eee
1812. Glabrous, unarmed shrub. (B. R. 125.) 5

R. cereum (waxy). jl. white, three to five in a pendulous,
pubescent raceme as long as the leaves; calyx segments reflexed.
Jr. red, glabrous. l, nearly round, obtusely trilobed, iate,
viscid. h. 3ft. North America, 1827. Unarmed shrub. (B. M.
3008 ; B. R. 1263; B. R. 1471, under name of R. inebrians.)

R. Cynosbati (Dog-Bramble). fl. green, two or three to a slender
peduncle. fr. large, armed with long prickles like a burr, or
rarely smooth. 2. on slender ape age slighty cordate, roundish,
three to five-lobed, pubescent, lin, to 2in. in diameter. h. 4ft.
Stems spiny and commonly bristly. North America, 1759, :

R. divaricatum (spreading-branched). fl. white, three on a oo
drooping peduncle; calyx —— Jr. black, smooth, Bu
spherical, of an agreeable flavour. l. roundish, three-lobed,
deeply toothed, nerved, glabrous. Branches divaricate, bristly,
at — naked ; spines one to three er axillary. A. 5ft.

Tft. North America, 1826. (B. R, 1359.)

R. floridum (flowery).* American Wild Black Currant. fl.
whitish, large; calyx tubular-campanulate, smooth; racemes
drooping, downy. fr. black, smooth, round-ovoid, —
the common Black Currant in smell and flavour. J. sprinkl
with resinous dots, slightly heart-shaped, sharply three to five-
lobed, doubly serrate. h. 4ft. North America, 1729. Unarmed
shrub. Syns. R. missouriense (of gardens), R. pennsylvanicum.
The decaying foliage assumes a prens purplish-bronze colour in
autumn, and the plant is then highly ornamental.

BR. Gordonianum (Gordon’s). A hybrid between R. aureum
and R. sanguineum, intermediate between the two in all its
characters. (H. d. S. 165.) Syns. R. Beatonii, R. Loudonii. :

R. gracile (slender).* fl. white, pendulous, about two her

FIG. 377. FRUITING BRANCH OF RIBES GROSSULARIA. | on peduncles ; sepals reflexed ; stamens very prominent. „fr. deep
i ! rich purple, about 2in. in diameter, having a rich sub-acid, vinous,
R. a. preecox (early-flowering). fl., racemes bracteate. fr. | rather perfumed flavour. l. glabrous, roundish, entire at base

3
neath. The flowers and fruit appear earlier than in the type. Branches aap pant prickles one, two, or three together. h. 4ft. to

smaller, copious, turbinate. l. cuneate at base, pubescent be- having in the outward part three crenately cut, blunt lobes
(L. B. C. 1533, under name of R. fragrans.) | 5ft. North America, 1826. SYN. R. niveum (B. R. 1692).

Fig. 378. FRUITING BRANCH OF RIBES OXYACANTHOIDES.
R. Grossularia (Grossularia).* Cat Berry ; Wild Goose k

R. a. serotinum (late-flowering). jl., racemes naked, produced c a‘ r
—— — in ge — 8 few, round. 7. variable; | — —— — — — encod a — *
| ; $ ? -pubescen! ;
R. a. 1 bao — fl. yellow. fr. purple or | to three-bracteate about the —— x żin. — — ——
yellow, glabrous. J. roundish, three-lobed, covered, when young, | /. orbicular, glandular-hairy, three to five-lobed, 2 i

Vol. II.

306

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ribes—continued.
diameter, fascicled on short, lateral branches, shining above ;
lobes irregularly crenate. Europe (Britain), &c. A small,
spreading shrub, with one to three spines under the leaf-buds.
See Fig. 377. (Sy. En. B. 518.) In the form Uva crispa (formerly
regarded as a species), the ripe fruit is glabrous, and the leaves
are smaller. There are many other varieties. For culture, &c.,
see Gooseberry.

R. hirtellum (slightly hairy). A synonym of R. oxyacanthoides.

Fic. 379. FLOWERING BRANCH OF RIBES SANGUINEUM.

R. lacustre (lake-loving).* /l. greenish-yellow ; calyx broad and
flat ; racemes four to nine-flowered, slender, nodding. fr. bristly,
small, unpleasant to the taste. l. heart-shaped, three to fiye-
— with the lobes deeply cut. Young stems clothed with

istly prickles and weak thorns. h. 4ft. North America (in
cold woods and swamps), 1812. (B. M. 6492.)

R. Lobbii (Lobb’s). fi. drooping, two or three to a peduncle, large ;
calyx dark purple; limb of five segments, marked with lines of
hairs ; petals erect, almost white. April and May. J. small,
cordate, three to five-lobed, glabrous above, downy beneath,
sometimes glandular; petioles hairy. Branches harsh, rigid,
beset with stipulary, seating spines in threes or fours. h. 6ft.
California. (B. M. 4931, under name of R. subvestitum:)

R. Loudonii (Loudon’s). A synonym of R. Gordonianum.

R. missouriense (Missouri). A garden synonym of R. floridum.

R. multiflorum (many-flowered). fl. greenish-yellow, in very
long, pendulous, drooping racemes. fr. red, small, and seldom
‘produced. Z. five-lobed, large, cordate, tomentose beneath.

ranches Mere spreading, unarmed. Ah. 4ft. to 6ft. Eastern
Europe, 1822. (B. M. 2368.)
ım (black).* Black Currant; Quinsy Berry. fl. green,
jin. to $in. in diameter; calyx campanulate, glandular; pedicels
long; -racemes drooping, loose-flowered, tomentose, eglandular.
Jr. black, ŝin. in diameter, globose. J. 2in. to 3in. in diameter, five-
to seven-lobed, similar to those of R. rubrum, but rather deeply
lobed ; petioles slender, pubescent. A. 5ft. Europe (Britain, but
probably a garden escape). Unarmed shrub, emitting a strong
odour when bruised. For culture, &c., see Currant.

R, niveum (snowy). A synonym of R. gracile.

R. oxyacanthoides (Hawthorn-like).* f. greenish, one or more
ona short peduncle. fr. red and green, or purplish-blue, small,
of an agreeable flavour. l. glabrous, plaited ; lobes toothed;
petioles villous and a little hispid. Infra-axillary prickles larger
and mostly solitary ; smaller — scattered here and there.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. North America, 1705. See Fig. 378. SYN. R. hirtellum.

R, pennsylvanicum (Pennsylvanian). A synonym of R. floridum,

R. punctatum (dotted), fl. yellowish-green ; racemes peduncu-
late, pendulous, at first ovate, becoming oblong and looser.
Jr. small, glabrous. J. trilobed, serrated, shining yellowish-
green, dotted beneath ; petioles pubescent and ciliated. h. 3ft.
Chili, 1826. A compact, shining, resinous shrub. (B. R. 1658.)

R. Roezlii (Roezl’s). f. solitary or in pairs, pendulous; calyx
lobes red, lanceolate, revolute ; petals white, linear-truncate, not
—— l. roundish, sub-cordate, lobed. Branches armed at

e nodes with trifid spines. h. 3ft. North-west America, 1879.
(R. G. 982, Figs. 1-3.)

R. rubrum (red).* Wild Currant; Garnet Berry. fl. green, tin.
in diameter ; racemes lin. to 3in. long, many-flowered, pubescent
or — never glandular ; bracts ovate. fr, red, acid, jin. in
diameter. J. 2in. to 4in. in diameter, three to five-angled and
lobed, cordate at base, glabrous or pubescent above, usually
—— EET —— t pm, Pag petioles pubescent
sulbete.Ac., aed pe ), &c. Unarmed shrub. For

R. r. album (white). A form with white berries,

Ribes—continued.

R. r. hortense (garden). jr. sweeter and larger than in
R. r. sylvestre. l. large, sometimes variegated.

R. r. sativum (cultivated). f in glabrous, always drooping
racemes. jr. globose. l glabrous on both surfaces when
mature. An escape from cultivation. (Sy. En. B. 520.)

R. r. spicatum (spiked). fr. contracted at the top. J. hairy
above when young, and tomentose beneath. (Sy. En. B. 522.)
R. r. sylvestre (wood). — purplish; racemes pu-
bescent, usually sub-erect when in flower, and drooping
when fruiting. fr. contracted at the top.

above, tomentose beneath.

R. sanguineum (bloody-fiowered).* Flowering Cur-
rant. Ji. deep rose-colour ; racemes drooping, pubescent,
twice the length of the leaves. fr. purplish, with a
glaucous bloom. J. cordate, somewhat five-lobed,
serrated, veiny, smoothish above, clothed with villous
tomentum beneath. h. 4ft. to 8ft. North-west America,
1826. Unarmed shrub. See Fig. 379. M. 3335 ;
B R 1349: L B. C. 1487; S. BF. G ser. ii. 109;

T a. S vii, p. 508.)

R. s. atro-rubens (dark-reddish). fl. much deeper and

— red, smaller, and in smaller racemes, than in
e type.

R. s. glutinosum (glutinous). /l. very pale rose-colour ;
racemes rather larger than in the species. J. destitute
of down, slightly viscous,

R. s. malvaceum (Mallow-like). fi. rather darker than
in R, s. glutinosum, and having more of a lilac tinge,
almost sessile; racemes short and close. l. rough and
hispid on the upper side, clothed beneath with
whitish, cottony down. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 340, under
name of R. malvacewm.)

R. setosum (bristly). £ white, tubular, in pairs.
May. Jr., berries black, spherical, hispid, with a

pleasant, sub-acid, somewhat musky flavour. l. nearly round,

cordate at base, pubescent, three to five-lobed. Branches

densely bristly ; prickles unequal, subulate. 1810. (B. R. 1237.)

R., speciosum (showy).* Fuchsia-flowered Gooseberry. . fl. deep
red, four-parted; calyx cylindrical; pedicels glandular-hairy ;
stamens twice as long as the calyx; peduncles longer than the
leaves, one to three-flowered. jr. red. J. wedge-shaped at base,
rounded at the outer end, indistinctly three-lobed, incisely
crenate, glabrous and nerved; petioles short. Branches hispid.
Prickles infra-axillary, triple. h., in a wild state, 3ft. to 4ft. ;
twice as much in cultivation. California, 1829. (B. 38; B. M.
3630; B. R. 1557; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 149.)

RIBESIEÆ. A tribe of Sazifragee.

l. hairy

RIB GRASS. The common name for Plantago
lanceolata.
RICE. See Oryza 4

RICE FLOWER. See Pimelea.
RICE PAPER PLANT, CHINESE. A common

name for Fatsia papyrifera.

RICE PAPER PLANT, MALAY. See Scevola
Kenigii.

RICHARDIA (named in honour of L. C. Richard,
1754-1821, an eminent French botanist). Syn. Zante-
deschia (in part), ORD. Aroidew (Aracew). A genus com-
prising five species of greenhouse or nearly hardy, marsh-
loving, South African, perennial herbs, with thick rhizomes,
four of which have been introduced to this country.
Flowers moneecious, all perfect; spathe white or yellowish,
erect; tube short, convolute, funnel-shaped, accrescent,
persistent; throat opening; blade obliquely explanate,
marcescent, with a cuspidate, recurved apex; spadix
shorter than the spathe, sub-stipitate, erect, cylindrical ;
inflorescence dense-flowered; peduncles usually several,
elongated. Leaves sagittate, sometimes with white, trans-
lucid, fenestrate dots; petioles elongated, thick, sheathed
at base. Richardias are very distinct and attractive
subjects, both on account of their handsome foliage and
tall-growing, elegant flower spathes. They are easily
cultivated, and the spathes, particularly those of the
well-known R. africana, are greatly favoured for cutting
purposes. In a greenhouse, few things are more attrac-
tive than a group of these plants in flower. Propagation
is easily effected from suckers, which are produced in
quantity. They may be taken at any time, when the
old plants are being repotted; spring is, perhaps, the
best season, as young suckers will then have time to

X —

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 307

Richardia—continued.
establish themselves, so as to flower early the following
season. Richardias require a very rich soil; a compost of
good loam and cow-manure in nearly equal parts will suit
them when established. The suckers should be inserted
singly in pots proportionate to their size, and subjected
to a little heat to start them. When under glass through
the summer, they should be placed in a situation fully
exposed to light, and about the end of July it is well
to transfer them to the open air, in order to get the
growth matured and well ripened—an essential towards
free-flowering. Before the appearance of frost, the plants
must be again housed’; exposure to anything below freez-
ing point proves very destructive to the foliage. An
excellent plan of treating Richardias, when established,
is that of planting them out each year in the open
garden; a piece of ground should be prepared by adding
a heavy dressing of manure, and the plants should then
be turned out of their pots, and divided, or kept intact,
according to their size and the quantity required. If
planted about 15in. apart, but little attention will be
necessary through summer, beyond supplying an abund-

ance of water, which Richardias require at all times. |

About the middle of September, the plants may be lifted
and potted carefully without much injury being caused.
In this way, good, strong specimens may soon be obtained ;
they may be grown singly in 5in. or 6in. pots, or two
or three together in a pot of larger size. Aphides
are usually troublesome in spring, but an occasional fumi-
gation will destroy them.

R. zthiopica (African). A synonym of R. africana,
è

if

Bers ao

— —

— —

— — =
Fie. 380. RICHARDIA AFRICANA.

R. africana (African).* Lily of the Nile; White Arum or
Trumpet aly’ Ri — usually dead-white, large, rolled
— — but —— and — — g e ——

right OW, CO cove wi lowers.
— boginie, about half as broad as they are long,
deep green, unsp spidate-apiculate at apex, borne on long

ttad
*

Richardia—continued. $
petioles. h. 2ft. 1731. Av elegant and popular plant. See
Fig. 380. SYNS. R. thien. Caila IRGA. (B. M 832).

R. albo-maculata (white-spotted).* fi., spathe greenish-white,
smaller and less Sepahaed: Eiai. in x —— Summer. l

- elongate-hastate, borne on rather short petioles, cuspidate-apicu-
late at apex, marked with oblong, wi te, traneldiesnt Kioo
pau with the gr h. 2ft. 1859. (B. M, 5140; F. d. S.

$i, 256 A =
R. hastata (halbert-leaved). /l.; spathe nish-yellow, with a

campanulate tube, and a long-cu: ate blade. Summer. l, sub-
flaccid, hastate-ovate, about halt as broad as they are long,
cuspidate-apiculate at omg unspotted, very similar to those of
R. africana. h. 2ft. 1859. (B. M. 5176.)

R. melanoleuca (black and white).* fl., spathe ps yellow,
with a black-purple spot at the base, o long, widely expanded.
terminating the tall, hispid stems; spadix white, one-third
shorter than the spathe ; peduncle slender, dark bristly below.
Summer. Z. oblong or ovate, — marked with
oblong, translucent, white spots. A. 14ft. 1869. (B. M. 5765.)
RICHARDIA (of Linnzus). A synonym of Richard-

sonia (which see).

RICHARDSONIA (named in honour of Richard
Richardson, an English botanist, who published a work
on horticulture, in 1699). Syn. Richardia (of Linneus).
ORD. Rubiacee. A genus comprising five or six species
of stove, erect or prostrate herbs, with perennial roots,
natives of the warmer parts of America. Flowers
white or pink, small, densely capitate. Leaves opposite,
sessile, or shortly petiolate, ovate. R. scabra. (Mexican
Coca Plant) has been employed in medicine under the
name of White Ipecacuanha, but its roots are smaller
than those of the true plant, and less certain in their
effects. Probably none of the species are now grown in
this country.

RICHEA (named after Cl. A. Riche, a French
naturalist, who died in 1791 when taking part in
the Australian Expedition of Entrecasteaux). In-
cluding Oystanthe. ORD. Epacridew. A genus
comprising eighteen species of greenhouse shrubs
or small trees, inhabiting the mountains of Tas-
mania and South-eastern Australia. Flowers white
or pink, in terminal spikes or panicles; calyx of
five sepals, bracteate and bracteolate ; corolla ovoid
or conical, the lobes not separating ; stamens hypo-
gynous. Leaves sheathing at base, narrow, short
or elongated, concave; sometimes grass-like, entire
or serrulated. Branchlets marked with the scars-
of fallen leaves. The following are the only
species introduced. For culture, see Sprengelia.

pandanifolia (Pandanus-leaved). fi. small, in ovate

* nicles, 2in. to ve jong, on peduncles ĝin, to Sin.
kaz Trunk naked, simple or sparingly branched, 6in.

to Yin. in diameter, crowned by a large tuft of long,

wavy leayes, like those of a Pandanus, often 3ft. to

long, tapering into a lon; int, and
toothed. A. 2ft. to 36ft. Tree.

R. —— Ades (Sprengelia-like). M. reddish, in ter-
minal, globular, 1 — each one nearly sessile
within a floraj leaf. June. l broadly ovate-lanceolate,
tapering to a short, rigid point, straight or slightly un-
dulated or twisted, jin. to 4in. long, the floral ones gra
dually smaller. 1836. A bushy shrub, usually low, but
sometimes attaining a height of several feet.

RICHEA (of Labillarditre). A synonym of
Craspedia (which see).

RICINUS (from ricinus, a tick; which insects
the seeds are supposed to resemble). Oxp.
Euphorbiacee. A monotypic genus. The species
is with us a well-known, tall, half-hardy, annual
herb, but, in warmer regions, it grows as an ar-
borescent shrub. Castor oil is yielded by the
seeds of this plant, which, together with the cap-
sules, are very variable. Any rich soil is suit-
able for the culture of Ricinus, and propagation
may be readily effected by seeds, which should be
sown and placed in heat early in March. It is best to
sow single seeds in small pots, as the roots quickly
become matted when there are many plants together, —
and cannot be separated without causing a severe check.

308

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ricinus—continued.
Young’ plants must be kept growing on under glass
until early in June, when they may be hardened and
put into their permanent positions outside. Varieties
of Ricinus are most useful subjects for sub - tropical
gardening, on account of their handsome foliage.

Fig. 381. RICINUS COMMUNIS.

R. communis (common).* Castor-oil Plant;
ji. green, apetalous, rather large, disposed in sub-paniculate
racemes at the apices of the branches; upper flowers male,
clustered ;_ lower ones female, shortly pedicellate. July. Jr.,
capsule smooth or prickly. l. alternate, ample, peltate, palmately
seven or many-lobed; lobes serrated. A. 3ft. to 5ft. Probably of
tropical African origin, but broadly dispersed, and naturalised
throughout tropical regions, 1548. See Fig. 381. (B. M. 2209;
S. F. G. 952; A. B. R. 420, under name of R. armatus.) There

are several varieties of this species; the one grown under the

name of R. Gibsonit having bronzy-purplish leaves.

RICOTIA (probably named after M. Ricot, an obscure
botanist). ORD. Crucifere. A small genus (four species)
of closely-allied, hardy, glabrous, branched herbs, natives
of North Africa, Syria, and Asia Minor. Flowers pale
lilac, in elongated, ebracteate racemes; sepals valvate,
the lateral ones saccate at base; petals obcordate, un-
guiculate. Pods sessile, oblong, much compressed. Leaves
almost bipinnatisect. R. Lunaria, the only species known
in gardens, is a pretty annual, well adapted for orna-
menting rockwork. A light, sandy soil suits it best.
Seeds should be sown either on the rockwork or in the
open border.

R. Lunaria (moon-podded). A., petals lilac, with white claws ;
— —— rnc = pe. ee l. with

> uated, 1. obes. yria, k

(B. R. 49, under name of R. —— ee

RICTUS. The mouth or gorge of a bilabiate corolla.

Palma-Christi.

|

RIDERS. A name given to tall-stemmed fruit-trees
that are used for covering the upper surface of high
walls, either temporarily or permanently, while the lower
part is furnished with dwarf trees.

RIDGES. In gardens, this term denotes the shape
in which it is often desirable to arrange heaps of soil,
manure, &c., for various cultural purposes. _
Ridge Cucumbers, for instance, are so de-
signated because they succeed better on a
heap of manure and soil formed in the shape
which the name indicates, than on the level
ground. Land dug or trenched in autumn
is usually thrown unevenly into Ridges, to
expose more of the surface to the action of
frost than would be possible if it were
made level. Soil, after being thus exposed
all winter, may readily be broken and levelled
down in spring, and, in this way, heavy land
especially may be greatly improved, even in
one season. Many other familiar instances
might be cited, were it necessary, in favour
of forming a Ridge in preference to another
shape.

RIGIDELLA (a diminutive of rigidus,
rigid; in allusion to the erect seed-bearing
stalks). Stiff Stalk. Orn. Iridew. Of this
genus three species have been described ;
they are very ornamental, greenhouse plants,
with truncated bulbs, natives of Mexico and
Central America. Flowers several in a
spathe, sometimes numerous, long-pedicellate ;
perianth cup-shaped at base, three-parted,
spreading or reflexed, having no tube; sta-
mens three ; filaments connate into a cylin-
drical tube; spathes long, membranous, ter-
minating the two or three long peduncles in
the axils of the floral leaves. Capsule ex-
serted. Radical leaves few, long, sometimes
broad, plicate-veined, contracted into a long
petiole ; floral ones long-acuminate. For cul-
ture, see Tigridia.

R. flammea (flame-coloured). fi. bright flame-
Steet Eai drooping. Tk
a dense umbel from whith a tenvilved ayant ;
tube campanulate. May.. l broad, equitant,
strongly plaited, dilated at the base, where they
sheath the stem. h. 3ft. to 5ft. Mexico, 1839.
(B. R. 1840, 16; P. M. B. vii. 247.)

R. immaculata (unspotted). jl., sepals scarlet, acute, 1gin. long,
with a paler claw; petals yellow, cordate, acuminate. June.
h. 2ft. Guatemala, 1839. This differs from R. flammea mainly in
-having smaller, unspotted flowers, and narrower leaves; the
plant, also, is more slender. (B. R. 1841, 68; F. d. S. 502.)

R. orthantha (upright-flowered), fl. terminal, fasciculate,
nodding ; perianth deep vivid scarlet, with a triangular, black
spot at the base of each segment, somewhat concave, divided
at the base ; anthers dark brown; sti;

; gmas deep pink. October.
l. lanceolate, plaited, sheathing. A. lft. Mexico, 1846.
(P. M. B. xiv. 121.)

RIMA. A synonym of Artocarpus.

RIMOSE. Marked on the surface with chinks or
cracks, like those of old bark.

RIND-GRAFTING. See Grafting.
RING-BUDDING. See Budding.
RINGED. Surrounded by elevated or depressed,

circular bands or lines; e.g., the roots or stems of some
plants, the cups of several species of Quercus, &¢.

_RINGENT. Gaping; e.g., the mouth of an open
bilabiate corolla.

RINGING. A method of preparing layers for pro-
pagation. See under Layering.

RINGWORM ROOT. See Rhinacanthus com-
munis.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE, 309

RIOCREUXIA (named after A. Riocreux, a cele-
brated botanical artist). Orp. Asclepiadew. A small
genus (four ? species) of slender, pubescent or glabrous,
greenhouse, twining sub-shrubs, confined to South Africa.
Calyx of five narrow segments; corolla with an elongated
tube and linear lobes; corona sub-duplex, the exterior
of five to ten scales, the interior of five smaller ones;
cymes loose, umbelliform or dichotomous; peduncles
simple or branched; pedicels filiform. Leaves opposite,
cordate, membranous. R. torulosa, the only species in-
troduced, thrives in sandy loam. Plenty of pot room
and ample drainage must be afforded. Propagation may
be effected by cuttings, taken preferably in spring, and
inserted in sand, under a hand glass, with slight bottom
heat.
R. torulosa (somewhat twisted). f. pale yellow, flask-shaped,
greenish at their ventricose base; umbels pedunculate, lateral or

terminal, loose-flowered. Summer. 4. deeply cordate - ovate.
Roots tuberous. 1862. (Ref. B. 157.)

RIPIDIUM. A synonym of Erianthus.
RIPOGONUM. See Rhipogonum.

RITCHIEA (named in honour of Joseph Ritchie, a
Yorkshireman, who was killed, in 1819, when exploring
Central Africa).
only two or three species of erect or sarmentose, climb-
ing, stove shrubs, natives of tropical Africa. Flowers
greenish, large, sweet-smelling, corymbose, long-pedicel-
late; sepals four, ample, valvate; petals four or many,
long-clawed, undulated, oblong, the blade imbricated;
torus hemispherical, fleshy. Leaves simple, or three to
five-foliolate; stipules obsolete. Only one species calls
for mention here; it requires treatment similar to that
recommended for Euadenia (which see).

R. fragrans (fragrant). M. 4in. across ; sepals ovate-oblong, deep
green; petals about fourteen, pale straw-colour, strap-shaped,
acuminate, crumpled above the middle; stamens very numerous,
spreading. June. J. alternate ; leaflets three to five, as long as,
or longer than, the petioles, oblong or obovate-lanceolate, shortly
petiolulate; petioles slender, 3in. to 5in. long. A. ft. 1859.
An erect shrub. Syn. R. polypetala (B. M. 5344).

R. polypetala (many-petaled). A synonym of R. fragrans.

RIVEA (dedicated by Choisy to Auguste de la Rive,

a physiologist of Geneva). ORD. Convolvulacee. A genus
comprising only a couple of species of stove climbers
or twiners, natives of the East Indies. Flowers large,
_on axillary, one to three-flowered peduncles; sepals ovate
or oblong, obtuse; corolla salver-shaped, with a long,
cylindrical tube, and an angulately sub-lobed limb; sta-
mens included; filamen!s short; bracts narrow. Leaves
broad beneath, and, as well as the inflorescence, often
woolly or silky. The species described below require
culture similar to Ipomoea (which see).

R. h riformis (salver-shaped). Midnapore Creeper.
jl. pure white, large, expanding at sunset, and perfuming the air
for a considerable distance with a fragrance resembling that of
the finest cloves; corolla very wide; peduncles shorter than
the petioles. July. J. cordate-roundish or altogether roundish,
sometimes villous beneath. Western India, &c., 1799. Don
says this species is the prince of convolvulaceous plants.

R. ornata (adorned). fl., corolla white, silky without ; peduncles
mostly three-flowered.. June. J. orbicularly cordate or reniform,
large, clothed with cinereous tomentum beneath. Stem white ;
branches silky. 1824.

RIVINA (named in honour of A. Q. Rivinus, a native
of Saxony, 1652-1722, for some time Professor of Botany
and Medicine at Leipsic). Hoop Withy. Syn. Piercea.
ORD. Phytolaccacee. A genus comprising, according
to Bentham and Hooker, one or two species of stove,
erect, dichotomously - branched herbs, shrubby at base,
natives of tropical and sub-tropical America. Flowers
hermaphrodite, racemose; perianth corolla-like, four-
parted; segments obovate-oblong, obtuse, concave,
coloured, unchanged and erect or spreading during fruc-
tescence; stamens four. Fruit red, pisiform. Leaves
alternate, slender - stalked, ovate, ovate-lanceolate, or
cordate-ovate, acute, obtuse, or long-acuminate, obscurely

ORD. Capparidee. A genus comprising `

i

Rivina—continued. =
crenate, membranous. Rivinas may readily be propagated
by seeds or cuttings, which, after being inserted during
spring, should be placed in heat. The plants grow freely
afterwards in any rich, loamy soil. When covered with
berries in winter time, they are exceedingly attractive.
R. humilis (low).* Bloodberry; Rouge Plant. fl, whitish-rose,

scarcely one line long, sub-reflexed; racemes longer than the

leaves. January to October. fr., berries bright scarlet, disposed
in racemes. l. (including the petiole) lin. to 2in. long, ovate,
acuminate, sub-entire, rather thick, slightly tomentose or densely
pubescent. Stem shrubby; branches, petioles, and racemes
nen — h. lft. to 2ft. Carib Islands, &c., 1699.

R. leevis (smooth).* Ji. whitish-rose, small ; racemes lin, to 2in.
long. February to September. fr., berries red. 7. sin, to 4in.
long, sub-cordate-ovate, acuminate, slightly crenulated, slender,
scarcely undulated, highly glabrous. Stem shrubby; branches
glabrous. h. 7ft. to 8ft. West Indies, 1733. (B. M. 2333.)

1, pubescens (downy). A form with white flowers and pu-
bescent leaves and branches. 1699.

RIZOA. A synonym of Gardoquia (which see).

ROADS. Road-making, under a proper system, is
rather an expensive undertaking, particularly when the
requisite material is difficult to procure. It is, however,
of great importance that an approach Road or iage |
drive, leading to a mansion, should be properly lined
out, and formed, and be afterwards kept clean and in
good repair. The bed should be well drained, and the

bottom filled, to a depth of about 1ft., with hard, porous

material, such as rough stones; on this should be placed
about 3in. of rather finer material, such as broken
granite or ballast, and a similar depth of finer gravel
still put over the surface. In the formation of Roads,
the proper levels must first be ascertained, and the full
depth taken out altogether, should the ground be of an un-
suitable description, The several depths of the different
sorts of material may be best indicated by pegs driven
in some 10ft. apart, so that their tops may be used as
a guide for working. ,

ROAN OR ROWAN-TREE. A common name for
Pyrus Aucuparia.

ROAST-BEEF PLANT. A common name for
Tris fetidissima. ©

ROBERGIA (of Schreber). A synonym of Rourea
(which see). i

ROBERGIA FRUTESCENS. A synonym of
Connarus pubescens (which see). i

ROBERTSIA. A synonym of Sideroxylon (which
see). a

à a

ROBERTSONIA. Included undeyy Saxifraga

(which see).

ROBINIA (named in honour of John Robin, herbalist
to Henri IV. of France, and his son, Vespasian Robin,

- who first cultivated the Locust-tree in Europe). „ Locust-

tree. ORD. Leguminose. A genus comprising five or
six species of mostly hardy, sub-glabrous, clammy, or
bristly trees or shrubs, natives of North America and
Mexico. Flowers white or rose-purple, in axillary ra-
cemes; calyx teeth short and broad, the two upper ones
sub-connate; standard ample, reflexed, naked within;
wings falcate-oblong, free; keel incuryed, obtuse; bracts
membranous, very caducous. Leaves impari- pinnate;
leaflets entire, reticulate-penniveined ; stipules bristly or
spiny. The species described below are all hardy and
deciduous, and are very handsome subjects for the orna-
mentation of the shrubbery. Any common soil will suit
them, provided it-be not too wet. Propagation may be
best effected by layering; the rarer kinds, however, are
usually increased by grafting on the commoner sorts,
especially R, Pseudacacia, i

R. dubia (dubita). f. pale rose-coloured, sweet

rose ted ;
racemes loose and ulous, June to August.

brown,

310 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

` Robinia—continued.

thickly beset with short prickles.
Hybrid tree.

R. hispida (hispid).* f. deep rose-colour, large, inodorous, in
loose and —— — racemes. May and June. Pods
glandular-hispid. l., leaflets eleven to eighteen, smooth, ovate or
oblong-ovate, rounded or slightly cordate at base, tipped with a
long bristle. Branches and stalks more or less bristly. h. 3ft. to
ig Meat} America, 1743. Shrub or small tree. See Fig. 382.

l, leaflets ovate. h. 25ft.

TO)
— —

Fic. 382. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ROBINIA HISPIDA.

R. h. macrophylla (large-leaved). Z., leaflets large, ovate-
roundish. Branches and peduncles glabrous, without prickles.
h. 10ft. An ornamental variety.

R. jubata (bearded). A synonym of Caragana jubata.

Pseudacacia.* Bastard Acacia; False Acacia; Common
Locust. jl. white, fragrant, in slender, loose, pendulous racemes,
3in. to 5in. long ; calyx spotted. April and May. Pods smooth.
l, leaflets nine to seventeen, oblong-ovate or elliptical. Branches
naked. h. 30ft. to 60ft. North America, 1 A tree, with
hard and durable wood. There are many varieties of this species
in English gardens. : z 7

P. Bessoniana (Besson’s).* Branches thornless, This
variety forms a compact, round-headed tree.

R. P. crispa (curled). Z, leaflets all, or for the most part, un-
dulately curled. R. 40ft.
R. P. Decaisneana (Decaisne’s).

fl. bright rosy-pink.
1863, p. 151.) —

(R. H.

R. P. fastigiata —— A form with a habit similar to that
of the Lombardy Poplar.

R. P. inermis (unarmed). A small-growing, round-headed bush.
It is usually grafted on tall stems of the common type.

R. P. monophylla (one-leaved). J. reduced to a single leaflet.

R. P. semperfiorens (ever-flowering). This variety continues
flowering throughout the summer. (R. H. 1875, 191.)

R. P. sophorezfolia (Sophora-leaved). l. large, somewhat re-
sembling those of Sophora japonica. h. 25ft.

R. P. stricta (upright). This has the general tendency to grow
upright, but the plant is not as fastigiate as the Lombardy
Poplar. h. 30ft.

R. P. tortuosa (twisted). fl., racemes similar to those of the
typo, = smaller and fewer-flowered. Branches curiously twisted.

R. P. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing). l., leaflets ovate.
Branches much crowded, smooth. Head orbicular. h. 40ft.
Other forms of R. Pseudacacia are: macrophylla, leaves long,

and leaflets broad ; microphylla, leaves small, and leaflets narrow ;

monstrosa, leaves — and twisted; pendula, shoots slightly
drooping ; procera, , and vigorous-growing ; spectabilis, leaves
large, shoots straight and vigorous.

R. viscosa (clammy).* i rose-colour, crowded into roundish,
erect racemes, nearly inodorous. May and June. Pods glandular-
viscid. 1, leaflets eleven to fifteen, ovate and oblong, obtuse or
—— cordate at the base, paler and pubescent beneath, tipped
with a short bristle. Branches, — &c., glandular-viscid.

h, 20ft. to 40ft. North America, 1797. Tree. (B. M. 560, under

— a — 1 is either a form of this

speci e characteristi idi i

pocen n a viscidity, or a hybrid between

ROBIN’S PINCUSHION. A common name for
the Rose Bedeguar.

ROBIQUETIA. A
(which see.)
ROCAMBOLE (Allium Scorodoprasum). A hardy
perennial, cultivated for the use of its bulbs in a some-
what similar way to those of Garlic. Increase is effected
by dividing the bulbs which form, annually, at the root,
: and also on the tops of the stems. When
separated singly, these should be planted, at
the end of February or in March, 8in. apart
and about 2in. deep. So soon as the leaves
decay, lift and dry the bulbs in the sun; they
will then be ready for storing for future use.

ROCHEA (named in honour of M. de la-
Roche, a French botanist). Syn. Kalosanthes.
ORD. Crassulacee. A small genus (about four
species) of small, greenhouse, shrubby succu-
lents, confined to South Africa. Flowers white,
yellow, pink, or scarlet, rather large, aggre-
gated in corymbose-capitate cymes; calyx five-
parted or five-fid; corolla salver-shaped, its tube
longer than the calyx, the limb five - parted,
spreading; stamens five, included. Leaves
opposite, connate at base, oblong, obovate, or
lanceolate. For culture, see Crassula.

coccinea (scarlet). This is the correct name of
the plant described in this work as Crassula coccinea.
R. areren (Jasmine-like). This is the correct name
of the plant described in this work as Crassula jas-
minea.
R. odoratissima (very fragrant). f. pale yellow
or creamy- white, sometimes rosy, sweet - scented,
about lin. long; limb of the petals lanceolate; cymes many-
flowered. June. l. erecto-patent, linear-lanceolate or subulate,
lin. to 14in. long, taper-pointed. Stem erect, 1ft. to 1}ft. high,
scabrous, much-branched or nearly simple. 1793. SYN. Crassula
odoratissima (A. B. R. 26 í

R. versicolor (various-coloured). This is the correct name of
the plant described in this work as Crassula versicolor.
ROCHELIA. A synonym of Echinospermum

(which see).

ROCK BEAUTY.
pyrenaica.

ROCK BRAKE. See Cryptogramme.

ROCK CRESS. See Arabis.

ROCK CRESS, PURPLE. A common name for
Aubrietia deltoidea purpurea. i

ROCKERIES. Where alpines and perennials are
cultivated in any great quantity, it is essential that some
sort of a Rockery should be provided for the accommo-
dation of the rarer and dwarf-growing species. It may
be on a small or an unlimited scale, according to the
extent of the collection; in any case, this style of
gardening affords very great interest, especially when
the plants can be induced to succeed. Besides alpines
and dwarf perennials, there are numerous other sub-
jects that may often be appropriately introduced, such
as hardy Ferns, Yuccas, compact-growing shrubs, Juni-
pers, hardy Heaths, &e. When constructing a Rockery,
the principal object should be to provide situations, and
allow sufficient space amongst the stones for the plants
to grow. The outline or shape can be formed by
building up such ordinary soil as may be at command;
the stones can then be embedded over any part of the
surface desired, and a new compost added at the time
the plants are arranged and inserted. Rockwork is
generally constructed of stone, if this is procurable; but
frequently other substitutes, such as old bricks, clinkers,
&c., have to be utilised. Little can be said respecting
the proper arrangement, as this varies, in almost every
individual case, to suit the situation, plants available, and
the surroundings. A background of some sort is desirable,
for affording shelter and protection from cutting winds;

synonym of Saccolabium

A common name for Draba

AN ENCYCLOPZADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 311

Rockeries—continued. f

Rhododendrons are well suited for the purpose, as they
grow tall if allowed, and their roots never spread far
enough to rob the rock plants, as would those of large
trees. To meet the requirements of the numerous sub-
jects available for planting on a Rockery, it is requisite
to provide various aspects and different kinds of soil;
and, in planting, a knowledge of the habit each plant
assumes is necessary, in order to dispose of all to
the best advantage for producing a future effect. A
general fault is to allow too little rooting space, by making
the pockets—as the divisions between the stones are
generally called—too small. This should specially be
avoided; if roots cannot get down and establish them-
selves, the plants soon become dried up in hot weather,
particularly on sunny exposures. The class of plants
which thrive best on rockwork—indeed, there are many
that could scarcely be grown except in such a situation—
is a very extensive one, and includes a large proportion
of beautiful and most interesting subjects. If dwarf
shrubs and other plants, also hardy bulbs, are introduced,
the variety that may be represented in the limited space
which a Rockery usually affords is really surprising.
A very large proportion of, the genera Savifraga and
Sedum make excellent rockwork plants. Other remarks
on this subject may be found under Rock Garden in the
article Garden.

ROCKET. See Hesperis matronalis.
ROCKET CANDYTUFT. See Iberis coronaria.

ROCKET, DAME’S OR WHITE. See Hesperis
matronalis.

ROCKET, DYERS’. A common name for Reseda
Luteola.

ROCKET, SEA. See Cakile.

ROCKFOIL. A name, suggested by Ruskin, for the
genus Saxifraga.

ROCK PINE. See Dianthus petreus.
ROCK ROSE. See Cistus.

RODGERSIA (named in honour of Admiral Rodgers,
of the United States Navy, commander of the expedition
during which the plant was first discovered). ORD. Saxi-
fragee. A monotypic genus. The species is a hardy,
erect, herbaceous perennial, with a thick, scaly rhizome.
It thrives best in a compost of rich loam and peat, and
may be increased by divisions.

RK. japonica (Japanese). A synonym of R. podophylla.

R, podophylla (stalked-leaved). Rodgers’ Bronze-Leaf. fl. of
a Powiat white colour, somewhat nodding, ebracteate ; calyx
tube very short, turbinate ; lobes five, spreading, valvate ; petals
wanting ; stamens ten; filaments elongated; cymes scorpioid,
disposed in ample, naked panicles. June and July, Z. three to
five, large, alternate; radical ones larger, long-stalked, pal-
mately or peltately five-sected ; canline ones three-lobed ; seg-
ments sessile, argutely serrated, incised at apex ; petioles dilated
at base; stipules membranous, adnate to the petioles. h. 3ft.
to 4ft. Japan, 1880. (B. M. 6691; G. C. n. s., xx. 141.) Syn.
R. japonica (R. G. 708).

RODRIGUEZIA (named in honour of Em. Rodri-
guez, a Spanish physician and botanist). Burlingtonia
is now regarded, by the. authors of the ‘Genera Plan-
tarum,” as synonymous with this genus, but is kept
distinct in this work. ORD. Orchidee. A genus com-
prising about a score of species of interesting, stove,
epiphytal orchids, natives of tropical America, Flowers
usually showy, many in a simple raceme; dorsal sepal
free, petaloid, the lateral ones narrow, _connate ; petals
similar to the dorsal sepal; lip continuous, or very
shortly connate with the base of the column, the base
often produced into a spur, the lamina spreading, obovate
or obcordate, often exceeding the sepals, the disk usually
crested; column erect, slender, club-shaped or produced
into two auricles at the apex; pollen masses two; scapes
axillary under the pseudo-bulbs.

_R. Batemani (Bateman’s),

Leaves oblong or elon- |

Rodriguezia—continued.
gated, coriaceous. For culture of the species described
below, see Burlingtonia.

} i y This is the correct name of the
plant described in this work as Burlingtonia Batemani.

R. caloplectron (beautiful-spurred). fl. light yellowish-white,
twisted ; lateral sepals —— a long, compressed, horn-lik
acute body, wrapping round the spur of the emarginate lip;
column square-winged ; inflorescence usually pendulous, few-
flowered. l. solitary, thick, lanceolate, acuminate. Pseudo-bulbs
small, oblong-ligulate. New Grenada, 1871.

R. lanceolata (lanceolate). A synonym of R. secunda.

R. Leeana (Lee’s). fl. the size of those of Burlingtonia candida;
ovary light mauve; upper sepal white, yellowish on mid-line ;
lateral ones white with yellow mid-line, quite connate;
ligulate ; äp clawed, — with two long-linear, yellow keels,

every keel having four s , lateral keels spreading outwards ;

column white, with numerous mauve spots. J. linear-ligulate,
acute, 1ft. long. Pseudo-bulbs ancipitous. Native country un-
certain, 1883, A curious and yery stout species.

R. Lehmanni (Lehmann’s). fl. whitish-ochre, with a brown
wash ; odd sepal gibbous-fornicate in the middle; lateral ones
combined in a narrow, falcate, spur-like organ, with a broad,
membranous lamina before the apex; petals cuneate-obovate
emarginate ; lip having a solid, acute spur between the lateral
sepals, the free part clawed, suddenly enlarged in a blade
blotched and spotted with cinnamon. New Grenada an
Ecuador, 1882. (G. C. xix. 403.)

R. refracta (bent back). fl. of a peculiar yellow-salmon colour,
few, in a porrect raceme ; dorsal sepal cuneate-obovate, bluntly
acute, the lateral ones combined into one navicular, narrow body ;

etals cuneate-obovate ; lip clawed, expanding into an
blade, having on both sides four or five angular keels. J. of
pseudo-bulb cuneate-oblong, acute. Peru. (Ref. B. 129.)

R. secunda (side-flowering). fl. dark rose-colour, disposed in
a po 0 oo recurved spike, which is longer than the leaves;
sepals fornicate; petals ovate, obtuse; lip abruptly defiexed.

l. lanceolate, obliquely emarginate at the a a eo ree

oval, compressed. h. 6in. Trinidad, 1820. . M. 3524;
930.) Syns. R. lanceolata (L. B. C: 676), Pleurothallis coccinea
(H. E. F. 129). ;
RODS, BONING OR BORNING. These are in-
valuable instruments in levelling ground, or for deter-
mining heights in making an incline uniform throughout.
They are always requisite when laying out new walks or
edges, levelling turf, &c. There are usually three made,
straight, and of equal length, about 34ft. or 4ft., and
provided with cross-pieces, which should be fixed in the
centre, and at exact right angles. Before Borning Rods
can be brought into use, it is necessary that two points
should be fixed, preferably at the extreme ends of the
ground to be levelled, shuuld these not be too far apart.
If level pegs are inserted at these points, and two of
the three Rods allowed to rest on them, as many inter-
mediate pegs may be inserted as thought desirable
for guiding workmen. This is done by a third person
with the other Rod, who drives pegs in as he is directed
from one of the ends, until all the Rods are in, as
near as possible, a direct line. The tops of the pegs,
if the levelling is properly done, should then show all
inequalities in the soil, and represent themselves either
a level surface or a uniform incline, according to the
disposition of the ground and the comparative heights
of the two fixed points taken at the commencement.
Boning or Borning Rods of equal length can only be used
correctly by persons accustomed to them, as the light
is found most deceiving at a distance. Sometimes, one
of the Rods is made an inch longer, and a small sight-
hole pierced through the cross-piece. By using this, it
is possible to work with more exactness, as a workman
who might be able to level through a sight-hole might
not be able to do so correctly were all the Rods made of
equal length, and no sight-hole pierced.

RODS, MEASURING. For regulating the distance
between rows and beds, and for marking out spaces for
walks between trees, &c., Measuring Rods of some de-
scription are indispensable. Either 10ft. or 12ft. is a
handy length; the first foot length should be marked in
inches, and all the others at intervals of 3in. Straight
Rods 1łin. square are suitable.

ROEBUCK BERRY. The fruit of Rubus sazatilis.

312

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

—

ROELLA (named in honour of William Roell, Pro-
fessor of Anatomy at Amsterdam). Orp. Oampanulacee.
A genus comprising eleven species of greenhouse, rigid
sub-shrubs or small, diffuse herbs, confined to South
Africa. Flowers sessile within the imbricating leaves,
solitary or glomerate; calyx with an adnate, oblong or
cylindrical tube and a five-parted limb, the lobes often
toothed ; corolla campanulate or funnel-shaped, five-lobed.
Leaves scattered, small or narrow, often rather rigid
and fascicled at the axils, entire or ciliate - toothed.
Several of the species have been introduced, but that
described below is the most desirable. A compost of
sandy loam and peat is most suitable for its culture.
Propagation may be effected by seeds; or by young
cuttings, which will root freely in the soil above-named,
if a hand glass be placed over them.

R. ciliata (ciliated-leaved). African Harebell. f. solitary, ter-

minal; corolla white at base, with a deep purple circle, above
i e violet, girded by white, the lobes —— September.
tverect, linear, acuminated, ciliated ; upper ones longer. h. 6in.

to12in. 1774. (B: M. 378; F. d. S. 517; L. B. C. 1156.)

RÆMERIA (named in honour of John James Roemer,
1763-1819, Professor of Botany at Landshut, and author
of several botanical works). Syn. Romeria. OBD. Papa-
veracee. A genus comprising only two species (and
these, perhaps, varieties of one) of very pretty, hardy,
annual herbs. Seeds should be sown in the open
border, in spring, where the plants are to remain.

R. hybrida (hybrid). Violet-flowered Horned Poppy; Wind
Rose. fl. violet-purple with a black disk ; sepals hairy. May and
June. Capsules 2in. to šin. long, cylindric, hispid above. 1. once
or twice pinnatitid ; segments tipped by a bristle. Stem erect.
h. 2ft. South and West Europe, &c. (Britain). This plant has the
habit of Papaver Argemone. (Sy. En. B. 64.) Syn. R. refracta.

R. refracta (bent back). A synonym of R. hybrida.

REMERIA (of Trattinick). A synonym of Steri-
phoma (which see).

RG@PERA. Included under Zygophyllum (which
see).

ROEZLIA (named in honour of Roezl, a well-known
collector, who travelled in Mexico, Central America, &c.).
ORD. Melastomacee. A monotypic genus. The species
is an erect, stove shrub, requiring culture similar to
Monochetum (which see).

granadensis (New Granada).* fl. carmine-purple ; calyx red,

four-lobed ; petals four, roundish-ovate, emarginate ; stamens

four; panicles terminal, many-flowered; peduncles glabrous or
nearly so. Autumn. J. opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate,
hairy on both sides, entire, five to seven-nerved. Branches sub-

angular. h. about 3ft. New Granada. (R. G. 706.)

R. regia (royal). A synonym of Furcrea Bedinghausii.

ROGATION FLOWER. See Polygala vulgaris.
ROGIERA. Included under Rondeletia (which

see).

ROHDEA (named in honour of Mich. Rohde, phy-
sician and botanist, of Bremen). Syn. Titragyne. ORD.
Liliacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a green-
house or half-hardy, perennial, with a short, thick rhizome.
For culture, see Reineckea. :
R. japonica (Japanese). f., perianth white, fleshy, jin. long and

thick ; spike very dense, lin. to 2in. long. January to April.

T all radical, nine to twelve in a rosette, sub-erect, sessile, ob-

lanceolate, 1ft. long, 2in. to din. broad, glabrous, acute. h. 2ft.
Japan, 1783. (B. M. 898, under name of Orontium japonicum.)

ROHRIA. A synonym of Berkheya.

ROLANDREA (named in honour of Daniel Rolander,
a pupil of Linneus, who visited Surinam). ORD. Com-
posite. A monotypic genus. The species is a green-
house, evergreen shrub, with inconspicuous, white flower-
heads and penniveined leaves, native of tropical America,
It is probably lost to cultivation.

ROLLERS AND ROLLING. For keeping walks
firm and in good condition, an iron Roller is requisite in
gardens. The size must be determined by the extent
and width of the walks to be Rolled. New gravel
walks should always have a light Roller passed over them

Rollers and Rolling—continued. _
first, and a heavy one afterwards. Others, if they are
firm, and have been well made in the first place, should
bear a heavy weight always. Rollers of almost any size
may be obtained in iron up to several hundredweights.
Rolling should only be practised when walks are suffi-
ciently dry to keep the gravel from clinging; the proper
time frequently does not last long, and, when walks are
rough, an opportunity for Rolling them should not be lost.

ROMANA. A synonym of Buddleia.

ROMANZOFFIA (named in honour of Count Ro-
manzov, a Russian nobleman, who was a patron of scien-
tific studies). ORD. Hydrophyllacew. A genus consist-
ing of only two species of low, tufted, hardy perennial
herbs, having much the appearance of Saxifrages; they
inhabit the sub-arctic regions of Eastern Asia and
Western America. Flowers white, unilaterally racemose ;
calyx segments five; corolla broadly or tubularly cam-
panulate with five imbricated, spreading lobes; stamens
five, affixed to the base of the corolla. Radical leaves
long-stalked, cauline ones very few, orbicular-reniform,
deeply toothed. R. sitchensis, the only species intro-
duced, is a suitable subject for planting on rockwork.
It requires much the same culture as Saxifraga (which
see).

R. sitchensis (Sitcha).* Sitka Water Leaf. f. white; corolla
nearly thrice the length of the calyx ; peduncles straight. April.

l. long-stalked, somewhat rounded-reniform in shape. h. 4in.
Sitcha, 1873. (B. M. 6109; R. G. 748.)

ROMERIA. A synonym of Remeria (which see).

ROMNEYA (named after the Rev. Dr. T. Romney
_Robinson, an astronomer, of Armagh). ORD. Papa-
veracee. A monotypic genus. The species is a tall, showy,
branched, glabrous, herbaceous perennial, allied to Platy-
stigma. Although a half-hardy plant, it nevertheless
thrives best, and produces larger and more abundant
flowers if allowed space in a cool greenhouse. A rich,
sandy loam soil is most suitable. The species may be
increased by means of seeds, sown in the spring.

R. Coulteri (Coulter’s).* f. white, showy, terminating the
branches, corymbose or solitary ; sepals three, scarcely lin. long ;
— six, biseriate, 2}in. long, broadly obovate, thickened at the

; Stamens very numerous, many-seriate. Summer. J. petio-
late, glabrous, glaucous, pinnatifid, setose-ciliated on the margins ;
lower segments linear-lanceolate, upper ones deltoid ; petioles
one-fourth the length of the leaves. h. 2ft. to4ft. California, —

1875. (F.M. 252; G. C. n. s., iii. 280 ; Gn. xi. 374; R. G. 1876, 152.)

ROMULEA (a name commemorative of Romulus,

the mythical founder of Rome). Syn. Trichonema. In-
cluding Spatalanthus. ORD. Irideew. A genus of pretty,
greenhouse or hardy, bulbous plants, natives of Western
Europe, the Mediterranean region, and South and West
Africa. Fifty-four species have been enumerated, but,
according to the authors of the ‘Genera Plantarum,”
many of these are reducible to mere varieties. Mr. Baker,
in his review of the genus published in the “Journal of
the Linnean Society,” xvi. 86, accords specific rank to
thirty-six. Flowers one to a spathe, sub-sessile or
shortly pedicellate; perianth funnel-shaped, with a very
short, or rarely elongated, tube, and equal, erecto-patent,
entire lobes; stamens affixed to the throat; spathes long-
pedunculate in the axils of the floral leaves; bracts
beneath the ovary at the apex of the pedicel shorter, and
sometimes broader, -than the spathe. Radical leaves
linear, sometimes subulate, the sheaths rarely lanceo-
late-dilated ; cauline leaves similar, but smaller. The
species described below are those best known to cultiva-
tion. They require to be planted out in a pit or frame,
in a compost of sandy loam and peat. Propagation may
be effected by offsets.

R. bulbocodioides (Bulbocodium-like). /. ish- = -
| spathe valve perpe hanne ar aag Ros a aa — and —
striped; scape terete, two-sheathed. June. l, radical ones
fistular-sheathing ; cauline ones binate, in threes, or rarely
solitary, alternating with the peduncles. A. 6in. Cape of Good

Hope, 1810. — (B. M. 1392, under name of —

í

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

‘

OF HORTICULTURE. 313

Romulea—continued.

R. Bulbocodium (Bulbocodium).* fl. yellow below, violet above
the middle, large; spathe two-valved, the outer valve ovate,
carinate, the inner one broad and yg pear scape simple,

` rarely bifid, densely leafy. March. l. linear-ensiform, furcate,
channelled and sheathing at base, arcuately recurved. h. 6in.
South Europe, 1739. Hardy. (Fl. Ment. 934; B. M. 265, under
name of Ixia Bulbocodium.) A variety, P. Pylium, has white
flowers marked with purple, borne on a many-flowered scape,
(B. R. xxx. 40, Fig. 2, under name of T'richonema Pylium.)
P. subpatustre is a form having white flowers —— with
blue. (B. R. xxx. 40, Fig. 1, under name of Trichonema palustre.)

R. Columnz (Columna’s). fl. nish outside, whitish within,
with purple veins and a yellow , one to three on a very short
scape ; =o longer than the perianth tube. March to May.
i. wiry, 2in. to 4in. long, recurved, sub-cylindric, grooved above.
South and West Europe (Britain), &c. (Fl. Ment. 91.) SYN.
Tr a Col (Sy. En. B. 1492).

R. cruciata (cruciate). jl. rose-coloured, terminal, erect; outer
spathe valve striated and purple tted, inner one dark-striped
and dotted; oe simple or branched. May. l. long-sheathing
at base, four-ribbed on both sides, — recurved. A. 6in.
rape of Good Hope, — Half-hardy. (B. M. 575, under name

richo a cr t á

R. pudica (chaste). A. pink, with violet spots at the base,
terminal, pedunculate ; spathe valves striate, keeled, equal;
scape terete, short, simple, curved. August. J. lanceolate-linear,

tricostate-bisulcate ; — ones ventricose-sheathing. fh. 6in.
or or opa Hope, 1 à Greenhouse. (B. M. 1244, under name

R. ramifiora (branch-flowered). fl. yellow in the throat, rather
small ; outer segments yellowish outside, and deep or pale lilac
in the upper part; inner segments purple in the — part
inside and out; scape elongated, two or three-flowe May.
l. 6in. to 12in. in length, stout, straight or recurved. Naples,
1830. Hardy. (Fl. Ment. 92; S. B. F. G. 596, under name of
Trichonema ramiflora.)

R. rosea (rosy). A. rose-coloured, yellow at base, terminal,
stalked, campanulate ; spathe valves broadly ovate, acute, striated,

urple-spotted ; scape terete, simple, leafy. July. 2. recurved,
ong-sheathing at base, often slenderly ciliated on the ribs. A. 6in.
Cape of Good Hope, 1818. Greenhouse. (B. M. 1225, under name
of Trichonema roseum.)

R. speciosa (showy).* M. rose-coloured, yellow and violet-striped

at the base of the segments; outer spathe valve convolute and

striate, inner one ventricose, obtuse, and broader; scape terete,
simple, erect, leafy. May. J. slender, somewhat Rush-like, four-
channelled, long-sheathing, slightly twisted. h. 6in. Cape of

Good Hope, 1 Greenhouse. (A. B. R. 170, under name of

Bulbocodium sp ; B. M. 1476, under name of Trichonema

G. 300, under name of Spatalanthus

speciosum; S. B, F.

speciosus.)

RONDELETIA (named in memory of William Ronde-
let, 1507-1566, a scientific physician, whose attention was
chiefly devoted to fishes and alge). Syns. Arachni-
morpha, Lightfootia (of Schreber), and Wilidenovia. In-
eluding Rogiera. ORD. Rubiacee. A genus comprising
about sixty species of stove evergreen shrubs and

(rarely) trees, with terete branchlets, natives of the

West Indies and tropical America, but very rare in

Guiana and Peru. Flowers white, yellow, or red, small,

pedicellate, disposed in corymbose or paniculate, axil-

lary or rarely terminal cymes; calyx four or five-
lobed, persistent; corolla funnel or. salver-shaped, the
limb of four or five spreading lobes; stamens four or
five. Leaves opposite, rarely ternately whorled, sessile
or petiolate, coriaceous or membranous; stipules broad,
interpetiolar, deciduous or persistent. Many of the species
are very pretty, and well deserving of a position in the
stove. The most suitable soil is a compost of loam,
peat, and sand. Propagation may be readily effected by

cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in heat. A

selection of the best-known species is given below.

R. americana (American). fi. white, slightly odorous ; cymes
axillary, corymbiform, long-pedunculate, pubescent. August.
l. lanceolate-oblong, ber tone. pointed, acuminate at base,
glabrous, hispidulous on the nerves within; stipules hairy
within. A. 5ft. West Indies, 1752.

R. ameena (pleasing).* j. of a beautiful pink colour, golden-
June 1, brondy oblong im (0 Bie. long, aenminate, nerved.

une, ¢, broadiy ong, . f M. 4579), Rog:

h. 4ft. Guatemala. SYNS. R. versicolor
amæna (F. d. S. 442; L. & P. F. G. i. 143). :
Backhouse’ rose-coloured, pedicel

f Sot piae con -flowered panic
as the calyx lobes.

i _ terminal
bescent, twice or thrice as
* —— shortly petioled, ain to Yin. long, sub-

kim ->œ

Rondeletia—continued.

acute, membranous; petioles and veins beneath red. 1860. A
small shrub, of unknown origin; it is probably identical with
R. erythronema, of Karsten. (B. M. 6290.)

R. cordata (heart-shaped).* A. pink, four-parted ; cymes terminal,
corymbose, many-flowered. Summer. /. sub-sessile, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, cordate at base, coriaceous, puberu-
lous beneath and on veins, or at length glabrous ; stipules ovate-
lanceolate, leafy, reflexed. h. 4ft. Guatemala, SYN.
Rogiera cordata (F. d. S. 754).

gratissima (most agreeable).* jt. pinkish, sweet-scented, with
a long tube and five lobes, disposed in dense, terminal, corymbi-
form cymes, and not unlike those of the Laurestine. J. lanceo-
late-elliptic. 7 Mexico, 1866. A beautiful, cool stove shrub.
(I. H. n. s. 424; F. d. S. 1570-1 and R. G.
Rogiera gratissima.)

R. hirsuta (hairy). #. yellow; corolla tube externally hairy;
cymes axillary, corymbiform, shaggy-pilose, on peduncles as long
as the leaves. July. J. opao or elliptic-oblong, 2in. to Sin.
long, cuspidate, rounded or blunt at the base, hispidulous on both
sides with scattered down; stipules shaggy-pilose. h. 4ft.
Jamaica, 1820.

R. laurifolia (Laurel-leaved), A. brownish-yellow, fragrant ;
corolla sub-rotate ; cymes in axillary, hoary-pubescent, racemi-

490, under name of

form panicles. July. J. elliptic-oblong, šin. to Sin. long, pointed,
glabrous; stipules subulate-deltoid, villous within. h. 4ft.
Jamaica, 1824

R. odorata (odorous).* fi. bright vermilion, fragrant, in terminal,
cs trichot d co

T p rymbs; pedicels hairy; corolla
salver-shaped, with a narrow tube and a spreading limb.
November. J. in opposite and rather remote pairs, ovate, acute
or somewhat — nats, entire, waved, on very short petioles.
Stem straggling, with rounded, downy branches. h. 3ft. Cuba
said also to be Mexican), 1836. (B. 53; B. M. 3953; B. R. 1905.)

YN. R. speciosa (L. B. C. 1893; P. M. B. ii. 242, v. 354). ;

R. o. breviflora (shorter-flowered). fi. vermilion or bright
orange-red, with a distinct yellow eye; corolla shorter than in

the type; limb nearly żin. in diameter. West Indies. (B. M.

R. Purdiei (Purdie’s).* f. pee yellow, fragrant, żin, in diameter,
crowded into terminal and axillary, rounded corymbs; corolla
with a thickened ring at the throat. Summer. J. Jin. to 8in.
long, ovate-oblong or almost oblong-lanceolate, but obtuse,
narrowed at base into the very short petiole, or suddenly (in the
larger lower leaves) terminating in a small, cordate base ; midrib

above. h. 4ft. Columbia, 1867. An almost silky-pubescent
shrub. (B. M. 5669.)

R. racemosa (raceme-flowered). Har
glabrous, racemiform, peduncled panicles. Summer. J. —
oblong, 3in. long, pointed, glabrous; stipules deltoid, villous
within. A. 5ft. Jamaica, 1

R. speciosa (showy). A synonym of R. odorata.

R. thyrsoidea (thyrse-flowered). fl. rusty-yellowish, externally
pubescent; cymes in axillary, hoary-pubescent, pyramidal
panicles. July. l. ovate or elliptic, din. to 6in. long, pointed,
glabrous above, puberulous with scattered, minute down beneath ;
stipules deltoid-subulate, strigose within. h. 6ft. Jamaica, 1819.

R. versicolor (various-coloured). A synonym of R. amena.
RONNBERGIA (named in honour of M. Ronnberg,
Director of Agriculture and Horticulture to the Minister
of the Interior of Belgium). ORD. Bromeliacew. A
monotypic genus. The species is a very distinct and
remarkable, stove, perennial herb. For culture, see Bill-

f. white; cymes in axillary,

R. Morreniana (Morren’s).* fi. blue, very similar to those of
Billbergia, disposed in a dense, spike-formed, terminal thyrse.
2. large, entire, long-stalked, oblong, acuminate, sub-cordate at
base, bright green, zonately. or transversely marked with bars

spots of a very deep green. Stem erect. New Grenada,

34 (1. H. 1874, 177.)

RONNOWIA. A synonym of Omphalea (which see).
ROOF-FOIL. Ruskin’s suggested name for the
House-leek.

ROOT. See Radix.
ROOTERIES. These are formed by arranging old

| roots of trees over a mound of soil, and inserting trailing

plants, hardy Ferns, &c., to grow and cover them. Used
as a screen; this arrangement is often most effectual;
and otherwise valueless tree-stumps may be utilised in
place of stones, which are not always to be obtained,
for making a rockery instead. One objection to Rooteries

is that they often afford a hiding-place and home for

numerous kinds of vermin. MRooteries may be piled up
in almost any shape, and made to produce, when fur-

nished, a good effect.
28

—

314

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ROOT-GRAFTING. See Grafting.

ROOT-HAIRS. Attenuated, unicellular outgrowths, :

or hairs, from the newly-formed parts of a root.
ROOTLET. A very slender root, or branch of a root.
ROOT OF SCARCITY. A name applied to the
Mangel-Wurzel (Beta vulgaris macrorhiza).
ROOT-PRUNING. See Pruning.
ROOTSTOCK. See Rhizome.
ROOT-SUCKERS. Shoots which proceed from the
root of a plant, and afford, in many instances, a method
of increase. See Propagation.
ROPALA. A synonym of Roupala (which see).
ROPE GRASS. See Restio. :
ROSA (the old Latin name, from the Greek rhodon
which again is taken from the Arabic ward, a rose).
Rose. Including Lowea. ORD. Rosacew. An important

genus of highly ornamental, mostly hardy, erect, sar-

mentose, or tall climbing, glabrous, silky or glandular-
pilose, usually prickly shrubs, dispersed over the whole
temperate and sub-alpine regions of the
hemisphere, rare in America, extending South as far
as Abyssinia, the Hast Indian Peninsula, and Mexico.
About 250 species have been enumerated, and more than
180 described as such, but the number specifically dis-
tinct is probably not more than thirty or forty. Flowers
white, yellow, pink, or red, ample, showy, solitary or
corymbose ; calyx ebracteolate, the tube globose, urceolate
or ventricose, the throat constricted, the lobes five, very
rarely four, spreading, leafy, often pinnatisect, deciduous
or persistent, imbricated; petals five, very rarely four,
spreading; stamens numerous, in many series, inserted on
the disk, the filaments filiform; carpels: indefinite, rarely
few, free; styles exserted; achenes numerous, included
within the baccate tube of the calyx, which, in the fruiting
state, is often edible. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate,
very rarely one-foliolate or consisting solely of connate,

Fic. 383. Rose LEaF, showing Adnate Stipules.

leafy stipules ; leaflets often serrated ; stipules sheathing
at base, and adnate with the petioles (see Fig. 383).

The enumeration of species described in this work is
slightly modified from Mr. Baker’s admirable “ Classifica-
tion of Garden Roses,” which appeared in the “ Gardeners’
Chronicle” of 1885.

Analytical Key to the Groups.

Leaves simple, exstipulate 1. SIMPLICIFOLIÆ.
Leaves compound, stipulate.
Styles forming a column, protruded
beyond the disk ia ia ka
Styles not united nor protruded be-
yond the disk. :
Stipules nearly free, deciduous .. p
Stipules adnate above the-middle, |
persistent .. ek ae *

2. SYSTYLÆ.
3. BANKSIAN®.

DIACANTH.®.—Main prickles in pairs at the base of the leaves. ,
Fruit persistently pilose i 4. BRACTEATÆ.
Fruit glabrous. . ee 5. CINNAMOME®,

HETERACANTH &.—Prickles scattered, numerous, passing
gradually into aciculi and sete.

Leaves not rugose ; large prickles long ) f
and slender 2 : 6. PIMPINELLIFOLLE.

Leaves rugose, coriaceous 5 large } n
prickles short and stout .. — T. CENTIFOLLR.

Northern

Rosa—continued. .
HoMOECANTH&.—Prickles scattered, comparatively few, sub-equal.
phage slender; leaves not glandular ) 8. VILLOSÆ.

9. CANINA,
10. RUBIGINOSÆ.

ow i a be & —

Prickles stout and hooked; leaves not
glandular below .. A ie: i

Leaves very glandular beneath ..

GROUP I. SIMPLICIFOLLA.
simplicifolia
GROUP II. SYSTYLÆ.
abyssinica

moschata
multiflora
pheenicia
repens
sempervirens
setigera
stylosa

Group HMI. BANKSIANA,
Banksize
Fortuneana
microcarpa
sinica

GROUP IV. BRACTEATA.

bracteata
involucrata

GROUP V. CINNAMOMEA.

In some of these there are only the pairs of prickles at the base
of the leaves ; but in several of the species there are few or many
aciculi in addition. These latter form a connecting link between
Groups V. and VI.

anserinæfolia
blanda
carolina
cinnamomea

ppan hiya
umilis

microphylla
nitida :
nutkana
pisocarpa
rugosa
sericea

GROUP VI. PIMPINELLIFOLLA.

GROUP VII. CENTIFOLIZ.
centifolia
na

gallica —

turbinata

GROUP VIII. VILLOSÆ.
Hackeliana
mollis
orientalis
tomentosa

GROUP IX. Canin.

alba
canina
indica
montana
_ rubrifolia

GROUP X. RUBIGINOS&.

Throughout the vegetable kingdom, there is no genus
which commands—and receives—so much attention from

AN ENCYGLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 315

Rosa—continued. t
horticulturists as that now under consideration. The Rose
has been immortalised, from the most ancient times, by
authors and poets of all countries. As the emblem of
Youth, it was dedicated to Aurora; of Love and Beauty,
to Venus; of Danger and Fugacity, to Cupid. It was
given by'the latter, according to classical writers, as a
bribe to Harpocrates the God of Silence: hence, un-
doubtedly, the origin of the common expression, “ under
the rose.” The Rose is the national emblem of Eng-
land. Apart from the value of the genus as an un-
„rivalled collection of the most beautiful floral objects,
it forms an important factor in commerce. The raising of
new varieties, &c., and the manufacture of rosewater and
attar, give employment to thousands of persons. Rosa
is also a prominent contributor to our Materia Medica:
according to Dr. Lindley, “one of the most earnest de-
fenders of its powers has not hesitated to assnre the
world that the Pharmacopeia should be formed of Roses
alone”! (Introduction to “ Rosarum Monographia,” 1820.)
The Rose, is justly designated the Queen of Flowers.
Its easy mode of propagation, its adaptability to meet the
requirements of most cases where flowers are needed, and
its general floriferons habit, under varied circumstances,
are all well-known characteristics. In horticultural exhibi-
tions, throughout the summer, Roses are always largely
represented, and many beautiful shows are limited almost
exclusively to this one flower alone. For cut flowers,
too, Roses are unequalled, and they may be procured,
under cultivation, at almost all seasons, especially the
invaluable Tea section. For covering arbours, arches,
walls, &c., the climbing varieties, which include a good
selection, are admirably adapted; while there are hosts
of others, suitable for beds by themselves, mixed borders,
culture in pots, and for any other purposes where their
flowers can be admired. In some places, a Rose Garden
is established, and planted with the various sections of
the genus; the original species, and those of more recent
introduction, are available for affording much interest
and beauty in wild gardens, and often for climbing up
tall shrubs and trees; several of the dwarf- growing
ones are useful for rockeries. It is needless to attempt
referring to all the purposes for which the Rose is so
well adapted; they are generally familiar, and numerous
other books and periodicals refer to the subject in more
lengthened terms than is necessary or even possible here.
Many of the species are very: beautiful, because of the
numerous bright-coloured fruits, called “hips,” which suc-
ceed the flowers. Even the common Dog Rose (R. canina)
is very ornamental in this respect; and the beautiful
R. rugosa, where it succeeds, is covered with large fruits
towards autumn, while it also -continues more or less
plentifully to keep flowering. The common Sweetbriar
Rose, and many others, are familiar examples, because of
their highly-coloured hips.

PROPAGATION. Rose propagation may be accomplished
in many ways, namely, by seeds, cuttings, layers, suckers,
and sports; sometimes by division; and very extensively
by budding and grafting.

Seeds. Raising Roses from seeds is a practice seldom re-
sorted to except for obtaining new and improved varieties.
As a rule, only an exceedingly small percentage of seedlings
fulfil these conditions, now that good sorts are so numer-
ous; by far the largest majority will be found worthless.
When seeds arg to be saved, the hips must remain on the
plant until quite ripe, when they should be gathered, dried
in the sun, and afterwards rubbed out. The seeds may
either be sown at once, or the hips may be kept whole,
_and stored in sand or soil, until spring. Rats and mice
are very partial to the seeds, which they devour greedily ;
it is, therefore, necessary to make provision, as far as
possible, against their attacks. Birds are also destructive
in the seed-bed, if this is in the open ground. Rose seeds
may be sown in a warm, sheltered position in the open

_ absolutely essential for striking them.

Rosa—continued.
air, or in pans or shallow boxes of sandy soil, which may
afterwards be placed in a cold frame. The seeds vary ~
a great deal in the time they take to germinate; some
seedlings appear the first season, many not until the
second, The first autumn, all that are large enough
to handle should be transplanted from 6in. to 12in. apart,
according to their different sizes, and protection must be
provided for these, and for others in seed-beds, thronghont
the winter. Seedling Roses do not produce their first
flowers at any fixed time; some blossom in less than a
year, but many more do so the second season, while others
take a longer period. The first flowers indicate little
beyond the colour; those which follow are often of far
better substance and superior merit.

Cuttings. Roses of all kinds on their own roots
are now much favoured, and propagation by means of
cuttings may be successfully practised from spring
until late in autumn. Formerly, the method chiefly
adopted was by cuttings made of dormant shoots, and
inserted in autumn ; and this is still extensively practised.
The mode of procedure with ripened cuttings in autumn
is very easily explained, and, if the cuttings are good
and properly inserted, success is almost as certain as
with cuttings of Gooseberries or Currants. Rose cuttings
should be made from wood of the current year, which
should be of medium strength, and well ripened. They
may be cut from Qin. to 12in. in length, and if a heel-
can be obtained, so much the better, but this is not
The Hybrid
Perpetuals, and any others which are equally as hardy as,
or more than, these, may be inserted in the open ground.
They should be placed about 6in. deep, and from 1ft.
to 1}ft. apart. The best plan is to dig the soil and
insert cuttings as the work proceeds; care must be
taken to tread round them thoroughly, in order that
frost may not lift them ont. In preparing cuttings for
insertion, none of the eyes should be removed, as fre-
quently, when the upper portion of the cutting dies,

. shoots proceed from the joints beneath ground, and so

the plant is safe. This is one of the advantages Roses
raised from cuttings always have over those worked on
another stock, namely, that all the shoots thrown up at
any time are those of the Rose itself, and if the upper
branches are cut down by frost, in all probability the
lower portion of the stem will escape injury. Occa-
sionally, after a sharp spell of frost, it will be necessary
to tread round cuttings inserted in the previous autumn,
to keep them firm and in position. Good plants will
be ready for lifting in the course of a year, when they
should be transferred to permanent positions for flowering.
Cuttings of Tea-scented and other somewhat tender
Roses, when inserted in autumn, will not succeed under
the system above described; they must be more care-
fully treated, by being placed in pots of sandy soil,
and provided with protection under glass. They may
be dibbled in rather close, and merely kept in a cold
frame through winter, during which time they will form
a callus, and be ready for emitting roots when subjected
to a little heat in spring. This valuable section is more
generally propagated in summer; but in autumn ripened
cuttings may be procured from outside plants, when
there are none grown in pots.,

Cuttings of Roses may be readily rooted at almost
any time during summer, when suitable firm, partially-
ripened growths can be obtained. The leaves at this
season should be carefully preserved, and cuttings with

| two or three eyes may be successfully rooted. The first

batch may generally be procured early in the season, from
plants that have been forced, and none are better suited
for propagating. If inse: , and placed in a close frame
with a little heat, or on a slight hotbed, and kept moist

| and shaded, roots will, as a rule, soon be emitted, and the

young plants may then be potted off singly, and still

316

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rosa—continued.
grown on for a time under similar conditions until they
are sufficiently established to be inured to cooler quarters,
gradually hardened, and eventually placed in the open
air. At the middle, and towards the latter part, of
summer, Rose cuttings, with leaves attached, may be
readily rooted under what is termed cool treatment in
the open air. A shady position is essential, such as is
frequently obtainable against the back wall of a forcing or
other plant house which faces south.” Bell or hand-glasses
are often used; but a better plan is to prepare some
sandy soil, and to use the framework of an ordinary rough
box, about 10in. deep, and without either bottom or top.
Place this on the border, should there be one, put in
about 3in. of prepared soil, press it firm, and lay some
sand over the surface. All this should be made ready
before the cuttings are detached, as they are much
injured if allowed to lie about, if only for a short
time, before being inserted. Dibble them in rather close,
and give a good watering afterwards; make the top as
nearly as possible air-tight, by fitting large panes of glass
closely to cover it.
if this situation is available, but little shading will be
necessary, and it is best to leave the glass on without
ever removing it until the cuttings show signs of making
roots ; air may then be gradually admitted. The young
plants may be lifted so soon as they are sufficiently
established, potted up, and placed in a close frame for
a few days; afterwards harden, and get them well
ripened before winter.

Layers. Propagation by layering is a sure method of
increasing dwarf or weeping Roses that may be brought
to the ground, but it is not extensively practised. By
layering in June, and early in July, if suitable, firm
wood of the current year can be obtained, the rooted
plants may be detached the following autumn. When
the work is deferred till later in the season, they are
not usually ready for removal until the following year.
Layering with a tongue is the most successful method.
See Layering.

Suckers. Suckers are sometimes produced by Roses,
and may be utilised for increasing stock, if desired.
They should be taken off in autumn, and planted out
separately ; if there are no roots, some will generally
form if the suckers are inserted rather deeply in sandy
soil, and nursed a little through winter. :

Sports. Several varieties have originated from sports
that have been observed on Roses, as well as on many
other plants, and which arise from some cause which
seems to affect the colour more than any other quality.
Sports cannot be artificially produced; all that can be
done is to perpetuate any which appear, and are worthy
of it, by one of the ordinary methods of propagation.

Division. Propagating Roses by division is not much
practised, but it may be adopted with such as the Fairy
Rose (R. indica minima), the Scotch Rose (R. spino-
sissima), and a few others, which spread and grow, as
it were, into bushes.

Budding. This is the principal mode of propagating
Roses, and the operation is one which may be success-
fully carried out at the proper season, after a little
practice, by almost anyone. Nurserymen who make Roses
a speciality have thousands budded annually. Various
stocks are used, that most extensively employed being,
perhaps, the common Dog Rose of the hedgerows.
Stocks obtained from the seed of this plant are also
much favoured, in some establishments, for dwarf Roses,
particularly Teas. The Manetti is also largely em-
ployed. For effecting a union, it is necessary that the
stock be in a growing state, sufficiently so to allow of its
bark separating freely from the wood beneath. The buds
should be dormant, well matured, and preferably ob-
tained from firm shoots that have borne flowers; sappy

On the north side of a lean-to house, |

Rosa—continued.
wood shoots are unsuitable. The latter part of June,-
and all through July, is the principal season for Rose-
budding outside, as the stocks are then in a growing
state, and plenty of buds are generally obtainable. Under
glass, and with the stocks established in pots, it may
be carried out extensively earlier in the season; accord-
ing as buds can be obtained, the stocks may be introduced
into a slight warmth, and soon brought into proper con-
dition. On the process of preparing and inserting buds,
full information may be found under Budding, where
also further remarks are made on the various stocks that
are used for Roses.

Grafting. This is an effectual mode of Rose propa-
gation; the whip or splice method and crown-grafting are
best suited, but the parts rarely unite so well as they
do when budded. Cleft and saddle-grafting are also
practicable. Stocks may be of the same sorts as those
used for budding. The work is performed principally in -
January and February under glass, and in the open
air during March. When the stocks are in pots, they
may be started in a little heat, and so got in advance
of the scions, which may be procured in about a fort-

night afterwards from well-ripened, dormant trees out-

side. After the grafts are inserted, the stocks should be
returned to the same heat as that in which they have
been growing, until a union between the parts has taken
place, when they may be gradually hardened off and
grown in cooler and more suitable quarters. For de-
scription of the methods of grafting above named, see
Grafting.

CULTIVATION. To grow Roses successfully, a rich
soil must be provided, such as a deep loam of a
stiff rather than light nature, although the plants on
their own roots will thrive better in rather light soils
than will others worked on the common tall Briar or on
seedling Briar stocks. The wild Rose grows naturally
in heavy, clay land; under cultivation, it is, con-
sequently, best suited with strong soil of a rich nature.

` Shallow, sandy or gravelly soils are unsuited for Roses,

and so, on the other hand, are any which are im-
properly drained. In gardens where Rose-beds have
to be formed in unfavourable situations, it is best to dig
out the natural soil in the first place, and replace it with
a properly-prepared compost; or it may be that changing
a portion will suffice. A depth of about 13ft. should be
provided for such strong-growing kinds as most of the
Hybrid Perpetuals, and a similar depth is advised for
all Roses if it can be provided. The soil can scarcely
be made too rich; plenty of manure may be added
when the ground is being prepared for planting,
and an annual top-dressing in addition is generally
found beneficial, and indeed necessary, in the pro-
duction of good flowers. It may be applied with
advantage soon after growth commences, in spring;
the flowering shoots are then pushing up, and need
plenty, of feeding from the root. Respecting situations,
there are few in which some representative of this
beautiful genus may not be grown successfully. It is
not convenient, nor, perhaps, desirable, to attempt the
formation of a Rose-garden in all gardens, even when
they are extensive; but beds of Roses may generally be
introduced into flower -gardens and pleasure - grounds,
and any quantity of plants, so far as circumstances and
space admit, may be put into other positions without
any fear being entertained of having too many. For
cutting purposes, in private establishments, it is found
a good plan to devote a portion of the kitchen garden
to Rose-growing, where the ground can be well trenched
previous to planting, and enriched with manure at any
time when it is considered necessary. For a Rose-
garden, an open situation is desirable, with a. south or
south-eastern aspect, and sheltered from other points, par-
ticularly north and east. Climbing Roses are very

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

&

We
> w
ka

317

‘Rosa—continued.

beautiful, and generally very floriferous; they may be
employed with good effect for covering arches, arbours,
pillars, &c., and also for training up trees and tall-
growing shrubs.

Transplanting of all the more hardy Roses may best be
done in October. and November.
others of a tender nature, are generally not safe to with-
stand the winter unprotected, and are consequently planted
in spring. Dwarf plants should be allowed a space of
from 2ft. to 3ft. clear between them, standards not less
than 3ft. Sometimes, both are planted alternately in
beds. Roses are better arranged by themselves in this
way than intermixed with other plants; and this remark
also applies to the flowers when cut.
find Roses mixed with well-nigh everything in the way of
cut flowers that few persons keep them exclusively by
themselves; but it is only by doing so that their full
beauty as cut flowers may be seen The foliage, too, that
belongs to plants from which the flowers have been cut
‘seems to suit each so well individually that some of it
should always be used ; the foliage, for instance, from Tea
Roses does not look well with Hybrid Perpetuals, that
of neither sort of leaves will do for mixing with flowers
from any of the species, and so forth.

The pruning of different Roses depends a good deal
on the class to which they belong, the way in which
they are trained, &c. Autumn and spring pruning are
practised, the latter most extensively, especially since
the springs of late years have been so precarious. If
a shoot is shortened back in autumn, the eyes that
= are left, with the intention of their remaining dormant

until the following spring, will often be excited into
growth during winter, because of the prevalence of
mild weather; they then succumb to the first frost.
Spring pruning may generally be performed from the
middle to the end of March; but the season varies
according to the weather and the state of the trees.
The young shoots will frequently grow out several

inches at the top; and although this growth will have to -

be sacrificed, it would be unsafe to prune, unless the
season Were sufficiently ‘advanced to insure the develop-
ment of the eyes that are left, without injury from frost.
Standard Hybrid Perpetuals have to be cut rather severely
to keep their heads within limits. All small shoots should
be kept removed, and the strongest ones allowed plenty
of space. Dwarf plants of this class may be allowed to
grow More freely; but the shoots must be kept thinned,
in order that they may become thoroughly ripened.
Badly-ripened wood never bears good flowers; it should,
therefore, in pruning, be removed first, and afterwards
other shoots which are misplaced or tend to cross each
other and destroy the form and symmetry of the trees.
Hybrid Perpetuals may be cut back to from four to
eight eyes, according to their vigour and habit. Teas,
in the open air, with a few exceptions, seldom grow
very vigorously, and a thinning and slight shortening

Tea varieties, and any

It is so customary to,

*—

of the shoots are often all they need. Hardy Pillar and `

Climbing Roses, such as varieties of R. sempervirens,
may have their lateral growths shortened back after
flowering; this admits light and air to the others left,
and but little further pruning will be necessary in
Spring. If more vigorous shoots are required than those
which develop, hard pruning to two or three eyes will
cause their production. The amount of pruning which
Roses need, and the time and manner of performing the
Operation, are subjects very widely discussed, and upon
which much difference of opinion exists. The principal
conditions are: judgment on the part of the operator, a
knowledge of the varied habits of Roses, and treatment
of each individually as its requirements suggest,

Roses im Pots and under Glass. Greenhouses and
conservatories without Roses are rarely found, as, fortu-
nately, no one with a cool glass house need be afraid of

OF HORTICULTURE.

Rosa—continued. ac ae
inserting a plant to cover the back wall or a portion of
the roof, if pot culture cannot be attempted. The Teas-
are especially well suited for pots, and also the Hybrid
Perpetuals ; with a sufficient quantity of plants, and by
forcing and management, flowers may be obtained nearly
or quite the whole year through. Plants for pot culture
are best on their own roots—that is, raised from cuttings
or layers—but others worked on Manetti stocks or seed-
ling Briars are available. They may be grown from the
first in pots, or lifted from the open ground, in September
or October, and potted. A rich compost of turfy loam
should be provided, with some decayed manure, charcoal,
and, if convenient, a few }in. crushed bones intermixed.
If the plants are intended for forcing, they should be
established in pots at least for a season; the flowers
seldom develop properly on those lifted only a short
time from the open ground. The Hybrid Perpetuals may
be plunged outside during winter, or until required for
forcing, and protected with dry litter or bracken; the
Teas should be placed for safety in a cool house or pit.
As the growth allowed in pots must be somewhat limited,
close pruning will be necessary, particularly in the early
stages of training, and the shoots must always be kept
well thinned by summer disbudding.’ Established plants
do not need repotting every year; if their roots are

-healthy and not pot-bound, a top-dressing of rich soil some-

times answers better than potting, and liquid manure
may be given when the flowers are developing.

For forcing Roses to flower in early spring, artificial
heat is necessary, and the plants should have been grown
some time previously in pots, as already noted. After
being pruned and otherwise prepared, a portion may be
introduced into a little heat during December, or early
in January. About 50deg. at first will suffice, but when
growth commences, and the days lengthen, this may
gradually be raised to about 65deg., with plenty of air
on all favourable occasions. Syringing may be practised
daily until the flowers begin to expand, when the plants
may be transferred to a cool greenhonse, unless they are
only required for providing cut flowers, when they should
be subjected to a cool temperature and plenty of air.
After flowering, the plants may be placed in a sunny
position outside until the autumn, but they must not
be neglected in watering: the proper maturation of the
wood for the succeeding year must be one of the main
objects in view.

Other methods of growing Roses have to be adopted
when the plants are trained to a greenhouse roof
or rafter. For this purpose, they are best planted
in a prepared border, which may usually be made
inside the house; good soil and drainage must be pro-
vided here, as in other situations. Nurserymen supply
pot plants specially grown with long shoots for train-
ing; or the growths may be easily trained up, if a
light, suitable position can be provided, which, however,
is not always convenient when stages and hot-water
pipes come in the way. Roses permanently planted
under glass must be allowed their full season of rest
all the winter; their roots should then be kept mode-
rately dry, but almost any quantity of water may be
given during the summer. Thinning of the numerous
flowerless shoots which appear must be constantly at-
tended to in the growing season. This will admit light
and air, and prevent the necessity of removing the large
quantity of wood at pruning time that would otherwise
be necessary. Many climbing varieties of Tea Roses
are unsurpassed amongst greenhouse climbers during
spring and summer.

Funar. Several species of Fungi, belonging to widely
different groups, are parasitic upon the living leaves and
young branches of cultivated Roses, and many others are
found growing upon dead and withered parts of the
plants. The latter do not need further mention, though

sr

318

- THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rosa—continued.
possibly some of them may be injurious, in their younger
stages, to living parts of the Rose-plants. The most
generally hurtful of all the true parasitic Fungi is Rose
Blight, which is one of the so-called Mildews, and belongs
to the group of Erysiphee (see Mildew and Oidium).
Its scientific name is Spherotheca pannosa, but it differs

_ generically from Erysiphe in little save that in each of

the minute, black perithecia scattered over the mycelium
there is only one ascus. In this lie eight oval spores.
S. pannosa grows on all young parts of plants in the
form of a dense, pale grey, velvety coat, covering large
patches of the surface. The parts attacked by it are
much altered in appearance, the leaves becoming blistered
and twisted, and the flower-stalks and calyces swollen and
distorted. An account of the structure of the Fungi in
this family will be found under the headings quoted
above. S. pannosa is found to grow also on the Peach.
The application of powdered sulphur, or of weak solu-
tion of sulphide of potassium, will destroy the Fungus
without injury to the host-plant.
- Another kind of Mildew has been observed on the
lower surface of the leaves of Roses in conservatories.
This also forms grey patches, but they are less ex-
tensive and far less dense than in the former species.
Irregular, brownish spots appear on the upper surface
of the leaves; they extend over the leaves, which soon
wither. These are the work of Peronospora sparsa,
and bear scattered conidiophores, or slender, branched
stalks, on which oval conidia are produced, on the tips
of the branches. No remedy is known for this. Fungus ;
and all parts that bear it should be cut off and de-
stroyed. See Peronospora.

The Rose Rust (Uredo or Lecythea Rose) and the

Rose Brand (Phragmidium mucronatum) are believed —

to be forms of a single species of Fungus, the Uredo

being the summer form of spore, and the Phragmidium |

the autumn form, or teleutospore. Both forms occur
scattered in small masses on the lower surface of the
_ leaves; indeed, they grow on the same patches of my-
celium ; but the Brand appears later in the season. The
Rust consists of pale yellow, one-celled, round or oval
bodies, covered with very fine, prickly warts. The Brand
is made up of very different spores, since each is formed
of a row of from four to nine cells, which have a brown,
warty outer coat. Each spore is borne on a long stalk,
thickened below; and each ends, at the tip, in a long,
conical, colourless papilla or outgrowth. This Fungus
_ is seldom dangerous to Roses; but it renders the leaves
unsightly. Unfortunately, no cure is known ; hence, it
is advisable to remove and to burn such leaves as show
traces of the Fungus, to prevent it from. spreading to
healthy plants. See Phragmidium.

Another Fungus that, at times, renders the leaves of
Roses unsightly, is that known as Asteroma Rose, Lib.
(Actinonema Rose, Fr.), which forms dark purplish-brown
spots, with the appearance of fibres radiating from the
centre of each. In the spots lie scattered, dark pycnidia,
containing two-celled spores. This Fungus is probably
only an immature condition of some unknown pyreno-
mycetous Fungus. To prevent any extension of the
slight harm done by it, remove and burn affected leaves.

The leaves are liable to become covered, on the upper
surface, with a sooty deposit, imperfect conditions of
species of Capnodium. OC. Persoonii has been recorded
from Roses on the Continent; but probably the species
varies. The Fungus grows chiefly in the secretions of
the Aphides so‘common on Roses; the dark crust ob-
structs access of light and air to the leaves. The best
remedy is to get rid of the Aphides, and to clean the
leaves, and keep them clean by syringing or sponging.

Insects. In Kaltenbach’s “ Pflanzenfeinde,’ nearly
100 species of insects are recorded as more or less
hurtful to Roses, i.e., by feeding upon them as larve or

Rosa—continued.
as perfect insects; and to that number many more
could now be added. Hence, only such as are markedly
hurtful to these favourite flowers are selected for notice
here.

The roots may, at times, be damaged by larve of
Cockchafers, and other subterranean foes; but these need
not detain us. The larve of Agrilus viridis feed below
the bark on stems of Roses, usually close to the origin
of a branch. The beetles are from lin. to jin. long,
rather narrow, and brassy-green or blue; they are not
uncommon in the South of England. :

The twigs and young leaves are much injured by
Aphides or Green Flies, of which five species are recorded,
with descriptions and coloured figures, in Buckton’s
“British Aphides,’ as feeding on Roses. Of these,

Fic. 384. APHIS (SIPHONOPHORA) ROSA—a, Line showing
the natural length.

Siphonophora Rose (see Fig. 384), S. rosarum, and
S. dirhoda, are often very plentiful on Sweet Briar and
on the Cabbage Rose, and also attack the wild Dog Rose.
Evergreen Roses seem less liable to be injured by them.
The other kinds of Aphides are less evidently hurtful.
All of them may be treated in the same way. The reme-
dies recommended under Aphides will be found useful.
It is desirable to keep the plants as free as possible
from. these insects, alike because of the sap they ab-
stract, and because of their excretions covering the leaves
and obstructing the functions of the latter, as’ well as
affording a medium for the growth of dark-coloured
Fungi, which still further interfere with the welfare of
the plants. The larve of a small Moth ` (Spilonota
roborata), and those of a Sawfly (Pecilosoma candi-
datum), bore into the pith of MRose-branches from
May to July, of course killing them, and causing the
leaves on them to wither. The latter insect has
been observed near Oxford by Prof. Westwood, but is,
fortunately, rare. The infested branches should be cut’
, off and destroyed while still tenanted by the larve.
The leaves of Rose-bushes are devoured by numerous
insects, mostly Moths and Sawflies. Of the larger Moths,
there may be named the Lackey Moth, the Gold-tail
Moth and its allies (see Liparis), the Vapourer Moth
(see Orgyia antiqua), the Bufftip Moth (Pygera
bucephala), the Winter Moth (Cheimatobia brumata),
and the Barred Yellow Moth (Cidaria fulvata). Each
of these, save the last, will be found described under
the headings quoted. Cidaria fulvata is a Geometer,
about lin. in spread of wings, with a slender body. It
is yellow, with a broad, brown, angled band crossing the
front wings, and a pale, triangular spot at the tip,
bordered below by a short, dark streak. The larve of
these moths should be shaken or picked off the bushes,
collected, and destroyed. Those of the Winter Moth
live between leaflets united by threads of silk. The
females of this very destructive species are unable to fly,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

*

OF HORTI CULTURE.

319

Rosa—continued.
since their wings are too small to be of use. Hence,
they can be prevented from reaching the buds to lay
their eggs in them, if the stems and supports of the
plants have a belt of any sticky substance (e.g., tar,
alone or mixed with grease) smeared on them, and occa-
sionally renewed between November and January, since
it is at this season that the moths emerge from the
pup in the soil.

Among the smaller Moths, a good many species of

Tortricina (which see) feed in leaves of Roses, either
joining the leaflets by means of silk threads, or rolling
them up in tubes, in which the larve live. They may
either become pupæ in these shelters, or may lower
themselves, when full-fed, to the soil, in which they
become pupæ. The larve have the habit of lowering
themselves by silk threads when the branches are jarred,
and. advantage may be taken of this habit by placing
something below to catch them. Among the commoner
and more harmful are Lozotenia rosana, Pardia tri-
punctana, Croesia Bergmanniana, and Peronea - varie-
gana; but a good many others might be named which
feed on Roses, as well as on other plants. The larve
of all have much the same habits, and it would occupy
too much space to proceed here to distinguish them
from one another. In the large group of moths known
as Tineina (see Moths), there are a good many that
live on Roses. Some of these live in the same manner
as the Tortricina ; but the larve of others, belonging to
the genera Nepticula, Tischeria, &c., mine between the
surfaces of the leaflets, and disfigure them with pale,
wavy lines or blotches. These mines do comparatively
little injury to the plants. When desirable, the larve
may be killed in them by pressure between the finger
and thumb, and the numbers may thus be kept down.
. The Sawflies (Tenthredinide) are frequently far more
hurtful than the Moths to Rose-bushes, and the number
of kinds which, as larve, feed on the leaves of Roses,
either entirely or partially, is pretty large. For an
account of these insects, and of the remedies to be em-
ployed, see Rose Sawflies. |

Several gall-flies make galls upon the young twigs and
on the leaves: for an account of these, see Rose Galls,
Typhlocyba Rose, a small insect nearly related to the
Frog-hopper (Aphrophora spumaria), is often plentiful
in all stages on, and is hurtful to, Roses, as well as to
Apple-trees. Frequently, large numbers of these insects
are to be found on the lower surfaces of the leaves.
They are about lin. long, pale yellow or whitish, with
brown feet; the front wings transparent, rarely yellow
along the edges; hind wings milky white. The best
remedy is said to be the removal and burning of all
superfluous branches in early spring. :

The flowers are often gnawed and damaged by Beetles ;
of these, the worst are the Rosechafer (which see),
and the Bracken Clock (Phyllopertha horticola, see Fig.

FIG. 385. BRACKEN CLOCK (PHYLLOPERTHA HORTICOLA)—a Foot
much magnified.

385), both of which are addicted to eating out the
stamens and pistils of Roses, Strawberries, fruit-trees,
&e. P. horticola is peculiarly abundant in the North.
It is about din. to Fin. long, green or blue, and pubescent,
with rusty-red or bluish-black wing-cases, and a pitted

p B. bd.

. R. canina (canine).*

Rosa—continued. —
thorax. Where troublesome, the insects may be shaken
off the bushes on dull days, and readily captured; on —
fine days, they are too active to permit of this remedy. —

ca (Abyssinian). f. white; calyx and peduncles
downy. June. l, leaflets shortly stalked, broader

towards the point than at the base; petioles very . with
unequal glands and bristles. Prickles very numerous strong. —

Otherwise resembling R. sempervirens. Abyssinia, (L. R. 13.)

R. acicularis (needle-prickled).* A. pale blush, soli fragrant ;
calyx tube naked ; sepals somewhat divided, ‘hairy, onger than
the tube; petals obovate, emarginate, spreading, sho! than
the sepals; bracts ovate, convex. June. fr. Pa owish-orange,
obovate. J. dense, opaque, very glaucous; leaflets about seven,
oval, convex, slightly rugose, — serrated ; stipules narrow ;
petioles naked or a little hairy. Branches erect, clothed with
slender, straight prickles and a few bristles. h. 8ft, North tem:
perate zone, 1805, (L. R. 8.) —

R. alba (white).* fl. white or delicate blush, gratefully f t:
sepals pinnate, reflexed. June and July. fr. scarlet or blood-
— oblong, unarmed. Z., leaflets oblong, glaucous, nearly
naked above, simply serrated. Prickles nearly straight or falcate,
slender or strong; bristles none. h. 4ft. to Tft. Of garden
origin, 1597. Of this plant, which Mr. Baker regards as pro-
bably a cross between R. canina and R. gallica, there are
many varieties.

R. a
thickly

R. — (alpine).* f. pink or rose-red, solitary ; sepals undi-
vided, reie TA petals obcordate, concave; peduncles after
flowering deflexed, and, as well as the calyx, hispid or smooth.
June. jr, o e-red, ovate or rarely sub-globose, pendulous,
more or less elongated. l., leaflets five to eleven, ovate or
obovate, argutely or doubly serrated. Young stems prickly ; old
ones usually naked. h. 3ft. Europe, 1683. Of this species there
are several varieties. R. pendulina is a form with
calyx and elongated, hispid ——— —
with calyx and peduncles hispid. (B. M. 6724.)

R. anserinzefolia (Anserina-leaved). fi. white, in few or many-
flowered corymbs, shortly pedicellate ; sepals caudate-acuminate,
deciduous, Summer. fr. smooth, jin. in diameter. J. lin. to
3in. long; leaflets broadly elliptic, obtuse, — serrated, $in.
to Zin. long; petioles slender, Branches with few or many un-
equal, stout, compressed, hooked prickles. A. 10ft. Orient.
Plant sub-scandent,

R. arvensis (field-loving). A synonym of R. repens,

R. Banksize (Lady Banks’).* fl. white and very double, nodding,
numerous, small, weakly “a pleasantly scented; calyx tube
hemispherical; sepals entire, pointed ; uncles naked, very
slender. June. l., leafiets one to five, flat, oblong-lanceolate,
obtuse, often waved, simply serrated, very hairy at base of middle
nerve; petioles naked, rarely — Branches unarmed, w
climbing. h. 20ft. China, 1809. (B.M. 1924; B. R. 397.)

R. B. lutea (yellow). A yellow-flowered variety. (B. R. 1105.)

R. berberifolia (Berberis-leaved). A synonym of R. simplicifolia.

R. blanda (charming).* 1. rose-coloured, one to three ; calyx tube
and peduncles smooth and — May and June. fr. globose.
l, leaflets five to seven, oval or oblong, obtuse, pale on both sides
and minutely aovi or hoary beneath, serrated; stipules large.
h. lft. to 3ft. North America. Plant nearly unarmed, or with
scattered, ngi, deciduous prickles. SYNS. R. fraxinifolia
(B. R. 458), R. Woodsii (B. R. 976, i

bracteata e-bracted).* Macartney Rose. fi. w large,

—— a , calyx, as well as the short uncles, densely

tomentose; bracts large, surrounding the base of the calyx.

July. L, “ane five E — obovate, sl rant — —

labrous ; stipules nearly , bristly. Bran | erect, =

Fona; armed with strong, recurved, okon twin, prickles. h. 2ft.

China, 1795. i
htly scabrous). Branches gr A

scabriuscula (sli
prickles smaller than in the type, nearly straight. (B. M. 1377,

- under name of R. bracteata.)
R. Brunonii (Brown’s), A synonym of R. moschata.

a ;
is a form

Fic, 386. ROSA CANINA.

Rose. . usuall; —
Dee y Be ly naked, re-

solitary, or with many in a cluster ; sepals usuali,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

flexed, pinnate; styles free or nearly so, hirsute. June to
August. fr. ovoid, urceolate, or sub-globose, the mouth of the
disk conspicuous. l., leaflets eglandular (rarely, except on the
midrib and veins beneath), glabrous or thinly hairy, acute, very
sharply toothed. Branches long, arching. h. 6ft. to 8ft. Europe
(Britain), Orient. “ Varieties innumerable: 150 are treated as
species in Déséglise’s ‘Catalogue of the Roses of Europe and Asia.’
One series of forms has erect, sub-persistent sepals, and another
leaves slightly glandular beneath” (Baker). See Fig. 386. -

R. carolina (Carolina). Swamp Rose. fl. pink, numerous, corym-
bose; calyx with leaf-like appendages; and, as well as the
peduncles, glandular-bristly. June tó September. fr. —
globular,. somewhat bristly. l., leaflets five to nine, elliptical,

_ often acute, dull above, pale beneath ; stipules narrow. Stems
4ft. to 7ft. high, armed with stout, hooked prickles, not bristly.
x North America, 1726. (L. R. 4.)
os R. centifolia (hundred-leaved).* Cabbage Rose. Jl. rose-purple,
large; sepals spreading; petals inflexed ; peduncles
and calyx glandular-viscous, June and July. jr. ovate, some-
what pulpy, fragrant. l, leaflets five to seven, ovate, flat, simply
serrated, glandular on the margins, rather flaccid, slightly pilose
beneath. Prickles scattered, nearly straight, scarcely dilated at
base. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Orient, 1596. This species and its varieties
have given rise to innumerable handsome garden Roses.

odorous,

Fig. 387. ROSA CENTIFOLIA MUSCOSA.

R. c. muscosa (mossy).* Moss Rose. jl. rose or white: petal:
inflexed ; — and calyx — Bam a a Es Pee 98 leaflets ——
flat, gamp y serrated. Prickles unequal, , numerous. See

R. c. parviflora (small-flowered). fl. purple, smaller than in
the type, soli , very double, overtop s by the young shoots ;
sepals ovate, pointed. l., leaflets small, stiff, ovate, acute, flat
very finely and simply toothed. ng

R. c. pomponia (Pompone). Pompone Rose. A dwarf form,
having small flowers and leaves. See Fig. 388.

R. cinnamomea (Cinnamon-like). jl. pale or bright red, solitary
or two or three together; sepals very narrow, longer than the
concave, obcordate petals. May. jr. red, globose or spherical-
ovate. l, leaflets five to seven, oval-oblong, simply serrated,
cinereous-pubescent beneath ; stipules of the sterile branches
linear-oblong, those of the flowering branches dilated above,
with spreading auricles. Prickles twin, falcate, the larger ones
subulate, the smaller ones bristly and not glandular. h. 6ft.
Europe and North Asia.

c. dahurica (Dahurian). This resembles the type, but the

— are narrow, and the prickles long and spreading.

c. (May). Prickles of the flowering bra £ i
* hl g branches solitary,

R. damascena (Damascus).* Damask Rose. fl. white or red,
large, more or less — — sweet-smelling ; calyx, as well as

a the peduncles, glandular-hispid, viscous ; sepals reflexed. June

and July. fr. ovate, pulpy. Z., leaflets five to seven, ovate,

rather rigid, oblong in bud. Prickles numerous, unequal, dilated

towards the base. h. 2ft. to 4f i
leiert r penda meae e t. Orient, 1573. A parent of many

(variegated). fl. densely paniculate-corymbose.

LS flets hat
, leaflets somew round-ovate. ` :
bescent on the margins, ate, variegated with yellow, pu.

Rosa—continued.

R. Ecæ (Mrs. Eca Aitchison’s). fl. golden, py less than lin.
in diameter. Summer. fr. globose, glabrous, shining, crowned
by the refiexed calyx segments. J. small; leaflets five to nine,
slightly glandular. Afghanistan. A much-branched, dwarf, very
prickly shrub.

(J. L. S. xix. 8.)

FIG. 388. ROSA CENTIFOLIA POMPONIA.

R. Eglanteria (Eglantine), of Linnzus.

R. Eglanteria (Eglantine), of Miller.
ginosa.

R. ferox (fierce). A. terminal, aggregate in twos or threes, rarely
solitary ; sepals pinnatifid, at length deflexed, deciduous ; petals
white, yellowish at base; peduncles short, glandular-hispid.
June. fr. blood-coloured, naked, sub-globose. a leaflets five to
seven, ovate or roundish-ovate, glandularly biserrate, nearly
glabrous fabove, copiously glandular beneath. Branches erect ;
prickles thick, very unequal, dilated at base, hooked. North
Asia. Plant dwarf and much-branched.

R. ferox (fierce), of Lawrence. A synonym of R. rugosa.

A synonym of R. lutea.
A synonym of R. rubi-

FIG. 389. ROSA GALLICA VAR.
R. Fortuneana (Fortune’s). A. white, double, about Zin. in

diameter, solitary, on short, brist]: uncles ; sepals ovate, un-
divided ; petals loosely and irre; ina y ee * l., leaf-
lets three to five, ovate-lanceolate, finely serrated, thin, bright
een, shining on both sides ; stipules small, subulate, deciduous.
ranches slender, sparingly armed with small, falcate prickles.
China, 1846. A scrambling, hybrid shrub, of which R. indica is
one of the parents,

R. fraxinifolia (Ash-leaved). A synonym of R. blanda.

—

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. ~ 321

Rosa—continued.

R. gallica (French).* fl. varying from red to crimson, double
or semi-double, erect ; sepals spreading; peduncles and calyx
glandular-hispid, somewhat viscous. June and July. fr. sub-
globose, very coriaceous. l, leaflets five to seven, coriaceous,
rigid, ovate or lanceolate, defiexed ; stipules narrow, divaricate at
apex. Prickles — h. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe and Western
Asia. A very variable plant. See Fig. 389. (B. M. P1. 104.)
R. arvina and R. hybrida are probably hybrids between this
species and R. repens. s

Fia. 390. Rosa NOISETTIANA.

R. g. Agatha. Agatha Rose. ji. purple, small, very double ;
sepals more or less pinnate; outer petals spreading, inner ones
concave.

R. g. inermis (unarmed). f. — double ; calyx tube cam-
panulate; sepals shortly and simply pinnate ; peduncles scarcely
glandular. Branches smooth, glabrous.

R. g. pumila (dwarf). M. red, single; peduncles and calyx his-
pidulous-glandular, dark. l. roundish-ovate, rarely lanceolate,
more or less keeled ; stipules very narrow. Branches more or less
prickly. (J. F. A. 198, under name of R. pumila.)

R. glutinosa (glutinous). M. pale blush, small, solitary, on short,
bristly-viscid stalks. June. jr. scarlet, without bracts, prickly,
crowned by the hoary sepals. l. hoary; leaflets three to seven,
flat, roundish, small, coarsely serrated, glandular and viscid ;
stipules much dilated upwards; petioles sparsely prickly,
Prickles on old stems unequal, falcate. h. 2ft. Orient, 1821.
(8. F. G. 482.)

R. gracilis (slender). A synonym of R. involuta Sabini.

R. gymnocarpa (naked-fruited). ^. red, remarkably small, soli-
tary or sometimes in pairs ; calyx segments ovate, simply acumi-
nate, deciduous. June. fr. red, the size of a small Te smooth,
and naked. Z., leaflets five to nine, glabrous, rather distant, oval,
sharply and doubly glandularly serrated. Branches glabrous,
furnished with scattered, weak prickles. h. 1ft. to 4ft. California.

R. Hackeliana (Hackel’s). fl. pink, minute, solitary, very shortly
pedunculate ; se undivided or pinnatifid. June. jr. ovate-
spherical, glandular-bristly. Z., leaflets five to seven, small, some-
what elliptic-orbicular, obtuse, simply serrulated, tomentose on
both sides, densely so beneath ; stipules ovate-oblong, dilated.
Prickles nearly straight or often hooked and dilated at base.
South Europe. A dwarf species.

ER. hemisphzerica (hemispherical).* jl. yellow, solitary, shortly
pedunculate ; calyx tube hemispherical ; sepals lanceolate, almost
undivided; petals obovate. July. jr. erect, globose. l., leaflets
five to seven, obovate, paler beneath and pubescent on the nerves,
somewhat biserrate ; petioles, as well as the pedamnen slahtly
spiny. h. 3ft. Orient, 1629. Syn. R. sulphurea (B. R. 46).

R. hibernica (Irish). fl. pale pink, few or many; sepals leafy,
persistent ; peduncles naked. * and July. fr. erect, globose
naked. l, leaflets simply serrated, glaucous-green above,
thinly hairy on the nerves béneath ; petioles pubescent ; stipules
nearly naked on the back, the auricles gland-ciliated. Branches
short ; prickles rather crowded, nally passing into bristles.
h. 2ft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. )_ Perhaps a hybrid between
R, canina and R. spinosissima. In the variety cordifolia the

Vol. IIL

Rosa— continued.
eon garg: are bristly and glandular, while in glabra they are

R. hispida (hispid). /l. white, with a faint tinge of yellow, soli-
— sepals lanceolate, cuspidate; petals oval, very obtuse ;
peduncles thickened at apex. June. jr. black, large, globose,

. glabrous. l, leaflets seven, oval, serrated with acuminate teeth,
glabrous ; petioles unarmed. Branchlets hispid-prickly. h. 3ft.
1780. A garden plant. (B. M. 1570.) SYN. R. lutescens (L. R. 9).

R. humilis (dwarf). M. ;ale blush, usually in pairs; sepals
ovate, with a narrow point, their edges SOON « bieti pointed,
somewhat hairy. June to August. l, leaflets usually five, some-
what shining, lanceolate, acuminate, finely toothed ; stipules
naked, very narrow. Branches slender, reddish-brown, armed
with a pair of needle-shaped prickles under the stipules, North
America, A low, weak, spreading species.

R. hystrix (bristly). A variety of R. sinica.

R. indica (Indian).* Blush, Common China, or Monthly Rose.
jl. red, very numerous, usually semi-double ; calyx tube naked ;
sepals nearly simple, acuminate, deciduous, glandular outside ;
petals obcordate, concave. All seasons. fr. scarlet, obovate.
l. shining, without pubescence; leaflets three to five, even,
elliptic, acuminate, nearly simply crenate-serrate, dark green
above, glaucous beneath ; petioles rough with bristles and little,
hooked prickles ; stipules very narrow, subulate. Branches stout,
armed with brown, hooked prickles. h. 4ft. to 20ft. Native
country not clearly known. 1789. R. borbonica is probably a
hybrid between R, indica and R. gallica; R. Noisettiana (see
Fig. 390) and R. Ternauziana, between R. indica and R. mos-
chata; R. reclinata, between R. indica and R. alpina; R. ruga,
between R. i, fragrans and R. re ; and R. Fortuneana, of
Lemaire (L. J. F. 361), is doub! also a hybrid of which
R. indica is one of the parents.

R. i anemonæfliora (Anemone-flowered). fl., res highly
glabrous. /., leaflets ovate-lanceolate, argutely serrated,

R. i. caryop (Clove-leaved). jl. rose, sub-paniculate ; petals
cucullately inflexed. Z., leaflets ample, slender.

Fig. 391. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF ROSA INDICA FLORE-
PLENO.

R. i. flore-pleno (double-flowered). This only differs from the
type in having double flowers. See Fig. 391. There are a large
number of garden varieties in cultivation.

i. fragrans (fragrant). Sweet-scented Chinese Rose. jl, rose-

—— sarong hey fragrant; peduncles thickened. fr. ovate.
L, leaflets three to five, ample; stipules fringed or entire. Stem
firm ; prickles strong.

R. i. longifolia (Jong-leaved). fl. rose, almost single ; peduncles
rather rough. l., leaflets three to five, long-lanceolate, Stems
firm, nearly unarmed.

R.i. minima (smallest).* /., petals obovate, acuminate. L, leaflets
ovate, obtuse, purplish. * and branches prickly and bristly,
or nearly glabrous. (B. M. 1762, under name of R. —
minima.) SYN. R. Lawrenceana (B. R. 538). There are double-
flowered forms of this which now generally pass under the name

of “ Fairy Rose.”

R. i. semperfiorens (ever - flowering). A. purple, on filii
ade; sepals elongated, sub- appendiculate. l., leaflets

2T

322 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

osa—continued.
slender, lanceolate or ovate. Stem and branches slender and
weak, prickly or unarmed, (B. M. 284, under name of R. semper-
florens; S. E. B. 91, under name of R, indica.)

R. involucrata (large-involucred). fl. white, fragrant, 2in. to
Zin. in diameter, solitary or shortly corymbose, rarely axillary and
longer pedicelled; calyx tube unarmed; petals retuse ; bracts
large, lanceolate. July. fr. globose, densely tomentose. l. 3in.
to fin. long ; leaflets three or four — lżin. long or Jess, elliptic
or oblong, acute or acuminate, finely serrated ; stipules small,
laciniate. - Branchlets and inflorescence densely tomentose ;

rickles straight, often in stipular pairs. A. 3ft. India, 1818.
ts. R. 739; L. R. 1, under name of R. Lyelli.) :

R. involuta (involute). fl. white or pink; sepals leafy, persistent,
densely glandular on the back; peduncles densely bristly. June
and July. fr. red, globose, sparingly produced, Z., leaflets
doubly serrated, glabrous or pubescent and glandular beneath ;
petioles and stipules densely glandular and ciliated. Branches
sometimes arching; prickles scarcely curved, crowded, graduall
passing into bristles. A. 2ft. Europe — Britain),
very variable species, of which there are many distinct forms.
The following may be mentioned :

R. i, Sabini (Sabin’s). /l., calyx tube sub-globose, more or less
bristly ; sepals pinnate. * sub-globose. l., leaflets with copious.
compound serratures, thinly pubescent above; —— (and

uncles) densely hairy, glandular, and brist! 7: Prickles
straight, 4in. long. This is the commonest form of the species.
Syn. R. gracilis.

R. i. Wilsoni (Wilson's). A. calyx tube almost glabrous; sepals —
nearly simple. Jr. sub-obovoid. l., leaflets often cordate, terminal,
large, glabrous above, the ribs thinly hairy and nearly glandless
beneath, the serratures simple. ckles as in R. i, Sabini.
(Sy. En. B. 464.)

R. leevigata (smooth). A synonym of R. sinica.
R. Lawrenceana (Lawrence's). A synonym of R. indica minima.

R. laxa (loose). M. solitary; calyx tube roundish, hairy, some-
times underset with floral leaves; sepals entire, silky; petals
white, yellowish at base, somewhat cordate ; peduncles very short,
hairy. July. tig roundish. Z. pendent; leaflets oblong-elliptic,
doubly serrated, shining above, hairy beneath ; petioles glandular-
hairy, somewhat prickly ; stipules fringed. ranches slender,
silky-hairy ; prickles stipular, in pairs. h. 3ft. Siberia.

R. lucida (clear).* fl. red; calyx lobes glandular-bristly ; pe-
duncles one to three-flowered. May to July. fr. depressed-
globular, smooth when ripe. l., leaflets five to nine, elliptic or
oblong-lanceolate, shining above, sharply serrated. Stems lft. to
2ft. high, armed with unequal, bristly prickles, which are mostly
deciduous, the stouter, persistent ones nearly straight, slender.
North America, 1724.

1, flore-pleno (double-flowered).* A charming variety, with
double flowers, met with in nursery catalogues under the name
of ‘*Rose Button.”

R. lutea (yellow).* Austrian Briar. M. yellow, few, 2in, to 24in, in
diameter ; calyx tube hemispherical or globose, glabrous, unarmed
or prickly ; sepals long-acuminate, entire or with marginal laciniz;
petals obcordate. June. J. 14in. to 3in. long ; leaflets two to four
pairs, petiolulate, elliptic-ovate or orbicular, obtuse or apiculate,
deeply or doubly ete esis cape ; petioles glandular-pubescent ;
stipules broad. Branches with straight prickles, erect. h. 3ft.
Orient. (B. M. 363, under name of R. l. unicolor.) SYN. R.
Eglanteria.

R. 1. punicea (scarlet). fl., petals scarlet above, and yellow
beneath ; stigmas purple. (B. M. 1077, under name of R. l
bicolor.)

R. lutescens (yellowish). A synonym of R. hispida.

macrophylla (large-leaved). fl. bright red,” solitary or
corymbose, lin. to Ssin, in diameter; calyx tube jin. to Lin.
long ; sepals lin. to 2in. long, persistent ; petals broadly obcordate ;
peduncles, pedicels, and calyx usually very bristly and glandular.
June. fr. sometimes 2in. long. J. 2in. to 8in. long; leaflets
elliptic-ovate, acuminate or acute, finely serrated, usually pu-
bescent beneath; petioles pubescent ; — large, sheathing.
Prickles straight or slightly curved, or absent. h. 6ft. Tempe-
rate Himalaya and China.

ER. micrantha (small-fiowered). Tr pale red, lin. in diameter;
sepals deciduous, densely glandular, with a leafy oint and one
or two leaflets. June. fr. scarlet, urceolate. l, leaflets
more pointed than those of R. rubiginosa, glabrous above, densely
— beneath, Branches long, arched ; prickles equal, h. 4ft.

R.

urope (Britain).
(small-fruited). . white, small, very numerous,
_ corymbose ; bracts deciduous; stalks smooth. July. fr. scarlet,
the size and form of those of Crategus Oxyacantha. l. distant ;
leaflets three or five, oblong or ovate-lanceolate, naked, simply
crenate-serrate, dark shining green above, paler beneath ; petioles
form, with a few hosed priatin A 10k Chine tae Cet
> ew ckles. h. i Cli 5
(B. M. 6548 ; L. R. 18.) r yor ren ns

R. microphylla (small-leaved). fl. of a delicate blush-colour,
small. August to October. fr. prickly, green or yellowish
when ripe, l., leaflets ovate, small; bracts appressed, pectinate.
h, 2ft. to 4ft, China, (B, M. 6549.) This species connects the

Rosa—continued.
Bracteatew and the Cinnamomew. ‘There is a double-flowered
form in cultivation.

R. mollis (soft). ^. red; sepals persistent, densely glandular.
June and July. fr. globose or turbinate, densely re
rarely naked, ripening early. l, leaflets very hairy, doubly
serrate. Branches erect; prickles uniform, scattered, slender,
nearly straight. North Europe (Britain), Allied to R. spino-
sissima. SYN. R. mollissima (Sy. En. B. 466).

R. m. pomifera (Apple-bearing).* fl., sepals copiously pinnate,
quite persistent ; petals often ciliated and glandular. jr. more
or less pear-shaped, scarlet, large, very handsome, ripenin;
early in autumn. Branches arching. (G. C. n. s., xxv. 237,
under name of R. pomifera.)

R. mollissima (very soft). A synonym of R. mollis.

R, montana (mountain-loving). A. varying from whitish to rose,
generally solitary on short, erect peduncles. Summer. fr. deep
red, globular or oblong, glandular-prickly. J. doubly dentate,
with five to seven rounded leaflets, glabrous above, hairy be-
neath. Prickles scattered, nearly straight, thin. h. 6ft. South
Europe, &c.

R.- moschata (musky).* M. yellowish-white, l}in. to 2in. in
diameter, very numerous, in compound corymbs; calyx tube

Prickles scattered, stout, recurved. A. 12ft. South Europe to
India, 1590. Climber. (B. R. 829, 861.) Syn. R. Brunonii
(B. M. 4030; F. d. S. 366-7).
R, multiflora (many-flowered).* fl. white, pink, or purple, corym-
bose, often very numerous; sepals short, ovate, entire, not
rsistent. June. fr. bright red. Z., leaflets five to seven, ovate-
ceolate, soft, slightly wrinkled ; stipules pectinate. Branches,
as well as the peduncles and calyx, tomentose; prickles slender,
scattered. h. 12ft. China and Japan, 1822.

+

carnea (flesh-coloured). ^. pink, double. (B. M. 1059;

R. m.
B. R. 425.)

Fig, 392. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF ROSA MULTIFLORA
FLORE-PLENO.

R. m, flore-pleno (double-flowered). This onl differs from the
type in having the flowers double. See Fig. 302.

ER. m. pla d-] le, , double.
Se a es ee

L, le: er than in the type. (B. R.

R. nitida —— J. of a brilliant red, on bristly stalks ; sepals
very narrow ; pe obcordate, concave, nearly erect ; cymes one
or few-flowered. July. fr. bright scarlet, depressed-spherical,
somewhat hispid. J. very shining dark green, changing to purple
in autumn; leaflets three seven, narrow-lanceolate,
simply serrated ; petioles slender, naked ; stipules gland-fringed.
Branches erect, much divided, covered all over with prickles and
bristles. A. 2ft. North America, 1807. (L. R. 2.)

R. nutkana (Nootka Sound). fl. varying from pale to bright
red; calyx segments entire, been ndular without,
spathulate at apex; uncles solitary, glabrous. June. fr.
ovate, glabrous. Z, leaflets ovate-elliptic, obtuse, obsoletely
glandular - serrated, pubescent at the midrib below; petioles
pakiy. Branches glabrous ; prickles stipular. A. 6ft. Nootka

orientalis (Eastern), jl. solitary, shortl unculate ; sepals
straight, undivided or ——— — — 3 or ovate,

densely bristly, rarely glabrous. Z., leaflets five to seven, nearly |

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 323

Rosa—continued. :

round or elliptic-ovate, almost simply serrated, greyish-tomentose
on both sides. Prickles all subulate, nearly straight, unequal.
Orient. A dwarf species, ;

R. phoenicia (Pheenician). fl. white, disposed in a compound,
corymbose panicle ; calyx tube highly glabrous ; sepals undivided
or minutely lobulate; petals longer than the calyx. June.
l, leaflets three or five, ovate-elliptic, obtuse, deeply and simply
serrated, opaque above, hairy or pilose and paler beneath.
Branches elongated, climbing ; prickles scattered, hooked. Orient.

R. pimpinellifolia (Pimpernel-leaved). A synonym of R. spino-
sissima. f

R. pisocarpa (Pea-fruited). /l. lin. in diameter, solitary or in
few-flowered corymbs; calyx glandular, with „very long lobes;
petals rose-coloured, orbicular, bifid; stamens very numerous.
July. fr. bright red, globose, erect, šin. to żin. in diameter.
l. 2in. to 3in. long; leaflets four to seven, fin. long, broadly
elliptic, obtuse, finely serrated; petiole and rachis minutely
pubescent. California, 1877, A straggling, much-branched, un-
armed or spiny bush. (B. M. 6857; G. M., Oct. 9, 1886.)

R. repens (creeping). fl. white, with a yellow eye, one to six,
rarely solitary, scentless ; calyx purple ; sepals deciduous, naked
at back, short, broad. June and July. jr. small, naked, sub-
globose. l., leaflets quite glabrous, glaucous beneath. Branches
trailing, purple, glaucous ; poen uniform, stout, strongly
hooked, often very large. . 2ft. to 8ft. Europe (Britain).
Syn. R. arvensis. R. bibracteata is a variety with larger leaflets
and stronger shoots.

R. r. capreolata (tendrilled). Ayrshire Rose. ji. on glandular-
hispid or rugose peduncles. l, leaflets ovate, argutely serrated,
slender. Prickles slender, very acute.

R. rubella (reddish). A. pale or deep red, solitary, without |

bracts ; sepals erect, entire, rough ;

ls e tals concave, emarginate ;
———— hispid. June.
>

Jr. scarlet, pendulous, long-ovate.

eaflets seven to eleven, almost flat, oval, pointed, simply
serrated or nearly so, dark green above, paler beneath ; petioles
sparingly glandular, without hairs ; stipules dilated towards their

ends. Branches erect, reddish, 3ft. 4ft. high, bristly and
prickly. Europe. This and its varieties, gentilis, reversa, and
stricta, are probably hybrids between R. alpina and R. spino-
sissima.

R. rubiginosa (rusty-leaved).* Eglantine; Sweetbriar. fi. pink,
one to three; sepals densely glandular, pinnate, sub-persistent.
June. fr. globose. l, leaflets glabrous above, pubescent beneath.
Branches compact; prickles with a few bristles and glandular
hairs intermixed. h. 5ft. Europe (Britain). Plant very sweet-
scented. Syn. R. Eglanteria. R. permixta and R. sylvicola are
mere varieties of this species.

R. rubrifolia (red-leaved). deep red, small; sepals very
narrow, longer than the petals. August. fr. oblong, with very
tender flesh. Z., leaflets ovate, toothed, tinged with red, ve:
glaucous, wrinkled, opaque. Stems deep or purple, cove
with pale bloom and armed with small, short, pale, hooked
prickles. h. 6ft. Europe. Otherwise like R. canina.

R. r. fenestralis (fenestrate). A synonym of R. setigera.

R. r. Ilævis (smooth). fl., sepals entire. fr. corymbose, and, as
well as the peduncles, smooth. (B. 430, under name of
R. rubrifolia.)

R. rugosa (wrinkled).* fl. red, large, solitary, bractless ; sepals
reflexed, hairy, entire, very narrow ; petals —— ——
beset with straight, short, scattered prickles. June. S i
from orange-red to deep red, very large and showy, depri -
globose, pendulous, crowned by persistent, erect sepals ; ripenin
in autumn. l, leaflets five to nine, ovate, much —
simply serrated, obtuse. Branches slender, armed with w
dense, straight, nearly equal prickles. h. 4ft. Japan,

(L. R. 19.) SYN. R. ferox (B. R. 420). R. Iwara is supposed to
be a hybrid between this and R. multiflora.

R. r. kamtschatica (Kamtschatkan). fl., petals obcordate,
sometimes apiculate ; bracts — nearly naked. Jl. grey;
leaflets obovate, blunt, with callous teeth. Branches downy,
pale brown, procumbent. Prickles under the stipules large and
Spreading, two or three together ; intermediate ones much smaller.

R. r. nitens (shining). l. pale shining green, highly glabrous

_ On both sides. (B. R. 824, under name of R. kamtschatica nitens.)
R. sempervirens (evergreen).* jl. white, fragrant, very
numerous; sepals nearly simple; peduncles usually glandular-
hispid. June to August. fr. orange, small, usually glandular-
hispid. Z. persistent; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, simply serrated,
smooth on both surfaces, paler beneath. South Europe and
India, 1529. Climber. (B. R. 469.) The following are varieties :

R. s. Leschena’ (Leschenault’s). fl., peduncles beset
with glandular bristles. Z, leaflets ovate-lanceolate; petioles
and — prickly, pruinose and violaceous. Stems climbing

R. s. prostrata (prostrate). jl. white or pale red, solitary or
numerous; peduncles sometimes furnished with two or many
bracts. Stems prostrate.

R. s. scandens (climbing). Peduncles and fruit slightly hispid.

ER. sepium (hedge). fl. pink; sej sub-persistent ; styles
pubescent ; peduncles naked. June. — seni gea i leel

Bosa—continued.

small, narrowed to both ends, glabrous, but densely glandular
beneath. Prickles with a few bristles and glandular inira inter-
mixed. A. 3ft. Europe (Britain). Plant looser in habit than
R. rubiginosa, which it somewhat resembles.

R. sericea (silky). /l. white, rarely pink or pale straw-coloured,
solitary, ebracteate, 2in. to 2sin. in diameter, almost axillary ;
calyx tube and peduncles bristly and glandular ; sepals pubescent,
persistent ; petals obcordate, usually four. May. J. lin. to 3in.
long, crowded ; leaflets seven to nine, usually oblong, obtuse,
acutely toothed, silky beneath. Branches perfectly glabrous
and unarmed or prickly only, or also loosely or densely bristl
and glandular. India, 1822, Plant erect or sub-scandent. (B. M.
6200; L. R. 12.)

R, setigera (bristle-bearing). Climbing or Prairie Rose. fl.
deep rose-coloured, changing to white, corymbose; calyx and
pomas glandular. July. jr. globular. l, leaflets three to

ve, ovate, acute, sharply serrated, smooth or downy beneath.
Stems climbing, armed with stout, nearly straight prickles, not
bristly ; strong shoots growing 10ft. to 20ft. ina season, North
America. Climber. SYN. R. rubrifolia fenestralis (L, R. 15).

R. simplicifolia (simple-leaved). fl. sweet-scented, solitary
without bracts; calyx tube downy, covered with needle-sha
prickles ; sepals entire; petals deep yellow, with a dark crimson
spot at their base. June. fr. pale green, depressed-globose.
l. sessile, erect, simple, narrow-obovate, densely pubescent ;
stipules absent. Branches slender, pubescent, — prickles
slender, faleate. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia and Persia, 1790. (G. C.
n. s., xxiv. 468.) SYNS. R. berberifolia, Hultheimia berberifolia,
Lowea berberifolia (B. R. 1261). R. Hardii (G. ©. n. s., xxiv. 469)
is a hybrid between this species and R. involucrata. :

R. —— —— —— Rose. fl. — large, solitary ;

very bristly ; sepals , 5 ng. June. fr. orange-

E l. evergreen, mostly trifoliolate ; leaflets smooth

red, muricate.
and shining, hispid on the midrib. Stem long, trailing, smooth,
the branches armed with very stout, curved prickles. China

(naturalised in Southern United States, West Indian Islands,
&c.), 1759. (B. M. 2847; B. R. 1922; L. R.16.) SYN. R. lævigata,
s. hystrix (bristly). fr. purple, very brittle. Zl. distant.
Branches —— with little, short, stiff bristles, a few large,
falcate prickles being mixed among them. (L. R. 17, under name
of R. hystrix.) ; :
spinosissima (very spiny).* Burnet or Scotch Rose. fl. white _
or pink, lin. to 14in. in diameter, one to three or more together ;
calyx tube usuall, brots; sepals simple, more or less per-
sistent. May and June. fr. short. J. small, slightly or not |
glandular; leaflets seven to nine, singly or ened serrated,
usually broad. Prickles crowded, very unequal, near f straight,
sing into stiff bristles and glandular hairs. k. lft. to 4ft.
Po (Britain), Siberia. (Sy. En. B. 461.) Syn. R. pimpinelli-
olia. ‘

R. s. altaica (Altaic). fl., calyx and peduncles smooth. l. broader
than in the type. Plant taller. (B. R. 888, under name of
R. grandiflora.) j

R. s. argentea — Jl. white, semi-double; calyx and
peduncles purple, hispidulous. Z., leaflets ovate, white-tomen-
tose beneath. Stems and branches eon. cr prickly, intermixed
with minute bristles. (B. M. 1570, under name of R. hispida

argentea.)

R. s. tha (many-spined). fl, calyx and uncles
hispid. l, leaflets minute, doubly-serrated. Prickles very
numerous, the lower ones often reversed. (L. R. 10, under name
of R. myriacantha.)

R. s. reversa (reversed). fl. yellowish-white. Stems clothed
below with very slender, deflexed prickles. (B. M. 431.)

R. stylosa (large-styled). A., sepals reflexed, much pinnate ;
styles as long as, or shorter than, the stamens; peduncles
elongated, more or less bristly and glandular. l, leaflets pu-
bescent beneath. A tall, rarely low bush. To this species, whi
is intermediate between R. canina and R. repens, the following
— are referred : fastigiata, gallicoides, Monsoniæ, opaca,
systyla.

R. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured), A synonym of R. hemi-
sphærica.

R. tomentosa (tomentose). M. bright rose-pink, sometimes pure
white, generally one three; calyx tube prickly or naked ;
sepals copiously pinnate, not quite persistent. June and July.
Jr. ovate-urceolate or ti turbinate. 1. 4in. to 5in. long ;
leaflets copiously duplicate-serrate (rarely simply-serrate), thinly
grey-downy above, more so below. Branches elongated, arching ;
— scattered, equal, — fi ark so, slender. h. 6ft.

urope (Britain). (Sy. En. Of this species there are
numerous varieties. — i
binata -shaped). A. reddish-violet, ample, sub-corym-
sc Seg calyx — y smooth; undivil —
veto |

thulate ; uncles rugulose-hispid. June. Z, leaflets
eevee, — — bullate-wrinkled, ample, simply serrated,
approximate, slightly villous beneath ; stipules ae amplexi- —
caul. Stems almost unarmed ; branches smooth. A. 5ft. “1629. —

Of garden origin: perhaps a hybrid between R. canina and, =

R, gallica. ’
; biana (Webb’s . pink, lin. to 3in. in diameter, —
— — calyx id densely bristly, sometimes quite

324 3 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Rosa—continued.

smooth; sepals persistent, caudate-acuminate, exceeding the

obcordate petals. June. jfr. ovoid or globose, jin. to lin. in

diameter. J. 4in. to 2in. long ; leaflets two to five pairs, oblong or
orbicular, rarely obovate, entire towards the usually rounded
base ; stipules small. Prickles copious, erect, straight or curved.

k. 2ft. to 5ft. Inner Himalaya.

R. Woodsii (Woods’). A synonym of R. blanda.

VARIETIES. These are almost innumerable, particu-
larly in the Hybrid Perpetual class, which is so well
known and so justly popular with all cultivators, either
for exhibition purposes, culture in pots, or for garden
decoration, &c. The beautiful varieties of Tea, Hybrid
Tea, and Noisette Roses are best adapted for culture
under glass, where their extremely delicate flowers are
unsurpassed; if placed in the open air, the plants re-
quire a warm position, and protection in winter. The
other classes referred to below are mostly what are
known as Garden Roses, because they are not generally-
used for exhibition, but for climbing and for other deco-

rative garden purposes.

Hybrid Perpetual Roses.

The subjoined selection of varieties from this class:
although somewhat long, contains only a portion of such
as are alike worthy of being included, but which have
necessarily to be omitted. They are nearly all of
vigorous-growing habit under liberal treatment, therefore —
no reference is made on this point to each individually.

ABEL CARRIÈRE, maroon, shaded scarlet ; large, full, good form.
ABEL GRAND, silvery-rose, glossy and clear; very sweet-scented.
ALFRED COLOMB, bright fiery-red; large, full, and of fine
globular form; fragrant and superb. ALFRED K, WILLIAMS,
carmine-red; large, full, and perfect form; grand exhibition
flower. ANNIE LAXTON, beautiful rose-colour; large, full, and
— form. AUGUSTE Rigorarp, cherry-red ; large, full, fine
oliage ; tree-flowering. BARONESS ROTHSCHILD, delicate pink,
suffused with white ; very large and fine, but scentless. BEAUTY
OF WALTHAM, bright rosy-crimson; medium size, full, f ant.
CAMILLE BERNARDIN, beautiful pale crimson, with lilac shade;
large, full, and fine-form, very sweet; superb. CAPTAIN CHRISTY,
very soft flesh-colour, deeper centre ; very large ; fine in autumn.
CENTIFOLIA ROSEA, bright rose; large but rather thin, having
the scent of the Cabbage Rose, CHARLES DARWIN, deep crim-
son, with brownish tint, and slightly shaded with violet; a good
autumnal blossomer, and thoroughly distinct. COMTESSE DE
SERENYE, delicate rose, large; best in dry seasons, -COUNTESS~
OF OXFORD, bright carmine, shaded purple ; very large and full;
a reliable —— COUNTESS OF ROSEBERY, carmine-rose ;
smooth, beautifully cw — free-flowering. DEVIENNE LAMY,
carmine-red ; large, full, and fine, globular form. DR. ANDRY,
brilliant red; large and full, good form. DUCHESSE DE CAYLUS,
brilliant carmine-red; a large, fine flower of great substance,
perfect form ; thorough perpetual. DUCHESSE DE VALLOMBROsa,
soft rose, with bright pink centre, passing to rosy-white ; large.
full. DUCHESS OF BEDFORD, rich velvety-crimson, suffu
with scarlet ; petals reflexed. DUCHESS OF CONNAUGHT (Noble),
bright crimson, shaded with brownish-crimson; medium size,
globular. DUKE OF EDINBURGH, fine vermilion ; large, full, and
good form; superb. DUKE OF TECK, crimson-scarlet ; large, full,
and good form; very free-flowering. DUKE OF WELLINGTON,
bright crimson; medium size, full, and perfect form. DUPUY
JAMAIN, bright cerise, large; fine in autumn. EDOUARD
MORREN, deep rose; large, and very double. ETIENNE LEVET,
carmine ; large, full, and exquisitely formed ; a good show flower.
FISHER HOLMES, deep rich crimson; full and good form.
FRANÇOIS MICHELON, beautiful rich rose; reverse of petals
silvery ; large, full, and of fine form. GENERAL JACQUEMINOT,
brilliant crimson-scarlet ; an abundant blossomer and very fra-

t. HARRISON WEIR, rich velvety-crimson, enlivened with
scarlet; large, full, and stout in texture; fragrant. HEINRICH
SCHULTHEIS, delicate pinkish-rose; large, full, and fine form,
very sweet-scented ; a thorough perpetual. HENRY. BENNETT,
fiery-red, shaded carmine ; large and good form, very showy.
HER MAJEsty (Bennett), rich delicate rose, similar in shade to
BARONESS ROTHSCHILD; the flowers are fully 6in. across, and
of great substance; an extremely large and fine new variety.
HORACE VERNET, velvety-crimson, shaded with purple; extra
fine. JEAN LIABAUD, velvety-crimson, shaded black, very large ;
a fine dark Rose. JOHN HOPPER, deep rose; back of petals
lilac tint; very large and double, go form. JOHN STUART
MILL, bright clear red; large, full, and beautiful form; a
good variety for peered cultivation, JULES MARGOTTIN, bright
rose ; large and full. La FRANCE, silvery-white, back of petals
rose ; an abundant blossomer and highly fragrant; superb. LORD
MACAULAY, bright velvety-crimson ; medium size, full, and good
form. Louris VAN HOUTTE, reddish-scarlet and amaranth, shaded

with bluish-purple large, full; a grand dark Rose. MADAME

Rosa—continued.

GABRIEL LUIZET, pale pink; large, full, finely cupped, fragrant.
MADAME LACHARME, white, the centre sometimes shaded with
light rose in opening, large ; good habit, free-flowering. MADAME
AUCHURY, fine satin-like rose, with a soft lavender shade.
MADAME VICTOR VERDIER, brilliant cherry-red ; large and ect td
cupped; extra fine. MAGNA CHARTA, bright pink, suffused wit
carmine ; large and full. MARGUERITE DE ST. AMAND, pale pink ;
large, full, and fine form; superb. MARIE BAUMANN, vivid red ;
large, full, and fragrant; superb. MARIE RADY, deep red ; very
large, full, and imbricated. MARQUISE DE CASTELLANE, beau-
tiful bright rose, very large; a fine, bold flower. MAURICE
BERNARDIN, beautiful rich crimson, shaded with violet; large,
double, fragrant, MDLLE. THERESE LEVET, delicate pink.
MERVEILLE DE Lyon, white, with a slight tinge of satiny-rose ;
large, and of excellent form; a superb variety ; extra fine. MON-
SIEUR BONCENNE, blackish-velvety-purple ; large, full, and good
form.. MONSIEUR E. Y. TEAS, deep cherry-red ; large and full,
very fragrant ; superb. MRS. HARRY TURNER, dazzling crimson-
scarlet, with rich maroon shading. Mrs. Jowirr, brilliant crim-
son, shaded with lake ; flowers very large and double. OXONIAN,
beautiful shaded rose, of good substance; very sweet. PAUL
NERON, deep rose, exceedingly large and full; good habit.
PIERRE NOTTING, blackish-red, slightly purpled; very large,
of exquisite form, very fragrant. PRINCE ARTHUR, rich scarlet,
shaded crimson ; large, nearly full, good form; an abundant
pblossomer. PRINCE CAMILLE DE ROHAN, velvety-crimson-maroon,
shaded with blood-red; large, and full; very fine. PRINCESS
BEATRICE, rosy-pink ; large, full, and fine globular form, QUEEN
OF QUEENS, pink, with blush edges in summer, altogether pink
in autumn; large, full, and double; free-flowering. REYNOLDS
HOLE, deep maroon, flushed over with scarlet, distinct, large ;
a fine dark Rose. SENATEUR VAISSE, scarlet-crimson ; beautiful
shape, large, free-flowering, and highly fragrant. STAR OF
WALTHAM, rosy-crimson, very rich and effective ; large, full, and
good form, SULTAN OF ZANZIBAR, blackish-maroon, edged with
scarlet, medium size; a bright dark variety. ULRICH BRUNNER,

_ lively carmine-rose ; large, nearly full; very showy and good.
ful

VICTOR VERDIER, rose, shaded with carmine; 1l. XAVIER
OLIBO, dark velvety-crimson ; large and full; one of the finest

dark Roses.
Tea-Scented Roses,

= darker ; full, and good form. BELLE LYONNAISE, pale
emon ; large, full, and fine form; a seedling from GLOIRE DE

beautiful citron-yellow, deeper centre rf f :

MADAME TRIFLE, salmon-yellow; outer 1 Fal pate cise) deep
coppery-yellow; large and full; a seedling from GLOIRE DE
DIJON. MADAME WILLERMOz, white, cream centre; very
fine. MARIE DUCHER, transparent rose; very large, fall, fine

shaded with rose, centre peach; large and f good form.
— fawn-colour; beautiful’ in ud, — pale
lemon; large and ed double. SOUVENIR DELISE VARDON,
flesh-white, shaded with salmon ; beautiful form, large and full;
tender. SOUVENIR DE MADAME PERNET, fine light rose, shaded
clear yellow ; very large. SOUVENIR DE M. PAUL NERON, white,
delicately edged ‘and tinted with pale rose; medium size, full.
SOUVENIR D'UN AMI, deep rose; large and full, good form.
SUNSET, deep orange-yellow ; medium size, full ; between MADAME
FALCOT and PERLE DES JARDINS; superb. VICOMTESSE DE

Cazes, yellow, centre coppery.- : :
but rather tender varlag y-yellow ; a distinct and beautiful,

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 325

Rosa—continued.
Hybrid Tea Roses,

BEAUTY OF STAPLEFORD, pink-rose, shaded centre; large. BED-
FORD BELLE, blush-white, tinted rose. CHESHUNT HYBRID,
cherry-carmine, large and full ; a good pillar Rose. COUNTESS OF
PEMBROKE, satin-rose, highly perfumed; fine form. HON.
GEORGE BANCROFT, bright rosy-crimson, shaded purple, very
large. LADY MARY FITZWILLIAM, delicate flesh-colour, very
large, globular ; a grand variety. NANCY LEE, soft rose, sweetly
scented, buds long; very free-flowering. PEARL, flesh-white,
flowers small, but of perfect form. VISCOUNTESS FALMOUTH,
delicate pinkish-rose ; back of petals bright pink ; highly scented.
VISCOUNTESS FOLKESTONE (Bennett), creamy-pink, centre deep
salmon-pink ; 8 and very fragrant; new. W. F. BENNETT,
bright crimson, described as being like a crimson NIPHETOS ; a
valuable new variety. YE PRIMROSE DAME (Bennett), prim-
rose-yellow, centre apricot ; full, and of good form; new.

Noisette Roses,

AIMEE VIBERT, pure white ; small, full, in large clusters. CARO-
LINE KUSTER, Role yellow; large and globular form. CELINE
FORESTIER, yellow, with a deep yellow centre, of medium
size ; free-flowering ; opens well out-of-doors. CLOTH OF GOLD,
deep yellow, sulphur edges, large and fine; a shy blossomer,
requiring a warm south wall. JAUNE DESPREZ, buff yellow; of
robust habit. LAMARQUE, white, lemon centre ; a first-class Rose
for any purpose. MARECHAL NIEL, beautiful deep yellow; very
large, full and globular form, very sweet-scented ; undoubtedly
one of the finest yellow Roses ever introduced. OPHIRIE,
coppery-yellow, medium size, full; a fine climbing Rose. RÊVE
D’OR, deep yellow, medium size; makes a good pillar or climbing

SOLFATERRE, bright sulphur, large and full. TRIOMPHE
DE RENNES, canary-colour ; large, double, fine form, WILLIAM
ALLEN RICHARDSON, deep orange-yellow, small, showy, and

distinct ; a good climbing Rose.
Provence Roses (R. centifolia).
CABBAGE or COMMON, rosy-pink, large and fragrant. CRESTED or

CRISTATA, rose, pale edges; large and beautiful. WHITE or
UNIQUE, paper-white ; large and fine.

Miniature Provence or Pompon Roses (R. centifolia
pomponia).

BURGUNDY, pale purplish-pink ; very dwarf and small. DE MEAUX
or POMPON, rosy-lilac, very small. SPONG, rosy-lilac, dwarf ; a
somewhat larger fiower than DE MEAUX. WHITE BURGUNDY,
white, slightly tinted ; dwarf.

Moss Roses (R. centifolia muscosa).

BARON DE WASSENAËR, light crimson ; vigorous, flowers in clusters.
COMMON or OLD, pale rose, moderate, fragrant. COMTESSE DE
MUuRINAIS, white, large and double; very free. GLOIRE DES
MOUSSEUSES, rosy-blush ; one of the largest. LANEI, rosy-crimson,
large and double. LITTLE GEM, crimson; a miniature variety,
very small and double, beautifully mossed. MADAME EDWARD
— rosy-carmine, vigorous. WHITE BATH, white, beautiful in

ud.

French Roses (R. gallica).

BOULA DE NANTEUIL, crimson-purple, very large. D’AGUESSEAU,
‘bright crimson, large. GLOIRE DE COLMAR, rich velvety-crimson,
fine. KEAN, rich purple, crimson centre: vigorous. NAPOLEON,
deep rose, shaded purple; vigorous. (EILLET PARFAIT, blush-
white, striped crimson; very double. *

Damask Roses (R. damascena).
La VILLE DE BRUXELLES, rose, large and fine. MADAME HARDY,
pure white ; vigorous. MADAME ZOUTMAN, creamy-white, shaded
pik large. Pokk AND LANCASTER, white and red, striped ; a
eautiful, old-fashioned, vigorous border Rose.

Hybrid Bour Hybrid China, and Hybrid Noisette
—— — (R. indica hybrida).

BLAIRII, No. 2, blush, with rose centre, large. CHARLES LAWSON,
vivid rose, very large and double ; fine. CHENEDOLK, bright red ;
good for pillars. COUPE D'HÉBÉ, rich deep pink, large and
double ; vigorous. FULGENS, fine crimson; vigorous. MADAME
PLANTIER, pure white; very vigorous and free-flowering. PAUL
RICAUT, rosy-crimson ; very free. PAUL VERDIER, carmine-red,
vigorous. VIVID, rich crimson; fine.

Bourbon Rose,

SOUVENIR DE LA MALMAISON, blush-white, shaded flesh-colour,
large and full; flowers best in autumn.

Austrian Briar Roses (R. lutea).
AUSTRIAN COPPER, coppery-red, single. AUSTRIAN YELLOW,
yellow, single. HARRISONII, golden-yellow ; very free and good.
PERSIAN YELLOW, deep golden-yellow, vigorous.

Ayrshire Roses (R. repens hybrida).

BENNET?’S SEEDLING or THORESBYANA, pure white; vigorous;
fiowers in clusters. DUNDEE RAMBLER, white, tinged with pink.
RuGa, pale flesh, semi-double, very fragrant. SPLENDENS or
MYRRH-SCENTED, flesh-colour.

Rosa—continued.

Boursault Roses (R. alpina.)

AMADIS or CRIMSON, purplish-crimson. GRACILIS, bright pink.
SPLENDENS, rosy-blush. Vigorous-growing climbing Roses.

Evergreen Roses (R. sempervirens).

FÉLICITÉ PERPETUELLE, creamy-white ; flowers borne in clusters in
the greatest profusion. FLORA, bright rose; full and exceed-
ingly fine. RINCESS MARIE, deep reddish-pink. Good pillar
= that retain their foliage rodek a great part of the
winter.

Banksian Roses (R. Banksiæ).

ALBA or WHITE, pure white, small, and very double, Violet-scented.
LUTEA or YELLOW, yellow, very double. These are half-hardy,
sub-evergreen Roses, that require a warm wall, and need but
little pruning.

ROSACEÆ. A large natural order of erect or
prostrate, very rarely climbing, sometimes sarmentose
herbs, shrubs, or trees, widely distributed. Flowers
usually regular and hermaphrodite; calyx free or adnate
to the ovary; tube short or elongated, narrowed or
widened; limb equal (or in Chrysobalaneew often un-
equal), usually five-lobed, imbricated and persistent, rarely
of four lobes or none; petals inserted below the margin
of the disk, as many as the calyx lobes, rarely none, equal

- (or in Chrysobalanee unequal), obovate, oblong, rounded,

or spathulate, usually exunguiculate, imbricated, de-
ciduous ; stamens usually indefinite, two to many-seriate,
in a few species definite or reduced to one or two;
filaments subulate or filiform, incurved in æstivation ;
anthers small, very rarely elongated; gynzcious carpels
one or many, one or many-seriate. Fruit variable, supe-
rior or more or less inferior, naked or included within
the persistent calyx tube; inflorescence variable. Leaves
variable, simple or compound, alternate or rarely oppo-
site, sometimes glandularly serrate ; stipules two, free or
adnate to the petiole, rarely absent; petioles often dilated
at base, and biglandular at the apex. Rosacew is one
of the most important orders from a garden standpoint.
It is split up, by the authors of the “ Genera Plan-
tarum,” into ten tribes—Chrysobalanew, Neuwradew, Pomee,
Potentillee, Poteriew, Prunew, Quillajew, Rosew, Rubew,
and Spirwew—several of which are regarded, by some other
writers, as distinct orders. The principal fruits yielded
by members of this order are: Almond, Apple, Apricot,

` Blackberry, Cherry, Medlar, Nectarine, Peach, Pear, Plum,

Quince, Raspberry, Service Berry, and Strawberry. In
addition to these, many beautiful flowering plants are
included in Rosacew, the Rose, of course, taking front
rank. Rose-water is obtained, by distillation, from the

petals of Rosa centifolia, R. damascena, R. moschata, &e., `

as is also the Attar of Roses used in perfumery, by
maceration in oil of sesamum. Chrysobalanus Icaco fur-
nishes the Cocoa Plum of the West Indies, Parinarium
excelsum the Grey or Rough-skin Plum, and P. macro-
phyllum the Gingerbread Plum. The bark of Moquilid
utilis, the Pottery-tree of the Amazons, contains such a
large amount of silica, that, when powdered and mixed
with clay, it is employed in making pottery by the
natives of Para. ‘The order comprises, according to
Bentham and Hooker, about. seventy-one genera and
1000 species; but some authors place the number of
the latter as high as 1500. Characteristic genera:
Chrysobalanus, Crategus, Potentilla, Pyrus, Rosa, Rubus,
Spirea.

ROSACEOUS. Arranged like the five petals of a
single rose. The term is sometimes used for rose-colour.

ROSANOVIA. Included under Sinningia (which
see).

ROSCHERIA (no doubt commemorative, but name
not explained by its author). ORD. Palme. A mono-
typic genus. The species is a slender, erect, stove palm,
with many aérial roots. It requires cultivation similar
to that recommended for Phenix (which see).

R. melanocheetes (black-spined). fl. in two-flowered clusters,

spirally arranged on very slender branches of a compoundly

326 ` THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Roscheria—continued. ;

branching spadix in the axil of a leaf, with a long, compressed,

glabrous peduncle. fr. black, elliptical, about jin. long. J. pale

green, 3ft. to 5ft, long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad, entire when young,
becoming unequally pinnate ; pinne 1ft. to 14ft. long, bifid at the
apex, scaly below; petioles 1}ft. to 24ft. long, smooth, sub-
triquetrous, grooved down the face with a pale band; sheaths
1sft. to 24ft. long, with a few fine black spines rising from a com-
pressed cushion. Stem 2in. to 3in. in diameter, with a ring of

— below each leaf-scar when young. h. 15ft. to 25ft. Sey-

chelles, 1871. Syn. Verschafeltia melanochetes (I. H. 1871, 54).
ROSCOEA (named after William Roscoe, 1753-1831,

the famous historian, and the founder of the Liverpool

Botanic Garden). ORD. Scitaminee. A genus comprising

half-a-dozen species of stove, perennial, Himalayan herbs,

with thick, fleshy, fibrous rhizomes. Flowers purple, blue,
or yellow, in a terminal, fascicled or spiked, sessile or
pedunculate inflorescence; calyx long, tubular, two or
three-toothed; corolla tube often elongated, shortly en-
larged above; lobes three, the dorsal one erect, incurved
and concave, the lateral ones spreading or recurved.

Leaves narrow or sub-cordate-lanceolate ; sheaths long

and loose, sometimes very large. R. purpurea, the species

known to gardeners, thrives in light turfy loam, and may
be readily increased by divisions.

R. purpurea (purple-flowered). fl. full purple, arising from two
or three elongated, sheathing bracts ; ok ake crack, fornicate,
two lower ones linear-oblong, spreading ; lateral ones short, con-
nate within the upper one; lip large, deflexed, obovate, deeply
bilobed at apex. J. sessile, lanceolate, striated, very finely acumi-
nated. Stem slender, leafy, about 10in. long, clothed with the
striated sheaths of the leaves, Roots tuberous, fasciculately

clustered. 1820. (B. M. 4630; B. R. 1840, 61; H. E. F. 144;
L. B. C. 1404; S. E. B. 108.)

ROSE. Se Rosa. : a
ROSEA. Included under Iresine.
ROSE ACACIA. A common name for Robinia hispida.
ROSE, ALPINE. Se Rhododendron ferru-
gineum and R. hirsutum.
ROSE APPLE. A common name for Eugenia
Jambos.
ROSE BAY. See Epilobium angustifolium.
The name is also given to Nerium Oleander.,
ROSE BEDEGUAR. Se Rose Galls.
ROSE BOX. A common name for Cotoneaster.
ROSE BRAND.
Rosa.

See remarks on Funai under

ROSE BUG. A name occasionally given to beetles

that frequent the flowers of Roses. In England, the name
usually denotes the Rosechafer (which see).

ROSE CAMPION. A common name for Agro-
stemma and Lychnis (which see). f

ROSECHAFER (Cetonia aurata). This-is one of
the handsomest of English beetles, and is easily known

FIG. 393. ROSECHAFER (Cetonia aurata).

by its size (from jin. to nearly lin. long), and its colour,
which is usually brilliant golden-green on the back, with

Rosechafer—continued.

wavy, white marks on the wing-cases near the tips, and
three slightly raised lines on each. Sometimes, the colour
is deep black above. The lower surface of the body is
bright copper-coloured. The body is somewhat heavy in
form (see Fig. 393). The Rosechafers take their com-
mon name from the beetles being partial to the flowers
of Roses, which they injure, to some extent, by gnawing
the sexual organs. Their colour has also given rise to
the name Green Rosechafer. The larve feed on dead
wood; and the beetles, when emerged from the pupe,
have usually to bore their way to the outer air. Hand-
picking the beetles is the best remedy, since only in
this state are they readily discovered.

ROSE, CHRISTMAS. See Helleborus niger.
ROSE ELDER. See Viburnum Opulus.

ROSE GALLS. These are the work of several species
of insects, mostly Oynipide of the genus Rhodites
(which see). This genus, in Europe, includes six species,
entirely confined to Rose-galls; and, in North America,
it includes four species almost confined to them—only
one (R. radicum) resorting to Raspberries and Brambles
as well as to the Roses, on all of which it causes large,
oblong swellings on the root. The insects are, in all
cases, small, the European species being from in. to
iin. long; but the species of Cynipidw require an adept
in their study to recognise them, as they are much alike.

Fic. 394. BEDEGUAR GALL.

1, Gall, natural size, on Twig; 2, Gall in section; 3, Larva of
Rhodites Rose, natural size ;' 4, Front part of Larva ; 5, Pupa ;
6, Perfect Insect. The Figs. 4, 5, and 6 are magnified.

_ The Galls on Roses formed by species of Rhodites
in Europe are as follows: 1. Smooth round Galls, like
small peas, on leaflets of Rosa canina and of R. rubiginosa
(the Sweetbriar), formed by Rh. Eglanterie. 2. Similar
Galls on leaves of Rosa centifolia (the Cabbage Rose),
formed by R. centifoliw. 3. Round Galls, like small peas,
but bearing a few long, straight spines, on leaves of

several kinds of Roses, formed by R. rosarum. 4. Galls `

on leaves and branches of Rosa canina, formed by

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 327

Rose Galls—continued.

R. Mayri. 5. Irregularly formed red Galls, usually in-
the leaves, but often in other young parts of Rosa spino-
sissima, less often on R. canina ; these are usually smooth,
bright red, and thick-walled; and often two or more are
joined together, so as to form irregular masses. 6. By
far the most conspicuous Gall on Roses is that known
as the Bedeguar. It may reach a size of 2in. in diameter.
It varies a-good deal in form, though usually rounded ;
but the surface is always covered with long, branched,
mossy green or red hairs (see Fig. 394, 1). On cutting
a Gall across (see Fig. 394, 2), the centre is found to
be a mass of woody consistence, in which are numerous
cells or spaces, each with a more or less distinct wall
of its own. The outer cells can frequently be broken
off from the mass. In each cell lives a white larva
(see Fig. 394, 3), which in the cell becomes a pupa
(Fig. 394, 5), and finally emerges as a four-winged fly
(Fig. 394, 6), about lin. or iin. long, named R. Rose.
The insects are black, with the legs mostly red-brown
or dark brown; and the abdomen of the female is red-
brown, with the end black. . Weather-beaten fragments
of the Galls often remain attached to the twigs for two
or three years. A small Midge (Cecidomyia Rose) galls the
leaflets of various Roses, causing them to swell and
become fleshy. None of these various Galls can be re-
garded as really dangerous to cultivated Roses, and most
of them, save those of R. centifoliw, are almost confined
to wild Roses. Cutting off leaves and branches, as soon
as the Galls appear on them, is quite a sufficient check
to prevent their undue increase in any locality.

ROSE; GUELDER. See Viburnum Opulus.

ROSE, HOLLY. A common name for Heli-
anthemum.

ROSE; JAMAICA. A common name applied to
Blakea trinervis and to Meriania. `

ROSE, JAPANESE. A common name for Camellia.

ROSE, JUNO’S. A common name for Lilium can-
didum. ;

ROSELEAF SAWFLIES. See Rose Sawflies.

ROSE, LENTEN. A common name applied to the
species of Helleborus which blossom during Lent.

ROSE MALLOW. A common name for various
species of Hibiscus.

ROSEMARY (Rosmarinus oficinalis). A well-known,
hardy, evergreen shrub, grown in small quantities in almost
every garden. The foliage is used for making what is
called Rosemary tea, a decoction sometimes employed,
amongst other purposes, for relieving headache. Rose-
mary may be propagated by seeds, by cuttings, and by
layers. Seeds may be sown upon a warm, sunny border.
Cuttings, taken in summer, about 6in. long, and dibbled
im a shady border, under a hand glass, will root, and be
ready for transplanting into permanent quarters the fol-
lowing autumn. Layering may readily be accomplished,
in summer, by bringing some of the lower branches down,
_and pegging them beneath a little sandy soil. Rosemary
sueceeds best on a light, rather dry, soil and in a shel-
tered situation, such as the base of a low wall with a
south aspect. There are three varieties, namely, the
Common or Green-leaved, the Silver-striped, and the
Gold-striped. The two last-named are not quite so hardy
as the common variety. .

ROSEMARY, WILD.
folia.

ROSE OF JERICHO.

statica Hierochuntina.
ROSE PINE. See Sabbatia angularis.
ROSE, ROCK. See Cistus.
ROSE ROOT. See Sedum Rhodiola.

See Andromeda poli-

A common name for Ana-

ROSE, SAGE. An old name for the genus Cistus.
ROSE SAWFLIES. Among the most hurtful of —

insect parasites of Rose-bushes are the Sawflies (Ten-

thredinide) ; a considerable number feed as larve either

in Rose-twigs or upon the leaflets. Some of these, so
far as is known, are confined to Roses for their food,
while others feed also on a variety of other plants. The
fullest information on the British species is to be found
in Mr. Cameron’s “Monograph of British Phytophagous
Hymenoptera.” Not only are the descriptions in the
work clear and definite, but the figures of larve and
insects are a most efficient help in identifications. The
pith-feeding larve belong to only a few species. Pæcilo-
soma candidatum is one of the best known of these.
It has been found near Oxford by Professor West-
wood, but is rare. The perfect insect is about fin. long.
It is black, covered with short pubescence, but certain
spots on the head are clay-colour, and spots on the
thorax and the edges of the abdominal rings are white.
The dull white or yellowish larva bores into the pith
during May and June, causing the leaves to wither. It
becomes a pupa in the soil, after dropping from the
branch. The dead branches should be cut off early, to
destroy the larve in them.

- The leaf-feeders on Roses among Sawflies are far more
numerous than twig-feeders. Among those that devour
the leaves, the most destructive species, probably, is
Eriocampa Rose, a small insect, only about }in. to +in.
long. It is shining black, with the knees and the feet
of the front and middle legs white. The wings are
smoky, darker at the base. The larve are known as
Rose-slugs. They are sluggish in habit. The front seg-
ments are swollen a little, and humped. The colour is
pale yellowish-green, with a dark line down the back;
the head is orange. The larve feed on the upper
surface of the leaflets, gnawing away the upper skin,
and destroying the leaves, which turn brown. The larval
stage lasts about fourteen days or three weeks, and
the full-grown larve reach a length of about fin. They
go underground to form their cocoons. The females lay
their eggs on the midribs of the leaves, in May. This
insect is plentiful both in Europe and in America, in
which country it was first described, being named Se-
landria Rose by Harris. It is often very destructive to
Rose-bushes in gardens.

Watering the plants with infusion of hellebore, or
powdering them with sulphur, as is done to destroy
Mildew on Roses, are remedies for these troublesome
larve.

Blennocampa pusilla, a Sawfly a little larger than the
last, is at times as hurtful; but the larve have the
habit of turning down the sides of the leaflets, and live
protected in these retreats. The leaves are sometimes
much injured, and the bushes are evidently weakened by
this treatment. The larve are short, stumpy, and green,
with the head pale or brown. There are short, spiny
hairs on the back. The skin of the sides of the body
hangs down in folds. They become pups in cocoons in
the soil, and in May and June Sawflies emerge of a
shining black, with yellowish-white knees and feet on
the front and middle legs, and grey-brown wings. This
species is very common.

—— cinctus is another common and hurtful
species. It is a little over }in. long. Like the former,
the Sawflies are shining black, except that in the female
there is a white band nearly round the fifth segment of
the abdomen; the hinder legs are partly white, the
other four have the greater part of the shins and the
feet reddish; the wings are clear. The eggs are’ laid
on the lower surface of the leaflets. The larve feed on
the edges of the leaflets, keeping the hinder part of the
body curved over the latter, and, when at rest, they lie
curled up in a ball on the lower surface of the leaflets.
The body is stout, and tapers backwards. It is dark

328

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rose Sawflies—continued.
green above, with the sides light grey, and is sprinkled
with small shining white tubercles; the legs are nearly
white, and the head varies from yellow to brown. The
larve, when full-fed, usually bore into the branches, and
there become pupæ; but they form their cocoons some-
times among dead leaves and other rubbish on the soil.

E. melanarius and E. rufocinctus are nearly allied to
the last, with similar habits, but are not so numerous
as to call for a detailed description.

Cladius pectinicornis is also .rather common upon
Roses in gardens. The Sawflies are a little over jin. in
length, and are shining black, with scattered fine grey
hairs, and yellowish-white knees and feet, and faintly
smoky wings, paler near the tips, with the veins near
the base reddish. The larve lie flat on the lower sur-
face of the leaflets, which they gnaw into holes between
the larger leaf-veins. They are flattened, and taper
from about the middle towards each end. On each
segment are three rows of warts, each of which bears a
long brown hair; the head is small. The body is deep
green or yellowish-green. The cocoons are spun between
dead leaves. There are two broods in the year, the
autumn brood passing the winter as larve in the
cocoons.

Oladius Padi, a nearly allied insect, but only half as
long, is often plentiful, and is destructive to Roses, as
well as to Pear, Plum, Hawthorn, Birch, and various
other trees and shrubs. Its larve also eat holes in the
leaves. The cocoons are made in the soil. From two
to four broods have been recorded in the year.

The genus Hylotoma, which has three-jointed antennz,
and the larve of which have twelve or fourteen claspers,
or prolegs, includes several species that live, as larve,
on Rose-leaves, viz., H. enodis, H. gracilicornis, H. pagana,
H. Rose, &e. Of "these, the last-named species is the
most destructive, and we shall therefore describe it as a
type of the genus as regards habits of larve. H. Rose
is about šin. or 2in. long, and is dull yellow, with black
head and antenne and thorax; all the legs are yellow,
save that their bases and rings round the feet are

Fic. 395. LARVÆ OF ROSE-LEAF SAWFLY.

black. The larve (see Fig. 395) are bluish-green, with
yellow spots along each side of the middle line, and on
the sides are black spots, bearing bristles. The head is
black-brown. There are two broods, the insects appear-
ing in May and June, and again in August and
September. The females lay their eggs in slits in young
branches. The larve hatch in a few days, and crawl
on to the leaflets, which they gnaw from the edge in-
wards. Fig. 395 shows two characteristic attitudes, that
on the left being assumed if they are disturbed. They
cast their skin about four times. When full-fed, they
creep underground, and there spin cocoons and become
pupe.

Lyda inanita is the only other Sawfly which we
shall mention specially as feeding on Rose-leaves. This

Rose Sawflies—continued.

insect is black, except a broad, dirty, yellow band
lengthwise on the abdomen, yellow markings on head,
antenn yellow at their base, and brick-red elsewhere,
and legs straw-yellow. ‘The antenne are twenty-one-
jointed. The larve are yellowish-green, with broken red
lines on the sides, and a black spot on each side of the
first body-ring. Each larva lives in a tubular sack,
formed of fragments of Rose-leaves arranged spirally.
When full-fed, it leaves its sack (then as much as 2in.
long), hanging to the back of a leaf, and burrows under-
ground, there to become a pupa, from which the Saw-
fly emerges next year.

Remedies. Most kinds of Sawfly larve can be shaken —
off the bushes into vessels, or on to sheets, from which
they can be swept up, to be destroyed; or the bushes
may be sprinkled with flowers of sulphur, or watered with
infusion of hellebore or of Paris green. Hand-picking
is effectual only if the bushes are few, but is the best
remedy for Lyda inanita and Blennocampa pusilla, which
live concealed—not exposed, as do the others. It is
advisable also to capture the Sawflies, either by using
a sweeping-net, or shaking the insects off their favourite
perches into some vessel or receptacle. This should be
tried only in cloudy weather, as the insects are then
quite sluggish, but take to flight readily’ in sunny
weather. It has been found useful to grow flowering
plants of Parsley among the Rose-bushes, as the insects
congregate on the flowers, and can easily be taken upon
them in the sweeping-net. The pupæ may be destroyed
by removing and burning all loose, dead leaves, &c.; and
by removing a few inches of surface-soil, in autumn, with
the cocoons. In this way, both those that become pupæ
in debris, and those that do so in the soil, are destroyed.

ROSE SLUG. The popular name of the destructive
larve of Rose Sawflies (which see), but more especially
employed for the siug-like larva of Eriocampa Rose.

ROSETTE MULLEIN. See Kamondia py-
renaica,

ROSE WILLOW. See Salix rubra Helix.

ROSE, WIND. A common name ap-
plied to Papaver Rheas and Remeria hy-
brida.

ROSEWOOD-TREE. A name applied
to several species of Dalbergia, &c.

ROSMARINUS (from ros, dew, and
marinus, of the sea; referring to the habitat
of the plant). Orp. Labiate. A monotypic
genus. The species is a densely-branched
and leafy, hardy shrub, employed in the
manufacture of Hungary Water. For culture,
&c., see Rosemary.

R. officinalis (officinal).* Common Rosemary ; Old
Man. fl. in short, axillary, few-flowered —
approximating, opposite, sub-sessile ; calyx of
purplish colour, ovoid - campan ulate, pilabiate ;
corolla white or — binich-purple, the tube
shortly exserted, the limb bilabiate. February.

l. sessile, linear, entire, with revolute margins, canescent be-

neath. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Mediterranean region, 1848. (S. F. G. 14.)

ROSTELLARIA (of Nees). Included under Justicia.
ROSTELLUM. A diminutive beak. A narrow ex-
tension of the upper edge of the stigma of certain Orchids.

ROSTRATE. Having a rostrum; terminating gradu-

ally in a long, straight, hard point; e.g., the pod of a
Radish.

ROSTRUM. A beak-like extension.
ROSULAR, ROSULATE. Collected in a rosette.

ROTATE. Wheel-shaped; circular and horizontally
spreading, very flat; eg., a gamopetalous corolla, with
a very short tube and a spreading limb.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 329

. ROTATION CROPPING. Cropping by Rotation
is a term used in reference to kitchen garden manage-
ment. It implies that the ground on which a certain
crop is grown shall be planted in Rotation, by another
crop of, as far as possible, quite a different character.
This system is pretty generally believed in and practised
in large gardens; in small ones, there is often neither
sufficient space nor variety in the crops annually grown
to give an opportunity for changing the situation for
each. Where plenty of manure can be added for each
crop, it is of not so much consequence, as additional
nutriment will thereby be supplied to take the place of
that which the preceding one will have absorbed. It
is undoubtedly a good plan to adopt a system of Rotation
Cropping, so far as possible, as one sort of vegetable
will not, as a rule, require exactly the same constituent
parts of the soil to nourish it as another which is of
an entirely different nature and habit. In changing
crops, it is best to avoid planting any to succeed
others which belong to the same Natural Order, as, for
instance, the different representatives of the extensive
Brassica, or Cabbage tribe. These should be made to
follow such crops as Beans, Onions, Peas, Potatoes, &c.
It is invariably a good arrangement to grow Peas on
land which has, during the previous year, been planted
with. Celery. Many other instances might be named,
but they would not be generally applicable as, for
various reasons, ground has to be cropped at certain
times and seasons, when it is impossible to pay very
much attention to planting under such a system as that
indicated. Crops grown for the use of their roots should
not follow one another, if it can be avoided; such, for
instance, as Carrots, Parsnips, and other plants of the
order Umbellifere. Onions may follow, and be followed
by plants of the Brassica tribe. If similar crops have
of necessity to succeed each other, the ground should
be well dug or trenched and manured between the
times of removing the one and planting another.

ROTHMANNIA. Included under Gardenia (which
see).

ROTTBOELLIA (named in honour of C. F. Rottboell,
1727-1797, a Danish botanist). Syn. Stegosia. ORD.
Graminee. A genus comprising about eighteen species
of often tall, hispid or glabrous, stove or hardy grasses,
broadly dispersed over warm regions, one being found
in the Orient. Spikelets closely appressed, pedicellate,
inserted in notches on alternate sides of the spike, which
is simple, or very rarely twice or thrice divided at the
base; glumes four; peduncles solitary or fascicled. Leaves
flat. A few of the species have been introduced, but
they are more curious than beautiful.

ROTUND, ROTUNDATE. Rounded in outline;
usually applied to bodies which are not round them-
selves, but only at their ends.

ROUGE PLANT. See Rivina humilis.
-ROULINIA. A synonym of Nolina (which see).
ROUPALA (said to be the native name in Guiana).
Otherwise spelt by various authors Rhopala, Ropala, and
Rupala. ORD. Proteacew. A genus of handsome stove,
glabrous, or ferruginously-tomentose trees, natives of
tropical America. About thirty species have been enume-
rated; but they are very difficult to distinguish, entire,
toothed, and pinnate leaves being sometimes found on
the same tree. Flowers regular, twin-pedicellate, dis-
posed in axillary or lateral racemes; perianth cylindrical,
the segments eventually becoming recurved at apex.
Fruit a hard, obliquely two-valved, shortly stipitate
capsule. Leaves alternate, coriaceous, rigid, entire or
toothed, undivided or on the sterile branches (of young
trees?) pinnate. The species best known to cultivation
are described below. They thrive in a compost of peat
and loam. Propagation may be effected by cuttings,

inserted in sand, under a glass, with bottom heat.

Vol. IIL

- Pyrus Aucuparia.
ROXBURG:

Roupala—continued. .

R. Boissieriana (Boissier’s), /l, yellow ; racemes axillary, solita
or twin, sub-sessile, 5in. to 6in. ong. l. ovate, 3in. to 4in. erg
long-acuminate, rounded at base, shortly decurrent into petioles
lin. to 1żin. long. New Grenada, 1853. `

R. complicata (folded-leaved). fl. pale rufous, very sweet-
scented, in rather loose racemes, Zin. to Sin. long, l ovate,
thickly coriaceous, glaucescent, gn to Sin. long, lin. to Sin.
broad, entire or rarely with a few remote or obtuse teeth,
attenuated-acuminate, broadly rounded at base, decurrent to
petioles about lin. long. h. 6ft. to 8ft. Columbia, 1853.

R. corcovadensis (Corcovado). A synonym of R. Pohlii,

R. elegans (elegant). l tupart-pinnate, 8in. to 12in. long, nine
to twelve-jugate ; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, 2in, to
4in. long, with mucronulate teeth; lateral ones falcate, very
unequal at base; terminal ones not larger. Branches slenderly
striate. Brazil.

R. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* f racemes axillary, solitary
or twin, sub-sessile, about 3in. long. J. remotely obtuse-
toothed, or occasionally entire at base, shining above, the nerves
elevated on both surfaces, Branches twiggy, densely leafy.
Brazil. (R. G. 1863, 402.)

R. media (middle). M. green ; racemes rufous-tomentose, longer
than the leaves, May. Zl. elliptic, acute and acuminate, mostly
—— but occasionally pinnately trifoliolate, with ovate, entire
leaflets. h. 10ft. Guiana, 1823.

R. montana (mountain). jl. sweet-scented, with yellow or
fulvous tomentum ; racemes terminal and axillary, solitary or
twin, Sin. to 6in. long, sub-sessile. April. Z. — rigid, 2in.
to din. long, shortly acute or acuminate, nearly entire, decurrent,
on slender petioles, with a few obsolete teeth. h. 10ft. Guiana,

R. obovata (obovate-leaved). fr. lin. long, sessile, oblong, sub-
faleate. l. obovate, very shortly acuminate, cuneate-att ted
at base, — toothed and here and there entire, 3in. to
— long, 24in. broad; petioles lin. long. h. 24ft. Popayan,

Poblii (Pohl’s).* fl. orange-red, clustered in dense, rufous-
— — ic are 6in, to 12in, long, sessile and solitary
in the uppermost axils. l. rigid, pinnatisect or entire, ovate or
elliptic, acuminate at both ends, irregularly serrate, glabrous,
and shining above, woolly-tomentose beneath. A. 6ft. to 20ft.
Minas Geraes. (B. M. 6095.) SYN. R. coreovadensis.
ROUPELLIA (named in honour of the Roupell
family, encouragers of botany). Orp. Apocynacee. A
genus comprising two or three species of stove or green-
house, glabrous, sometimes climbing, African shrubs.
Flowers white or pink, showy, in terminal, dichotomous
cymes; calyx of five oblong or lanceolate segments;
corolla funnel-shaped, with a short tube, an ample cam-
panulate throat, and ten processes, united in a ring
below; lobes five, broad, twisted. Follicles long, hard,
and thick, divaricating, connate at base. Leaves oppo-
site, penniveined. R. grata, the only species introduced,
is a tall, stove climber, thriving in a compost of fibry
loam and peat. It may be increased by means of cut-
tings of the young shoots, inserted in sand, under a
bell glass, in heat. s
R. (agreeably ted). Cream Frnit-tree. fl., corolla
white, tinged with pe rose-colour, very fragrant, in dense,
sessile cymes ; corolla segments broadly obovate ; coronal pro-
cesses pale rose-colour. May. fr. the Cream Fruit of the
natives. l. nearly — — — — ————
inate, pri a , ral : $
— y dilated at Nase.” Sierra Leone. (B. M. jade)

ROUREA (name not explained; probably altered
from the Indian native name of one of the Guiana
species). Syns. Canicidia, Robergia (of Schreber). Orp.
Connaracew. A genus comprising ‘about forty-two species
of stove trees and shrubs; one is African, and the rest
tropical American. Flowers small, in axillary, many-
flowered panicles. Leaves alternate, evergreen, coria-
ceous, impari-pinnate. R. frutescens, the only species
introduced, is probably lost to cultivation.

ROUSSÆACEÆ. Included under Savifragew.
ROWAN OR ROAN-TREE. A common name for

HIA. A synonym of Stemona (which
see).

ROXBURGHIACEZ. A small natural order of
twining or erect, half-shrubby plants, natives of tropical
Asia and Australia, Japan, and Florida. Flowers herm-

2U

330

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Roxburghiacezs—continued.

aphrodite, regular; perianth of four sub-equal, petaloid,
biseriate, lobes or segments; stamens four, affixed at
the base of the lobes or segments, or nearly hypo-
gynous; filaments rather thick, free or connate in a ring
at the base; peduncles axillary, filiform, one or loosely
few-flowered, or densely many-flowered. Capsule at
length two-valved. Leaves alternate or scattered, petio-
late, three to many-nerved, with thick, parallel, trans-
verse veinlets. The tuberous root of the species of
Stemona is candied in India. Rowburghiacew comprises
only about eight species, which Bentham and Hooker
classify under three genera: Croomia, Stemona, and
Stichonewron.

ROYAL FERN. See Osmunda regalis.
ROYAL PEACOCK FLOWER. See Poinciana

ROYENA (named by Linneus, in honour of Adrian
Van Royen; he and his son David were successively pro-
fessors of Botany at Leyden). ORD. Ebenacee. A genus
comprising thirteen species of greenhouse shrubs or trees,

natives of tropical and southern extra-tropical Africa,

Flowers axillary, pedunculate, solitary or rarely few in
a fascicle or three to five in a cyme; calyx five, rarely
four, parted or toothed; corolla urceolate or campanu-
late, with five, rarely four, twisted, reflexed lobes. Fruit
globose, ovoid or oblong. Leaves sessile or shortly petio-
late. The species possess but little beauty. Several. have
been introduced, but the two described below are the
only representatives of the genus which call for mention
here. They thrive in sandy loam. Propagation may be
effected by means of cuttings, which strike freely in
sand, under a bell glass.

R. lucida (clear).* African Bladder Nut or Snowdrop-tree. fl.
white, solitary on axillary peduncles jin. to lin. long; corolla
five-fid. fr. red and fleshy when ripe, jin. to lin. in diameter.
l. elliptical or somewhat ovate, usually pointed or apiculate at
apex, obtuse or sub-acute, rounded or cordate or very rarely nar-
rowed at base, jin. to 2}in. long, żin. to l}in. broad, shining
above, on short petioles. A. 5ft. to 12ft. 1690. (B. R. 1846, 40.)

R. pallens (pale). fl. white or yellowish ; peduncles usually much
longer than the flowers. June. fr. 4in. to lin. in diameter, sub-
globose or ovoid. l. narrowly obovate-elliptic, obtuse or rarely

acute at apex, narrowed at the base into a short petiole, silky, ©

especially beneath, or glabrate, evergreen, żin. to 2in. long, 2in. to
łin. wide. Branches pale or cinereous, silky-pubescent or often
glabrescent. h. 4ft. to 15ft. 1752. SYN. R. pubescens (B. R. 500).

R. pubescens (pubescent). A synonym of R. pallens, i

ROYLEA (named in honour of John Forbes Royle,
once superintendent of the Botanic Gardens at Saha-
rumpur, and Professor of Materia Medica at King’s Col-
lege, London). ORD. Labiatw. A monotypic genus. The
species is an interesting, erect, much-branched, green-
house, cinereous’ shrub, with obsoletely quadrangular,
spreading, paniculate branches. It will thrive in any
light, rich soil. Cuttings will root readily in similar soil,
if a glass be placed over them.

t). A., W. i - :
Rover fin, long, cano-pubescent ; corolla white, muck ditated wick
rose-colour. July. Jl. copious, petiolate, ovate, acute, loosely
sub-cordate, deeply and gage. serrated, lin. to 14in. long,

green above, hoary beneath, h. 3ft. to 5ft. Himalayas, 1824,

RUBBER PLANT, EAST INDIAN. A common

name for Ficus elastica.

RUBBER-TREE, AFRICAN. A common name
for Landolphia.

RUBESCENT. Reddish; turning red.

RUBIA (from ruber, red; alluding to the dye which
is extracted from the plant). Madder. ORD. Rubiacee.
A genus comprising about thirty species of mostly hardy
herbs, sometimes shrubby at the base, inhabiting mostly
temperate regions. Flowers small or minute, in axillary
and terminal cymes. Leaves in whorls of four or rarely
six, very rarely opposite and stipuled, sessile or petio-

Rubia—continued.
late. The species are of no particular horticultural value.
` P. peregrina is a British evergreen. R. tinctoria is the
species which furnishes the valuable dye.

RUBIACEZ:. A large and important natural order
of erect, prostrate, or climbing trees, shrubs, or herbs,
mostly tropical and sub-tropical. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, rarely unisexual, usually regular and symmetrical,
variously disposed; calyx tube adnate to the ovary, the
limb superior, obsoletely cup-like or tubular, entire,
toothed, or lobed; corolla gamopetalous, infundibular,
hypocrateriform, campanulate, or rotate, rarely urceolate
or tubular, glabrous, pilose or villous within; limb
equal, or very rarely unequal or bilabiate; lobes valvate
in wstivation, rarely twisted or imbricated; stamens as
many as the corolla lobes, very rarely fewer, inserted
in the throat or tube; filaments short, elongated, or
wanting, very rarely monadelphous ; anthers usually two-
celled. Fruit a capsule, berry, or drupe, two to ten
(very rarely one) seeded. Leaves simple, opposite or
whorled, entire, very rarely obtusely crenate, serrated,
toothed, or pinnatifid-lobed; stipules various, persistent
or deciduous, simple, or bifid or two-parted, free or
connate with the petioles, or confluent in an axillary
sheath, entire, toothed, or bristly, very rarely leaf-like.
Among the economical products of Rubiacew, coffee and
quinine take front rank; madder, a valuable dye, may
also be mentioned. The order comprises about 340
genera and 4100 species, many of which are well known
in gardens. Examples: Bouvardia, Cinchona, Gardenia,
Guettarda, Rondeletia.

RUBICUND. Blushing; turning rosy-red.
RUBIGINOSE. Brownish rusty-red.

RUBUS (the Roman name, kindred with ruber, red).
Bramble, &c. Including Comaropsis (in part), Dalibarda.
ORD. Rosacee. A large genus (comprising, according to
Bentham and Hooker, probably about 100 distinct species)
of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, creeping herbs or gene-
rally sarmentose and prickly shrubs, broadly dispersed.
Flowers white or pink, disposed in terminal and axillary
panicles or corymbs; calyx explanate, with a short,
rather broad, ebracteolate tube and five persistent lobes ;
petals five; stamens numerous, very rarely definite;
filaments filiform; anthers didymous; carpels numerous,
rarely few, inserted on a convex receptacle; achenes
drupaceous, rarely dry. Fruit often edible. Leaves
scattered, alternate, simple, lobed, three to five-foliolate,
or impari-pinnate ; stipules adnate to the petioles. Among
the most important species of this extensive genus are the
following: R. Chamemorus (Cloudberry), R. fruticosus
(Blackberry) and R. f. cæsius (Dewberry), R. Ideus
(Raspberry), and R. occidentalis (Virginian Raspberry).
A selection -of the best-known species is presented below.
Except where otherwise indicated, they are hardy, de-
ciduous shrubs. They succeed in almost any good garden
soil, and may be propagated by seeds, by layers, and by
covering the points of the shoots with soil. R. biflorus
is very ornamental on a wall, because of its stems,
which appear as if they had been whitewashed. R. la-
ciniatus is a fine, free-growing, and ornamental subject for
planting in beds where it can be allowed to grow freely.
Of the common Bramble (R. fruticosus) there are several
varieties well worthy of being cultivated for their large
fruits, which are handsome and good, either raw, cooked,
or preserved. They are mostly of American origin, and
succeed well under similar culture to the Raspberry
(which see). The following are the best: EARLY HARVEST,
medium-sized fruit, an immense cropper, very vigorous;
Kirratinny; LAWTON; MAMMOTH; PARSLEY-LEAVED ;
WILSON, JUN., one of the finest and most prolific varieties,
new; Witson’s EARLY, fruit large, early, plant very
productive. The common species itself bears immense

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

331

Rubus—continued. ;
quantities of fruits in the hedgerows, which are sometimes
gathered and made remunerative.

R. arcticus (Arctic). fl. reddish ; sepals lanceolate, often shorter
than the obovate, entire or emarginate petals. June. fr. amber-
coloured, delicious. Z. trifoliolate; leaflets rhombic-ovate or
obovate, coarsely and often doubly serrated, petiolulate. Stem
low, herbaceous, unarmed. Arctic regions of both hemispheres.
(B. M. 132; R. G- 314.)

R. australis (Southern).* fl. pink or whitish, fragrant, very
numerous, in branched, prickly, downy panicles, šin. to żin. in
diameter. Early summer. „fr. numerous, yellowish, juicy, austere.
l. very variable, ovate to lanceolate, or reduced to prickly mid-
ribs, Jin. to 5in. long. Prickles scattered, recurved. New Zea-
— A lofty climber, hardy against a wall or in a sheltered
spo

Fig. 396. INFLORESCENCE OF RUBUS FRUTICOSUS CÆSIUS.

R. biflorus (two-flowered).* f. white, lin. to Zin. in diameter,
one to three together on axillary, slender, drooping peduncles ;
calyx pubescent. May. fr. golden-yellow, globose, fin. in
diameter; drupes twenty to thirty. l., leaflets three or five,
lin. to 14in. long, ovate, lobulate, doubly toothed, white and
tomentose beneath, eer or hairy above. Stems and
branches rambling, white with glaucous bloom ; prickles very
strong, recurved. Himalayas, 1818. (B. M. 4678.)

R. canadensis (Canadian). American Dewberry ; Low Black-
berry. white, racemose, with leaf-like bracts. May.
Jr. blackish, ovate or oblong, excellent, ripening earlier than
that of R. villosus. l., leafiets three (or pedately five to seven),
oval or ovate-lanceolate, mostly acute, thin, nearly smooth,
sharply cut-serrated. Stems extensively trailing, slightly
prickly. North America, 1811.

R. Chamzemorus (ground Mulberry).* Clondberry: jl. white,
lin. in diameter; sepals ual, villous; petals oblong. June
-and July. jr. orange-yellow, żin. in diameter ; drupes few, large.
l. few, sub-orbicular-cordate, obtusely five to seven-lobed, lin. to
šin. in diameter, petiolate, crenate, wrinkled. Stem 4in. to 8in.
high, erect, unarmed, simple, one-flowered, herbaceous or nearly

so. Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 440.)

R. us (Hawthorn-leaved). M. white; axillary, —
or terminal, sub-racemose ; sepals acuminate, mostly recurved ;
tals clawed, obovate-spathulate, often retuse at apex. fr. rich

F rk —— l. cordate, trifid, or more or less lo or toothed.

ranches,

tioles, and nerves of the leaves, armed with re-
curved prickles. North China and Japan. (R. G. 591, 924.)

R. cuneifolius (wedge-shape-leaved). Sand Blackberry.
4. white; petals Inge peduncles two to four-flowered. May
to July. jr. blackish, ovate or oblong, good-flavoured, ripening
in August. l, leaflets three to five, cuneate-obovate, rather
thick, serrated above. Stems upright, armed with stout, re-
curved prickles. Branchlets and under side of leaves whitish-
woolly. h. lft. to 3ft. North America, 1811.

R. Dalibarda (Dalibarda). This is the correct name of the
plant described in this work as Dalibarda repens.

R. deliciosus (delicious).* fl. purple; sepals ovate-oblong,
with a dilated — shorter the oval petals. May.

and of delicious flavour. Zł. reniform-orbicular,

R. fru
fl. white or pink, in
corymbose or elongated. July to

; » September.
reddish-purple. l. usually pinnately three to
persistent, glabrous or pu $ ets

five foliolate, sub-
on long or short

a

Rubus—continued.

petioles, obovate or rhomboid-obovate, coarsely and ir , I
serrated or toothed, convex, dark green sboti pale an ohan
glaucous beneath. Stem glabrous or bristly, prickly. Euroj
(Britain), &c, Under this species, Mr. Baker classilies
one sub-species. i
R. f. cæsius (grey). Dewberry. fl., sepals a ressed, dense)
tomentose all over the back. | fr., — tem inte ——
l, leaflets usually three, green on both surfaces. Stem prostrate,
glaucous. Prickles unequal, setaceous. See Fig.

R. Idæus (Mount Ida). Raspberry. fl, white, —— ; calyx
long-tipped ; cymes 4in. in diameter, few-flowered, Sane to
August. fr., drupes many, red or yellow, hoary. J. ovate or
elliptic, acuminate, Sin. to din. long, acutely and | dae abr ser-
rated, white and hoary beneath. Stems 3ft. to 5ft. high, biennial,
— prickly, pruinose. Europe (Britain). For culture, &c.,

R. laciniatus (torn).* jl. white or rose-coloured, in loose panicles ;
calyx pe prickly, somewhat leafy, reflexed at apex; petals
three-lobed at Apex. June to Pe sn, l, leaflets three to
five, dissected and sharply serrated, puberulous beneath. Stems
nearly terete, straggling. Prickles dilated at base. (W. D, B. 69.)

R. lasiocarpus (woolly-fruited). A. deep pink, small; petals
orbicular or broadly obovate ; corymbs sana, axillary and ter-
minal, corymbose, May. /r. red or orange, small, globose, hoary.
l. šin. to 10in. long; leaflets five to nine, ovate, elliptic, or ovate-
lanceolate, lin. to 3in. long. acutely toothed or serrated, beneath

usually hoary, the terminal one above lobulate. Branches

cylindric, rambling. Prickles stout, variable. Himalayas.

R. 1. pauciflorus (few-flowered). jl. small, puberulous, crowded
in corymbs. A common Himalayan form, rous and ee
except the under surface of the leaves. (B, R. 854, under name o:

R. pauciflorus.) ;

R. nutans (nodding). ÉE white, usually solitary, axillary, 1łin.
broad, on stout peduncles ; calyx tube villous. June. fr. of few
scarlet drupes. l., leaflets three, orbicular or sub-rhomboidal,
ljin. to 3in. long and broad, obscurely lobed, acutely and doubly
toothed, the lateral ones shortly petiolulate. Stem 1ft. to 2ft.
Jong unarmed, from a woody rootstock. Himalayas, 1850.
(B. M. 5023.)

R. nutkanus (Nootka). fi. white, very large; sepals long-cuspi-
date ; peduncles rather few-flowered. August, jr. red. l five-
lobed ; lobes nearly equal, broad, coarsely and unequally toothed.
Stems flexuous, hirsute. A. varying from lft. to 10ft. North
America, 1826, (B. M. 3453; B. R. 1568; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 83.)

R. occidentalis (Western). Black Raspberry ; Thimbleberry ;
Virginian . fl. white; petals small, erect, shorter
than the s. May. fr. purplish-black (rarely whitish),
hemispherical, ripening early in July. Z., leaflets three, rarely
five, ovate, acute, coarsely and doubly serrated, white-downy
beneath, the lateral ones somewhat stalked. Stems recurved,
with hooked prickles. North America, 1696,

R. odoratus (fragrant). Purple-flowering Raspberry. fl. purplish-
rose, showy, 2in. broad ; calyx lobes tipped with a long, narrow
appendage ; petals rounded ; ay ee many-flowered. June to
August. jr. reddish, flat and broad. 1. three to five-lobed ; lobes
pontea and minutely toothed, the middle one prolonged. Stem

t. to 5ft. high, not prickly. North America, 1700. (B. M. 323.)

R. parvifolius (small-leaved), fl. red, racemose ; calyx ents
tomentose, ovate, short. A t and September. fr. red, —
l trifoliolate ; leaflets clothed with white tomentum beneath.
Stems terete, tomentose. h. lft. to 2ft. Japan, 1818. (B. R. 496.)
R. phoenicolasius le-haired). fl. pale pink, in terminal
raeemes ; calyx —— tae. in diameter ; petals minute, erect.
Midsummer. (fr. scarlet, ovoid - oblong, Fn. long, of forty or
more ellipsoid drupes. J, 5in. to Tin. long, pinnately trifoliolate
‘or the uppermost ones simple ; leaflets crenate-serrated, white-
tomentose beneath. Stem tall, sub-scandent. Japan, 1877.
— covered with stiff, gland-tipped, red-purple hairs. (B. M.

R. refiexus (reflexed). jl. white, racemose, axillary; sepals
ovate, Da — the petals; racemes few-flowered,
nearly sessile, reflexed. July and August. l. oblong-cordate,
three to five-lobed, densely tomentose beneath ; terminal lobe
elongated. Stems unarmed, straggling. Branches terete. China,
1817. Greenhouse. (B. R. 461.)

R. roszfolius (Rose-leaved). fl. white, jin. to lin. in diameter,
solitary or in very loose panicles. August. fr. orange-red,

obose or oblong, of innumerable, minute, glabrous drupes.
., leaflets five to seven, ovate - lanceolate, acuminate, doubly
incised-serrated, lin. to 2in. long, rarely more. Stems erect or
inclined, with scattered, hooked prickles. Himalayas, 1811.
Greenhouse. (F. d. S. 1714.)

R. r, coronarius (crowned). /., petals numerous, much longer

than the calyx. (B. M. 1783; G. C. n. s., xi. 77; L. B. C. 158.)

spectabilis (showy).* Salmon Berry. fl. bright red, very

7 e; sepals hairy ab base, much shorter than the petals;

uncles solitary or in pairs, one or two-flowered. May. fr.
red, ovoid, more than double the size of the common Rasp-
berry, but inferior in flavour. J. nearly glabrous, trifoliolate ;
leaflets ovate, acuminate, membranous, somewhat pinnatitid-

twenty-

332

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rubus—continued.

incised, serrated, the lateral ones distant from the terminal
one, often deeply two-lobed. Stem erect, 6ft. to 10ft. high,
unarmed or with deciduous prickles. North America, 1827.
(B. R. 1424; L. B. C. 1602.

R. strigosus (hairy). American Wild Red Raspberry. fl. white,
small; petals erect, as long as the sepals. June and July.
Jr. light red, hemispherical, ripening all summer, “ tenderer than
the garden or European Raspberry” (Asa Gray). l., leaflets three
to five, oblong ovate, acute, cut-serrated, whitish-downy beneath,
the lateral ones sessile. Stems biennial and woody, prickly, up-
right. h. 3ft. North America.

R. trifiorus (three-flowered). Dwarf Raspberry. jl. white, small ;
sepals and petals often six or seven, the latter erect; peduncle one
to three-flowered. June. fr. of few separate grains. Z. three (or
pedately five) foliolate ; leaflets rhombic-ovate or ovate-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, coarsely and doubly serrated, thin, smooth.
Stems sacending, 6ft. to 12ft. high, or trailing, not prickly. North
America, (H. F. B. A. i. 62

R. villosus (hairy). American High Blackberry. fl. white,
racemose, numerous; sepals much shorter than the obovate-
oblong petals. May and June. fr. blackish, large, ripening in

- Augustand September. Z., leaflets three (or pedately five), ovate,
acute, unequally serrated, the terminal ones somewhat cordate,
— stalked. Stems upright or reclining, armed with
stout, curved prickles. h. lft. to 6ft. North America, 1777.

RUCKIA (of Regel). A synonym of Rhodostachys
(which see).

RUDBECKIA (named in honour of Olaf Rudbee,
Professor of Botany at Upsal). Cone Flower. Including
Centrocarpha, Dracopis; Helichroa, Lepachys, Obeliscaria
and Ratibida. ORD. Composite. A genus comprising
about twenty-five species of greenhouse or hardy, slightly
branched, perennial herbs, natives of North America.
Flower-heads purplish, violet, or pale (sometimes with

n

Fic. 397. UPPER PORTION OF STEM OF RUDBECKIA PINNATA.

the ray, and rarely the disk, yellow), large or mediocre,
solitary or few, on long peduncles; involucre hemi-
spherical, the bracts in two, three, or four series; re-
ceptacle much elevated, conical or columnar; ray florets
ligulate, spreading, often elongated, entire or with two
or three short teeth at the apex; achenes glabrous.
Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, entire, toothed, in-
cised, or pinnatisect. The under-mentioned species are

|

|
|
|
|

Rudbeckia—continued.
all hardy, and will thrive in any ordinary garden soil.
Increased by divisions, or by seeds. R. maxima and _
R. speciosa are two of thé most attractive of hardy
perennials for mixed borders and massing.

Fic, 398. UPPER PORTION OF STEM OF RUDBECKIA PURPUREA.

R. columnaris (columnar). fl.-heads, ray florets yell -
times yellowish-red, elongated, Reneuaats, — os —
September. J. pinnatisect; segments linear-lanceolate, acute,

entire, the terminal one almost i
(Bear 1601) ost equalling the rest. k. 3ft. 1811.
R. fulgida (brilliant). fl.-heads, ray florets orange-yell bout
twelve, equalling or exceeding the involucre ; di ak datk. 7 —
the chaff nearly smooth. July. Z. spathulate-oblong or oao.
late, partly stem-clasping, triple-nerved, the upper ones entire
oo obtuse. A. lft. to 3ft. 1760. Plant hairy. (B. M. 1996.)
_Srandifiora (large-flowered).* A.hedds fi
* long, dependent; disk dak purple, ct —
. petiolate, acute, attenuated at base, reticulate-veined ; lower
ones ovate, crenate-toothed ; upper ones lanceolate, very scabrous,
obsoletely crenate. Stem angular, branched. h. 3ift. 1830.
(6. BF. G: ser. ii. 87, under name of Centrocarpha grandiflora.)
* hirta (hairy). fl.-heads large, solitary ; ray florets yellow, about
——— or less exceeding the involucre ; disk’ dull brown,
the chaff hairy at the tip. June to August. J. nearly entire;
upper ones oblong or lanceolate, sessile ; lower ones spathulate,
gage Se agg : — — or branched near the base,
ae ie g ; $ t very rough and _bristly-hairy.
R, maxima (greatest).* f.-heads solita;
florets pure yellow, 2in. long, drooping ; columnar, elon;
August. Z. large, membranous, oval or oblong, slightly ed or
—* Bip cron dh ents — — ones petiolate, the upper ones
$ nes Bin. in. 4 i
i ete long. Stem 4ft. to 9ft. high.
R. Newmanii(Newman’s). A synonym of R, speciosa.

- pallida (pale). This is th
i this work as Echinacea —— me OF PA PE
pinnata (pinnate-leaved).* f,-heads fi i
large and drooping, much longer than ihe obie ——— — *
e ap t, anisate odour when brui July. 7, alter-
ee to seven, lanceolate, acute. h. 3ft.

, on long peduncles ; Ke d

nate, pinnate ; leatlets thr

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

333°

Rudbeckia—continued.
1803. See Fig. 397. (B. M. 2310; S. E. B. 38.) Syn. Lepachys
pinnata.

R. purpurea (purple).* This is the correct name of the plant
described in this work as Echinacea purpurea. See Fig. 398.

R. speciosa (showy).* fl.-heads 24in. to 4in. across; ray florets
orange-coloured, contrasting well with the black-purple disk.
Summer. 1., lowest ones ovate, strongly ribbed, coarsely toothed,
borne on slender stalks 6in. to 9in. long ; succeeding ones gradu-
ally becoming narrower ; uppermost ones sessile. Stems freely
branched below. h. 2ft. to 3ft. A fine plant. (G. C. n. s.,
xvi. 373.) SYN. R. Newmanii.

R. triloba (three-lobed). l.-heads small, but numerous and showy ;
ray florets eight, yellow, Zin. long ; disk blackish-purple. August.

l., upper ones ovate-lanceolate, sparingly toothed, the lower ones

three-lobed, tapering at the base, coarsely serrate ; those from
the root pinnately parted or undivided. h. 2ft. to 5ft. 1699.
Plant hairy, much-branched. (B. R. 525.)

RUDDLES. An old name for Marigolds.

RUDERAL. Growing in waste places or amongst
rubbish.

RUDGEA (named in honour of Edward Rudge, an
English botanist, who published in 1606 “ Plantarum’
Guianæ Icones”), ORD. Rubiacee. A genus comprising
about forty-five species of glabrous or pubescent, stove
shrubs or small trees, natives of tropical America.
Flowers mediocre or rather large, paniculate, sessile or
pedicellate, rarely capitate; calyx tube ovoid or ob-
conical; limb of five, rarely four, persistent segments or
parts ; corolla cylindrical or funnel-shaped, the tube
usually straight and elongated, the throat naked or
bearded, the limb of five, rarely four, erect or spreading
lobes; stamens five, or rarely four. Leaves opposite,
sub-sessile or petiolate, coriaceous; stipules often carti-
laginous, sometimes thickly coriaceous and inflated. For
culture of the species best known in gardens, see
Coffea. ;

R. macrophylla (large-leaved). A. cream-colour, sessile ; fascicles
densely clustered in globose heads; corolla segments obtuse ;
peduncles short. Summer. Z. large, sub-sessile, obovate-oblong,
narrowed at base. h. 6ft. Brazil, 1867. (B. M. 5653; F. d. 8
1720; G. C. n. s., xii. 81.)
vies — Imperfectly developed; incom-

` plete.

RUDOLPHIA (named after Charles Asmund Rudolph,
1771-1832, a botanist of Jena). ORD. Leguminose. A
genus comprising two or three species of handsome, stove,
twining herbs, confined to St. Dominga. Flowers red,
elongated, fasciculate-racemose on axillary peduncles ;
calyx tubular, the two upper lobes connate, the lateral
ones smaller; standard oblong, erect, inappendiculate ;
bracts and bracteoles small, narrow. Leaves one-foliolate,
stipellate. The two species described below are probably
not in cultivation.

R. rosea (rose-coloured). M. scarlet, żin. long, in pedunculate

racemes. June. Pods pubescent. J., leaflet ovate -oblong,
glabrous, acuminated. Branches smooth, glabrous.

R. volubilis (twining). A. scarlet, 14in. long; racemes bearing
flowers from the base. July. Z. glabrous, cordate-ovate, acumi-
nate. Branches dotted from tubercles. 1820.

RUDOLPHG@MERIA. A synonym of Kniphofia
(which see).

RUE (Ruta graveolens). A hardy evergreen, somewhat
shrubby plant, native of Southern Europe, cultivated in
gardens for its use medicinally ; the leaves emit a
powerful odour, and have an exceedingly acrid taste.
The plant grows almost anywhere, but thrives best in
a partially sheltered and dry situation. Propagation
may be effected by seeds, sown outside, in spring; and
by cuttings or rooted slips, taken at the same season,
and inserted for a time, until well rooted, in a shady
border. é

RUE, GOAT’S. See Galega officinalis.

RUELLIA (named_in honour of John Ruelle, of
Soissons, 1474-1537, botanist and physician to Francis I. ;
he published a treatise, ‘‘De Natura Plantarum,” in 1536).

—
1

in any light, rich soil, with stove heat.

OF HORTICULTURE.

Ruellia—continued.

Including Arrhostorylwm, Dipteracanthus, and Stephano-
physum. ORD. Acanthacee. A genus comprising about
150 species of stove or greenhouse, pubescent, villous,
or rarely glabrous, annual or perennial herbs, sub-shrubs,
or shrubs, mostly American, a few being found in Africa,
Asia, and Australia. Flowers violet, pale lilac, white,
red, or rarely yellow or orange, sessile or sub-sessile in
the axils of the leaves or bracts, sometimes solitary or
fascicled, sometimes in paniculate cymes; calyx deeply
five-fid or five-parted; corolla tube straight, incurved,
or abruptly bent, dilated upwards; limb spreading, very
oblique or sub-equal, with five ovate or rounded, twisted
lobes; stamens four, included or exserted. Leaves oppo-

. site, entire or rarely toothed; bracts often narrow or

small. The best-known species are described below.
They are pretty, free-flowering plants, and readily thrive
Propagation
may be effected by cuttings, inserted in similar soil,
under a hand glass.

R. acutangula (acute-angled). fl. sessile, on axillary peduncles,
4in. to 6in. long; calyx żin. long; corolla tube lin. long, slightly
curved; limb bright orange-scarlet, yellow at the throat, 2in.
in diameter. May. l Sin. to 8in. long, elliptic-ovate, acuminate,
narrowed into the petiole, with many nerves sunk in the surface.
Branches obtusely quadrangular. Brazil, A large herb or under-
shrub. (B, M. 6382.) _

R. "TES (Dr. Pant f ar — in a ——
panicle, composed of many-flowered, opposite racemes or spikes ;
corolla scarlet, over 2in. long, tubular-nfundibuliform, inflated
or ventricose in the middle. Winter. J. in opposite pairs,
sometimes more than Qin. long, including the petiole, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated at base. A. 3ft. West ý
1858. Sub-shrub. (B. M. 5111, under name of Stephanophysum
Baikiei.) ;

R. ciliatiflora (fringe-fiowered). A. purplish-blue, handsome,
two to four or six rat a terminal, —— panicle ; corolla lin.
across, the tube about the same length ; margins of limb beauti-
fully dentate-ciliate. September. J. opposite, ovate, petiolate,
the margins unequally serrate, more or less hairy ; lower ones
more so, and the largest. Stem herbaceous, pubescent-scabrous.
k. 2ft. Buenos Ayres, 1838, (B. M. 3718.)

R. Devosiana (Devos’). fl. white, axillary; corolla tube sud-
denly dilated and bent at the middle. Z. lanceolate, distantly
toothed, deep green above, with the course of the veins whitish,
entirely purple beneath. Stems purple. Brazil, 1877. Sub-
shrub. A very effective foliage plant. (B. H. 1877, 19.)

R. elegans (elegant), of Hooker. A synonym of R, latebrosa,

R. formosa (beautiful). A. on axillary, alternate, straight pe-
duncles, two = three times longer than the leaves ; pes to
scarlet, showy; tube lin. long; two upper lobes of limb con-
joined half-way up. Summer. l. opposite, ovate, more or less

ointed, rounded at the base, cove on both sides with short
airs ; petioles not half as long as the leaves. A. 2ft. Brazil,
1808. Shrub. (B. M. 1400.)

R. Herbstii (Herbst’s).* fl. three to five together, Sin. long;
calyx red-purple, gin. long; corolla pale rose-purple, abruptly
bent ; limb of five white, patent or recurved, bilobed divisions.
September. J. deep dull green, the — ones of a dull —
purple beneath, 5in. to 7in. long, Iain. to 2in. broad, lanceolate,
acuminate, obscurely sinuated, serrated. A. 3ft. Brazil, 1859.
An erect shrub or sub-shrub. (B. M. 5156, under name of
Dipteracanthus Herbstii.)

R; latebrosa (secret). Jl, corolla salver-shaped; tube white,
purplish upwards, curved ; limb very bright blue, of five emargi-
nate lobes. Summer. 4. opposite, pubescent, ovate, acuminate,
coarsely serrated, — gradually into a footstalk nearly
equalling the leaf in length; those at the tips of the branches
reduced to sessile bracts. h. 2ft. East Indies, 1834. Annual.
(B. M. 3389, under name of R. elegans.)

ongifolia (long-leaved). . vermilion; corolla segments

— July. f oblong-lanceolate or oblong, attenuated at both
ends, repand or repand-denticulate. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil,
1820. A glabrous, perennial herb.

R. macrantha (large-flowered). f. of a rosy-purple colour, with
a light, perenras throat, trumpet-shaped, large, axillary.
l. long-lanceolate. 1883. A handsome, decorative shrub. (R. H.
1881, p. 410.) z

macrophylla (large-leaved).* l. handsome, sub-secund, in

— di trichotomous panicles ; corolla bright scarlet, 2in. to

3in. long, the tube curved, broader upwards, but laterally com-

ressed ; limb e; lobes soon refiexed. Summer. Z. o
—— 2 acumina inerved, — —

te,
ins sinuated or indistinctly toothed, puberulous.
Kew Grenada, Mexico, &c., 1844. Plant shrubby below, her-
above. (B. M. 4448 and B. R. xxxii. 7, under name of
Stemonacanthus macrophyllus.)

—

334

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

- Ruellia—continued.
R. paniculata (panicle-flowered). Christmas Pride. jl. purple,

‘in axillary, opp s ly divaricate cymes; corolla
j funnel-shaped, nearly gp long. August. J. -oblong-oval, at-
tenuated at both ends, decurrent into the petioles, hairy-pubescent

or glandulose. h. 3ft. West Indies, 1768. Herbaceous perennial.
(B. R. 585.) :

R. Portellze(Portella’s).* fl. axillary, solitary, sessile ; calyx seg-
ments nearly in. long, hairy ; corolla bright rose-pink, hairy
externally, 1}in. to 1jin. long, with a slender tube, dilated above
the middle, and a flat limb lin. in diameter. Winter. l. Zin. to
3in. long, very uniform, elliptic-ovate, sub-acute, narrowed into
slender petioles one-half their own length, red-purple beneath.
h. lft. Brazil, 1879. A free-flowering, much-branched, erect,
annual or perennial herb. (B. M. 6498.)

R. Purdieana (Purdie’s). fl. terminal, in pairs, each remarkable
for a large pair of bracts at the base ; calyx small; corolla of
a fine, deep crimson-lilac, with a much-elongated tube, and a
limb of five waved segments. Various seasons. l. opposite,

tiolate, ovate, acuminate, penninerved. A. lft. to lft.
amaica, 1844. A glabrous shrub or under-shrub. (B. M. 4298;
P. M. B. xvi. 129.)

R. rosea (rose-coloured). É in terminal, corymbose, glandular-
hairy spikes; corolla lin. long. Summer.. Z}. lanceolate, covered
with canescent wool beneath, 3sin. to Tin. long, acuminate,

d. Brazil, 1818. Shrub.

R. Schaueriana (Schauer’s). /. axillary, sessile ; corolla witha
very long, funnel-shaped, curved tube, veiny and lilac above, pale
and almost white towards the base; limb of five purplish-lilac,
rounded lobes. Summer. J. — ovate, bluntly acuminate,

nninerved, pale beneath. . 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1844. A
ow shrub, with the young branches herbaceous. (B. M. 4147;
B. R. xxxii. 45, under name of R. lilacina.)

R. solitaria —— Jl. geminate, nearly sessile; corolla
rather pale purplish-lilac, with a few deeper lines or streaks ;
tube long, funnel-shaped, the lower half white. Winter. l. oppo-
site, l4in. to Zin. long, oblong or ovate-lanceolate, short-petioled,
obtusely acuminate, pale, and sometimes purplish beneath.
h. 2ft. Brazil. Shrub or under-shrub, (B. M. 5106, under name
of Dipter thus cal ) The plant figured under the name
of Strobilanthes lactatus, in B. M. 4566 and F. d. S. 346, is a form
with the foliage bearing a central blotch of white.

R. speciosa (showy).* fl of a rich scarlet colour, axillary,
solitary, sub-sessile ; corolla large, funnel-shaped, 3}in., or thrice
as long as the calyx. July. J. oval; lower ones obtuse, with a
slight mucrone; upper ones acute, glabrous, slightly acute at
base, petiolate. h. (in its native place) sometimes as much as
20ft. Brazil, 1859. Shrub, with flexuous, dependent branches.
(B. M. 5414, under name of Dipteracanthus afinis.) š

R. bilis (remarkable).* fl. purplish-blue, marked with
dark veins, sessile, or nearly so, axillary in twos, large and very
showy; calyx deeply cut; corolla tube funnel-shaped, -curved ;
limb very large, with five rounded lobes. August. J. opposite,
moderately large, nearly sessile, ovate, acuminate, attenuated at
the base, ciliated on the margins, slightly pubescent above.
h. 2ft. or more. Peru, 1849. A slightly pubescent, annual or
perennial herb. (B. M. 4494, under name of Dipteracanthus
spectabilis.)

RUE, WALL. A common name for Asplenium
Ruta-muraria (which see). r

RUFOUS. Pale red, mixed with brown.

RUGOSE. Covered with wrinkled lines, the inter-
vening spaces being’ convex; e.g., the leaves of garden
Sage.

RUIZIA (named in honour of Don Hippolite Ruiz,
author, in conjunction with Pavon, of * Flore Peruvianæ
et Chilensis”). ORD. Sterculiacee. A genus consisting
of only three species of stove shrubs, natives of Bourbon.
Calyx five-parted; petals five, unequilateral, flat, per-
sistent; staminal cup bearing twenty to thirty fertile
stamens; peduncles axillary, cymosely many - flowered.
Leaves palmi-nerved, entire, lobed, or nearly dissected,
tomentose beneath. Two of the species have been intro-
duced, and are worth growing. They thrive in a.com-
post of loam, peat, and sand. Propagated by cuttings,
_ which will root freely, if inserted in similar soil, under

a hand glass, in heat.

R. —— (lobed leaved), jl. pale reddish. May. J. cordate,

crena to five-lobed, oblong, hoary beneath, smooth
above; middle lobe longest and acuminated. ^. 6ft. 1818.

imines Gena iaaii May. ai
T; s mai ý ose o e sterile ones
palmately parted, hoary beneath, A. 10ft. 1792. e

RUIZIA (of Ruiz and Pavon). A synonym of Peumus
(which see),

RULINGIA (dedicated to John Philip Ruling, who
wrote, in 1766, an essay on the Natural Orders of Plants).
ORD. Sterculiacew. A genus comprising fifteen species
of greenhouse, stellate-tomentose shrubs or under-shrubs ;
one is a native of Madagascar, and the rest are Aus-
tralian. Flowers usually white, small, cymose; calyx five-
fid; petals five, broadly concave at base, ligulate above ;
stamens shortly connate at base; cymes axillary or oppo-
site the leaves, rarely terminal. Leaves entire, toothed,
or lobed. The species have no great beauty, the flowers
not exceeding jin. in diameter. Those described below
are from Australia, and thrive in a compost of loam,
peat, and sand. Ripened cuttings will root in either sand
or soil, if covered with a bell glass. i
R. corylifolia (Corylus-leaved). fl. in dense sessile cymes, form-

ing dense, terminal, leafy corymbs. April. Z. broadly ovate, 2in.

to Sin. long, irregularly toothed or broadly lobed, wrinkled, green
and roughly m escent above, more densely tomentose-villous
or pubescent beneath. h. 2ft. 1824. (B. M. 182.) :

R. hermannicefolia (Hermannia-leaved), fl. in shortly pedun-
culate cymes, April. Z usually narrow-oblong, jin. long, in
luxuriant specimens often ovate-lanceolate, or with short, broad
basal lobes, always obtuse, crenate, much wrinkled, white-
tomentose beneath. h. 2ft. or more. 1818. (L. B. C. 1564, under
name of Lasiopetalum d )

R. pannosa (cloth-leaved). A. cymes shortly pedunculate. April.
l., mature ones shortly petiolate, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate,
2in. to din. or more long, toothed, rounded or cordate at base,
scabrous-pubescent above, with impressed veins, densely velvet;
or hirsute beneath ; on young Py an they are often broader an
three to five-lobed. h. 2ft. 1819. (B. M. 2191; A. B. R. 603,
under name of Commersonia dasyphylla.) ®

parviflora (small-flowered). fl. small ; cymes shortly peduncu-

late. April. Z. very shortly petiolate, ovate or ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse, rarely lin. long, deeply crenate, and mostly lobed, with
undulated, often crisped margins, glabrous or nearly so above,
hirsute beneath. Branches prostrate or ascending, 6in. to 18in,
long. 1868. A low shrub or under-shrub.

RULINGIA (of Ehrhart). A synonym of Anacamp-
seros (which see). |
RUMEZX (the old Latin name used by Pliny).

Dock.

: ORD. Polygonacew. A large genus of perennial or rarely

annual herbs, sometimes sub-shrubs,. rarely tall shrubs,
distributed thoughout all temperate climates. About.
130 species have been enumerated, but the number
is estimated by sdme authors at less than 100. Flowers
fasciculate in the nodes; fascicles axillary or disposed
in terminal racemes or panicles. Leaves sometimes all
radical, sometimes alternate on the stems and branches.
The species are mostly worthless, and, in some cases,
very troublesome, weeds. Eleven are natives of Britain,
among them may be mentioned R. Acetosa (Sorrel), the
leaves of which have been used as Spinach, and R.
Patientia (Herb Patience).

RUMINATED. Pierced by irregular passages, as
if chewed; e.g., the albumen of a nutmeg.
RUNCINATE. Saw-toothed, or sharply incised, the

teeth or incisions retrorse.

RUNNER. A prostrate, filiform branch or stem,
rooting at its extremity or elsewhere; e.g., the Straw-
berry.

RUNNERS, PROPAGATION BY.
pagation.

RUPALLEYA. A synonym of Stropholirion
(which see).

RUPESTRIS, RUPICOLA. Growing on rocks or
in rocky places.

RUPPIA (named after H. B. Ruppius, a botanical
author). ORD. Naiadacee. A genus consisting of one
or more species of hardy, tufted, aquatic herbs, inhabiting
the shores of temperate and tropical regions. R. maritima
and its sub-species rostellata are natives of Britain ; the
have no horticultural value. `

RUPTURE WORT. See Herniaria glabra.

RUPTURING. Bursting irregularly.

See Pro-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.

335

RUSCUS (the old Latin name, used by Virgil and
Pliny). Butcher's Broom. Orp. Liliacew. A small
genus (two or three species) of hardy plants, with erect,
branched, slightly woody stems, natives of Europe and
the whole Mediterranean region, from Madeira to the
Caucasus. Flowers small, usually on the face of the
cladode ; pedicels short, articulated at the apex. Berries
globose, pulpy, indehiscent. Cladodes leaf-like, alter-
nate or scattered, ovate or ovate -lanceolate, acute or
pungent-pointed, rigidly coriaceous. The species thrive
in common soil, and may be propagated by root-suckers.

Fig. 399. FLOWERING BRANCHLET AND DETACHED FRUIT OF
RUSCUS ACULEATUS.

R. aculeatus (prickly). Common Butcher’s Broom; Pettigree
or Pettigrue. fi. one or two, bracteate and bracteolate. February
to April. fr. bright red, rarely yellow, żin, in diameter. cladodes
i to lżin. long, ovate, rigid, spinescent, twisted at the base.

tems 10in. to 2ft. high, erect. Europe (Britain), North Africa,
&c. See Fig. 399. (Sy. En. B, 1516.)

R. androgynus (hermaphrodite). A synonym of Semele an-

drogyna.

R. lum (leaf-under-leaf).* Double Tongue. fl. five or

six t an umbel, disposed in the middle of the lower cladodes. |
cladodes oblong or _ |

May and June. i in. to fin. thick.
4 —— — tn long ; upper ones alternate ; lower

oblong-

one appwnlte, ternate, or verticillate, distinctly costate. h. lft.
to 14ft, Mediterranean region, 1640. (B. M. 20 F

sum is regarded, by Mr. Baker, as a form of this species.

R. racemosus (raceme-flowered), Alexandrian Laurel. £
greenish-yellow, hermaphrodite, produced at the ends of the
branches. May. jr. red, with a round, coriaceous, white disk
at the base. cladodes oblong, acute, about 2in. long, rounded at
base, smooth, lucid-green, alternate, sessile. A. 4ft. Portugal,
1739. Evergreen shrub. (W. D. B. 145.) Danae racemosa is the
correct name of this plant.

RUSH. See Juncus. The name is also commonly
applied to many species of allied and other genera.

RUSH FERN. See Schizea.
RUSH, FLOWERING. ‘See Butomus.

RUSH LILY. See Sisyrinchium.

RUSSELIA (named in honour of Alexander Russel,
M.D., F.R.S., author of a “ Natural History of Aleppo,”
1756). ORD. Scrophularinee. A genus comprising four
or five species of showy-flowered, stove, evergreen shrubs,
natives of Mexico and Central America. Calyx deeply
five-fid or five-parted, with closely imbricated segments ;
corolla scarlet, with a cylindrical tube and a sub-bilabiate,
five-fid limb; stamens four; cymes dichotomous, bracteate,
many-flowered or réduced to one. Leaves opposite or
whorled; those on the branchlets (which are often nodding

- when occurring on Wheat and other cereals.

.) R. Hypoglos- |

Russelia—continued. —

or pendulous) frequently reduced to small scales, All

the species introduced are described below. They thrive

in light, rich soil. Propagation may be readily effected
by cuttings, inserted in similar soil, under a glass, in
heat.

R. floribunda (bundle-flowered). A synonym of R. rotundifolia.

R. juncea (Rush-like).* jl. in loose, remote-flowered racemes ;
corolla lin. long; peduncles elongated. July. J. linear, lanceo-
late, or ovate, small ; those on the branchlets minute and scale-
like. Branches twiggy, rush-like, pendulous at apex. h. 3ft. to
4ft. Mexico, 1833. (B. 220; B. R. 1773.)

R. multiflora (many-flowered), A synonym of R. sarmentosa.

R. rotundifolia (round-leaved). fl. like those of R. sarmentosa ;
peduncles many-fiowered, June. l sessile, orbicular, deep]
cordate at base, the cauline ones 2in. to 4in, long and broad,
reticnlate-veined beneath, softly pubescent, closely sessile or semi-
amplexicaul. k. 4ft. Mexico, 1824. Syn. R. floribunda.

R. sarmentosa (sarmentose).* fl, falsely whorled or loosely
cymose; corolla more or less bearded on the throat below the
lower lip; peduncles from three or four to thirty or forty-
flowered, axillary and remote, or in crowded racemes. July.
l. variable, sometimes opposite or in whorls of three or four
on the same specimen, cuneate or sub-cordate at base, acu-
minate and acute or obtuse, serrate or crenate, glabrous or
slight. ge h. 4ft. Central America, 1812. SYNS. R. multi-
Jlora (B. M. 1528), R. ternifolia.

R. ternifolia (ternate-leaved). A synonym of R. sarmentosa.

RUST. Under this popular name, Fungi of more than
one group are included. The true Rusts, from which
the name has been derived, belong to the Uredinee
(see Puccinia), to the forms distinguished as Uredo,
Caoma, Trichobasis, Æcidium, and Lecythe, formerly con-
sidered true genera, but now regarded only as stages in
the development of Puccinia and of allied genera. The
conidia, or spores, in these forms are small, round or oval
cells, thrown off from the ends of the threads of myce-
lium, either singly or in rows. They fall off readily,
and the surfaces of the diseased plants, and of any body
that is rubbed on them, becomes covered with the spores,
like iron rust in colour and general appearance. They

. are, accordingly, known as True Rusts or as Red Rusts.

Puccinia includes a very large number of species, some
of which (e.g., P. graminis and allies) are called Mildews

The more
common name for the species of Puccinia and of Phrag-
midium is Brands; but, occasionally, they are styled
Black Rusts. For an account of all these forms, see
Phragmidium and Puccinia.

White Rusts differ much from Uredinee, though by
some they are associated with them, from the fact that
they produce conidia, which break away from the myce-
lium, and which are grouped in patches, much as in
some forms of Uredinew. Like these also they cover
bodies rubbed against them with a powdery coating of
conidia ; but the latter are white, not rusty-red. The
White Rusts belong to the genus Cystopus, and are
nearly related to Peronospora (which see), There are
few species in the genus; and only one, C. candidus, is
really hurtful in gardens in this country. It grows on
the leaves, stems, and flowers of many of the Cruciferae,
causing distortions of these organs, and especially of
the flowers, which become much swollen, and remain
sterile. It may be found on Cabbage, Turnip, Radish,
Horseradish, and many wild Crucifere, e.g., Shepherd’s
Purse and Watercress. It is common in North America
as well as in Europe. A microscopic examination of a
section through one of the white spots, which are plen-
tifully scattered over the diseased organs, shows a layer
of mycelium, from which rise branches, each of which
bears on its tip a beadlike row of conidia. These fall
off one after the other. When they fall into water, the
contents break up into five or six zoospores, like those
in Peronospora. These bodies escape by a hole, which
opens at one end of the conidium, and move about for
a time in the water by means of two hairs or cilia,
Afterwards, they settle down, and push out a mycelium-

336

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Rust—continued.

tube, which, on any suitable part of a plant fitted for
the nourishment of the Fungus, makes its way in through
a stoma, and reproduces the parasite. This process
goes on during the summer; but, in autumn, “resting-
spores” are formed in the tissues of the host-plants, to
pass the winter in a quiescent state, and to propagate
the species next summer, when food can be again ob-
tained. These resting-spores are very similar in mode
of production, and in appearance, to those of Peronospora.
On each of two threads. of mycelium, lying among the
tissues of the host-plant, a branch is formed. One bears
a nearly globular cell, the oogonium, the contents of
which shrink a little, and lie loose in the cell, forming
the oosphere. The other branch ends in a thickened cell,
the antheridium, much smaller than the oogonium. It
lies in contact with the latter, into which some of its
contents pass through a narrow tube. The oosphere is
thus fertilised, and becomes the oospore or resting-spore,
distinguished by the possession of a thick, brown cell
wall, which bears numerous warty ridges, and is well
fitted to resist the cold of winter and other unfavourable
influences. In spring, the contents of the resting-spore
break up to form a large number of small cells, each
capable of reproducing the Fungus in a suitable host-
plant. These are set free by the bursting of the cell
wall of the resting-spore.

Remedies. The only remedy available is, as far as
possible, to limit the muitiplication of the Fungus by
the removal and burning of all plants, whether weeds
or cultivated species, that show it, and by not sowing
Orucifere on any piece of ground for a year or two after
diseased crops have been removed from it.

RUSTIC WORK. A term“applied to erections or
ornaments made of rough or undressed timber and other
similar materials as nearly as possible in their natural
state. Undoubtedly, the best examples are those that
show the least mark of the workman’s tools. The materials
for Rustic Work are obtained from woods and forests,
heaths and swamps, and vary in character and appearance,
according to the locality in which they are found. As
the unshapely block of stone or marble from the quarry
becomes, in the hands of the sculptor or architect, a
thing of beauty, so may the gnarled and knotted branch,
and the decayed Pollard-tree, the slender Larch and the
smooth Hazel, the Heather of the mountain and the
moss of the fen, the Sedges and Reeds by the river-
bank, and the exquisite cones of the Fir-tree, each and
all, in the hands of one who has true taste, be manipn-
lated into beautiful and useful adornments for our
gardens. Much of thes material for the work may be
found on most estates, and often amongst that which is
either consigned to the fire or allowed to perish where
it stands, Where alterations or improvements are being
made in grounds, especially on estates which are being

cut up for building purposes, it often happens that there `

are old Apple, Pear, and other trees very suitable for the
work, which have to be removed; or a Thorn or a Yew-
tree, &c., may be uprooted by the wind, or timber is
being felled, and from these much material may be
selected.

Failing crooked and distorted branches and loppings,
the thinnings from Oak and Larch plantations, and Hazel
rods from the copse, can be used for the lighter portions
of Rustic Work. Where old hedge-row “ Pollards”
abound, they form excellent material for ferneries or
alpine mounds. The rough bark from Oak, Chestnut,
Larch, &c., is useful, and so are defective trunks, or
branches of large trees, cut into short lengths or trans-
verse sections for paving floors; these sections may be laid
in patterns, but are more effective when they vary in
diameter, giving less formal effect than when they are of
equal size. An old Thorn hedge that has been for many
years clipped by the shears, supplies excellent material

Rustic Work—continued.

for the smaller articles, such as vases, flower-stands,
tables, and baskets; and the cones of Firs are. par-
ticularly serviceable for the same purpose. In cases
where no suitable timber can be felled, it often happens
that a judicious thinning-out of branches may take place
without the least detriment or disfigurement to the trees.
Heather may be collected, bound in bundles, and closely
stacked some time before using, as it then makes a closer
thatch; the same remark applies to Reeds and Sedges.
There are various mosses to be found on heaths, and in
swamps, plantations, woods, &c., which should be carefully
collected, and kept as straight as possible, to be used
either for simply filling up chinks and crevices to exclude

_ draughts, or as fillings in carpet-like patterns for the inside

of summer-houses. In using mosses for this purpose, if
above a seat or bench, the moss-work should be kept above
the head-line of persons when seated. Below that line,
a lining of split Hazel rods, with the bark side outwards,
worked in diagonal, diamond, or other patterns, may be
used, For moss-work of this description, as well as for the
Hazel patterns, a comparatively smooth surface must be
provided as foundation. Sometimes, this is done by making
the back, sides, and ceiling of a summer-house, of ordinary
carpenter’s framework and boarding, when the outside may
be covered with coarse bark, or slabs with the bark pre-
served, and the inside covered with moss, &c. The same
object can be attained by sawing longitudinally through
the trunks of moderate-sized trees, the bark adhering, and
then setting them side by side vertically, to form the sur-
face on which to work the moss pattern. The cones of the
Stone and Cluster Pines are particularly useful for forming ~
cornices, caps, &c., to Rustic buildings, and the smaller
cones of the Larch and Scotch Fir may be employed for
festoons, and in forming the interior decorations.

The disposition of Rustic Work, no less than its con-
struction, requires an artistic eye and good taste. To
speak in general terms, it should seldom come much
“to the front”; that is to say, suitable positions for it
will but seldom present themselves very near to the prin-
cipal windows of a mansion—its place, for the most part,
being in nooks and corners of shrubberies, plantation
walks, the borders of woods, or in the wild garden. Let
us imagine a situation, shut off from the more culti-
vated grounds. Such a position might have a Rustic
gate flanked by a Rustic screen, on which Crategus
Pyracantha, or similar evergreens are trained; a broad, —
gravelled path, on each side of which are Rustic arches,
with here and there an arch thrown over the path, and
covered with Roses, Honeysuckle, Jasmine, &c., forming
a vista, at the end of which a Rustic summer-house, its
porch or verandah covered with Clematis, could be
placed. : On either side of the main walk, a breadth of
turf, with a ribbon scroll of Ivy, so designed as to
afford suitable positions for Rustic baskets or pyramids
might be added, and the whole surrounded by a densely-
planted, raised bank, for effectual shelter from cold
winds. On the face of the bank, next the garden, logs
and blocks may be interspersed, to afford receptacles
for Ferns, alpine plants, or trailing shrubs. Such a
garden might be formed in any existing mass of shrub-
bery that is large enough for the purpose, and would be
an interesting addition to many already fine gardens.
With smaller gardens, and where the house has no par-
ticular architectural features, a Rustic verandah, with
roof of tiles or shingles, covered all over with Jasmine,
Roses, Honeysuckle, &c., often gives a particularly cosy
appearance. If in front of this there is room for a
gravelled walk, a kind of terrace, and the ground lends
itself to the formation of a grass slope, with a step or
two down to the lawn or flower-garden, here is a pretext
for a Rustic balustrade, with vases and Rustic steps, which
will, at the same time, form a trellis for the smaller kinds
of climbing plants. At some point, just out of sight of the

AN ENCYCLOPADIA .OF HORTICULTURE.

337

Rustic Work—continued.

windows (and if commanding a view of some fine scenery,
so much the better), the Rustic arbour or summer-house
may be placed, having its seat and table. If backed by
shrubs, it will have a more snug appearance, and if
flanked or extended at the base by partially plunging a
few rough logs in the ground, interspersing them with
hardy, evergreen Ferris and spring flowers, the charm
of the picture would be enhanced. Should a boundary
fence anywhere cross the view, as in the division of
the lawn from the park or paddock, it may be some-
what masked by placing a line of Rustic arches
across, and allowing the climbing plants upon them
to assume a somewhat careless growth. For such
a purpose, good, sound Larch poles are useful, as they
will stand for several years.

In places where there is a large expanse of lawn, with
glades of turf and spreading trees, and masses of
shrubbery, Rustic beds, formed like baskets, vases, and
pyramids, are pretty objects, if placed with judg-
ment, and are very effective if associated with Ivy or
Ferns.

_ Rustic buildings, when substantially constructed, are
very appropriate, and, as a rule, harmonise better with
the scenery than any of a more formal character, when

used as boat-houses, rests and shelters in woods, game- -

keepers’ huts, &c. Rustic Work is also well adapted
_ to foot-bridges over small streams in gardens, parks, and
woods. It is better, in order to make such structures
more secure, to have a pair of iron girders concealed
beneath the woodwork. The planks for the pathway
should be of some durable wood without sap; otherwise,
they may soon rot, and cause accidents.

Any pits or hollows that occur in shrubberies or
plantations, if overhung by shrubs or large trees, will
often present a suitable site for a fernery; and where
natural stone does not abound for making rockwork,
an excellent effect may be obtained by the use of
sufficiently massive logs. Any steps that may be required
can be made from split sections of good-sized trees,
placing them so that the split side forms the tread, and the
bark side the riser. The “tods” of old Pollard-trees, and
even sections of hollow trunks, when placed in suitable
positions in woodland walks or drives, make good re-
ceptacles for trailing plants, or the better kinds of hardy
Ferns. In such walks, and also in parks, sections of rough
timber (provided the top is smoothed and very slightly
bevelled, so as to throw off the rain), when placed in twos
and threes at the base of spreading trees, form agreeable
resting-places. Care must be taken to have them of
variable sizes, so as to avoid formality.

. The Rustic chair, as a rule more picturesque than
useful, should be sparingly used, or at least only where

apparently needed, and not too near the mansion, or in

highly-dressed grounds.

RUTA (Rute was the old Greek name, probably from
ruomai, to preserve; in allusion to the effects of the
plant on health). , Herb of Grace; Rue. Including Hap-
lophyllum (or Aplophyllum). Orv. Rutacee. A genus
comprising about forty species of hardy or half-hardy,
strong-smelling, gland-dotted, perennial herbs or sub-
shrubs, broadly scattered over the Mediterranean region
and Western and Central Asia. Flowers yellow or
greenish, sometimes cymose; calyx short, four or five-
lobed or parted, persistent; petals four or five, imbri-
cated, often toothed or ciliated; torus thick; stamens
eight to ten; corymbs or panicles terminal, many-flowered,
leafy-bracted. Leaves alternate, simple, trifoliolate, pin-
natisect or decompound. Few of the species are of any
horticultural value; all that
scribed below, and are hardy sub-shrubs, except where
otherwise indicated. They are of easy culture in any
light, rich soil. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings.
For culture, &c., of R. graveolens, see Rue.

Vol. III.

call for mention are de-

Ruta—continued.

R., albiflora (white-flowered). fi. white; petals entire, shorter

than the stamens; branches of panicle bracteate. July to
September. l. supra-decompound ; leaflets obovate, glaucous,
ordate.

— somewhat auricled, the terminal one large, o
2ft. Nepaul. An elegant, half-hardy sub-shrub, clothed with
landular pubescence. (H. E. F.79.) Banninghausenia albiflora

is the correct name of this plant.
R. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A synonym of R. Chalepensis.

R. bracteosa (bracteate). fl., petals ciliated. June to September.
l. pinnate ; leaflets oblong, on short stalks; the terminal one
largest, the lower ones cut into three to tive leaflets. A. 3ft.
South Europe, &c., 1772. Syn. R. macrophylla.

R. chalepensis (Aleppo). fl., petals ciliated; bracts small,
ovate. June to September. l. supra-decompound, four times
longer than broad; leaflets oblong-cuneate, almost equal, very
glaucous. h. 2ft. Mediterranean region, 1722, SYN. R. angusti-
Jolia (B. M. 2311).

R. graveolens (strong-scented). Common Rue; Countryman’s
Treacle ; Herb of Grace. fl., the first one opening having usually
ten stamens, the rest only eight; petals entire, or a little
toothed. June to September. l. supra-decompound ; leaflets
oblong, the terminal one obovate. h. 3ft. South Europe, 1562.
—— is a useful garden form, having foliage spotted with
white. »

R. macrophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of R. bracteosa.

R. patavina (Paduan). A. yellow, with a n central rib, ina
dense corymb; petals glabrous, oblong, obtuse, attenuated at
base ; pedicels slender, scarcely as long as the flowers. June
and July. J. glabrous; lower ones attenuated at base, oblong-
spathulate; the rest trisected, with oblong or linear segments.
Stem dwarf, simple, densely leafy. Orient, 1819.

R. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). fi. yellow, corymbose, having
the smell of those of Primula officinalis ; calyx a little fringed ;
petals obovate. June to September. l. entire, 7 et lanceo-
late, glaucous, smoothish. h. 2ft. Tauria, 1800. (B. M. 2254,
under name of R. linifolia grandiflora.)

RUTACEZ. A natural order of gland-dotted shrubs
or trees, very rarely herbs, scattered over the temperate
and warmer regions of the globe, occurring most copiously
in South Africa and Australia. Flowers usually herm-
aphrodite ; sepals four or five, imbricated, free or connate ;
petals four or five, hypogynous or perigynous, broadly
imbricated, rarely valvate; stamens inserted at the base
or on the margins of the torus, four or five, or eight or
ten, very rarely fewer or indefinite; style short or elon-
gated, distinct or connate; inflorescence variable, very
rarely spicate or umbellate, in most cases cymose and
axillary. Fruit a capsule or berry, rarely a drupe.
Leaves exstipulate, usually opposite, simple or often
compound, one, three, or five-foliolate or pinnate, fre-
quently entire, occasionally serrulated; petioles sometimes
biglandular at base. Ruta graveolens (Rue), grown in
most gardens, is remarkable for its strong smell and
acrid taste. Citrus is the most celebrated genus, on
account of its fruits (Orange, Lemon, Lime, &c.); a
volatile oil, obtained by distillation of the flowers and
epicarp, and dissolved in alcohol, produces, the well-
known Eau de Cologne. The berries of some other
genera from China and Japan are edible, as gle
Marmelos, Cookia punctata, Glycosmis citrifolia, Tri-
‘phasia trifoliata, &c. The order comprises about eighty-
three genera and 650 species. Examples: Citrus, Correa,
Crowea, Ruta.

RUTILANS. Deep red, with a metallic lustre.

RUYSCHIA (named in honour of Fred. Ruysch, Pro-
fessor of Botany at Amsterdam; he died in 1731). SYN.
Souroubea. ORD. Ternstrimiacee. A genus comprising
about eight species of stove, epiphytal or climbing shrubs,
rarely arborescent, natives of tropical America. Flowers
in terminal, often elongated racemes, supported by sessile,
trilobed bracts at the tips of the pedicels; sepals five,

- closely imbricated ; petals five, imbricated, connate at

base; stamens five; bracteoles two, sepaloid. Leaves
entire, coriaceous. R. clusiafolia, the only species intro-
duced, is an interesting under-shrub. It will thrive in
a compost of vegetable mould and loam. Ripened cut-
tings will root freely if inserted in sand, under a bell

glass, in heat.
2x

338 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Ruyschia—continued.

R. clusisefolia (Clusia-leaved). fl. purple; bracts scarlet, dotted
with red, obovate, acute, thick, deflexed, concavo-convex ; racemes
terminal, many-flowered, about 1ft. long ; peduncles short. June.
l. alternate, obovate, thick, — 4in. long. h. 4ft.
Guiana and the Caribbee Islands,

RYANIA (named after John Ryan, M.D., F.R.S., a
correspondent of Vahl). Syn. Patrisia. ORD. Bivinee.
A genus comprising about half-a-dozen species of stove,
stellately-pubescent trees, natives of tropical America,
Flowers axillary, often showy, solitary or sub-fasciculate ;
sepals five, lanceolate or oblong, imbricated, persistent ;
petals absent; stamens indefinite Leaves entire, penni-
nerved and transversely venulose, not dotted. R. speciosa,
the only species introduced is a beautiful shrub. It
thrives in a compost of peat and loam, and may be in-
creased by ripened cuttings, inserted in sand, under a
glass, in heat.

R. speciosa (showy).

fl. somewhat cream-coloured, large;
uncles one-flowered. August.

l. green on both surfaces,

— stellate hairs on the ribs beneath. h, 10ft. West Indies,
RYMANDRA. A synonym of Knightia (which
see).

BYSSOPTERYS (from ryssos, wrinkled, and pteri,
a wing; alluding to the form of the wing of the fruit).
Orv. Malpighiacee. A genus comprising about half-a-
dozen species of slender, twining, stove or greenhouse
shrubs, natives of the Indian Archipelago and Australia.
Flowers whitish ; calyx five-parted; petals scarcely clawed ;
stamens ten, all perfect; inflorescence terminal or falsely
axillary, corymbiform ; pedicels thickened above. Samaras
one to three, expanded into broad wings at the apex,
which are laterally tubercled. Leaves opposite, or nearly
so, entire, the margins gland-bearing beneath; petioles
slender, biglandular at the apex; stipules rather large.
P. microstema, the only species yet introduced, requires
stove heat; it should be grown in a compost of fibry
peat and sandy loam. Propagation may be effected by

cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in bottom |

heat.

R. microstema (small-anthered). /l., petals three or four times
longer than the calyx ; anthers minute; inflorescence equalling,
or slightly exceeding, the leaves. August. l. broadly ovate, 3in.
to Sin. long, 2jin. to Jin. broad, somewhat cordate, mucronate,
i sinuated on the margins, greyish-pubescent beneath.

ava, 1920.

RYTIDOLOMA. A synonym of Dictyanthus.
RYTIGINIA. A synonym of Vangueria (which

see).

ILLA. A synonym of Schenocaulon
(which see). >. .@ n fir oerder
SABAL (said to be a native name in South America;
but Adanson, who originated the genus, gives no expla-
nation). Some of the species were formerly included
under Chamerops and Oorypha. ORD. Palme. A
genus embracing six species of dwarf, tall, or nearly
stemless, stove, greenhouse, or half-hardy, unarmed
palms, inhabiting tropical and sub-tropical America.
Flowers white or greenish, small, glabrous; spathes
tubular; spadices large, elongated, decompound, at first
erect, with slender, decurved or pendulous branches and
branchlets; bracts and bracteoles minute. Fruit black,
small or mediocre. Leaves terminal, orbicular or cuneate
at base, flabellately multifid; segments linear, bifid, in-
duplicate in vernation; rachis short or elongated; petioles
concave above, the margins acute and unarmed. The
species, most of which are highly ornamental, succeed
in a light loamy soil. A few suckers are sometimes
emitted ; these should be taken off when about 1ft. long,
and, if they have no roots, must at first be carefully
nursed. Seeds, however, are by far the best means of
propagation,

Sabal—continued. ba ;

S. Adansonii (Adanson’s).* Dwarf Palmetto. fl., petals united at
the base; style thick; spadix erect, 3ft. to 6ft. high, smooth,
slender. June and July. fr. black, lin. in diameter. l. circular
in outline, glaucous, fan-shaped, slightly pinnatifid, 2ft. to 3ft.
high ; divisions twenty to thirty, slightly cleft at apex, sparingly
filamentous at the sinuses; petioles stout, concave, smooth-
edged, shorter than the leaves. Trunk short, buried in the earth.
Southern United States, 1810. Greenhouse or half - hardy.
(B. M. 1434.)

S. Blackburniana, (Blackburn’s).* Fan or Thatch Palm. fl.,
spadix rising from4he sinus of the leaf, spreading, 4ft. to oft.
long, glabrous, alternately branched ; peduncle simple and com-
pressed below. Z. twenty to thirty, forming a sub-globose tuft,
cordate-sub-orbicular, 5ft. to 6ft. long; segments of adult leaves
about eighty, ensiform, long-acuminate, more or less deeply bifid
at apex, the lower ones connate about two-thirds, the upper ones
one-third, their length; petioles arcuate-spreading, 6ft. to 8ft.
long, very convex at back, the margins acute and unarmed.
Trunk cylindrical, nearly lit. in diameter, slow-growing, at length
20ft. to 25ft. high. Bermudas, 1825. This is admirably suited
for a window plant when small, and for the sub-tropical garden
in summer. SYN. S. wmbraculifera (of Martius).

S. coerulescens (bluish). Z. (known only in the young state)
elongated, linear-lanceolate, with a plicate surface and a bluish
or pane tinge of green, which is most strongly marked on the
under surface. West Indies (?), 1875. Greenhouse.

S. mauritizeformis (Mauritia-like). Savana Palm. f., spadix
exceeding the leaves, the branches paniculate. fr. black, about
the size of a pea. l. 12ft. in diameter, sub-orbicular, glaucous
beneath, multifid to the middle, with loose fibres between the
bifid lobes; petioles 7ft. to 8ft. long. Trunk lft. to 1}ft. thick,
little annulate, but reaching a height of 60ft. to 80ft. Venezuela,
Trinidad, 1860, Stove. SYN. Trithrinax mauritieformis.

S. Palmetto (Palmetto).* Cabbage Palmetto; Palmetto Palm.

Sis paia slightly united at the base ; style thick ; spadix smooth

and spreading, commonly shorter than the leaves, June. fr.
black, four to five lines in diameter. Z. 5ft. to 8ft. long, cordate
in outline, flabellately-pinnatifid, recurved at the summit, the
base long-persistent ; divisions very numerous, deeply cleft, and
with thread-like filaments at the sinuses ; petioles smooth. con-
cave, mostly longer than the leaves. Trunk erect, 20ft. to
40ft. high, simple, leafy at the summit. Southern United
States, 1825. Greenhouse, Syn. Chamerops Palmetto,

S. serrulata (serrulated). A synonym of Serenoa serrulata.

S. umbraculiferd’ (aihbrella-bearing).* fl. whitish; petals
equalling the stamefis ; spadix 4ft. to 5ft. long, with paniculate
branches. fr. greenish-black, four to five lines in diameter.
l 4m to 6im, in diameter, sub-orbicular, glaucescent, multifid
to oné-third to two-thirds, with loose fibres between the bifid

lobes ; petioles 6ft. to 8ft. long. Trunk at length 60ft. to 80ft.
high. West Indies, 1825. Greenhouse. j

S. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing), of Martius. A synonym
of S. Blackburniana.

SABBATIA (dedicated to L. Sabbati, an Italian
botanist, who published a “ Synopsis Plantarum,” in 1745).
American Centaury. ORD. Gentianeæ. A genus com-
prising thirteen species of hardy, annual or biennial,
erect herbs, simple or paniculate above ; they are natives
of North America and Cuba. Flowers white or rose-
purple, handsome ; calyx five to ten-parted or cleft; corolla
with a very short tube, rotate, with five to twelve ovate
or narrow, twisted lobes ; stamens five to twelve; anthers
soon recurved or revolute. Leaves opposite, sessile or
stem-clasping. Sabbatias are very elegant plants when
in blossom; those described below are well worth culti-
vating in every collection. Seeds, as soon as ripe, should
be sown thinly in pots, or on a shady border, in peaty
soil; if the former plan is adopted, the pots should be
placed in shallow pans of water, as the plants grow
naturally in bogs and marshy places. All the species
here given are- North American, and flower in summer.
S. angular). ink. fl. ) >
corel teas pike Taras vue, ine — yon Or
greenish eye ; calyx lobes 4in. to Zin. long. l. ovate, somewhat
acute, with a slightly cordate, clasping base. Stem erect, lft.
to 2ft. high, pyramidally many-flowe: 1826.

S. calycosa (large-calyxed).* /l., calyx lobes leafy, 3in. to lin.
long, exceeding the almost white corolla; peduncles elongated,

one-flowered. l. oblong or lanceolate-oblong, narrowed at base.
Stem Sin. to 20in. high, diffusely forking. 1812. (B. M. 1600.)
campestris (field-loving).* A., corolla rose-colour, five-parted,
equalled by the lanceolate calyx segments. J. ovate, the lower
ones obtuse, Stem tetragonal, dichotomously branched; branch-
lets one-flowered. h. 1ft. 1855. (B. M.5015; R. G. iii. 73.)
S. chloroides (Chlora-like). Jl., calyx lobes linear; corolla deep
rose-coloured, rarely white, nine to twelye-parted, twice as long

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

‘

OF HORTICULTURE. 339

Sabbatia—continued.
as the calyx. Z. oblong-lanceolate. Stem loosely panicled above,
lft. to 2ft. high. 1817.

S. paniculata — Ji. disposed in many-flowered, corym-
bose cymes; yx lobes linear, thread-like, much shorter than
the white corolla, Z. linear, or the lower ones oblong, obtuse.
Stem brachiately much-branched. A. lft. to 2ft. 1817.

S. stellaris (star-like). A. calyx lobes awl-shaped, varying from
half to nearly the length of the bright rose-purple corolla ;
peduncles elongated, one-flowered. l. oblong- or ovate-lanceolate,
or the upper ones linear. Stem 6in. to 20in. high, loosely
branched and forked. 1827.

A

AN ND At

[J g j T
AT SV.

Uy

Lt AN ~ |
| J SRV AIRE
WA an NAVEN |
Ws Wily i
W Bs a. \
i ae
>

Fic. 400. SACCHARUM A:GYPTIACUM (see page 340).

SABBATIA (of Moench). A synonym of Micro-

meria (which see).

SABIACEZ:. A small but well-defined natural order
of glabrous or pilose trees or shrubs, inhabiting tropical
and sub-tropical regions, mostly of the Northern hemi-
sphere. Flowers hermaphrodite or polygamo-diccidus,
small or minute, rarely rather large, variably disposed,
usually panicled; calyx four or five-parted, imbricated ;
petals four or five, equal or unequal, alternate with or
opposite the sepals, imbricated; disk small, annular,
lobed, rarely tumid; stamens four or five, inserted at

|
|
|
f

Í

Sabiaceæ—continued.

the base or on the top of the disk opposite the petals,
usually two perfect and three antherless. Fruit consisting
of one or two dry or drupaceous, indehiscent carpels ;
endocarp crustaceous or bony, one-seeded. Leaves alter-
nate, exstipulate, simple or pinnate, entire or serrated,
penninerved. The wood of the Indian Meliosma is of ex-
cellent quality, and is in great demand for house-building.
Sabiacee comprises four genera—Meliosma, Ophiocaryon,
Phovanthus, and Sabia—and about thirty-two species.

SABICEA (Sabisabi is the name of
S. aspera in Guiana). Syns. Schwenk-
felda, Schwenkfeldia. Orv. Rubiaceae.
A genus comprising about twenty-eight
species of stove, twining shrubs, often
tomentose, villous, or pilose; they are
all tropical, and inhabit America,
Africa, and Madagascar. Flowers clus-
tered in axillary, sessile or peduncu-
late, corymbose cymes or heads ; calyx
tube sub-globose, the limb long, three
to six-lobed; corolla funnel-shaped or
hypocrateriform, the limb of four or
five short, valvate lobes ; stamens five.
Leaves opposite, oblong; stipules intra-
petiolar, usually persistent, erect or
recurved. Only two of the species
have been introduced to cultivation.
They require to be grown in a com-
post of peat, loam, and sand. Pro-
pagated by cuttings, inserted in sand,
under a hand glass, in heat,
Sette’ Sine dct

acuminate, rough above, villous beneath;

K “eget oval-oblong, acute. A. 6ft. Guiana,

S. hirta (hairy).
; umbe:

white ; involucre of four
three-flowered, shortly
l. ovate-lanceolate,

SABINEA (named in honour of
Joseph Sabine, F.R.S., F.LS., &c.,
some time Secretary of the Horticul-
tural Society of London). ORD. Legu-
minose. A small genus (two or three
species) of stove trees or shrubs, na-
tives of the West Indies. Flowers pink,
fascicled ; calyx very shortly toothed ;
standard sub-orbicular, spreading or
reflexed; wings falcate-oblong, free;
keel incurved; bracts small; bracteoles
absent. Pods linear, flat-compressed,
two-valved. Leaves abruptly pinnate ;
leaflets deciduous, entire, exstipellate.
These plants will thrive in a well-
drained sandy loam. Propagation may
be effected by young cuttings, in-
serted in a pot of sand, under a
hand glass, in heat.

carinalis (conspicuous-keeled). A. brigh

scarlet, three to five in a fascicle, pre-
cocious ; wings and standard, lin. long ; keel sixteen to eighteen
lines long. l., leaflets six to eight-jugal, distant, obtuse-mucronu-
late, oblong, five to six lines long.

flowery). A. rosy; wings and standard jin. long ; keel
—— — — — i, leaflets eight to fifteen-jugal, oblong

or elliptic-oblong, jin. long.

SACCATE, SACCIFORM. Sac-shaped; in the
form of a bag.

SACCHARUM (saccharon is the old Greek name
for sugar; it is derived from the Sanscrit carkara).
ORD. Graminee. A genus comprising about a dozen
species of tall, mostly stove grasses, inhabiting tropical

340

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Saccharum—continued.

and sub-tropical regions. Spikelets at the sides of the
branchlets, dense, or ple and twin, one sessile, the
other pedicellate; glumes four, three of whicb are
empty, acute or somewhat bristly-acuminate ; panicle
terminal, densely pilose, sometimes ample and densely
bundle-flowered, sometimes contracted into a dense spike.

Leaves flat or narrow, convolute when dry. The most

important species is S. oficinaruwm, the Sugar Cane of

commerce, one of our most valuable economic produc-
tions. It has been cultivated from time immemorial.

The manufacture of sugar is supposed to have been

derived from China. Some of the species are orna-

mental plants; a selection of the best-known is given
below. They are all of simple culture in a light, rich
soil, with a good heat. Propagation may be effected by
suckers; or by cuttings of the stems, which will throw
out shoots at their joints. The under-mentioned species
require stove treatment, except where otherwise stated.

S. eegyptiacum ( tian).* fl., panicle sa hag 3 me , crowded ;
10in. to 12in. long ; lower branches compound, July. /. numerous,
long, ribbon-like, with a white midrib, and covered with soft,
silky hairs, which impart a aeeai appearance to the plants.
Stems about 7ft. high. Algeria, 1866. A vigorous grass, forming
a gigantic tuft, and rivalling Bambusa, Erianthus, and Gynerium.
See Fig. 400 (page 339).

S. M (Munja). f. all hermaphrodite; panicle large, oblong,
spreading, the branches whorled, supra-decompound. Summer,
l. hispid, marginate, long-linear, white-nerved, channelled. Stems
8ft. to 10ft. high. Benares, 1 Plant wholly glabrous, except
on the inside of the leaves at base.

officinarum (officinal). Sugar Cane. fl., palea half as long
as the third glume; outer glumes pointed, half to one third as
long as the wool; panicle large, pyramidal, the common axis
sulcate, the joints and pedicels glabrous below the wool. July.
l. long and broad, dark green, hanging in graceful curves, Stems
yellowish-green, stout, erect. k. 10ft. East Indies, 1597.

S. o. violaceum (violet), A. midrib of the second glume sup-
Per tems of a rich violet or plum-colour. West Indies,

S. (tall). jl., panicle diffuse, the branches whorled,
compound and decompound. July. Z. ensiform, the midrib white,
the ins slightly hispid. Stems erect, l0ft. to 20ft. high.
Bengal, 1822. This is allied to S. oficinarum.

S. sinense (Chinese). /l. bivalved, unilateral; panicle ovate, the
branches whoried, simple and compound. Stems 6ft. to 10ft.
high. China, 1822. Greenhouse. ;
SACCOCHILUS. A synonym of Saccolabium

(which see).

SACCOLABIUM (from saccus, a bag, and labium,
a lip; alluding to the baggy lip). Syns. Robiquetia
and Saccochilus. Including Œceoclades (in part). ORD.
Orchideæ. This genus embraces about thirty species
of very fine, stove, epiphytal orchids, natives of
the East Indies and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers
racemose or scattered, shortly pedicellate; sepals sub-
equal, free, spreading or erecto-patent, flat or con-
cave; petals nearly similar, sometimes broader, rarely
narrower; lip sessile at the base of the column, spurred
or saccate at base, the lateral lobes erect, often small,
the middle one spreading or erect, polymorphous; column
short; pollen masses two; peduncles lateral, simple or
branched. Leaves distichous, spreading, coriaceous,
fleshy, or slender, flat or rarely terete. Stems leafy, not
pseudo-bulbous. “In their habit of growth, the species
of Saccolabium are similar to those of Aérides, and they
require the same degree of heat, and the same general
treatment, except that they are best grown in baskets
suspended near the roof, so that they may receive all
the light possible, and not too much shade—only enough
to preserve their foliage from being scorched. The more
light they receive, the more vigorous and better matured
will be their growth, and this will lead to the production
of fine floral racemes. They will also thrive in pots,
placed near the glass, and on blocks; but, grown on this
latter plan, they require more water. They are propagated
in the same way as the Aérides, and are liable to become
infested by the same sorts of insects” (B. S. Williams).
The best-known species are here described. Some of

j

Saccolabium—continued.
them should find a place in every collection, as they are
very handsome plants, even when not flowering.

S. acutifolium (acute-leaved).* fl. about Zin. in diameter, in
small corymbs, on stiff peduncles 2in. to Sin. long; sepals and
petals yellow, obovate, acute ; lip pale pink, concave at base,
where it has a rounded lobe on each side. Z. 6in. long, sessile,
slightly amplexicaul, Neca, Smead very acute, flat, ve ern
fleshy. Stems 6in. high. Khasya, 1837. (B. M. 4772 and P. M. B.
vii. 145, under name of S. denticulatum.)

S. ampullaceum (flask-formed). A synonym of S. rubrum.

S. bellinum (pretty). A. borne in a compact corymb, on a
decurved peduncle; sepals and petals straw-colour, blotched
with dark brown; lip white, spotted with mauve-purple, fleshy,
having on each side a large cushion of filiform processes, yellow
and spotted withred in the centre. February and March.
l. lorate, obliquely bifid. Stems erect, short. Burmah, 1884.
(W. O. A. 156.)

S. Berkeleyi (Berkeley’s).* fl. large, disposed in a loose raceme ;
sepals and petals white, spotted and striped with amethyst ; lip
acute, not bilobed, the anterior blade amethyst. ł. præmorse.
Probably Andaman Islands. A beautiful species.

S. bigibbum (bigibbous).* fl. about eight in a drooping,
corymbose, shortly-pedunculate raceme ; sepals and etal ale
yellow, spathulate ; lip remarkable, white, triangular, with a
very broad, blunt spur, the edges frilled, the centre yellow.
November. l. persistent, linear-oblong, bifid, bright green, about
4in. long. Stems very short. Rangoon, 1868. A rather rare,
close-growing species. (B. M. 5767.)

S. Blumei (Blume’s). A synonym of Rhynchostylis retusa.

S. borneense (Bornean).* f. of a peculiar ochre-cinnamon colour,
something like those of a Sarcanthus, produced in a nodding,
dense raceme ; sepals and petals oblong, acute, connivent ; spur
of the lip clavate and depressed, with an abrupt, broad top ; side
lacinie rounded and toothleted, the middle one almost terete,
oe an —e l. broad, short, unequally bilobed, very fine.

orneo, ;

S. buccosum (inflated). M. yellowish, with a few dark purplish-
brown dots on the side laciniz of the lip and on the spur, erect,
small; sepals oblong, acute ;» — ovate, shorter than the
sepals; blade of the lip trifid, the lateral segments ovate,
acute, the middle one lanceolate, acute, carinate; raceme few-
flowered, rather dense. J. —— obliquely and obtusely
bilobed at apex. Moulmein, 1871.

S, oulouterase (beautiful-winged).* fl. rich purple, white at the
base of the sepals and petals, rather large, much. like those of
Vanda cerulescens ; spathulate, acute ; lateral laciniæ of lip
elongated, with a free, acute apex ; middle one triangular, acute,
much smaller; panicle flexuous. New Guinea, 1882.

S. coeleste (celestial).* A., sepals and petals ti with sky-blue,
blunt, cuneate-oblong; anterior part of the —— the com-

, recurved spur also having a blue tint on both sides of its
centre ; two falcate, su es rise from the apex inside the
spur ; inflorescence short and dense, Sin. to 4in. long. Probably
Moulmein. Habit similar to that of S. curvifolium.

S. curvifolium (curved-leaved).* A. cinnabar-red, small, crowded
in erect, axillary racemes, freely produced. May and June.
l. linear, acutely preemorse, deflexed, channelled, light green.

` Stem erect, 6in. to 12in. high. East Indies. A fan Bune,
compact species, thriving well on a block suspended from the
roof. (I. H. 493; W. O. A. 107; B. M. 5326, under name of

sub-

S. miniatum.)

S. c. luteum (yellow). f. clear yellow.
variety.

S. dives (rich). /. whitish-yellow, small, very numerous. J. stout,
straight, linear-ligulate, unequally bilobed at the apex, Tin. long,
oo gin. wide. India (Bombay district), 1875. A very curious
plant.

S. flexum (bent). i. red; sepals and petals ligulate, obtuse
or acute ; lip trifid, the lateral laciniz obtuse-angled, minute, the
middle one triangular with a thickened limb; racemes small,
porrect. New Guinea, 1

S. fragrans (fragrant). fl. white, numerous, violet-scented, in

rich racemes; tops of the sepals and petals, and the whole of

the pandurate lip, fine mauve-purple ; spur curved, blunt. Z. few,
oblong, acute, full of rugosities and depressions, reticulated,

— green, with some dirty purple underneath. Burmah,

Moulmein. A rare

S. furcatum (forked). fl. white, spotted with rose-colour, more
loosely disposed than in Rhynchostylis retusa. July and August.
l. stout, about 8in. long. India, Java. A distinct and somewhat
slow-growing species.
giganteum (gigantic).* fi. very sweetly perfumed, freely pro-
duced, in long, dense, drooping racemes ; pS ai — white,
spotted with amethyst ; lip of a beautiful mauve-violet, cuneate,
dilated. Winter. l. broadly lorate, 1ft. long, 3in. wide, obliquel:
bilobed, stout, streaked. Stem short, erect. Burmah, Vee,
Ghee 5635; W. O. A. 56.) Syn. Vanda densiflora (F. d. S.

S. g. illustre (illustrious). f, richer-coloured, er, and more
loosely — y than in the type; lip of a —— hue; raceme.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 341

Saccolabium—continued.

longer. L longer and broader, more prominently veined. Cochin
China, A handsome variety. (I. H. ser, iii. 517.)

S. Greeffei (Dr. Graeffe’s). fl. deep purple, pendent, conspicuous ;
blade of the lip short, three-toothed, having a transverse lamella
in front of the base of the middle lacinia ; spur cylindrical, blunt,
constricted ; spike borne on a strong peduncle. /. broad, ligulate,
retuse, bilobed. Viti Islands, 1881.

. gurwalicum (Gurwal). f. white, with the exception of the
amethyst lip, and some similarly-coloured blotches on the sepals
and petals; spur hairy inside. India, 1879. A pretty plant,
resembling Rhynchostylis retusa in habit, but only about half the
size of that species. The proper name of this plant is Rhyncho-
stylis gurwalicum.

S. guttatum (striped). A synonym of Rhynchostylis retusa.
S. Harrisonianum (Harrison’s). A variety of S. violaceum.

S. Hendersonianum (Henderson’s). fi. numerous, in erect,
axillary racemes ; sepals and petals of a beautiful rose-colour ;
lip white, compressed, reduced to little besides the spur, l about
6in. long, ligulate, keeled, of a lively green. Borneo, 1862. A
small, compact-growing species. (B. M. 6222.)

S. Huttoni (Hutton’s). M. borne in a rather open raceme, lft.
long; sepals and petals of a beautiful rose-colour; lip bright
amethyst. J. coriaceous, distichous, loriform, keeled, unequally
bilobed at the apex. Stem short. Java, 1867. (B. M. 6681.)
Syn, Aérides Huttoni.

S. mimus (mimic). fl. rose-purplish, tipped with green; sepals
and petals ligulate, acute; lip having I, erect side
laciniæ, a P middle segment, and a cylindrical, slender
spur, with a bent, dilated apex, equalling the pedicellate

ovary; racemes one-sided.

l. oblong-ligulate, with two blunt,
— lobes, 5in, long, nearly 2in. broad. South Sea Islands,

S. miniatum (scarlet). f. of a brilliant orange-red, small,
disposed in short, spreading, cylindrical racemes. March and
April. Z. lorate, channelled, obliquely truncate at apex. Stems
short, erect. Java, 1846. A pretty and distinct, but not very
showy orchid. (B. R. 1847, 58.5

S. m. citrinum (citron-coloured). fl. lemon-yellow, with a dark |

centre ; inflorescence rich, dense. Philippine Islands, 1884.

S. papiliosum (papillose). A. white, painted with yellow and
purple ; sepals fleshy, linear-ovate, obtuse ; lip papillose, with an
obconical, obt mes small, the length of

spur ;
the leaves, capitate. May and June. 3
long, præmorse at apex, dark green. Stem arcuate, nearly
lft. long. Malabar, 1840. (B.- R. 1552.) SYN. S. præmorsum
(F. d, S: vii. p. 92; G. M. B. i. p. 263). ;

S. præmorsum (bitten). A synonym of S. papillosum.

S. Panan (dwarf). A. small, in a bent, cylindrical, dense raceme,
shorter than the leaves; sepals and petals yellowish, ligulate,
obtuse ; lip white, with some purplish marks on the blade.
l. scarcely more than in. long, nearly lin. wide, oblong, un-
eguany bilobed at apex, dark green above, purple beneath.

anilla, 1875.

S. retusum (retuse). fl. of a waxy-white, spotted with pink, pro-
duced in gai abundance in long racemes. May and June. Java.
“ A fine, handsome, free-growing form, and probably one of the
many varieties of Rhynchostylis retusa indicated by Reichenbach
when treating of this species. It is more robust in habit than
most other forms” (B. S. Williams). (F. d. S. 1463-4.)

S. rubrum (red).* fl. of a beautiful deep rese-colour, in dense,

one-t

erect, axillary, oblong racemes about 6in. long ; sepals and petals .

ovate; lip linear, with a long, slender, compressed spur. May
and June. J. dark green, thick, ligulate, channelled, 3in. to 4in.
long, truncate and toothed at apex. Stem simple, erect, 8in. to
10in. high. India, 1839. A distinct species, succeeding on a block
or in a basket. Syn. S. ampullaceum (B. M. 5595 ; L. S. O. 17;
PME SO WOA BD.

S. r. moulmeinense (Moulmein). fl. of a uniform, rich, deep
rose, larger than in the type, spike longer and denser. J. spotted
with dull brown. A superb, robust variety. (F. M. 393, under
name of S. ampullaceum roseum.)

speciosum (showy). This is the correct name of the plant
described in this work as Aérides maculosum.

S. Turneri (Turner’s).* 4. lilac-spotted, very beautiful, densely
produced in racemes fully 2ft. long. June. l. about lft. long
and lin. broad, distinctly preemorse at the apex. India, 1878.

S. violaceum (violet).* A. very numerous, borne in showy, axil-
lary racemes lft. to 14ft. goy Wi tg een and petals pure white,
spotted with mauve; lip of a k mauve, marked with deeper-
coloured lines. January and February. J. 1ft. or more long, Zin.
broad, recurved, deep green, somewhat striated with lines of a
deeper colour. Stems stout, erect. Manilla, 1839. SYN. Vanda
violacea (B. R. 1847, 30).

S. v. um (Harrison’s).* fl. pure white, large, very
sweet-scented, borne in dense, axillary racemes sometimes 2ft.
long. Winter. l. broadly oblong, keeled beneath, striated, un-
equally bilobed at apex, of a rather lighter green than those of
the type. ` Pulo: Copang, 1864. (B. M. 5433, F. d. S. 2412, and
W. O. A. 236, under name of S. Harrisonianum.)

l ligulate, 4in. to 6in. `

Saccolabium—continued.

S. Witteanum (Witte’s). jl. in a loose, — raceme ;
sepals and petals orange, with reddish spots; lip white, with
some purple markings, and a green apex to the spur, the mouth
of which is covered by three teeth. 1. cuneate-oblong, toothed
at apex, 2ft. or more long. Java, 1884. In general appearance,
this plant resembles Sarcanthus densiflorus. s

SACCOLOMA. Included under Davallia.

SACCUS. A bag or cup. The term is occasionally
applied to the crown of Stapelia, &e.

SACRED BEAN OF THE EGYPTIANS. In
books, the plant called by this name is generally said to
be Nelumbiwm speciosum, but recent researches have
proved it to be Nymphea Lotus, «

SADDLE GRAFTING. See Grafting.

SADDLE-SHAPED. Oblong, with the sides hang-
ing down, after the manner of the laps of a saddle.

SADDLE-TREE. A common name for Liriodendron
tulipiferum.

SADLERIA (named after Joseph Sadler, Professor
of Botany at Pesth). Orp. Filices. A genus comprising
only a couple of species of arborescent, stove ferns,
natives of the Sandwich Islands and Sumatra. Sori ina
continuous line, close to the midrib on both sides, placed
on an elevated receptacle; involucre narrow, sub-coria-
ceous, at first wrapped over the sorus, afterwards
spreading. Only one of the species has been introduced
to our gardens. It is a fine plant, combining the habit
of a small Cyathea with the fructification of a Blechnum.
For general culture, see Ferns.

S. cyatheoides —— cau. 3ft. to 4ft. high. sti. strong,
erect, 6in. to 18in. long, naked except at the base, and there
clothed with long -linear scales. fronds 4ft. to 6ft. long, Yin.
to 18in. broad; pinne 8in. to 12in. long, jin. to jin. broad, cut
down to the rachis into very numerous, connected, linear pinnules,
Zin. to 4in. long, acute or bluntish. Sandwich Islands, 1877.
(G. C. n. s., vii. p. 761.)

SAD-TREE. See Nyctanthes arbor-tristris.
SAFFLOWER. See Carthamus.

SAFFRON, MEADOW. See Colchicum.
SAFFRON-PLANT. A common name for Crocus

sativus.

SAFFRON THISTLE. ‘See Carthamus tinc-
torius.

SAGE (Salvia officinalis). An evergreen undershrub,
native of Southern Europe, and sufficiently hardy to with-
stand any ordinary winter outside. The uses of Sage for
stuffing, &c., are well known. The plants succeed best
in a warm and rather dry border, but they grow well
almost anywhere in ordinary garden soil. Propagated
occasionally by seeds, but more generally from cuttings,
or rooted slips, which may often be procured in quantity.
Cuttings for propagating should be taken early in sum-
mer from the growing points, and inserted, under a
hand glass, in a shady border outside. A space of not
less than 1ft. apart should be allowed when planting
out permanently afterwards.

SAGE BUSH. A name applied to various species
of Artemisia.

SAGE, JERUSALEM. ‘ee Phlomis fruticosa.
SAGENIA. Included under Nephrodium (which

see).

SAGE
officinalis.

SAGERETIA (named after M. Sageret, a distin-
guished French agriculturist). ORD. Rhamnee. A genus
comprising about half-a-score species of stove or green-
house shrubs, with slender or rigid, unarmed or spiny
branches, natives of Central and Southern Asia, Java,
and the warmer parts of North America. Flowers small,

OF BETHLEHEM. See Pulmonaria

342

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Sageretia—continued.
five-parted. Leaves sub-opposite, shortly petiolate, oblong
or ovate, pinnately nerved and reticulated, entire or ser-
rated; stipules minute, deciduous. S. hamosa, perhaps
the only species introduced, is probably lost to
cultivation in this country.

SAGE ROSE.

Cistus.

SAGINA (from sagina, fatness ; alluding to
the presumed nourishing qualities of the plants
for sheep). Pearl Weed; Pearlwort. ORD.
Caryophyllee. A genus comprising about
eight species of small, tufted, annual or
perennial herbs (mostly weeds), natives of the
temperate and frigid regions of the Northern
hemisphere, one being also broadly dispersed
over the Southern hemisphere. Flowers small,
usually long-pedicellate; sepals four or five;
petals four or five, entire or loosely emarginate,
sometimes minute or wanting. Leaves subulate.

_§. pilifera- is a hardy evergreen, suitable, in
some situations, as a substitute for grass
edging. “To raise from seed, sow in May.
To establish an edging from plants, plant
patches in September, about 2in. apart. They
require to be frequently beaten flat with the
back of the spade. It seems too apt to become
patchy to be relied on for any extensive
surface, like a lawn ” (N. E. Brown).
air-bearing). f. white; petals twice
p ogra $ —— a * July AT August. z a

linear, awned, rather stiff, glabrous, in bundles. Stems creeping,
branched, tufted. k. 2in. Corsica, 1826.

S. p. aurea (golden). This only differs from the type in its
golden-yellow foliage. It isa good plant for carpet bedding.
SAGITTARIA (from sagitta, an arrow; alluding to

the prevalent form of the leaves), Arrow-head. ORD.

Alismacee, A genus consisting of about fifteen species

of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, marsh-loving, usually

erect, perennial herbs, inhabiting temperate and tropical
regions. Flowers white, usually ternately whorled, spicate
or panicled, pedicellate, three-bracted (in one species
one-bracted) at the nodes; perianth segments six, in
two series, the outer ones persistent, the inner ones
larger, petaloid, deciduous; stamens nine or more,

y numerous; scape erect, slender or robust.
Leaves on long or often thick petioles, elliptic-lanceolate

An old name for the genus

or sagittate, often pellucid-dotted or lineolate. The

under-mentioned species are hardy, except where other-
wise stated. They require a loamy soil, and may be
readily increased by division. All flower in summer.

S. acutifolia (acute-leaved). A synonym of S. graminea.
graminea (grass-like). f lower whorls fertile; bracts
usually connate ; icels slender; scape very slender, erect,
lft. to 2ft. high. l. varying from ovate-lanceolate to linear, or
reduced to broad and acute phyllodes, scarcely ever sagittate.
North America, 1812. Syn. S. acutifolia.

S. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* A. of the lowest whorl fer-
ile and almost sessile, the sterile ones on long pedicels ; bracts
obtuse; scape weak, 2ft. to 3ft. high, at length procumbent.
l. lanceolate or Janceolate-oval, entire or with one or two narrow,
basal, sagittate, appendages. North America, 1822.

S. h. rigida (rigid). J. rigid, narrowly lanceolate, acute at both
ends; petioles stout. A tall form. (B. M. 1632, under name of
8. rigida.)

8. lancifolia (lance-leaved). f. on slender pedicels ; several of
the lower whorls fertile; bracts acute or acuminate; scape 2ft.
to 5ft. high. Z. lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, rarely linear, all
with a tapering base, 6in. to 18in. long, on long, stout petioles,
never sagittate. North America and West Indies, 1787. Green-
house. (A. B. R. 335; B. M. 1792.)

angustifolia (narrow-leaved). A variety having the blades
of the leaves very narrow or all deficient. Plant much smaller,
in all its parts, than the type. (B. R. 1141, under name of
S. angustifolia.) 3

S. montevidensis (Monte Video).* fl. white, with a crimson
spot at the base of each , large, in lax whorls, borne on
a tall scape; scapes bearing the female flowers much stouter,

Sagittaria—continued.

and the pedicels shorter, than those of the males. J. sagittate.
South America, 1884. An ——— handsome, free-flowering,
stove or greenhouse aquatic. (B. M. 67

I. H. 1884, p. 189.)

65; Gn. “xxvii. p.

Fig. 401. SAGITTARIA SAGITTIFOLIA.

S. sagittifolia (Arrow-leaved).* Common Arrow-head. fl. 4in.
in diameter, males large ; petals —— rple claws ; whorls three
to five, distant, three to five-flowered ; scape 6in. to 18in. high.
lL, blade hastate, obtuse or acute, 2in. to 8in. long, erect, the
lobes long, more or less diverging, acuminate, the first de-
veloped submerged; petioles stout, 8in. to 18in. long. Stems
swollen at base, stoloniferous. Europe (Britain), &c. See
Fig. 401. (Sy. En. B. 1436.) S. diversifolia is a variable-leaved
form. (B. M. 1631, under name of S. sinensis.)

S. variabilis (variable). f., one or more of the lower whorls
fertile ; petals with white claws; filaments about twice the

length of the anthers; pedicels of the fertile flowers about half

the length of those of the sterile ones; scape 3in. to 4ft. high.
angled. Z. very variable, almost always sagittate. North

America, 1818.

S v. flore-pleno (double-flowered) A form with double

owers.
S. v. hastata (halberd-shaped). J. narrow, halberd-shaped or
sagittate.

S. v. latifolia (broad-leaved). l. broad, acute, sagittate.
a, v. obtusa (obtuse). J, broadly sagittate, obtuse, 6in. to 12in.
ong. 5

Fic. 402. SAGITTATE LEAF,

SAGITTATE, SAGITTIFORM. Resembling an
arrow-head in shape. A Sagittate leaf is shown at
Fig. 402.

SAGONEA. A synonym of Hydrolea (which see).

SAGRÆA (named in honour of Ramon de la Sagra,
Director of the Botanical Gardens in Havannah, of
which he wrote an account in 1827). Syn. Staphidi-
astrum. ORD. Melastomacee. A genus comprising about
twenty-seven species of stove, villous, bristly, or tomen-
tose, rarely glabrous shrubs, closely allied to Clidemia,
natives of equatorial America. Flowers small or minute,
disposed in small or large, axillary, solitary or fascicled
panicles; calyx four-lobed; petals four, obtuse or re-
tuse; stamens eight. Berries four-celled, often hairy.
Leaves sessile or petiolate, ovate, oblong, or cordate,
three to seven-nerved, entire or denticulated. A selec-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

343

OF HORTICULTURE.

Sagræa—continued.
tion from the introduced species is here presented. For
culture, see Melastoma.

S. hirsuta (hairy). M. white; petals ovate, acute; peduncles
axillary, trifid. May. fr. dark purple, hairy. l. oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate, denticulated, densely hairy on the nerves
beneath ; petioles (as well as the peduncles and calyces) bristly,
slightly purplish, hirsute. A. 6ft. 1823.

S. sessiliflora (sessile-fiowered). A. red; crowded in the axils,
sub-sessile; petals oval, obtuse. April. Z. sub-sessile, oval,
acuminate, crenulated, seven-nerved, ciliated, densely bristly-
pilose above, villous-hairy beneath. Branches terete, densely-
rufous-hairy. h. 4ft. 1793.

S. umbrosa (shade-loving). fl. red; petals obovate; panicles
axillary, loosely trichotomous, slightly hispid, as long as the
petioles. March. J. broadly ovate, acuminate, serrulated,
—— l — pilose on the nerves; petioles l}in. long.

SAGRÆA (of Naudin). A synonym of Ossea (which

see).
SAGUERUS. A synonym of Arenga. p
— (in part). A synonym of Metroxylon (which
see). .

ST. ANDREW’S CROSS. See Ascyrum Crux-
Andrez.

ST. BARBARA’S HERB. A common name for

Barbarea vulgaris.
ST. DABEOC’S HEATH. See Dabeecia polifolia.

SAINTFOIN. See Onobrychis sativa.
ST. JOHN’S BREAD. A common name for Cera-

tonia Siliqua.
ST. JOHN’S WORT. See Hypericum perforatum.
ST. JOSEPH’S LILY. See Lilium candidum.
ST. MARTIN’S FLOWER. A common name for

Alstræmeria pulchra.

ST. MARTIN'S HERB. Se Sauvagesia
erecta

ST. MARY’S WOOD. A common name for Calo-

phyllum inophyllum. :
ST. PATRICE’S CABBAGE. See Saxifraga
A name applied to

umbrosa.
ST. PETERS WORT.

Ascyrum stans, Hypericum Ascyron, Primula officinalis,

and the genus Symphoricarpus.

SALACCA. See Zalacca.

SALACIA (a mythological name after Salacia, wife
of Neptune). Including Anthodon and Johnia. ORD.
Celastrineæ. A large genus (sixty to seventy species)
of climbing or sarmentose, stove shrubs or small trees,
inhabiting the tropical and sub-tropical regions of Asia,
Africa, and America. Flowers usually axillary, on short
branchlets, fascicled or cymose, rarely solitary or binate,
sometimes paniculate; calyx small, five-parted; petals
five, spreading, imbricated; stamens three, very rarely
two or four. Fruita one to three-celled berry, occasionally
large, edible. Leaves generally opposite, petiolate, cori-
aceous, shining above, entire or crenate-serrate, exstipulate.
The majority of the species are of no great beauty, and
are only worth growing in botanical collections. Those
usually seen in gardens are described below. They
thrive in sandy loam, and may be propagated by ripened
cuttings, inserted in sand, under a glass, in heat.

x inos - like) nish - yellow, smali;
Be laity can aea LETI — about

the size and shape of a small cherry. J. serrate. East Indies,
1820. Climber. Syn. Johnia coromandeliana.

sS. ormis (Pear - shaped). fl. greenish-yellow, small;

uncles axillary, one-flowered, aggregate. June. „fr. about

the size of a Bergamot Pear, with a very sweet taste. l. oblong,
Slightly toothed. h. 5ft. Upper Guinea, 1825. Shrub.
> Roxburghii (Roxburgh’s). fi. orange-coloured, small;
peduncles axillary, one-flowered. June. fr. dull red, two or
three-seeded, with white pulp. l. broad-lanceolate, entire. R, 4ft.
Chittagong, 1822, A small Syn. Johnia salacioides,

See Burnet and Poterium

SALAD BURNET.
Sanguisorba.

SALADS. Plants for these are in daily request, and
it is therefore important to maintain a supply all the
year round, so far as circumstances admit. Lettuces
stand first as Salad plants; they should always be well
blanched when sent to table. Endive is invaluable in
autumn and winter. Mustard and Cress may be obtained
ready for use in about a week at almost any time of
year, if a little heat is at command. Other plants
which enter more or less into the composition of Salads
are: Beet, Chervil, Chicory, Chives, Radishes, Tarragon,
and Tomatoes, Details of the culture of these plants
may be found under their several headings.

SALAL OR SALLON-SHRUB. A common name
for Gaultheria Shallon.

SALDANHA, A synonym of Hillia (which see).

SALICINEZ:. A natural order of trees or shrubs,
chiefly inhabiting Northern temperate and frigid regions,
a few being natives of South Africa and South America.
Flowers dicecious, disposed in catkin-like spikes or rarely
racemes, each furnished with a membranous, entire or
lobed bract ; perianth replaced by a glandular or urceolate
disk; stamens of the male flowers two or numerous,
inserted on the centre of the torus; ovary of the females
sessile or shortly stipitate; style short or very short,
two or four-fid. Capsule ovoid or oblong, usually acu-
minate, dehiscing in two to four valves at the base.
Leaves alternate, entire, serrulated, toothed. or rarely
lobed, penniveined or three-nerved, deciduous; stipules
free, scaly and deciduous, or foliaceous and leafy. The
only two genera—Populus and Salix—contribute some
ornamental subjects to our gardens. Most of the species
possess astringent and bitter principles. Poplar wood,
although soft, is valued for its lightness; while that of
several species of Salix, particularly the Osier (S. pur-
purea, S. viminalis, and S. vitellina), is in great demand
by basket-manufacturers, coopers, and gardeners. The
number of species comprised in Salicinee is estimated,
by various authors, at between 150 and 300.

SALICORNIA (from sal, salt, and cornu, a horn;
alluding to the economical products and the horn-like
branches of the plants). Glasswort; Marsh Samphire.
ORD. Chenopodiacee. A small genus (about eight species)
of greenhouse or hardy, annual or perennial, leafless, sea-
shore herbs, broadly dispersed. Flowers in terminal,
short or elongated, cylindrical spikes. 8S. herbacea (Crab
Grass) and S. radicans represent the genus in Britain.
“The various species of this genus, as well as others
belonging to the same family, and growing abundantly on
the coasts in the South of Europe and North of Africa,
yield a vast quantity of soda, much employed in making
both soap and glass, whence comes the English. name
Glasswort” (Hooker and Arnott). The ashes of these
and allied plants were formerly imported under the name
of Barilla; but since the introduction of Le Blanes pro- -
cess for obtaining soda from common salt, Barilla has
not been much used. The species have no horticultural
value.

SALIGOT. An old name for Trapa nutans
(which see.)

. These are contrasted with
farmyard Manures and others that contain abundant
organic matter, i.e., remains of animals and of plants. The
Saline Manures, consisting of mineral substances, are
compounds or “salts” of various metals. They differ
widely in composition, some being made up of one mineral
substance alone, others being compounds of several,
mixed naturally or artificially. The artificial Manures
are largely employed on farms, and, to some extent, in
gardens, to improye the crops either in quantity or in
quality. They differ much in their mode of action:

344 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Saline Manures—continued.
some of the substances supply to the plants those
minerals that are required by all of them, as shown by
the chemical analysis of their ashes; e.g., Potassium

Chloride supplies to plants the elements Potassium and

Chlorine, both of which, but especially the former, are
required by them. Ammonium Sulphate, which is often
made use of as a Manure, supplies Nitrogen in a form
readily taken up by plants. Other Saline Manures
serve as food for the plants not only directly, but even
still more efficiently by rendering certain injurious acids
and other substances harmless, or by acting on various
substances already in the soil, changing them from an
insoluble to a soluble condition. Plants are able to
absorb the substances thus changed, and to employ them
as food. As examples of such Manures, Carbonates of
Potash and of Soda, and Gypsum or Sulphate of Lime,
may be mentioned.

The views generally entertained in regard to the uses

of the various elements in Saline Manures may be >

summed up as follows:

Potassium is concerned in the formation of starch, as
is shown by the absence of the latter from plants from
which the element is completely withheld. Such plants
soon cease to grow; but growth is resumed on Potassium
being again given. Potassium Chloride is the best source
of this element for plants, and Potassium Nitrate (salt-
petre) is the next best. Potassium Sulphates and Phos-
phates are less efficacious.

Sodium compounds are abundant in many plants near
the seashore; but Sodium does not seem essential;
at least, plants from which it is withheld often grow
equally well with others to which it is supplied.

Calcium and Magnesium are always present, though
varying much in amount. The absence of Calcium checks
growth after a time; but the exact use of each element
is uncertain. Possibly, both benefit plants, “partly in
serving as a vehicle for Sulphuric and Phosphoric acids
in the absorption of food materials, and partly’in fixing
the Oxalic Acid, which is poisonous to the plant, and in
rendering it harmless” (Sachs).

Tron is required, though only in minute quantity, to
permit of chlorophyll becoming green, and doing its work
in the nutrition of plants; but most soils contain a
sufficient amount of Iron, and even a small excess is apt
to be injurious.

The Saline constituents required by plants may be
supplied to any soil in which they are deficient, either
by adding such Manures as contain them, or by subject-
ing the soil to such treatment as will convert insoluble
into soluble salts. One of the most important Manures
is Kainite, a mineral brought from various localities,
including Greenland. It occurs in rock masses, and
consists of Potassic Sulphate, Magnesic Sulphate, and
Magnesic Chloride, thus supplying several important
elements. Other valuable Manures are mentioned
above.

SALISBURIA.
see.)

SALISIA (of Regel).
(which see.)

SALISIA (of Lindley). Included under Kunzea.

SALIX (the old Latin name used by Virgil, &c.;
connected with the Greek Lelike and English Sallow).
Osier; Sallow; Willow. ORD. Salicinee. An extensive
genus (about 160 species are enumerated by Anderson)
of mostly hardy trees or shrubs, broadly dispersed.
Flowers sessile; catkins often dense, erect, in temperate
regions often early, sessile, and naked, in warmer and
frigid regions coztaneous, leafy-pedunculate ; bracts small,
entire or rarely toothed. Leaves often narrow or small,
entire or serrulated, penniveined; stipules variable. The
wood of the Willows “is soft and light, and‘is applied

A synonym of Ginkgo (which

A synonym of Gloxinia

Salix—continued.
to.a great variety of purposes, especially for building
fast-sailing sloops of war, and for making cricket-bats.
Split into thin strips, it is manufactured into hats. The
twigs have, from the earliest antiquity, been employed in
basket-work, and in Pliny’s time (as they are, indeed, at
present, in the Northern countries of Europe) were
twisted into ropes. The leaves of several species are, on
the Continent, used as fodder for cattle, being collected
in summer and stacked for winter consumption. In Sweden
and Norway, the bark is kiln-dried in seasons of scarcity,
and is mixed with oatmeal” (Lindley and Moore). The
species used for basket-making are commonly called
Osiers ; those best adapted for wicker-work are S. triandra
and 8S. viminalis. Many species have been introduced
into England, but only the most desirable are described
in this work. Willows grow most freely when planted
near water, but they succeed almost anywhere in heavy
soil and damp situations. Propagated freely by cut-
tings, made by firm wood of almost any reasonable size.

Fungi. The Fungi parasitic on the various species
of Willows are rather numerous, though seldom so
hurtful as to seriously injure the trees or shrubs.
Hence, it is unnecessary to enter upon a long account
of them. here, and only a few of the more generally-
diffused species will be mentioned.

The leaves of most kinds of Willows are very apt, in
summer and autumn, to become covered with small,
yellow or orange spots, which, under a good microscope,
are found to be composed of groups of rounded, yellow
or orange cells, loosely massed together, and surrounded
by the torn edges of the epiderm or skin of the leaf.
These belong to a Fungus formerly known as Lecythea
caprearum, and as Uredo miata. The cells are only an
early condition of a Fungus named Melampsora salicina.
In the latter stage, the Fungus occurs in spring, on leaves
lying on the ground, in the form of black spots, made

up of oblong, dark spores wedged as closely together as.

they can lie side by side.

Another very common Fungus on Willows assumes the
form of a black crust on the leaves and branches. In
its young state, it resembles a dark mould, and has been
named Fumago vagans; but, when mature, it shows
elongated perithecia with asci, in which lie six brown,
multicellular spores. This mature condition is not fre-
quent.

A third Fungus that attacks Willows be — to the

same group (Perisporiacei) as the last, but differs in
colour, covering the leaves with a whitish coat (see
Mildew and Oidium). This parasite bears the name
of Uncinula adunca. The whitish coat is formed by the
Oidium stage. After a time, numerous perithecia are
formed on it, at first yellow, but afterwards becoming
black, each of which bears on its surface a number of
stiff hairs, ked at the tip. For general structure,
see referencés just given.

The leaves of Willows are often spotted by the growth
on them of certain Moulds, and of such genera as
Septoria and its allies, which are generally regarded as
young conditions of Pyrenomycetes (which see for
structure); but, beyond rendering the leaves unsightly
towards the end of autumn, they do not materially
injure the trees. The trunks of old Willow-trees are
liable, like almost all other trees, to serious injury from
the growth in them of mycelium of some of the larger
Fungi, the presence of which is indicated by the appear-
ance, on the exterior of the infected portions of the
trunk, of mushrooms, —— or other reproductive
bodies, varying according to the species of the Fungi.
Trees thus infested are not worth preservation, and had
better be used as firewood than be left as centres of in-
fection. The Fungi that grow on the leaves are best got
clear of by sweeping up and — all fallen leaves
in autumn.

. ~ oro

i
;
F

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 345

Salix—continued.

Insects. Several hundred species of insects are known
to feed more or less upon Willows; but only a com-
paratively small number are so hurtful as to require
notice here. Some of the latter are chiefly or wholly
associated with the Sallows allied to Salix Caprea.

The trunks of Willows are very frequently tenanted
by larvæ of Aromia moschata (see Musk Beetle) and
of the Goat Moth (which see), and in some districts
the twigs of Osiers suffer much from the burrows of
larvee of the Clearwing Moths, Sesia formiceformis and
S. bembeciformis (see Sesia). For the proper remedies

against these insects, see the headings. quoted. :

Certain species of Sawflies (e.g., Cryptocampus an-
gustus, OC. pentandre, &c.), one or two Beetles (e.g.,
Saperda populnea), and some Gall-midges (e.g. Cecidomyia
salicina), produce galls in the form of tapering swellings
on the twigs of Osiers; while other species of Gall-
midges (C. rosaria, &c.) cause the leaves at the tips of
the twigs to become crowded into a stunted rosette.
These gall-makers can best be reduced in- numbers by
cutting off the twigs while the galls are still young, and
the larve too immature to survive the withering of their
food.

The leaves are liable to be devoured by Cockchafers,
by species of Rhynchites, and, worst of all, by the
Willow-leaf Beetle (see Phratora vitellinz). For an
account of these insects, see the above headings. In
some parts of the Fen districts, Osiers have been very
much destroyed by the last-named species, but Paris
green is now used with success to limit its ravages.
Some allied Beetles, of the group Chrysomelide, may
occasionally injure Willows, but are not often sufficiently
numerous to require special treatment.

The larve of a few Butterflies, of many species of
Moths, and of a good many Sawflies, feed, more or less
exposed, on the leaves of Willows; but an enumeration
of the species is not needed, since their general habits
are much alike, and the same treatment is employed to

. get clear of them, viz., to collect and destroy the

creatures, whether by hand-picking, or by shaking the

branches over sheets or other surfaces.

The leaves of Willows are very liable to be thickly
studded with Sawfly galls, some resembling a small
bean in shape, imbedded in the leaf-blade singly or in
paigs (the work of Nematus viminalis, also known as

” gallarwm), or like peas in form, attached to the
lower surface of the leaf by one side (galls of N. galli-
cola, &c.). These galls often greatly disfigure the leaves,
but do not seriously affect the health of the plants.
The leaves, if necessary, should be removed, while the
galls are young, and allowed to wither. The same method
may be made use of against the smaller galls, such as
the fleshy tubes of Cecidomyia marginem-torquens along
the leaf-margins of S. viminalis, or the waxty galls of
various Mites on the surfaces of the leaves, ially on
Sallows allied to S. Caprea.

The species described below are hardy trees, except
where otherwise stated.

S. acutifolia (acute-leaved). A synonym of S. daphnoides.

S. alba (white).* White Willow. fl., catkins appearing with
the leaves, slender, loose, erect, the scales linear. May. J. nar-
rowly lanceolate, long-acuminate, 2in. to 4in. long, silky on both
sides, glandular-serrate ; petioles eglandular. ‘Trunk 20ft. in
girth ; bark fissured ; twigs silky. k. 80ft. Europe (Britain), &c.
(Sy. En. B. 1309.)

S. a, cærulea (blue). Z., old ones glabrous, glaucous beneath.

Twigs olive. (Sy. En. B. 1310.) :

S. a. vitellina (yolk-of-egg-coloured). Golden Willow. fl., scales
of catkins longer than in the — l, old ones glabrous above.
Twigs yellow or reddish. (Sy. En. B. 1311.)

S. ambigua (ambiguous). A synonym of S. nigra.

onica (Babylonian).* Weeping Willow. fl., catkins
— long, —— Ag se very slender, shortly

curved ; scales ovate-lanceolate. May. l. narrow-lanceolate, šin.
to in, long, very long and rather obliquely acuminate, serrulated,

Vol. IIL.

Salix—continued.

often glaucescent beneath; stipules semi-lunar or obtuse ;
branches often very loosely and very long-pendulous. Buds very
acute. h. S0ft. Levant, 1730. (B. F. F. 59.) SYN. S. pendula.

S. b. annularis (ringed). This form is peculiar on account of
the blade of the leaves being twisted back, so as to form a-
kind of ring.

Fig. 403. MALE CATKIN OF SALIX CAPREA.

S. Caprea (Caprea).* Common Sallow; Goat Willow. fl., cat-
kins silky, preceding the leaves; males lin. long, very stout;
females lengthening to din. April and May. l. elliptic, oblong-
ovate, or oblong - lanceolate, acute or acuminate, cuspidate,
2in. to 4in. long, dark green above, tomentose —— the

e

Fic. 404. FEMALE CATKIN OF SALIX CAPREA,

margins narrowly recurved. Europe (Britain). A silvery tree
or a shrub, the e oe of the British Willows.
The twigs with catkins, gathered on Palm Sunday, are called
Palm-branche-. See Figs. 403 and 404. (Sy. En. B. 1331.) *
. cinerea (wax, male catkins less stout than in the

or opening — — narrower, from elliptic-oblong
to oblanceolate, undulated at the margins, pubescent above.
Buds and twigs tomentose. S. aquatica and 8. oleifolia are
mere forms of this sub-species. {

S. C. pendula (drooping). Kilmarnock Weeping Willow.
variety mana s i for the very decided pendulous character
of its branches. r k

S. daphnoides hne-like). Violet Willow. J., catkins stout,
sessile, clothed Onn silky hairs, appearing before the leaves ;
scales black-pointed. April. l. narrow-oblong or linear-lanceo
late, very acuminate, 3in. to 6in. long, acutely serrated, with
persistent, glaucous bloom, shining above. Twigs violet. h. 10ft.
to 20ft. Europe (naturalised in England). (B: F. F. 62; F. D.
2919.) Syn. S. acutifolia.

S. falcata (sickle-shaped). A synonym of S. nigra falcata.
; fragile). Crack Willow; Withy. Jl., catkins usually

ag g, i 2y ring with the leaves; males lin. to 2in.
long ; females p pag often longer. April and May. l. lanceo-
late, long-acuminate, 3in. to 6in. long, glabrous, glandulari
serrated, pale or glaucous beneath, the young ones hairy. Trun
sometimes 20ft. — branches spreading obliquely ; *
yellow-brown, very fragile at the junction, polished. A.

2Y

346 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, —

Salix—continued. Salix—continued.
to 90ft. Europe (Britain). See Fig. 405. (Sy. En. B. 1306. pendulous ; stamens five; females shorter; scales pale, May
S. decipiens is a pate ag A smaller —— and orange * and June. J. elliptic or ovate- or obovate-lanceolate, acuminate,

imson twigs. lin. to 4in. long, glandularly serrulated, fragrant, viscid, shining,

a oe : aler and — beneath ; stipules ovate-oblong or absent.

Bark brown. Europe (Britain). A shrub 6ft. to 8ft., or tree 20ft.
high. The latest-flowering Willow. See Fig. 406. (Sy. En. B.
1303.) S. cuspidata is probably a hybrid between this species
and S. fragilis. ;

S. licifolia (Phylica-leaved).* Tea-leaved Willow. fl., catkins
sessile, bracteate ; scales linear-oblong, acute, black. April and
May. Ll. ovate-oblong or elliptic-lanceolate, quite glabrous, shining
above, glaucous beneath; stipules very small or absent. A. 10ft,
Europe (Britain), A very handsome large bush or small tree ;
when fully developed, it is conspicuous from its spreading, shining,
chestnut or reddish branches, and glistening green and glaucous
foliage. S. nigricans is closely related to this species. The
following British forms have been described as species : (1) Erect,
with silky capsules, S. Croweana, S. Davalliana, S. Dicksoniana,
S. nitens, S. tenuior, S. igelic (2) Erect, with glabrous or
nearly glabrous capsules, S. Borreriana, S. laxiflora, S. phillyrece-
Jolia, S. propingua, S. tenuifolia, S. tetrapla. (3) More or less
decumbent and rooting, with silky capsules, S. radicans.
ar En. B. 1334 to 1346.) S. daurina, a small, handsome tree,

t. to 30ft. high, is probably a hybrid between S. phylicifolia
and S. Caprea. f

Fie. 405. BRANCHLET, WITH FEMALE CATKINS, OF
SALIX FRAGILIS,

species, sometimes flowering at a height of 3ft., sometimes
becoming a small, bushy tree of 12ft. to 15ft. (T. $. M. 310.) :
s. (black). fl., catkins similar to those of S. lucida; scales
short and rounded, woolly. May and June. l. narrow-lanceolate,
pointed and tapering at each end, serrated, smooth (except
on the perae and midrib) and green on both sides; stipules
small, deciduous. Branches very brittle at base; bark rough
and black. h. 15ft. to 25ft. North America. (T. S. M. 307.)
Syn. S. ambigua.
S. n. falcata (sickle-shaped). ¿. elongated -falcate; stipules
. large, broadly lunate, reflex: Syns. S. falcata, S. Purshiana.

S. pendula (drooping). A synonym of S. babylonica.

Fig. 407. TWIG BEARING MALE CATKINS, AND LEAP, OF SALIX
VIMINALIS,

S. parpung (purple). Purple Osier. fl., catkins sub-sessile, łin.
to ljin. long, opposite or alternate, erect, then spreading or re-
curved, cylindric; scales purple-black above. March and April.
4, often sub-opposite, thin, linear-lanceolate, serrulated, glabrous,
3in. to 6in. long, — hairy when young, shortly petiolate.
Bark red or purple. h. 5ft. to 10ft. Europe (Britain), An erect s
or decumbent shrub. S. Lambertiana, S. ramulosa, and S. Wool- 7
gariana are varieties. (Sy. En. B. 1316-1319.) S. Doniana and
S. Pontederana are hybrids between this species and, re-
spectively, S. repens and S. cinerea.
S. Purshiana (Pursh’s). A synonym of S. nigra falcata.
S. rubra (red). fl., filaments usually more or less free. J. silky
— A —— row very variable Osier-bed shrub, the
ult of a cross ween S. rpurea and S. viminalis.
(Sy. En. B. 1320.) The following Ge form : ;
S. r. Helix (Helix). Rose Willow. A., filaments united at the
top. l. sub-opposite. This plant bears fascicles of diseased
leaves, owing to the punctures of a Cynips; hence the common

name.
FIG. 406, BRANCHLET, WITH MALE CATKIN, OF S. Russelliana (Russell’s). A synonym of S. viridis.
SALIX PENTANDRA. S. triandra (three-stamened). Almond-leaved or French Willow.

: Jl, catkins shortly pedunculate, lin. in. appear-
S. pentandra (five-stamened). Bay-leaved Willow. fi., catkins ing with the leaven, the pama deirik vie ——

shortly pedunculate ; males lin, to Zin. long, erect, at length to June. J. linear- or oblong-lanceolate, —— glandular] y

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 347

Salix—continued.

_ Serrated, 2in. to 4im long, glabrous, glaucous beneath ; stipules
large, semi-cordate. Bark flaking. Twigs terete. h. 20ft. Arctic
Euro) e (Britain) and North Asia. (Sy. En. B. 1313.) SYN.
S. Villarsiana. The following varieties were formerly regarded
as distinct species : 3

S. t. — (Almond-like). J. rounded at the broad base,
glaucous beneath. Twigs furrowed..

S. t. Hoffmanniana (Hoffmann’s). l. broader at base than in the
type, green beneath. Twigs terete.

S. Villarsiana (Villars’). A synonym of S. triandra.

S. viminalis (twiggy). Osier. fl., catkins golden-yellow, ses-
sile, łin. to lin. long, opening long before the leaves; scales
brown, oblong. April to June. J. linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
fin. to l0in. long, narrowed into the petioles, reticulated above,
silvery-silky beneath, the margins revolute, quite entire. Branches
long and straight, the zoune ones silky, the adults polished.
h, 30ft. Europe (Britain). Shrub or small tree. See Fig. 407.

- (Sy. En. B. 1322.) S. Smithiana and S. stipularis are supposed
to be hybrids between this species and S. Caprea or, in the
latter, S. cinerea, Both closely resemble S. viminalis.

S. viridis (green). /l., catkins on short, leafy, lateral branches,
spreading or recurved, cylindrical, dense in flower, lax in fruit,
May and June. J. narrowly lanceolate-elliptic, attenuated at
base and long-acuminate at apex, or equally attenuated at each
end, glandular-serrated, glabrous on both sides when mature ;
young ones silky. Young branches downy. A. 30ft. Europe
(Britain). (Sy. En. B, 1808.) Syn. S. Russelliana,

SALLOW. A common name for several species of
Salix, notably 8. Caprea.

SALLOW THORN. See Hippophae.

zi EA (named in honour of Prince Charles of
Sålm-Dyck, in Holland, an enthusiastic cultivator of
plants). Syn. Hopkirkia. OrD. Composite. A genus
comprising about a dozen species of erect, sarmentose, or
climbing, stove shrubs, inhabiting Mexico and the West
Indies. Flower-heads white, rather small, discoid; in-
volucre short, turbinate or campanulate, the bracts few-
seriate, imbricated; receptacle conical or elongated ;
achenes laterally compressed; cymes corymbose, forming
a pyramidal panicle at the tips of the branches. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, entire or toothed. The two species
described below are pretty plants, and thrive in a light,
‘rich soil. They may be readily increased by cuttings of
the young wood, inserted in sand, under a glass, in heat.
S. hirsuta (hairy). M. hedds ternately sub-sessile, oblong, in

trichotomous corymbs; involucre two or three-seriate. August.

l. 3in. to 5in. long, ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, denti-

culate-repand or sub-entire, scabrous-hispidulous above, villous-

tomentose beneath. Branches villous-pubescent. Jamaica, 1823.

Trailer. Se is
S. scandens (climbing) fl.-heads hemispherical. June. l. ovate,

acuminate, sub-entire, glabrous. Stem climbing, and, as well as

the branches, smoo the apex. A. 6ft. Vera Cruz,

1820. (B. M. ;

SALMIA (of Cavanilles). A synonym of Sanseviera
(which see.)

SALMIA (of Willdenow). A synonym of Carludovica
(which see). *

SALMON BERRY. See Rubus tabilis. »

SALPICHLZ:NA. Included under Blechnum.

SALPICHROA (from salpinz, a tube, and chroos,
skin; alluding to the form and texture of the flowers).
Syns. Busbeckea, Salpichroma. ORD. Solanacee. A genus

consisting of about ten species of stove or greenhouse -

herbs, sub-shrubs or shrubs, natives of extra-tropical
South America or the Andes. Flowers white or yellow,
sometimes 2in. to 3in. long; calyx five-fid or five-parted ;
corolla long, tubular or urceolate, the lobes five, acute, in-
duplicate-valvate, often short, erect or spreading ; stamens
affixed above the middle of the tube; pedicels solitary.
Leaves entire, rather long-petiolate, often rather small.
8. glandulosa, the only species introduced, is a stove
shrub, requiring culture similar to Juanulloa (which see).
S. glandulosa (glandular). M. yellow; corolla eighteen to nine-
teen lines long, the throat nearly din. in e: cles
filiform, nodding at apex. July. l. twin, long-petiolate, cordate-
ovate, seven to eleven lines long, glandular-pubescent, often
chit bh Stem sub-erect, much branched. A. 2ft.
C 3 ;

SALPICHROMA. A synonym of Salpichroa
(which see).

SALPIGLOSSIS (from salpinx, a tube, and glossis,
a tongue; in allusion -to the tongue-like style in the
mouth of the corolla). Orp. Solanacew. A small genus
(two or three closely-related species) of greenhouse or
hardy, annual, biennial, or perennial, viscous-pubescent
herbs, natives of Chili. Flowers few, rather long-
pedicellate, often rather large; calyx tubular, five-fid;
corolla obliquely funnel-shaped, the throat ample, cam-
panulate; lobes five, plicate, emarginate, erecto-patent ;
perfect stamens four, included. Leaves entire, sinuate-
toothed, or pinnatifid. S. sinuata, the species known in
gardens, is a very ornamental and useful border plant ;
it requires culture similar to Schizanthus (which see).
S. integrifolia (entire-leaved). A synonym of Petunia violacea
S. linearis (lined). A synonym of Petunia intermedia,

Fic. 408. UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF SALPIGLOSSIS SINUATA.

ta (wavy). Scalloped Tube-tongue, jl. dark purple,
— ie viriotely painted, often striped, showy ;
corolla usually 1jin. long. Summer. l, lower ones petiolate,
elliptic-oblong, sinuate-toothed or pinnatifid ; — ones more
entire; bracts sessile, quite entire. A. 2ft. 1820. A sub-erect,
branched, viscous-pubescent, greenhouse or hardy annual, See
Fig. 408. It is known in gardens by the followin names :
S. atropurpurea (B. M. 2811; B. R. 1618; S. B. F. G. 271), S. Bar-
clayana (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 112), S. picta (B. M. 3365; L. B. C.
' 1652; S. B. F. G. 258), and S. straminea (H. E. F. 229;
S. B. F. G. 231). There are several garden varieties, including
coccinea (L. & P. F. G. iii. 100) and flava (G. M. B. i. p. 57

A synonym of Geissomeria

(which see).
SALSAFY (Tragopogon porrifolivm). A hardy biennial,
cultivated for the use of its long, white, fleshy roots,
which are cooked and served in various ways. It re-

-

348 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING, |

Salsafy—continued. , ;
quires an open situation and deep soil, but the latte
should not be newly manured for the crop, as tbis tends
to make the roots forked. Seeds may be sown at the
end of March, or any time during April, in drills 1ft.
apart, and the plants thinned, when large enough, to 9in.

Fig, 409. SALSAFY.

asunder in the rows. The roots (see Fig. 409) will be
ready for use from October through the winter. A
supply should be lifted before severe frost sets in, and
stored in sand, in a cool shed. Salsafy is not usually
required in large quantities.

SALSOLA (a diminutive from salsus, salted; alluding
to the salty soil in which the plant is found). Alicant
Soda; Saltwort. ORD. Chenopodiacee. A genus com-
prising about forty species of mostly hardy herbs, shrubs,
or sub-shrubs, of variable habit, mainly natives of saline
districts in temperate regions. The ashes of S. Kali, the
Prickly Saltwort, a British plant, and of 8S. Soda, a South
European and North American species, were formerly
much used in the production of an impure carbonate of
soda, known as Barilla (see remarks under Salicornia).
The species have no horticultural value.

SALSOLACEZ. Included under Chenopodiaceae.

SALT. A general term used by chemists to signify
compounds formed by the union of an acid with a metal,
or with some other substance of similar chemical powers,
and known as a base. For example, Sodium Carbonate
is made up of Carbonic Acid, and of the metallic base

Salt—continued.

Sodium. So Ammonium Nitrate consists of Nitric Acid
united with the base Ammonium. But the word “ Salt”
is often used by itself, or in the expression “ Common
Salt,” to denote Sodium Chloride, the substance so
familiar to everyone, and so essential as a part of our
daily food. As the name Sodium Chloride denotes, it is
composed of Sodium and Chlorine, there being in it one
equivalent of each, or 23 parts of Sodium to 354 of
Chlorine by weight. Both elements have been found
to occur in the ashes of all plants, and in special
abundance in those of maritime districts. There is great
doubt as to the use of each element, since experiments
tend to show that neither is absolutely essential to any
plant. Yet common Salt has long been used as a manure,
and there is a very general belief among agricul-
turists that it is valuable in strengthening Cereals,
and increasing the yield from them, and also in de-
stroying noxious insects and weeds. Experiments on its
use have afforded no very definite results. Dr. Voelcker
found that it rather lessened the yield of straw, and
had no appreciable effect on the grain, and that it
restrained any tendency to rank growth. He also found
that, when supplied to Mangel-Wurzel, it increased the
weight of the crop. It is able to bring nitrogenous sub-
stances in the soil, and in farmyard and artificial manures,
into a condition suited for being absorbed by plants;
hence, it is probably of use in this way. It has been
observed that it produces markedly useful results when
supplied along with nitrogenous manures. ‘There is
usually no need to supply Salt to soils on the sea-coast,
as they are already supplied from the sea by spray. The
refuse Salt of the fish or ham-curer is the cheapest
and most suitable form in which to employ Salt as
manure.

SALTPETRE (Nitrate.of Potassium). A substance
found in quantities as a natural product in Hindostan,
and also much prepared artificially from heaps of organic
remains allowed to decay in contact with Carbonate of
Potassium, Its high price renders the use of it as
manure impracticable, despite the good results that have
attended its employment in experimental farming. Its
value is due to its supplying both Potassium and Nitrogen
in a form readily available to plants. Its place as a
manure, in commerce, is supplied, in so far as yielding
nitrogenous food, by Nitrate of Sodium, which is found
in very extensive beds in South America, and can be
sold, after being freed of excess of earthy substances,
at a sufficiently low price to permit of its profitable em-
ployment by farmers. Saltpetre increases the yield of
Cereals, and of Clover and other leguminous plants,
= seems peculiarly to promote the growth of the green
parts.

SALT-TREE. A name’ applied to several species
of Halimodendron.

SALTWORT. See Salsola.

SALTWORT, BLACK. A common name for Glaux
(which see).

SALVADORA (named after J. Salvador, a Spanish
botanist). ORD. Salvadoracee.. A small genus (two or
three species) of stove, evergreen shrubs or trees, natives
of East Africa, Arabia, and India. Flowers small, ra-
cemose or spicate, on the branches of terminal or
axillary panicles; calyx lobes four, imbricated; corolla ~
campanulate, the tube with four small teeth between the
bases of the filaments, the lobes four, imbricated ;
stamens four. Leaves opposite, entire, rather thick, often
pale. §. persica, the only species introduced, is sup-
posed, by many authorities, to be the Mustard-tree of
Scripture (Matt. xiii. 32). It thrives in well-drained loam,
and may be increased by cuttings, inserted in sand,
under a glass, in heat.

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 349

Salvadora—continued.

S. indica (Indian). A synonym of S. persica.

S. persica (Persian). Kiknel Oil-plant. fl, white, pedicellate,
scattered; panicles 2in. to 5in. long, often very compound,
numerous in the upper axils. June. L ovate or oblong, obtuse,
ljin. long, Arabia, India, &c., 1850, A small, glabrous tree.
(B. F. S. 247, under name of S. Wightiana.) SYN. S. indica.
SALVADORACE. A small natural order of

glabrous or scarcely powdery, unarmed or spiny trees

or shrubs, natives of tropical and sub-tropical, mostly

Western Asia, Africa, and ‘the Mascarene. Islands.

Flowers hermaphrodite or dicecious, regular, forming a

trichotomously-paniculate inflorescence; calyx free, cam-

panulate or ovoid, three or four-toothed or four-fid ; corolla
gamopetalous and campannlate, or polypetalous, the
lobes or petals four, imbricated in estivation; stamens
four, alternating with the lobes or petals, the filaments
filiform or dilated at base; anthers two-celled; panicles
short, axillary, often reduced to dense, sessile fascicles.

Berries fleshy or sub-drupaceous, indehiscent, usually

one-seeded, Leaves opposite, entire. Salvadora persiva

bears edible berries; the bark of the root contains acrid
and vesicant properties, and that of the stem is a tonic.

The order comprises three genera—Azima, Dobera, and

Salvadora—and only eight or nine species.

SALVIA (the old Latin name, used by Pliny,
from salveo, to save or heal; indicative of the supposed
medicinal qualities of some of the species). Sage.
Including Sclarea. ORD. Labiate. A vast genus (nearly
450 species have been described) of stove, greenhouse,
or hardy, annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, sub-
shrubs, or shrubs, of variable habit, broadly dispersed
over the temperate and warmer regions of the globe.
Flowers variable in colour, rarely yellow, mostly showy,
sessile or shortly pedicellate; calyx ovoid, tubular, or
campanulate, bilabiate, the upper lip entire or with
three minute teeth, the lower one bifid; corolla ‘tube
included or exserted, equal, swollen, or enlarged above,
the limb bilabiate; upper lip erect, concave or arched,
-entire or scarcely notched; lower one spreading, three-
lobed, the middle lobe often notched or divided;
perfect stamens two ;
variously spicate, racemose, or paniculate, or rarely all
axillary. Nutlets ovoid, triquetrous or slightly com-
pressed, smooth. Leaves entire, toothed, incised, or
pinnatisect; floral ones often changed into bracts; cauline
ones rarely conformed. A large number of the species
have been introduced ; a selection of the most desirable
kinds is given below. Two species—S. pratensis and
S. Verbenaca—are indigenous to Britam. S. officinalis
is the well-known common Sage, much used in cooking.
Salvias may readily be raised from seeds; when these can
be obtained, they should be sown thinly, and placed in a
little warmth. Cuttings of the tender species and
varieties root very readily in heat, if they are quite soft,
and in, a growing state. As greenhouse plants for
autumn and winter-flowering, some of the Salvias are
very showy and useful. Amongst them may be specially
mentioned: S. azurea (var. grandiflora), 8. cacalefolia,
S. involucrata (var. Bethellii), S. rutilans, 8. splendens
(and its**variety Bruantii). For spring - flowering.
S. boliviana, S. fulgens, and S. gesnereflora, are amongst
the best. S. patens is one of the most distinct and
beautiful of deep blue-flowered plants in cultivation, and
is equally well suited for greenhouse decoration in sum-
mer, or for planting in beds outside, to flower at the
same season. Salvias like a rich soil, particularly when
grown in pots; loam and manure, in about equal parts,
is not too strong for them. The plants may be grown
outside during summer, but they must be housed before
frost appears, as they cannot withstand severe weather.
Salvias are not well adapted for room decoration: under
such treatment, their flowers very soon drop. The
plants should be propagated, for all purposes, in spring
and early summer; and, in most cases, it is advisable

whorls two to many-flowered,

S. azurea (azure-blue). fl., calyx oblong.

Salvia—continued. a

to raise some new ones each year. Except where other:
wise stated, the species described below are hardy,
herbaceous perennials.

S. albo-czerulea (white and blue).* fl., calyx campanulate-
tubular, | landular-pubescent ; corolla white, the lower lip
intense indigo, lin. or more in length, showy; whorls four to
many-flowered ; raceme simple, bin. to 12in. long. Summer,
l. petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, 4in. to bin. long,
crenate-serrate, decurrent into the petioles, nearly glabrous
above, softly pubescent beneath. Stems erect, . oft.
Mexico, Greenhouse sub-shrub. (F. d. S. 1340; R. G. 221.)

S. amarissima (very bitter). jl. blue; calyx pilose-hispid ;
corolla nearly thrice as long as the calyx; whorls distinct,
rather remote, about ten-flowered; racemes 3in. to bin. long,
simple, dense-flowered. August. J. petiolate, ovate-cordate,
crenate, lin. long, wrinkled above, e or canescent beneath.
Stem erect, branched, 2ft. high, pilose-hispid. Mexico, 1803.
Greenhouse perennial. (B. R. 347.)

S. angustifolia (narrow-leaved), fl. very shortly pedicellate ;
calyx lips half the length of the tube ; corolla blue, the lower lip
as wide as long, the middle lobe emarginate or undulate;
inflorescence twiggy, slender, of distant, few-flowered clusters.
May. J. linear, 14in. to Sin. long, entire or obscurely denticulate,
acute, somewhat petioled. h. oft. Mexico, 1816. Greenhouse
perennial. (B. R. 1554; S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 219.)

8. argentop (silvery). A., calyx sessile, eight to nine lines Jong ;
corolla pinkish-white, showy, nearly three times as long as the
calyx ; whorls six to ten-flowered, remote; panicle ample, but
slightly branched. June. l, radical ones petiolate, lower cauline
ones sessile, 6in. to 8in. long, cuneate at base, sinuate-lobed,
erose, woolly, wrinkled, white-veined; floral ones very broad,
acuminate, concave, persistent, pilose. Stem erect, villous.
h. 3ft. Mediterranean region, 1759. Biennial. (S. F. G. i. 27.)

S. asperata (rough).* A. white; calyx campanulate, hispid-
ciliate ; corolla tube equalling the calyx, the hood faleate and
compressed ; whorls distant, six to ten-flowered ; racemes slightly
branched. July. l. petiolate, broadly sub-cordate-ovate, shortly
acuminate, erose-crenate, much wrinkled, villous, scarcely canes-
cent beneath; cauline ones broad, acuminate, mostly
than the calyx. Stem Se and pilose. h. 2ft.
Cashmere, 1854. (B. M. 4)

S. aurea (golden). fl., calyx jin. long, campanulate, villous ;
corolla of a beautiful golden-colour, thrice as lo as the calyx,
the hood large, — falcate and Ea d whorls two-
flowered, scarcely distinct; racemes dense, 2in. to 4in. long.
July. @. sin. or scarcely lin. Jong, petiolate, somewhat ovate-
rotundate, obtuse, entire or sinuate, hoary; floral ones sessile,
villous, persistent. Branches hoary-tomentose. A. 3ft. or more.

Cape of Good Hope, 1731. Greenhouse shrub, (B. M. 182.)

S. austriaca (Austrian). t; calyx nearly }in. long, very villous ;
corolla yellowish-white, thrice as long as the calyx, the tube
slightly exserted, the upper lip falcate; whorls nearly six-
flowered, the lower ones distant, the upper ones approximating ;

_ racemes slightly branched. June. l, ical ones Jin. to
long, petiolate, broadly ovate, entire or erose-toothed, 4
rounded, or cuñeate at base, wrinkled above, pubescent beneath ;
cauline ones one or two pairs, sessile Zin. long ; floral ones five,
lines long, ovate, acuminate. Stem erect, 2ft. to 3ft. high,

nearly simple. Austria, 1776. (B. R. 1019; J. F. A. 112.)

—

ng-camp , obscurely

bilabiate ; corolla deep blue, sometimes varying to white, the
lower lip sinuately three-lobed and emarginate ; pedicels short ;
inflorescence spike-formed. August. l, lower ones lanceolate or
oblong, obtuse, denticulate or serrate, tapering into a slight

tiole; upper ones narrower, often linear, entire ; floral ones or
racts subulate, somewhat persistent. h. 6ft. North
1806. Plant glabrous or puberulous, (B. M. 1728.)

S. a. grandiflora (large-flowered). Jl., calyx tomentulose-
sericeous; inflorescence denser than in the type. Plant
cinereous-puberulous. SYN. S. Pitcheri (F. M. n. s. 455;
G. C. n. 8., XIV.

S. Bethellii (Bethell’s). A garden variety of S. involucrata.

S. bicolor (two-coloured).* Jl, calyx four to five lines long,
Becraern tain with subulate-acuminate teeth; corolla thrice
us long as the calyx, the upper lip bluish-violet, golden-
dotted, the lower one whitish; whorls six-flowered, distinct ;
racemes 1}ft. to 2ft. long, many-flowered. June. l., lower ones

tiolate, ample, ovate, in -toothed, pinnatitid or palmately
Ae middle ones petiolate, ovate-lanceolate; upper ones
sessile; all cordate at base, and glutinous-pubescent. Stem

thick, 2ft. to 3ft. high, scarcely branched. Barbary, 1793. A

— and distinct, hardy biennial. (B. M. 1774; P. M. B.

ix. 271.)

Autumn.
i slender, lin. to Sin. long. A. 4ft.
ouse under-shrub, (B. M. 6714; F. d. S. 1148.

350 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Salvia—continued.

cacalizfolia (Cacalia-leaved).* fl., calyx campanulate, the
teeth aristate-acuminate ; corolla deep blue, many times longer
than the calyx, having a very broad tube; whorls two-fiowered ;
racemes branched. June. l. petiolate, broadly deltoid, broadly
sub - hastate-cordate at base, rather thick, pubescent above,
reddish or whitish and softly villous beneath. Stem erect,
pubescent. h. 3ft. Mexico, 1858. Greenhouse perennial.
(B. H. 1862, 100; B. M. 5274; F. d. S. 2318.)

S. Camertoni (Camerton’s). fl. brownish-purple ; calyx softly
glandular-pilose; corolla lin. long, the tube slightly curved.
Summer. 1. petiolate, ovate or cordate-ovate, acuminate, rounded
at base, lin. to liin. long, crenate-serrated, ciliated, shortly
hispid above, paler and glabrous beneath. Stem 3ft. to 5ft. high,
sub-shrubby. Probably Mexico. (R. G. 125.)

S. Candelabrum (candelabrum-like).* fl., calyx sharply ribbed,

inged with purple ; corolla white, and striated with pale purple,
thrice as long as the calyx, externally hairy ; lower lip deep rich
violet, variegated and streaked with white at the throat; panicle
terminal, erect, the branches spreading, each bearing a cyme of
several flowers. July. Jl. oblong-lanceolate, rather obtuse, Sin,
to 4in. long, crenulate, very loosely wrinkled, hairy, glandular-
dotted. Stem erect, 3ft. to 4ft. high, Mexico, 1845. Half-hardy
sub-shrub, exhaling a powerful aromatic odour. (B. M. 5017;
F. d. 8. 1344; L. & P. F.G. ii. p. 161, 217.)

canescens (hoary). fl., calyx tubular-campanulate ; corolla
purple, nearly thrice as long as the calyx, the tube shortly ex-

serted, the appar lip slightly falcate ; whorls remote ; racemes
branched, villous-viscous. July. Z. lanceolate-oblong, entire or

sinuate-lobed, long-narrowed at base, wrinkled, above loosely, +

below densely, white-woolly ; floral ones very broad, acuminate,
concaye, persistent, rather shorter than the — Stem 2ft.
high, white-woolly at base. Caucasus. (B. R. 1838, 36.)

S. carduacea (Thistle-leaved).* fl., calyx long-woolly; corolla
layender-coloured, lin. long, its tube slightly exserted ; upper lip
erose-toothed or fimbriated and two-cleft ; lower one with small,
lateral, erose lobes, and a larger, flabelliform, deeply multitid
middle one. July. J. oblong, sinuately-pinnatifid, Thistle-like.
Stem stout, simple, lft. or more high, naked and scape-like,
only at base subtended by a cluster of leaves. California, 1854.
(B. M. 4874.)

chamezedryoides (Chamedrys-like).* fl, geminate or few in
the clusters of the raceme; calyx eind tee g i | dey araodges $in.
long ; corolla blue, upwards of 4in. long, the middle lobe of the
lower lip broader than long, obcordate-lobed. July. 4 rather
thick, oblong or elliptical, on short petioles, more or less crenu-
late, obtuse, less than lin. long; floral ones bract-like, caducous.
h. 1ft. Mexico, 1795. A much-branched, canescent and scabrous,
greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 808; L. B. ©. 576; A. B. R. 416, under

_ name of S. chamedrifolia.)

S. coccinea (scarlet).* jl., calyx lips half the length of the tube ;
corolla deep scarlet, lin. or less long, ener rey or puberulous
outside, the lower lip twice the length of the upper; raceme
twiggy, the clusters few or several-flowered, and rather distant.
July. l. membranous, veiny, cordate or ovate, mostly acute,
crenate, slender-petioled, mostly soft-tomentose beneath. h. 2ft.
Central and South America, &c., 1772. A greenhouse or half-
hardy annual or ponn canescently pubescent or glabrous, or
hairy towards the base.

S. c. major (larger). A tall-growing form, with somewhat larger
flowers than those of the type. (B. H. ix. p. 65; R. G. vii. 282.)

S. c. pseudo-coccinea (false-coccinea). A commonly tall form,
with stem, petioles, and often floral leaves, conspicuously hirsute.
(B. M. 2864, under name of S. pseudo-coccinea.) , y

S. ccelestina (celestial-blue). /l. very numerous; corolla of a
soft lilac-blue. Summer. J. petiolate, oval-elliptic, shortly and
broadly rounded at the base, attenuated at the apex, irregularly
toothed on the margins. A. 2ft. Mexico (?), 1878. Plant whitish-
green or incanescent. A very floriferous, greenhouse perennial, of
robust habit.

S. colorans (coloured). A garden synonym of S. splendens.

S. Columbariz (Scabious-like), fl. small; calyx naked within ;
corolla blue, hardly exceeding the calyx, its upper ay emargi-
nately bilobed at apex, the lower with small lateral lobes and
a much larger, somewhat bilobed middle one; heads many-
flowered. Summer. J, deeply once or twice pinnatifid, or pin-
nately parted into oblong, crenately-toothed or incised, obtuse
divisions, muticous, wrinkled; involucral floral ones broadly
ovate, entire. Stem slender, 6in. to 20in. high, one or two-
headed. California. Half-hardy annual. (B. M. 6595.)

S. confertifiora (clustered-flowered).* fl., calyx reddish, ovate-
tubular, tomentose, woolly ; corolla reddish within, yellowish or
reddish outside, clothed with golden wool, half as long again as
the calyx; whorls numerous, ten to twenty-flowered; racemes
upwards of lft. long. August. J. petiolate, ovate-oblong, šin. to
4in. long, slightly acute, crenate, somewhat. decurrent, wrinkled
and ——— pubescent above, densely rufous-tomentose
beneath ; cauline ones ovate, short, Branches rufous-tomentose.

h. 3ft. Rio Janeiro and Organ Mountains, 1838. Greenhouse

sub-shrub. (B. M. 3899; B. R. 1839, 29.)

S. confusa (confused). fi., calyx coloured, striated, pubescent,
the teeth all subulat inate; Il

whitish, twice or thrice

Salvia—continued.

as long as the calyx; whorls remote, many-flowered ; racemes
elongated. July. Z. petiolate, mostly interruptedly pinnatisect,
wrinkled, whiter below than in S. interrupta ; terminal segment
large, oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at base; lateral ones one or
two on each side. Stem slightly woolly at base. h. 4ft. South
ioe 1790. Hardy shrub. Syn. S. interrupta (S. B. F. G.
169).

S. dichroa (two-coloured). fl., calyx łin. long; corolla lłin,
long, the upper lip brigbt blue, pubescent, arcuate, the lateral
lobes of the tian, lip pale blue, recurved, the mid-lobe white,

endulous ; racemes lft. or more long, many-flowered. August.
., radical ones petiolate, 6in. to 8in. long, oblong-ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, obtuse, narrowed into the petiole, sinuate-serrate,
with rounded lobules, pubescent; upper cauline ones sessile.
Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high. Greater Atlas, 1871. Plant glandular-
pubescent. (B. M. 4) d

S. discolor (discoloured).* A. in long, terminal spikes; tubular

part of the corolla dark purple, almost wholly hidden by the
calyx; projecting lips of a violet-black colour. Z. entire, ovate-
oblong, on rather long petioles, nearly bin. long. h. 2ft. to 3ft.
or more. Andes of Peru, 1883. (B. M. 6772; G. C. n. S., xix.

_ p. 341, under name of S. mexicana minor.) i
S. elegans (elegant). ji. shortly pedicellate ; calyx campanulate,

glandular-villous ; corolla blood-colour, above lin. long (nearly
six times the length of the calyx); whorls remote, about six-
flowered ; racemes 4in. to 6in. or more long. Summer. l. petio-
late, ovate, lin. to l4in. long, acuminate, serrate, rounded or
narrowed at base, slightly hispid, pubescent, or tomentose above,
glabrous beneath; floral ones sessile. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high,
glabrous or scarcely pilose. Mexico and Guatemala. Greenhouse
perennial. (B. M. 6448; Ref. B. 228.)

farinacea (mealy). fl., calyx densely white-tomentose, often
tinged with violet; lower lip of the violet-blue corolla with
middle division obcordately two-lobed; inflorescence spike-
formed, on a long, naked, interrupted peduncle, of densely many-
flowered clusters. Summer. Z., lower ones ovate-lanceolate or
ovate, obtuse cuneate or rarely subcordate at base, serrate, on
slender petioles ; upper ones lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, some-
times entire; floral ones subulate or ovate-lanceolate. Stems
numerous, in a cluster. A. 3ft. Texas, 1847. (R. G. 1002;
R. H. 1873, 91.)

S. Forskolei (Forskohl’s). fl., calyx four to five lines long,

tubular, often coloured at apex, viscous-pubescent; corolla
violet, thrice as long as the calyx, the tube nearly straight or
recurved, the upper lip emarginate-bifid ; whorls at len lin.
or more apart, usually two, rarely four to six-flowered ; racemes
elongated, nearly simple. July. Z, lower ones petiolate, 3in.
to 4in. long, ovate, repand-crenate, auricled or lobed at base,
villous ; cauline ones few, sub-sessile, much shorter than the
— ean 1ift. high, leafy at base. Orient, 1800. (B. M. 988 ;

S. fulgens (brilliant).* fl. showy; calyx six to eight lines long,

tubular-campanulate ; corolla scarlet, nearly 2in. long, villous, the
tube exserted and swollen ; whorls six-flowered, nearly lin. apart ;
racemes 6in. to l2in. long. July. JU. petiolate, ovate, acute,
usually lin, to 3in. long, crenate-serrate, cordate at base,
pubescent above, white-tomentose or woolly beneath. Stem
2ft. to 3ft. or more high; branches numerous. Mexican Moun-
tains, 1829. Greenhouse shrub. (B. R. 1356; L. B. C. 1910
S. B. F, G. ser. ii. 59.)

Fic. 410. FLOWER OF SALVIA GESNERÆFLORA.

S. gesneræflora (Gesnera-flowered).* This magnificent garden

species has quite the habit of S. fulgens; but the flowers
are far more abundant and conspicuous, the upper lip of the
corolla is flatter and less shaggy, the tube is longer, and the
— is less — Bos Rae OF are, — Greenhouse
erbaceous perenn ee Fig. 410. . 0.8, Slats Eb he
L. & P. F. G. 47.) 5 ; e
S. glutinosa (glutinous). Jupiter’s Distaff. fl., calyx tubular,
one-third the length of the corolla ; corolla pale yellow, often
l}in. long, with an exserted tube and an enlarged throat ; whorls
distant, loosely few-flowered. July. J. petiolate, ovate-oblong,

acuminate, cordate-sagittate at base; lower ones often Tin. to

8in. long, the upper ones smaller; floral ones ovate, acumina
shorter than the calyx. Stem — —— pilose. h. ate

Europe and Central Asia, 1759. (S. B. F. G. 140, under name of
» NU s ai š —

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 351

S. hians (gapin

Salvia—continued.

S. Goudotii (Goudot’s).* A. calyx tubular-campanulate, three to

four lines long; corolla bright crimson, upwards of lin. long,
the tube — and enlarged above, the lips sub-equal ;
whorls six ten-flowered, sub-secund: racemes simple, 6in.
long. Summer. J. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, nearly
Sin. long, crenate-serrate, narrowed at base, pubescent.
Branchlets rufous-puberulous or glabrous. A. 2ft. Columbia,
1870. Greenhouse shrub. (Ref. B. 229.) Syn. S. lantanifolia
(of gardens). p

S. Grahami (Graham’s).* ., calyx often coloured, tubular,

ubescėént ; corolla parnlign- tee twice as long as the calyx, the
ower lip twice as long as the hood; whorls two-flowered;
racemes elongated. Summer. J. petiolate, oval, obtuse, rounded

, or cuneate at base, irregularly crenate, nearly glabrous; floral
ones ovate, acuminate, ciliated. Branches glabrous or very
slenderly pubescent. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1829. Greenhouse shrub.
(B. R. 1370; L. B. C. 1798; R. G. 242.)

S. Greggii (Gregg’s).* f., calyx narrowly-campanulate, lips half

to one-third the length of the tube, lanceolate, acute, nearly
straight ; corolla carmine, tube twice as long as calyx, throat
ventricose, mouth contracted; racemes 2in. long, six to eight-
flowered. Autumn. J. lin. to ljin. long, sub-sessile, linear-
oblong, obtuse, narrowed at base, closely gland-dotted, rather
13) 3ft. Northern Mexico, 1885. Greenhouse

floral ones bract-formed, nearly round, long-acuminate. n
much branched. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Peru, 1855. Greenhouse shrub.
(Ref. B. 205; R. G. 115.) é

g A. showy ; calyx campanulate, bluish, gluti-
nous ; corolla of a beautiful blue, thrice as long as the calyx, with
an ample, exserted tube and a short, gaping limb; whorls six-
flowered; racemes slightly branched. June. Z. long-petiolate,
broadly- ovate, broadly cordate-sagittate or truncate at base ;
floral ones ovate, acuminate, shorter than the calyx. Stem erect,
villous. t. hmere, 1830. A — perennial, allied to
S. glutinosa. (B. M. 6517; B. R. 1841, 39; R. G. 1221.)

S. h, plectranthifolia (Plectranthus-leaved). This variety has
rather smaller, and less hairy, more deeply violet flowers than
the type. (L. & P. F. G. iii. p. 157.) 7 ;

S. ] (Spanish). A. calyx campanulate, villous - pu-

bescent: corolla blue, — exserted, glabrous, four to five
lines long; whorls approximate, eng eng racemes spike-
formed. July. 2 ovate, acuminate, . to țin. long, serrated,
borne on long petioles; floral ones ovate, exceeding the short
edicels. h. Ift. to 2ft. West Indies (naturalised in Spain), 1739.
ardy, pubescentannual. (B. R. 359.)

S. Horminum (Horminum’. fl., corolla purple, half as long again

as the pubescent calyx; whorls distant, about six-flowered ;
racemes simple. June. l. petiolate, oval-oblong, rounded or
cuneate at base, obtuse, crenate, villous ; the upper ones ovate-
cordate ; floral ones very broad, acute, persistent, rather longer
than the calyx, the uppermost ones coloured. Stem erect, villous.
h. 14ft. South Europe, 1596. Annual. (S. F. G. i. 20.)

$S. Hoveyi (Hovey’s). A synonym of S. ianthina.
` S. ianthina (violet).* f. large ; corolla of an intense violet-purple,

nearly thrice as long as the calyx, the tube funnel-shaped, the
. upper lip erect ; bracts ovate, acuminate, coloured ; whorls six-
flowered, clustered. June. l somewhat ovate-cordate, acu-
minate, crenate, wrinkled, puberulous, paler beneath. Stem
erect, 2ft. high, puberulous. Native country uncertain, 1850.
Greenhouse perennial. SYN. S. Hoveyi (F. d. S. 884 ; G. C. n. s.,

_ XY, p. :
S. indica — fl. at first campanulate, afterwards inflated,

yiscous-pubescent ; corolla of a beautiful yellow, spotted with
purple, thrice as long as the calyx, the tube scarcely exserted ;
whorls #8, six-flowered, very remote ; racemes simple 1Jft. or
puet June. l. petiolate, broad or oblong-ovate, acute,

more
slightl thed or erose-crenate or lobed, broadly cordate at
base, us, the lower ones 3in. to Sin. long ; floral ones ovate-

~ cordate, Féflexed, sessile, Stem erect, slightly pilose. h. Sft
i agi M. 395.)

(B.

up (interrupted).* fl. nearly sessile; calyx deeply
" ved . long; corolla. dak violet-purple, with a white

t, Ifin. long, lin. across, the tube red-purple, nearly
ight ; whorls nufiérous, 2in. to Sin. apart, five to ten-flowered.
May. l 6in. to l0in. long, spreading, pinnatisect, coarsely
wrinkled above, white-tomentose below ; terminal lobe 2in. to
Zin. long, oblong-ovate: lateral segments distant. Stem erect ;
branches (as well as the inflorescence) viscid-downy. A. 3ft.
to 4ft. Tangiers, 1867. (B. M. 5860; R. G. 1210.)

S. interrupta (interrupted), of Sweet. A synonym of S. confusa.

S. involucrata (involucred). jl., calyx often coloured, tubular
campanulate, viscous; corolla rosy, usually long: three
to i times as long as the calyx, the tube swollen, the lips
sub-equal ; pedicels nearly — the calyx; whorls nearly
—— approximating; spike-formed. August.

Salvia—continued.

l. petiolate, ovate, acuminate, 2in. to Jin. long, crenate-serrate ;
floral ones sessile, bract-like, broadly ovate, acuminate, coloured.
Stem several feet high, sparsely branched. Mexico, 1824. Green-
house or half-hardy sub-shrub. (B. M. 2872; B. R. 1205.)

S. i. Bethellii (Bethell’s).* A. bright rosy-crimson, in large,
whorled spikes terminating the branches ; in the bud each whorl
surrounded by a pair of large, coloured bracts. l. large, cordate-
ovate. 1881. A handsome seedling variety, of bold habit. (F. M.
464 and G. C. n. 8., xv. p. 49, under name of S. Bethellii.)

S. i. Deschampsiana (Deschamps’). fl. in ovate, spike-formed,
terminal clusters; calyx (as well as the ovate, caducous bracts)
bright red ; corolla of a lively rose-colour, the tube much inflated.
l. cordate, acuminate. h. 3ft. or more. French gardens, 1869.
(R. H. 1869, 134

lamiifolia (Lamium-leaved). fl., calyx sub-sessile, tubular ;
corolla blue, scarcely twice as long as the calyx, the tube sub-
equal, the upper lip erect, the lower one shorter; whorls six to
ten-flowered; racemes elongated. July. l. petiolate, ovate,
acuminate, often 3in. to 4in. long, crenate-serrate, rounded or
cuneate at base, glabrous or rarely slightly pubescent above;
floral ones ovate-lanceolate, equalling the calyx. Stem erect,
nearly — h. 2ft. West Indies, &c., 1821. Stove shrub.
ER ; B. M. 1294; L. B. C. 377, under name of S. amæna,)

S. lantanifolia (Lantana-leaved), A garden synonym of
S. Goudotii.

S. leonuroides (Leonurus-like). A. calyx highly glabrous, tubu-
lar-campanulate, with three broad lobes ; corolla scarlet, nearly
twice as long as the calyx, the tube swollen, the lips sub-equal ;
pedicels shorter than the petioles; whorls about six-flowered, in
the axils of the cauline leaves. June. l. ovate or rhomboid,
obtuse, slightly crenate, truncate or sub-cordate at base, nearly -
glabrous above, canescent on the veins beneath. Branches sul-
cate. h. 3ft. Peru, 1783. Greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 376, under
name of S. formosa.)

S. leucantha (white-flowered). /., calyx ovate-cylindrical, clothed
with dense, violet or lavender-coloured wool, paler beneath ;
corolla white and woolly, about twice as long as the calyx, the
tube thick, curved upwards ; whorls six to eight-flowered ; spike —
or raceme much elongated, the rachis covered with violet-

coloured wool. June. I. narrow, oblong-lanceolate, on short

ioles, acute, wrinkled, almost glabrous above, downy beneath.
ranches woolly, s x l4ft. to 2ft. Mexico, 1847. reenhouse

shrub. (B. M.
deceiving). fl., calyx scarlet at apex, glabrous,

S. mentiens ( arl *
four lines long ; corolla of a beautiful scarlet, four or five times

latier than the calyx, the tube long-exserted, the lips short
an ered ; racemes simple,

rounded at base, glabrous. Stem brous below, spreading

and pilose at — oe — —S Warm greenhouse

S. nutans (nodding). fl., calyx scarcely two lines long; corolla
violet, four to five lines long, with a straight, spreading hood ;
whorls nearly six-flowered, approximate ; racemes spike-formed,
lin. to l}in. long, on long peduncles. July. l, sub-radical ones
long-petiolate, ovate-oblong, 4in. to 5in. long, doubly crenate
sub-cordate at base, wrinkled; floral ones minute, orbicular.
Stem pubescent, nearly simple, 2ft. to 3ft. high. Eastern Europe,
1780. (B. M. 2436.) ;

S. obtusa (obtuse-leaved), A., calyx tubular -campanulate,
pubescent; corolla carmine, lin. long, the tube inflated, twice
as long as the calyx; whorls two-flowered, Summer.
È iolate, ovate, obtuse, lin. long, cuneate at base, nearly
_glabrous above, cano -pu t b th. Stems bifarious,
pubescent. A. 1šft. Mexico, 1861, Greenhouse perennial.
(F. d. S. 1412; R. G. 242, Fig. 1.)

S. odorata (sweet-scented). . shortly pedicellate ; calyx cam-
panulate, hairy-pubescent; corolla white, nearly thrice as long
as the calyx, the upper lip falcate and compressed ; whorls two-
flowered, nearly lin. distant; panicle 1ft. or more long, much-
branched. July. J. petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
irregularly crenate-toothed, cordate at base, Sin. long, wrinkled,
white-tomentose ; upper ones sessile; floral ones shorter
the pedicels, persistent. Branches — the upper ones
erect. h. 3ft. Bagdad, 1804. Greenhouse sub-shrub.

S. officinalis (officinal). Common Sage. fl., calyx four to five
lines long, campanulate, pubescent or villous; corolla — le,
blue, or white, twice or thrice as long as the calyx; wh ew.
ten to twenty- flowered, dense; racemes sub-simple. June.
1. lin. to 1in. ten as entire, oblong, narrowed or rounded
at base, wrinkled ; lower ones white, tomentose or woolly below
or on both sides; floral ones sessile, ovate, acuminate. Stem
white-woolly ; floriferous branches t tose-pub t. h. 1ft.
South Europe, 1597. Hardy shrub. (B. M. Pl. 206.) For culture,

&e., see Sage.
aurea (golden). A dwarf, compact form, with yellow
—— Tt is ee useful for ornamental bedding. 1879. Garden
variety.
oppositifiora (opposite-flowered).* A. calyx tubular, with
ne acute teeth ; corolla scarlet, four dels as long as the calyx,
pubescent outside, the tube long-exserted ; whorls two-flowered,
secund; racemes simple, lin. long. June. l. petiolate, ovate,

352 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Salvia—continued. —

obtuse, lin. to 1}in. long, rounded or cordate at base, wrinkled,
ubescent; floral ones deciduous. Stem procumbent at base ;

nches erect, slenderly pubescent. A. 2ft. Peru, 1847. Half-
hardy sub-shrub, (F. d. S. 345; P. M. B. xv. 53; R. G.
1855, 127.)

S. paniculata (panicled). f. disposed in distant pairs, shortly
stalked ; calyx sub-campanulate, scabrid, two-lipped, šin. long ;
‘corolla pale purplish-blue, four times as long as the calyx; tube
short, wide; upper lip lin. to 1łin. long, narrow sickle-shaped,
obtuse. Summer. J. lin. to 2in. long, leathery, obovate, acute
or obtuse, irregularly toothed, scabrid on both surfaces, nar-
rowed into a short stalk. h. 6ft. to 7ft. South Africa, -> Green-
house shrub. (B. M. 6790.)

Fig. 411. FLOWERING BRANCH OF SALVIA PATENS.

(spreading).* fl., calyx campanulate, six to seven lines
long; corolla blue, upwards of 2in. long, the tube broad, the lips
slightly gaping; whorls few, remote. September. l. petiolate,
ovate-deltoid, crenate, hastate (or the upper ones rounded) at
base, hispid; floral ones linear-lanceolate. Stem erect, pilose.
h. 24ft. Mexico, 1838. Half-hardy perennial. See Fig. 411.
(B. iii. 109 ; B. M. 3808 ; E. R. 1839, 23 ; F. d. S. 503 ; P. M. B. vi. 1.)
‘In some forms of this species, the leaves are all hastate, or the
upper ones, or nearly all, rounded-cordate at base.

S. p. alba (white). A variety only differing from the type in
having white flowers.

S. Pitcheri (Pitcher’s). A synonym of S. azurea grandiflora,

S. porphyrantha (purple-flowered). A synonym of S. Roemer-
iana.

S. porphyrata (purplish). A synonym of S. Ræmeriana.

S. pratensis (meadow-loving). fl., calyx (as well as the small,
ovate-cordate bracts) — O bright blue, lin. long,
— inside, the — lip long and much arched, the lower

road; whorls about four-fiowered, in spikes lft. to 14ft. long.

June to August. /. wrinkled, 3in. to 6in. long; radical ones
oblong or ovate, long-petioled, obtuse, sometimes two-lobed at
the base, with large, irregular crenatures; cauline ones few,
similar or more oblong, smaller, on shorter petioles. A. 2ft. or
more. Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 1058 ; S. B. F. G. 26, under
name of S. Tenorii.) Of this species, there are varieties with
flesh-coloured, reddish, and white flowers.

Salvia—continued.

S. prunelloides (Prunella-like). fi. blue; corolla three times
longer than the calyx, pubescent outside, the middle lobe of the
lower lip emarginate; whorls remote, sub-secund ; racemes simple,
on long -peduncles. August. J. petiolate, ovate-oblong, obtuse,
crenate, narrowed at base, nearly glabrous. Stems erect, pilose-
pubescent. A. lft. Mexico, 1838. (P. M. B. xi. 175.)

S. pulchella (pretty). fl., calyx tubular, half or one-third as
long as the corolla, slenderly pubescent; corolla scarlet, rarely
exceeding lin. in length, glabrous or pubescent outside, the tube
ventricose ; whorls about ten-flowered ; racemes simple. Decem-
ber. l. petiolate, ovate, narrowed and slightly obtuse at apex,
crenate, broadly cordate at base, slightly wrinkled, nearly
glabrous; floral ones ovate, acuminate. Branches pubescent.
h. 2ft. Mexico and Guatemala, 1821. Greenhouse shrub.

S. Regla (Regla). M. nearly sessile; calyx coloured, tubular-
inflated, with three short, ovate teeth; corolla scarlet, twice
as long as the calyx, pubescent outside, the lips sub-equal;
whorls terminal, few-flowered. July. 7. petiolate, rounded-
deltoid, obtuse, 14in. long, sinuate-crenate, broadly sub-cordate
at base, rufescent, wrinkled, slightly hispid above, pubescent
on the nerves beneath. Branches purplish, hk. 14ft. Mexico,
1839. Hardy shrub. (B. R. 1841, 14.)

S. rhombifolia (rhomb-leaved). fl., calyx often coloured, ovate,
pubescent; corolla blue, half as long again as the calyx, the
tube included; whorls about six- flowered, remote; racemes
simple, few-flowered. All the year. /. numerous, petiolate,
broadly ovate or rhomboid, Lin. to 2in. long and broad, sub-
cordate, pubescent ; upper ones often sessile ; floral ones ovate-
lanceolate, deciduous, shorter than the calyx. Stem erect,
branched, pubescent, lft. ee Peru, 1827. Stove annual.
(B. R. 1429, under name of S. foliosa.)

S. ringens (gaping).* fl. reddish-purple ; calyx striated ; corolla
four times as long as the calyx, the tube swollen, recurved-
ascendent, the upper lip erect, sub-falcate, the lower large,
with reflexed lobes; whorls about six-flowered, loose, remote.
Summer. J. petiolate, irregularly pinnatisect; segments un-
equal, ovate-oblong, rounded at e, villous; floral ones
deciduous. h. lft. to 2ft. Greece. Hardy shrub. (R. G. 59;
S. F. G- 18.) 5

S. Roemeriana (Reemer’s).* fl., calyx somewhat pubescent,
naked within; corolla deep scarlet. puberulent, lin. or more
long, narrowly tubular -infundibuliform, somewhat arcuate;
racemes loose and elongated. July. l, or terminal leaflet,
roundish or cordate-reniform, coarsely repand-toothed or cre-
nately incised ; lower ones with two or three similar or smaller
lateral leaflets, occasionally reduced to tooth-like appendages ;
floral leaves mostly shorter than the pedicels. Stems lft. to
= high, — bs ser Bat as a oan apo ——

. porphyrantha (F. d. S. Ee H; S , S. porphyrata
(B. M. 4939).

S. Roezlii (Roezl’s). f., calyx pale green, stained with red

towards the apex, inflated; corolla bright scarlet, puberulous,
having two prominent, spreading lips. Summer. J. smooth,
ovate-oblong, crenately toothed. h. 14ft. Mexico, 1861. A
rather showy, greenhouse under-shrub. (F. d. S. 1407.)

S. rubescens (reddish). fl., calyx purple-brown, densely glandu-
lar-hairy ; corolla searlet, lin. long (twice as long as the calyx),
the tube slightly ascending ; whorls rather distant, four to eight-
flowered; panicle lft. or more long, ebracteate. Summer.
l. variable in size, 4in. to 10in. long, long-petiolate, ovate-cordate,
crenate, acute or acuminate, puberulous above, hoary beneath.
Stems four-angled. hk. 14ft. Columbia, 1872. Stove shrub.
(B. M. 5947.) $

S. rutilans (glowing-red).* Pineapple-scented Sage. fl. disposed
in spike-like racemes, forming leafy panicles ; corolla fi a bright
scarlet colour, having a slender tube and a defiexed lower lip.
Summer. J. cordate-ovate, acuminate, soft, downy. h. 2ft. to 3ft.
Origin uncertain, 1873. Greenhouse sub-shrub. (G. C. n. s.,
xv. p. 117; BR. H. 1873, 251.)

S. scabioszefolia (Scabious-leaved). A. pretty; calyx ample,
campanulate, villous ; corolla whitish, twice as long as the pot
the upper lip bifid ; whorls six to ten-flowered, distinct ; racemes
4in. to bin. or more long, simple. August. Z. numerous, pinnati-
sect; segments three to five-jugate, often ternate or twin, entire,
bisected, or pinnatisect, oblong or linear, acute. Stems diffuse,
lft. to 1}ft. long. Branches diffuse, woolly-pilose. Tauria, 1818.
(B. M. 5209; B. M. 1429, under name of S. Hablitziana.)

S. Schimperi (Schimper’s). fl., calyx tubular-campanulate, the
upper lip three-toothed, the lower one bifid; corolla white,
twice as long as the calyx; panicle twiggy-branched. Summer.
l. ample, ovate-lanceolate, acute, crenulate, rounded-cuneate at
base, wrinkled, white-woolly on both sides, snowy beneath ; floral
ones very broad, equalling the calyx, scabrous-ciliated, whitish
beneath. Stem thick, pubescent or slightly woolly at base.
h. 3ft. Abyssinia, 1875. Half-hardy — (B. M. 6300.)

S. Selarea (Sclarea).* Clary. fl., calyx whitish at base, campanu-
late, pubescent-hispid ; corolla bluish-white, twice as long as the
calyx, the tube contracted, the upper lip falcate and compressed ;
whorls distant, about six-flowered ; racemes paniculate. August.
l.. petiolate, ample, often 8in. to Sin. long, ovate, erose-crenate,
cordate at base, wrinkled, hoary (more glabrous under cultiva-
tion}; uppermost ones amplexicaul; floral ones coloured, very

Pere a

AN ENCYCLOPADIA |

OF HORTICULTURE. 353

Salvia—continued.

broad, acuminate, concave. Stem erect, 2ft. to 3ft. high viscous,
villous, South Europe, 1562. (S. F. G. 25; B. M. 2520, under
— of S. bracteata; B. R. 1003, under name ofS. Sims-
iana. ;

S. splendens (splendid).* A. calyx coloured, campanulate, with
three broadly ovate teeth; corolla scarlet, 2in. to 2łin. long,
glabrous, the tube exserted and slightly enlarged, the lower lip
shortened ; whorls two-flowered. December. T petiolate, ovate,
acuminate, crenate-serrate, cuneate, rounded, or sub-cordate at
base, glabrous ; floral ones ovate, acuminate, coloured, deciduous.
Branches glabrous. h. 3ft. Brazil, 1822. A very pretty, green-
house shrub. (B. R. 687; L. B. C. 1089; I. H. 1881, 432
name of S. brasiliensis.) SYN. S. colorans (of gardens).

S. s. Bruantii (Bruant’s).* f. of a brighter scarlet than in the
type. Habit dwarfer. 1881. A handsome garden variety.
(F. M. 447; G. C. n. s., xiv. p. 781.)

S. strictiflora (erect-flowered). fl., calyx tubular, pubescent ;
corolla golden-scarlet, lin. long, the tube elongated and in-
curved, the lip sub-equal, scarcely spreading; whorls two-
flowered, secund; racemes upwards of lft. long. December.
l. petiolate, ovate, acute, lin. to 2in. long, pale green, crenate-

serrate, cordate at base, rather thick, slightly fleshy, nearly

glabrous ; floral ones glume-like, deciduous. Branches shortly

t tose-pub ee Ae Peru, 1831. Stove shrub. . M.

3135; P. M. B. 247.)

S, taraxacifolia (Dandelion-leaved). jl. very shortly pedicel-
late; — żin. long, the lobes subulate-aristate; corolla paxa
pink, with a yellowish disk to the lower lip, and a purple-speckled,
pilose ; whorls six to ten-flowered. July. zł. 2in. to 4in

ong, pinnatisect, sessile or petiolate; lower lobes few or many ;

terminal one lin. to 14in. long, ovate, obtuse or cuspidate, irre-
gularly sinuate-toothed; all snowy-tomentose beneath; floral
ones sessile, ovate-aristate. Stems numerous, ascending, at

ot), erect, 6in. to 18in. high. Great Atlas, 1872. (B. M.

, under

— tiolate, ovate.
late. att Mexico. Half-hardy shrub. (F. d. S. 1237; I. H.

J

S. tubifera (tube-bearing). fl. sub-sessile; calyx tubular, with

Stem 2ft. or more long,

.

S. Verbenaca (Vervain-like). Vervain Sage; Wild Clary, &c.
fl., calyx campanulate, the upper lip having minute, spinescent
teeth ; corolla blue-purple, sin. long, the upper lip short and
compressed ; whorls six-flowered, in long, bracteate spikes. June
to Se ber. l. 2in. to 4in. long, wrinkled; radical ones pe-
tiol oblong, obtuse, irregularly crenate or serrate; upper
cauline ones ile, oblong ,or deltoid-ovate. Stem leafy,
erect, lft. to 2ft. high.

(Sy. En. B. 1056.) .

S. V. clandestina (clandestine). fl., upper calyx teeth less
spiny than in the species; corolla more purple, longer, the
upper lip longer arched. ¿. narrower. Jersey and Guernsey.
Plant smaller and more slender than the type. (S. F. G. 24;
Sy. En. B. 1057.) >

SALVINIA (named in honour of Antonio Maria
Salvini, a Professor at Florence in the seventeenth cen-
tury). ORD. Salviniew. A small genus (all the supposed
species are reducible to one) of plants found floating
on still water (like Lemna), broadly dispersed over the
Northern hemisphere, and in tropical and South America,
“This pretty little floating aquatic, which, like Azolla, is
suitable for a stove, greenhouse, or indoor aquarium, is
easily managed in the summer time, simply requiring to
be let alone or have its water changed, if necessary ; but
in the winter is often lost through a want of knowledge of
its life-history. The mature plant floats on the water,
and has no true roots, though the row of divided leaves on
the under side of the stem look like roots at first sight,
and assume their functions. Among these the spore
capsules are developed, and from them the plant must
be grown annually, as the old plants die in the winter.
. The best way to preserve the spores is to half fill a
broad pan with sandy loam, and then fill up with water;

when the water has cleared, place a number of plants
* upon it, and stand the pan by in a cool greenhouse. In

- Vol. II.

(which see).

urope (Britain). Hardy perennial.

Salvinia—continued.
the winter, the plants will all die, but the spores will
remain in the loam, which must not be thrown away or
allowed to dry, and the next spring they will reproduce
the plant” (N. E. Brown).

S. natans (floating). fr. isti i

of a double — 5 ——— ji —*

like, sub-elliptic, entire, floating, not curled up when young.

Rhizome floating, thread-like, leafy above, and furnished below

with long rootlets and fruit on short, leafless branches. The

young plant closely resembles a young Selaginella, apart from
the two cotyledon-like processes,

SALVINIEZ. A small natural order of annual,
floating herbs, not attached to the soil, resembling large
Lemnz (Salvinia) or a Jungermannia (Azolla), with no
true stem. Salvinia is met with throughout the Northern
hemisphere, as well as in tropical and South America;
and Azolla, the only other genus, inhabits Asia, Africa,
Australia, and America from Canada to the Straits of
Magellan. Fronds with margins reflexed before expan-
sion, usually claret-coloured on the under surface, some-
times composed of cellular tissue, without nerves and
stomata (Salvinia); sometimes with a stomatiferous epi-
dermis (Azolla), rounded or lobed, sessile or sub-sessile,
alternate or distichous, imbricated. Reproductive organs
of two kinds, similar to those of Marsileacee, inserted at
the base of the fronds. The order embraces about

eighteen species.
(of Swartz). A synonym of Myrsine

. An indehiscent fruit, producing. .a wing

SAMARA
from its back or end; e.g., the fruit of the Maple.

SAMAROID. Resembling a Samara.

SAMBUCUS (the old Latin name used by Pliny,
and derived from sambuke, an ancient musical instru-
ment, supposed to have been made ‘of Elder-wood).
Elder. Syn. Tripetalus. ORD. Caprifoliacee. A genus
comprising ten or twelve species of mostly hardy trees,
sub-shrubs, or shrubs, rarely perennial herbs; they are `

dispersed over all temperate regions (South Africa ex- —
cepted) and tropical mountains. Flowers white, yellow,

or pinkish, small, with articulated pedicels, disposed in
umbelliform corymbs or dense-flowered thyrses; calyx
tube ovoid or turbinate, the limb equally three to five-
lobed or toothed; corolla rotate or rotate-campanulate,
equally three to five-parted, the lobes imbricated or
rarely valvate; stamens five. Drupes baccate, containing
three to five one-seeded stones. Leaves opposite, impari-
pinnate; leaflets Serrated or laciniated, naked at base,
glandular or augmented by a stipuliform leaflet.
Branches rather thick. Two species, S. Hbulus and
S. nigra, are indigenous to Britain. The berries of the
latter are largely employed in the manufacture of Elder-
berry wine. Various kinds of medicine, cosmetics, &c.,
are obtainable from several of the species. Speaking of
the common Elder, Evelyn remarks: “If the medicinal
properties of the leaves, bark, berries, &c., were thoroughly
known, I cannot tell what our countryman could ail for
which he might not fetch a remedy from every hedge,
either for sickness or wound.” The species in cultivation
are described below. They are all hardy, and are of
very simple culture, thriving in almost any soil or
situation. Propagation may be effected, in the case of
the herbaceous species, by division; the shrubby kinds
increase readily from cuttings. The common Elder fruits
abundantly, if the soil be kept somewhat moist; its
position should be an open one, fully exposed to
light and air. A plantation or hedge may be readily
formed by cuttings of this species, where the soil is
tolerably moist. The Golden Elder (S. nigra aurea)
js a fine ornamental plant for shrubberies, or for use in
sub-tropical gardening. If the young shoots are regularly
pinched at their points, the plants may be kept dwarf
and of a fine golden colour all the summer. 3 i a
Z

y

354

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sambucus—continued.

S. canadensis (Canadian). A. white, almost scentless ; cymes
of five main branches. July and August. jr. deep bluish-black.
l. pinnate or sub-pinnate; leaflets about nine, oblong, oval,
stiffish, acuminate, more or less — beneath, sometimes
appendiculated at the base. 2. 4ft. to 6ft. Canada to Carolina,
1761. Shrub. (B. M. Pl. 138.) -

S. Ebulus (Ebulus). Dane’s Blood; Dane Weed; Danewort ;
Deadwort ; Dwarf Elder, &c. fl. white, tipped with pink,
broadly campanulate ; cymes 3in. to 4in. in diameter, three-
rayed, corymbose, compact. July and August. jr. black, small,

obose. l., leaflets four to six pairs, oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to
in. long, serrated ; stipules leafy, serrated. Stems 2ft. to 4ft.
high, many, stout, ribbed and grooved. aa (Britain), North

Africa. Herbaceous perennial. (Sy. En. B. 638.)

Fig. 412. PORTION OF INFLORESCENCE OF SAMBUCUS NIGRA.

S. nigra (black).* Boon-tree ; Bur-tree ; Common Elder, fl. white,
rotate, jin. in diameter; cymes 4in. to 6in. in diameter, flat-
wpe, tive-rayed. June. fr. black, rarely green, small, globose.
eaflets two to four pairs, lin. to 3in. long, ovate, oblong, or
ceolate, rarely orbicular, serrated ; stipules small or absent.
Trunk often as thick as the thigh; branchlets angular. h. 25ft.
Europe (Britain), North Africa. Tree. See Fig. 412. (B. M. Pl.

137; Sy. En, B. 637.)
S. n. aurea (golden).*

golden leaves.

S. n. laciniata (torn).* Parsley-leaved Elder. l., leaflets cut into
fine segments. A handsome form.

S. n. monstrosa (monstrous). fi. five to fifteen-parted ; stigmas

five to twelve. fr. irregular. Branches striped. —

S. n. rotundifolia (round-leaved). M. in few-flowered corymbs.
l. trifoliolate ; leaflets petiolate, roundish, serrated.

Other forms of S. nigra are: foliis argenteis and foliis luteis,
leaves variegated with white and yellow respectively ; leucocarpa,
fruit white; virescens fruit yellowish-green.

S. pubens (downy). /l. whitish, in a thyrsoid panicle. April and
May. fr. red. J. pinnate; leaflets five, membranous, ovate-
lanceolate or oblong, acuminated, serrated, pubescent, but
chiefly on the under side. A, 6ft. to 12ft. North America, 1812.
A large shrub or low tree.

S. racemosa (racemose-flowered).* Hart’s Elder ; Scarlet-berried
Elder. fl. white; panicle ovate. April and May. fr. scarlet.
l. pinnate, pale green, large, rather smooth ; leaflets five, mem-
branous, oblong, acuminated, serrated, unequal at the base;

etioles glabrous. A. 10ft. to 20ft. South Europe and Siberia,

1596. A low tree or large shrub. (F. D. 2951.) The form laciniata

has jagged leaflets. plumosa has deeply pinnatifid leaflets,

SAMBUL PLANT. A common name for Ferula
Sumbul. i

SAMOLUS (an old name which Pliny ascribes to
the Druids, and which is thought by Sprengel to refer
to S. Valerandi). Brook-weed. ORD. Primulacew. A
genus comprising about eight species of greenhouse
or hardy herbs, sometimes shrubby at base. S. Valerandi
is cosmopolitan, growing wild in Britain, and the rest
are mostly found on the seashores of extra-tropical
Southern regions. Flowers white, in terminal racemes
or corymbs; calyx one-half superior, the limb five-fid ;
corolla perigynous, nearly campanulate, five - parted;
stamens five. Leaves alternate, the lower ones some-
times rosulate, linear, oblong, or spathulate, entire. The

species have no great ornamental value. One only calls

to
ty
lan

Golden Elder. A fine variety, with

Samolus—continued.
for description here. It thrives freely in ordinary soil,
in a moist position; and may be increased by division.
S. repens (creeping). M. pinkish-white, usually four to five lines
across; corolla tube broad, as long as the ovate lobes. August.

l., radical ones petiolate, ovate or oblong; cauline ones usually
small, linear or oblong. Stems simple or branched, prostrate or

erect, and 6in. to 12in. high. Australia, 1806. rdy peren-
nial. (L. B. C. 435, under name of S. littoralis.) :
SAMPHIRE (Crithmum maritimum). A native,

hardy perennial, which grows naturally near the sea-coast,
and is not very easily cultivated inland. The leaves are
occasionally used in salads, and for seasoning. It requires,
under cultivation, a warm position at the foot of a south
wall, and an occasional dressing of sea-salt; protection
must also be provided in winter. Propagation is effected

by divisions or by seeds; the latter should be sown soon

after they are ripe, in autumn.

SAMYDA (from Samydo, the old Greek name used’
by Theophrastus for the Birch; in allusion to the re-
semblance in habit). ORD. Samydaceæ. A small genus
(two species) of stove, evergreen shrubs, natives of the
West Indies. Flowers white, pink, or greenish, rather
large, solitary or fascicled; calyx tube campanulate,
coloured; lobes four to six, imbricated, unequal; petals
absent ; stamens eight to'thirteen, the filaments connate
in a tube. Leaves distichous, alternate, oblong, pellucid-
dotted; stipules minute. The species are ornamental
subjects; they thrive in a mixture of loam and peat.
Propagated readily by cuttings, inserted in a pot of
sand, under a hand glass, in slight heat. —
S. glabrata (glabrous). fl. greenish-white, solitary or a few in

the axil, sub-sessile or shortly stalked, campanulate, about Zin.

long. July and August. J. oblong, entire or obsoletely serru-

lated, glabrous, Sin. to 5in. long ; pellucid dots and lines distant.
Branchlets pubescent. h. 5ft. to 12ft. 1800. Syn. S. spinulosa.

S. serrulata (serrulated). f. white or red, sin. or more long,
solitary or fascicled, campanulate, pubescent ; calyx lobes blunt.
July. J. soft, oblong or elliptic, serrated, pointed or blunt,
2in. to 4in. jong, pubescent or glabrous above, velvety beneath.
h. 4ft. 1723. (B. M. 550, under name of S. rosea.)

S. spinulosa (slightly spiny). A synonym of S. glabrata.

SAMYDACEZ. A natural order of glabrous, pubes-
cent, or tomentose trees or shrubs, broadly dispersed
over tropical regions. Flowers regular, usually herm-
aphrodite, inconspicuous, racemed, fascicled, or panicled ;
calyx coriaceous, persistent, the tube usually free, the limb
of three to Reven imbricate or valvate lobes; petals as
many as the \calyx lobes, and similar, rarely more or
wanting, imbricate in bud ; stamens definite or indefinite,
in one or many series, usually alternating with staminodes,
equidistant or collected in fascicles; filaments filiform or
capillary, free or connate; anthers didymous or oblong;
pedicels articulated and bibracteolate. Fruit indehiscent
or capsular, one-celled, one or many-seeded, three to five-
valved at the top and throughout its length. Leaves
petiolate, simple, alternate and distichous, rarely opposite
or whorled, sometimes pellucid-dotted, entire or serrated,
the teeth sometimes gland-tipped; stipules small, usually
deciduous, or absent, rarely leafy. The order comprises
seventeen genera, and about 150 species. Examples:
Abatia, Banara, Cascaria, Homalium, and Samyda.

SANCHEZIA (named in honour of Josef Sanchez,
Professor of Botany at Cadiz). Syn. Ancylogyne. ORD.
Acanthaceew. A noble genus of stove, erect, perennial herbs
or sub-shrubs, glabrous or loosely pilose above; there are
about eight species, natives of Peru, Columbia, and Brazil.
Flowers orange, reddish, or purple, sessile in the axils
of the bracts, or shortly pedicellate and fascicled or
rarely solitary; calyx deeply five-fid or five-parted ; corolla
tube long, cylindrical or slightly swollen above the
middle, limb of five rounded, spreading lobes; bracts some-
times ample, in a cup-like fascicle, sometimes narrow or
small; bracteoles resembling calyx segments. Leaves
opposite, ample, entire or scarcely toothed. Two species —

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. - 855

Sanchezia—continued.
have been introduced. They require culture similar to
Barleria (which see).

S. longiflora (long-flowered).* fl. about 2in. long, tubular, and,
toget er with the calyces, icels, and branches of the panicle,
of a rich vinous-purple colour, disposed on drooping, elongated
branched panicles. April. í. ample, ovate-oblong or obovate-
lanceolate. Stems four-angled. Guayaquil, 1866. A handsome
perennial, of shrubby habit, (F. d. $. 2460: B. M, 5588, under
name of Ancylogyne longiflora.)

S. nobilis (noble).* fl., corolla yellow, 2in. long, cylindrical,

suahtty curved; bracts bright red, lin, to 14in. long, each pair

Inclosing eight to ten flowers ; inflorescence erect, terminal, con-

sisting of numerous opposite fascicles, forming a dense panicle,

with deep purple branches. June. J. 3in. to Qin. long, oblong-
obovate or oblong - lanceolate, acuminate, obtusely ——
narrowed into short, broad-winged petioles which are connate at

bane. ae y Sft. Ecuador, 1866. Sub-shrub. (B. M. 5594;

Fig. 413. SANCHEZIA NOBILIS GLAUCOPHYLLA,
S. n, glaucophylla (glaucous-leaved).* A variety having leav

of a glaucous-green, striped with white or yellow. See Fig.

413. (L H. 580.) SYN. S. n. variegata.
S. n. variegata (variegated). A synonym of S. n. glaucophylla.
’ SAND. The use and value of Sand for plant-pro-
pagation, and for intermixing with composts, &c.,.
. generally, are known to nearly every gardener. Sand
tends to insure porosity, by keeping composts open, and,
when laid over the surface of pans or pots prepared for
cuttings, settles more closely, on being watered, than
does soil, and so holds the cuttings firm, and excludes
air. Numerous sorts of cuttings are rooted best in Sand
alone, as this substance contains nothing which can de-
compose, and prevent the formation of roots. While there
is an advantage in this, Sand, on the other hand, contains
in itself nothing nutritive for supporting plants; they
must therefore be potted in soil, according as each may
require, soon after roots are formed. Water is sufficient
for supplying all that tender little rootlets need for a
time, until the plants are sufficiently strong to be potted.
Silver Sand is best, and is that most extensively used:
the coarser it is, the better. Sand from the sea-coast
is by some gardeners largely employed for propagating.
Road Sand is invaluable for mixing in composts, especially
those for growing such plants as Carnations; it is usually
coarse and sharp, from being washed by heavy rains.
Although Sand is so generally used in composts, yet
its place may be taken with advantage by charcoal or
charred soil, when either is procurable. Charcoal is of
an enduring nature, and possesses the property of
absorbing gases, which Sand does not; it also acts most
effectually in keeping a compost open. Sand is valuable

Sand—continued.

for placing around tender bulbs when planting, to pre-
serve them from injury by being in contact with decom-
posing substances in the soil, and to provide a ready
means of escape for any undue accumulation of water,

SANDAL-TREE. See Sandoricum. | i
SANDAL WOOD. The wood of Santalum album
SANDARACH GUM-TREE. A common name

for Callitris quadrivalvis.

SANDBOX TREE. See Hura. ,
SANDERSONIA (named in honour of John Sander-
son, Honorary Secretary of the Horticultural Society of

Natal). ORD. Liliaceew. A monotypic genus. The species

is a pretty, tuberous-rooted, erect-growing herb, with

simple, leafy stems. For culture, see Gloriosa.

S. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* fl. orange-coloured, showy,
nodding, on axillary, solitary, ebracteate pedicels ; perianth per-
sistent, urceolate-globose, slightly inflated, with a short, six-cleft
mouth, and haying six short horns or spurs forming nectariferous
cavities at the base ; stamens six, hypogynous, much shorter than
the perianth. Z. lanceolate, with a sometimes cirrhose acumen ;
upper cauline and floral ones similar, or the uppermost ones
smaller. A. 1ift. Natal, 1852. (B. M. 4716.)

SAND LEEK. A.common name for Allium Scorodo-
prasum,

SAND MYRTLE. See Leiophyllum.

SANDORICUM (altered from Santoor, the Malay
name of the genus). Sandal-tree. ORD. Meéliacee. A
genus of about four species of stove, evergreen, glabrous
or pubescent-tomentose trees, natives of the Moluccas.
Flowers yellow, sparse or glomerate, bracteate; calyx
cup-like, the limb of five short, imbricated lobes; petals
five, free, imbricated; panicles axillary. Fruit apple-
shaped, fleshy, acid, edible. Leaves trifoliolate; leaflets
ample, nerved. §. indicum is extensively cultivated in
the tropics. It thrives in a compost of loam and
peat. Propagation may be effected by cuttings, inserted

` in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.

S. indicum (Indian). di d in —— somewhat panicled

eably acid, containing five ovate-compressed
bi io N. entire, pubescent. * Lofty tree.
SAND VERBENA. See Abronia.

SANDWORT. Se Arenaria,

£

A
Fig. 414. SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS (page 356).

—

356

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

SANDY PEAR. See Pyrus sinensis.
SANGUINAIRE PLANT. A common name for

Paronychia argentea. :
SANGUINARIA (from sanguis, blood; the root-
stock of the plant is surcharged with a reddish-orange,
acrid juice). Blood-root; Red Puccoon.. ORD. Papa-
veracee. A monotypic genus. ‘The species is a low,
hardy, perennial herb, with a thick, prostrate rootstock.
It proves useful for ornamenting the front of flower
borders. A light, sandy loam or peat soil is suitable.

Increased by division of the roots, or by seeds.

S. canadensis (Canadian).* Common Bloodroot ; Bloodwort.
fl. white, handsome; sepals two; petals eight to twelve, in
two or three series, not crumpled; stamens numerous; scape
naked, one-flowered. April and May. Zl. solitary, rounded,
palmately veined. hk. 6in. North America, 1680. See Fig. 414.
(B. M. 162.)

SANGUINE, SANGUINEOUS. Dull red, pass-
ing into brownish-black.

‘SANGUISORBA. Included under Poterium.
SANGUISORBACEZ. Included under Rosacea.

SANHILARIA. A synonym of Stifftia (which see). |

SANICLE, BEAR’S EAR. See Cortusa.
SANSEVIELLA. A synonym of Reineckea (which

see).

SANSEVIERA (named after Raimond de Sansgrio,
Prince of Sanseviero, 1710-1776). Bowstring Hemp.
Syns. Acyntha, Salmia. Orv. Hemodoracee. Nine
species are enumerated by Mr. Baker as belonging to
this genus; they are stove, herbaceous perennials, with
short, thick, sometimes stoloniferous rhizomes, natives
of tropical and South Africa and the Kast Indies.
Flowers mediocre or long, racemose; perianth tube
sometimes very long, scarcely enlarged at apex, the
lobes narrow, equal, and slightly spreading; stamens
six; pedicels articulated at apex; scape simple, tall.
Leaves rosulate, thick, cartilaginous, fibrous within,
often elongated, nearly flat or terete. The four best-
known’ species are described below. They are interest-
ing plants, thriving in sandy loam. Propagation may
be effected by suckers. When dormant, the plants
should be sparingly watered.

S. cylindrica (cylindrical). jl., perianth whitish, lin. to ljin.
long, the segments equalling the very slender tube; anthers at
length exserted ; raceme 2ft. to 24ft. long, 24in. to 3in. thick when
expanded ; scape nearly lft. high, firm. August. J. arcuate,
cylindrical, 3ft. to 4ft. —— thick, rigid, coriaceous. South
tropical Africa, 1856. (B. M. £093.) j

guineensis (Guinea). A. perianth whitish, tinged with

greenish-brown, 2in. long, the segments equalling the tube;
raceme siniple, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 3in. broad when expanded ; scape
lft. to lft. high, glaucous, purplish-green, with three or four
deltoid bracts. September. l. sub-erect, oblanceolate, cartila-
ginous, 3ft. to 4ft. high, 24in. to 5in. broad above the middle,
whitish or obscurely reddish on the margins, white-spotted,
cuspidate. Guinea, 1690. (B. M. 1179.) S. glauca, S. laetevirens,
and S. polyphylla, are mere forms Of this species.

S. longiflora (long-flowered). fl., perianth greenish-white, 34in.
to 4in, long, at length drooping, the segments one-third the length
of the tube; raceme dense, lft. to 1}ft. long, 8in. to 9in. thick ;
scape lft. or more — July. l. sub-erect, oblanceolate, lft. to
2ft. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, white-spotted, distinctly red-mar-
gined, cartilaginous, but not thick. Tropical Western Africa,

1824. (B. M. 2634.)

zeylanica (Cingalese). fl., perianth greenish-white, 1łin. to

lin. long, the segments equalling the tube; raceme lft. or more

long, 2in. to 2hin. thick ; scape lft. or more high. September,

l. falcate, 1ft. to 2ft. or more long, ensiform, sub-terete, Zin. to

lin. broad at base, deeply channelled, obscure green with white

— the margins scarious and distinctly red-lined. East

Indies, 1731. (B. R. 160.) S. ensifolia, S. grandicuspis, S. pumila,

and S. stenophylla, are mere garden forms of this species.

SANTALACEZS. A natural order of trees, shrubs,
or dwarf herbs, a few of which are parasitic on trees
or roots; they are broadly dispersed over tropical and
temperate regions. Flowers greenish, yellowish - green,
or rarely orange, usually small, but in a few instances
conspicuous, hermaphrodite or dicecious, or rarely
moneecious by abortion, regular; perianth simple, green

Santalacez—continued

‘or corolla-like, sometimes slightly fleshy, adnate to the

disk or to the base of the ovary, four, five, or rarely
three or six-lobed, valvate or rarely loosely imbricated ;
stamens (except in Grubbia) as many as the perianth

lobes; filaments filiform or rather broad, sometimes very —

short; style cylindrical, conical or shortened; bracteoles
usually two; inflorescence variable. Fruit indehiscent,
nut-like or often drupaceous. Leaves alternate or oppo-
site, entire, sometimes scale-like; stipules none. The
order comprises twenty-eight genera, and nearly 220
species. Illustrative genera are: Evxocarpus, Grubbia,
Santalum and Thesium.

SANTALUM (from the Persian Chandal, which, in
turn, is derived from the Sanscrit Chandana, the name
of the tree). Syn. Sirium. ORD. Santalacee. A genus
embracing about eight species of stove, evergreen,
glabrous trees or shrubs, closely related, natives of the
East ‘Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, Australia, and
the Pacific Islands. Flowers often larger than in allied
genera, in small, axillary or terminal,
panicles, usually shorter than the leaves, and sometimes
almost reduced to simple racemes; perianth tube cam-
panulate or obovate, the lobes four, or rarely five, with
a tuft of hairs inside behind each stamen. Leaves op-
posite or rarely alternate, petiolate, entire, coriaceous or
slightly fleshy, penniveined, but the midrib only con-
spicuous. Two of the species have been introduced, one
of which (S. albwm) yields the Sandal Wood of India.
The cultivation of this plant in gardens is not easy. It
is supposed to be more or less parasitical on the roots. of
other plants which grow near it. In India it is exten-
sively grown, but it thrives only under peculiar con-
ditions. Some authorities deny that it is at all parasitical.
At Kew, young plants of S. album are inserted in very
sandy loam, and grown in a stove temperature. The
other introduced species will thrive under similar con-
ditions.

S. album (white). f. reddish within, campanulate, four-fid;
_ pedicels nearly equalling the perianth tube; panicles terminal
and lateral, many-flowered. May. J. ovate-elliptic, acute at
base, acute or rarely obtuse at apex, lin. to 2sin. long, some-
times varying on the same branch from ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
ale beneath, membranous. h. 15ft. East Indies, 1804. Tree.

he wood is white or citron-coloured and sweet-scented when
dry, and it is much esteemed in India as aperfume. (B. M. 3235.)

S. a. myrtifolium (Myrtle-leaved), Z. narrower and e
beneath than in the ao or small tree. ' —

S. obtusifolium (obtuse-leaved). jl. red, few, in small, shortly
porunca, axillary racemes or cymes, the short pedicels or
ateral branches rarely bearing two or three flowers. June.
l. opposite, or the —— ones rarely alternate, linear-oblong,
lanceolate, or broadly oblong, obtuse, lin. to 2in. long, rather
thick, the margins often revolute when drying. h. 6ft. Australia,
1823. A slender shrub, of livid aspect.

SANTOLINA (probably from Santonica, an old
name given by Pliny to a kind of Wormwood, found
among the Santones, a Gallic tribe). Lavender Cotton.
ORD. Composite. A genus consisting of about eight
species of sweet-smelling, mostly hardy sub - shrubs,
inhabiting the Mediterranean regions. Flower-heads
yellow (or whitish ?), mediocre or small, long-pedunculate ;
involucre ovoid, sub-globose,*or scarcely hemispherical ;
the bracts many-seriate, appressedly imbricated; receptacle
slightly convex ; florets regular; achenes glabrous, three,
four, or rarely five-jointed. Leaves alternate, pectinate,
or clustered and pinnatisect. A selection from the species

- introduced is given below. S. Chamecyparissus has long

been known in gardens. For culture, see Achillea.

S. Chamezcyparissus (Chamecyparis-like), Common Lavender
Cotton, fl.-heads resembling those of a Chamomile divested of
its white rays, solitary at the ends of the wiry twigs. July.
l. small, linear, thickly set on the twigs, furnished with four to
six rows of short, obtuse teeth, and, as well as the stems,
— with hoary pubescence. h. 1ft. to 2ft. South E

C. incana (hoary).* A pretty, dwarf- i lant, useful for
divisional lines or edging; its sendoe twa HES growths and
knotty leaves are densely covered with silvery tomentum

.

trichotomous -

urope, -

Santolina—continued.

S. C, mquarross (squarrose).
l. slightly hoary. Stem erect.
S. C. tomentosa (tomentose). fl.-heads larger than peas; in-

volucre somewhat mealy.

S. rosmarinifolia (Rosemary-leaved). _jl.-heads globose or hemi-
spherical; involucral scales highly — sub-carinate, acute.
August. Z. linear, ~~ acute; lower ones tubercled on the
margins ; upper ones flat, entire or slightly denticulate at apex.
Branches straight, erect, one-headed. A. 2ft. South Europe,
1683. (S. E. B. 62.)

SANVITALIA (so-called after the Sanvitali family,
of Parma). Syn. Lorentea. ORD. Composite. A small
genus (three or four species) of stove or half-hardy,
annual or perennial herbs, inhabiting the Mexican
region. Flower-heads yellow or whitish, rather small or
mediocre, the disk often purplish; ray florets one or
two-seriate ; involucral bracts in two or three series;
receptacle flat or convex; achenes glabrous, those of
the ray having three arms. Leaves all opposite, entire.
S. procumbens is in cultivation. It is a half-hardy,
much-branched trailer, thriving in a mixture of light,
sandy loam and peat, and may be increased by seeds.
S. procumbens (procumbent). M. hedds small, like those of a

species of Rudbeckia, having a bright yellow ray and a dark

disk ; outer achenes of the disk muricated. July. J. ovate,

entire. Stem — or diffuse. 1798. (B. R. 707.) There
is also a double-flowered variety. -

SAP. The fluid that exists in living plants, for the
most part inclosed in the cells of which they are built
up. It varies much in composition in different parts of
the same plant; and the nature of these variations
must be explained. A plant growing in the soil pushes
out roots and rootlets, and through them sucks in,
from the damp earth, a large amount of water. This
passes into the hairs of the root by gradual absorption,
carrying with it some mineral compounds, such as com-
mon salt, phosphates, &c., in solution. These mineral
substances are present in only very small proportions
in the solutions; but, in course of time, a considerable
quantity thus enters the plant, if the substances occur
in the soil in forms suitable for absorption by plants.
The water, with its dissolved mineral substances passes
from the root-hairs into the root, and thence into
the stem, remaining little changed in composition, and
bearing the name of Crude Sap. This crude Sap flows
upwards in the younger (i.e., outer) layers of wood. of
the stem, and in some plants it is possible to tap
the stream, and to obtain nearly pure, and quite drink-
able, water, when a hole is bored deep enough to reach
_ the young layers of wood. The crude Sap is con-
veyed to the green parts of the plant; and there,
especially in the leaves, it undergoes great changes.
A quantity of the water is given off from the leaves by
evaporation or transpiration, rendering the solutions
denser in the leaves than in the stems. But the great
change brought about in the Sap in the green parts
of plants consists in the formation in these parts of
„various substances, of which the most easily detected is
` starch. This is present in solid grains in the cells con-
taining the green substance or chlorophyll, when the
green parts have been exposed for an hour to the action

daylight or to strong artificial light. Several sub-
stances, that in composition resemble starch to some
extent, are formed in the cells containing chlorophyll,
and some of them remaifi in solution in the cell Sap,
while others assume a solid form. Obet agente
sembling protoplasm in general composition, are
formed ia we — parts of plants, and probably also
in other parts; and these, too, are often dissolved in
the Sap. Owing to the loss of water by evaporation,
and to the addition of these new organic products, the
Sap becomes “elaborated,” being heavier and thicker
than the crude Sap. It passes from the parts in which
it was elaborated to all parts where nourishment is re-
quired, whether to supply the material consumed during

ji.-heads smaller than peas.
.

AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

357

Sap—continued. a

growth, or to allow of the formation of new structures
at the growing points of stems, and in the growth of
leaves, flowers, and fruits. In many perennial plants,
a large proportion of the new products is also trans-
ferred from the leaves to the stems, or to underground
store-houses, e.g., tubers of Potato, roots of Parsnip
and Turnip, bulb-seales of Lilies, &c} There are thus
descending currents of elaborated Sap, in Dicotyledons,
usually outside of the ascending currents of crude Sap.
The elaborated Sap descends by two chief routes: the
first, down which pass dissolved starch and compounds
of a similar kind, is believed to be through the cellular
tissues of the bark, and, to some extent, the medullary |
rays and the pith; the second route, down which the
protoplasmic substance passes, is believed to be the
soft-bast, or innermost layer of the bark. Down this the

IG: 415, A, SAPERDA POPULNEA, natural size; B, BRANCH OF
gi eye showing Ravages committed by the Insect. (Page 358.)

latter stream’ flows, especially by means of the “ sieve-
tubes” — slender tubes of long cells, end to end, that
are separated, only partially, by sieve-like cross walls,
the openings in which allow the protoplasm to pass from
cell to cell. A practical result of the situation of the
descending current is that if a ring of bark is removed,
or a tight ring of any material (e.g, wire) is bound —
round a branch of any Dicotyledon of ordinary structure
(é.g., an Apple-tree), the elaborated Sap is prevented
from passing downwards; a thickened border is produced
above the obstruction, and the crop of fruit on the

- branch is increased, since it gets all the food produced |

in the leaves of the branch, while duly supplied with

sad

. 858

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sap—continued.

crude Sap through the wood below the ring, which has
been left uninjured. This process of ringing does not
succeed in a Monocotyledon, or in a Dicotyledon with
fibro-vascular bundles scattered among cellular pith, and
in which the downward flow of Sap consequently remains
unchecked, such as the species of Pepper (Piper). The
causes of the upward flow of crude Sap are chiefly two,
viz.: (1) in early spring, when growth begins, the absorp-
tion of fluid by root-hairs, probably due to chemical
changes in the cell contents; and (2) afterwards, the free
evaporation from the leaves, drawing fresh Sap upwards
to supply what has been lost. Other forces also assist
in a lesser degree; but to these reference need not now
be made. ;

SAPERDA. A genus of Beetles, belonging to those
that possess long antennae, and a long, rather narrow
body. The genus is recognised by the following group of
peculiarities: The wing-cases reach to the hinder end of
the body, which is cylindrical; the thorax has not a spine
on either side; the antennz have eleven joints; and the
tasters have a long, sharp end-piece. The beetles vary
- from about }in. to 1iin. in length, and are mostly black,
or nearly so. A good many British species have been
described; but the most hurtful are those which attack
Poplars, Aspens, and Willows. The larve feed in the
wood of the branches, and sometimes cause distortions and
swellings of the latter. The only treatment applicable
is to cut off and destroy the branches swollen and
tenanted by the insects. Fig. 415 (page 357) shows
S. populnea (which is one of the most destructive
species), and the injury inflicted by it on Poplars.

SAPINDACEZ. A natural order of trees, shrubs,
or under-shrubs, rarely herbs, dispersed over the whole
globe, but most numerous in tropical regions. Flowers
usually polygamo-dicecious, variously coloured and dis-
posed, generally small for the size of the plant, in-
odorous ; sepals four or five, very rarely more or none,
free or more or less connate, often unequal, imbricated ;
petals wanting or three to five, rarely more, the dorsal
one often wanting, often scaly or bearded within,
imbricated; disk variable, complete or incomplete,
sometimes unilateral, very rarely deficient; stamens
usually eight, rarely five or ten (very rarely two, four,
twelve, or indefinite), usually hypogynous and inserted
within the disk, rarely on its head or around the base;
filaments usually elongated. Fruit capsular or inde-
hiscent, drupaceous, baccate, or coriaceous, entire or
lobed, rarely composed of two or three samaras. Leaves
often evergreen, alternate, exstipulate or rarely stipulate,
compound, abruptly pinnate; leaflets variable, in a few
cases pellucid-dotted ; petioles sometimes winged. Several
of the species produce edible fruits, and others furnish
valuable timber. The order comprises from 600 to 700
species, which are classified, by Bentham and Hooker, in

genera and sub-orders as follows: Acerinew, 3 genera; -

Dodonee, 6; Melianthee, 3; Sapindee, 59; Staphylee,
3—showing a total of seventy-four genera. Examples:
Acer, Dodonea, Melianthus, Sapindus, and Staphylea.

SAPINDUS (name altered from Sapo-indicus, Indian
Soap; the aril which surrounds the seeds of S. Saponaria
is used as soap in America). ORD. Sapindacew. A genus
consisting of some forty species of tropical, sometimes
slightly climbing trees and shrubs. Flowers regular, in
terminal or axillary racemes or panicles; sepals and petals
four or five; stamens eight to ten. Leaves alternate,
exstipulate, simple and one-foliate or abruptly pinnate ;
leaflets entire or very rarely serrated. The species are of
botanical and economic interest only. The hard, round,
black seeds of some members of the genus are used for
making rosaries, necklaces, bracelets, &e. One or two
of the species have edible outer coverings to the fruits,
but the seeds are poisonous.

SAPIUM (an old Latin name, originally given by
Pliny to a resinous Pine; alluding to the unctuous |
exudation from the wounded trunk). Syns. Carum-
bium, Stillingfleetia, Triadica. ORD. Euphorbiacee. A
genus comprising about twenty-five species of stove,
evergreen, often glabrous trees or shrubs, broadly dis-
persed over the warmer regions of the globe. Flowers
(2 always) moncecious, apetalous, the males often three
to a bract, the females many at the base of the spikes;
spikes or racemes terminal, solitary, or in one species
several, paniculate. Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire,
or rarely toothed, penniveined ; petioles often biglandular
at apex. <A few of the species have been introduced,
but they are now probably lost to cultivation.

SAPODILLA OR SAPOTILLA PLUM. See
Sapota Achras.

SAPONARIA (from sapo, soap; the leaves of

| S. officinalis form a lather, which much resembles that

of soap, and is similarly efficacious in removing grease-
spots, &c.) Fullers Herb; Soapwort. Including Vac-
caria. ORD. Caryophyllee. A genus comprising about

| thirty species of hardy or half-hardy herbs, sometimes

annual and with the habit of Gypsophila, . sometimes

biennial or perennial and resembling the species of

Silene; they are natives of Europe (mostly Southern),

the Mediterranean region, and extra-tropical Asia. Calyx

ovoid or, oblong-tubular, five-toothed, obscurely nerved ;
petals five, with a narrow claw, and an entire or emar-
ginate blade,’ scaly or naked at base; stamens ten.

Radical leaves spathulate; cauline ones narrower. The

species described below are very ornamental. 8S. ocy-

moides is particularly well adapted for decorating rock-
work. S. cespitosa and S. lutea thrive in a compost of
sand, loam, and peat, with good drainage in the pots.

All are readily propagated by seeds, or by division.

The hardy annual and biennial kinds simply require

to be sown in the open border.

S. cæspitosa (tufted). fl. rose-coloured, somewhat umbellate
calyx profoundly lobed; petals emarginate at the apex, with
bifid appendages in the throat. July and August. J. linear,
glabrous, almost all radical, scarcely toothed. h. Sin. to bin.
‘Ryrenees, 1824. Half-hardy perennial. (G. C. n. s., xv. 501;
R. G. 815.) Syn. S. elegans. —

ranched. fh, 6in. to 12in.
(ΠG. Tb 8; Bok. G ii
S. elegans (elegant). A synonym of S. cwspitosa. *
S. glutinosa (glutinous). M. blood-coloured, panicled, in corym-
bose bundles; calyx long, terete; petals minute, bidentate at

apex, crowned with scales in the throat. June and July.
l. ovate, three-nerved. Stem erect, branched. h. 14ft. Eastern
Europe, &c., 1817. Hardy biennial. (B. M. 2855.) -

S. lutea (yellow). fl. capitate, involucrate; calyx woolly, with
short lobes; petals yellow, obovate, entire; stamens violaceous.
June to August. Z. linear, ciliated at the base, almost all radical.
h. 3in. to 6in. Alps, 1804. _Half-hardy perennial.

S. ocymoides (Basil-like).* Rock Soapwort. fi. red or pink,
in panicled bundles; calyx purple, cylindrical, villous. May to.
August. l. ovate-lanceolate, generally one-nerved. Stems dicho-
tomous. Switzerland, Italy, &c., 1768. An elegant, hardy, peren-
nial trailer, well suited for the ornamentation of rockwork.
(B. M. 154; J. F. A. 23.) ME e oe —

S. officinalis (officinal).* Bouncing Bet ; Common ae
jl. lilac or white, lin. in diameter; petals obcordate ; cy:

— corymbs. August and September. on

in. to 4in. long, three-ribbed. Stem straight, ascending, lft. to
sft. high. Europe (apparently naturalised in Britain), temperate
Asia. Hardy perennial, with a white, fleshy, creeping root-
stock. (F. D. 543; — B. 197.) S. hybrida is a variety with
a gamopetalous corolla and connate upper leaves. =u,

S. Vaccaria (Cow-herb). jl. red, paniculate; calyx pyramidal,
smooth, five-angled; bracts membranous, acute. July and
August. l. ovate-lanceolate, sessile. A. lit. to 2ft. Central
Europe, 1596. Annual. (B. M. 2290.) :

SAPOTA (the native name). Syn. Achras. ORD.
Sapotacee. A monotypic genus. The species is a very
large, stove, evergreen tree, with milky juice. It thrives
in rich, loamy soil, and may be increased b¥cuttings.

l. oblong-lanceola

a ae a

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 359

Sapota—continued.

S. Achras (Achras). Bully-tree ; Sapodilla or Sapotilla Plum.
Al. whitish, rather large, pedicellate i in the axils: calyx segments
six, in two distinct series; corolla broadly sub-urceolate, og
lobed. May. jr. very luscious, resembling an apple in sha
l. petiolate, clustered at the tips of the branches, 3in. to 4in
long, elliptic-oblong, acute, glabrous; primary veins thick;
poupla downy. Branches numerous, forming as mer, to

to 50ft. West Indies and Central America, 1731 M
3111, 3112.) The correct name of this tree is Achras P l
SAPOTA (in part), of A. de Candolle, R. Brown, &c.

Synonymous with Sideroxylon (which see).

SAPOTACEÆ. A natural order of trees or shrubs,
with milky juice, inhabiting tropical and sub-tropical
regions. Flowers regular, hermaphrodite, or very rarely
polygamous by abortion, not large, glomerate or fascicled
at the nodes or in the axils, rarely solitary or fascicled ;
calyx inferior, persistent or deciduous; corolla gamopeta-
lous, the tube campanulate or urceolate, or rarely
elongated, the limb equal, the lobes equalling in number,
or twice or four times as; many as, the sepals; stamens
affixed to the tube of the corolla, in one or two series,
the filaments erect ; anthers two-celled; pedicels minutely
bracteate or ebracteate,
to many- celled. Leaves alternate, very rarely sub-opposite,
coriaceous or rarely membranous, entire, penniveined,
exstipulate, or rarely with small, caducous stipules.
“Several species of this order are useful to man. The
fruits of Lucuma mammosa (the Marmalade of the West
Indies) are a very agreeable food, as are those of Achras
Sapota and various species of Chrysophyllum, which
are much sought after in the Antilles; those of Bassia
and Imbricaria, Asiatic genera, are also edible... ..
Other Sapotaceew, both Asiatic and African (Siderowvylon,
Argania), are employed for building purposes, on account
of the hardness of the wood, whence the name of Iron-
wood” (Le Maoût and Decaisne). Dichopsis gutta, a
Malayan tree, furnishes Gutta Percha. The order com-
prises about two dozen genera, and 320 species. — :
Chrysophyllum, Lucuma, Sideroxylon.

SAPOTA, WHITE. A common name for —
edulis..

SAPPAN-WOOD. A common name for Casalpinia
Sappan.

SAP WOOD. The new wood of an exogenous stem.

SARACA (said to be from Sarac, the native American
name of the plant). Syn. Jonesia. ORD. Leguminose.
A genus consisting of four or five closely-related species
of unarmed, stove trees (or tall, climbing shrubs ?), natives
of tropical America. Flowers yellow, rose, or scarlet,
racemose ; calyx segments four, petaloid, closely imbricated ;

petals absent ; stamens three to nine, free ; racemes dis- ;

posed in short, much -branched, often lateral panicles ;

bracts smail, deciduous. Pods oblong or elongated, two-

valved, Leaves abruptly pinnate; leaflets coriaceous,

often few-jugate ; stipules small, caducous. The best-

known species are described below. For culture, see
ownia.

S. inclinata (curved downwards). fl, yellowish-orange, di: ed
in fascicled panicles. Z. pinnate, with six to eight pairs of o ng
leaftets, which —— when young, a beautif reddish tint.
Java and Sumatra. A very elegant species, closely allied to

aS. indica. ome

S. indica (Indian). jl. very rich orange, with much-exserted,
crimson — Summer. Z. 0 ite, te, abruptly 7 P
three to five pairs of oblong, shining, firm
(B. M. 3018, under name of Jonesia Asoca.)

SARACHA (named in honour of Isidore Saracha, a |

Benedictine monk, much attached to botany; he enriched
the Royal Gardens at Madrid with many rare plants).
Syns. Bellinia, Jaltomata. Orp. Solanacee. A genus
consisting of about a dozen species of diffuse or sub-erect,
greenhouse or hardy herbs, natives of Western America,
from Bolivia to Mexico. Calyx broadly campanulate,
shortly five-fid; corolla sub-rotate or very broadly cam-
panulate, with, a deeply ar limb; stamens five ;

Berry indehiscent, usually two °

Saracha—continued.

peduncles short. Leaves entire or — hasio- ee

toothed. The two species mentioned below are hardy —

annuals, thriving in ordinary garden soil, Seeds should
be sown in the open border, during spring. —

S. stapelioides (S ia-like , wil reddish-
brown, yellow- — * rotate, the Tate rum
and apiculate ; peduncles axiliary, cok NT o r rarely twin,
flowered. Summer. L stig —
scarcely acuminate, ikan or sinuate-toothed, scattered, the lower
ones solitary, the upper — twin. Stem erect, herbaceous or
suffruticose at base, 1jft. 1865. Greenhouse. (R. G. 465.)

S. umbellata (umbel. Sere fc ——— S asha
white ; corolla plicate; umbels

axillary, solitary. June and July. * pod a "wrinkled, entire,

shining, acute, —— floral ones twin, A. 2ft. to 4ft

1822, (S. B. F.G . 85.)

SARCANTHUS (from sarz, sarkos, flesh, and anthos,
a flower; referring to the substance of the flowers),
ORD. Orchidew. A genus including about a score species
of stove, epiphytal orchids, inhabiting the East Indies,
South China, and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers often
yellowish-green, purplish within, small, shortly pedicellate ;
sepals and petals free, sub-equal, spreading, slightly
fleshy; lip affixed to the base of the column, spreading,
spurred at base, the lateral lobes short, ear-like, or
oblique, the middle one ovate, oblong, or lanceolate ;
column oblong, sub-terete ; masses four; bracts _
small; peduncles lateral, often slender, simple or pani- —
culately branched. Loaves distichous, coriaceous or
fleshy, flat or terete. Stem leafy, not peeado-balbous,
These plants should be grown in teak-baskets
near the glass in a moist stove. They thrive best in
peat fibre and sphagnum, with a few lumps of char-
coal about their roots. The species best known in gardens
are here described.

S. arietinus (ram’s-head). nish, —* bs an ha
medial lobe he triangular and fi owish, an —

numerous. Z. straight, terete, as thick “A a — Assam, 1869.
` A remarkably odd, stiff-looking plant.
belophorus —— f. of —— colour, with
—* reaped, gem rple-brown stripes nay! and
lip, small, } i liguinte. equally bilobed, — A small
pig nen — olden). fl. yellowish, havi disk of
* sepals and —— h-purple, borne in hy 5

l. broad, lorate, eae — Moulmein, 1869.

S. erinaceus hedgehog-like). f. va, with a prettily rose-
tinted lip, —— spiked pendent, axil io rachis red ted
hairy, as are also the ovaries. eee. ———— 5630.)
Syns. Aërides dasypogon, A. rubrum

S. filiformis (thread-like). ——
chocolate-coloured, reflexed ; fp bed tipped win ei Pink:

raceme srn or eight-
Popeia ——n— OF

ellowish-brown, tipped
outside emas reg i * Lamon —
lip whitish-yellow, — ferian :

afterwards yellow; a nee

Ss. gp ci (spotted). — — — of Rhyne —
Hincksianus (Hincks smaller ; sepals and petals green,

with three equal, J paar ta ate lobes of blunt, and callus

ith medium Other-

and more
— Polban, Vas but Ps more slender than
neertain. 1878.

:

— this plant
that ' species Native country ui

S, laxus (loose). pem dirty-white, —— je mg sepals —
blunt acute ; — ; lateral lacinia:
of lip erect, ong, tobe tt pensos m aig om coho apiculate,
hollowed wey — —— —— ——

+ ew shor t, thick, ,

—— together onthe under * and with numerous

Lendyanus borne in a * loose. nitle :
* — Aih le dick yinteral lobes of

with two e tne roundish,

: with introrse
—— — lobe white, ig | —* e pota, oblong ; spur as
long a6 the purple ovary. l Saigon,
— - toothed ellowish, streaked with —

— See —

pe z
{ abbreviated, oblong-ligula te, toothed at India, 1872 A
small and not partiak riy ornamental

S. mirabilis (wonderful). j. "yellowish, with © purplish spr,

360 _ THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sarcanthus—continued.
small, —— in an erect, racemose panicle 14ft. long. 1. 6in.
long. India, 1878. A plant of no particular merit.

S. paniculatus (panicled). fl. yellowish; sepals and petals
marked with two blood-coloured stripes, linear-oblong, un-
dulated ; blade of lip two-horned ; spur straight ; spike pani-
culate. Z. long-lorate, obignely bilobed and obtuse at apex.
China. SYN. Aërides paniculatum (B. R. 220).

S. Parishii (Parish’s). A. yellow, with a rose-coloured lip,
small, produced in slender spikes. Z. lorate, T tipped.
Moulmein, 1861. An inconspicuous plant. (B. M. 521 3

S. rostratus (beaked). fi. borne in a simple, horizontal spike
equalling the leaves; sepals and petals yellowish-green, with
sanguineous margins ; lip violet, produced into a beak. J. lan-
ceolate, acute, flat, sub-recurved. China, 1824. (L. C. B. 39B.)

S. striolatus (slightly striated). fl, pepan and petals orange-
—— with — — ee ae ea bars b —
part of the spur w , the upper part o: e lip orange. ilip-
pine Islands, 1882.

S, succisus (lo -off). fl., sepals and petals yellowish-green,

le in the middle, obtuse $ lip_yellow, blood-coloured at apex ;
yolks simple, horizontal or deflexed, longer than the leaves.
n ia ng, slightly undulated, præmorse. China, 1824, (B. R.

S. teretifolius (terete-leaved). fl., sepals and petals yellowish-
» marked with sanguineous veinings, obtuse, reflexed ; lip
white, the margins of the throat violet; spur straight, obtuse,
ubescent within ; — simple, horizontal, equalling the leaves.
terete. China, 1819. (B. M. 3571.) Syn. Vanda teretifolia

le C.. B. 6).

S. Williamsonii (Williamson’s). fl. of a pretty amethyst-colour,
poned in spreading icles. J. pale green, terete. Assam.
1 An elegant little plant, resembling a diminutive Vanda-
teres.

SARCOCAPNOS (from sarz, sarkos, flesh, and
Kapnos, the Greek name for Fumitory; the species have
fleshy leaves). ORD. Papaveracee. A small genus (four
species) of hardy, dwarf, tufted, perennial herbs, in-
habiting the Spanish Peninsula or North Africa. Flowers
white, yellow, or purplish ; sepals two, scale-like ; petals
four, erecto-connivent, one of the two outer ones spurred
at base, the other flat, the inner ones narrow and
cohering at’apex; stamens six; racemes terminal, few-
flowered. Leaves dissected; segments usually broad and
rather thick. 8S. enneaphylla, the only species intro-
duced, thrives in the open border or on rockwork. Tt

3 may be readily increased by seeds, or by cuttings.

S. enneaphylla (nine-leaved). jl. yellow, marked with purplish
above, small, in short racemes of about ten. June. J. tri-
ternately parted, on long, slender petioles; leaflets roundish-
ovate, ti rdate at base, mucronulate at apex, the
terminal one usually larger. Stems 2in. to 5in. high, slender,
suffruticose at base, Southern Europe, &c., 1714.
SARCOCARP. The fleshy or succulent portion of

a drupe, lying between the epicarp and endocarp. The

term is sometimes used to generally indicate a baccate

fruit.

SARCOCARPON. A synonym of Kadsura (which
see).

SARCOCAULON (from sarv, sarkos, flesh, and
caulon, a stem; alluding to the fleshy stems). ORD.
Geraniacee. A genus comprising three species of divari-
cately-branched, fleshy or succulent, rigid, greenhouse
herbs or sub-shrubs, armed with spines formed out of
persistent and hardened petioles; they are confined to
South Africa. Flowers purple, on axillary, one flowered
peduncles; sepals five, imbricated ; , petals five, hypo-
gynous, imbricated; stamens fifteen. Leaves small, on
the spinous petioles, or tufted or solitary in the axils
of the thorns. The species thrive best in a compost
of loam, peat, and leaf mould or sand. Propagation may
be readily effected by young cuttings, inserted in sand,
under a glass; or by cuttings of the roots,

S. Burmanni (Burmann’s). fl. l}in. to Qin. broad ; petals twice
as long as the mucronate sepals; stamens five long and ten
shorter. May. l. obovate-cuneate, Jin. to Jin. long, inciso-

crenate, glabrous or downy, fleshy, on short petioles. h. lft.
1800. (B. M. 5729.) oid gi

S. L’Heretieri (L'Heritier’s). A. petals not much exceeding the
cuspidate, attenuated sepals. May. l. obovate or obcordate,
acute or obtuse, entire, glabrous. +. lft. 1790. This is often
confounded with S. Patersoni.

Sarcocaulon—continued.

S. Patersoni (Paterson’s). jl. smaller than in either of the other
species; petals not twice as long as the obtuse, mucronate
sepals. May. Z. cuneate or obcordate, obtuse or mucronulate,
entire, glabrous. h. 2ft. 1827. -

SARCOCEPHALUS (from sarr, sarkos, flesh, and
kephale, a head; alluding to the fleshy heads of fruit).
Guinea Peach. Syn. Cephalina. ORD. Rubiacew. A
genus comprising about eight species of stove shrubs or
trees, sometimes climbing, with terete or obtusely quadri-
gonal branchlets; they inhabit tropical Asia, Africa, and
Australia. Flowers white or yellow ; calyx limb truncate,
obscurely five or six-toothed ; corolla tubular-infundibuli-
form, the limb of five or six rounded lobes; heads terminal
and axillary, pedunculate, sometimes paniculate, ebrac-
teate. Fruit globose, one-celled. Leaves opposite, pe-
tiolate, sub-coriaceous; stipules interpetoliar, mediocre
and triangular or ample and obovate, deciduous. S. escu-
lentus is an interesting, climbing shrub, seldom seen
in collections. It should be grown in a compost of loam,
peat, and sand. Cuttings will root, if inserted in sand,
under a glass, in heat. 8. cordatus requires similar
treatment.

S. cordatus (heart-shaped). fl. yellow, in dense, globular heads
above lin. in diameter without the styles; corolla about jin. long.
May. l. broadly ovate, obtuse, rounded, cuneate, or broadly
heart-shaped at base, 4in. to 10in. long, sometimes softly pubescent
beneath ; stipules large, quickly deciduous. A. 10f¢. or more.

Australia and India, 1820. A handsome tree. Syn. Nauclea
coadunata. —

S. esculentus (edible). Guinea, Negro, or Sierra Leone Peach.
ji. pinkish, in short, terminal, pedunculate or sessile heads.
July. fr. in heads the size of a peach. l shortly petiolate,
roundish-oval, shining above, pubescent in the axils of the veins
beneath ; stipules solitary, triangular. A tall tree, sometimes a
scandent shrub, about 20ft. high. Sierra Leone, 1822
SARCOCHILUS (from sarz, sarkos, flesh, and

cheilos, a lip; alluding to the fleshy lip). Syns. Den-

drocolla, Thrizspermum. Including Camarotis, Gunnia,

Micropera, and Ornitharium. ORD. Orchidee. A genus

embracing some thirty species of stove, epiphytal, cau-

lescent, not pseudo-bulbous orchids, natives of the East

Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, the Pacific Islands,
and Australia. Flowers mediocre or small (in S. Calceolus
showy); sepals and petals spreading, the lateral sepals
often more or less adnate to the foot of the column ;
lip without a spur, three-lobed, the lateral lobes petaloid
or tooth-like, the middle one variable, fleshy ; column
erect; pollen masses two, globose, or four more or less
connate in a pair; peduncles lateral, simple or rarely
branched. Leaves coriaceous or fleshy, oblong or linear,
distichous, or sometimes very few or deficient. “In
many respects, the genus resembles Dendrobium, but
differs much from it in the form of the pollen masses,
in their attachment to a candicle, and in the seed cap-
sule and seed” (Fitzgerald). The two species of this
genus most common in gardens are S. Fitzgeraldi and
S. Hartmanni. These ‘should be grown in a green-
house temperature, along with such plants as Odonto-
glossum citrosmum. They like a moist atmosphere, sub-
dued light, and plenty of water at the root always.
Peat and sphagnum are the best mixture for them.
The species known in gardens are here described.

2 slipper-like). fl. ite ; petals `
Soblong, acute: middie ibe of in aiae aa petala Seay,

the lateral lobes ascending, triangular ; peduncles short, two-

flowered. Z. oblong, fleshy, eat emarginate, obtuse. Stem
elongated. Manilla, 1844. (B. R. 846, 19.)

S. cochinchinensis (Cochin China). Paa yellowish, glutinous ;
sepals striped with brown over the middle nerves ou ide, and

with some dark yellow patches under the column ; racemes small.

l. rather narrow, linear-ligulate, bilobed at apex. Cochin China,
1877. SYN. Camarotis cochinchinensis.

. falcatus (sickle-shaped). fl. white. usually three or four,

distant ; lateral sepals adnate to the rojections of the

column ; peduncles scarcely exceeding, sometimes shorter than,

the leaves. Z. oblong, often falcate, 2in. to 4in. long. Stems 2in.
1832.)

to 3in. high. Australia, 1821. (B. R.

S. Fitzgeraldi (Fitzgerald’s).* fl. snowy-white, spotted with rich
lake x maroon ; lip not half the length of the —5 the lateral

AN ENCYCLOPZADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 361l

Sarcochilus—continued. i
lobes falcate; peduncle, with the raceme, 6in. to 12in. long.
l. šin. to 6in. long. Australia, 1877. Habit that of S. saleatus.

S. Freemanii (Freeman’s). M. yellow, with brownish spots and
streaks, numerous in a raceme; sepals very long, narrow-linear ;
petals a little shorter than the sepals; lip small, saccate, tri-
dentate. J. ligulate, here and there undulated, bidentate, 6in. to
Tin. long, ljin. wide. Assam, 1876. An elegant, dwarf species.
SYN. Thrixspermum Freemaniti.

S. Hartmanni (Hartmann’s). fl. beautiful creamy-white, rather
small; sepals and petals with brick-red spots at base; side
lacinie of the lip spotted and streaked with brick-red, semi-
falcate or oblong, the middle lacinia yellow ; callus yellow, with
red spots ; raceme dense. 1. generally four, rather thick, ligulate,
bidentate. Queensland, 1877. SYN. Thrixspermum Hartmanni.

S. ionosmum (Violet-scented). f. about lin. across, flat, in
an open panicle, with a pleasant, Violet-like scent; sepals and
petals yellow, blotched with cinnamon-brown, obovate, obtuse ;
lip white, with a few red streaks, the basal lobes acute and
much smaller than the middle one. J. ensiform. Manilla, 1844.
(B. R. xxxiii. 41.)

S. olivaceus (Olive-like). fl., sepals and petals dull pale purple
or yellowish-brown, much contracted below the middle; lip
white, streaked with red, about half as long as the sepals;
racemes loose, two or three-flowered. J. oblong, often falcate,
2in. to Sin. long. Stems less than lin. long. Australia. —

S. pallidus (pale). M. pale yellow, mediocre, eight to fifteen ina
short raceme. Z. broadly linear, arcuate, oblique at apex, some-
what three-toothed. Sylhet. SYN. Micropera pallida.

S. teres (terete). f., sepals and petals white, spotted, fleshy,
obtuse ; lip white, with a few violet stains and a deep purple,
round knob at the end. i. ovate-oblong or oblong, unequal
at apex, flat, fleshy, pale green, Sin. long, lyin. broad. India.
SYN. Ornitharium striatulum (L. & P. F. G. i. 117). f
SARCOCOCCA (from sarz, sarkos, flesh, and kokkos,

a berry; alluding to the fleshy fruits). Syn. Lepido-

pelma. ORD. Euphorbiaceew. A small genus (three

species) of stove or greenhouse, glabrous shrubs, natives
of the East Indies and the Malayan Archipelago. Flowers
moncecious, apetalous; racemes small, dense, clustered
about the axils. Fruit sub-drupaceous, ovoid or globose,
indehiscent. Leaves alternate, shortly petiolate, entire,
coriaceous, penniveined or triplinerved. The species in-
troduced thrive in sandy loam. Propagation may be
effected by cuttings, inserted in sand, under a glass, with

a little heat. - : ;

S. Hookeriana (Hooker's). fl. yellowish; inflorescence short,
equalling the petioles, loose-flowered ; bracts ovate-lanceolate.
June, /. 2in. to din. long, narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, acute at
base, somewhat coriaceous, slightly shining above or PLs wel

penninerved; petioles about łin. long. h. lft. to 4ft.
Himalayas. Half-hardy (hardy in the South of England).

S. saligna (Willow-like). fi. pale yellow; inflorescence scarcely
exceeding the rather poe — bracts of the male peduncles
ovate, acute ; bracteoles oblong-ovate, acuminate. June. /. linear-
lanceolate, long-narrowed to the base, with a very long, cuspidate
acumen at apex. h. 4ft. Nepaul, 1820. Greenhouse. (B. R.
1012, under name of S. pruniformis.)

S. s. coriacea (leathery). jl., inflorescence loose, nearly equal-
ling the petioles; female peduncles twin or ternate, slender.
(H. E. F. 148, under name of Pachysandra Poe

S. s. latifolia (broad-leaved). l. broad or narrow ovate-lanceo-
late, acute at base. `
SARCOCOLLA (an old name used by Pliny for a

kind of gum, from sarg, sarkos, flesh, and kolla, glue; in

reference to the resinous secretion from some of the
species). ORD. Penewacew. A genus comprising nine or
ten species of small, greenhouse, South African shrubs,
with the habit and inflorescence of Penea. Flowers
often larger; perianth tube cylindrical, often elongated ;
lobes valvate, the margins recurved, nearly reduplicate.

Floral leaves in the typical species coloured. Sarcocool,

a gum-resin now seldom met with, is generally said to

be the produce of S. squamosa. The species known to

cultivation are here described. For culture, see Penza.

S. imbricata (imbricated). j. pink; perianth jin. long, the tube
scarcely longer than the * bracteoles oblong-linear, shorter
than the obovate, mucronate bracts. June. J. ————
broadly ovate, acute, four to five lines long; young ones qua M.
farious, erect. h. lft. 1824. SYN. Penæa imbricata (B. M.
2809).

S. squamosa (scaly). ji. red; bracteoles linear or linear-spathu-
late, ciliated phage a the bracts; bracts — as
large as the leaves, broadly obovate, slightly mucronate, cilia

Vol. III.

Sarcocolla—continued.

resinous, six to eight lines long and broad. June. l broadly
obovate, obtuse, mucronate, five = — lines 1 four to six
Ines broad 5 young ones erect; older ones mucro-
glandular. À, 1ft. 1787. SYNS. Pencea Sarcocolla, P. i

(B. R. 106). pa
SARCOGLOTTIS. Included under Spiranthes

(which see).

SARCOGONUM. A synonym of Muehlenbeckia
(which see). :

SARCOLOBUS (from sarv, sarkos, flesh, and lobos,
a pod; the seed-vessels are fleshy). ORD, Asclepiadew,
A small genus (two or three species) of stove, twining
shrubs, natives of India and the Malayan Archipelago.
Flowers small; calyx five-parted; corolla campanulate
or sub-rotate, partly five-fid, the lobes twisted; corona
wanting ; cymes clustered. Leaves opposite, membranous
or rather thick. The species are probably lost to cul-
tivation.

SARCOPHYLLUS. Included under Aspalathus.

SARCOPODIUM. The species formerly classed
under this name are now removed, by Bentham and
Hooker, to Bulbophyllum and Dendrobium.

SARCOSTEMMA (from sarv, sarkos, flesh, and

_ stemma, a crown; the leaflets of the inner corona are

fleshy). ORD. Asclepiadew. A genus of climbing or de-
cumbent, leafless, stove shrubs, with slightly fleshy —
branches, natives of tropical and sub-tropical Asia, —
Africa, and Australia. Hight species have been de- ©
scribed, but the number may be reduced to four or five. —
Flowers rather small; calyx deeply five-fid; corolla sub-
rotate, deeply five-fid, the lobes twisted; corona often
duplex, the outer one annular or cyathiform, the inner
one of five erect scales; cymes umbelliform, the re-
ceptacle or rachis often clavate. 8. Brunonianwm, the
species best known to cultivation, requires culture

to Ceropegia (which see). The American species for-
merly included in this genus are now referred to Phili-
bertia.

Brunonianum 4) bright yellow; column
short; inner mare ee —— aost concealing. ‘the
anthers; stigma very shortly conical; umbels chiefly lateral.
India, 1872. (B. M. 6002.)

SARIBUS. A synonym of Livistona (which see).
SARMENTOSE. Producing long runners or sar-

ments; e.g., those of the Strawberry. È

SARMIENTA (named after Mart. Sarmiento, a

Spanish botanist). ORD. Gesneracee. A monotypic genus.
The species is a greenhouse, glabrous shrub, creeping
or climbing over trees and rocks. This wiry - stemmed
plant does not always grow well under cultivation. It
should be planted in soft peat, mixed with sphagnum and
charcoal, and either in a small pan or orchid-basket.
Healthy plants have been grown on a piece of soft
Tree-fern stem. S. repens likes abundance of water,
shade from bright sunshine, and a position near the glass
in a moist greenhouse. It would thrive in a house
where Lapagerias are grown. = i —
pf soli in the axils, uncu-
Be ropans OT A T corolla tube elongated, swollen ;
limb sli htly oblique, of five rounded, spreading lobes. Summer.
l. opposite, rather small, somewhat fleshy, entire or with a few
teeth. Stems slender. Chili, 1862, (F. d. S. 1646.)

SAROTES. Included under Guichenotia (which see).
SAROTHRA. Included under Hypericum (which see).

SARRACENIA (named by Tournefort, in honour of

in, of ebec, who first sent species from
a cae to > age Indian Cup; Pitcher Plant ;
Side-saddle Flower ; Trumpet Leaf.” ORD. Sarraceniacew.
A genus comprising half-a-dozen species of curious, half-
hardy, herbaceous perennials, inhabiting North America,
Sepals five, spreading ; petals five, connivent ; style ex-
panded into a large, umbrella-shaped disk ; eg one-

; A

362 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

‘Sarracenia—continued. Sarracenia—continued.
flowered, naked, with the exception of three bracteoles during the growing season. A moderately cool house,
close to the calyx. Leaves radical, pitcher-shaped. The | and a moist, close atmosphere, are essential to the suc-

Cen
Ae ve Ui il
W

l H
` aut} )) i
Ni M D Y Pi H
RY W —

M M

WAT
iy Ny Ss i pi a
Mev ay
Wh |a?

x WS N a
9 N We A
gOS

iy ry “ii

/ —
Ay inn lt 99—
if ‘ty vie afi! Nh y

Sah

thay

Fig, 416. UPPER PORTION OF PITCHERS AND FLOWER OF SARRACENIA DRUMMONDII +

species require to be potted in good fibrous peat and | cessful culture of Sarracenias. Th

: : z > : e ts must never
sphagnum, such „as will not readily become sour from be allowed to get dry. Propagation paps ma effected
the large administrations of water which gre necessary | by division of the crowns. ;

ULTURE. 363

Sarracenia—continued. 3
S. Catesbeei (Catesby’s). A form of S. flava S.D i 3
i š . D. akba (white).* 7. at apex, as well as the lami
S. Drummondii (Drummond’s).* jl. purple, 3in. long; shaded and reti d with tr iront white- A tallgrowing,
3). $ : z g; scapes aded and reticulated with t a -i i
er —— — — l. 2ft. long, erect, Baie | garden variety. (G. C. n. s. Spi 1) ee
a » harrowly winged ; lamina erect, rounded, short-pointed, S. D. rubra (red).* Not nite o tall ag
hairy within, and, like the upper portion of the tube, white, | like it in other respects, E anarei —— pris sewer

Fic. 417. UPPER PORTION OF PITCHERS OF SARRACENIA FLAVA ATROSANGUINEA,

S. Fildesi (Fildes’), of gardens.
S. flava Catesberi. :
ava (yellow).* Trumpet Leaf; Watches. f. yellow, Jin: to

5in. across; petals obovate-spathulate, undulated: stigma 2in.

Probably synonymous with

variegated with reticulated, purple veins. 1829. This species
has the peculiarity of producing a second crop of pitchers late
in the season, which continue fresh on the plant during the
winter. See Fig. 416, for which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.
(F. d. S. 560 and 1071; F. M. iv. 208; G. C. n. s., xv. p. 633,
and xvi. p. 8; L. & P. F. G. 1.) SYN. S. undulata.

S.

broad; scapes'as long as the leaves. April and May. l. erect,
2ft. high, Silowish, trumpet-shaped, narrowly winged ; lamina

|
|
|

364 = THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sarracenia—continued. Sarracenia—continued.
yellow, erect, orbicular, 3in. to 4in. wide, slender-pointed, tomen- l. 4in. to 6in. long, spreading; tube inflated, contracted at the
tose within, reddish at the base, or reticulated with heed veins, throat, broadly winged; lamina reniform, erect, hairy within,
1752. (A. B. R vi. 381; B. M. ; F. d. S. x. 1068; L H. ii. 63; often purple-veined. 1640. See mie 418. (B. M. 349; F. dS, x,
L. B. C. 1957; RB. G. 554.) : 1076; G. C. n. s., XV. p. 821; L. & P. F.G. ii. p. 25; P. M. B. iii. 221.)
S. f. atrosanguinea (dark blood-coloured). ji. over 3in. across, | S. rubra (red).* fl. reddish-purple, smaller than in S. purpurea ;
campanulate ; petals creamy-white ; fot ag primrose- ellow, —— obovate ; scapes exceeding the leaves. May. J. 10in. to
curling over the sepals. l. long, narrow, Fannol chaped K 8in. high, erect, slender, narrowly winged, paler above, and
broad, roundish, at first green, with red reticulations, —— reticulated with purple veins; lamina ovate, erect, beak-pointed,
passing to a rich, deep blood-red colour. See Fig. 417, for whi tomentose within. 1786. (L. B. C. 1163.)

we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull. (G. C. n. s., xvi. p. 13; S.r. acuminata (taper-pointed). l. erect, = green, becoming
t

I. H. xxvii. 386.) - freely ——— “com crimson veins — e rop i — oat
S. f. Catesbæi (Catesby’s). A form with very la itchers, and acuminate, much larger than the mouth, longitudinally meshe

a flat, roundiahcuediaa wing, traversed by red — “Tt is very with crimson veins. (B. M. 3515, and H. E. F, 13, under name of

doubtful, on the score of priority, whether this should not be - K. rubra.) —

taken as the type of the species” (Dr. Masters). SYNS. S. Cates- S. undulata (wavy). A synonym-of S. Drummondit.

bæi, S. Fildesi (?) (of gardens), and S. flava picta. S. variolaris (variolar). fl. yellow, 2in. wide; petals in-
S. f. limbata (bordered). A large and remarkable form; the flected over the stigma; scapes shorter than the leaves. May.

roundish lid marked all around the edge, on the lower side, with l. erect, 6in. to 12in. high, trumpet-shaped, broadly winged,

a band of brownish-crimson, in. deep. : s spotted e rme — the debe — — ae
S. f. maxima (large). A very distinct, e, and handsome kind, concave, arching over the orifice of the tube, hairy and reticu-

having immense —— with broad hae re pale green colour. ae ee — K — ; k Si —

z x 4 G , 2. Ul. BOF. % nam . ; D B. D, ov,

S. f. ornata (adorned). 7. 6in. to 8in. in diameter; sepals under name of 8. adunca.)

— ‘petals of a rich canary-yellow, usually pen-
ulous, in form resembling the falls of an Iris. J. recurved . mn : : ;

at the orifice ; — part strongly marked with well-defined HYBRIDS. By crossing the above species, many beau-
Totius ie of” k parplish-rod, which — continued abe tiful hybrids have been raised, of which the following
S ornatie) eet. 114, 116, unda may be taken as a representative selection:

S. f. picta (painted). A synonym of S. f. Catesbæi. S. Atkinsonia a (Atkinson's -L long, narrow, and erect, green,
S. psittacina (parrot-beaked).* -/. purple, on scapes 1ft. high. with slight, red ribs and tions ; lamina

psi r reti bic lamina broad, cordate,
April and May. l. 2in. to 4in. long, spreading; tube slender, green, marked with red ribs and veins. _A distinet form, raised
broadly winged, marked with white spots, and reticulated with between S. flava maxima and S. purpurea, and partaking most

purple veins; lamina globose, inflated, incurved-beaked, almost -| Of the characters of the former parent. =

closing the orifice of the tube, 1866. (F. d. S. 2063; G.C n. s., S. chelsoni (Chelsea).* l. richly: coloured with crimson of a

xv. p. 816.) brighter hue than those of either parent. A beautiful hybrid

—— between S. rubra and S. purpurea; the — have the
elongated form of S. rubra with the broader dilatation of S. pur-
purea, and take a position intermediate between the decumbent
habit of the latter and the erect growth of the former. (G. C.
n. s., xiii. p. 725, and xv. p. 817.)

S, Courtii (Court’s).* l, when young, bright crimson-purple from
the middle upwards, reticulated with darker veins, changing
with pee to deep blood-red, with blackish-purple veins. 1885. A

_ beautiful hybrid between S. purpurea and S. psittacina. (R. G.
1886, p. 29.)

S, crispata (curled). 1. fully 3in. across ; petals white, drooping,
recurved at the edges, l. erect, funnel-shaped ; lamina erectly
arched and roundish, and, as well as the upper part of the tube,
marked by longitudinal pencillings of red, forming a rather open
reticulation. Possibly a natural or wild hybrid between S. flava
and S. rubra. (I. H. xxvii. 387; G. C. n. s., xv. p. 633, and
xvi. p. 9, under name of S. flava crispata.) :

S. excellens (excellent). 7. green, becoming stained with close
reticulations of purplish-red near the upper end, the pallid spots
reddish exi ; lid roundish, arching, and, with the upper

~ part of the tube, suffused and mottled with dark red. Habit

- erect. Parents: S. variolaris and S. Drummondii alba.

S. exculta (adorned). l. erect, with a narrowish wing, pale
green below, the upper end, as well as the roundish, incurved,
undulated lamina, strongly blotched with white and reticulated

_ with crimson veins. Intermediate in character between S. flava
atrosanguinea and S, Drummondii.

S. exornata (ornamented). J. similar to those of S. purpurea,
but more erect, slightly narrowed at the mouth, which is dark

: parpi -red, revolute and glossy, the tube dark green, covered
with purplish-red veins, the longitudinal ribs stout, with smaller
and finer veins between ; lamina erect, ovate, wavy, the dark
purple-red ribs running up through it and diverging. The mark-
ing throughout is very bold and effective. Parents: S. purpurea
and S. crispata.

S. formosa (beautiful).* A hybrid between S. psittacina and
S. variolaris. “The pitchers have more of the decumbent habit

| of S. psittacina than of the erect growth of S. variolaris, and are

about intermediate in length between those of the two parents.

The broad, lateral wing is also intermediate in form, while the

beak-like lid of the pitcher is — that of S. psittacina.

All the upper portion of the pitcher has a bright crimson, reticu-

lated nervation, with the characteristic white spotting of

S. variolaris ; the basal portion is Po fulvous-green ” (Veitch).

. Fig. 419, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and

——
POS 4,
i Uta g rapid

4%,

`
`

S S. illustrata (illustrated). Z. long, funnel-shaped, strongly
pe marked with longitudinal, crimson ia, united by veins of a

YY — similar colour; lamina cordate, apiculate, green, marked by ©
‘Ve aet. “Th oie a pole ie Kenn Pusan ss dove
RSA — a ee in habii aren — flav
Fig. 418. SARRACENIA PURPUREA, — with du veins “outside; — aech, —— —
s. rea(puple).* Huntsman’s Cup. A. purple; petals in- | ribbed with’ deep purplered veins, AMIE dwat. Parents

fiec: over the stigma; scapes lft. high. April and May. S. variolaris and S. psittacina.

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 365

Sarracenia —continued.
S. melanorhoda (dark red). 7, semi-decumbent, elongated,
funnel-shaped, gradually increasing in diameter from the base
to the aperture, when mature blood-red, veined with blackish-
crimson; wing broad; lamina erect, crisped, reddish-yellow,
veined with blackish-crimson, hairy on the side facing the
aperture. Parents: S. Stevensii and S. purpurea. See Fig. 419.

Sarracenia—continued.

mondii rubra and S. purpurea. See Fig. 420, for which we are
indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull,

S. Moorei (Moore’s). ft about 4in. in diameter, pendulous,
fragrant; sepals greenish, tinted with rose outside; petals deep
rosy-pink outside, pale creamy-pink within, 2tin. long. l. about
2ft. high, erect, trumpet-shaped, winged, 4in. in diameter at the

Fic. 419. PITCHERS OF (1) SARRACENIA MELANORHODA AND (2) S. FORMOSA.

S. Mitchelliana (Mitchell’s).* /. curved, funnel-shaped, broadest |
at the top, olive-green, traversed by a profuse — —
red veins, the whole changing, later on, to reddis lution’ of
lamina cordate-reniform, undulated, with a bold sonir r Drüm- |
deep crimson-red. A very elegant plant. Parents: S.

; lamina about 3in. across, sessile, hairy, with a
creat ot: poh Fon veins inclosing lighter spaces. Parents :
8. flava and S. Drummondii. (G. C. n. s., xvi. p. 44.) —

S. Popei (Pope’s). fl. 4in. in diameter; sepals greenish, flushed
with red, ovate-oblong; petals twice as long as the sepals,

366 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sarracenia—continued. | Sarracenia—continued.

oblong-obovate, white at base, the rest velvety-crimson, mar- | $. Swaniana (Swan's). l. ‘funnel-shaped, slightly incurved,
gined with pale yellow, creamy-pink within. l. erect, about greenish-purple, the inside of the tube, as well as the lamina,
2it. high, slender, trumpet-shaped; lamina 3sin. across, ovate, | being closely reticulated with crimson veins; wing rather broad ;
acuminate. Parents: S. fava and S. rubra, (G. C.n. 8., xvi. p. 41.) lamina cordate-ovate, bilobed at the apex. A handsome and

Fig. 420. PITCHERS OF (l) SARRACENIA SWANIANA AND (2) S. MITCHELLIANA,

S. Stevensii (Stevens’). Z. large and erect, with prominent, well-marked hybrid between S. variolaris and S. purpured.
straight, deep crimson veins, the interstices traversed with See Fig. 420.
numerous veinlets of the same colour; lamina large, crisped, S. Tolliana (Toll’s). J. long, slender, funnel-shaped, the orifice
deep crimson. Parents: S. purpurea and S. flava, the latter | appearing as if cut straight across, with a recurved margin,

being the seed-bearer. (G. C. n. s., Xvi. p. 40.) l either wholly deep purple-red with darker ribs and veins, or

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

Sarracenia—continwed.
greenish with dark purple ribs and veins; lamina broadly reni-

form, undulated, reticulated with reddish-purple. Parents:
S. Drummonditi alba and S. flava. i

S. Williamsi (Williams’) * Z. quite erect, rather short, funnel-
shaped, constricted a short distance below the apex, green, ribbed
with deep purplish-crimson ; wing veined with purplish-crimson ;

lamina very broad and full, cordate-reniform, strongly marked by -

trichotomous ribs, united by smaller veins, the inside more closely
reticulated with deep purplish-crimson. A very distinct and
striking hybrid between S. purpurea and S. flava.

SARRACENIACEZ. A very small natural order
of curious, perennial. herbs, inhabiting turfy, spongy
bogs in America. Flowers solitary or few, large,
racemose, nodding; sepals four or five, free, hypo-
gynous, closely imbricated from the base, sub-petaloid,
persistent; petals five, free, hypogynous, imbricated,
deciduous, or (in MHeliamphora) wanting; stamens
numerous, hypogynous, free; filaments filiform; anthers
two-celled; scapes naked or few-bracted. Leaves all
radical, with a tubular or amphora-shaped petiole
(pitcher); blade (lid) small, rounded, usually lying on
the orifice of the petiole. “Sarracenia rubra has been

vaunted in Canada as a specific against small-pox, but -

has not proved such. The pitcher-shaped leaves are
effective insect traps; a sugary secretion exudes at the
mouth of the pitcher, and attracts the insects, which
descend lower in the tube, where they meet with a belt
of reflexed hairs, which facilitate their descent into a
watery fluid that fills the bottom of the cavity, and at
the same time prevents their egress” (Le Maotit and
Decaisne). The order embraces three genera—Darling-
tonia, Heliamphora, and Sarracenia—and eight species.

SARSAPARILLA. A name applied to the roots
of several plants, more especially those of certain species
of Smilax.

SASHES. Any framework in a glass structure, in
which glass is embedded, whether fixed to the rafters
or not, might be called a Sash, but the term is most
generally used in reference to glazed frames which open
for purposes of ventilation in a house, or are used on
pits, &c., where they may be kept on or pulled off, as
considered requisite. :
Sashes. In houses of moderni construction, most ven-
tilating Sashes are made to open by means of iron
gearing and levers, an arrangement which is much to be
commended for its easy and effectual mode of working.

SASSAFRAS (from Sassafras, the Spanish word for
Saxifrage, like virtues to which plant it was supposed
to possess). ORD. Laurinew. A monotypic genus. The
species is an ornamental, hardy, deciduous tree, with
spicy-aromatic bark, and very mucilaginous twigs and
foliage. In Virginia, a kind of beer is manufactured
from the young shoots; other parts of the tree are of
economical value, the oil extracted from the fruits
being used by perfumers. The tree is frequently grown
in this country; it is remarkable for the variety it ex-
hibits in the shape and size of its leaves. For culture,
Åc., see Laurus. :
S. officinale (officinal). Sassafras-tree. fl. greenish-yellow,

shortly and loosely racemose; perianth tube very short, the

limb segments six (Sometimes variously abnormal); bracts small,
narrow; racemes nearly umbelliform, shortly pedunculate.

April. Z. alternate, membranous, penniveined, ovate, entire, or

some of them three-lobed, soon glabrous. h. 15ft. to 0ft.

Eastern United States, 1633. (B. M. Pl 220; T. S. M. 360.)

Syn. Laurus Sassafras. :

SASSAFRAS, CALIFORNIAN. ‘ee Umbellu-
laria californica.

SASSAFRAS, SWAMP.
Magnolia glauca. ‘

SASSAFRAS, TASMANIAN. A name applied

to Atherosperma moschata.
SASSAFRAS-TREE. Sec Sassafras officinale.
SATIN FLOWER. See Sisyrinchium.
SATIN MOTH. See Liparis.

A common name for

These latter are called movable —

OF HORTICULTURE. —

| Syn. Diplecthrum.

SATINWOOD-TREE. See Chloroxylon Swie-
SATIVUS. Cultivated. fee
SATUREIA (the old Latin name used by Pliny).

Orv. Labiatw. A genus comprising about fourteen species —

of highly aromatic, hardy herbs or under-shrubs; one is
a native of Florida, and the rest inhabit the Mediter-.
ranean region. Flowers whorled; calyx five-toothed or
very obscurely bilabiate; corolla tube equalling the
calyx or bracteoles, the limb bilabiate; stamens four,
distant. Leaves small, entire, often fascicled; floral and

-cauline ones conformed, or the uppermost ones reduced

to small bracts. Several species have been introduced,
but only two call for notice here, The leaves of both
are employed, like other sweet herbs, for seasoning, in
cookery. “Both species were noticed by Virgil as being
among the most fragrant of herbs, and on this account
were recommended to be grown near bee-hives. Vinegar,
flavoured with Savory and other aromatic herbs, was
as much used by the ancient Romans as Mint-sauc? is
at the present day with us” (Lindley and Moore).

S. hortensis (garden), Summer Savory. fl. pale lilac, small,

‘axillary, on short pedivels ; common peduni es three-

A pubescent annual. 0 Savo
(mountain). Winter Savo)

linear, and ones
—— Rep
nde (S. F. G. 543.) See also Savory, Winter. a
: SATYRIUM (Satyrion was the name given b;
Dioscorides to one of the Orchids, from saturos, a
satyr; alluding to supposed aphrodisiacal properties).
Orv. Orchidee. A rather large
genus (nearly fifty species have been described) of

- stove, greenbouse, or half-hardy, terrestrial, tuberous-

rooted orchids, inhabiting the East Indies, the Masca- —
rene Islands, and, for the most part, Southern and
tropical Africa. Flowers mediocre or rather large,
rarely small, in dense spikes; sepals and petals free,
much spreading or reflexed; lip sessile at the base of
the column, broad, concave, galeate, or ecueullate, un-
divided, double-spurred, or bisaccate; bracts membranous
or somewhat leafy. Leaves few on the lower part of
the stem, rarely many at the sides of a tall stem.
Tuber undivided. The species in cultivation are de-
seribed below. Most of them will succeed admirably
in a cold frame, in a compost of turfy peat, fibry loam,
and sand, with plenty of drainage. S. ciliatum and
S. nepalense thrive under similar treatment as regards

post, but require a greenhouse temperature. Propa-
— may ‘be effected by division of the roots, made as

h wth is commencing. Except where otherwise
—— the under-mentioned species are South African.
(golden).* jl. deep orange-colour, shaded with rich

1 August, and continuing in perfection a
~~ itt, or poe: 1842. A fine plant. (P. M. B.

candi ite). fl. white, very sweetly aromatic ; sepals
S r, ———— smaller, ascending, recurved at apex ;
lip inflated, obtuse. September. l twin, somewhat roundish-
—— glabrous. A. sometimes 1)ft. — cae
carneum (flesh- loured). Jl- white, suffused wi sh-e $
— ——— arin —— — S pere
ed: se-margined. June. l pal, : i
— — leafy, cucullate. A. lift. 1797. (B. M.

u t o a pt * inkish-white ; sepals linear narrower
8.6 Hatum Rosa ae : lip aleate, the spurs very short; bracts
* long, leafy; spike oval, imbricated. August. l ovate-
lanceolate, erect. Himalayas, 1 i
coriifolium (leathery-leaved).* f yellow ; sepals and petal
S. btuse, glabrous, shorter than the orbicular lip; r
‘¢ylindrical, obtuse, ed within ; — ro. ——
. obl -lanceo acute, ‘
- few-flowered. October. 1. oblong: h Ift. i820. (B.

2i’
À, ns, i
scaly sebrang om ie tame A ount

latum.) :

368

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

_ Satyrium—continued.

S. cucullatum (hooded). fl. green, with an unpleasant odour;
intermediate sepal longer than the petals, linear, obtuse, lateral
ones larger, all connate at base ; lip acute, fleshy ; spurs pendu-
lous; bracts concave, reflexed. June. Jl. twin, orbicular,
scabrous-ciliated ; sheaths inflated, distant, furfuraceous-ciliated.
h. Qin. 1786. (B. R. 416.) Syn. Orchis bicornis (A. B. R. 315).

S. erectum (erect). fl. of a yellowish-orange or pale purple
colour; sepals and petals scarcely longer than the galeate lip;
spurs filiform ; bracts concave, reflexed, longer than the flowers;
spike many-flowered. February. l. oblong, obtuse, coriaceous,
with cartilaginous margins, scabrous, much-spreading, changing
to convolute, imbricated sheaths. Stem lft. to 2ft. high,
wholly sheathed. 1838. (B. 117.) SYN. S. pustulatum (B. R.

, 18).

S. foliosum (leafy). fl. pale purplish, small, erect; lateral sepals
spreading, the ie —* decurved; petals obtuse, sub-erect ;
galea hemispherical, — than the filiform spurs; bracts longer
than the tlowers; spike dense, obtuse, imbricated. July.
l. oblong-lanceolate, erect, cucullate, imbricated, nearly as long
as the stem. Stem lft. to lft. high, leafy. 1828.

S. nepalense (Nepaul).* f. rose-pink, fragrant;,lateral sepals
oblong, onal one and petals linear; lip galeate, apiculate ;
spurs filiform; bracts refiexed, as long as the flowers; spike
oblong, loose, many-flowered. l., radical ones ovate or lanceo-

late, erect; cauline ones shorter, spreading, sheathing at base.
h. 1ft. or more. East Indies, 1882. (B. M. 6625.)

S. pustulatum (pustular). A synonym of S. erectum.
SAUCERS. Occasionally, these are useful for stand-

ing plants in, while they are in rooms or in places where
water cannot readily be applied. Generally, plants are
soon injured by standing in Saucers of water, as the
soil becomes sour; but those which naturally require
plenty of moisture, or grow in water, may be so
treated with safety. Saucers are made to suit all the
smaller sizes of flower-pots, and may be procured, in most
instances. from the same pottery. For preserving a
tender plant against the attack of slugs, &c., it is some-
times an effectual plan to place an inverted pot in the
middle of a Saucer of water, and stand the plant on the
top of it. Glazed Saucers may be recommended for
rooms, as they do not allow moisture to pass through
and injure anything on which they may be stood.

SAUNDERSIA (named after W. W. Saunders, 1809-
1879, an ardent collector and cultivator of rare and
curious plants). ORD. Orchidee. A monotypic genus.
The species is a stove, epiphytal orchid. For culture,
see Epidendrum. 25
S. mirabilis (wonderful). fl. greenish-white, flushed with yellow

and purple, medium-sized; sepals and petals free above, sub-equal,

spreading, ovate ; lip shortly connate with the column towards
the base, the claw exceeding the sepals, the blade bilobed ;
column short; pollen masses two; scape short, recurved, sub-
fasciculately many-flowered ; bracts ovate. ł oblong, fieshy-
coriaceous. Stem very short, one-leaved, scarcely or not at all

pseudo-bulbous, Brazil. (R. X. O. 177.)

SAURAUJA (from Sawraujo, the name of a Portu-
guese botanist known to Willdenow). Syns. Blumia,
Marumia, Palava (of Ruiz and Pavon), Reinwardtia
(of Blume). ORD. Ternstrimiacew. A genus comprising
about sixty species of mostly stove trees or shrubs,
usually strigose-pilose or hairy, inhabiting Asia or tropi-
cal and sub-tropical America. Flowers usually herm-
aphrodite; sepals five, closely imbricated; petals five,
imbricated, connate or rarely nearly free at base;
: Stamens, numerous, adhering to the base of the corolla;

“peduncles axillary or lateral, many-flowered, sub-panicu-
late, or rarely shortened and few-flowered. Leaves
usually serrated. The under-mentioned species merit
culture on account of their fine flowers and leaves.
All are stove shrubs, thriving in a compost of loam
and peat. Propagated by ripened cuttings, inserted in

sand, under a glass, in heat. z
S. excelsa (tall). Jl. white ; — long, covered with brown

hairs, trichotomously panicled at the apex. June. J. oblong-

obovate, rather acute, quite entire, scabrous above, hairy beneath

at the veins. h. 10ft. Caraccas, 1820. a

S. nepaulensis (Nepaul). f. white; racemes many-flowered,
— on long peduncles. August. l. lanceolate, 9in. long,
n. to 3in. wide, acuminate, serrate, smooth above, beneath
(as well as the branchlets)

covered with b: —
Nepaul, 1824. rown gown. 6ft

Saurauja—continued.
S. spectabilis (remarkable). M. white, in ample, much-branched
anicles; petals obcordate, twice exceeding the calyx. June,
. obovate-lanceolate, shortly acuminate, connate at base, petio-
late, doubly serrate, naked in the axils of the veins, Branches,
duncles, calyces, and nerves of leaves, adpressedly ferruginous-
ristly. A. ł0ft. Brazil, 1842. (B. M. 3982.) ;
SAUROGLOSSUM. Included under Spiranthes
(which see).

SAUROMATUM (from saura, a lizard; alluding to
the speekled interior of the spathe). ORD. Aroidee
(Aracew). A genus consisting of about half-a-dozen
species of stove, tuberous-rooted, herbaceous perennials,
natives of tropical Asia and Africa. Flowers on a long,
appendiculate spadix, shorter than the spathe, males and
females remote; spathe marcescent, at length vanish-
ing, the tube ventricose, the margins more or less con-
nate, the throat opening, the lamina lanceolate, elon-
gated. Leaves solitary, pedately parted; petioles elon-
gated, terete. ‘The introduced species are here described.
They thrive in a compost of light loam and peat, in
equal proportions. Propagated by offsets.

S. guttatum (spotted). Jl., spathe tube green outside, oblong,
the lamina olive outside and yellowish-green within, wit
rather large, irregular, dark purple spots; spadix terete-
conical; peduncle short, May. l., segments oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate ; petiol tted. h,1}ft. Himalayas,

1830. (B. R. 1017, under name of Arum venosum.)
S. pedatum (pedate-leaved). fl., spathe tube dark purple within,

loosely constricted above the middle, the lamina narrow-elon-
gated yellowish, with very dense, confluent, purple spots.
arch. l. pedatisect ; segments seven, nine, or eleven, obovate-
oblong, acute, very shortly or scarcely acuminate, obtuse at base ;
petioles long. h. 3ft. East Indies, 1815. (R. G. 495.) -

S. punctatum (dotted). fl., spathe green, marked with brown
spots; peduncle short. J. trifoliolate ; middle leaflet solitary,
elliptic, long-acuminate ; lateral ones pedately seven-parted, the
outer segments smaller. k. lft. Himalaya (?), 1858.

S. venosum (veined).* fl., spathe purplish outside, the tube
oblong, the lamina yellowish within, with crowded, small,
oblong, purple spots; spadix appendix very long, cylindrical ;
peduncle very short, violet-spotted. Z., segments oblong, cuneate
towards the base, acuminate at apex, the midrib and lateral
nerves yellowish; petioles — h. lit. East Indies, 1848.
(B. M. 4465; F. d. S. 1334; L. J. F. 12, under name of
S. guttatum.)

SAUROPUS (from sauros, a lizard, and pous, a
foot; Blume, the originator of the genus, does not say
why it is so named), Syn. Ceratogynum. ORD. Euphor-
biaceew. A genus comprising about fourteen species of
stove shrubs, with the habit of Phyllanthus, natives of
the East Indies, the Malayan Archipelago (and New
Caledonia °). Flowers fascicled in the axils, all pedi-
cellate, the males minute, the females in the same or
in a distinct axil, solitary or rarely two. Leaves alter-
nate, distichous, membranous, entire. For culture of
S. albicans Gardnerianus, the only species introduced, —
see Phyllanthus. : =
S. albicans Gardnerianus (whitish, Gardner's) J. oblong-

ovate, scarcely rounded-obtuse or sub-obtuse at base, acute and

acuminate at apex, small, deep green, with a greyish central
blotch. Branches and branchlets slender, green, the latter

angular. Ceylon, 1861.

SAURUREZ. A tribe of Piperacee.

SAURURWUS (from sauros, a lizard, and oura, a tail;
alluding to the form of the inflorescence). Lizard’s Tail.
Syns. Anonymo, Mattuschkia, Spathium. TRIBE Sau-
ruree of ORD. Piperacew. A small genus (two species)
of hardy, aquatic, perennial herbs; one isa native of —
Eastern Asia, and the other North American. Flowers
small, numerous, in a terminal raceme; each with n
small bract; perianth wanting; stamens six or eight, or
fewer by abortion. Fruit sub-globose. Leaves aler-
nate, broad, cordate; stipules membranous, adnate to
the petioles. The plants should be grown in sandy
loam, in a pond or cistern. They may be increased
by- seeds, or by divisions.

S. cernuus (drooping).

American Swamp Lily. fl. white, in
a dense spike, 4in. to 6i ——

bin. long, nodding at the end; bracts

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. so

Saururus—continued.

lanceolate; filaments long and capillary. June to August. Z
cordate, acuminate, converging-ribbed, without disti i y
Stem lft. to 2ft. high. Nerth. America, 1759. ———

S. chinensis (Chinese). A synonym of S. Loureiri.

S. Loureiri (Loureiro’s). This is closely allied to S.
may be distinguished by the following characters : duced ray
the leaves ; stem very angular. Eastern
SYN. S. chinensis.

short ; spike equallin
Asia, 1819. (R. G. 756.)

FIG. 421. FLOWERING BRANCH OF SAUVAGESIA ERECTA. -

SAUSSUREA (named after the Swiss philosopher
Horace Benedict de Saussure, 1740-1799, who pos-
sessed a considerable knowledge of botany). Sawwort.
Syns. Bennetia, Heterotrichum (of Bieberstein). Includ-
ing Aplotawis and Frolovia. Orp. Composite. A genus
comprising about sixty species of hardy, glabrous or
white-tomentose, perennial herbs, mostly found on moun-
tains in Europe, Asia, and North America. Flower-heads
purplish or bluish, sometimes narrow and corymbose,
sometimes broader and pedunculate, solitary or loosely
paniculate; involucre ovoid, oblong or globose, with many
series of closely imbricated bracts, the outer ones elon-
gated; receptacle flat or convex, densely bristly-paleaceous
or rarely naked; rays sometimes deeply five-fid; achenes
glabrous; pappus bristles in one or two series. Leaves
alternate, entire, toothed, or pinnatifid, the teeth or
lobes unarmed. The species are not very ornamental.
A selection of those introduced is given below. They
thrive in ordinary garden soil, and may be increased by
seeds. ;

S. albescens (whitish). fl.-heæds purple; involucre oblong,
slightly hoary, the scales very acuminate ; corymbs compound,
many-headed. July. l white-tomentose beneath ; cauline ones
sessile, oval, obtuse, sub-entire. A. 2ft. Nepaul, 1837. SYN.
Aplotaxis albescens.

S. alpina (alpine). fl.-heads purple, 2in. to šin. in diameter;
involucre —— with obtuse, woolly bracts; corymbs dense.
August. Z. oblong-lanceolate, toothed, cottony beneath; lower
ones petioled, 4in. to Tin. long, acuminate ; upper ones smaller,
sessile. _ Stem simple, 6in. to 8in. high, stout, erect, leafy.
Europe (Britain), &c. (Sy. En. B. 703.)

S, i, a —— .-heads pink, corymbose ; involucre sub-
eylindri ——— the dater scales ovate, the inner ones
oblong. July. l. — scabrous above, cobwebby-tomentose
beneath ; lower ones lyrately pinnatifid or toothed ; upper ones
— nearly entire, acuminate at both ends. A. 2ft. Caucasus,

S. pulchella (pretty).* _jl-heads purple, globose, corymbose ;
outer amarasi y tomentose, inner ones colo

l. slightly scabrous, pinnatifid ; segm
toothed; cauline ves sub-decurrent, the upperm

- undivided. h. 2ft. Siberia, &c., 1835. (B. R. xxviii. 18; B. M.
2589, under name of Serratula pulchella.)

Vol. IIL.

Saussurea—continued. ; —
S. pygmza (dwarf). A. hedds purple; involucral scales slightly
hairy, all acuminated. July. 7. mostly clustered, sessile, linear,

sub-entire, with revolute margins, slightly hairy beneath. Stems
„dwarf, sparsely leafy, one-headed. h. Ht mian Europe,

1816. (J. F. A. 440, under name of Serratula pygmæa.)

SAUSSUREA (of Salisbury). A synonym of Funkia.

SAUSSURIA (of Mench). A synonym of Nepeta
(which see). j

SAUVAGESIA (named after Francis Bossier de
Sauvages, 1706-1767, Professor of Botany at Montpelier,
and a friend and correspondent of Linnæus) ORD.
Violariee. A genus containing about ten species of
stove, highly glabrous herbs or sub-shrubs, all tropical
American. Flowers white, pink, or violet, axillary or
disposed in terminal racemes; sepals sub-equal; petals
equal, convolute. Leaves alternate, rather rigid, entire
or serrulated, stipules pectinate-ciliated. The species
introduced is a charming little annual. Seeds should
be thinly sown, during March, in pots of loam and
peat, and the young plants treated as other stove
annuals.

S. erecta (erect). Iron Shrub; St. Martin’s Herb. jf. pink or
purple-red ; sej aristate-acuminate ; petals obovate, apicu-
late. May to October. J. lanceolate, serrated. Stem branched,

rocumbent or erect. A. 6in. Mexico, 1824. See Fig. 421. SYN.

- geminiflora.
S. geminiflora (twin-flowered). A synonym of S. erecta.
SAUVAGESIEH:. A tribe of Violariee.

SAVANNAH FLOWER. A name applied to
Echites suberecta, and other species.

SAVASTANA. A synonym of Hierochloe (which
see).

SAVIN-TREE. See Juniperus Sabina.

SAVORY, SUMMER (Satureia hortensis). A hardy
annual, native of Southern Europe, cultivated for its
aromatic tops, which are used, in culinary preparations,
for flavouring and seasoning. It is raised from seeds, _
which should be sown early in April, in shallow drills,
about 1ft. apart. Select a sunny situation, and thin out ~
the seedlings, when large enough, to 6in. asunder in the
rows. When the plants are in flower, they may be
pulled up, tied in bundles, and dried for winter use.

SAVORY, WINTER (Satureia montana). A dwarf,
hardy, evergreen under-shrub, also a native of Southern
Europe, and grown for the same purposes as Summer
Savory. It may be raised from seeds, sown at a similar
period, and in the same way; also from cuttings and
divisions, Cuttings formed of young side shoots, with a
heel attached, may be readily rooted under a hand glass, or
in a shady border outside. Divisions should be made in
March or April, and plants obtained in this way, or from
cuttings, should be permanently inserted in rows, at dis-
tances of about Ift. apart, during a showery period, at
the latter part of summer. 3

` SAVOURY AKEE-TREE. See Cupania sapida.

SAVOY CABBAGE. See Brassica oleracea
bullata major and Cabbage.

SAWDUST. This is occasionally used as a manure ;
but it decays so slowly that it is little esteemed for this
purpose. Applied in considerable quantity, it has been
found to produce little effect the first year; but each
succeeding year the crop was increased, till it reached
its maximum -in the fourth year. Sawdust should be
made up into a compost with farmyard manure, earth,
and other materials; and the value of the compost is
much increased by saturation with liquid manures, gas-
liquor, or other fluids containing ammonia. The manurial
value of Sawdust is considerably greater when it is well —
decayed than while it is fresh; but the material can be

recommended as manure only when there are accumu-
lations of it to be disposed of. 3 s ate
B

——
—

370

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

SAWFLIES (Tenthredinide). A large section of
Hymenoptera (see Insects), characterised by the females
possessing an organ adapted to cut through the skin of

Fig. 422. LARV® OF ROSE-LEAF SAWPLY.

leaves and of branches, so as to permit of eggs being placed
in the slits. This organ resembles a minute double saw
(whence the popular name of the insects), and is toothed
so as to serve as one, but the details of the toothing vary
with the species. The larvæ of all feed on plants. Most
of them greatly resemble the larve of Butterflies and
Moths, except in having from eighteen to twenty-two
claspers or prolegs. Nearly all the larvæ feed on leaves,
exposed on the surfaces or the edges of the latter; but
some burrow between the surfaces of the leaves (e.g.,
Fenusa Ulmi), and others live protected in the interior
of fieshy pea-shaped or bean-shaped galls on the leaves
(e.g., Nematus gallicola), or swellings in the branches, of
Willows. When full grown, most of them go underground,
spin cocoons there, and in them become pupæ. Some
(e.g., Trichiosoma lucorum and Lyda) fix their cocoons
to branches of the food-plants, or spin up among dead
leaves or rubbish. The larve of the Rose-leaf Saw-
fly (see Fig. 422), and of the Gooseberry and Currant
Sawfly (see Fig. 423), are good types of Sawfly larve.

Fig. 423. LARVA OF GOOSEBERRY AND CURRANT SAWFLY
(Nematus Ribesii).

In like manner, the Gooseberry and Currant Sawfly
(Nematus Ribesii, see Fig. 424) is a good type of a
large majority of the mature Sawflies. `

Sawflies are mostly sluggish and heavy in their move-
ments, even on the wing. The head is usually broad ; and
there is no narrowed foot-stalk between the .thorax and
the abdomen. The colours are very generally black,
yellow, or brown on the body and limbs; the wings are
almost always transparent, and are of the form shown in
Fig. 424. The largest Sawflies in Britain are about as
large as a small Humble Bee, but most are of small size.

Many species are very harmful to cultivated plants; and
references will be found to the worst under Gooseberry
and Currant Sawfly, Lophyrus, Lyda, Nematus,
Pear (Insects), Rose Sawflies, Slugworms, and
Turnip Sawfly. Among the plants that suffer most are

Sawflies—continued.

Coniferw, Currants and Gooseberries, Hawthorns, Roses,
fruit-trees, Willows, and Turnips; but few plants al-
together escape injury. Certain species
of Sawflies, injurious to cultivated produce,
feed exposed on the plants, and may be
hand-picked; or, if very numerous, and if
circumstances permit, they may be destroyed
by watering the plants with infusions of
powder of Hellebore, or of Paris Green.
Social larve, as in the genus Lyda, which
spin a common web, may be removed and
destroyed with the web. For further in-
formation, see the headings just quoted.

SAW PALMETTO. See Serenoa
serrulata. : :

SAWS. Instruments in frequent de-
mand for various purposes in gardens. An
ordinary Saw, with the teeth set rather
wide, answers well for sawing wood, cutting
down trees, &c. In addition, a cross-cut Saw should be
at command, as it is occasionally necessary to cut down -
branches or trees that are too large for severing without
an instrument of this description. Pruning Saws, for
removing branches or spurs in ordinary pruning, are
invaluable for their purpose; they are small, and carried
to a point, something like those used for turning or
cutting circular holes in boards. It is most important
that Saws of every kind should be kept clean and in
a dry place, when not in use. It is a good plan to rub
a little sweet oil over the blades, in order to prevent
them from rusting. :

Fig, 424. GOOSEBERRY AND CURRANT SAWFLY (Nematus Ribesii)
a, Lines to show actual spread of wings and length of body.

SAW-WORT. A common name for certain species
of Saussurea and Serratula.

SAXEGOTHEA (named in honour of his late
Royal Highness Prince Albert). Orp. Conifere. A
monotypic genus. The species is a half-hardy, evergreen
tree. For culture, see Taxus.

S. conspicua (conspicuous). Prince Albert’s Yew. fl., male
catkins in terminal spikes or racemes ; females in spherical heads,
in the form of a little cone, on long, slender, terminal foot-stalks, .
sometimes drooping. June. fr. composed of several consoli-
dated, free scales, formed into a solid, fleshy, depressed cone.
i. alternate and scattered, or somewhat in two rows on the
branchlets, leathery, stiff, linear or oblong-lanceolate, somewhat
falcate, slightly twisted and reflected, żin. to 1}in. long, convex
above, ame DERE acute. h. 30ft. Southern Chili, 1846.
(3. H. S. vi. 258.)

SAXIFRAGA (an old Latin name used by Pliny, and
derived from saxum, a rock, and frango, to break; so
called because it was supposed to break stones in the

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 371

Saxifraga—continued.

bladder), Breakstone; Rockfoil; Saxifrage. Including
Ciliaria, Hirculus, Megasea, Miscopetalum, Muscaria,
Robertsonia, and Spatularia.
tensive genus of mostly hardy, perennial, rarely annual,
highly glabrous, pilose, or glandular, erect or decumbent
herbs, natives of the North and South temperate and
Arctic zones, rarely found in Asia, and. very rare in
South America; absent from Australia, South Africa,
and the Pacific. Flowers white or yellow, rarely
purple or rose, paniculate or corymbose; calyx tube
short or elongated, free or adnate at the base with the
ovary; lobes five, erect or spreading, imbricated; petals
five, equal or rarely unequal, sometimes fimbriated or
gland-bearing at base, perigynous or sub-hypogynous;
stamens ten, rarely five, inserted with the petals.
Leaves variable; radical ones frequently rosulate ;
cauline ones gererally alternate; petioles sheathing at
base. A dozen species are indigenous to Britain, The
best-known species are described below; all, except
where otherwise stated, are hardy perennials. With few
exceptions, Saxifragas are amongst the easiest of plants
to cultivate, they may be grown in any open soil, and
generally prefer to be surrounded with stones. Propa-
gated readily by offsets or by division of the tufts. Great
variation is represented in the habits of the numerous
species. They are nearly all beautiful and interesting
subjects.

7 H
y

>’

ne

A)

4.

, © 7
a

FIG. 425. SAXIFRAGA C#SIA, showing Habit and detached
Rosette of Leaves.

S. adscendens (ascending). Jl. white; calyx and peduncles
hispid; petals obovate, retuse. April. Z. fleshy, three-lobed ;
radical ones cordate, on rather long petioles, with the lobes
incised; cauline ones somewhat cuneiform, the uppermost
entire. h. 3in. North America, &c., 1732. Annual. SYN.
S. petræa (B. M. 3026). :

S. adscendens (ascending), of Vahl. A synonym of S. ——
. aizoides (Aizoon-like).* M. orange or golden-yellow, dottec

— red, —* in —— petals distant. June and July.
l. Hinear-oblong, crowded below, scattered on the flowering stems,
lin, to 2in. long, spreading ; lower ones reflexed, often ciliated.
Stems decumbent, tufted, much-branched ; branches šin. to 8in.
long. Alpine and Arctic Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. ee
Aizoon (Aizoon). fi., petals cream-colour, often spotted at the

— —— — onr rah erect, clammy Poceni
Jure. J, clustered at the root, persistent, thick, spati ulate, with
white, cartilaginous, toothed margins. Sin. to 10in. zee.
North America, 1731. minor isa smaller form, SYN. —— “a

Andrewsii (Andrews’). f., petals white, dotted with purple
rae the middie, —— Summer. J. rather thick, sparsely
hairy; basal ones spathulate, nearly lingulate, flat, cuneate-

ORD. Saxifrager. An ex-.

Saxifraga—continued. ;
attenuated, very obtuse, minutely crenate-serrated ; cauline ones
oblong, serrated. Stems erect, glandular-hairy, few-leaved ;

branches racemose. h, 6in. 1848. A hybrid between S. Geum
and S. Aizoon.

S. aquatica (aquatic). Jl. white, large, shortly pedicellate ; calyx
segments ovate-lanceolate, longer than the tube ; obovate-
oblong, more than twice the —2 of the calyx; inflorescence
loose below, crowded above. July and August, J, fleshy,
sparsely pilose, dilated at base; cauline ones sessile, incised-
trilobed above the middle. Stems simple or r iculate
from the base. h. lft. to lift. Pyrenees, (R. G. 1167.) SYN.
S. adscendens (of Vahl).

S. aretioides (Aretia-like).* /l., petals golden-yellow, crenulate,
with several straight nerves; corymb dense, few-flowered ;
peduncles clothed with clammy down. May to July. l aggre-
gate, linear-ligulate, igs sie mnucronulate, keeled, glaucous, with
cartilaginous margins. A. Zin, Pyrenees, 1826, (B. M. 5849.)

S. bronchialis (bronchial). M. cream-coloured ; calyx segments
oblong-lanceolate, glabrous; petals oblong, twice as long as the
calyx ; pedicels glandular, erecto-patent. May. l rather rigid,
linear-lanceolate, mucronulate at apex, the margins ciliate: or
ciliate-spinulose. Stems ascending, densely leafy at base; flori-
ferous ones paniculate above. A. 6in, North America, 1819.
Syn. S. densa.

S. Burseriana (Burser’s).* fl. milk-coloured, large and beautiful,
lined with yellowish nerves ; petals roundish, with curled edges.
March to June. /. rosulate, triquetrous, pungent, smooth, glau-
cous. Stems usually one-flowered. h. 1jin. Alps, 1826. Plant
densely tufted. (Gn., Sept. 17, 1877.)

S. B. major (larger).* M. white, solitary, on peduncles about 2in.
high. l. acute, ciliated, in small, dense rosettes. 1884. A beau-
tiful little rockwork plant. (G. C. n. s., xxi. p. 141.)

S. cæsia (grey).* fl. milk-coloured, disposed in a small panicle; |
petals roundish, unguiculate. May and June. J. linear-oblong,
aggregate, recurved, keeled, the ope surface with marginal
dots regularly disposed ; cauline ones few. Stems (and peduncles)
smoothish. A. Lin. to šin. Alps, 1752. See Fig. 425. (J. F. A.
374; L. B. C. 421.)

S. cæspitosa (tufted).* f. white, campanulate, few, small,
crowded. July and August. l. cuneate, three to five-lobed ;
lobes sub-parallel, obtuse ; ope cauline leaves undivided.
h. 3in. Europe (Britain). nt densely tufted, with short,
flowerless shoots. (Sy. En. B. 556.)

S. Cam

corym

372

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Saxifraga—continued.

with axillary, scarlet buds. Stem erect, simple, one to three-
flowered. h. 2in. to 6in. Europe (Britain), America, &c. The
flowers are rarely produced in this country, (Sy. En, B. 554.)

S. ciliata (ciliated). A variety of S. ligulata.

S. cordifolia (heart-shape-leaved). nA red, large; petals
roundish. March to May. l. orbicularly cordate, serrated,
glabrous. h. lft. Siberia, 1779.

S. cortusæfolia (Cortusa-leaved).* A. white, unspotted, on
slender pedicels; petals linear, the one to three longer ones żin.
to Zin. long; scape stout, bearing an open panicle often Tin. to
8in. long. October. J. on stout petioles, orbicular, cordate or

sub-reniform at base, 2in. to Sin. in diameter, shallowly five to
many-lobed, bright green above, fading to bright red-brown or
red. Japan, 1883. Plant stemless, probably very variable.
(B. M. 6680.)

FIG. 427, SAXIFRAGA COTYLEDON, showing Habit, and detached
——— Flower and Leaf.

S. Cotyledon (Cotyledon).* jl. white, dotless, large; calyx
densely glandular; petals — three-nerved, oblong-
E aire poh rs July. 9 — y
- serrated, the es silvery. - erect, branc in a pyramidal
——— —— — — Alps, be Plant —
ee Fig. : “ . 1443.) S. nepalensis- gardens) an
ua S. pyramidalis are simply robust forms of this species.
S. crassifolia (thick-leaved).* ji. red, large, disposed in thyrsoid
_. panicles; petals elliptic-oblong. March to Ma : l. large, fleshy,
oval or obovate, very blunt, glabrous, 'serrulated. Root thick and
=- woody. Ah. lft.” Siberia, 1766. See Fig. 428. (B. M. 196.)
S. cuscutzformis (Cuscuta-like). fl. white; calyx very short,
spreading ; petals very shortly clawed, lanceolate-elliptic ; panicle
_ branches two or three-flowered ; scape slender, ascending, loosely
-~ secund-paniculate below the middle. June and July. l., basal
ones rather thick, sub-orbicular or ovate, ply or undulately
toothed. “h. 6in, Japan, 1815.. (B. M. 2631; L. B. C. 186.)
S. Cymbalaria (Cymbalaria). fl. citron-yellow ; petals cordate at
base, distinctly unguiculate, thrice as long as the calyx segments.
May to August. l. brown-striated ; lower ones nearly twice as
long as the petioles, reniform, seven to eleven-lobed, the middle
lobe iy petiolate, five to seven-lobed.

largest; upper ones short!
Stems ' less flexuous, branched. Hima-
yas, $

$ nearly erect, or more or

layas, &c.

decipiens (deceptive). Jl., calyx lobes ovate, obtuse, as lon
the tube. l “ *

Saxifraga—continued.

S. diversifolia (variable-leaved).* jl. yellow, obscurely spotted,
4in. to Zin. in diameter, pedicellate, erect ; petals twice as long as
the sepals, spreading and recurved ; corymb few or many-branched
and flowered, the branches erecto-patent. July. l., radical ones
long-stalked, lin. to 2in. long, ovate or cordate, acute ; cauline
ones sometimes very numerous, smaller, sessile, semi-amplexicaul.
Stem erect, 6in. to l6in. high, simple or corymbosely branched
above. India, &c., 1882. (B. M. 6503.) `

S. elongata (elongated). A form of S. virginiensis.

S. flagellaris (whip-like). jl. yellow; petals permanent. May
to July. L, radical and lower cauline ones obovate-spathulate
upper ones rather villous. Stems erect, simple, one to five-flowered,
and (as well as the calyces) glandular-pubescent. Stolons or
flagelle filiform. h. 3in. Caucasus, &c., 1819. (B. M. 4621;
L. J. F. 287.)

S. florulenta (slow-flowering). fl. pale lilac, in. long, slightly
nodding; petals twice as long as the calyx lobes, spathulate,
obtuse ; panicle narrow, thyrsoid, 5in. to 12in. high, more or less

densely Tair . Rarely produced. J. Zin. to 2in. long, innermost
ones the shortest, very numerous, densely imbricated, spathu-
late, mucronate, bristly-ciliate below. Rosettes din. to Tin. in
diameter. Maritime Alps. ‘ A striking species, but exceedingly
difficult to grow. It probably lives to a great age before flower-
ing, after which it dies ” (Hooker), (B. M. 6102; R. G. 782.)

S. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* fl. white, disposed in an erect, many-
flowered panicle ; petals very unequal, one or more being elongated
and saw-edged. J. reniform-cordate, lobed and laciniately toothed.
Japan, li A pretty, half-hardy perennial, with the habit of
S. cortuscefolia. See Fig. 429. (B. M. 5377; F. M. 221.)

Fic. 428. SAXIFRAGA CRASSIFOLIA.

S. geranioides (Geranium-like). fl. white, numerous, sub-corym-
bose ; calyx segments erect, longer than the tube; petals ob-
ovate-oblong, long-clawed, about twice as long as the calyx.
July. l, lower ones slightly pilose, sub-orbicular-renifor:',
palmately tritid, the lateral lobes bifid, entire or two or three-
toothed ; cauline ones cuneate-ovate, with narrow lobes. Stems
numerous, slightly woody. A. 6in. Pyrenees, 1770. (R. G. 999.)

S. Geum (Geum). l. orbicular, more or less reniform or cordate,
crenate or toothed, on slender petioles. According to Hooke:,
this is merely a sub-species of S. wmbrosa. (Sy. En. B. 543-545.)
elegans and gracilis are varieties.

S. granulata (granulate).* Fair Maids of France ; First of May ;
Meadow Saxifrage. fl. white, inclined or drooping, campanulate,
lin. in diameter; petals obovate. April and May. l. petioled,
reniform, palmately lobulate ; radical ones Zin. to Uin. in
diameter, on slender petioles; cauline ones sessile, deeper and
more acutely cut. Stem 6in. to 18in. high, erect, bulbiferous at
base, branched and many-flowered above. Europe (Britain), &c.
(Sy. En. B. 555.) There is a pretty double form of this species in

tivation.

S. Guthrieana (Guthrie’s). A hybrid, very similar to, or identi-
eal with, S. Andrewsit.

S. hieracifolia (Hieracium-leaved). fl. white; petals ovate,
acute ; scape erect, racemose, the branches four to six-flowered

AN

ENCYCLOPAEDIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 373

Saxifraga—continued.

June and July. J. nearly all basal, ovate-oblong or oblong, re-
motely repand-toothed, dilated at base, semi-amplexicaul, glabrous
above, villous beneath and on the margins. h. lft. Europe, &c.,

S. Hirculus (Hirculus).* fl. }in. to fin. in diameter, sub-solitary ;
sepals refiexed; petals obovate, dotted with red at the base,
where there are two tubercles. August. L., radical ones din.
to lin. long, rosulate, petioled, lanceolate or spathulate; cauline
ones linear, sometimes faintly serrated. Stem sub-simple, erect,
stoloniferous. >, 4in. to 8in. Arctic and Alpine Europe (Britain),
&c. (Sy. En. B. 550.)

S. H. grandiflora (large-flowered). A fine variety, having flowers

_ lin. in diameter. (R. G. 1035, Fig. 4.)

S. hirsuta (hairy). J. long-petioled, broadly ovate, rounded at
base or narrowed into the petiole; margins cartilaginous,
sharply toothed or serrated. Plant more hairy than S. um-
brosa, to which it is referred, by Hooker, as a sub-species.
(Sy. En. B. 546.)

S. hirta (hairy). A sub-species of S. Aypnoides.

S. Hostii (Host’s).* jf. five to nine in a corymb ; calyx segments
ovate-triangular ; petals white, or with a few purple dots above
the middle, oblong or obovate-oblong ; pedicels glandular. May.
L, basal ones numerous, ligulate, obtuse at apex, ciliated at base ;
cauline ones oblong, crenate-serrated. Stem erect, paniculate
above. A. 6in. to 12in. South Europe.

S. hypnoides (Hypnum-like).* Dovedale Moss ; Eve’s Cushion,
&c. fl. white, in. to lin. in diameter, campanulate ; flowering
shoots 3in. to 18in. long, stout or slender. May to July.
l. cuneate, three to five-cleft, loose or dense, with the broad,
compressed petioles An. to lin. long ; lobes entire, or the lateral
ones cleft, flat or channelled. Europe (Britain), &c. The tufts
often form large cushions.

— * * —
FIG. 429. SAXIFRAGA ForTUNE!, showing Habit and detached
Flowers.

S. h. hirta (hairy). 7., calyx lobes broad ; petals obovate, flat.
l, ‘three lobed a ees suddenly contracted beyond the
middle, acute, (Sy. En. B. 559.) afinis (Sy. En. B. 560) an
tneurvifolia (Sy. En. B. 558) are varieties. E
_ S. h, Sternbergii (Sternberg’s). Barren shoots rather long,
~ theirt leaves with nian to ore: obtuse lobes. A robust mk
S. imbricata (imbricated). fl. white, solitary, terminal ; petals
- obovate, with: attenuated — trinerved. ’ June and —

— ovate-oblong, —— apex, —*
rrulate on the margins. .zin. . Plan
densely tufted.

p — intacta (intact). A synonym of S. Aizoon. —
é watered), A. white, large, campanulate;
SS ee eee — — June and July.

x

Saxifraga—continued.
l, radical ones palmately five-parted ; cauline ones trifid, sessile ;
segments cuneate-oblong, mucronate, trifid, Stems beset with
iointed hairs. A. 6in. to 12in. Tauria, 1817. (B. M. 2207.)
S, juniperifolia (Juniper-leaved). /l. yellow or greenish-yellow,
racemose or s$ -capitate ; petals slightly exceeding the calyx
. Segments, oblong-spathulate. July. /., those of the woody
caudex rigid, erect, appressed, subulate, rather broader at base,
rigidly mucronate; cauline ones long-ciliated at base. Stems
leafy, villous. Caucasus,

S. Kotschyi (Kotschy’s). ellow, in cymes terminating the
short, leafy stems. l.s , closely imbricated, obovate-obtuse,
apiculate. Asia Minor, 1873. A hardy or hait begr bluish-
green plant, forming densely-tufted rosettes, jin. to jin, across,
(B. M. 6065.)

S. leucanthemifolia (Leucanthemum-leaved). M. in à spread-
ing, corymbose or —— cyme ; — white, lanceolate,
unequal, the three larger ones with a heart-shaped base and a
pair of spots ; the two smaller ones with a tapering base and
no spots. June. l oblong, wedge-shaped or spathulate, coarsel
toothed or cut, ate © a pre. h. Bin. to 18in, Nort
America, 1812. (B. M. ; L. B. C. 1568.)

S, ligulata (strap-shaped).* jl. very pale red, almost white, in
S — ifr ye rf orbicular. March to May.
l. obovate, sub-cordate, denticulated, quite — on both
surfaces, but ciliated on the margins. h. lft. Nepaul, 1821.
(B. M. 3406; H. E: F. 49; L. B. C. 747; S. B. F. G. 69.)

S. 1. ciliata (ciliated). This practically only differs from the type
in its pamens aer smaller size, and in the leaves being hairy on
both surfaces. Nepaul and Kumaon. (B. M. 4915, under name of
S. ciliata.)

S. lingulata (tongue-shaped). fl. white, with numerous rose-
coloured —* flat; calyx densely glandular, as

gamer = me cons} —— — May to July.

i * anne 2 , ` wid

intoa. — at apex. Stem erect, flexuous, fas-

ciliated at s
tigiately branched. A. 1ft. to 14ft. Alps, 1800.

1. cochlearis (spoon-like).* jl. white, in slender icles;
— (as —* oe tho branches) purplish-brown, ndular-
ubescent. June, 7. in. to lin. long, spathnlate, coriaceous,

in tufted rosettes. Maritime Alps, 1 (B. M. 6688.)

+ Fia, 430. SAXTPRAGA LONGIFOLIA.

longifolia (long-leaved).* f. white, slightly dotted with red,
nS i — thyrse, tft. high. rte. 1, linear-
_ in Li thick substance, densely rosulate, having

oblong, bin. long, —

See Fig. 430.

a — 3 tr +
s : ed). ñ. whitey din. in diameter, dis
marginea prt — n A ). “ omy L. small, oblong, dotted
in her compact cymes. * inns Si
he margins wii series of lime incrustations, dispo
J hed rosettes. Stem — Qin, to 4in. high. Italy and

Greece, 1883. (B. M. 6702.) — $ a
w’s). hite, jin. in diameter, shortly

sS. Maweana (Maw's).” fe wait long : cee =

— on Fai ne L pig a ran

¥

well as the

—

374

THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Saxifraga—continued.

upper radical leaves cuneate, trifid, with pedicelled, thickened
lJeaf-buds in their axils. Tetuan, 1827. A well-known and
highly-prized rock plant. (B.M. 6384; G. C. 1871, p. 1355.)

S. media (intermediate). Jl., calyx and peduncle purplish,
densely glandular; petals erect, obovate, three to five-nerved,
scarcely exceeding the calyx segments; inflorescence cymose-
paniculate or racemose. June and July. l., basal ones imbri-
cated, explanate-depressed, spathulate-lingulate, acute or obtuse ;
cauline ones spathulate, glabrous, except the apical part. Stems
erect. h. 6in. to 8in. Pyrenees. (G. C. n. s., xxiii. 801;
S. F. G. 376.) ; i

S. moschata (musky).* 7. pale yellowish or purplish, one to ten,
racemose or paniculate; petals spreading, oblong, scarcely ex-
ceeding the calyx segments. May and June. J. smooth, glabrous

or aig rae phoen entire, obtuse or cuneate, trifid, rarely five-fid —

with linear lobes, obtuse ; cauline ones scattered, trilobed or
entire. h. 3in. Pyrenees, &c., 1819. SYN. S. muscoides.

S. muscoides (Musk-like). A synonym of S. moschata.

S. mutata (changeable). . fl. copper-coloured, marked with deeper-
coloured dots, panicled ; calyx and peduncle densely glandular ;
petals linear-lanceolate. June and July. l. flat, spathnlate,
cartilaginously crenated, fringed with long, viscid hairs ; cauline
ones obovate, ciliated at base. Stem erect, leafy, glandular.
h. 6in. to 12in. Switzerland, 1779. (B. M. 351.)

S. nepalensis (Nepaul). A garden form of S. Cotyledon.

S. nivalis (snowy). M. white, }in. in diameter, in capitate, four
to twelve-flowered cymes ; scape erect, simple, 3in. to 6in. high.
July and August. J. broadly spathulate, crenate-toothed, sin. to
lin. in diameter, sub-coriaceous, red beneath ; petioles lin. to 2in.
long. Europe (Britain), &c. (Sy. En. B. 541.)

S. oppositifolia (opposite-leaved).* fl. bright purple, żin. in
diameter, solitary, sessile, on short, annual shoots, campanulate ;

tals obovate, April and May. l. opposite, jin. long, quadri-
ariously imbricated, thickened and obtuse at the tip, ciliated
with stout bristles. Stems 6in. to 8in. long, creeping, leafy,
Ewope (Britain), &c. (L. B. C. 869; R. G. 1039; Sy. En. B. 540.)

S. o. alba (white-flowered). This only differs from the type in
the colour of its flowers,

S. o. major (larger). A form with larger flowers than the type,
but not so fine as the next variety.

S. o. pyrenaica superba (superb Pyrerean).* The rosy-lilac

flowers of this form are very large, more than twice the size of
those of S. oppositifolia, and the habit is more erect. (G. C. n. s.,
xxi. p. 419.) :

S. — (pale). jl. white ; petals persistent during the ripenin
of the fruit; ovary dull purplish-red ; peduncles’ abe gh four.
flowered, lin. to 4in. high. Summer. l. spathulate, green, dis-
posed in a small rosette.” h. 3in. to bin. Sikkim, 1885. A neat,
rockwork plant.

S. paradoxa (paradoxical). A synonym of S. »ygmaa.

FIG. 431. SAXIFRAGA PELTATA, showing Habit and detached
‘lower. i

S. peltata (peltate-leaved).* Umbrella Plant. . white or very
pale pink, 4in. in diameter; petals longer than the sepals,
elliptic, rounded at both ends. April. 1. all sub-terminal, erect ;
petiole lft. to 2ft. long, cylindric, as thick as a goose-quill,
glandular-pubescent ; blade orbicular, peltate, 6in. in diameter,
six to ten-lobed, the lobes cut and sharply toothed, pale beneath.

_ Rootstock clothed at the tip with the broad, stipular leaf-sheaths,

.

Saxifraga—continued.

California, 1873. One of the largest species of the genus. See
Fig. 431. (B. M. 6074; F. d. S. 2441; R. G. 735.)

S. pennsylvanica (Pennsylvanian). Swamp Saxifrage. fl
greenish, small ; calyx lobes as long as the poms. scape many-
flowered, erect, clammy-pubescent. May and June. l. clustered
at the root, oblanceolate, obscurely toothed, 4in. to 8in. long,
narrowed at base into short, broad petioles. h. lft, to 2ft. North
America, 1732.

S. pentadactylis (five-fingered). f. white, disposed in loose
panicles; petals obovate, with branched nerves. May and June.
l. on long, compressed petioles, glabrous, five-parted. Stems
branched, terete, glabrous, flexuous. h. din. to bin. Pyrenees.
1815. Plant densely tufted. : :

S. petrzea (rock-loving). A synonym of S. adscendens.

Fic. 432, SAXIFRAGA PURPURASCENS.

+

. purpurascens (purplish).* Purple Large-leaved Saxifrage. —
fl. purple, Zin. to lin. across, nodding; petals obovate-oblong,
sometimes long-clawed; panicle few-flowered, corymbose,
glandular-pubescent. June. l. obovate-rounded, entire, 2in.
to Zin. Jong, highly glabrcus, sometimes obscurely sinuated,
often impressed with dots. A. 3in. to 6in. Himalayas, 1850.
See Fig. 4 (B. H. ix. 1; B, M. £066; F. d. S- 1401.) Syn.
Megasea pu: purascens, 5

— ae:
—
=

S

4
f

*

FIG. 433. SAXIFRAGA PYGMEA.

S. pygmeza (pigniy).* 4. yellowish, very small; petals hardly
longer than the calyx. May and June. J. lanceolate, nerveless,
glabrous, blunt, and rather cut at the apex. Stems filiform,
slender, three or four-flowered, few-leaved, glandular. A. lin to
Zin. Pyrenees (not British). See Fig. 433. Syn. S. paradoxa.

S. pyramidalis (pyramidal). A form of S. Cotyledon.

the base. Ste :
(R. G. 1110; S. B. F. G. ser. il. 49; A. F. P. 21, Fig. 2, under

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 375

Saxifraga—continued.

S. rivularis (brook-loving). /. white, erect, one or two, jin.
in diameter; petals distant. July and August. Z. reniform
— pit to Rect in diameter; lobes entire ;
petioles as long as the decumbent, rooting stems. Britai ;
(F. D. 118; Sy. En. B. 553.) AE siya a

S. Rocheliana (Rochel’s). /l. white, corymbose ; petuls obovate,
twice as long as the calyx. Summer. ¿ white at the edges,
and with distinct, impressed dots; lower ones lingulate, gla-
brous, ciliated at the base, disposed in tufts ; cauline ones pale
green, clothed with clammy hairs. h. 3in. Austria.

Fig. 434.

S. R. coriophylla (Coris-leaved).* l., lower ones smaller and
more horizontally expanded than in the type, pitted near the
margins. See Fig. 434. : $

S. rotundifolia (round-leaved). f. white, marked with scarlet
dots; petals lanceolate, acute, three-nerved. May and June.
l reniform, unequally and coarsely toothed ; cauline ones petio-
late. h. lft. Austria, &c., 1596. (B. M. 424; S. F. G. 377.) The
variety repanda is larger and more robust, and has broader
leaves.

S. r. taygetea (Mount Taygetus). fl., panicle branches one or
two-flowered, l, basal ones long-petiolate, small, with slightly
hairy margins, reniform or nearly round, five to nine-lobed ;
upper cauline ones linear or trifid. Greece. —

S. sancta (holy).* fl. yellow, in a short, dense spike; petals
spathulate-oblong. Summer. /. rigid; lower ones imbricated,
spreading, lanceolate, acuminate, rigidly mucronate, ciliate, den-
ticulate on the margins, keeled ; cauline ones lanceolate, mucro-
nate. Stem glabrous, leafy. Mount Athos, 1882. Habit dense,
tufted.

SAXIFRAGA ROCHELIANA CORIOPHYLLA, —

Fic. 435, SAXIFRAGA SARMENTOSA TRICOLOR,

5S. sarmentosa (sarmentose).* Aaron’s Beard ; Creeping Sailor ;
Mother of Thousands; Old Man’s Beard; Wandering Jew, &c.

Saxifraga—continued. €

J. white, two of the inner petals having a yellow spot, and the
central one two scarlet spots, at the base; two outer petals large,

flaccid. June and July. l. orbicularly cordate, crenate-lobed,

pilose, red beneath. Stolons or runners creeping. A. Yin, China

and Japan, 1815. Half-hardy. (B. M. 92.)

S. s. minor (smaller). A smaller-growing form, (B. H. vii. 13,
under name of S. s. minor semperflorens.)

S. s. tricolor (three-coloured). This differs from the-type in
—— — —— blotched with ———— and
red. is wella or growing in vases and hanging baskets.
See Fig. 435. j es gå *

S. Schmidtii (Schmidt's). A. purplish, paniculate, similar to
those of S. crassifolia. Marly summer, i ovate, rounded at both
ends, or attenuated into the petioles,- denticulate-ciliated,
Himalayas. (R. G. 946.)

S. spathulata (spathulate-leaved). jl., petals obovate-oblong,
twice as long as the calyx segments; panicle corymbose, three to
five-flowered. June, l, lower ones spathulate, ciliated, entire,
obtuse at apex, rarely three-toothed, three-nerved ; cauline ones
linear, Stem slender, erect. Algiers,

S. squarrosa (squarrose-leaved). A. white, larger than those of
S. cæsia. Early summer. l. linear-elliptic, rather retuse, stiff,
squarrosely imbricated, permanent, mealy when young. Stem
— below, usually three-flowered ; branches diffuse, flaccid.

ps.

S. stellaris (starry). fl. few, 4in. in diameter ; petals white, with

two purple spots above the base ; scape din. to 8in. high; eyme
anicled. Z. rosulate, sub-sessile, cuneate-lanceolate, sin. to lin.
ong, sub-succulent, usually coarsely toothed, ciliated, casually
entire. Europe (Britain), &c.
stemless. (F. D. 23; Sy. En.

S. Sternbergli (Sternberg’s). A form of S. hypnoides,

S. Stracheyi (General Strachey’s).* fl. pink, jin. to lin. in
diameter ; petals — ate or orbicular ; — much-
branched, drooping, glandular pubescent. March. ¿. closely
sheathing at base, with orbicular stipular sheaths, obovate or
obovate-cuneate, 3in. to 6in. long, narrowed into the short, stout
petiole, or cordate at base ; margins irregularly toothed, ciliated,
h. 4in, to 8in, Western Himalayas, 1851. (B. M. 5967.) S. S. alba
(R. G. 1228) differs from the type in its less spreading, white
petals, whitish filaments, and green styles.

S. S, Milesii (Miles’). jl. white; calyx and peduncle glandular-
pubescent ; petals white, with a distinct claw; corymbs dense.
March. 4, Sin, to 12in. long, $in. to Sin. broad. 1872. A plant of
garden origin. This resembles the type, but differs in its longer
leaves, and the more distinct claw to its petals.

S. S. thysanodes (coarse-fringed). fl. white, clustered in a small
slightly branched — a sub-rotundate, longer than the
se
both sides, but especially benea h. 6in. India.
(B. R. 1846, 33.) :

S, tenella (slender . white; petals obovate-oblong, twice as
long as tn papari ts oa ay panicle few-flowered. “June and
July. l. linear-subulate, cuspidate -aristate, spatsely setulose-

ciliated on the margins or glabrous, glandularly ciliated towards
the base. Stems erect, slender, glabrous. Alps, 1819.

h. 6in.

LR
fm

eA - + r
1G. 436. SAXIFRAGA TRIFURCATA, showing Habit and
detached Leaf.

thrice-forked). fl.
— as long pe the calyx, obovate-oblong. May. È ,

Plant glabrous or sparsely hai
B bia ——

pals. April. J. obovate, —— sting tag eg hairy on —

376 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Saxifraga—continued>

S. umbrosa (shade-loving).* London Pride ; None-so-Pretty; St.

- Patrick’s Cabbage, &c. fl: white, sometimes sprinkled with
red, jin. in diameter, in a panicled cyme ; sepals reddish ; scape
6in. to 12in. high, leafless. June and July. l petioled, orbicular
or broadly ovate, coarsely crenate or toothed, rosulate, 4in. to
2in. in diameter; petioles in. to lin. long. Ireland, in, and
Portugal. A common plant in gardens. punctata and serrati-
Jolia are varieties. :

S. valdensis (Lyons).* fl. white, comparatively large, corymbose,
borne on short, hairy peduncles, May and June. l. dense,
short, flat at the base, but more or less triquetrous at the apex,
the upper surface marked with irregular dots. A. 3in, Alps of

Lyons, &c., 1871.

i *
AN ARENS

eT ==

Fig. 437. SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS, showing Habit and detached
Portion of Inflorescence.

S. virginiensis (Virginian).* f. white; petals oblong, obtuse,
twice as long as the erect calyx lobes; cyme clustered, at length
open and loosely panicled. April to June. l. obovate or oval-
spathulate, narrowed into broad petioles, rather thick, crenate-
toothed. A. 4in. to Sin. North America, 1790. See Fig. 437.
(B. M. 1664; L. B. C. 1699.) S.v. flore-pleno is a pretty garden:
variety, with compact, double flowers, (R. G. 1092.) S. elongata
is another form.

= S. Wallacei (Wallace’s), of gardens. A synonym of S. Camposii.
SAXIFRAGE. See Saxifraga.

GEZ:. A natural order of trees, shrubs,
or herbs, of variable habit, inhabiting temperate and
frigid regions, rare in the tropics. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, rarely unisexual or polygamo-dicecious ; calyx five-
parted, rarely four to twelve-parted, free or adnate with
the ovary, the lobes valvate or imbricated ; petals gene-
rally four or five, rarely wanting, perigynous, rarely
epigynous, very rarely hypogynous, often small, imbri-
= cated or valvate; stamens as many, or- twice as many,
as the petals, rarely indefinite, erect or spreading ; fila-
ments free; anthers usually didynamous. Fruit capsular
or baccate, rarely follicular, very rarely nut-like. The
useful properties of Sazifragee are unimportant. The
order is divided, by Bentham and Hooker, into six tribes :
Cunoniew, Escalloniee, Francoew, Hydrangew, Ribesiee,
and Sawxifragee proper. It embraces about seventy-five
genera, and 540 species. Well-known examples are:
Astilbe, Cunonia, Escallonia, Francoa, Hydrangea, Ribes,
and Saxifraga.

SAXIFRAGE, BURNET. See Pimpinella.
SAXIFRAGE, GOLDEN. See Chrysosplenium.

SAXIFRAGE, MEADOW. A popular name for
Saxifraga granulata, the genus Seseli, and Silaus pra-
tensis.

SAXOFRIDERICIA (named in honour of Frederick
Augustus, King of Saxony). ORD. Rapateacee. A genus
comprising five species of robust, stove herbs, natives of
Guiana and North Brazil. Flowers in sessile heads;

Saxofridericia—continued.
calyx tube hyaline, the lobes rigid, paleaceous; corolla
tube hyaline, the lobes broad; involucral bracts two,

membranous, readily parting; scape tall, often thickened

under the head. Leaves radical, long, petiolate or ses-

sile in a sheath. Only one species has yet been intro-

duced. It thrives in a compost of loam and peat, and
requires to be kept wet, as it is a marsh plant. Propa-
gated by division.

S. subcordata (sub-cordate). jl. densely brown-spotted, sessile,
in semi-globose, mediocre heads ; spathe red, bivalved, at length
Splitting. J. distichous, ancipitous at base, then petiolate,
oblong, acuminate, sub-cordate at base, 6in. or more long;
petioles spiny-edged, glabrous. h. lft. Amazon, 1873. (G. C. n. s.,
i. 275.) SYN. Rapatea pandanoides (I. H. xx. 153-154). `
SCAB. A disease of Potato tubers, due to the

growth on them of a Fungus named Tubercinia scabies.

It gives rise to brown, dry crusts or scabs. For an

account of the disease, see Potato (Funai).

SCABIOSA (from scabies, the itch, which disease
the common species is said to cure). Pincushion Flower ;
Seabious. Including Asterocephalus, Knautia, Ptero-
cephalus, and Succisa. ORD. Dipsacee. A genus com-
prising, according ito the authors of the “ Genera Plan-
tarum,” not more than eighty distinct species of mostly
hardy, annual or perennial herbs, sometimes more or
less shrubby at base. Flower-heads blue, rose, purple,
yellowish-white, or white, terminal; involucral bracts in
one or two series; involucels two, four, or eight-ribbed ;
calyx bristly ; corolla limb four or five-fid, sub-equal, or

Fig. 438. INDIVIDUAL FLOWER OF SCABIOSA,
often oblique or bilabiate (see Fig. 438); stamens four,
very rarely two, all perfect. Leaves entire, toothed,

lobed, or dissected. A great many species have been
introduced, but the selection given below comprises the

è

best-known. Théy succeed in ordinary garden soil, and

may be increased by seeds, also sometimes by division.

8. atropurpurea and its varieties are most useful subjects”

for cutting, and plants may be grown in pots for winter

flowering with good effect. For this purpose seeds should
be sown in June or July, and the plants, when large
enough, potted off singly and grown in a cool frame.

For flowering outside in summer, sow in March or early

in April. S. caucasica is a very handsome border plant.

The species described below are hardy perennials, except

where otherwise indicated.

S. ameena — .* fl.-heads lilac or rose; corollas radiant

duncles elongated, villous under the heads. June and July.
., radical ones obovate, toothed or lyrate, rather hairy ; cauline
ones pinnatifid, with lanceolate, acute, nearly entire- lobes.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Russia, 1820.

S. arvensis (field-loving). Egyptian or Gipsies’ Rose, &c.
ji.-heads pale Niac or blue, lin. to 14in. in diameter, depressed ;
corollas hairy, the inner redder ; peduncles long, stout. July to
September. ł. variable, hairy; radical ones oblong-lanceolate,
entire, serrated, or crenate; cauline ones toothed, lobed, or pin-
natifid. Stem 2ft. to 5ft. high, stout, hairy. Europe (Britain), &c.
(Sy. En. B. 679.) :

S. atropurpurea (dark purple).* Mournful Widow; Sweet
Scabious, &c. j.-heads normally deep crimson, very sweet-

scented ; corollas radiant, a little longer than the involucre.
July and August. Z., radical ones lanceolate -ovate, lyrate,
coarsely -toothed; cauline ones pinnatipartite, with oblong,
toothed or cut lobes. Stem branched. R. 2ft. to 3ft. South-
western Europe, 1629. A very handsome, hardy annual. Under
the name of Saudade, the flowers of this species are largely
———— by the Portuguese, Brazilians, &c., for funeral wreaths,
and similar purposes. See Fig. 439. (B. M. 247.) There are
several desirable varieties : tore-pleno has double, purple or white

AN ENCYCLOPADIA

OF HORTICULTURE. 377

Scabiosa—continued.
flowers (F, d. 8. 1203) ;- foliis
leaves; nana is not more th
striata has tlowers spotted an
flowers white, and purple ma

Fic. 439. %PPER PORTION OF PLANT OF SCABIOSA
ATROPURPUREA.

S., caucasica (Caucasian).* fl.-heads pale blue, fully 3in. in dia-
meter, radiant ; corollas five-cleft ; involucre very villous. June
to August. Z., radical ones lanceolate, acuminate, quite entire,
glaucous. h. lft. Caucasus, 1803. See Fig. 440. (B. M. 886.)

Fic. 440. SCABIOSA CAUCASICA.

S. c. elegans (elegant). l whitish; cauline ones undivided,
quite entire or nearly so. (R. G. 1212.)

Vel. TIL

‘the form of the corolla).

Scabiosa—continued.

S. c. heterophylla (variable-leaved -heads —
— hd pinnatisect > Seaman Ps oe acute.

S. Columbaria (Columbaria). fl.-heads lilac or blue-purple, lin.
to ljin. in diameter; coro] ye t, those of the inner
flowers regular, of the outer ones rayed; peduncles slender,

July to September, inne or pubescent, very variable;

Tana onp PREE 0
pinnatifid, e segments often cut.
(Britain), &c. (Sy. En. B. 678.)

graminifolia (grass-leayed), -heads e blue, very like
those of S. caucasica, but much —— * to October.
l. linear-lanceolate, quite entire, of a silvery-white colour.
Stems suffruticose at . h. lft. South Europe, 1683, This
species is well adapted for the border or rockery. (B. R. 835.)

S. pterocephala (wing-henaded). _fl.-heads purple, lin. to jin.
in diameter; peduncles stout, 2in. to Sin. long, Summer, l
simple, elliptic, or lyrate-pirnatifid, crenately-toothed. Greece,
— A very ornamental, dwarf, tufted perennial. (B, M.

S. succisa (Devil's Bit). Blue Bonnets; Blue Buttons, Wc, /l.-heads
blue-purple or white, jin. to 14in. in diameter; involucral bracts
shorter than the hairy corollas; peduncles appressedly-hairy,
July to October. l. entire, glabrous or paiT s radical ones
oblong or obovate, pets canina ones few, toothed. A. lft.
to 2ft. Europe (Britain), &c. (Sy. En, B, 677.)

S. Webbiana (Webb’s).* jl.-heads creamy-yellow, on long pe-
duncles; corollas nearly equal, July. l., lower ones petiolate, —
obovate, crenate ; upper ones p d, with ovate or —
entire lobes., A. Gin. Phrygia, 1818. Plant clothed with soft,
silky, hoary tomentum. (B. R. 717.) _ uM el re

SCABIOUS. See Scabiosa. —
SCABIOUS, SHEEP'S-BIT. A common name for

Jasione montana. ;
SCABIOUS, SWEET. See Scabiosa atropur-

late, entire or divided ; canline ones
. lft. to 2ft. Europe

purea.
SCABRID. Rather rough.
SCABROUS. Rough. —
SCABWORT. An old name for Elecampane (Inula
_ Helenium).

SCZIVOLA (from scæva, the left hand; alluding to
ORD. Goodenovien, A genus
comprising nearly sixty species of stove or greenhouse
shrubs, sub-shrubs, or perennial herbs, mostly Australian ;
eight or ten are found in the Pacific Islands and
maritime Asia, and one also in Africa and the West Indies.
Flowers solitary between two bracteoles, sessile or pe-
dunculate, in the axils of the leaves or subtending bracts,
or the peduncles dichotomonsly branched with a flower
in each fork; calyx tube adnate, the limb usually very
short; corolla oblique, the tube slit open to the base
on the upper side, the lobes nearly equal or the upper
ones shorter; stamens free; indumentum stellate or
simple. Leaves alternate or rarely opposite, entire or
toothed. A selection of the species best known to gar-
deners is given below. ‘They succeed in a compost of
turfy loam, peat, and sand. Propagation may be
effected by cuttings, inserted in similar soil, under
a hand glass, those of P. Plwmieri being placed in heat.
Except in the case of the species just named, all those
here described are Australian, and require greenhouse

treatment.
useefolia (Anchusa-leaved). fl. blue, sessile or nearly
g e rasan eng on spike; calyx limb obsolete ; corolla żin.
or more long, hairy/outside, bristly within. May. l linear
or oblanceolate, entire or coarsely-toothed when broad, lin. to
Zin. or more long; floral ones less than jin. long. An erect or
prostrate herb or sub-shrub.
tenuata (attenuated). fl. blue, sessile, in terminal, leafy
— at length long and ph, tem calyx limb prominent,
annular ; — jin. bag hairy within, the throat softly bristly.
June. L petiolate; larger ones broadly lanceolate, few-toothed,
Zin. to 3in. long; upper ones linear or linear-lanceolate, mostly
entire. A. lift. to 2ft. 1844. An erect shrub or sub-shrub.
(B. M. 4196.) x
S. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of Leschenaultia
linarioides. — Pte a
, Koonigii (Kænig’s).* Malay Rice Paper t. Je red,
as axillary an yey much shorter than the leaves; —— lobes
c

3

4
?
ae

4

378

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Scevola—continued.

as long as, or longer than, the tube ; corolla jin. long, pubescent
outside. August. l. obovate-oblong, 3in. to 5in. long, rounded
and obtuse at bat entire or rarely broadly crenate, on short
petioles. h. 2ft. 1820. An erect shrub. (B. M. 2732.) .

S. microcarpa (small-fruited). fl. violet, in a usually long and

_ interrupted apike : ely lobes an ; corolla hairy outside, seven
to nine lines long. July. jr. small. l. petiolate, obovate, ovate,
or cuneate, coarsely toothed, the lower ones often lin. to lin.
— the upper ones — into sessile floral leaves or bracts.
1790. An erect or diffuse perennial. (L. B. C. 1327; B. M. 287,
under name of Goodenia levigata.)

S. pilosa (pilose). jl. blue ; calyx tube pubescent ; corolla Zin. to
lin. long ; peduncles axillary, longer than the leaves, one-flowered.
May. Ll., lower ones petiolate, obovate or oblong, coarsely toothed,
2in. to 3in. long; upper ones much smaller, sessile and rigs
ing, varying from oblong-cuneate to lanceolate. h. lft. to 3ft.
1841. A hispid perennial or sub-shrub,

S. platyphylla (broad-leaved). fl. white, sessile or shortly pedi-
. eellate, in a terminal, leafy spike ; calyx lobes very small ; corolla
above lin. long, silky-hairy, the lobes winged. May. l. sessile
and stem-clasping, ovate, obovate, or oblong, entire or few-
toothed, lin. to 14in., or ae aah long ; upper floral ones gradu-
ally becoming smaller. A. 2ft. 1841.
woody at base, with rigid, herbaceous branches.

S. Plumieri (Plumier’s). M. white, usually in axillary, peduncled
cymes; calyx limb truncate-repand or obsoletely denticulate ;
corolla eight to ten lines long, villous within. August. J. fleshy,
obovate, quite entire. h. 2ft. West Indies, 1724. Stove shrub.

S. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). M. blue, sessile, in interrupted,
terminal, hirsute spikes ; calyx equally five-lobed ; corolla seven
to eight lines long, villous or glabrous outside, toothed or softly
bristly in the throat. August. l. petiolate, from obovate to
oblong-spathulate, quite entire, thick, the larger ones 2in. to šin.
long ; upper ones smaller, or linear when on elongated branches.
1793. A prostrate or decumbent, hardy perennial or sub-shrub,
(A. B. R. 22, under name of Goodenia calendulacea.)

SCALARIFORM. Ladder-shaped.

SCALE INSECTS (Coccide). These form one of
the most destructive families among Insects. They belong
to the class Homoptera, in which are also included the
Frog-hoppers and the very numerous Aphides or Green-
flies, both very hurtful to many plants. The Scale In-

sects have been studied by several entomologists, and,

of late years very important advances have been made
in working out the life-histories of many species; but
there are very wide gaps still to be filled before satis-
factory results can be arrived at with regard to the
transformations and life-histories of most of the species.
Among those who have done most in this field for some
time past are M. Signoret, in France, and Professor
Comstock, in the United States of America. Our British
species have been worked out, and the results have
been published in the March and April numbers of the
“ Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine” for 1886, by Mr.
J. W. Douglas. He has succeeded in identifying a large
number of species of these insects in our islands. Most of
them are found on wild plants; but in greenhouses some

Fic. 441. LECANIUM HESPERIDUM (FEMALE)—a, Twig and Leaf-
stalk of Orange, bearing Female Scale Insects, natural size ;
b, Female magnified.

species (see Fig. 441) infest many of the shrubs and other
plants to such a degree that, by the continued suction of
the sap, and the consequent tax on their strength, the

An erect; hispid plant,

Scale Insects—continued.
plants are much weakened, and ultimately die. The
females and larve are the hurtful members of the family ;
while the males, when fully developed, do no harm to
plants. The females are by far the more numerous, and
the more conspicuous; in fact, the males of even the com-
monest species are seldom seen, and those of a good
many are still unknown. They are most successfully
procured by collecting the larve and pupæ, which some-
what resemble scales, very early in spring, upon branches,
which, with these scales on them, should be put into
some secure vessel, e.g., a glass jar.

The males are very unlike the females. They usually
emerge early in the year, in the form of minute flies,
with the head, thorax, and abdomen distinct and well
formed—two delicate wings, six legs, and usually two

si

{
© 3 i

y

E A m T

=

Fig. 442. LECANIUM PERSIC&, showing (a) Leaf with Male on it,
slightly enlarged ; (6) Male Flying, much enlarged.

slender filaments at the hinder end of the body (see
Fig. 442). They have no mouth, and therefore cannot
take food in this state. They seldom live more than a
few days, their sole function, as perfect.insects, being to
fertilise the females. In certain species, both wingless
and winged males have been found.

Female Scale Insects are much larger than the males,
and they alone fully deserve the name of Scale Insects.
They are developed from larve of an oval form, which
have three pairs of small legs (by the aid of which they
can crawl about), small antennz, and a beak with which
to bore into leaves and young stems of plants, in order to
suck up the sap. The larve are protected by a scale-like
covering on the back. This scale is formed either by an
excretion from the body (in Coccine and Lecanine), which
increases in size as the larva grows, or also by the cast
skins (in Diaspine). After the larve have fixed them-
selves in a suitable location on a plant, by pushing in
the beak, they never leave the spot. As they increase
in size, they undergo great alterations in structure,
whereby the body becomes more rounded, and the beak
becomes situated in the middle of the lower surface of
the body. The legs and antennæ, and the rings of the
body, almost or altogether disappear. The females thus
at last lose all power of movement. After being fer-
tilised by the winged males, or, in some species, without
the action of the male being necessary, the females pro-
duce eggs, which are packed away below the scale-like
bodies, and are thus protected by them, even after the
death of the mothers. The females of some Scale Insects
cover the eggs also with a white coat of felted threads.
In certain species, the females are: viviparous.

The number of species of Scale Insects already named
is very large; but of many the males, as before observed,
are still unknown. A large proportion live on the woody
kinds of wild plants, fixed to the bark or to evergreen
leaves, but many others select hardy cultivated plants ;
while others are confined, in this country, to greenhouse

=

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 379

Scale Insects—continued.
plants, to which they are often very destructive. Some
broods consist wholly of females, and others of both
sexes. Their rate of increase is much below that of
the Aphides, there being, in most of the species, only
one brood in the year,

The number of species already recorded as injurious to
cultivated plants, especially in the warm zones, is too
large to permit of more than a brief mention here of some
of the more important kinds. They have been divided,
by means of comparatively minute characters, into
numerous genera; some of the species live upon several
kinds of plants, and, on the other hand, many plants
support various kinds of these insects. The latter are
so much alike as to render it vain to attempt here to
state clearly the differences between the species, as
these are found in minute structural characters ; nor,
indeed, is this necessary, since the same remedies are
serviceable against all of them, and are most successful
when directed against the larve. In Great Britain, Scale
Insects are far more numerous, and are usually more
injurious, in glass houses than in tho open air. But
among the “outdoor” kinds the following must be
_ noted: 1. Apple Mussel Scale, or Oyster-shell Bark
Louse (Aspidiotus conchiformis or Mytilaspis pomorum),
like single valves of very small mussel-shells adherent
to the branches of Apple-trees; they occur on both
_ sides of the Atlantic. 2. Pear Oyster Scale (Diaspis
_ ostrewformis) very like the Apple Mussel Scale but of
` smaller size. 3. Rose Scale (D. Rose), like a white,
scurfy coat on twigs and stems of Roses, especially of
cultivated kinds, 4. Camellia Scale (Aspidiotus Camellie),
on buds and bracts of Camellias. 5. Spindle-tree Scale

Chionaspis Euonymi), so abundant on Euonymus japo-
micus, near Montpellier, in France, as to threaten the
existence of the shrub. Several species are found in
‘Britain in greenhouses, where they frequently do very

great harm. Among the more hurtful are: Aspidiotus

Nerii, on Acacias, Lemons, Oleanders, &c.; A. palmarum,

on Palms and Cycads; Lecanium Hesperidum (see Fig.

441), on Orange leaves, or on other food- plants (e.g.,

Myrtaceæ); and Dactylopius adonidum, on most green-
- house plants.

` Many others have been described as very hurtful,

especially by Professor Comstock in his “Report on

Seale Insects”; and probably a number of these will

be found in English greenhouses, e.g., Dactylopius longi-

filis, on Ferns and Euphorbiacee ; D. destructor, on

Coffee, Oranges, and, in fact, almost every greenhouse

plant; Ceroplastes floridensis, on Oranges, &c.; but for
a full account of these the reader is referred to the
- above-mentioned work.

A Remedies are two-fold, viz., natural and artificial. The
= best natural remedy is to encourage the multiplication

of certain minute insects belonging to the great divi-
- sion Hymenoptera, which are parasitic in the Scale

Insects, and destroy large numbers of them. It has

been found useful to carry branches bearing Scale
Insects infested with parasites to localities where the

parasites did not previously exist, inasmuch as they soon
multiply, and produce a marked effect on the number of

Scale Insects.

Artificial remedies are numerous. Among the most
useful are the following: Soap solution (łlb. of soap in
one gallon of water) or kerosene solution (about one gill
in five gallons of water), syringed or sprayed over the
plants every second day; phenyle, in a strength of from
three to six teaspoonfuls to four gallons of water, applied
at intervals of eight days; alkaline washes, such as concen-
~ trated lye of wood-ashes or of coarse potash, which, used
with a brush, frees the branches from the insects; strong
solution of tobacco; and animal oils, e.g., whale oil. The
last-named suffocate the insects by closing the breathing
_ pores along the sides of their body.

SCALE OR SCALY FERN. See Asplenium
Ceterach.

SCALES. A term applied to close-pressed, small,
rudimentary leaves, resembling minute scales, or to any
thin, scarious bodies.

SCALIA. A synonym of Podolepis (which see).

SCALLION. A common name for Allium ascalonicum
majus. The term is also generally applied to all Onions
that do not bulb, but form long necks like Leeks.

SCALPELLIFORM. Resembling the blade of a
penknife, but placed vertically on a branch.

SCAMMONY-PLANT. See Convolvulus Scam-
monia.

SCANDENT. Climbing.

SCAPE. A long, naked or nearly naked peduncle,
rising from the crown of a root.

SCAPHYGLOTTIS (from skaphe, a boat, and
glotta, a tongue; in allusion to the hollowed labellum).
Boat-lip Orchid. Syn. Cladobium. Orp. Orchidee. A
small genus (about eight species) of stove, epiphytal,
branched orchids, natives of tropical America. Flowers
small, twin or few in a fascicle ; lateral sepals prolonged
at the base, and often connate with the foot of the rather
long, erect column; petals similar but smaller; lip
narrow, continuous with the column, but turned up. so
as to be parallel with it; pollen masses four, cohering

in pairs. Leaves narrow, sometimes linear, coriaceous.

Stems slender, straggling. Pseudo-bulbs borne in the
axils of the leaves. Only two of the species are known
to gardeners. These require similar culture to Cattleya
(which see).

S. stellata (star-like). This species only differs from S. violacea
in having larger flowers, with more spreading segments, and
the lateral lobes of the lip as large as the middle one. Deme-
rara. :

S. violacea (violet). ^f. violet, minute, borne on very short
peduncles ; lateral sepals — oblique, twice as broad as
the upper one ; lip white, fleshy, channelled. J. 2in. to 3in. long,
linear or linear-lanceolate, emarginate. Stems terete, striated,
articulated. Demerara. (B. M. 4071; B. R. 1901.)

SCAPIFORM, SCAPOSE. Resembling a scape.
SCAPIGEROUS. Scape-bearing.

SCAR. The mark left on a stem by the separation
of a leaf; or on a seed, &c., by its detachment.

SCARCE UMBER MOTH. See Hybernia.
SCARIOLE. An old name for Endive (Cichorium

. Endivia).

SCARIOUS, SCARIOSE. Thin, dry, shrivelled,
membranous; e.g., the involucral leaves of many species
of Centaurea.

SCARLET RUNNER. See Beans and Phaseolus
vulgaris multiflorus.

SCARLET STRAWBERRY. See Fragaria

SCATTERED. Not regularly disposed; i.e., not
whorled, opposite, or ternate, &c. :
-SCELOCHILUS (from skelos, a leg, and cheilos, a
lip; in reference to the shape of the divided labellum).
ORD. Orchidee. A small genus (three or four species)
of stove, epiphytal orchids, natives of the Andes of South
America. Flowers mediocre, few in a raceme, pedicellate ;
sepals erect, connivent, the posterior one concave, the
lateral ones connate, produced in a sac or spur; petals
rather broader than the posterior sepal; lip continuous
with the base of the column, long-clawed, erect; column
erect, semi-terete ; pollen masses two, sub-globose ; bracts

narrow ; scapes at the base of the pseudo-bulbs, erect,

simple or slightly branched. Leaf coriaceous, not i
Stem at length more or less thickened into a narrow

380

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Scelochilus—continued.
pseudo-bulb. Only one species has been introduced.
_ For culture, see Burlingtonia.

S. Ottonis (Otto’s) A. yellow, p P ae within, short-
- stalked, compressed; spike a little branched, slightly longer
_ than the leaf, round, thread-like, smooth, covered by sessile, dry,
lanceolate, acuminate bracts. May. J. oblong, coriaceous,
slightly undulated, conduplicate, and very acute at apex,
recurved. Caraccas, 1841. (L. & P. F. G. iii. p. 87.)
SCENTED POLYPODY. See Polypodium pus-
tulatum. :

SCENTED VERBENA. See Lippia citriodora.
SCEPACEZ:. Included under Euphorbiacee.
SCEPASMA. Included under Phyllanthus.

SCEPTRANTHUS. Included under Cooperia.

named in honour of James Christian .

SCHÆFFERIA (
Scheffer, 1718-1790, a German naturalist). ORD. Celas-
trinee. A genus consisting of only two species of rigid,
glabrous shrubs, natives of the West Indies, Texas, and
New Mexico.
axils of the leaves; calyx four-parted; petals four,
hypogynous, oblong. Drupes the size of small peas.
Leaves alternate or fascicled, small, coriaceous, entire,
exstipulate, obovate or spathulate. Only one of the
species has been introduced, and that possesses no par-
ticular beauty. It thrives in the stove, in a mixture of
loam, peat, and sand. Half-ripened cuttings will root if
inserted in sandy soil, under a hand glass, in heat.
- S. frutescens (shrubby). Crabwood-tree ; False Box. fl. white,

on axillary, fascicled pedicels. August. ir. scarlet. 7. elliptic,

veiny, tapering at the base, ldin. long. A. about 10ft. West
Indies, 1793.

S. lateriflora (brick-flowered). A synonym of Drypetes crocea.

SCHAFFNERIA. Included under Scolopendrium |

(which see).

= SCHAUERIA (named after John Konrad Sohier,
1813-1848, Professor at Greifswald). ORD. Acanthateæ.
A genus comprising about eight species of stove, glabrous
or pubescent, erect ` herbs or sub-shrubs, natives of
Brazil. Flowers often orange or red, disposed in ter-
minal thyrses or spikes; calyx nearly five-parted, the
segments linear or bristly ; corolla tube slender, searcely
enlarged above, the limb bilabiate ; stamens two; bracts
and bracteoles linear or rarely lanceolate, rather long and
coloured, or small; Leaves entire. The only species
known in gardens are described below. - For culture,
see Justicia (under YN geo? Frid are often erto-
neously classified). *
hai ed. it and bi
“pale greenish ot Charente tely —— corolla *
utiful yellow, lin. long, very softly ‘pubescent ; thyrse ter-
minal, sub-spicate. February. /. broadly ovate, glabrous, with
a very obtuse or sub-cordate base, slightly undulate-crenate,
—— ey — h. att. 1824. SYN. Justicia ah

S. flavicoma (yellow-haired). fl., — ciliated, with numerous
gland-tipped hairs. February. i lanceolate, proportionately
narrower, longer, and more acuminate, than these of S. calyco-
tricha, acute or sub-acute at the base. (B. M. 2816, under name
of Justicia calycotricha ; B. R. 1027, under name of J. Jlavicoma ;
L. B. C. 1921 (2), under name of J. callitricha. )
SCHEDONORUS.~ The species of grasses for-

merly classed under this heading are now removed, by

Bentham and Hooker, to Bromus and Festuca.

SCHEELEA (named in honour of Scheele, a cele-
brated German chemist). “ORD. Palme. A genus con-
sisting of about seven species of dwarf or tall, unarmed,
stove palms, natives of tropical America. Flowers yel-
lowish-white, dicecious, or on the same spadix moncecious ;
spathes two, the upper one fusiform, woody, acuminate ;
spadices long, very shortly pedunculate, with rather shorti
nearly erect branches. Fruit rather large, oblong or ovoid,
one to three-seeded. Leaves terminal, pinnatisect; seg-
ments in series or aggregate, linear, in young plants ob-
tuse and unequally bifid at apex, with incyrved lobes (in

Flowers greenish or white, small, in the |

Scheelea—continued.

adults entire ?), one-nerved, the margins recurved at base ;
rachis convex at back, acute above; petioles concave above;
sheath short, opening. The under-mentioned species have
been introduced to cultivation in this country. A com-
post of peat and loam, in about equal parts, with the
addition of a little sand, is suited to their requirements.
The plants may be increased by seeds. S. unguis is
well adapted for room decoration, and, when older, for
exhibition purposes.

*

S. excelsa (tall).* f., spathe costate ; spadix simply and sparsely
branched, 3ft. long, the branches 4in. to 6in. long; inflorescence
axillary. fr. ovoid, apiculate. J. 15ft. to 24ft. long, elliptic, pin-
natifid; leaflets linear, acute, glaucous beneath, about 180 on each
side, aggregate in twos, threes, or fives, the upper ones solitary
and alternate, 3ft. long, 2in. broad ; petioles channelled. Trunk
40ft. to 50ft. high, — annulate, 2ft. to 3ft. in diameter, the
wood reddish, Venezuela, 1

im (imperial). l —— when mature; in the young
state simple, linear-lanceolate, elongated, arching, of a bright
colour, and plaited. United States of Colombia, 1875. This is
only known in the young state.

S, insignis (remarkable). fl., spathe spongy-woody, thick, 2ft.
long, terminated by a mucro țin. to in. long; female spadix
similar to the male, but more robust. Z. 8ft. to Ioft. long; lower
pinne aggregate in fours or fives; middle ones eight or more
together upper ones nearly solitary and opposite, linear-lanceo-
late, o btuse with a short acumen, not crisped, 14ft. or more
“Tong. Trunk straight, 50ft. to 60ft. high. Quito, &e. SYN.

— (clawed).* l. erect, 2ft. to 6ft. or more in length;
pinne about lft. long and lin. broad, of a rich deep green, and
reaching nearly to the base of the petiole ; : J—— sheathing at
base, and clothed somewhat sparingly at the edges with brown .
fibres. "A superb plant, described here as it — ina young
state, without any stem.

SCHEERIA. Included under Achimenes.

SCHELHAMMERA (named after @. C. Schel-
hammer, 1649-1716, professor at Jena). Syn. Parduyna.
Orp. Liliacew. A small genus (two species) of green-
house, perennial herbs, with fibrous roots and simple or
branched stems, natives of Eastern Australia. Flowers
terminal, pedicellate, solitary or umbellate, sessile within
the last leaves; .perianth of six distinct, deciduous seg-
ments, nearly equal and similar; stamens six, shorter
than the segments. Leaves ‘sessile, ovate or lanceolate,
membranous. These pretty flowering plants succeed in
a warm border, but the protection of a greenhouse is
necessary during winter. A mixture of peat and loam
is suitable for their culture. Propagation may be readily

effected by division. *

S. multifiora (many- flowered). fl. “pure white, several in a ter-

- minal umbel, with sometimes a few bracts at the base of the

pire besides the involucral leaves ; pedicels Zin. to lin. long.

l. lin. to nearly 2in. long, firmer than in the other species,

Piet gt so broad at the base, the margins quite entire. Stems

from a knotted rhizome, simple or branched, 6in. to nearly 12in.
high. 1824. (L. B. C. 1611.)

S. multiflora (many-flowered), of Loddiges, A synonym of
Kreysigia multiflora.

S. undulata (undulated). M. pale lilac, solitary, or rarely two
together at the ends of the branches ; pedicels żin. to lin. long,
without bracts. June. i. ovate-lanceolate, lin. to nearly 2in.
long, varying in breadth, the margins minutely undulated.
Stems slender, diffuse and branching at base, ascending or erect,
rarely above 6in. in height. 1824. (B. M. 2712.)

SCHELLOLEPIS. Included under Polypodium.
SCHELVERIA. A synonym of Angelonia.

SCHEUCHZERIA (named in honour of John and
James Scheuchzer, Swiss botanists). ORD. Naiadacee.
A monotypic genus. The species, S. palustris, is a
curious, highly glabrous, Rush-like, marsh herb, with a
six-parted perianth, and erect, slender leaves. It has
no horticultural value, but is occasionally found wild
in England and Scotland.

SCHIDOSPERMUM. A synonym of Chlorophytum.
SCHIMA (said to be the Arabic name). ORD. Tern-
strémiacee, A small genus (about four species) of stove
trees or shrubs, inhabiting tropical Asia and the Indian
Archipelago. Flowers showy, bibracteolate; sepals five,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 381

Schima—continued.

searcely unequal; petals five, much larger, connate at

base, closely imbricated; stamens numerous; peduncles

one-flowered, frequently erect, solitary in the axils, or
the upper ones clustered in a short raceme, Leaves

perennial. The only species introduced thrives in a

peaty soil, and is propagated by cuttings inserted in

sandy peat, in bottom heat.

S. Noronhz (Noronha’s). fl. white; sepals very concave; petals
obovate, spreading ; stamens very numerous ; peduncles solitary,
axillary, single-flowered, shorter than the leaves. August and
September. l. alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, acuminated, entire,
penninerved, tapering into a short petiole. Branches terete.
A compact-growing shrub. ‘Tropical Asia, 1849.. (B. M. 4539,
under name of Gordonia javanica.) SYN. S. superba.

S. superba (superb). A synonym of S. Noronhe.

Schinus—continued.

sessile. “The leaves of some of the species are so filled

with a resinous fluid that the least degree of unusual

` repletion of the tissue causes it to be discharged ; thus,

some of them fill the air with fragrance after rain; and
5. Molle and some others expel their resin with such
violence, when immersed in water, as to have the appear-
ance of spontaneous motion, in consequence of the recoil”
(B. R. 1580). The two species introduced require culture
similar to that recommended for the stove species of
Rhus (which see).

S. Molle (Mulli, the Peruvian name). Australian or Californian
Pepper-tree ; Peruvian Mastic-tree. jl. yellowish-green. July
and August. fr. of a beautiful rose-colour, the size of peas.
l. with numerous pairs of lanceolate, serrated leaflets, the ter-
minal one longest. h. 20ft, Brazil and Peru, 1597. (B. M. 3339.)

Fic. 443. SCHISMATOGLOTTIS CRISPATA,

SCHINUS (from Schinos, the old Greek name used
by Theophrastus for the Mastic-tree, Pistacia Lentiscus ;
applied to this genus on account of the resinous, mastic-
like juice which exudes from the species). : ORD. Ana-
cardiaceœ. A genus comprising twelve species of stove
shrubs or ‘small trees, inhabiting the warmer parts of
South America. Flowers whitish, small, dicecious ; calyx
short, with five imbricated lobes ; petals five, imbricated ;
disk annular, rather broad; stamens ten ; panicles axillary
and terminal, bracteate. Drupes globose, oily. Leaves
alternate, impari-pimnate ; leaflets opposite or alternate,

J

mthifolius (Terebinthus-leaved). fl- greenish-white,
priem July. & —* nosed of seven somewhat serrated,

almost equal leaflets. A. 20ft. Brazil, 1830.

SCHISMATOGLOTTIS (from schisma, schismatos,
deciduous, and glotta, a tongue; the limb of the spathe
soon falls off). Syn. Zantedeschia. ORD. Aroidee (Aracee).
This genus includes about fifteen species of stove, stolo-
niferous herbs, natives of the Malayan Archipelago,
Spathe cylindrical, the tube convolute, scarcely con-
stricted at throat, the lamina apiculate or acuminate ;
spadix sessile, inappendiculate, included in the spathe,

382 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

" Schismatoglottis—continued. Schismatoglottis—continued.

constricted at or below the middle; male inflorescence bright green above ; under surface and petioles vinous-purple.

; : a 7 Java, 1882. (I. H. 468, under name of S. L. Lansbergiana.)
en a — igs SP aeo pov * —— S. L. purpurea (purple).* /. bright green above, and blotched
cylindrical or conical; peduncles solitary or fascicled, as in the type ; under surface and petioles of a deep vinous-purple.

shorter than the petioles. Leaves oblong- or ovate- Sumatra, 1882.

cordate, rarely hastate or lanceolate, often marbled or S. longispatha (long-spathed).* jl. curious in structure, the
spotted ; petioles sheathing at base. Caudex short. The most conspicuous part being the small, yellowish-green spadices.
tribal x a . d ‘hed pol Th . l. obliquely ovate, about 4in. long, lightish green, marked with a
introduced species are described below. oy roquıro a fathered, central band of silvery-grey, through which runs the
moist atmosphere, and an abundance of water and shade. distinct green midrib ; petioles as long as, or longer oo the
A well-drained compost of rich, sandy loam, fibry peat, blades. Stems short, erect, tufted, spreading by short rhizomes.
and leaf mould, is most suitable. Propagation may be Win Balk iL. A466 444, for which we are indebted to Mr.
effected by division. S. neoguineensis (New Guinea).* ^., spathe pale greenish, with

Fig. 444. SCHISMATOGLOTTIS LONGISPATHA.

S. crispata (curled).* /., spathe green at the persistent, basal a narrowly ellipsoidal, obscurely trigonous tube lin. long, and

part, creamy-white and open in the upper, deciduous part ; in-
florescence sub-sessile. ¿. cordate-oblong, shortly cuspidate,
dark green above, with a broad, irregular, greyish band on each
side of the midrib, midway between it and the margin, or with
greyish stripes running from the midrib between the veins;
petioles with crisped, transparent edges. Borneo, 1881. See
Fig. 443, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and
Sons. (B. M. 6576.)

S. decora (comely). A synonym of S. pulchra.

S. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of S. rupestris.

S. Lavallei (Lavalle’s). J. bright green on the upper surface,
variegated with irregular, greyish blotches, light green below.
Borneo and Sumatra. (I. H. xxviii. 418.) Of this pretty, varie-
gated Aroid, the following are two distinct varieties :

5. L. immaculata (unspotted). l. of a uniform, unspotted,

an acuminate limb ljin. long; inflorescence solitary in the axils
of the leaves ; scapes liin. to 3in. long, inclosed in the sheaths
of the petioles. /. ovate, acute, deeply cordate at the base ;
upper surface bright green, marked in a very irregular manner
with large, pale yellowish-green blotches ; petioles Sin. to 12in.
long, terete, sheathing at the base. New Guinea, 1879.
(I. H. 380, under name of Colocasia neoguineensis.)

S. picta (painted), A., spathe tube obliquely ovoid-oblong, the
lamina greenish-yellow, gaping, shortly cuspidate; male in-
florescence of a pale sulphur colour. J. cordate-ovate, con-
tracted into a cuspidate acumen, having a feathered, greyish
—— — down the middle ; petioles as long as the blades.

ava, 4.

S. pulchra (pretty).* l. obliquely oblong, acute, cordate at base,

4in. to Sin. long, lłin. to 24in. broad, of a peculiar glaucous-green

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 383

————— er * — — (from schizo, to cleave,. and aner,

, covered with irregular, silvery-green spo rneo, 5 andros, a male ; the stam $ it). ding i-

a — charming —— foliage plant. (I. i. 520.) SYN. S. decora. mowiczia and A aha. . aaora Beerts
y . rupestris (rock-loving). f., spathe yellow, the tube - ; i ori . sa tie

i * ovoid, the eine ——— te ay mp Bem se Ae — Magnoliacew. A genus comprising six species “of orna-

acute, deeply cordate, the lobes semi-ovate; petioles longer than mental, stove, greenhouse, or hardy, sarmentose shrubs;
the blades, sheathing about one-third their length, slightly terete one is a native of North America, and the rest are

above. Caudex thick. Java, 1882. Syn. S. latifolia. found in tropi ; :
: : g : ropical or Eastern Asia. Flowers red, yel-
$ S. siamensis (Siam). l. ovate, acuminate, glossy- , spotted ; re A *
pt with white. This — from its ———— Snail es anal lowish, or whitish, unisexual ; sepals and petals nine to”
4 neat habit, is very useful for decorative purposes. Siam, 1884. twelve, passing gradually the one into the other; sta-
ae — ata ie 1 * JIG; poe haring a piavonus-greon mens of the males five to fifteen, more or less united
ube, and a e yellowish-green, t shaped lamina ; peduncles i l ing; :
» short, but longer than the spathe. J. ahlongJanconlats. obtuse —— —J —— eg ena eae ——
or scarcely rounded at base, narrowed and long-cuspidate at apex, P COR BOLONII OSAN ee See E
a dark Krog: with a broad, silvery, central band beneath ; petioles pellucid-dotted, exstipulate. The under-mentioned spe-
x= t — —— rather broadly sheathing at base. cies are those best known in gardens; they thrive in a
TEOR Plant stemless. : mixture. of sandy loam and peat. Ripened cuttings will
SCHISMUS (trom schisma, a cleft; alluding to the | root readily if inserted in sand, under a glass.
+ divided outer palea). Syns. Electra, Hemisacris, : ORD. S. chinensis (Chinese). fl. pale rose. Summer. fr. scarlet,
Graminee. A small genus (three or four species) of persistent during a great part of the winter. J. simple. h. 20ft.
tufted, annual, usually dwarf, hardy grasses, inhabiting | Northern China, 1860. A handsome, hardy, climbing shrub.

the Mediterranean region. Flowers in a narrow, dense

or rather loose panicle, with erect branchlets. Leaves :

narrow, sometimes bristly. `S. marginatus has’ been
. introduced, but it has no horticultural interest.

, SCHISTACEOUS. Slate-grey.
á SCHIVERECKIA. Included under Alyssum.

SCHIZÆA. (from schizo, to split; in allusion to the
fan-shaped or dichotomously-multifid fronds). Comb or
Rush Fern. Including Actinostachys and Lophidium.
Orp. Filices. A genus comprising about sixteen species
of ornamental, stove, greenhouse, or hardy ferns, widely
diffused. Capsules sessile, two-valved, in two to four

— rows, covering one side of close, distichous spikes, which
` form separate fertile segments at the tips of the fronds,

The introduced species are described below ; they are

rather difficult Subjects to grow. A compost of rough

~ peat and loam, ample drainage, and an abundance of

* . water, are necessary. For general culture, see Ferns.

S. bifida (twice-cleft).* sti. dense, chestnut-brown, panditi +

ù dually into the fronds, which are 6in. to 18in. long, forked

ihe generally below the middle, sometimes forked again, casually
simple, very wiry and Rush-like, with a prominent, scabrous
midrib and two narrow, thick wings ; fertile segments sub-erect
or recurved, -unilateral, in. to jin. long, with ten to twenty
erecto-patent spikes on each side. Australia, &c., 1822. Green-
house.

S. dichotoma (dichotomous). sti. 6in. to 18in. long, firm, erect,
channelled on the face above. fronds fan-like, 6in. to 9in. each
way, many times dichotomously forked, the ultimate divisions
with one fertile segment to each; rachis with four to ten close-
spreading spikes on each side. West Indies, &c. Stove.

eE 2 tata (digitate). sti. dense, lin. to 2in, long, brownish,
sub-terete, passing gradually into the fronds, whieh are lft. or
more long, one to two lines broad, flattened, the midrib beneath
rominent, crowned at the apex with six to fifteen sub-triquetrous,
‘fertile spikes which are lsin. long. Malay Isles, &c. Stove.

(H. G. F. 54.)

S. elegans (elegant). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, firm, erect, naked.

- fronds V-shaped, 4in. to 8in. each way, dichotomously forked or
cleft, the divisions varying greatly in number and breadth (jin.
to 2in.); fertile segments copious, distinctly stalked, jin. to gin.
long, the rachis often recurved, with six to fifteen close-spreading,
linear-cylindrical spikes on each side. West Indies, &c., 1819.
Stove. (H. G. F. 34.) latifolia is a form with broad fronds, ;

S. penicillata (pencil-like). A synonym of S. pennula. Fic. 445. PORTION OF FLOWERING BRANCH OF SCHIZANDRA

S. pennula (small-winged). sti. piers 24 to — brosa COCCINEA.
passing gradually into the fronds, which are lft. or more long, . i
nearly one line thick, triquetrous, with three sharp angles, — —— eee von —

crowned at the apex with six to twelve sub-triquetrous, fertile fame
spikes, which are Pin. to lyin. long, pilose beneath, with the cap- — E aE one — ag = —
eap A in four rows. South America, 1816. Stove. SYN. eles 1806. Greenhouse. See Fig. 445. (B. M. 1413.)
i ; . l of a bold character, acuminately
S. pusilla (dwarf). sti. dense. barren fronds much shorter than S. marmorata (marbled). l. of a s
the fertile —* much twisted and slightly flattened. fertile oped tage” POPISNI — with sa — —
fronds 3in. to 4in. long, terete, wiry, very slender; fertile seg- — ar e p aiea a ace. — a *
ments sub-erect, Jin. long, unilateral, with about six rather stout, climber. SYN. Sphærostema marmoratum. i E
erecto-patent spikes on each side, the lowest din. long. United S. pinqua (related). f. pale yellow, at length orange,
States. Hardy in the South of England. ; s0 itary, or twin, drooping a little. ae. L ———
S. rupestris (rock-loving).* sti. lax, about lin. long, sub-terete, roun or cuneate at base, long-a nated ——
* paming — into the fronds, which are grass-like and Nepaul, Beto Stove. (B. M. 4614, under name of 4083 —
attened, 3in. to 4in. long, one line broad, with a slender midrib ; POP. ii —
¥ — segments — solitary, on ~ to — i SCHIZANDREZ. A tribe of Magnoliacee.
+> with six to ten slender, spreading, serra spikes on each side. i ;
Australia, 1822. Greenhouse. (H. G. F. 42.) SCHIZANTHES. Included under Narcissus.

‘

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

SCHIZANTHUS (from schizo, to cut, and anthos,
a flower; alluding to the incised corolla). Butterfly or
Fringe Flower. ORD. Solanacee. A small genus (about
seven species have been described) of very beautiful and
showy, erect, more or less glandular-viscous, half-hardy,
annual herbs, restricted to Chili. Flowers variously
coloured ; calyx deeply five-cleft; corolla tube short or
elongated, cylindrical; limb spreading, oblique, plaited,
sub-bilabiate, imbricated, elegantly incised; perfect
stamens two; cymes terminal. Leaves often pinnatisect,
the segments entire or toothed. The species and varieties
of Schizanthus form very elegant, free-flowering, border
plants, in summer and autumn, outside. The half-hardy
kinds may be sown in a little heat, in spring, and after-
wards planted out; or in autumn, and preserved in a
cool house or pit through the winter. S. pinnatus and
its garden varieties are hardy, and will grow and flower
freely if sown in the open ground, in March or April.
These plants are well adapted for pot-culture to flower
in early spring; for this purpose, seeds should be sown
in August or September, and the young plants grown
on singly in a frame or house where frost is merely
excluded. They may be grown to flower in Tin. or 8in.
pots, during early spring, when the plants become, in a
greenhouse temperature, a mass of elegant foliage and
euriously-shaped blossoms. Seeds ripen in great abund-
ance. A rich soil is advisable for pot-culture, after the
plants are strong enough to bear it; in the open ground,
also, they well repay liberal treatment. The best-known
species are here described.

S. candidus (white).* 7., corolla white; anterior lip segments
laterally bilobed, the lobes shortly and irregularly incised. July.

l. pinnatisect or deeply pinnatifid ; segments entire, few-toothed.
- h. 2ft. 1843. Allied to S. Hookeri. (B. R. 1843, 45.)

S. Evansianus (Evans’). A synonym of S. pinnatus.

.

Fic. 446. FLOWERING BRANCH AND DETACHED FLOWER OF
SCHIZANTHUS GRAHAMI.

S. Grahami (Graham’s).* l. ample ; corolla lilac or rose-colour ;
upper lip yellow, tipped with Tac ; tube equalling the calyx.
June to October. Z. once or twice pinnatisect ; segments entire

or ate h, 2ft. 1831. See Fig. 446. (B. M. 3044;
F. d. S. ; B. G. 385.) :

S. G. retusus (retuse).* f much larger than in the type; corolla
intense rose-colour ; middle segment of the anterior lip orange
“near the apex. J. less dissected. (B. M. 3045, B. R. 1544, and

— 4

Schizanthus—continued.

S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 201, under name of S. retusus.). A sub-variety
has white flowers with crimson tips.
S. Hookeri (Hooker's). fl., corolla pale rose-colour, except the
middle of the upper segment, which is —— middle seg-
~ ment of the lower lip furnished with two long horns; stamens
long-exserted. J. similar to those of S. Grahami. h. 2ft. 1828.
(B.M. 3070.)

S. pinnatifidus (pinnatifid-leaved). A synonym of S. pinnatus

S. pinnatus (pinnate-leaved).* fi., corolla tube shorter than the
calyx; posterior lip often violet or lilac, the middle segment
cucullate, bilobed ; anterior lip pale, the middle segment more or
less yellowish, and spotted with purple or violet, emarginate,
the lateral ones four-lobed. June to October, /. once or twice
pinnatitid; segments entire, toothed, or incised - pinnatifid.
h. 2ft. 1822. The following figures represent diflerent forms
of this variable plant: B. M. 2404; B. R. 725, 1562; H..E. F. 73;
P. M. B. ii. 198; S. B. F. G. 63, and ser. ii. 97.
ianus (L. & P. F. G. viii. 171), S. pinnatifidus, S. porrigens (B. M.
2521; H. E. F. 86; S. B. F. G. 76). S. Priesti (L. & P. F. G. i. 31)
is a white-flowered form.

S. porrigens (spreading). A synonym of S. pinnatus.
S. Priestii (Priest’s) A form of S. pinnatus.

Syns. S. Evans-

- S. retusus (retuse), A synonym of S. Grahami retuss.

SCHIZOBASIS (from schizo, to cut, and basis, the

base; the withered perianth separates at its base from _
the receptacle, and is pushed off by the swelling fruit `

in the form of a ealyptra). Orv. Liliacee. A genus con-
sisting of five species of stove or greenhouse, bulbous
plants, natives of tropical and South Africa. Flowers
small, racemose or scattered at the sides of the branches;
perianth marcescent, persistent, with equal, spreading
segments; stamens six; bracts minute or obsolete.

Leaves radical, early, few, linear, rather thick, absent in

flowering specimens. Stem leafless, slender, branched.

S. intricata, the only species introduced, requires green- ©

house heat, and full sunshine. It thrives in light loam,

and may be increased by seeds, or by offsets.

S. intricata (intricate). fl., perianth white, with a green dorsal
rib; racemes ultimately ver loose, 14in. to 2in. long; panicle
obversely deltoid, 2in. to 6in. long and broad, the branches
ascending ; scape firm, slender, 2in. to 6in. long. Z. four to ten,
— erect, fleshy, glabrous, 2in. to 3in. long. South Africa,
SCHIZOCÆNA SINUATA. A synonym of Cyathea

sinuata. — ec
SCHIZOCARP. A pericarp which splits into one-

seeded pieces. ;
SCHIZOCENTRON. A synonym of Heeria (which

see). ; ;
SCHIZODIUM (from schizo, to cut; alluding to the

cleft column). ORD. Orchideæ. A genus comprising ten

species of slender, terrestrial, greenhouse orchids, with se

undivided tubers, natives of South Africa. Upper sepal®
erect, concave or galeate, the base produced in a spur,
the lateral ones free and spreading; petals erect or
spreading ; lip spreading from the base of the column,
free, contracted above into a claw, not spurred, the
blade undivided; column very short, bipartite. Leaves
sub-radical, usually small. None of the species are at
present in cultivation.

SCHIZOLOBIUM (from schizo, to split, and lobos,
a pod; probably alluding to the dehiscence of the pod),
ORD. Leguminose. <A genus: comprising two (?) species
of tall, stove, evergreen trees, one from Brazil, and the
other (perhaps a variety) a native of Panama. Flowers
racemose; calyx segments imbricated, reflexed; petals
five, unguiculate, ovate or rounded; stamens ten, free;
racemes axillary or paniculate at the tips of the branches;
bracts small. Pods one-seeded. Leaves bipinnate, ample;
leaflets numerous, small. 8. excelswm has been intro-
duced, and requires culture similar to that recommended
for Cesalpinia. `
S. excelsum (lofty). fl. Telov : peduncles glabrous ;

adpressediy pilose, J. eig

twenty-jugate, oblong, very shortly petiolulate, white

neath,

and golden-pilose on the middle nerve ; common petiole often —*
1874. oie

long, glabrous, A. (in Brazil) 120ft.

¥

teen-jugate ; leaflets 2in. long, about _

-

AN ENCYCLOPADIA.

OF HORTICUL’

SCHIZOLOMA. Included under Lindsaya (which

` gee).

SCHIZOMERIA (from schizo, to cut, and meris, a
part; alluding to the cut petals). ORD. Savtfragee. A
monotypic genus. The species is an ornamental, green-
house, evergreen tree, thriving in a mixture of loam and
sandy peat. Propagated by cuttings.

S. ovata (ovate-leaved). fl. white, small, in terminal, trichoto-
= mous cymes; calyx five-lobed, with a short tube; petals five,
toothed. June. fr. a rather large, ovoid or globular drupe.
l.“ovate or ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate, mostly din. to

4in. long, nearly entire, or with irregular, obtuse serratures,
k. (in its native place) 50ft. Australia, 1825. .

SCHIZONEURA LANUGINOSA. See Ameri-
can Blight, or Woolly Aphis.
SCHIZOPETALON (from schizo, to cut, and

petalon, a petal; alluding to the cut or divided petals).
Orv. Crucifere. A genus comprising five species of
erect, slightly-branched, half-hardy, annual herbs, natives

of Chili. Flowers purple or white, in terminal, leafy-
bracted racemes; sepals erect, sub-equal at base; petals
unguiculate, pinnately lobed, inyolute in sstivation.
-= Leaves alternate, sinuate-toothed or pinnatifid. S. Walkeri,
— the only species introduced, is a singular plant, thriving
in a compost of loam, peat, and sand. Specimens should
be raised in pots, in a greenhouse, during spring; some
_of them may then be planted out in the borders; others
may be kept in pots, and placed in an airy part of
the greenhouse, where they will produce seeds, although

sparingly. When transplanting, care must be taken not
to injure the roots. eae

— —
S. Walkeri (W: š ft. white, in long racemes ; pedicels each

“a linear bract. May to August. l. alternate,
sinuately pinnatifid. k. lft. to 2ft. 1821. Whole plant beset
with branched down. (B. M. 2379; B. R. 752; H. E. F. 74;
S. B. F. G. ser. ii, 387. $ j
SCHIZOPHRAGMA (from schizo, to cut, and
phragma, an inclosure or wall; the portions of the wall
between the ribs of the fruit fall away when it is ripe).
ORD. Saxifrageæ. A monotypic génus. The species is a
hardy shrub, allied to Hydrangea, which it much re-
sembles in its flowers. It will thrive im any garden
soil, but succeeds best when planted against a wall.
Propagation may be effected by cuttings, inserted in
sand, under a bell glass, in slight bottom heat; or by
seeds.
S. hydrangeoides (Hydrangea-like). Climbing Hydrangea.
ee e or fiesh-coloured ; calyx tube turbinate, the limb five-
thed; petals five, valvate; cyme corymbose, nearly flat at
top, terminal, upwards of 6in. in diameter. Autumn. l de-
ciduous, oppor en reddish, 2in.-to 4in. long, ovate-cordate,
deeply toothed, löng-acuminate, loig and slenderly petiolate,
A tall climber. Japan, 1879. (R. H. 1881, p. 313; S.Z. F. J. 26.)

SCHIZOPLEURA. Included under Beaufortia.
SCHIZOPTERIS. Included under Cheilanthes.

SCHIZOSTEMMA. A synonym of Oxypetalum
(which see).
` $CHIZOSTYLIS (from schizo, to cut, and stylos,
a style; the style is divided into three long, filiform
branches). Orp. Jridew. A genus consisting of a couple
of species of greenhouse or half-hardy, South African
plants. Flowers sessile in a spathe; perianth red, showy,
the tube slender, very shortly enlarged at the throat,
the lobes equal, oblong ot ovate, spreading; stamens
affixed to the throat; spathes scattered at the sides of
a-simple peduncle. Leaves linear or narrow-ensiform.
Stems fascicled on a rhizome, ebulbous or slightly
bulbous-thickened at base. S. coccinea, the only species
introduced, is a very handsome inhabitant of our gardens.
It grows freely in a warm, sunny border, such as may
' often be found in front of a glass structure. The shoots
are produced in abundance, and the flowers, which appear
in autumn, retain their beauty for a considerable period.

g

`

The plant is also well adapted for pot-culture, as the
Vol. III. :

flowers come to perfection, under such treatment,
greenhouse, and are very useful for cutting. —
may be readily effected, in spring, by di
plants, and inserting pieces, consisting of fr
six shoots, in prepared soil, about 9in. apart. Sandy —
loam and peat, or leaf soil, forms a good compost. T
S. coccinea (scarlet).* Crimson Flag; Kaffir Lily. jl. ten to
fourteen in a distichous spike ; perianth tube shorter than the
bracts ; limb 2in. across, of six spreading, uniform, ovate-oblong,
very acute lobes ; anthers yellow. October and November. J, long,
sheathing, sword-shaped, carinate, the longest —— the
base ; upwards they gradually form bracts. A. 3ft. . Half-
hardy. (B. M. 5422; F. d. 8. 1637; F. M. 183; I. H. 394.)
SCHKUHRIA (named after Christian Schkuhr, 1741-
1811, of the University of Wurtemburg, who published
some botanical works). Syns. Mieria, Tetracarpum. In-
cluding Achyropappus and Chamestephanium. ORD.
Composite. A genus comprising about eight species of
annual herbs, natives of South and Central America as
far as Mexico. Flower-heads yellow, small, long-stalked.
Leaves slender, dissected. The species have no horti-
cultural value.

SCHLIMMIA (named in compliment to M. Schlim,
one of M. Linden’s plant-collectors), ORD. Orchidee.
Three species have been referred to this genus; they
are closely-related, stove, epiphytal orchids, natives of
the Columbian Andes. Flowers rather large, fleshy,
few in a raceme, shortly pedicellate; posterior sepal
free, concave-carinate ; lateral ones very broad, connate
with the foot of the erect column; petals narrower,
spreading at apex; lip variously lobed, the apex reclining.
on the foot of the column; pollen masses two; bracts
oblong; scapes erect or recurved, simple, few-sheathed.
Leaf coriaceous, contracted into the petiole. Pseudo-
bulbs oblong, somewhat fusiform, one-leaved. Two of
the species have been introduced. They should be grown
in a pot with good drainage, and placed in the Cattleya
house. oe i

— urple, bearing a
raceme of about four flowers. l
elongate-ovate, clustered. New Gre 1877. (G. C. n. s.,
vit. 141.)

SCHLUMBERGERIA (named in honour of F.
Schlumberger, a Belgian horticulturist). Anoplophytum
has been used as a generic name for one or more of the
species. ORD. Bromeliacew, A rather doubtful, South
American genus, comprising two or three species of stove,
perennial herbs. Flowers mediocre or rather large, dis-
posed in rather loosely-branched spikes; _ sepals erect,
convolute-imbricated, free; petals connate in a tube, the
limb free, spreading or at length reflexed; stamens adnate
to the tube; bracts shorter than the calyx. _Leaves
rosulate, entire, long-ligulate. ‘The species require cul-
ture similar to Tillandsia (which see).

Lind inden’ This is the correct name of the plant
m pinden Cina. as Massangea Lindeni.

Morreniana (Morren’s). fl. yellow; bracts dark purple; —

——— several, Soe merce —— into a short, —— i

bunch; scape tall, with green, adpressed bracts. /. gr lly

rec 4 Bet. long, green, marked with numerous dar —
transverse lines above, and with reddish lines beneath, rite
unknown. 1883. A noble plant. (B. H. 1883, 4-6.) —
Roezlii ’s). . sessile, spirally: arranged, I —
—* green ; — 5 and green, salver-shaped. L Te
Tong, os wide, spreading, unarmed, — h. Andes of
Peru, 1879. A plant of bold habit. (B. H. 1879, "a
Da

386

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

SCHMIDELIA (named after C. C. Schmidel, 1718-

1792, Professor of Botany at Erlangen). Syns. Allo-
phyllus, Aporetica, Ornitrophe. ORD. Sapindacee. A
large genus (about eighty species) of stove, erect or sub-
erect shrubs or small trees, mostly tropical American;
several are found in tropical and South Africa, tropical
Asia, the Pacific Islands, and Australia. Flowers small
or minute, globose, in simple or loosely-panicled, axillary
racemes ; sepals and petals four, the latter rarely absent.
Leaves alternate, exstipulate, one to three (rarely five)
foliolate ; leaflets usually ample, entire or serrated, mem-
branous, often dotted or lined. A few of the species
have been introduced, but they are probably lost to cul-
tivation.

SCH NIA (named in honour of Dr. Scheen, a botanist).
ORD. Composite. A monotypic genus, differing from
Helichrysum chiefly in the flat achenes of the circum-
ference. The species is an erect, corymbosely-branched,
scabrous-pubescent or more or less cottony-woolly, green-
house annual. It requires culture similar to that re-
commended for Helichrysum.

S. Cassiniana (Cassini’s). /.-heads yellow, disposed in a loose,
terminal corymb; outer involucral bracts usually brown, the
radiating laminæ of the inner bracts white or pink. April.
l. lanceolate or linear, or the lower ones oblong-spathulate, the
longest above — — — few and small. h. lft. to 2ft.

Australia, 1845. 49; B. M. 4650 and F. d. S. 630,
- under name of S. oppositifolia.)

SCHC:NOPRASUM. Included under Allium.

SCHÆNORCHIS (from schoinos, a rush, and Orchis ;
in reference to the Rush-like leaves). ORD. Orchidee.
A monotypic genus. The species — a stove, epiphytal
orchid, with rather small, racemose flowers, linear-terete,
sub-distichous leaves, and elongated, leafy stems—has
not yet been introduced to cultivation. It is a native
of Java. :

SCHCENUS (from Schoinos, an old Greek name for
a Rush or Sedge as far back as Homer). Including Cheto-
spora. ORD. Cyperacee. A genus comprising about sixty
species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, usually perennial,
Rush-like herbs, chiefly inhabiting temperate regions.
Spikelets few-flowered, often fascicled; fascicles forming
a dense, terminal head, or variously apicate or paniculate.
S. ferrugineus and 8. nigricans are British plants.
Several exotic species have been introduced, but they
possess no interest from a garden standpoint.

SCHGPFIA (named in honour of John Schepf, a
German botanist). Syns. Codoniwm, Henkea. ORD.
Olacinew. A. genus comprising about ten species of
stove or greenhouse, glabrous shrubs or small trees,
natives of tropical Asia and America. Flowers pale
yellow or white, often comparatively large, disposed in
short, sometimes very short, axillary, solitary or fascicu-
late racemes; calyx small, cyathiform; disk hypogynous,
adnate with the ovary; petals four to six, coalescing in
a tubular-campanulate corolla. Leaves entire, coriaceous.
S. fragrans, the only species introduced, thrives in a
compost of peat,loam, and sand. Rooted cuttings should
be inserted in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.

S. (fragrant). A. yellow, fragrant, 4in. in diameter ;
racemes half the length of the leaves; rachis slender; pedicels
six to eight, Jin. to lin. long. June. Jl. narrow-lanceolate,
acuminate, scattered, 2in. to 3in. long, acute at both ends;

etioles tin. long, channelled above, Branches terete, smooth.

. 15ft, Nepaul, 1827.

SCHOLLERA. A synonym of Oxycoceus (which
see). =

SCHOLLIA. A synonym of Hoya (which see).

SCHOMBURGEIA (named after Sir R. Schomburgk,
1804-1865, a traveller in Guiana, and other parts of
South America). ORD. Orchideæ. About a dozen species
have been referred to this genus; they are stove,
epiphytal, pseudo-bulbous or caulescent orchids, natives
of tropical America. Flowers showy, pedicellate; sepals

mn
a

F

ie

Schomburgkia—continued. ,

and petals free, spreading, undulated; lip erect, shortly
connate with the base of the straight or incurved column,
the middle lobe rounded or broadly two-lobed and flat,
or narrower and undulated, the side lobes loosely in-
folding the column; pollen masses eight; bracts per-
sistent; raceme borne on an elongated peduncle. Leaves
ovate, oblong, or elongated, thickly coriaceous or rigidly
fleshy. The most desirable species are described below.
“They succeed in the Cattleya house on blocks, or in
baskets suspended from the roof, in moss, or moss and
peat mixed together; or they may be grown in pots
equally well, if that system is preferred. A liberal supply
of water is necessary during the growing season; but
after they have completed their growth, water should
be withheld until they begin to show flower.
is effected by parting the stems” (B. S. Williams).

S. crispa (curled). #., sepals and petals brown, oblong, having a
yellow, undulated margin ; lip white, ovate-oblong, obtuse, ob-
securely three-lobed; raceme broad, crowded; peduncle arising
from the base of the upper leaf, 3ft. to 4ft. long. Winter. ¿. two
or three at the tip of the stem, oblong-lanceolate. Stems fusi-
form, lft. high. Demerara, 1844. This species does best in a

t or basket; the flowers are sometimes wholly of a dull
rick-red. (B. R. 1844, 23; L. S. O. 10.) ;
(large-flowered). A synonym of S. tibicinis
grandiflora. :

S. Lyonsi (Lyons’). fi. on long pedicels ; se and petals white,
spotted and transversely barred with pag ovate, obtuse,
erapr ; lip white, yellow-edged, scarcely spotted,
broad, many-flowered ; scape 3ft. to 4ft. long. August. J. like
those of S. crispa. Stems about 1ft. high. Jamaica, 1853. This

species, which has been called ‘“‘the prettiest of the genus,”
— — either in a basket or on a block. G. M. 5172; F. d. 8.

S. marginata (margined). fl., sepals and petals dull brick-red,
oblong, spreading, remarkably crisped or undulated ; lip nearly
white, tinged with pink, yellow at base, oblong-ovate, less
waved than the sepals ; stalk 1ft. to 1}ft. high, bearing a broad
raceme or corymb.
oblong-lanceolate, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, furrowed,
stipitate, and sheathed with pale brown scales. Surinam, 1838.
(B. M. 3729; L. S. O. 13.)

S. tibicinis (cow-horn). Cow-horn Orchid. fi. 2in. to 3in. across,

many, in a terminal panicle ; sepals and petals pale mauve-purple,

flushed with crimson, oblong, obtuse, wavy; lip white, rose-

coloured on the large, erect side lobes ; scape 5ft. or more long.
May and June. Jf. two or three, oblong tg Stems
conical in outline, horn-shaped, annulate, furrowed, 1ft. long,
hollow, of ample size. Honduras, 1834. A truly noble plant,
succeeding best on a block, with plenty of heat and moisture.
(W. O. A. 205.) SYN. Epidendrum tibicinis. —

S. t. grandiflora (large-fiowered).* M. more handsomely coloured
and larger than in the type ; sepals and petals rather pale purple,
deeper and redder , especially towards the ends; side
lobes of the lip purplish towards the edges outside, orange

streaked with gl agg the disk white, the tront lobe

white stained with yellow, and bordered with purple. 1844.

Syn. S. grandiflora (B. M. 4476; B. R. 1845, 30 ; F. d. S. 49).

Propagation `

l. two or three to a pseudo-bałb; large,”

acute ; raceme `

— —

S. undulata (waved).* /. densely racemose ; sepals and petals ©

rich brownish-purple, rounded and crisped, longer than the lip;

lip clear violet-purple, cucullate, the middle Jobe oval, acute or

obtuse, the lateral ones rounded ; bracts very long, spathe-like.

January. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform. La Guayra, New Grenada,

1843. (W.S. O. ser. ii, 21; B. R. xxxi. 53, under name of Bletia

undulata.) :

SCHOTIA (named in honour of Richard Van der
Schot, a travelling companion and friend of Jacquin;
he died in 1819). Kaffir Bean-tree. ORD. Leguminosae.
A genus comprising four species of greenhouse, unarmed
shrubs or small trees, confined to Southern and sub-
tropical Africa.
showy, panicled; calyx segments four, closely imbricated ;
petals five, nearly equal, sub-sessile, imbricated; stamens
ten, free or very shortly connate at base; bracts and
bracteoles ovate or oblong, highly caducous. Pods oblong
or broadly linear, often falcate, flat-compressed, Leaves
abruptly pinnate; leaflets coriaceous or small; stipules
short. The species, the best-known of which are de-
scribed below, are very handsome subjects when in flower.
They require similar treatment to Schmidelia (which
see). À
S. latifolia (broad-leaved). Elephant Hedge Bean-tree. fl. rose

or flesh-colour, sub-sessile, in excessively branched, axillary and

Flowers crimson, pink, or flesh-coloured, -

* *
Pig %

wo

AN ENCYCLOPADIA —

OF HORTICULTURE.

Schotia—continued.

terminal icles ; petals longer than the cal: June. fr., pods
` l}in. to ĝin. long, edible when roasted. ag to ——

leaflets variable in shape, ljin. to 2in. long, żin. to lin. broad,

rigid and thick. h. 20ft. to 30ft. 1815. Tree. (H. E. F. 159.)
S. speciosa (showy). fl. crimson, pedicellate; petals much

longer than the calyx ; panicles terminal, fasciculate-corymbose,

many-flowered. Summer. four to sixteen-

I t r. 4. lymorphous,
jugate ; leaflets variable in shaba pubescent or glabrous, h. 8ft.

to 12ft. 1759. A large shrub or small tree.

S. tamarindifolia (Tamarind-leaved). l, leaflets eight to ten
pairs, linear-oblong, oblong, or elliptic, mucronate or obtuse, un-
equal, sub-truncate or rounded at base, four to five lines long.
1795. (B. M. 1153; A. B. R. 348, under name of S. speciosa.)

SCHOUSBŒA. A synonym of Cacoucia.
SCHOUWIA (named in honour of J. F. Schouw,

1787-1854, a celebrated Danish botanist). ORD. Oru-

cifere. A genus consisting of. three species of tall,

` branched, highly glabrous, hardy herbs, natives of Arabia.

Flowers purple, at first corymbose, afterwards racemose,

slenderly pedicellate; sepals sub-erect, the lateral ones

broader; stamens free. Leaves entire. 8S. arabica is a

pretty annual; it only requires sowing in the open border.

A light, sandy soil is most suitable.

S. arabica (Arabian). fl. rose- epum June. l, upper ones
deeply auriculate-amplexicaul. A. 1ft. 1837.
SCHRADERA (named in honour of Henry Adolf

Schrader, 1767-1836, a German botanist.) Syns. Fuchsia

(of Swartz), Urceolaria. ORD. Rubiaceæœ. A genus com-

prising about five species of stove, sub-epiphytal, highly

glabrous shrubs, with thick, rooting branches, natives of

Brazil, Guiana, the West Indies, and the Gorgona Islands.

Flowers in compact, globose, terminal heads; calyx tube

tartane S an aia produced above the ovary;

corolla ickly coriaceous, hypocrateriform, the limb of
five to ten narrow, spreading or reflexed lobes; stamens
five to ten. Leaves opposite, petiolate, thickly coriaceous,

oblong; stipules large, connate in a sheath. S. cephalotes, | |

the only species introduced, thrives in a compost of sandy

loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings, inserted in sand,

under a glass, in heat.

S. cephalotes (headed). fl. white; corolla salver-shaped, eight
to ten-lobed, the tube twice as long as the calyx. July. J. el-
liptic or lanceolate-oblong; stipules spathulate-oblong, blunt, as
long as the petioles. k. 4ft. Jamaica, 1820,

SCHRANCKIA (named after F. P. Schrank, 1747-
1835, a German botanist). Sensitive Briar. Including
Leptoglottis. ORD. Leguminose. A genus comprising
about half-a-score species of stove or hardy herbs or
sub-shrubs, often prostrate, armed with recurved prickles,
natives of America. Flowers tose or purplish, in globose
heads or cylindrical spikes; calyx small; petals connate
in the middle, and forming a funnel-shaped corolla. Pods
linear, acute or acuminate, prickly. Leaves bipinnate,
often sensitive; leaflets small; stipules bristly. The
under-mentioned species merit attention on account of
their leaves, which fall at the slightest touch. The
plants thrive in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand.
Propagation may be effected by young cuttings, in-
serted in sand, under a bell glass, in heat; or by
separating the root tubers.

S. aculeata (prickly). fl. red, in solitary heads. July. J. with
two or three pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing numerous pairs
of leaflets. Stem tetragonal. Roots creeping. h. lft. to 2ft.
Vera Cruz, 1733. Stove, herbaceous perennial.

S. uncinata (hooked). Sensitive Briar. fl. rose-coloured, in
round heads. June to August. Pods 2in. long, densely prickly.
l, leaflets elliptic, reticulated with veins beneath; partial
petioles four to six pairs. Prickles hooked. A. 2ft. South
United States, &c., 1789. Half-hardy, herbaceous perennial.

SCHREBERA (of Thunberg). A synonym of Har-
togia (which see).

SCHUBERTIA (of Martius).
sianthus’ (which see).

SCHUBERTIA (of Mirbel). A synonym of Tax-
odium (which see).

A synonym of Phy-

` bergia (which see).

SCHULTESIA (of Roth). A synonym of W

SCHWZ:GRICHENIA. A synonym of Anigo-
zanthos (which see). onde * ee:
SCHWANNIA (named in honour of Theodor Schwann,
a physician at Bonn). Syn. Fimbriaria. ORD. Mal-
pighiacee. A small genus (five species) of stove, evergreen,
climbing shrubs, confined to Brazil. Flowers red; calyx
deeply five-cleft, with eight glands; petals shortly clawed,
fringed; stamens six, unequal, all fertile; filaments un-
equally monadelphous, glabrous; umbels or racemes four-
flowered, often paniculate, terminal; peduncles bracteate
at base, bibracteolate at apex. Leaves opposite, entire,
petiolate, glandless; stipules inconspicuous. 8. elegans,
the only species introduced, is a desirable shrub, thriving
in’ a compost of loam, leaf mould, and sand. It may
be increased by ripened cuttings, inserted in sand, under
a glass, in heat.
S. elegans (el t a Js pubescent; u i :
— whe: y — a eo sor and fe ‘ihe a

l. ovate or sub-orbicular, acuminate, beneath softly and densely
pitara ; petioles having tour to six glands, Branchlets silky.

SCHWARTZIA. A synonym of Norantea (which

see).

ERIA (named in compliment to Aug.
tany at

SCHWEIGG
Frid. Schweigger, 1783-1821, Professor of Bo
Kénigsburg, one of the authors of a Flora of Erlangen).
Foreign Violet. Syn. Glossarrhen. Orv. Violariew. A —

‘genus comprising only a couple of species of beautiful,

erect, stove shrubs; one is Brazilian, the other Mexican,
Three outer sepals larger than the two narrow, inner
ones; petals spurred at base; peduncles axillary, one-
flowered, articulated above the bracts. Leaves alter-
nate; stipules minute. S. pauciflora, the only species
introduced, succeeds in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand. It may be increased by young cuttings, which
will strike readily, if inserted in sand, under a hand
glass, in heat.

Stach to the base, obovabe-spachuinte obtuse, crenate-serrated:
h. 4ft. to 6ft. Brazil, 1838. (B. R. 1, 40.)
SCHWENKFELDA. A synonym of Sabicea

(which see).

SCHWENKIA (named after J. T. Schwenck, 1619-
1671, a Professor of Medicine at Jena). Syns. Cheto-
chilus, Mathea, Matthisonia. ORD. Solanacee. A genus
comprising about a score species of stove herbs or sub-
shrubs, natives of South America, one being also found
in tropical Africa. Flowers yellowish-green or whitish ;
calyx five-toothed or five-cleft; corolla with an elongated
tube, its limb five-toothed, with two to five club-shaped
glands placed between the teeth; stamens exserted or _
included; peduncles one-flowered or simply few-flowered, —
paniculate.
cana, probably the only species in cultivation, is an
annual, thriving in any light soil. It may be multiplied
by seeds.

S. americana (American). fi. lilac; corolla sin. long; pedicels
scarcely longer, or shorter, than the calyx ; panicle slender, many-
flowered. August. l. petiolate; lower ones ovate, lin. to lżin.
long, narrowed at base ; upper ones oblong ; floral ones minute.
h. 2ft. Brazil, &c., 1781.

SCHWEYCKERTA. A synonym of Limnanthe-
mum (which see).
SCIADOCALYX. Included under Isoloma.

SCIADOPHYLLUM (from skias, skiados, a shade
or canopy, and phyllon, a leaf; the leaves are large, and,
consequently, afford much shade). Sometimes erroneously
spelt Sciodaphyllum. Syn. Actinophyllum. ORD. Ara-

liacew. A genus comprising about twenty-two species of _

stove or greenhouse trees or shrubs, inhabiting tropical r
America. Flowers hermaphrodite or polygamous; petals —

Leaves entire, ovate or narrow. S. ameri- _

388

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

- Sciadophylum—continued. y

five, rarely four; heads or small umbels disposed in simple

racemes, paniculate, or umbellate. Leaves digitately com-

pound; leaflets entire; stipules often elongated. A selec-
tion from the introduced species is given below. They
are well worth cultivating on account of their fine foliage.

A mixture of loam, peat, and sand, is the most suitable

soil. Propagation may be readily effected by cuttings,

inserted in sand, under a hand glass, in moderate heat.

S. acuminatum ( fl. yellow, in heads little
larger than a pea. May. L, leaflets seven to eleven, petiolulate,
oblong, obliquely acuminate, coriaceous, glabrous, reticulately

_ veined. Stems climbing. hk. 10ft. Peru. Greenhouse.

S. Brownii (Brown’s). Galapee-tree. fl. white, nearly capitate,
in very long, compound racemes. June. l, leaflets seven to
eleven, nearly umbellate, petiolulate, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous,
unequal, the central ones si est. Stem arboreous. h. 10ft. to
15ft. Jamaica, 1793. Stove.

conicum (conical-flowered). fl. whitish-red, in heads. about
the size of a pea; racemes two or three, rather velvety, May.
l, leaflets seven to thirteen, petiolulate, oblong, abruptly acu-
minate, coriaceous, glabrous, reticulately veined. Stem shrubby.
k. 10ft. Peru. Stove. a '

SCIADOPHYLLUM (of Blume).
Heptapleurum (which see).

SCIADOPITYS (from skyas, a parasol, and pitys,
a Fir-tree; referring to the spreading whorls of leaves).
ORD. Conifere. A monotypic genus. The species is a
tall, but very slow-growing, hardy, evergreen tree. It
thrives in rich, moist loam, and may be propagated by
imported seeds. Now and then, seeds are ripened in
this country.

S. verticillata (whorled).* Parasol Fir. fl. moncecious; male
catkins terminal, somewhat poms females solitary, growing
from amongst the scaly buds. cones elliptic-cylindrical, 24in.
long, 14in. in diameter. J. long, linear and somewhat falcate
smooth, entire, alternate, without any footstalks, tapering to an
obtuse point, concave and ribbed on the under side, in close
tufts of from thirty to forty at the ends of the shoots, forming
a sort of whorl in the form of an eager sera
alternate or in whorls. . Stem strai oe ha t

>

P.

3
na S

. to 120ft. Japan
1526; G. C. n. s.,

xvii. p. 113, sik, p .007 3... 101-2.) “There are several
ieties, in addition to the following:
S. v. variegata (variegated). This differs from the type in

having some of its leaves of a pale yellow, intermixed in the

parasol-like whorls. : ;

SCILLA (the old Greek name used by Hippocrates).
Squil; Wild Hyacinth: Including Barnardia and Lede-
bouria. ORD. Liliacee. A genus embracing nearly eighty
species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy bulbous plants,
natives of Europe, temperate and mountainous Asia, and
extra-tropical, or the mountains of tropical, Africa, with
one from Chili. Flowers small or mediocre, racemose,
on articulated pedicels; perianth blue, rose, or purplish,
persistent for some time; segments nearly equal, distinct
or very shortly connate towards the base, spreading, or
rarely ‘campanulate-connivent at base, one-nerved; stamens
six, affixed at the base or below the middle of the seg-
ments; bracts small; racemes sometimes elongated and
many-flowered, sometimes reduced to two or three, occa-
sionally nearly corymbiform ; scape simple, leafless. Leaves
radical, linear, loriform, oblong, or nearly ovate. Bulb
tunicated. S. autumnalis, S, nutans, and S. verna, are
natives of Britain. Hardy Scillas are amongst the most
beautiful of spring-flowering bulbous plants. They suc-
ceed in ordinary garden soil, and require to be planted
in early autumn when the bulbs are resting. 8S. sibirica
is also well suited for culture in pots; but these must
be kept in a cold house or frame, and not subjected to
heat. The greenhouse species succeed. in sandy loam,
and in pots 5in. in diameter, along with other Cape
bulbs, in a cool greenhouse. Propagated by seeds, when
obtainable, which is, however, a very slow process; and
by offsets.

The selection of species given below includes the
most popular and beautiful. Most of the descriptions are

translated from Mr. Baker’s admirable Monograph of the |

genus, which appeared in the “ Journal of the Linnean

A synonym of

Branches

Scilla—continued.

Society,” vol. xiii. The leaves, except where otherwise
stated, are cotemporary with the flowers.

S. amæœna (pleasing).* Star Hyacinth. fl., perianth blue, rarely
whitish, five to six lines long, the segments lanceolate ; pedicels
ascending żin. to Zin. long; raceme loosely three to six-flowered,
lin. to 3in. long; scape weak, 4in. to 6in. long. March. J. four
or five; flaccid, lorate, ascending, — bin. to Sin. long, $in.
to Zin. broad, Austria, Germany, &c., 1596. Hardy. (B. M. 341;
J. F. A. 218; L. B. C. 1015.) a ee

S. a. sibirica (Siberian). A synonym of S. sibirica.

S. amoenula (rather pretty). A synonym of S. sibirica.

S. autumnalis (autumnal). f., perianth reddish-purple, sin. in
diameter; pedicels ascending or spreading; racemes short;
scapes several, equalling the leaves. July to September. 1.
autumnal, succeeding the flowers, narrow, 3in. to 6in. long, half-
terete, grooved above. Europe (Britain), North Africa. Hardy.
(B. M. 919; Sy. En. B. 1526.) The form japonica has beautiful
rose-coloured flowers. i

S. Bertheloti (Berthelot’s). fl., perianth pale lilac, campanulate,
one line long ; pedicels ascending, as long as the perianth ; raceme
twelve to twenty-flowered, lin. to 2in. long; scape slender, 6in.
to 8in. long. April. J. five or six, slender, spreading, lorate, 6in.
to 12in. long, żin. to fin. broad, long-attenuated. Tropical Africa,
1862. Greenhouse. (B. M. 5308.) ¥

S. bifolia (two-leaved).* fl., perianth blue, sometimes reddish or
whitish, four to five lines long, the segments spreading ; pedicels
ascending, }in. to lin. long; raceme deltoid, three to eight-
flowered, lin. to Hin. broad; scape solitary, 3in. to bin. long.
March. Z. usually two, opposite, narrowed at apex, cucullate,
4in. to 8in, long, jin: to }in. broad, concave on the face. Medi-

terranean region, &c. Hardy. (B. M. 746; J. F. A. 117.) _

S. b. preecox (early). A. ten to fifteen, — earlier than
those of the type, rather large; pedicels lin. So lin. long.
l. thicker and broader. A robust form. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii. 14,
under name of S. preecox.) S. rosea is a sub-variety of this, with
reddish flowers.

S. b. taurica (Taurian). Z
(R. G. 307.) ;

S. campanulata (bell-shaped). A synonym of S. hispanica.

S. chinensis (Chinese).* fl., perianth rose-purple, one line long ;
bracts whitish, minute ; pedicels ascending, about tin. long, the
lower ones often twin ; raceme somewhat dense, twenty to sixty-
flowered, lin. to 2in. long; scape slender, straight, lft. or more
long. June. J. two or three, equalling or exceeding the scape,
rather hard, acute, channelled down the face. i 1826.
Half-hardy. SYN. Barnardia scilloides (B. M. 3788; B. R. 1029).

usually three or four. Tauria.

S. concinna (neat). , perianth rose-pu le within, —— a
Mong : pete purple within, sblong-eame

anulate, Łin. long ; pedicels all erecto-patent, fo lines

ong; raceme dense, twenty to thirty-flowered, oblong, 1}in. to

2in. long; scape firm, erect, terete, - to. 6in. long, Spring.

i. three or four, nearly erect, linear, 8in. to 9in. long, żin. to Zin.

` broad, profusel: paio qa at back. South Africa, 1862.
Greenhouse. . B. 235.)

S. concolor (one-coloured). ji., perianth greenish, rounded, cam-
nulate, about tin. long; pedicels two to four lines long, the
ower ones di ing; racemes dense, thirty to fifty-flowered,
aby le maa n. to 4in. long; scapes one to three, flexuous,
3in. to in. long. Spring. J. five or six, falcate, ligulate-
lanceolate, 5in. to 8in. long, l}in. to 1}in. broad, obtuse or sub-
acute, very slightly narrowed at base, unspotted. South Africa,
1862. Greenhouse. SYN. Drimia Cooperi (Ref. B. 18).

S. Cooperi (Cooper's). fl., perianth bright purple, drooping,
campanulate, in. long, the divisions reflexed from half-way down
when expanded; pedicels gin. to 4in. long, spreading, or the
lowest slightly nodding ; raceme moderately dense, thirty to fifty-
flowered, 2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad; scape firm, erect, 4in. to
Sin. long. Spring. Z. four or five, peers 10in. to 12in. long,
hin. to Zin. wide, green, streaked and spotted with purple on the
back downwards. Cape of Good Hope, 1866. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 5680.)

S. Cupani (Cupani’s). A. perianth blue, łin. long, the segments
oblong-obtuse ; bracts whitish, slightly ciliated, tin. to Zin. long ;
pedicels ascending, lin. to 2in. long ; raceme loosely six to twelve-
flowered, sub-corymbose or deltoid, Lin. to 2in. long and broad;
scape slender, flexuous, 3in. to 6in. long. June. J. six to eight,
lorate-lanceolate, spreading, in. to 4in. long, six to eight lines
broad, the — pellucid and minutely ciliated. Sicily, 1834.
Hardy. (B. R. 1878.)

S. floribunda (bundle-flowered). jl., perianth greenish without
pedicels six to eight lines long, the central

containing = to a hundred or more flowers, 6in. to 8in.

long, 2in. broad; scape erect, 6in. to Qin. long. Spring. 1.
nearly erect, lorate, about lft. long, lZin. to 2in. b acute,
scarcely narrow at base, pale green, with e blotches

Greenhouse.

. hispanica
f, perianth usually b but often changing to

pec pag Large or Spanish Bluebell or —
ue, rose-purple or-

E

AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTUF i 880

whitish, sub-globose-campanulate, sin. to $in. long ; lower i-
a cels 4in. to lin. long; raceme equilateral, rather loosely six to
$ twelve-flowered ; scape bin. to 9in. long. May. l five or six,
glabrous, ascending, linear-lorate, żin. to ĝin., or in cultivated
specimens lin., broad, sub-obtuse, convex at back. Spain and

ay —

Fic. 447. SCILLA HISPANICA; Showing Habit and detached Single
Flower.

ortugal, 1683. Hardy. See Fig. 447. Syns. S. campanulata

(B. M. 127), S. patula, Agraphis paniculata, The variety figured

in B. M. 1102 has spreading, rather smaller flowers. The follow-

ing forms, quoted in nurserymen’s catalogues, differ in the
colour of the flowers: alba, pure white; aperta, light blue;

a. purpureo-striata, light blue, with deeper stripe; carnea, flesh-

coloured; EMPEROR, porcela'n, lined blue, very large and

beautiful. a ; 2

S. Hughii (Hugh’s). A form of S. peruviana glabra.
S. humifusa (prostrate). A. perianth reddish-green, small;
edicels one line long ; raceme 3in. to Jin. long; scape din. to 4in.
Oe , purple at base, green above. Spring. č% two or three,
aP oblong. 3in. to 4in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad, pale n,
- with a few blotches of a darker tint. Natal, 1881. reen-
house.

S. hyacinthoides (Hyacinth-like).* A., perianth bluish-lilac,
about żin. long, the — ligulate, puberulous at apex ; bracts
w , Minute, persistent; pedicels erecto-patent, the lower
se lin. to lłin. long; racemes containing fifty to a hundred
and fifty flowers, 6in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 2}in. broad; scape
straight, lft. to 2ft. or more Jong. August. l, ten to twelve,
spreading, lft. to 1}ft. long, tin. to ljin. broad, narrowed to
both ends, — ciliate-denticulate on the margins. Medi-
terranean region, 5. Hardy. (B. M. 1140.)

S. indica (Indian). jl., perianth greenish-purple, Jin. to iin. long.

Hed p late, the segments falcate ; pedicels
somewhat spreading, three to four lines 1 =

.

ulate, nearly łin. long, the segments purple within, greenish
tT back: —— ; pedicels five to six lines long, the

oblong, 2in. to 3in. long, lin. to 14in. broad ; scapes one to three,
firm, terete, 2in. to 4in. often decurved. May. l. six to
eight, somewhat spreading, oblong, acute, 4in. to 6in. long, 14in.
to 2in. broad, very slightly narrowed at base, pale green and
— on the face. Cape of Good Hope, 1818. Greenhouse.

; mai
broad. dia, 1816. Stove. Syn. Ledebouria hyacintha (B. M.
3226).

Scilla—continued. f
= pheno: saree ry shan l. shorter than in the
roadly ovate, 2in. in. , ldin. to 2in. broad. 1862,
S. ovalifolia (Ref. B. 133). s *

S. lanceolata (lanceolate). A. perianth greenish-purple tubular
campanulate, in. long; pedicels dotted with somewhat _

reading, the lower ones Sin. to 6in. long ; raceme very loose, —
eight to twelve-fiowered, — to 2in. long, lin. 1 ; scape
flexuous, 4in. to din. long. September. 1. five or six, lanceolate,
acute, Jin. to 4in. long, eight to ten lines broad, green, unspotted.
Cape of Good Hope, 1774. Greenhouse. SYNS. Drimia lanceo-
lata, Lachenalia reflexa (AB. R. 299).

S. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl., perianth lilac, campanulate, jin.
long, the segments ligulate; pedicels spreading, the lower ones
five to seven lines long; raceme dense, thirty to -flowered,
Sin. to 4in. long, lin. to l4in. broad ; scape straight, lft. or more
long. May. J. six to nine, enveloping the base of the scape.
lanceolate, slender, 1ft. to 1}ft. long, Lyin. to 2in. broad, narrowed
‘at base and apex, the margins glabrous. Canary Islands, 1777.
Greenhouse. S. lusitanica (B. M. 1999) is only a robust garden
form of this species, ` ` i

S. linearifolia (linear-leaved). fl., perianth greenish outside,
purple within, nearly or quite jin. long, oblong panulate, the
segments falcate ; pedicels three to five lines long, the lower ones
drooping ; raceme rather dense, thirty to forty-fowered, oblong,
2in. to Sin. long, Hin. to lyin. broad; scape flexuous, din. to 4in.
long. Spring. ¢. four to six, nearly erect, linear, 9in. to 12in.
long, howe to eight — — —— — — at

se, pale green, purple-spo al 5 Good w
1862. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 184.) e oe

S. livida (livid). A. perianth green, tinged on the outside with
—
n

very dull purple, tin. long, oblong; pal
to in. long ; raceme dense, oblong: in. to 4in, long,
sixteen lines broad ; scape terete, 4in. to 5in. long. —
to eight in ar tte, ile, lanc late, 6in. to 8in. long, lin. to —
lyin. broad, gradually narrowed to an acute point, green and O
unspotted. Cape of Good Hope, 1883. Greenhouse. RYA

S. lorata (lorate-leaved). f., perianth livid-purple, the )
tinged with green at back and on the margins, three to four
lines long, oblong-campanulate ; pedicels four to five lines long,
the lower ones drooping ; raceme rather dense, thirty to —
flowered, oblong-cylindrical, 3in. to 4in. long, Hin. to Lin. d
scape terete, erect, Bin. to 9in. long, spotted below. Spring.
or six, nearly erect, lorate-lanceolate, 8in. to 9in. iong, ten to
twelve lines broad, acute, slightly narrowed at ——
purple-spotted at back. Cape of Good Hope, 1862. Gree
SYN. Drimia apertiflora (Ref. B. 19).. : :

S. lusitanica (Portugnese). A form of S. latifolia.

S. Macowani (MacOwan’s). fl., perianth greenish both inside
and out, campanulate; raceme dense, conical, twenty to thirty-
flowered; scape equalling the leaves. May. l — or four,

S. maritima (sea-loving). A synonym of Urginea maritima. — E

5. microscypha (small-cupped). A., perianth green; racemes
dense, 5in. to 6in. long; scape green, as as the leaves.
Spring. l two or three, cordate-oblong, lft. long, 4in. to

44in. broad, glaucous-green, marked near base benea
purplish-brown bars, and with darker green
up. Natal, 1881.. Greenhouse.
(one-lea:
long i
to lin. long ; racemes loose, six to twenty-flowered,
s

long, lin. to 14in. broad ; scape T, flexi
wie May. solii the
ascendi I

4
th with
higher

ts . y >
ascending, the lower ones jin. to lin. long; raceme
ini Shy. toa. hundred or mora flowerk; Gin: 40 Iain.
in. to 3im. broad; scape erect, terete, four to six lines t
lft. to 14ft. long. April. l. four to six, loratelanceolate,
glabrous, Yin. to 1Zin. long, Jin. to 4in. broad, ascending,
rowed and acute at apex. Natal, 1862. Greenhouse, (B. M

5379 ; F. d. S. 1043.) ——

S. n. sordida (mean). A. smaller and fewer than in the type;
scape slender. y l. tinged with brown, Tin, to 8in. long, ljin. to
ljin. broad. J—

* S. nonscripta (undescribed). A synonym of S. m Eni
S. nutans (nodding).* Bluebell; Harebell; Wild Hyacinth.
perianth blue, purple, white, or ; bracts in
pedicels short, curved, erect in bud and fruit; racen
twelve-flowered ; —* solitary, tall, stout. April to

10in. | i in. broad, | as

to 18in. lo > —
rope (Britain). Syxs. S. i is nutans, H:
pi eh y ~~ 448. Oy. En. B. 1528.) The foll
— forms: į s > roseđ, TOSe |
-flow

390 THE DICTIONARY

OF GARDENING,

Scilla—continued.

S. odorata (fragrant). f. fragrant; perianth blue, campanulate,
< Sin, long, the segments a pedicels ascending, the lower
ones ĝin. to 6in. long; raceme loose, six to twenty-tlowered, lin.
to 24in. long, Uin. to lżin. broad ; scape slender, flexuous, 3in. to
6in. long. May. l. three or four, glabrous, 6in. to 9in. long,
three to four lines broad, sub-obtuse, channelled down the face,
long-narrowed below, Spain and Portugal, 1818, Hardy.

FIG. 448. SCILLA NUTANS,

S. ovatifolia (ovate-leaved) A synonym of S. lanceæfolia
ovatifolia.

S. pallidifiora (pale-flowered). fl., perianth whitish, tinged with
green, campanulate, the segments oblong, sub-obtuse ; pedicels
straight, the lower ones horizontally spreading, lin. to l4in. long ;
raceme dense, containing a hundred to a hundred and fifty or

- More flowers, at first conical, 6in. to 10in. long, 3in. broad : scape
erect, 14ft. or more long. Spring. J. five or six, lorate-lanceo-
late, ascending, lft. to 1}ft. long, lin. to ljin. broad, glabrous,
green. Cape of Good Hope, 1870. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 179.)

S. patula (spreading). A synonym of S. hispanica.

S. paucifiora (few-flowered). — porianth greenish, rounded-
campanulate, nearly or quite łin. long, the segments falcate ;

icels five to six lines long, the lower ones drooping; raceme
oose, twenty to thirty-flowered, oblong, 3in. to 4in. long, 1łin.
to l}in. broad; scape firm, unspotted, terete, 3in, to 4in. long.
Spring. l. a pair, opposite, or rarely three, spreading, oblong-
lanceolate, acute, undulated, 24in. to 3in. long, nine to ten lines
broad, — and spot on the face, narrowed at base.
Cape of G Hope, 1862. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 181.)
pendula (pendulous). f., perianth greenish outside, purple
within, in. long, oblong-campanulate ; pedicels very slender, Jin.

Scilla—continued. *

to ljin. long, drooping ; raceme rather dense, thirty to sixty-
flowered, 3in. to 6in. long, 24in. to Sin. broad ; scape very slender,
flexuous, 8in. to 9in. long. Spring. l. lorate, 1ft. to lft. long,
about l}in. broad, acute, narrowed at base, nearly fiat, pale green
obsoletely spotted. Cape of Good Hope, 1862. Greenhouse,

%

Fic. 449. SCILLA PERUVIANA, showing Habit and detached
-~ — Bingle Flower,

S. peruviana (Peruvian).* Cuban pa , perianth lilac, reddish,
or whitish, five to six lines long, the a: gm green-striped ;
bracts whitish, persistent, solitary, lin. to 2in. 1 ; raceme very
dense, — fifty to one hundred or more flowers, at first
deltoid, at length 4in. to 6in, long and broad; scape robust,
striated, 6in. to 12in. long. May. l. six to nine, lorate, 6in. to
12in. long, eight to twelve lines broad, narrowed at base and
apex, the margins densely ciliated with minute, white bristles.
Mediterranean region, 1607. Hardy. The name of this species
has. no reference to its native place. See Fig. 449. (B. M. 749.)
alba is a white-flowered garden form.

S. p. glabra (smooth). fl., perianth lilac; lower pedicels 14in. to
2in. long. l. — on the margins. 1873. S. Hughii is a more
robust form, having scape, pedicels, and bracts, tinged with red,
and leaves ljin. to 2in. broad, : :

S. plumbea (lead-coloured). fl., perianth dirty-blue, jin. long, cam- |
es: lower pedicels somewhat spreading, six to eight lines

ong; raceme fifteen to twenty-flowered, 3in. to 34in. long, Lin.
to ljin. broad. May. L. lorate-lanceolate, nearly 1ft. long, Jain:
broad, acute, glabrous, unspotted. Cape of Good Hope, 1812.
Greenhouse. Closely allied to, and perhaps synonymous with,
S. natalensis. (B. R. 1355.) : E api

S. prasina (green). fl., perianth entirely green or faintly tinged
with purple, rounded-campanulate, the segments half a line
broad ; central pedicels horizontally spreading, żin. long, the lower
ones defiexed ; raceme rather dense, thirty to fifty - flowered,
lanceolate or sub-cylindrical, 1}in. to 2in. long, six to ten lines
broad ; scape flexuous, defiexed, Sin. to 4in. long. Spring. 1. five
or six, spreading, oblong-lanceolate, 4in. to Sin. long, lin. to 1Lin.
broad, acute, narrowed below, often purple-spotted. Cape of
Good Hope, 1870. Greenhouse.

pratensis (meadow-loving).* fl., perianth blue, campanulate,
two lines long; pedicels four to six lines long, ascending or some-
what spreading; raceme dense, twelve to surt Bonoa 1sin.
to 2sin. long, Uin. to lin. broad. May. J. three to six,
glabrous, narrow-ligulate, 6in. to 12in. long, two to four lines
broad, attenuated at both -= Dalmatia, 1827. Hardy.

(B. R. 1839, 63.) —
S. princeps (princely). /., perianth greenish outside, reddish-
purple within, oblong-campanulate, nearly or quite five long,

the segments refiexed ; pedicels lin. to LHin. long, the central
ones spreading, the lower ones drooping; raceme dense, com-
prising a hundred and fifty to two hun flowers, lft. long,
Jin. to S4in. broad; scapes two or three, Tin. to Yin. long.
Spring. J. five or six, lorate, lft. to 2ft. long, 2in. to 2din.
broad, acute, narrowed at base, pale green, spotted. Cape of
Good Hope, 1862. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 189.)

S. pumila (dwarf). A synonym of S. monophylla.

S. puschkinioides (Puschkinia-like). A., perianth pale blue,
erect, star-like. Spring. l. two to four, obtuse, broadly linear.
Turkestan, 1881. A pretty, hardy plant, somewhat resembling
S. bifolia in habit. (R. G. 1051, f. 1.)

S. revoluta (revolute). fl., perianth rose-purple, the falcate seg- .
ments green-striped at back, rounded-campanulate, din. long ;
pedicels spreading, the lower ones six to eight lines long; raceme
Hatta S aa vig uae loose, twelve to thirty-flowered, 2in. to 3in.
long, lin, to 1}in. broad ; scape very slender, flexuous, 3in. to 6in.
long, at first nodding at apex, coloured at base. August. l. five
to nine, He asec pie ore a channelled and narrowed at base
into a short petiole, 24in. to šin. long, six to eight lines broad,
slightly wrinkled. Cape. of Good Hope, 1774. Greenhouse.
Syn. Drimia lanceeefolia (L. B. C. i ‘i:

S. sibirica (Siberian).* /. one to three, horizontal or slightly
drooping, shortly pedicellate ; perianth deep blue, six to seven —

*

.

S. uniflora (one-flowered).

S. versicolor (various-coloured).

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

391

Scilla—continued.

>

Fig. 450, SCILLA SIBIRICA, showing Habit and detached
—* Single Flower.

>

lines long ; scapes one to six, fleshy, 3in. to 6in. long. February.
l. two to four, ascending, narrow, lorate, at length 4in. to 6in.
long, four to six lines broad, slightly cucullate. Europ. Russia,
Siberia, &c., 1796. Hardy. See Fig. 450. (A. B. R. 355;
L. B. C. 151.) SYNS. S. amena sibirica (B. M. 1025), S. amenula
(B. M. 2408), S. uniflora.

S. socialis (social). fl., perianth greenish, rounded-campanulate,
żin. long, the segments falcate ; pedicels {in. long, the lower ones

- drooping; raceme dense, twenty to thirty-flowered, oblong, 14in.
to 2in. long, lin. broad ; scape firm, terete, unspotted, 2in. to ŝin.
long. Spring. J. three or four, spreading, oblong-lanceolate,
acute, 2in. to 2sin. long, fin. to lin. broad, slightly narrowed at
base, pale glaucous-green and spotted on the face. Cape of Good
Hope, 1862. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 180.)

ò 13in. broad;
flexuous, din. to 4in. lo :
late, 6in. to 8i > lżin. ljin. broad, pale glaucous-green,
wi f green and purplish blotches. Cape of Good Hope,
Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 187.)

S. sub-glauea (rather glaucous). fl, perianth greenish outside,
purple within, oblong-campanulate, jin. long; pedicels six to
seven lines long, the lower ones drooping ; raceme rather loose,
thirty to forty-flowered, 3in. to 4in. long, 14in. or rather more
broad; scape spotted, din. to 4in. long. Spring. J. tive or six,
lorate-lanceolate, 9in, to 10in. long, lin. broad, acute, distinctly
narrowed at base, pale glaucous-green on the face, purple-spotted
at back. Cape of Good Hope, 1862. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 186.)

S. tricolor (three-coloured).: fl., perianth green, the segments
oblong; filaments bright mauve-purple; lower pedicels spreading,
jin. or more long ; raceme dense, oblong-conical, 2in. to 3in. long,

iin. to ldin. broad; scape flexuous, terete, 6in. te 8in. long.
Spring. l. six or seven, lanceolate, erecto-patent, glabrous, 1ft.
long, 2in. broad, narrowed to lin. at the channelled base, dark

a green, blotched-an the face with lighter green, and on the back

with claret-brown. Port Elizabeth, 1880. Greenhouse.

A synonym of S. sibirica.
verra (spring). Sea Onion. jt. fragrant; perianth bright blue,
in. in diameter ; bracts as long as the pedicels, or longer ; lower

icels }in. long ;-raceme six to twelve-flowered, sub-corymbose
or deltoid, Zin. to ljin. broad ; scapes one or two, shorter than
the leaves, April and May. l. preceding the flowers, linear,
sub-obtuse, Jin. to 10in. long, gin. to in. | recurved, con-
cave. Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 1527; F. D. 568, under

name of S. bifolia.)

F — ianth whitish, tinged
with green, tin. long, the segments lignlate, — obtuse ;
anthers blue; lower — at length spreading, l}in. to 2in.
long; raceme rather dense, fifty to eighty-flowered, bin. to 8in.
long, 34in. broad ; scape erect, 6in. to 8in. long. Spring. l. six
to eight, glabrous, ascending, linear-lorate, 6in. to 9in, long, four
to six lines broad, green on both sides, acute and narrowed at
apex. Cape of Good Hope, 1872. Greenhouse. (Ref. B. 305.)

S. villosa (villous). /l., perianth blue, sin, or rather more long,

the se nt: ptic, rather obtuse; pedicels erecto-patent, the
lower ones in. to llin. long ; raceme sub-corymbose, six to eight-
flow ; Scape 2in. to gin. long. Spring. J. three or four, lorate,

reading, din. to Sin. long, jin. to żin. broad, ciliated, loosely
oe — F face, channelled below. Barbary, 1831. Hardy.
(B. M. x

S. zebrina (zebra-st#iped). A. perianth greenish and purple,

rounded-campanulate, łin. long; licels tin. to 4in. long, the
lower ones drooping ; suing — thirty to forty-flowered ;
4in. to bin. long, spotted below. Spring. l. tive or six,
igulate-lanceolate, nearly erect, 8in. to 12in. long, lin. to lłin.
broad, acute, slightly narrowed us-green above,
— copiously Eara Sire
t base also wit ofizoni ; s, passing into
purple. Cape of Good Hope, 1862. Greenhousë (Ref. B. 185.)
'SCIMITAR PODS. The pods of Entada scandens.

F 7
—

S. setacets (bristly). A. spikelets one to three, lateral,

SCINDAPSUS (from Skindapsos, an old Greek name
for an Ivy-like plant), Orp. Aroidew (Aracew). A genus
comprising about nine species of tall, robust, climbing,
stove shrubs, natives of tropical Asia, the Indian Archi-
pelago, New Guinea, and the Fiji Islands, Flowers all-
perfect, densely disposed on a sessile, cylindrical, inappen-
diculate, hermaphrodite spadix ; spathe eymbiform, thick,
longer than the spadix; peduncle terminal, short, thick.
Leaves ovate, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate;
petioles elongated, sheathing at apex. S. officinalis, the
only species introduced, requires culture similar to
Caladium (which see), Some of the plants formerly
included here are now placed under Rhaphidophora.

S. argyrea —— L. thickly coriaceous, of a beautiful green,
unspotted, or with numerous silvery spots, obliquely cordate-
ovate, very inequilateral, 4in, to 6in. long, Shin. to 34in. broad,
shortly and tely acuminate, the posterior lobes rounded ;
petioles l}in, to 2in. long, Stem climbing, the internodes Sin.

to 4in. long, Philippine Islands, 1859. Syn. Pothos argyrea
(of —

S. officinalis (officinal). fl., spathe
within, four times as long as the thick peduncle, Ley.
spadix as

een outside, dirty-yellow
date ;

thick, attenuated at both ends. May. long as
emar

in. ; i
—

SCION.
shoot. |
‘SCIOPHYLLA. A synonym of Maianthemum

(which see).
SCIRPEZX. A tribe of Cyperacee.

SCIRPUS (the old Latin name used by Pliny, &c.,
for a Rush). Club Grass or Rush. Including Holo-
schenus and Isolepis. TRIBE Scirpew of ORD. Cyperacee.
An extensive genus (about 300 species have been quoted)
of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, annual or perennial,
marsh or water plants, broadly dispersed. Flowers all
hermaphrodite, or the upper ones rarely male, several or
many to a spikelet ; stamens three or fewer ; inflorescence
variable. Leaves few at the base of the stem, some- —
times very long, sometimes small and grass-like, or all
reduced to sheaths. Nine species are found in Britain,
of which the best-known is S. lacustris. This grows
freely in any boggy soil; it may be increased by seeds,
by suckers, or by divisions. The other species may be
similarly treated.

Holoschcenus — — Holoschenus, varié ).
* spikelets minute, crowded into Canda e a to fin. in
diameter ; stigmas . Summer. Stems erect, terete, with

A twig employed for grafting; a young

on — sea-coasts in Europe (North Devon), North Africa,
and Siberi: : Fa ae
S. lacustris (stream-loving), Bast; Bullrush. j., glumes

strap-sha: in streams. Stems terete or nearly so, to
high, * Europe (Britain), &c. This plant is extensively
used in making | mats, &c., parts of
Europe.

S. (riverside-loving). — ikes — and clustered,
in a one-sided, compound, umbel-like panicle, principal rays
of which moa mepes the involucral leaf; involucellate bracts _
small, scale-like, and rusty-scarious ; scales of the rusty
chestnut-brown, scarious, with a salient midrib extended into a
mucronate point. Culm terete, v

running rootstock, naked ; the sheaths at the base be 5 a SNORE
and imperfect leaf, orinone. Extra-tropical . A fave
plant for conservatory decoration. SYN. Jsolepis graci
gardens). i

jin. long, ovoid ; glumes and brown, ovate, obtuse. J

spike rusty- or
tall and stout, from a deep

about 450 species.

= sub-tropical regions, and extendi

392

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

en eee
ust. l. one or two, narrow, channelled, short and beers
ee Aiea tan din. to 6in. long, tufted, rigid. ony (Britain).
; This is similar to S riparius in appearance. (Sy. En. B. 1594.)
SYN. Isolepis setacea.

S. Tabernæmontani zebrina (Tabernæmontana-like, striped)
Banded Rush. 1, erect, terete, transversely banded with white
and green, generally in nearly equal zones of about half an inch

deep. The appearance suggested by a TOR. to of = stems is
that of a cluster of porcupine quills. Japan,
about 1881. Syn. Juncus zebrinus (I. H. n. $., 3). a The green-

stemmed type is found in all temperate climates.

SCISSORS. Scissors are used by gardeners chiefly
for thinning the berries in bunches of grapes, and by
flower-workers for cutting stems of flowers, &c., when
making buttonhole and other bouquets. For this latter
purpose the Scissors used, should have short, strong
blades, and sharp points. Grape Scissors have long
blades, tapering to a point, which should not be too
sharp, or there is a danger, when using them, of
pricking the berries that are to remain. Scissors may
be procured in several sizes: a medium size, rather than
either extreme, is found most generally usef FS

$CITAMINEZ. A natural order of usually peren-

nial herbs, with creeping rhizomes, broadly dispersed over
the warmer regions of the globe. Flowers hermaphrodite
or rarely polygamous, irregular, naked or- bracteate,
spicate, racemose, or panicled; perianth normally double,
superior, the outer part calycine, the inner corolla-like,
the segments variously connate, or one or other deficient ;
ovary inferior, three, rarely one or two-celled; stamens
sometimes five, equal, free, the sixth deficient or small,
often only one perfect, and the rest changed into irre-
gular, polymorphous, variously connate, petaloid stami-
nodes; style terminal, elongated, undivided. Fruit

crowned by the persistent calyx, or the whole perianth |

deciduous, three-celled, or by abortion one or two-celled,

sometimes fleshy and indehiscent, sometimes loculidally

_three-valved; seeds one or many. Leaves variously dis-
posed, the petiole usually forming a sheath, the blade
sessile or petiolate above the sheath, often large. Arrow-
root, the starch derived from the rhizomes of Maranta
arundinacea, is recommended for its digestibility. “ The
= root of ginger (Zingiber officinale) . . . . is considered in
India to be anti-scorbutic and snhrodiaina — The
fruits of Amomum, called Cardamoms, are employed as a
condiment, and esteemed for their stomachic qualities.
. The Banana and Plantain fruits (Musa paradisiaca
and M. sapientum) afford an agreeable, sweet, farinaceous
food, and a refreshing drink” (Decaisne and Le Maoiit).
Several other species are of great economic value. Can-
nee, Marantew, Musee, and Zingiberee, are regarded by
the authors of the “ Genera Plantarum” as tribes of
Scitaminee. The order embraces thirty-six genera and
Among well-known examples the
following may be cited: Alpinia, Canna, Curcuma, Hedy-
chium, Maranta, Musa, ‘and Zingiber.
SCIUROIDEOUS. Like a squirrel’s tail.
SCLAREA. Included under Salvia (which see).

SCLERANTHUS (from skleros, hard, and anthos, a
flower; alluding to the indurated perianth), Knawel.
ORD. Illecebracee. A genus comprising about ten species
of small, weedy herbs, distributed throughout Europe,
East Asia, Africa, Australia, and New Zealand. S. annuis,
and its variety biennis, and S. perennis, are British plants.

SCLERIA (from skleria, hardness; alluding to the
indurated fruit), Nut Rush. ORD. Cyperacee. A large
_ genus (about 100 species) of stove, greenhouse, or hardy,
“dwarf or tall herbs, broadly dispersed over tropical and
far as temperate
North America. Flowers unisexual ; "Spikelets small, often
fascicled ; hypogynons bristles none; bracts at the base

eyme or panicle leafy. Leaves sometimes grass-
flaccid, — at broad, and —

vinter.

Scleria—continued.

Of the few species introduced, two examples’ are here

described. Both are hardy. ‘or culture, see Cyperus.

S. ciliata (hair-fringed). A., sterile spikes e, —
clusters terminal; sheaths pubescent June ust. l two,
narrow-linear, rigid, smooth, or with — — airs on the
margins. Culms slender, ea te to 2ft. high, smooth below,
— fringed on the angl bove. South United States,
1

S. verticillata (whorled). fl., spikes small; clusters four to six,
erect, scattered near the summit of the culm, forming an inter-
rupted spike. June and July. l narrow-linear or filiform,
smooth. Culms very slender, 6in. to 12in. high, smooth. North
America, 1825.

SCLEROGEN. “The hard matter deposited by
some plants in the interior of their cells, as in~those

_ forming the shell of the walnut’? (Lindley). N
| SCLEROID. Hard.
-SCLFRONEMA, A synonym of Keronema (which
see).
SCLEROPTERIS. A synonym of Cirrhza (which
see).
SCLEROTHAMNUS (from skleros, hard, and

thamnos, a shrub; alluding to the rigid aspect of the
bush). Orp. Leguminose. A monotypic genus, now
included, by Bentham, under Eutawia. The species is a
very ornamental, glabrous, divaricate or diffuse, green-
house, evergreen shrub. For culture, see Chorizema.
S. microphyllus (small-leaved). = jl. yellow, small, on axillary
pedicels ; calyx having acute or acuminate lobes; — jin.
or more reg petals shorter, the keel deeply coloured. May.

l. usually elliptic-oblong or linear, one to three lines long, rigid,

concaye, obtuse or almost acute. Branches rigid, sometimes

short and ending in slender spines, sometimes elongated, sleuder,
and erect. Australia, 1803. The proper name of this shrub is

Eutazia empetrifolia,

SCLEFOTIA (from skleros, hard). Small, hard
bodies, produced by many Fungi belonging to various
groups. ‘They exhibit variations in size, colour, and form,
but agree in being made up of very closely interwoven
mycelium. The outer layer of the Sclerotium is pecu-
liarly dense, and is formed of hyphæ so adherent to
one suobher, and with so many cross walls, as to

resemble true parenchyma in appearance. Sclerotia vary

considerably in size, from the minute S. cepevorum
(which gives rise to Mucor subtilissimus on Onions),
resembling a grain of gunpowder, to the size of a large
pea in the Sclerotia of some Agaries. They are usually

451. SCLEROTIUM OF PEZIZA POSTUMA (natural size), with
two Cups on slender stalks.

round or oval (see Fig. 451), but may be irregularly
lobed or elongated, as in Ergot of Rye. Many are
black, or nearly so; others are brown, dull yellow, or
white. By their texture, they are fitted to withstand
extremes of temperature, and of LEN or moisture,
better than ordinary mycelium; and it is by means —
of them that many

Fig.

A considerable number of Sclerotia mak eir
appearance only on dead parts of plants in a s of
decay, e.g., the very common S: semen (like a small
pea, at first white, t chan to black), which
produces Typhula; or in dung, e. J tercora

from which Coprinus stercorariųs is K

A

Fungi are preserved through Gey i

3

Sih al